From 007ad0dc5f01143b95b3532e2fd01949e31ed77d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: "renovate[bot]" <29139614+renovate[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 25 Nov 2019 20:28:00 -0500
Subject: [PATCH] Update module aws/aws-sdk-go to v1.25.42 (#10955)
---
go.mod | 2 +-
go.sum | 4 +-
.../aws/credentials/processcreds/provider.go | 3 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go | 16 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go | 1 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go | 47 +-
.../github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go | 2 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go | 116 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/errors.go | 12 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/amplify/api.go | 899 +-
.../service/applicationautoscaling/api.go | 200 +-
.../service/applicationautoscaling/doc.go | 2 +
.../service/applicationinsights/api.go | 2320 +-
.../service/applicationinsights/errors.go | 13 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/appsync/api.go | 1511 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/athena/api.go | 65 +-
.../service/autoscalingplans/service.go | 2 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go | 579 +-
.../aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/errors.go | 22 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go | 1883 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/api.go | 2863 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/doc.go | 24 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go | 11818 ++++++---
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/doc.go | 90 +-
.../aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/errors.go | 299 +-
.../service/cognitoidentityprovider/api.go | 3 +
.../aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/api.go | 529 +-
.../service/configservice/errors.go | 19 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/datasync/api.go | 113 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dlm/api.go | 141 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go | 1364 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go | 3260 ++-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go | 51 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go | 162 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go | 58 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go | 234 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go | 375 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/errors.go | 9 +
.../aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/api.go | 949 +-
.../service/forecastservice/errors.go | 5 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/fsx/api.go | 148 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go | 159 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/greengrass/api.go | 135 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iot/api.go | 3848 ++-
.../service/kinesisanalyticsv2/api.go | 869 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go | 3638 ++-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/errors.go | 46 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go | 2180 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/errors.go | 24 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/waiters.go | 112 +
.../service/lexmodelbuildingservice/api.go | 156 +-
.../aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go | 48 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go | 16630 +++++++-----
.../aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/waiters.go | 229 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go | 13 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/api.go | 21900 ++++++++++++++--
.../aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/errors.go | 15 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ram/api.go | 1544 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go | 25 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go | 1508 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/errors.go | 30 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go | 202 +
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go | 143 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go | 434 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/errors.go | 7 +
.../aws-sdk-go/service/storagegateway/api.go | 497 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go | 613 +-
.../aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go | 29 +-
vendor/modules.txt | 2 +-
69 files changed, 70879 insertions(+), 14370 deletions(-)
diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod
index 1e31499350e4..4d1a02b8083e 100644
--- a/go.mod
+++ b/go.mod
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ module github.com/terraform-providers/terraform-provider-aws
go 1.13
require (
- github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38
+ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.42
github.com/beevik/etree v1.1.0
github.com/bflad/tfproviderlint v0.5.1
github.com/client9/misspell v0.3.4
diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum
index 2df088995745..163dc01fd698 100644
--- a/go.sum
+++ b/go.sum
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ github.com/armon/go-radix v1.0.0 h1:F4z6KzEeeQIMeLFa97iZU6vupzoecKdU5TX24SNppXI=
github.com/armon/go-radix v1.0.0/go.mod h1:ufUuZ+zHj4x4TnLV4JWEpy2hxWSpsRywHrMgIH9cCH8=
github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.15.78/go.mod h1:E3/ieXAlvM0XWO57iftYVDLLvQ824smPP3ATZkfNZeM=
github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.3/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo=
-github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38 h1:QfclT79PFWCyaPDq9+zTEWsOMDWFswTpP9i07YxqPf0=
-github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo=
+github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.42 h1:TTsk8HoF5sIq/i5jTjHmY2t3g+b6EiAyiolw7p50UBY=
+github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.42/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo=
github.com/beevik/etree v1.1.0 h1:T0xke/WvNtMoCqgzPhkX2r4rjY3GDZFi+FjpRZY2Jbs=
github.com/beevik/etree v1.1.0/go.mod h1:r8Aw8JqVegEf0w2fDnATrX9VpkMcyFeM0FhwO62wh+A=
github.com/beorn7/perks v0.0.0-20180321164747-3a771d992973/go.mod h1:Dwedo/Wpr24TaqPxmxbtue+5NUziq4I4S80YR8gNf3Q=
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/processcreds/provider.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/processcreds/provider.go
index 1980c8c140a9..e62483600299 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/processcreds/provider.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/processcreds/provider.go
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@ import (
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials"
+ "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/sdkio"
)
const (
@@ -142,7 +143,7 @@ const (
// DefaultBufSize limits buffer size from growing to an enormous
// amount due to a faulty process.
- DefaultBufSize = 1024
+ DefaultBufSize = int(8 * sdkio.KibiByte)
// DefaultTimeout default limit on time a process can run.
DefaultTimeout = time.Duration(1) * time.Minute
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go
index fe25edf88819..12897eef6265 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/api.go
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ func (c *EC2Metadata) getToken(duration time.Duration) (tokenOutput, error) {
// Swap the unmarshalMetadataHandler with unmarshalTokenHandler on this request.
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(unmarshalMetadataHandlerName, unmarshalTokenHandler)
- ttl := strconv.FormatInt(int64(duration / time.Second),10)
+ ttl := strconv.FormatInt(int64(duration/time.Second), 10)
req.HTTPRequest.Header.Set(ttlHeader, ttl)
err := req.Send()
@@ -145,17 +145,17 @@ func (c *EC2Metadata) IAMInfo() (EC2IAMInfo, error) {
// Region returns the region the instance is running in.
func (c *EC2Metadata) Region() (string, error) {
- resp, err := c.GetMetadata("placement/availability-zone")
+ ec2InstanceIdentityDocument, err := c.GetInstanceIdentityDocument()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
-
- if len(resp) == 0 {
- return "", awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", "invalid Region response", nil)
+ // extract region from the ec2InstanceIdentityDocument
+ region := ec2InstanceIdentityDocument.Region
+ if len(region) == 0 {
+ return "", awserr.New("EC2MetadataError", "invalid region received for ec2metadata instance", nil)
}
-
- // returns region without the suffix. Eg: us-west-2a becomes us-west-2
- return resp[:len(resp)-1], nil
+ // returns region
+ return region, nil
}
// Available returns if the application has access to the EC2 Metadata service.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go
index 2a204ab5ccdd..8eccac05aa20 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata/service.go
@@ -158,6 +158,7 @@ type tokenOutput struct {
var unmarshalTokenHandler = request.NamedHandler{
Name: unmarshalTokenHandlerName,
Fn: func(r *request.Request) {
+ defer r.HTTPResponse.Body.Close()
var b bytes.Buffer
if _, err := io.Copy(&b, r.HTTPResponse.Body); err != nil {
r.Error = awserr.NewRequestFailure(awserr.New(request.ErrCodeSerialization,
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go
index 48d4f12e48f0..a66735d9fc0d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go
@@ -425,11 +425,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
},
"application-autoscaling": service{
Defaults: endpoint{
- Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
- CredentialScope: credentialScope{
- Service: "application-autoscaling",
- },
},
Endpoints: endpoints{
"ap-east-1": endpoint{},
@@ -560,11 +556,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
},
"autoscaling-plans": service{
Defaults: endpoint{
- Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
- CredentialScope: credentialScope{
- Service: "autoscaling-plans",
- },
},
Endpoints: endpoints{
"ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
@@ -1133,12 +1125,15 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
"datasync": service{
Endpoints: endpoints{
+ "ap-east-1": endpoint{},
"ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
"ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
+ "ap-south-1": endpoint{},
"ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
"ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
"ca-central-1": endpoint{},
"eu-central-1": endpoint{},
+ "eu-north-1": endpoint{},
"eu-west-1": endpoint{},
"eu-west-2": endpoint{},
"eu-west-3": endpoint{},
@@ -1167,6 +1162,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
},
},
"me-south-1": endpoint{},
+ "sa-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-2": endpoint{},
"us-west-1": endpoint{},
@@ -1223,7 +1219,8 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
"discovery": service{
Endpoints: endpoints{
- "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+ "eu-central-1": endpoint{},
+ "us-west-2": endpoint{},
},
},
"dms": service{
@@ -1523,6 +1520,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
"elasticfilesystem": service{
Endpoints: endpoints{
+ "ap-east-1": endpoint{},
"ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
"ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
"ap-south-1": endpoint{},
@@ -1530,9 +1528,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
"ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
"ca-central-1": endpoint{},
"eu-central-1": endpoint{},
+ "eu-north-1": endpoint{},
"eu-west-1": endpoint{},
"eu-west-2": endpoint{},
"eu-west-3": endpoint{},
+ "me-south-1": endpoint{},
+ "sa-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-2": endpoint{},
"us-west-1": endpoint{},
@@ -2192,12 +2193,17 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
Endpoints: endpoints{
"ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
+ "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
"ap-south-1": endpoint{},
"ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
"ap-southeast-2": endpoint{},
+ "ca-central-1": endpoint{},
+ "eu-central-1": endpoint{},
"eu-west-1": endpoint{},
+ "eu-west-2": endpoint{},
"us-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-2": endpoint{},
+ "us-west-1": endpoint{},
"us-west-2": endpoint{},
},
},
@@ -2421,7 +2427,8 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
"mgh": service{
Endpoints: endpoints{
- "us-west-2": endpoint{},
+ "eu-central-1": endpoint{},
+ "us-west-2": endpoint{},
},
},
"mobileanalytics": service{
@@ -2850,6 +2857,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
"eu-west-1": endpoint{},
"eu-west-2": endpoint{},
"eu-west-3": endpoint{},
+ "sa-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-east-2": endpoint{},
"us-west-1": endpoint{},
@@ -3920,6 +3928,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{
},
Endpoints: endpoints{
"ap-east-1": endpoint{},
+ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{},
"ap-northeast-2": endpoint{},
"ap-south-1": endpoint{},
"ap-southeast-1": endpoint{},
@@ -4156,11 +4165,7 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{
},
"application-autoscaling": service{
Defaults: endpoint{
- Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com.cn",
Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
- CredentialScope: credentialScope{
- Service: "application-autoscaling",
- },
},
Endpoints: endpoints{
"cn-north-1": endpoint{},
@@ -4717,7 +4722,8 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{
},
"application-autoscaling": service{
Defaults: endpoint{
- Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
+ Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
+ Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
CredentialScope: credentialScope{
Service: "application-autoscaling",
},
@@ -4854,6 +4860,7 @@ var awsusgovPartition = partition{
Region: "us-gov-west-1",
},
},
+ "us-gov-east-1": endpoint{},
"us-gov-west-1": endpoint{},
},
},
@@ -5522,11 +5529,8 @@ var awsisoPartition = partition{
},
"application-autoscaling": service{
Defaults: endpoint{
- Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
+ Hostname: "autoscaling.us-iso-east-1.c2s.ic.gov",
Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
- CredentialScope: credentialScope{
- Service: "application-autoscaling",
- },
},
Endpoints: endpoints{
"us-iso-east-1": endpoint{},
@@ -5854,11 +5858,8 @@ var awsisobPartition = partition{
Services: services{
"application-autoscaling": service{
Defaults: endpoint{
- Hostname: "autoscaling.{region}.amazonaws.com",
+ Hostname: "autoscaling.us-isob-east-1.sc2s.sgov.gov",
Protocols: []string{"http", "https"},
- CredentialScope: credentialScope{
- Service: "application-autoscaling",
- },
},
Endpoints: endpoints{
"us-isob-east-1": endpoint{},
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go
index c220bd200b9d..9703e20a697b 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go
@@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws
const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go"
// SDKVersion is the version of this SDK
-const SDKVersion = "1.25.38"
+const SDKVersion = "1.25.42"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go
index 301fda23bf08..84d0fdcd5110 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go
@@ -98,6 +98,12 @@ func (c *ACM) AddTagsToCertificateRequest(input *AddTagsToCertificateInput) (req
// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
// The request contains too many tags. Try the request again with fewer tags.
//
+// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
+// A specified tag did not comply with an existing tag policy and was rejected.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// An input parameter was invalid.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/AddTagsToCertificate
func (c *ACM) AddTagsToCertificate(input *AddTagsToCertificateInput) (*AddTagsToCertificateOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AddTagsToCertificateRequest(input)
@@ -344,14 +350,13 @@ func (c *ACM) ExportCertificateRequest(input *ExportCertificateInput) (req *requ
// ExportCertificate API operation for AWS Certificate Manager.
//
// Exports a private certificate issued by a private certificate authority (CA)
-// for use anywhere. You can export the certificate, the certificate chain,
-// and the encrypted private key associated with the public key embedded in
-// the certificate. You must store the private key securely. The private key
-// is a 2048 bit RSA key. You must provide a passphrase for the private key
-// when exporting it. You can use the following OpenSSL command to decrypt it
-// later. Provide the passphrase when prompted.
+// for use anywhere. The exported file contains the certificate, the certificate
+// chain, and the encrypted private 2048-bit RSA key associated with the public
+// key that is embedded in the certificate. For security, you must assign a
+// passphrase for the private key when exporting it.
//
-// openssl rsa -in encrypted_key.pem -out decrypted_key.pem
+// For information about exporting and formatting a certificate using the ACM
+// console or CLI, see Export a Private Certificate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-export-private.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -566,7 +571,7 @@ func (c *ACM) ImportCertificateRequest(input *ImportCertificateInput) (req *requ
// * The OCSP authority URL, if present, must not exceed 1000 characters.
//
// * To import a new certificate, omit the CertificateArn argument. Include
-// this argument only when you want to replace a previously imported certificate.
+// this argument only when you want to replace a previously imported certifica
//
// * When you import a certificate by using the CLI, you must specify the
// certificate, the certificate chain, and the private key by their file
@@ -579,6 +584,10 @@ func (c *ACM) ImportCertificateRequest(input *ImportCertificateInput) (req *requ
// certificate, the certificate chain, and the private key files in the manner
// required by the programming language you're using.
//
+// * The cryptographic algorithm of an imported certificate must match the
+// algorithm of the signing CA. For example, if the signing CA key type is
+// RSA, then the certificate key type must also be RSA.
+//
// This operation returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html)
// of the imported certificate.
//
@@ -597,6 +606,19 @@ func (c *ACM) ImportCertificateRequest(input *ImportCertificateInput) (req *requ
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
// An ACM limit has been exceeded.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTagException "InvalidTagException"
+// One or both of the values that make up the key-value pair is not valid. For
+// example, you cannot specify a tag value that begins with aws:.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
+// The request contains too many tags. Try the request again with fewer tags.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
+// A specified tag did not comply with an existing tag policy and was rejected.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// An input parameter was invalid.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/ImportCertificate
func (c *ACM) ImportCertificate(input *ImportCertificateInput) (*ImportCertificateOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ImportCertificateRequest(input)
@@ -671,7 +693,8 @@ func (c *ACM) ListCertificatesRequest(input *ListCertificatesInput) (req *reques
//
// Retrieves a list of certificate ARNs and domain names. You can request that
// only certificates that match a specific status be listed. You can also filter
-// by specific attributes of the certificate.
+// by specific attributes of the certificate. Default filtering returns only
+// RSA_2048 certificates. For more information, see Filters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -917,6 +940,12 @@ func (c *ACM) RemoveTagsFromCertificateRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromCertificateI
// One or both of the values that make up the key-value pair is not valid. For
// example, you cannot specify a tag value that begins with aws:.
//
+// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
+// A specified tag did not comply with an existing tag policy and was rejected.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// An input parameter was invalid.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/RemoveTagsFromCertificate
func (c *ACM) RemoveTagsFromCertificate(input *RemoveTagsFromCertificateInput) (*RemoveTagsFromCertificateOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromCertificateRequest(input)
@@ -1102,6 +1131,19 @@ func (c *ACM) RequestCertificateRequest(input *RequestCertificateInput) (req *re
// * ErrCodeInvalidArnException "InvalidArnException"
// The requested Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not refer to an existing resource.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTagException "InvalidTagException"
+// One or both of the values that make up the key-value pair is not valid. For
+// example, you cannot specify a tag value that begins with aws:.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
+// The request contains too many tags. Try the request again with fewer tags.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
+// A specified tag did not comply with an existing tag policy and was rejected.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// An input parameter was invalid.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/RequestCertificate
func (c *ACM) RequestCertificate(input *RequestCertificateInput) (*RequestCertificateOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RequestCertificateRequest(input)
@@ -2226,6 +2268,11 @@ type Filters struct {
ExtendedKeyUsage []*string `locationName:"extendedKeyUsage" type:"list"`
// Specify one or more algorithms that can be used to generate key pairs.
+ //
+ // Default filtering returns only RSA_2048 certificates. To return other certificate
+ // types, provide the desired type signatures in a comma-separated list. For
+ // example, "keyTypes": ["RSA_2048,RSA_4096"] returns both RSA_2048 and RSA_4096
+ // certificates.
KeyTypes []*string `locationName:"keyTypes" type:"list"`
// Specify one or more KeyUsage extension values.
@@ -2366,6 +2413,11 @@ type ImportCertificateInput struct {
//
// PrivateKey is a required field
PrivateKey []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // One or more resource tags to associate with the imported certificate.
+ //
+ // Note: You cannot apply tags when reimporting a certificate.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2399,6 +2451,19 @@ func (s *ImportCertificateInput) Validate() error {
if s.PrivateKey != nil && len(s.PrivateKey) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrivateKey", 1))
}
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2430,6 +2495,12 @@ func (s *ImportCertificateInput) SetPrivateKey(v []byte) *ImportCertificateInput
return s
}
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *ImportCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ImportCertificateInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
type ImportCertificateOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -2884,7 +2955,7 @@ type RequestCertificateInput struct {
// certificate that protects several sites in the same domain. For example,
// *.example.com protects www.example.com, site.example.com, and images.example.com.
//
- // The first domain name you enter cannot exceed 63 octets, including periods.
+ // The first domain name you enter cannot exceed 64 octets, including periods.
// Each subsequent Subject Alternative Name (SAN), however, can be up to 253
// octets in length.
//
@@ -2935,6 +3006,9 @@ type RequestCertificateInput struct {
// the total length of the DNS name (63+1+63+1+63+1+62) exceeds 253 octets.
SubjectAlternativeNames []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
+ // One or more resource tags to associate with the certificate.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The method you want to use if you are requesting a public certificate to
// validate that you own or control domain. You can validate with DNS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-dns.html)
// or validate with email (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-email.html).
@@ -2973,6 +3047,9 @@ func (s *RequestCertificateInput) Validate() error {
if s.SubjectAlternativeNames != nil && len(s.SubjectAlternativeNames) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubjectAlternativeNames", 1))
}
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
if s.DomainValidationOptions != nil {
for i, v := range s.DomainValidationOptions {
if v == nil {
@@ -2983,6 +3060,16 @@ func (s *RequestCertificateInput) Validate() error {
}
}
}
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3026,6 +3113,12 @@ func (s *RequestCertificateInput) SetSubjectAlternativeNames(v []*string) *Reque
return s
}
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *RequestCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RequestCertificateInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetValidationMethod sets the ValidationMethod field's value.
func (s *RequestCertificateInput) SetValidationMethod(v string) *RequestCertificateInput {
s.ValidationMethod = &v
@@ -3468,6 +3561,9 @@ const (
// FailureReasonPcaRequestFailed is a FailureReason enum value
FailureReasonPcaRequestFailed = "PCA_REQUEST_FAILED"
+ // FailureReasonPcaNameConstraintsValidation is a FailureReason enum value
+ FailureReasonPcaNameConstraintsValidation = "PCA_NAME_CONSTRAINTS_VALIDATION"
+
// FailureReasonPcaResourceNotFound is a FailureReason enum value
FailureReasonPcaResourceNotFound = "PCA_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/errors.go
index 28d93aa374fa..5dfd1e97d464 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/errors.go
@@ -22,6 +22,12 @@ const (
// One or more values in the DomainValidationOption structure is incorrect.
ErrCodeInvalidDomainValidationOptionsException = "InvalidDomainValidationOptionsException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidParameterException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidParameterException".
+ //
+ // An input parameter was invalid.
+ ErrCodeInvalidParameterException = "InvalidParameterException"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidStateException for service response error code
// "InvalidStateException".
//
@@ -62,6 +68,12 @@ const (
// caller's account cannot be found.
ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException = "ResourceNotFoundException"
+ // ErrCodeTagPolicyException for service response error code
+ // "TagPolicyException".
+ //
+ // A specified tag did not comply with an existing tag policy and was rejected.
+ ErrCodeTagPolicyException = "TagPolicyException"
+
// ErrCodeTooManyTagsException for service response error code
// "TooManyTagsException".
//
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/amplify/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/amplify/api.go
index 3766dc2c544c..8637d37ce8b3 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/amplify/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/amplify/api.go
@@ -107,6 +107,99 @@ func (c *Amplify) CreateAppWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateAppInput, o
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateBackendEnvironment = "CreateBackendEnvironment"
+
+// CreateBackendEnvironmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateBackendEnvironment operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateBackendEnvironment for more information on using the CreateBackendEnvironment
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateBackendEnvironmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateBackendEnvironmentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/CreateBackendEnvironment
+func (c *Amplify) CreateBackendEnvironmentRequest(input *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateBackendEnvironment,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/apps/{appId}/backendenvironments",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateBackendEnvironmentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateBackendEnvironment API operation for AWS Amplify.
+//
+// Creates a new backend environment for an Amplify App.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Amplify's
+// API operation CreateBackendEnvironment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// Exception thrown when a request contains unexpected data.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// Exception thrown when an operation fails due to a lack of access.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// Exception thrown when an entity has not been found during an operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// Exception thrown when the service fails to perform an operation due to an
+// internal issue.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// Exception thrown when a resource could not be created because of service
+// limits.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/CreateBackendEnvironment
+func (c *Amplify) CreateBackendEnvironment(input *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) (*CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateBackendEnvironmentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateBackendEnvironmentWithContext is the same as CreateBackendEnvironment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateBackendEnvironment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Amplify) CreateBackendEnvironmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateBackendEnvironmentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateBranch = "CreateBranch"
// CreateBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -581,6 +674,99 @@ func (c *Amplify) DeleteAppWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteAppInput, o
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteBackendEnvironment = "DeleteBackendEnvironment"
+
+// DeleteBackendEnvironmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteBackendEnvironment operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteBackendEnvironment for more information on using the DeleteBackendEnvironment
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBackendEnvironmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteBackendEnvironmentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/DeleteBackendEnvironment
+func (c *Amplify) DeleteBackendEnvironmentRequest(input *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteBackendEnvironment,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/apps/{appId}/backendenvironments/{environmentName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteBackendEnvironment API operation for AWS Amplify.
+//
+// Delete backend environment for an Amplify App.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Amplify's
+// API operation DeleteBackendEnvironment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// Exception thrown when a request contains unexpected data.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// Exception thrown when an operation fails due to a lack of access.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// Exception thrown when an entity has not been found during an operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// Exception thrown when the service fails to perform an operation due to an
+// internal issue.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDependentServiceFailureException "DependentServiceFailureException"
+// Exception thrown when an operation fails due to a dependent service throwing
+// an exception.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/DeleteBackendEnvironment
+func (c *Amplify) DeleteBackendEnvironment(input *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) (*DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteBackendEnvironmentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteBackendEnvironmentWithContext is the same as DeleteBackendEnvironment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteBackendEnvironment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Amplify) DeleteBackendEnvironmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteBackendEnvironmentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteBranch = "DeleteBranch"
// DeleteBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1224,6 +1410,95 @@ func (c *Amplify) GetArtifactUrlWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetArtifactU
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opGetBackendEnvironment = "GetBackendEnvironment"
+
+// GetBackendEnvironmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBackendEnvironment operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetBackendEnvironment for more information on using the GetBackendEnvironment
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetBackendEnvironmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetBackendEnvironmentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/GetBackendEnvironment
+func (c *Amplify) GetBackendEnvironmentRequest(input *GetBackendEnvironmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackendEnvironmentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetBackendEnvironment,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/apps/{appId}/backendenvironments/{environmentName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetBackendEnvironmentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetBackendEnvironmentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetBackendEnvironment API operation for AWS Amplify.
+//
+// Retrieves a backend environment for an Amplify App.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Amplify's
+// API operation GetBackendEnvironment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// Exception thrown when a request contains unexpected data.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// Exception thrown when an operation fails due to a lack of access.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// Exception thrown when an entity has not been found during an operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// Exception thrown when the service fails to perform an operation due to an
+// internal issue.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/GetBackendEnvironment
+func (c *Amplify) GetBackendEnvironment(input *GetBackendEnvironmentInput) (*GetBackendEnvironmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetBackendEnvironmentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetBackendEnvironmentWithContext is the same as GetBackendEnvironment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetBackendEnvironment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Amplify) GetBackendEnvironmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackendEnvironmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackendEnvironmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetBackendEnvironmentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opGetBranch = "GetBranch"
// GetBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1764,6 +2039,92 @@ func (c *Amplify) ListArtifactsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListArtifacts
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opListBackendEnvironments = "ListBackendEnvironments"
+
+// ListBackendEnvironmentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBackendEnvironments operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListBackendEnvironments for more information on using the ListBackendEnvironments
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListBackendEnvironmentsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListBackendEnvironmentsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/ListBackendEnvironments
+func (c *Amplify) ListBackendEnvironmentsRequest(input *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListBackendEnvironments,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/apps/{appId}/backendenvironments",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListBackendEnvironmentsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListBackendEnvironments API operation for AWS Amplify.
+//
+// Lists backend environments for an Amplify App.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Amplify's
+// API operation ListBackendEnvironments for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// Exception thrown when a request contains unexpected data.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// Exception thrown when an operation fails due to a lack of access.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// Exception thrown when the service fails to perform an operation due to an
+// internal issue.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/amplify-2017-07-25/ListBackendEnvironments
+func (c *Amplify) ListBackendEnvironments(input *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) (*ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListBackendEnvironmentsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListBackendEnvironmentsWithContext is the same as ListBackendEnvironments with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListBackendEnvironments for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Amplify) ListBackendEnvironmentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListBackendEnvironmentsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opListBranches = "ListBranches"
// ListBranchesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -3398,6 +3759,84 @@ func (s *AutoBranchCreationConfig) SetStage(v string) *AutoBranchCreationConfig
return s
}
+// Backend environment for an Amplify App.
+type BackendEnvironment struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Arn for a backend environment, part of an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // BackendEnvironmentArn is a required field
+ BackendEnvironmentArn *string `locationName:"backendEnvironmentArn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Creation date and time for a backend environment, part of an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // CreateTime is a required field
+ CreateTime *time.Time `locationName:"createTime" type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of deployment artifacts.
+ DeploymentArtifacts *string `locationName:"deploymentArtifacts" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Name for a backend environment, part of an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // EnvironmentName is a required field
+ EnvironmentName *string `locationName:"environmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // CloudFormation stack name of backend environment.
+ StackName *string `locationName:"stackName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Last updated date and time for a backend environment, part of an Amplify
+ // App.
+ //
+ // UpdateTime is a required field
+ UpdateTime *time.Time `locationName:"updateTime" type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BackendEnvironment) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BackendEnvironment) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBackendEnvironmentArn sets the BackendEnvironmentArn field's value.
+func (s *BackendEnvironment) SetBackendEnvironmentArn(v string) *BackendEnvironment {
+ s.BackendEnvironmentArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreateTime sets the CreateTime field's value.
+func (s *BackendEnvironment) SetCreateTime(v time.Time) *BackendEnvironment {
+ s.CreateTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDeploymentArtifacts sets the DeploymentArtifacts field's value.
+func (s *BackendEnvironment) SetDeploymentArtifacts(v string) *BackendEnvironment {
+ s.DeploymentArtifacts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnvironmentName sets the EnvironmentName field's value.
+func (s *BackendEnvironment) SetEnvironmentName(v string) *BackendEnvironment {
+ s.EnvironmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStackName sets the StackName field's value.
+func (s *BackendEnvironment) SetStackName(v string) *BackendEnvironment {
+ s.StackName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUpdateTime sets the UpdateTime field's value.
+func (s *BackendEnvironment) SetUpdateTime(v time.Time) *BackendEnvironment {
+ s.UpdateTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Branch for an Amplify App, which maps to a 3rd party repository branch.
type Branch struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3855,71 +4294,180 @@ func (s *CreateAppInput) SetEnableBranchAutoBuild(v bool) *CreateAppInput {
return s
}
-// SetEnvironmentVariables sets the EnvironmentVariables field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetEnvironmentVariables(v map[string]*string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.EnvironmentVariables = v
- return s
+// SetEnvironmentVariables sets the EnvironmentVariables field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetEnvironmentVariables(v map[string]*string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.EnvironmentVariables = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamServiceRoleArn sets the IamServiceRoleArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetIamServiceRoleArn(v string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.IamServiceRoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetName(v string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOauthToken sets the OauthToken field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetOauthToken(v string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.OauthToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetPlatform(v string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.Platform = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepository sets the Repository field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetRepository(v string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.Repository = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateAppInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateAppOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Amplify App represents different branches of a repository for building, deploying,
+ // and hosting.
+ //
+ // App is a required field
+ App *App `locationName:"app" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateAppOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateAppOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApp sets the App field's value.
+func (s *CreateAppOutput) SetApp(v *App) *CreateAppOutput {
+ s.App = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Request structure for a backend environment create request.
+type CreateBackendEnvironmentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Unique Id for an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // AppId is a required field
+ AppId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"appId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of deployment artifacts.
+ DeploymentArtifacts *string `locationName:"deploymentArtifacts" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Name for the backend environment.
+ //
+ // EnvironmentName is a required field
+ EnvironmentName *string `locationName:"environmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // CloudFormation stack name of backend environment.
+ StackName *string `locationName:"stackName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetIamServiceRoleArn sets the IamServiceRoleArn field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetIamServiceRoleArn(v string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.IamServiceRoleArn = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetName(v string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.Name = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBackendEnvironmentInput"}
+ if s.AppId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AppId"))
+ }
+ if s.AppId != nil && len(*s.AppId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AppId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DeploymentArtifacts != nil && len(*s.DeploymentArtifacts) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DeploymentArtifacts", 1))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EnvironmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName != nil && len(*s.EnvironmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EnvironmentName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.StackName != nil && len(*s.StackName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StackName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetOauthToken sets the OauthToken field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetOauthToken(v string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.OauthToken = &v
+// SetAppId sets the AppId field's value.
+func (s *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) SetAppId(v string) *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.AppId = &v
return s
}
-// SetPlatform sets the Platform field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetPlatform(v string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.Platform = &v
+// SetDeploymentArtifacts sets the DeploymentArtifacts field's value.
+func (s *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) SetDeploymentArtifacts(v string) *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.DeploymentArtifacts = &v
return s
}
-// SetRepository sets the Repository field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetRepository(v string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.Repository = &v
+// SetEnvironmentName sets the EnvironmentName field's value.
+func (s *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) SetEnvironmentName(v string) *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.EnvironmentName = &v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateAppInput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetStackName sets the StackName field's value.
+func (s *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput) SetStackName(v string) *CreateBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.StackName = &v
return s
}
-type CreateAppOutput struct {
+// Result structure for create backend environment.
+type CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Amplify App represents different branches of a repository for building, deploying,
- // and hosting.
+ // Backend environment structure for an amplify App.
//
- // App is a required field
- App *App `locationName:"app" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // BackendEnvironment is a required field
+ BackendEnvironment *BackendEnvironment `locationName:"backendEnvironment" type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateAppOutput) String() string {
+func (s CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateAppOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetApp sets the App field's value.
-func (s *CreateAppOutput) SetApp(v *App) *CreateAppOutput {
- s.App = v
+// SetBackendEnvironment sets the BackendEnvironment field's value.
+func (s *CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput) SetBackendEnvironment(v *BackendEnvironment) *CreateBackendEnvironmentOutput {
+ s.BackendEnvironment = v
return s
}
@@ -4631,6 +5179,91 @@ func (s *DeleteAppOutput) SetApp(v *App) *DeleteAppOutput {
return s
}
+// Request structure for delete backend environment request.
+type DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Unique Id of an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // AppId is a required field
+ AppId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"appId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of a backend environment of an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // EnvironmentName is a required field
+ EnvironmentName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"environmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput"}
+ if s.AppId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AppId"))
+ }
+ if s.AppId != nil && len(*s.AppId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AppId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EnvironmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName != nil && len(*s.EnvironmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EnvironmentName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAppId sets the AppId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) SetAppId(v string) *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.AppId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnvironmentName sets the EnvironmentName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput) SetEnvironmentName(v string) *DeleteBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.EnvironmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Result structure of a delete backend environment result.
+type DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Backend environment structure for an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // BackendEnvironment is a required field
+ BackendEnvironment *BackendEnvironment `locationName:"backendEnvironment" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBackendEnvironment sets the BackendEnvironment field's value.
+func (s *DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput) SetBackendEnvironment(v *BackendEnvironment) *DeleteBackendEnvironmentOutput {
+ s.BackendEnvironment = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Request structure for delete branch request.
type DeleteBranchInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5307,6 +5940,91 @@ func (s *GetArtifactUrlOutput) SetArtifactUrl(v string) *GetArtifactUrlOutput {
return s
}
+// Request structure for get backend environment request.
+type GetBackendEnvironmentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Unique Id for an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // AppId is a required field
+ AppId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"appId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name for the backend environment.
+ //
+ // EnvironmentName is a required field
+ EnvironmentName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"environmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBackendEnvironmentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBackendEnvironmentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetBackendEnvironmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackendEnvironmentInput"}
+ if s.AppId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AppId"))
+ }
+ if s.AppId != nil && len(*s.AppId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AppId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EnvironmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName != nil && len(*s.EnvironmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EnvironmentName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAppId sets the AppId field's value.
+func (s *GetBackendEnvironmentInput) SetAppId(v string) *GetBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.AppId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnvironmentName sets the EnvironmentName field's value.
+func (s *GetBackendEnvironmentInput) SetEnvironmentName(v string) *GetBackendEnvironmentInput {
+ s.EnvironmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Result structure for get backend environment result.
+type GetBackendEnvironmentOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Backend environment structure for an an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // BackendEnvironment is a required field
+ BackendEnvironment *BackendEnvironment `locationName:"backendEnvironment" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetBackendEnvironmentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetBackendEnvironmentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBackendEnvironment sets the BackendEnvironment field's value.
+func (s *GetBackendEnvironmentOutput) SetBackendEnvironment(v *BackendEnvironment) *GetBackendEnvironmentOutput {
+ s.BackendEnvironment = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Request structure for get branch request.
type GetBranchInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6015,6 +6733,119 @@ func (s *ListArtifactsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListArtifactsOutput {
return s
}
+// Request structure for list backend environments request.
+type ListBackendEnvironmentsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Unique Id for an amplify App.
+ //
+ // AppId is a required field
+ AppId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"appId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of the backend environment
+ EnvironmentName *string `locationName:"environmentName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Maximum number of records to list in a single response.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Pagination token. Set to null to start listing backen environments from start.
+ // If a non-null pagination token is returned in a result, then pass its value
+ // in here to list more backend environments.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackendEnvironmentsInput"}
+ if s.AppId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AppId"))
+ }
+ if s.AppId != nil && len(*s.AppId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AppId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.EnvironmentName != nil && len(*s.EnvironmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EnvironmentName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAppId sets the AppId field's value.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) SetAppId(v string) *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput {
+ s.AppId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnvironmentName sets the EnvironmentName field's value.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) SetEnvironmentName(v string) *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput {
+ s.EnvironmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackendEnvironmentsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Result structure for list backend environments result.
+type ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // List of backend environments for an Amplify App.
+ //
+ // BackendEnvironments is a required field
+ BackendEnvironments []*BackendEnvironment `locationName:"backendEnvironments" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // Pagination token. If non-null pagination token is returned in a result, then
+ // pass its value in another request to fetch more entries.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBackendEnvironments sets the BackendEnvironments field's value.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput) SetBackendEnvironments(v []*BackendEnvironment) *ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput {
+ s.BackendEnvironments = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackendEnvironmentsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Request structure for list branches request.
type ListBranchesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go
index 4a7e21e00ff2..bbe296b6545e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/api.go
@@ -1479,15 +1479,15 @@ type DeleteScalingPolicyInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -1495,6 +1495,9 @@ type DeleteScalingPolicyInput struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -1534,6 +1537,10 @@ type DeleteScalingPolicyInput struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -1641,15 +1648,15 @@ type DeleteScheduledActionInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -1657,6 +1664,9 @@ type DeleteScheduledActionInput struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -1696,6 +1706,10 @@ type DeleteScheduledActionInput struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -1808,15 +1822,15 @@ type DeregisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -1824,6 +1838,9 @@ type DeregisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -1863,6 +1880,10 @@ type DeregisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -1971,21 +1992,24 @@ type DescribeScalableTargetsInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
// must specify the OutputValue from the CloudFormation template stack used
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
+ //
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
ResourceIds []*string `type:"list"`
// The scalable dimension associated with the scalable target. This string consists
@@ -2024,6 +2048,10 @@ type DescribeScalableTargetsInput struct {
//
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
+ //
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
// The namespace of the AWS service that provides the resource or custom-resource
@@ -2153,21 +2181,24 @@ type DescribeScalingActivitiesInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
// must specify the OutputValue from the CloudFormation template stack used
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
+ //
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The scalable dimension. This string consists of the service namespace, resource
@@ -2206,6 +2237,10 @@ type DescribeScalingActivitiesInput struct {
//
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
+ //
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
// The namespace of the AWS service that provides the resource or custom-resource
@@ -2341,21 +2376,24 @@ type DescribeScalingPoliciesInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
// must specify the OutputValue from the CloudFormation template stack used
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
+ //
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The scalable dimension. This string consists of the service namespace, resource
@@ -2394,6 +2432,10 @@ type DescribeScalingPoliciesInput struct {
//
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
+ //
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
// The namespace of the AWS service that provides the resource or custom-resource
@@ -2532,21 +2574,24 @@ type DescribeScheduledActionsInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
// must specify the OutputValue from the CloudFormation template stack used
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
+ //
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The scalable dimension. This string consists of the service namespace, resource
@@ -2585,6 +2630,10 @@ type DescribeScheduledActionsInput struct {
//
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
+ //
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
// The names of the scheduled actions to describe.
@@ -2824,9 +2873,9 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct {
//
// The following policy types are supported:
//
- // TargetTrackingScaling—Not supported for Amazon EMR or AppStream
+ // TargetTrackingScaling—Not supported for Amazon EMR
//
- // StepScaling—Not supported for Amazon DynamoDB
+ // StepScaling—Not supported for DynamoDB or Amazon Comprehend
//
// For more information, see Target Tracking Scaling Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/application/userguide/application-auto-scaling-target-tracking.html)
// and Step Scaling Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/application/userguide/application-auto-scaling-step-scaling-policies.html)
@@ -2849,15 +2898,15 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -2865,6 +2914,9 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -2904,6 +2956,10 @@ type PutScalingPolicyInput struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -3075,15 +3131,15 @@ type PutScheduledActionInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -3091,6 +3147,9 @@ type PutScheduledActionInput struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -3130,6 +3189,10 @@ type PutScheduledActionInput struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -3304,15 +3367,15 @@ type RegisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -3320,6 +3383,9 @@ type RegisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -3368,6 +3434,10 @@ type RegisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -3395,7 +3465,7 @@ type RegisterScalableTargetInput struct {
// * For ScheduledScalingSuspended, while a suspension is in effect, all
// scaling activities that involve scheduled actions are suspended.
//
- // For more information, see Suspend and Resume Application Auto Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/application/userguide/application-auto-scaling-suspend-resume-scaling.html)
+ // For more information, see Suspending and Resuming Scaling (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/autoscaling/application/userguide/application-auto-scaling-suspend-resume-scaling.html)
// in the Application Auto Scaling User Guide.
SuspendedState *SuspendedState `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -3526,15 +3596,15 @@ type ScalableTarget struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -3542,6 +3612,9 @@ type ScalableTarget struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -3587,6 +3660,10 @@ type ScalableTarget struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -3735,15 +3812,15 @@ type ScalingActivity struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -3751,6 +3828,9 @@ type ScalingActivity struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -3790,6 +3870,10 @@ type ScalingActivity struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -3934,15 +4018,15 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -3950,6 +4034,9 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -3989,6 +4076,10 @@ type ScalingPolicy struct {
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
//
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
+ //
// ScalableDimension is a required field
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
@@ -4105,15 +4196,15 @@ type ScheduledAction struct {
// is the fleet name. Example: fleet/sample-fleet.
//
// * DynamoDB table - The resource type is table and the unique identifier
- // is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table.
+ // is the table name. Example: table/my-table.
//
// * DynamoDB global secondary index - The resource type is index and the
- // unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
+ // unique identifier is the index name. Example: table/my-table/index/my-table-index.
//
// * Aurora DB cluster - The resource type is cluster and the unique identifier
// is the cluster name. Example: cluster:my-db-cluster.
//
- // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variants - The resource type is variant and
+ // * Amazon SageMaker endpoint variant - The resource type is variant and
// the unique identifier is the resource ID. Example: endpoint/my-end-point/variant/KMeansClustering.
//
// * Custom resources are not supported with a resource type. This parameter
@@ -4121,6 +4212,9 @@ type ScheduledAction struct {
// to access the resources. The unique identifier is defined by the service
// provider. More information is available in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/aws/aws-auto-scaling-custom-resource).
//
+ // * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoint - The resource type
+ // and unique identifier are specified using the endpoint ARN. Example: arn:aws:comprehend:us-west-2:123456789012:document-classifier-endpoint/EXAMPLE.
+ //
// ResourceId is a required field
ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -4159,6 +4253,10 @@ type ScheduledAction struct {
//
// * custom-resource:ResourceType:Property - The scalable dimension for a
// custom resource provided by your own application or service.
+ //
+ // * comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits - The
+ // number of inference units for an Amazon Comprehend document classification
+ // endpoint.
ScalableDimension *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalableDimension"`
// The new minimum and maximum capacity. You can set both values or just one.
@@ -4725,6 +4823,12 @@ const (
// MetricTypeEcsserviceAverageMemoryUtilization is a MetricType enum value
MetricTypeEcsserviceAverageMemoryUtilization = "ECSServiceAverageMemoryUtilization"
+
+ // MetricTypeAppStreamAverageCapacityUtilization is a MetricType enum value
+ MetricTypeAppStreamAverageCapacityUtilization = "AppStreamAverageCapacityUtilization"
+
+ // MetricTypeComprehendInferenceUtilization is a MetricType enum value
+ MetricTypeComprehendInferenceUtilization = "ComprehendInferenceUtilization"
)
const (
@@ -4768,6 +4872,9 @@ const (
// ScalableDimensionCustomResourceResourceTypeProperty is a ScalableDimension enum value
ScalableDimensionCustomResourceResourceTypeProperty = "custom-resource:ResourceType:Property"
+
+ // ScalableDimensionComprehendDocumentClassifierEndpointDesiredInferenceUnits is a ScalableDimension enum value
+ ScalableDimensionComprehendDocumentClassifierEndpointDesiredInferenceUnits = "comprehend:document-classifier-endpoint:DesiredInferenceUnits"
)
const (
@@ -4814,4 +4921,7 @@ const (
// ServiceNamespaceCustomResource is a ServiceNamespace enum value
ServiceNamespaceCustomResource = "custom-resource"
+
+ // ServiceNamespaceComprehend is a ServiceNamespace enum value
+ ServiceNamespaceComprehend = "comprehend"
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/doc.go
index fbaa9db46936..40d4ad73abca 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/doc.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling/doc.go
@@ -22,6 +22,8 @@
//
// * Custom resources provided by your own applications or services
//
+// * Amazon Comprehend document classification endpoints
+//
// API Summary
//
// The Application Auto Scaling service API includes three key sets of actions:
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/api.go
index 737a831f0e1c..40131b0ad6c4 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/api.go
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
package applicationinsights
import (
+ "fmt"
"time"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
@@ -78,6 +79,9 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) CreateApplicationRequest(input *CreateApplicationI
// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
//
+// * ErrCodeTagsAlreadyExistException "TagsAlreadyExistException"
+// Tags are already registered for the specified application ARN.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/CreateApplication
func (c *ApplicationInsights) CreateApplication(input *CreateApplicationInput) (*CreateApplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateApplicationRequest(input)
@@ -189,6 +193,94 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) CreateComponentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateLogPattern = "CreateLogPattern"
+
+// CreateLogPatternRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateLogPattern operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateLogPattern for more information on using the CreateLogPattern
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateLogPatternRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateLogPatternRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/CreateLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) CreateLogPatternRequest(input *CreateLogPatternInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateLogPatternOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateLogPattern,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateLogPatternInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateLogPatternOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateLogPattern API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Adds an log pattern to a LogPatternSet.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation CreateLogPattern for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
+// The resource is already created or in use.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
+// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/CreateLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) CreateLogPattern(input *CreateLogPatternInput) (*CreateLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateLogPatternRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateLogPatternWithContext is the same as CreateLogPattern with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateLogPattern for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) CreateLogPatternWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateLogPatternInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateLogPatternRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteApplication = "DeleteApplication"
// DeleteApplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -366,6 +458,95 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) DeleteComponentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteLogPattern = "DeleteLogPattern"
+
+// DeleteLogPatternRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteLogPattern operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteLogPattern for more information on using the DeleteLogPattern
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteLogPatternRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteLogPatternRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/DeleteLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) DeleteLogPatternRequest(input *DeleteLogPatternInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteLogPatternOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteLogPattern,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteLogPatternInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteLogPatternOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteLogPattern API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Removes the specified log pattern from a LogPatternSet.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation DeleteLogPattern for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// The request is not understood by the server.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
+// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/DeleteLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) DeleteLogPattern(input *DeleteLogPatternInput) (*DeleteLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteLogPatternRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteLogPatternWithContext is the same as DeleteLogPattern with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteLogPattern for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) DeleteLogPatternWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteLogPatternInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteLogPatternRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeApplication = "DescribeApplication"
// DescribeApplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -707,6 +888,91 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendationWithCo
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeLogPattern = "DescribeLogPattern"
+
+// DescribeLogPatternRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeLogPattern operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeLogPattern for more information on using the DescribeLogPattern
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeLogPatternRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeLogPatternRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/DescribeLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) DescribeLogPatternRequest(input *DescribeLogPatternInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeLogPatternOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeLogPattern,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeLogPatternInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeLogPatternOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeLogPattern API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Describe a specific log pattern from a LogPatternSet.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation DescribeLogPattern for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
+// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/DescribeLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) DescribeLogPattern(input *DescribeLogPatternInput) (*DescribeLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeLogPatternRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeLogPatternWithContext is the same as DescribeLogPattern with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeLogPattern for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) DescribeLogPatternWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLogPatternInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeLogPatternRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeObservation = "DescribeObservation"
// DescribeObservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1245,35 +1511,35 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListComponentsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, in
return p.Err()
}
-const opListProblems = "ListProblems"
+const opListLogPatternSets = "ListLogPatternSets"
-// ListProblemsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListProblems operation. The "output" return
+// ListLogPatternSetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListLogPatternSets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListProblems for more information on using the ListProblems
+// See ListLogPatternSets for more information on using the ListLogPatternSets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListProblemsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListProblemsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListLogPatternSetsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListLogPatternSetsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListProblems
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsRequest(input *ListProblemsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProblemsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListLogPatternSets
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternSetsRequest(input *ListLogPatternSetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListLogPatternSetsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListProblems,
+ Name: opListLogPatternSets,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
@@ -1285,94 +1551,94 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsRequest(input *ListProblemsInput) (req
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListProblemsInput{}
+ input = &ListLogPatternSetsInput{}
}
- output = &ListProblemsOutput{}
+ output = &ListLogPatternSetsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListProblems API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+// ListLogPatternSets API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
//
-// Lists the problems with your application.
+// Lists the log pattern sets in the specific application.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
-// API operation ListProblems for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListLogPatternSets for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
-// The parameter is not valid.
-//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListProblems
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblems(input *ListProblemsInput) (*ListProblemsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListProblemsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListLogPatternSets
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternSets(input *ListLogPatternSetsInput) (*ListLogPatternSetsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListLogPatternSetsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListProblemsWithContext is the same as ListProblems with the addition of
+// ListLogPatternSetsWithContext is the same as ListLogPatternSets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListProblems for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListLogPatternSets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProblemsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProblemsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListProblemsRequest(input)
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternSetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogPatternSetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListLogPatternSetsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListLogPatternSetsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListProblemsPages iterates over the pages of a ListProblems operation,
+// ListLogPatternSetsPages iterates over the pages of a ListLogPatternSets operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
-// See ListProblems method for more information on how to use this operation.
+// See ListLogPatternSets method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListProblems operation.
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListLogPatternSets operation.
// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.ListProblemsPages(params,
-// func(page *applicationinsights.ListProblemsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// err := client.ListLogPatternSetsPages(params,
+// func(page *applicationinsights.ListLogPatternSetsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsPages(input *ListProblemsInput, fn func(*ListProblemsOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.ListProblemsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternSetsPages(input *ListLogPatternSetsInput, fn func(*ListLogPatternSetsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListLogPatternSetsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
-// ListProblemsPagesWithContext same as ListProblemsPages except
+// ListLogPatternSetsPagesWithContext same as ListLogPatternSetsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProblemsInput, fn func(*ListProblemsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternSetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogPatternSetsInput, fn func(*ListLogPatternSetsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *ListProblemsInput
+ var inCpy *ListLogPatternSetsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
- req, _ := c.ListProblemsRequest(inCpy)
+ req, _ := c.ListLogPatternSetsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
@@ -1380,7 +1646,7 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu
}
for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*ListProblemsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListLogPatternSetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
@@ -1388,44 +1654,595 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu
return p.Err()
}
-const opUpdateApplication = "UpdateApplication"
+const opListLogPatterns = "ListLogPatterns"
-// UpdateApplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateApplication operation. The "output" return
+// ListLogPatternsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListLogPatterns operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateApplication for more information on using the UpdateApplication
+// See ListLogPatterns for more information on using the ListLogPatterns
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateApplicationRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateApplicationRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListLogPatternsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListLogPatternsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateApplication
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateApplicationRequest(input *UpdateApplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateApplicationOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListLogPatterns
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternsRequest(input *ListLogPatternsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListLogPatternsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateApplication,
+ Name: opListLogPatterns,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateApplicationInput{}
+ input = &ListLogPatternsInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateApplicationOutput{}
+ output = &ListLogPatternsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListLogPatterns API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Lists the log patterns in the specific log LogPatternSet.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation ListLogPatterns for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
+// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListLogPatterns
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatterns(input *ListLogPatternsInput) (*ListLogPatternsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListLogPatternsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListLogPatternsWithContext is the same as ListLogPatterns with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListLogPatterns for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogPatternsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListLogPatternsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListLogPatternsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListLogPatternsPages iterates over the pages of a ListLogPatterns operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListLogPatterns method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListLogPatterns operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListLogPatternsPages(params,
+// func(page *applicationinsights.ListLogPatternsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternsPages(input *ListLogPatternsInput, fn func(*ListLogPatternsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListLogPatternsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListLogPatternsPagesWithContext same as ListLogPatternsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListLogPatternsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogPatternsInput, fn func(*ListLogPatternsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListLogPatternsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListLogPatternsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListLogPatternsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListProblems = "ListProblems"
+
+// ListProblemsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListProblems operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListProblems for more information on using the ListProblems
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListProblemsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListProblemsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListProblems
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsRequest(input *ListProblemsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProblemsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListProblems,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListProblemsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListProblemsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListProblems API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Lists the problems with your application.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation ListProblems for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
+// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListProblems
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblems(input *ListProblemsInput) (*ListProblemsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProblemsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListProblemsWithContext is the same as ListProblems with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListProblems for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProblemsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProblemsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProblemsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListProblemsPages iterates over the pages of a ListProblems operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListProblems method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListProblems operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListProblemsPages(params,
+// func(page *applicationinsights.ListProblemsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsPages(input *ListProblemsInput, fn func(*ListProblemsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListProblemsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListProblemsPagesWithContext same as ListProblemsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListProblemsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProblemsInput, fn func(*ListProblemsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListProblemsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListProblemsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListProblemsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
+
+// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListTagsForResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Retrieve a list of the tags (keys and values) that are associated with a
+// specified application. A tag is a label that you optionally define and associate
+// with an application. Each tag consists of a required tag key and an optional
+// associated tag value. A tag key is a general label that acts as a category
+// for more specific tag values. A tag value acts as a descriptor within a tag
+// key.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opTagResource = "TagResource"
+
+// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/TagResource
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opTagResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &TagResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &TagResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// TagResource API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Add one or more tags (keys and values) to a specified application. A tag
+// is a label that you optionally define and associate with an application.
+// Tags can help you categorize and manage application in different ways, such
+// as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.
+//
+// Each tag consists of a required tag key and an associated tag value, both
+// of which you define. A tag key is a general label that acts as a category
+// for more specific tag values. A tag value acts as a descriptor within a tag
+// key.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
+// The number of the provided tags is beyond the limit, or the number of total
+// tags you are trying to attach to the specified resource exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/TagResource
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"
+
+// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UntagResource
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUntagResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UntagResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UntagResource API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Remove one or more tags (keys and values) from a specified application.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UntagResource
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateApplication = "UpdateApplication"
+
+// UpdateApplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateApplication operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateApplication for more information on using the UpdateApplication
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateApplicationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateApplicationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateApplication
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateApplicationRequest(input *UpdateApplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateApplicationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateApplication,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateApplicationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateApplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
@@ -1563,63 +2380,151 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateComponentConfiguration = "UpdateComponentConfiguration"
+const opUpdateComponentConfiguration = "UpdateComponentConfiguration"
+
+// UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateComponentConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateComponentConfiguration for more information on using the UpdateComponentConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateComponentConfiguration
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateComponentConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateComponentConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateComponentConfiguration API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+//
+// Updates the monitoring configurations for the component. The configuration
+// input parameter is an escaped JSON of the configuration and should match
+// the schema of what is returned by DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
+// API operation UpdateComponentConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
+//
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
+// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateComponentConfiguration
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfiguration(input *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput) (*UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateComponentConfigurationWithContext is the same as UpdateComponentConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateComponentConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateLogPattern = "UpdateLogPattern"
-// UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateComponentConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// UpdateLogPatternRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateLogPattern operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateComponentConfiguration for more information on using the UpdateComponentConfiguration
+// See UpdateLogPattern for more information on using the UpdateLogPattern
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateLogPatternRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateLogPatternRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateComponentConfiguration
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateLogPatternRequest(input *UpdateLogPatternInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateLogPatternOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateComponentConfiguration,
+ Name: opUpdateLogPattern,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateComponentConfigurationInput{}
+ input = &UpdateLogPatternInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput{}
+ output = &UpdateLogPatternOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// UpdateComponentConfiguration API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
+// UpdateLogPattern API operation for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights.
//
-// Updates the monitoring configurations for the component. The configuration
-// input parameter is an escaped JSON of the configuration and should match
-// the schema of what is returned by DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendation.
+// Adds a log pattern to a LogPatternSet.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights's
-// API operation UpdateComponentConfiguration for usage and error information.
+// API operation UpdateLogPattern for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
+// The resource is already created or in use.
+//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
//
@@ -1629,23 +2534,23 @@ func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateC
// * ErrCodeInternalServerException "InternalServerException"
// The server encountered an internal error and is unable to complete the request.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateComponentConfiguration
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfiguration(input *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput) (*UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/application-insights-2018-11-25/UpdateLogPattern
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateLogPattern(input *UpdateLogPatternInput) (*UpdateLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateLogPatternRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateComponentConfigurationWithContext is the same as UpdateComponentConfiguration with the addition of
+// UpdateLogPatternWithContext is the same as UpdateLogPattern with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateComponentConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See UpdateLogPattern for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateComponentConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateComponentConfigurationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateComponentConfigurationRequest(input)
+func (c *ApplicationInsights) UpdateLogPatternWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateLogPatternInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateLogPatternOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateLogPatternRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
@@ -1667,7 +2572,7 @@ type ApplicationComponent struct {
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
// The stack tier of the application component.
- Tier *string `type:"string"`
+ Tier *string `min:"1" type:"string" enum:"Tier"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -1717,14 +2622,14 @@ type ApplicationInfo struct {
// The SNS topic provided to Application Insights that is associated to the
// created opsItems to receive SNS notifications for opsItem updates.
- OpsItemSNSTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
+ OpsItemSNSTopicArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
// The issues on the user side that block Application Insights from successfully
// monitoring an application.
Remarks *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the resource group used for the application.
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -1775,12 +2680,17 @@ type CreateApplicationInput struct {
// The SNS topic provided to Application Insights that is associated to the
// created opsItem. Allows you to receive notifications for updates to the opsItem.
- OpsItemSNSTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
+ OpsItemSNSTopicArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // List of tags to add to the application. tag key (Key) and an associated tag
+ // value (Value). The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum
+ // length of a tag value is 256 characters.
+ Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -1796,9 +2706,25 @@ func (s CreateApplicationInput) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateApplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateApplicationInput"}
+ if s.OpsItemSNSTopicArn != nil && len(*s.OpsItemSNSTopicArn) < 20 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpsItemSNSTopicArn", 20))
+ }
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -1824,6 +2750,12 @@ func (s *CreateApplicationInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *CreateApplicati
return s
}
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateApplicationInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateApplicationInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
type CreateApplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -1858,7 +2790,7 @@ type CreateComponentInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The list of resource ARNs that belong to the component.
//
@@ -1885,6 +2817,9 @@ func (s *CreateComponentInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if s.ResourceList == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceList"))
}
@@ -1927,13 +2862,151 @@ func (s CreateComponentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type CreateLogPatternInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The log pattern.
+ //
+ // Pattern is a required field
+ Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern.
+ //
+ // PatternName is a required field
+ PatternName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern set.
+ //
+ // PatternSetName is a required field
+ PatternSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Rank of the log pattern.
+ //
+ // Rank is a required field
+ Rank *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ //
+ // ResourceGroupName is a required field
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateLogPatternInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateLogPatternInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateLogPatternInput"}
+ if s.Pattern == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pattern"))
+ }
+ if s.Pattern != nil && len(*s.Pattern) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Pattern", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternName != nil && len(*s.PatternName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternSetName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName != nil && len(*s.PatternSetName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternSetName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Rank == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rank"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternInput) SetPattern(v string) *CreateLogPatternInput {
+ s.Pattern = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternName sets the PatternName field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternInput) SetPatternName(v string) *CreateLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternSetName sets the PatternSetName field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternInput) SetPatternSetName(v string) *CreateLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRank sets the Rank field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternInput) SetRank(v int64) *CreateLogPatternInput {
+ s.Rank = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *CreateLogPatternInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateLogPatternOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The successfully created log pattern.
+ LogPattern *LogPattern `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateLogPatternOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateLogPatternOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLogPattern sets the LogPattern field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternOutput) SetLogPattern(v *LogPattern) *CreateLogPatternOutput {
+ s.LogPattern = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *CreateLogPatternOutput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *CreateLogPatternOutput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DeleteApplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -1952,6 +3025,9 @@ func (s *DeleteApplicationInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -1990,7 +3066,7 @@ type DeleteComponentInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2012,6 +3088,9 @@ func (s *DeleteComponentInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2045,13 +3124,102 @@ func (s DeleteComponentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteLogPatternInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern.
+ //
+ // PatternName is a required field
+ PatternName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern set.
+ //
+ // PatternSetName is a required field
+ PatternSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ //
+ // ResourceGroupName is a required field
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteLogPatternInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteLogPatternInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteLogPatternInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteLogPatternInput"}
+ if s.PatternName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternName != nil && len(*s.PatternName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternSetName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName != nil && len(*s.PatternSetName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternSetName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPatternName sets the PatternName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteLogPatternInput) SetPatternName(v string) *DeleteLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternSetName sets the PatternSetName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteLogPatternInput) SetPatternSetName(v string) *DeleteLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteLogPatternInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *DeleteLogPatternInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteLogPatternOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteLogPatternOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteLogPatternOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type DescribeApplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2070,6 +3238,9 @@ func (s *DescribeApplicationInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2117,7 +3288,7 @@ type DescribeComponentConfigurationInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2139,6 +3310,9 @@ func (s *DescribeComponentConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2163,14 +3337,14 @@ type DescribeComponentConfigurationOutput struct {
// The configuration settings of the component. The value is the escaped JSON
// of the configuration.
- ComponentConfiguration *string `type:"string"`
+ ComponentConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the application component is monitored.
Monitor *bool `type:"boolean"`
- // The tier of the application component. Supported tiers include DOT_NET_WORKER,
- // DOT_NET_WEB, SQL_SERVER, and DEFAULT
- Tier *string `type:"string"`
+ // The tier of the application component. Supported tiers include DOT_NET_CORE,
+ // DOT_NET_WORKER, DOT_NET_WEB, SQL_SERVER, and DEFAULT
+ Tier *string `min:"1" type:"string" enum:"Tier"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2212,13 +3386,13 @@ type DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendationInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The tier of the application component. Supported tiers include DOT_NET_WORKER,
- // DOT_NET_WEB, SQL_SERVER, and DEFAULT.
+ // The tier of the application component. Supported tiers include DOT_NET_CORE,
+ // DOT_NET_WORKER, DOT_NET_WEB, SQL_SERVER, and DEFAULT.
//
// Tier is a required field
- Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Tier *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2240,9 +3414,15 @@ func (s *DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendationInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if s.Tier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier"))
}
+ if s.Tier != nil && len(*s.Tier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tier", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2273,7 +3453,7 @@ type DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendationOutput struct {
// The recommended configuration settings of the component. The value is the
// escaped JSON of the configuration.
- ComponentConfiguration *string `type:"string"`
+ ComponentConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2303,7 +3483,7 @@ type DescribeComponentInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2325,6 +3505,9 @@ func (s *DescribeComponentInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2377,13 +3560,120 @@ func (s *DescribeComponentOutput) SetResourceList(v []*string) *DescribeComponen
return s
}
+type DescribeLogPatternInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern.
+ //
+ // PatternName is a required field
+ PatternName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern set.
+ //
+ // PatternSetName is a required field
+ PatternSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ //
+ // ResourceGroupName is a required field
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeLogPatternInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeLogPatternInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeLogPatternInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeLogPatternInput"}
+ if s.PatternName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternName != nil && len(*s.PatternName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternSetName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName != nil && len(*s.PatternSetName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternSetName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPatternName sets the PatternName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeLogPatternInput) SetPatternName(v string) *DescribeLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternSetName sets the PatternSetName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeLogPatternInput) SetPatternSetName(v string) *DescribeLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeLogPatternInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *DescribeLogPatternInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeLogPatternOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The successfully created log pattern.
+ LogPattern *LogPattern `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeLogPatternOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeLogPatternOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLogPattern sets the LogPattern field's value.
+func (s *DescribeLogPatternOutput) SetLogPattern(v *LogPattern) *DescribeLogPatternOutput {
+ s.LogPattern = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeLogPatternOutput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *DescribeLogPatternOutput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeObservationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the observation.
//
// ObservationId is a required field
- ObservationId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ObservationId *string `min:"38" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2402,6 +3692,9 @@ func (s *DescribeObservationInput) Validate() error {
if s.ObservationId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ObservationId"))
}
+ if s.ObservationId != nil && len(*s.ObservationId) < 38 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ObservationId", 38))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2444,7 +3737,7 @@ type DescribeProblemInput struct {
// The ID of the problem.
//
// ProblemId is a required field
- ProblemId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ProblemId *string `min:"38" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2463,6 +3756,9 @@ func (s *DescribeProblemInput) Validate() error {
if s.ProblemId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProblemId"))
}
+ if s.ProblemId != nil && len(*s.ProblemId) < 38 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProblemId", 38))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2482,7 +3778,7 @@ type DescribeProblemObservationsInput struct {
// The ID of the problem.
//
// ProblemId is a required field
- ProblemId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ProblemId *string `min:"38" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2501,6 +3797,9 @@ func (s *DescribeProblemObservationsInput) Validate() error {
if s.ProblemId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProblemId"))
}
+ if s.ProblemId != nil && len(*s.ProblemId) < 38 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProblemId", 38))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2652,7 +3951,7 @@ type ListComponentsInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2674,6 +3973,9 @@ func (s *ListComponentsInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2731,6 +4033,228 @@ func (s *ListComponentsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListComponentsOutput {
return s
}
+type ListLogPatternSetsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
+ // remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token to request the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ //
+ // ResourceGroupName is a required field
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternSetsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternSetsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListLogPatternSetsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListLogPatternSetsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogPatternSetsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *ListLogPatternSetsInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListLogPatternSetsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of log pattern sets.
+ LogPatternSets []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
+ // there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternSetsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternSetsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLogPatternSets sets the LogPatternSets field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsOutput) SetLogPatternSets(v []*string) *ListLogPatternSetsOutput {
+ s.LogPatternSets = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogPatternSetsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternSetsOutput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *ListLogPatternSetsOutput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListLogPatternsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the
+ // remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token to request the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern set.
+ PatternSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ //
+ // ResourceGroupName is a required field
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListLogPatternsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName != nil && len(*s.PatternSetName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternSetName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListLogPatternsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogPatternsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternSetName sets the PatternSetName field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsInput) SetPatternSetName(v string) *ListLogPatternsInput {
+ s.PatternSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *ListLogPatternsInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListLogPatternsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of log patterns.
+ LogPatterns []*LogPattern `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
+ // there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListLogPatternsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLogPatterns sets the LogPatterns field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsOutput) SetLogPatterns(v []*LogPattern) *ListLogPatternsOutput {
+ s.LogPatterns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListLogPatternsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *ListLogPatternsOutput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *ListLogPatternsOutput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ListProblemsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -2746,7 +4270,7 @@ type ListProblemsInput struct {
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the resource group.
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The time when the problem was detected, in epoch seconds. If you don't specify
// a time frame for the request, problems within the past seven days are returned.
@@ -2769,6 +4293,9 @@ func (s *ListProblemsInput) Validate() error {
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2788,54 +4315,177 @@ func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListProblemsInput {
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProblemsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
- return s
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProblemsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *ListProblemsInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ListProblemsInput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListProblemsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The token used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
+ // there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The list of problems.
+ ProblemList []*Problem `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProblemsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProblemsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProblemsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProblemsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProblemList sets the ProblemList field's value.
+func (s *ListProblemsOutput) SetProblemList(v []*Problem) *ListProblemsOutput {
+ s.ProblemList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application that you want to retrieve
+ // tag information for.
+ //
+ // ResourceARN is a required field
+ ResourceARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceARN == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceARN"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceARN != nil && len(*s.ResourceARN) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceARN", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceARN sets the ResourceARN field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceARN(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array that lists all the tags that are associated with the application.
+ // Each tag consists of a required tag key (Key) and an associated tag value
+ // (Value).
+ Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
-func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *ListProblemsInput {
- s.ResourceGroupName = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
-func (s *ListProblemsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ListProblemsInput {
- s.StartTime = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-type ListProblemsOutput struct {
+// An object that defines the log patterns that belongs to a LogPatternSet.
+type LogPattern struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The token used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when
- // there are no more results to return.
- NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+ // A regular expression that defines the log pattern. A log pattern can contains
+ // at many as 50 characters, and it cannot be empty.
+ Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The list of problems.
- ProblemList []*Problem `type:"list"`
+ // The name of the log pattern. A log pattern name can contains at many as 50
+ // characters, and it cannot be empty. The characters can be Unicode letters,
+ // digits or one of the following symbols: period, dash, underscore.
+ PatternName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern. A log pattern name can contains at many as 30
+ // characters, and it cannot be empty. The characters can be Unicode letters,
+ // digits or one of the following symbols: period, dash, underscore.
+ PatternSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Rank of the log pattern.
+ Rank *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListProblemsOutput) String() string {
+func (s LogPattern) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListProblemsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s LogPattern) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListProblemsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProblemsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.
+func (s *LogPattern) SetPattern(v string) *LogPattern {
+ s.Pattern = &v
return s
}
-// SetProblemList sets the ProblemList field's value.
-func (s *ListProblemsOutput) SetProblemList(v []*Problem) *ListProblemsOutput {
- s.ProblemList = v
+// SetPatternName sets the PatternName field's value.
+func (s *LogPattern) SetPatternName(v string) *LogPattern {
+ s.PatternName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternSetName sets the PatternSetName field's value.
+func (s *LogPattern) SetPatternSetName(v string) *LogPattern {
+ s.PatternSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRank sets the Rank field's value.
+func (s *LogPattern) SetRank(v int64) *LogPattern {
+ s.Rank = &v
return s
}
@@ -2847,7 +4497,7 @@ type Observation struct {
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The ID of the observation type.
- Id *string `type:"string"`
+ Id *string `min:"38" type:"string"`
// The timestamp in the CloudWatch Logs that specifies when the matched line
// occurred.
@@ -2986,13 +4636,13 @@ type Problem struct {
Feedback map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The ID of the problem.
- Id *string `type:"string"`
+ Id *string `min:"38" type:"string"`
// A detailed analysis of the problem using machine learning.
Insights *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the resource group affected by the problem.
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// A measure of the level of impact of the problem.
SeverityLevel *string `type:"string" enum:"SeverityLevel"`
@@ -3101,6 +4751,242 @@ func (s *RelatedObservations) SetObservationList(v []*Observation) *RelatedObser
return s
}
+// An object that defines the tags associated with an application. A tag is
+// a label that you optionally define and associate with an application. Tags
+// can help you categorize and manage resources in different ways, such as by
+// purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.
+//
+// Each tag consists of a required tag key and an associated tag value, both
+// of which you define. A tag key is a general label that acts as a category
+// for a more specific tag value. A tag value acts as a descriptor within a
+// tag key. A tag key can contain as many as 128 characters. A tag value can
+// contain as many as 256 characters. The characters can be Unicode letters,
+// digits, white space, or one of the following symbols: _ . : / = + -. The
+// following additional restrictions apply to tags:
+//
+// * Tag keys and values are case sensitive.
+//
+// * For each associated resource, each tag key must be unique and it can
+// have only one value.
+//
+// * The aws: prefix is reserved for use by AWS; you can’t use it in any
+// tag keys or values that you define. In addition, you can't edit or remove
+// tag keys or values that use this prefix.
+type Tag struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // One part of a key-value pair that defines a tag. The maximum length of a
+ // tag key is 128 characters. The minimum length is 1 character.
+ //
+ // Key is a required field
+ Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The optional part of a key-value pair that defines a tag. The maximum length
+ // of a tag value is 256 characters. The minimum length is 0 characters. If
+ // you don't want an application to have a specific tag value, don't specify
+ // a value for this parameter.
+ //
+ // Value is a required field
+ Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
+ if s.Key == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+ }
+ if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Value == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
+ s.Key = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
+ s.Value = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type TagResourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application that you want to add one
+ // or more tags to.
+ //
+ // ResourceARN is a required field
+ ResourceARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A list of tags that to add to the application. A tag consists of a required
+ // tag key (Key) and an associated tag value (Value). The maximum length of
+ // a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.
+ //
+ // Tags is a required field
+ Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceARN == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceARN"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceARN != nil && len(*s.ResourceARN) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceARN", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceARN sets the ResourceARN field's value.
+func (s *TagResourceInput) SetResourceARN(v string) *TagResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *TagResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagResourceInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type TagResourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type UntagResourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application that you want to remove
+ // one or more tags from.
+ //
+ // ResourceARN is a required field
+ ResourceARN *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The tags (tag keys) that you want to remove from the resource. When you specify
+ // a tag key, the action removes both that key and its associated tag value.
+ //
+ // To remove more than one tag from the application, append the TagKeys parameter
+ // and argument for each additional tag to remove, separated by an ampersand.
+ //
+ // TagKeys is a required field
+ TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceARN == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceARN"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceARN != nil && len(*s.ResourceARN) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceARN", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TagKeys == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceARN sets the ResourceARN field's value.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceARN(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
+ s.TagKeys = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UntagResourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type UpdateApplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3109,7 +4995,7 @@ type UpdateApplicationInput struct {
// The SNS topic provided to Application Insights that is associated to the
// created opsItem. Allows you to receive notifications for updates to the opsItem.
- OpsItemSNSTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
+ OpsItemSNSTopicArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
// Disassociates the SNS topic from the opsItem created for detected problems.
RemoveSNSTopic *bool `type:"boolean"`
@@ -3117,7 +5003,7 @@ type UpdateApplicationInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3133,9 +5019,15 @@ func (s UpdateApplicationInput) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateApplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateApplicationInput"}
+ if s.OpsItemSNSTopicArn != nil && len(*s.OpsItemSNSTopicArn) < 20 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OpsItemSNSTopicArn", 20))
+ }
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3197,8 +5089,9 @@ type UpdateComponentConfigurationInput struct {
// of the configuration. For more information about the JSON format, see Working
// with JSON (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-javascript/v2/developer-guide/working-with-json.html).
// You can send a request to DescribeComponentConfigurationRecommendation to
- // see the recommended configuration for a component.
- ComponentConfiguration *string `type:"string"`
+ // see the recommended configuration for a component. For the complete format
+ // of the component configuration file, see Component Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/component-config.html).
+ ComponentConfiguration *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the component.
//
@@ -3211,11 +5104,11 @@ type UpdateComponentConfigurationInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The tier of the application component. Supported tiers include DOT_NET_WORKER,
- // DOT_NET_WEB, SQL_SERVER, and DEFAULT.
- Tier *string `type:"string"`
+ // DOT_NET_WEB, DOT_NET_CORE, SQL_SERVER, and DEFAULT.
+ Tier *string `min:"1" type:"string" enum:"Tier"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3231,12 +5124,21 @@ func (s UpdateComponentConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateComponentConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateComponentConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.ComponentConfiguration != nil && len(*s.ComponentConfiguration) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ComponentConfiguration", 1))
+ }
if s.ComponentName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ComponentName"))
}
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tier != nil && len(*s.Tier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tier", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3302,7 +5204,7 @@ type UpdateComponentInput struct {
// The name of the resource group.
//
// ResourceGroupName is a required field
- ResourceGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The list of resource ARNs that belong to the component.
ResourceList []*string `type:"list"`
@@ -3327,6 +5229,9 @@ func (s *UpdateComponentInput) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
}
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3372,6 +5277,134 @@ func (s UpdateComponentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type UpdateLogPatternInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The log pattern.
+ Pattern *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern.
+ //
+ // PatternName is a required field
+ PatternName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the log pattern set.
+ //
+ // PatternSetName is a required field
+ PatternSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Rank of the log pattern.
+ Rank *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ //
+ // ResourceGroupName is a required field
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateLogPatternInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateLogPatternInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateLogPatternInput"}
+ if s.Pattern != nil && len(*s.Pattern) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Pattern", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternName != nil && len(*s.PatternName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PatternSetName"))
+ }
+ if s.PatternSetName != nil && len(*s.PatternSetName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PatternSetName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceGroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceGroupName != nil && len(*s.ResourceGroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceGroupName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPattern sets the Pattern field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternInput) SetPattern(v string) *UpdateLogPatternInput {
+ s.Pattern = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternName sets the PatternName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternInput) SetPatternName(v string) *UpdateLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPatternSetName sets the PatternSetName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternInput) SetPatternSetName(v string) *UpdateLogPatternInput {
+ s.PatternSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRank sets the Rank field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternInput) SetRank(v int64) *UpdateLogPatternInput {
+ s.Rank = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternInput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *UpdateLogPatternInput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateLogPatternOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The successfully created log pattern.
+ LogPattern *LogPattern `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the resource group.
+ ResourceGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateLogPatternOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateLogPatternOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLogPattern sets the LogPattern field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternOutput) SetLogPattern(v *LogPattern) *UpdateLogPatternOutput {
+ s.LogPattern = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceGroupName sets the ResourceGroupName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateLogPatternOutput) SetResourceGroupName(v string) *UpdateLogPatternOutput {
+ s.ResourceGroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
const (
// FeedbackKeyInsightsFeedback is a FeedbackKey enum value
FeedbackKeyInsightsFeedback = "INSIGHTS_FEEDBACK"
@@ -3401,13 +5434,13 @@ const (
const (
// SeverityLevelLow is a SeverityLevel enum value
- SeverityLevelLow = "LOW"
+ SeverityLevelLow = "Low"
// SeverityLevelMedium is a SeverityLevel enum value
- SeverityLevelMedium = "MEDIUM"
+ SeverityLevelMedium = "Medium"
// SeverityLevelHigh is a SeverityLevel enum value
- SeverityLevelHigh = "HIGH"
+ SeverityLevelHigh = "High"
)
const (
@@ -3420,3 +5453,20 @@ const (
// StatusPending is a Status enum value
StatusPending = "PENDING"
)
+
+const (
+ // TierDefault is a Tier enum value
+ TierDefault = "DEFAULT"
+
+ // TierDotNetCore is a Tier enum value
+ TierDotNetCore = "DOT_NET_CORE"
+
+ // TierDotNetWorker is a Tier enum value
+ TierDotNetWorker = "DOT_NET_WORKER"
+
+ // TierDotNetWeb is a Tier enum value
+ TierDotNetWeb = "DOT_NET_WEB"
+
+ // TierSqlServer is a Tier enum value
+ TierSqlServer = "SQL_SERVER"
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/errors.go
index c75e208d9456..aa8c59349d2d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationinsights/errors.go
@@ -28,6 +28,19 @@ const (
// The resource does not exist in the customer account.
ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException = "ResourceNotFoundException"
+ // ErrCodeTagsAlreadyExistException for service response error code
+ // "TagsAlreadyExistException".
+ //
+ // Tags are already registered for the specified application ARN.
+ ErrCodeTagsAlreadyExistException = "TagsAlreadyExistException"
+
+ // ErrCodeTooManyTagsException for service response error code
+ // "TooManyTagsException".
+ //
+ // The number of the provided tags is beyond the limit, or the number of total
+ // tags you are trying to attach to the specified resource exceeds the limit.
+ ErrCodeTooManyTagsException = "TooManyTagsException"
+
// ErrCodeValidationException for service response error code
// "ValidationException".
//
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/appsync/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/appsync/api.go
index 42881d356190..bc2dbaefa61b 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/appsync/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/appsync/api.go
@@ -12,6 +12,100 @@ import (
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson"
)
+const opCreateApiCache = "CreateApiCache"
+
+// CreateApiCacheRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateApiCache operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateApiCache for more information on using the CreateApiCache
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateApiCacheRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateApiCacheRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/CreateApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) CreateApiCacheRequest(input *CreateApiCacheInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateApiCacheOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateApiCache,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/v1/apis/{apiId}/ApiCaches",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateApiCacheInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateApiCacheOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateApiCache API operation for AWS AppSync.
+//
+// Creates a cache for the GraphQL API.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS AppSync's
+// API operation CreateApiCache for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// The request is not well formed. For example, a value is invalid or a required
+// field is missing. Check the field values, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Another modification is in progress at this time and it must complete before
+// you can make your change.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request was not found. Check the resource,
+// and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal AWS AppSync error occurred. Try your request again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/CreateApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) CreateApiCache(input *CreateApiCacheInput) (*CreateApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateApiCacheRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateApiCacheWithContext is the same as CreateApiCache with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateApiCache for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *AppSync) CreateApiCacheWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateApiCacheInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateApiCacheRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateApiKey = "CreateApiKey"
// CreateApiKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -586,6 +680,101 @@ func (c *AppSync) CreateTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTypeInput,
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteApiCache = "DeleteApiCache"
+
+// DeleteApiCacheRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteApiCache operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteApiCache for more information on using the DeleteApiCache
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteApiCacheRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteApiCacheRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/DeleteApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) DeleteApiCacheRequest(input *DeleteApiCacheInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteApiCacheOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteApiCache,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/v1/apis/{apiId}/ApiCaches",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteApiCacheInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteApiCacheOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteApiCache API operation for AWS AppSync.
+//
+// Deletes an ApiCache object.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS AppSync's
+// API operation DeleteApiCache for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// The request is not well formed. For example, a value is invalid or a required
+// field is missing. Check the field values, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Another modification is in progress at this time and it must complete before
+// you can make your change.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request was not found. Check the resource,
+// and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal AWS AppSync error occurred. Try your request again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/DeleteApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) DeleteApiCache(input *DeleteApiCacheInput) (*DeleteApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteApiCacheRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteApiCacheWithContext is the same as DeleteApiCache with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteApiCache for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *AppSync) DeleteApiCacheWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteApiCacheInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteApiCacheRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteApiKey = "DeleteApiKey"
// DeleteApiKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1147,6 +1336,195 @@ func (c *AppSync) DeleteTypeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTypeInput,
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opFlushApiCache = "FlushApiCache"
+
+// FlushApiCacheRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the FlushApiCache operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See FlushApiCache for more information on using the FlushApiCache
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the FlushApiCacheRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.FlushApiCacheRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/FlushApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) FlushApiCacheRequest(input *FlushApiCacheInput) (req *request.Request, output *FlushApiCacheOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opFlushApiCache,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/v1/apis/{apiId}/FlushCache",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &FlushApiCacheInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &FlushApiCacheOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// FlushApiCache API operation for AWS AppSync.
+//
+// Flushes an ApiCache object.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS AppSync's
+// API operation FlushApiCache for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// The request is not well formed. For example, a value is invalid or a required
+// field is missing. Check the field values, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Another modification is in progress at this time and it must complete before
+// you can make your change.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request was not found. Check the resource,
+// and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal AWS AppSync error occurred. Try your request again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/FlushApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) FlushApiCache(input *FlushApiCacheInput) (*FlushApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.FlushApiCacheRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// FlushApiCacheWithContext is the same as FlushApiCache with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See FlushApiCache for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *AppSync) FlushApiCacheWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FlushApiCacheInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FlushApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.FlushApiCacheRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetApiCache = "GetApiCache"
+
+// GetApiCacheRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetApiCache operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetApiCache for more information on using the GetApiCache
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetApiCacheRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetApiCacheRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/GetApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) GetApiCacheRequest(input *GetApiCacheInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetApiCacheOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetApiCache,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/v1/apis/{apiId}/ApiCaches",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetApiCacheInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetApiCacheOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetApiCache API operation for AWS AppSync.
+//
+// Retrieves an ApiCache object.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS AppSync's
+// API operation GetApiCache for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// The request is not well formed. For example, a value is invalid or a required
+// field is missing. Check the field values, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Another modification is in progress at this time and it must complete before
+// you can make your change.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request was not found. Check the resource,
+// and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal AWS AppSync error occurred. Try your request again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/GetApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) GetApiCache(input *GetApiCacheInput) (*GetApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetApiCacheRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetApiCacheWithContext is the same as GetApiCache with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetApiCache for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *AppSync) GetApiCacheWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetApiCacheInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetApiCacheRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opGetDataSource = "GetDataSource"
// GetDataSourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2802,6 +3180,100 @@ func (c *AppSync) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResource
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opUpdateApiCache = "UpdateApiCache"
+
+// UpdateApiCacheRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateApiCache operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateApiCache for more information on using the UpdateApiCache
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateApiCacheRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateApiCacheRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/UpdateApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) UpdateApiCacheRequest(input *UpdateApiCacheInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateApiCacheOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateApiCache,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/v1/apis/{apiId}/ApiCaches/update",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateApiCacheInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateApiCacheOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateApiCache API operation for AWS AppSync.
+//
+// Updates the cache for the GraphQL API.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS AppSync's
+// API operation UpdateApiCache for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+// The request is not well formed. For example, a value is invalid or a required
+// field is missing. Check the field values, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Another modification is in progress at this time and it must complete before
+// you can make your change.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request was not found. Check the resource,
+// and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal AWS AppSync error occurred. Try your request again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/appsync-2017-07-25/UpdateApiCache
+func (c *AppSync) UpdateApiCache(input *UpdateApiCacheInput) (*UpdateApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApiCacheRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateApiCacheWithContext is the same as UpdateApiCache with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateApiCache for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *AppSync) UpdateApiCacheWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateApiCacheInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateApiCacheOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApiCacheRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opUpdateApiKey = "UpdateApiKey"
// UpdateApiKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -3426,6 +3898,105 @@ func (s *AdditionalAuthenticationProvider) SetUserPoolConfig(v *CognitoUserPoolC
return s
}
+type ApiCache struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Caching behavior.
+ //
+ // * FULL_REQUEST_CACHING: All requests are fully cached.
+ //
+ // * PER_RESOLVER_CACHING: Individual resovlers that you specify are cached.
+ ApiCachingBehavior *string `locationName:"apiCachingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ApiCachingBehavior"`
+
+ // At rest encryption flag for cache. This setting cannot be updated after creation.
+ AtRestEncryptionEnabled *bool `locationName:"atRestEncryptionEnabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The cache instance status.
+ //
+ // * AVAILABLE: The instance is available for use.
+ //
+ // * CREATING: The instance is currently creating.
+ //
+ // * DELETING: The instance is currently deleting.
+ //
+ // * MODIFYING: The instance is currently modifying.
+ //
+ // * FAILED: The instance has failed creation.
+ Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ApiCacheStatus"`
+
+ // Transit encryption flag when connecting to cache. This setting cannot be
+ // updated after creation.
+ TransitEncryptionEnabled *bool `locationName:"transitEncryptionEnabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // TTL in seconds for cache entries.
+ //
+ // Valid values are between 1 and 3600 seconds.
+ Ttl *int64 `locationName:"ttl" type:"long"`
+
+ // The cache instance type.
+ //
+ // * T2_SMALL: A t2.small instance type.
+ //
+ // * T2_MEDIUM: A t2.medium instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_LARGE: A r4.large instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_XLARGE: A r4.xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_2XLARGE: A r4.2xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_4XLARGE: A r4.4xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_8XLARGE: A r4.8xlarge instance type.
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"ApiCacheType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ApiCache) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ApiCache) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApiCachingBehavior sets the ApiCachingBehavior field's value.
+func (s *ApiCache) SetApiCachingBehavior(v string) *ApiCache {
+ s.ApiCachingBehavior = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAtRestEncryptionEnabled sets the AtRestEncryptionEnabled field's value.
+func (s *ApiCache) SetAtRestEncryptionEnabled(v bool) *ApiCache {
+ s.AtRestEncryptionEnabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ApiCache) SetStatus(v string) *ApiCache {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTransitEncryptionEnabled sets the TransitEncryptionEnabled field's value.
+func (s *ApiCache) SetTransitEncryptionEnabled(v bool) *ApiCache {
+ s.TransitEncryptionEnabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTtl sets the Ttl field's value.
+func (s *ApiCache) SetTtl(v int64) *ApiCache {
+ s.Ttl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *ApiCache) SetType(v string) *ApiCache {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an API key.
//
// Customers invoke AWS AppSync GraphQL API operations with API keys as an identity
@@ -3556,36 +4127,74 @@ func (s *AuthorizationConfig) SetAwsIamConfig(v *AwsIamConfig) *AuthorizationCon
return s
}
-// The AWS IAM configuration.
-type AwsIamConfig struct {
+// The AWS IAM configuration.
+type AwsIamConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The signing region for AWS IAM authorization.
+ SigningRegion *string `locationName:"signingRegion" type:"string"`
+
+ // The signing service name for AWS IAM authorization.
+ SigningServiceName *string `locationName:"signingServiceName" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AwsIamConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AwsIamConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSigningRegion sets the SigningRegion field's value.
+func (s *AwsIamConfig) SetSigningRegion(v string) *AwsIamConfig {
+ s.SigningRegion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSigningServiceName sets the SigningServiceName field's value.
+func (s *AwsIamConfig) SetSigningServiceName(v string) *AwsIamConfig {
+ s.SigningServiceName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The caching configuration for a resolver that has caching enabled.
+type CachingConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The signing region for AWS IAM authorization.
- SigningRegion *string `locationName:"signingRegion" type:"string"`
+ // The caching keys for a resolver that has caching enabled.
+ //
+ // Valid values are entries from the $context.identity and $context.arguments
+ // maps.
+ CachingKeys []*string `locationName:"cachingKeys" type:"list"`
- // The signing service name for AWS IAM authorization.
- SigningServiceName *string `locationName:"signingServiceName" type:"string"`
+ // The TTL in seconds for a resolver that has caching enabled.
+ //
+ // Valid values are between 1 and 3600 seconds.
+ Ttl *int64 `locationName:"ttl" type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AwsIamConfig) String() string {
+func (s CachingConfig) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AwsIamConfig) GoString() string {
+func (s CachingConfig) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetSigningRegion sets the SigningRegion field's value.
-func (s *AwsIamConfig) SetSigningRegion(v string) *AwsIamConfig {
- s.SigningRegion = &v
+// SetCachingKeys sets the CachingKeys field's value.
+func (s *CachingConfig) SetCachingKeys(v []*string) *CachingConfig {
+ s.CachingKeys = v
return s
}
-// SetSigningServiceName sets the SigningServiceName field's value.
-func (s *AwsIamConfig) SetSigningServiceName(v string) *AwsIamConfig {
- s.SigningServiceName = &v
+// SetTtl sets the Ttl field's value.
+func (s *CachingConfig) SetTtl(v int64) *CachingConfig {
+ s.Ttl = &v
return s
}
@@ -3652,6 +4261,153 @@ func (s *CognitoUserPoolConfig) SetUserPoolId(v string) *CognitoUserPoolConfig {
return s
}
+// Represents the input of a CreateApiCache operation.
+type CreateApiCacheInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Caching behavior.
+ //
+ // * FULL_REQUEST_CACHING: All requests are fully cached.
+ //
+ // * PER_RESOLVER_CACHING: Individual resovlers that you specify are cached.
+ //
+ // ApiCachingBehavior is a required field
+ ApiCachingBehavior *string `locationName:"apiCachingBehavior" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ApiCachingBehavior"`
+
+ // The GraphQL API Id.
+ //
+ // ApiId is a required field
+ ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // At rest encryption flag for cache. This setting cannot be updated after creation.
+ AtRestEncryptionEnabled *bool `locationName:"atRestEncryptionEnabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Transit encryption flag when connecting to cache. This setting cannot be
+ // updated after creation.
+ TransitEncryptionEnabled *bool `locationName:"transitEncryptionEnabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // TTL in seconds for cache entries.
+ //
+ // Valid values are between 1 and 3600 seconds.
+ //
+ // Ttl is a required field
+ Ttl *int64 `locationName:"ttl" type:"long" required:"true"`
+
+ // The cache instance type.
+ //
+ // * T2_SMALL: A t2.small instance type.
+ //
+ // * T2_MEDIUM: A t2.medium instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_LARGE: A r4.large instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_XLARGE: A r4.xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_2XLARGE: A r4.2xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_4XLARGE: A r4.4xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_8XLARGE: A r4.8xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ApiCacheType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApiCacheInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApiCacheInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateApiCacheInput"}
+ if s.ApiCachingBehavior == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiCachingBehavior"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiId"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Ttl == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Ttl"))
+ }
+ if s.Type == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApiCachingBehavior sets the ApiCachingBehavior field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) SetApiCachingBehavior(v string) *CreateApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiCachingBehavior = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApiId sets the ApiId field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) SetApiId(v string) *CreateApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAtRestEncryptionEnabled sets the AtRestEncryptionEnabled field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) SetAtRestEncryptionEnabled(v bool) *CreateApiCacheInput {
+ s.AtRestEncryptionEnabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTransitEncryptionEnabled sets the TransitEncryptionEnabled field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) SetTransitEncryptionEnabled(v bool) *CreateApiCacheInput {
+ s.TransitEncryptionEnabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTtl sets the Ttl field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) SetTtl(v int64) *CreateApiCacheInput {
+ s.Ttl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheInput) SetType(v string) *CreateApiCacheInput {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a CreateApiCache operation.
+type CreateApiCacheOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ApiCache object.
+ ApiCache *ApiCache `locationName:"apiCache" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApiCacheOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApiCacheOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApiCache sets the ApiCache field's value.
+func (s *CreateApiCacheOutput) SetApiCache(v *ApiCache) *CreateApiCacheOutput {
+ s.ApiCache = v
+ return s
+}
+
type CreateApiKeyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3763,7 +4519,7 @@ type CreateDataSourceInput struct {
// A user-supplied name for the DataSource.
//
// Name is a required field
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Relational database settings.
RelationalDatabaseConfig *RelationalDatabaseDataSourceConfig `locationName:"relationalDatabaseConfig" type:"structure"`
@@ -3800,6 +4556,9 @@ func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) Validate() error {
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
if s.Type == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
}
@@ -3924,7 +4683,7 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct {
// The Function DataSource name.
//
// DataSourceName is a required field
- DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Function description.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
@@ -3938,7 +4697,7 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct {
// The Function name. The function name does not have to be unique.
//
// Name is a required field
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Function request mapping template. Functions support only the 2018-05-29
// version of the request mapping template.
@@ -3972,12 +4731,18 @@ func (s *CreateFunctionInput) Validate() error {
if s.DataSourceName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceName"))
}
+ if s.DataSourceName != nil && len(*s.DataSourceName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceName", 1))
+ }
if s.FunctionVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionVersion"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
if s.RequestMappingTemplate == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestMappingTemplate"))
}
@@ -4215,13 +4980,16 @@ type CreateResolverInput struct {
// ApiId is a required field
ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The caching configuration for the resolver.
+ CachingConfig *CachingConfig `locationName:"cachingConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the data source for which the resolver is being created.
- DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" type:"string"`
+ DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the field to attach the resolver to.
//
// FieldName is a required field
- FieldName *string `locationName:"fieldName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FieldName *string `locationName:"fieldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The resolver type.
//
@@ -4249,10 +5017,13 @@ type CreateResolverInput struct {
// The mapping template to be used for responses from the data source.
ResponseMappingTemplate *string `locationName:"responseMappingTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The SyncConfig for a resolver attached to a versioned datasource.
+ SyncConfig *SyncConfig `locationName:"syncConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the Type.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -4274,9 +5045,15 @@ func (s *CreateResolverInput) Validate() error {
if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
}
+ if s.DataSourceName != nil && len(*s.DataSourceName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceName", 1))
+ }
if s.FieldName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FieldName"))
}
+ if s.FieldName != nil && len(*s.FieldName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FieldName", 1))
+ }
if s.RequestMappingTemplate == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestMappingTemplate"))
}
@@ -4305,6 +5082,12 @@ func (s *CreateResolverInput) SetApiId(v string) *CreateResolverInput {
return s
}
+// SetCachingConfig sets the CachingConfig field's value.
+func (s *CreateResolverInput) SetCachingConfig(v *CachingConfig) *CreateResolverInput {
+ s.CachingConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDataSourceName sets the DataSourceName field's value.
func (s *CreateResolverInput) SetDataSourceName(v string) *CreateResolverInput {
s.DataSourceName = &v
@@ -4341,6 +5124,12 @@ func (s *CreateResolverInput) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *CreateResolv
return s
}
+// SetSyncConfig sets the SyncConfig field's value.
+func (s *CreateResolverInput) SetSyncConfig(v *SyncConfig) *CreateResolverInput {
+ s.SyncConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTypeName sets the TypeName field's value.
func (s *CreateResolverInput) SetTypeName(v string) *CreateResolverInput {
s.TypeName = &v
@@ -4487,7 +5276,7 @@ type DataSource struct {
LambdaConfig *LambdaDataSourceConfig `locationName:"lambdaConfig" type:"structure"`
// The name of the data source.
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string"`
// Relational database settings.
RelationalDatabaseConfig *RelationalDatabaseDataSourceConfig `locationName:"relationalDatabaseConfig" type:"structure"`
@@ -4586,6 +5375,63 @@ func (s *DataSource) SetType(v string) *DataSource {
return s
}
+// Represents the input of a DeleteApiCache operation.
+type DeleteApiCacheInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The API ID.
+ //
+ // ApiId is a required field
+ ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApiCacheInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApiCacheInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteApiCacheInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteApiCacheInput"}
+ if s.ApiId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiId"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApiId sets the ApiId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApiCacheInput) SetApiId(v string) *DeleteApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a DeleteApiCache operation.
+type DeleteApiCacheOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApiCacheOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApiCacheOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type DeleteApiKeyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -4669,7 +5515,7 @@ type DeleteDataSourceInput struct {
// The name of the data source.
//
// Name is a required field
- Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -4741,7 +5587,7 @@ type DeleteFunctionInput struct {
// The Function ID.
//
// FunctionId is a required field
- FunctionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"functionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FunctionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"functionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -4868,12 +5714,12 @@ type DeleteResolverInput struct {
// The resolver field name.
//
// FieldName is a required field
- FieldName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"fieldName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FieldName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"fieldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the resolver type.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -4957,7 +5803,7 @@ type DeleteTypeInput struct {
// The type name.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -5018,6 +5864,49 @@ func (s DeleteTypeOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Describes a Delta Sync configuration.
+type DeltaSyncConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of minutes an Item is stored in the datasource.
+ BaseTableTTL *int64 `locationName:"baseTableTTL" type:"long"`
+
+ // The Delta Sync table name.
+ DeltaSyncTableName *string `locationName:"deltaSyncTableName" type:"string"`
+
+ // The number of minutes a Delta Sync log entry is stored in the Delta Sync
+ // table.
+ DeltaSyncTableTTL *int64 `locationName:"deltaSyncTableTTL" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeltaSyncConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeltaSyncConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBaseTableTTL sets the BaseTableTTL field's value.
+func (s *DeltaSyncConfig) SetBaseTableTTL(v int64) *DeltaSyncConfig {
+ s.BaseTableTTL = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDeltaSyncTableName sets the DeltaSyncTableName field's value.
+func (s *DeltaSyncConfig) SetDeltaSyncTableName(v string) *DeltaSyncConfig {
+ s.DeltaSyncTableName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDeltaSyncTableTTL sets the DeltaSyncTableTTL field's value.
+func (s *DeltaSyncConfig) SetDeltaSyncTableTTL(v int64) *DeltaSyncConfig {
+ s.DeltaSyncTableTTL = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an Amazon DynamoDB data source configuration.
type DynamodbDataSourceConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5027,6 +5916,9 @@ type DynamodbDataSourceConfig struct {
// AwsRegion is a required field
AwsRegion *string `locationName:"awsRegion" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The DeltaSyncConfig for a versioned datasource.
+ DeltaSyncConfig *DeltaSyncConfig `locationName:"deltaSyncConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The table name.
//
// TableName is a required field
@@ -5034,6 +5926,9 @@ type DynamodbDataSourceConfig struct {
// Set to TRUE to use Amazon Cognito credentials with this data source.
UseCallerCredentials *bool `locationName:"useCallerCredentials" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Set to TRUE to use Conflict Detection and Resolution with this data source.
+ Versioned *bool `locationName:"versioned" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -5068,6 +5963,12 @@ func (s *DynamodbDataSourceConfig) SetAwsRegion(v string) *DynamodbDataSourceCon
return s
}
+// SetDeltaSyncConfig sets the DeltaSyncConfig field's value.
+func (s *DynamodbDataSourceConfig) SetDeltaSyncConfig(v *DeltaSyncConfig) *DynamodbDataSourceConfig {
+ s.DeltaSyncConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
func (s *DynamodbDataSourceConfig) SetTableName(v string) *DynamodbDataSourceConfig {
s.TableName = &v
@@ -5080,6 +5981,12 @@ func (s *DynamodbDataSourceConfig) SetUseCallerCredentials(v bool) *DynamodbData
return s
}
+// SetVersioned sets the Versioned field's value.
+func (s *DynamodbDataSourceConfig) SetVersioned(v bool) *DynamodbDataSourceConfig {
+ s.Versioned = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an Elasticsearch data source configuration.
type ElasticsearchDataSourceConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5127,10 +6034,67 @@ func (s *ElasticsearchDataSourceConfig) SetAwsRegion(v string) *ElasticsearchDat
return s
}
-// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
-func (s *ElasticsearchDataSourceConfig) SetEndpoint(v string) *ElasticsearchDataSourceConfig {
- s.Endpoint = &v
- return s
+// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
+func (s *ElasticsearchDataSourceConfig) SetEndpoint(v string) *ElasticsearchDataSourceConfig {
+ s.Endpoint = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the input of a FlushApiCache operation.
+type FlushApiCacheInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The API ID.
+ //
+ // ApiId is a required field
+ ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FlushApiCacheInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FlushApiCacheInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *FlushApiCacheInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FlushApiCacheInput"}
+ if s.ApiId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiId"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApiId sets the ApiId field's value.
+func (s *FlushApiCacheInput) SetApiId(v string) *FlushApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a FlushApiCache operation.
+type FlushApiCacheOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FlushApiCacheOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FlushApiCacheOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
// A function is a reusable entity. Multiple functions can be used to compose
@@ -5139,7 +6103,7 @@ type FunctionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the DataSource.
- DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" type:"string"`
+ DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Function description.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
@@ -5155,7 +6119,7 @@ type FunctionConfiguration struct {
FunctionVersion *string `locationName:"functionVersion" type:"string"`
// The name of the Function object.
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Function request mapping template. Functions support only the 2018-05-29
// version of the request mapping template.
@@ -5223,6 +6187,71 @@ func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *FunctionCo
return s
}
+// Represents the input of a GetApiCache operation.
+type GetApiCacheInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The API ID.
+ //
+ // ApiId is a required field
+ ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetApiCacheInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetApiCacheInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetApiCacheInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetApiCacheInput"}
+ if s.ApiId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiId"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApiId sets the ApiId field's value.
+func (s *GetApiCacheInput) SetApiId(v string) *GetApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a GetApiCache operation.
+type GetApiCacheOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ ApiCache *ApiCache `locationName:"apiCache" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetApiCacheOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetApiCacheOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApiCache sets the ApiCache field's value.
+func (s *GetApiCacheOutput) SetApiCache(v *ApiCache) *GetApiCacheOutput {
+ s.ApiCache = v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetDataSourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5234,7 +6263,7 @@ type GetDataSourceInput struct {
// The name of the data source.
//
// Name is a required field
- Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -5315,7 +6344,7 @@ type GetFunctionInput struct {
// The Function ID.
//
// FunctionId is a required field
- FunctionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"functionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FunctionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"functionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -5549,12 +6578,12 @@ type GetResolverInput struct {
// The resolver field name.
//
// FieldName is a required field
- FieldName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"fieldName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FieldName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"fieldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The resolver type name.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -5726,7 +6755,7 @@ type GetTypeInput struct {
// The type name.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -5825,7 +6854,7 @@ type GraphqlApi struct {
LogConfig *LogConfig `locationName:"logConfig" type:"structure"`
// The API name.
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The OpenID Connect configuration.
OpenIDConnectConfig *OpenIDConnectConfig `locationName:"openIDConnectConfig" type:"structure"`
@@ -5961,6 +6990,29 @@ func (s *HttpDataSourceConfig) SetEndpoint(v string) *HttpDataSourceConfig {
return s
}
+type LambdaConflictHandlerConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Arn for the Lambda function to use as the Conflict Handler.
+ LambdaConflictHandlerArn *string `locationName:"lambdaConflictHandlerArn" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LambdaConflictHandlerConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LambdaConflictHandlerConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLambdaConflictHandlerArn sets the LambdaConflictHandlerArn field's value.
+func (s *LambdaConflictHandlerConfig) SetLambdaConflictHandlerArn(v string) *LambdaConflictHandlerConfig {
+ s.LambdaConflictHandlerArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an AWS Lambda data source configuration.
type LambdaDataSourceConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6013,7 +7065,7 @@ type ListApiKeysInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6035,6 +7087,9 @@ func (s *ListApiKeysInput) Validate() error {
if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6068,7 +7123,7 @@ type ListApiKeysOutput struct {
// An identifier to be passed in the next request to this operation to return
// the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6106,7 +7161,7 @@ type ListDataSourcesInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6128,6 +7183,9 @@ func (s *ListDataSourcesInput) Validate() error {
if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6161,7 +7219,7 @@ type ListDataSourcesOutput struct {
// An identifier to be passed in the next request to this operation to return
// the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6199,7 +7257,7 @@ type ListFunctionsInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6221,6 +7279,9 @@ func (s *ListFunctionsInput) Validate() error {
if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6254,7 +7315,7 @@ type ListFunctionsOutput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6287,7 +7348,7 @@ type ListGraphqlApisInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6300,6 +7361,19 @@ func (s ListGraphqlApisInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListGraphqlApisInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListGraphqlApisInput"}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
func (s *ListGraphqlApisInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListGraphqlApisInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
@@ -6320,7 +7394,7 @@ type ListGraphqlApisOutput struct {
// An identifier to be passed in the next request to this operation to return
// the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6363,7 +7437,7 @@ type ListResolversByFunctionInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which you can use to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6391,6 +7465,9 @@ func (s *ListResolversByFunctionInput) Validate() error {
if s.FunctionId != nil && len(*s.FunctionId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionId", 1))
}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6426,7 +7503,7 @@ type ListResolversByFunctionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An identifier that can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The list of resolvers.
Resolvers []*Resolver `locationName:"resolvers" type:"list"`
@@ -6467,7 +7544,7 @@ type ListResolversInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The type name.
//
@@ -6494,6 +7571,9 @@ func (s *ListResolversInput) Validate() error {
if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
if s.TypeName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TypeName"))
}
@@ -6536,7 +7616,7 @@ type ListResolversOutput struct {
// An identifier to be passed in the next request to this operation to return
// the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Resolver objects.
Resolvers []*Resolver `locationName:"resolvers" type:"list"`
@@ -6646,7 +7726,7 @@ type ListTypesInput struct {
// An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation,
// which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6671,6 +7751,9 @@ func (s *ListTypesInput) Validate() error {
if s.Format == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6707,7 +7790,7 @@ type ListTypesOutput struct {
// An identifier to be passed in the next request to this operation to return
// the next set of items in the list.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Type objects.
Types []*Type `locationName:"types" type:"list"`
@@ -7003,11 +8086,14 @@ func (s *RelationalDatabaseDataSourceConfig) SetRelationalDatabaseSourceType(v s
type Resolver struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The caching configuration for the resolver.
+ CachingConfig *CachingConfig `locationName:"cachingConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The resolver data source name.
- DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" type:"string"`
+ DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The resolver field name.
- FieldName *string `locationName:"fieldName" type:"string"`
+ FieldName *string `locationName:"fieldName" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The resolver type.
//
@@ -7032,8 +8118,11 @@ type Resolver struct {
// The response mapping template.
ResponseMappingTemplate *string `locationName:"responseMappingTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The SyncConfig for a resolver attached to a versioned datasource.
+ SyncConfig *SyncConfig `locationName:"syncConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The resolver type name.
- TypeName *string `locationName:"typeName" type:"string"`
+ TypeName *string `locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -7046,6 +8135,12 @@ func (s Resolver) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetCachingConfig sets the CachingConfig field's value.
+func (s *Resolver) SetCachingConfig(v *CachingConfig) *Resolver {
+ s.CachingConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDataSourceName sets the DataSourceName field's value.
func (s *Resolver) SetDataSourceName(v string) *Resolver {
s.DataSourceName = &v
@@ -7088,6 +8183,12 @@ func (s *Resolver) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *Resolver {
return s
}
+// SetSyncConfig sets the SyncConfig field's value.
+func (s *Resolver) SetSyncConfig(v *SyncConfig) *Resolver {
+ s.SyncConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTypeName sets the TypeName field's value.
func (s *Resolver) SetTypeName(v string) *Resolver {
s.TypeName = &v
@@ -7175,6 +8276,63 @@ func (s *StartSchemaCreationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *StartSchemaCreationOutp
return s
}
+// Describes a Sync configuration for a resolver.
+//
+// Contains information on which Conflict Detection as well as Resolution strategy
+// should be performed when the resolver is invoked.
+type SyncConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Conflict Detection strategy to use.
+ //
+ // * VERSION: Detect conflicts based on object versions for this resolver.
+ //
+ // * NONE: Do not detect conflicts when executing this resolver.
+ ConflictDetection *string `locationName:"conflictDetection" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetectionType"`
+
+ // The Conflict Resolution strategy to perform in the event of a conflict.
+ //
+ // * OPTIMISTIC_CONCURRENCY: Resolve conflicts by rejecting mutations when
+ // versions do not match the latest version at the server.
+ //
+ // * AUTOMERGE: Resolve conflicts with the Automerge conflict resolution
+ // strategy.
+ //
+ // * LAMBDA: Resolve conflicts with a Lambda function supplied in the LambdaConflictHandlerConfig.
+ ConflictHandler *string `locationName:"conflictHandler" type:"string" enum:"ConflictHandlerType"`
+
+ // The LambdaConflictHandlerConfig when configuring LAMBDA as the Conflict Handler.
+ LambdaConflictHandlerConfig *LambdaConflictHandlerConfig `locationName:"lambdaConflictHandlerConfig" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s SyncConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s SyncConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetConflictDetection sets the ConflictDetection field's value.
+func (s *SyncConfig) SetConflictDetection(v string) *SyncConfig {
+ s.ConflictDetection = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetConflictHandler sets the ConflictHandler field's value.
+func (s *SyncConfig) SetConflictHandler(v string) *SyncConfig {
+ s.ConflictHandler = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLambdaConflictHandlerConfig sets the LambdaConflictHandlerConfig field's value.
+func (s *SyncConfig) SetLambdaConflictHandlerConfig(v *LambdaConflictHandlerConfig) *SyncConfig {
+ s.LambdaConflictHandlerConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
type TagResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7264,7 +8422,7 @@ type Type struct {
Format *string `locationName:"format" type:"string" enum:"TypeDefinitionFormat"`
// The type name.
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -7379,6 +8537,134 @@ func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Represents the input of a UpdateApiCache operation.
+type UpdateApiCacheInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Caching behavior.
+ //
+ // * FULL_REQUEST_CACHING: All requests are fully cached.
+ //
+ // * PER_RESOLVER_CACHING: Individual resovlers that you specify are cached.
+ //
+ // ApiCachingBehavior is a required field
+ ApiCachingBehavior *string `locationName:"apiCachingBehavior" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ApiCachingBehavior"`
+
+ // The GraphQL API Id.
+ //
+ // ApiId is a required field
+ ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // TTL in seconds for cache entries.
+ //
+ // Valid values are between 1 and 3600 seconds.
+ //
+ // Ttl is a required field
+ Ttl *int64 `locationName:"ttl" type:"long" required:"true"`
+
+ // The cache instance type.
+ //
+ // * T2_SMALL: A t2.small instance type.
+ //
+ // * T2_MEDIUM: A t2.medium instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_LARGE: A r4.large instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_XLARGE: A r4.xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_2XLARGE: A r4.2xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_4XLARGE: A r4.4xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // * R4_8XLARGE: A r4.8xlarge instance type.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ApiCacheType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApiCacheInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApiCacheInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateApiCacheInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateApiCacheInput"}
+ if s.ApiCachingBehavior == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiCachingBehavior"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApiId"))
+ }
+ if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Ttl == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Ttl"))
+ }
+ if s.Type == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApiCachingBehavior sets the ApiCachingBehavior field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApiCacheInput) SetApiCachingBehavior(v string) *UpdateApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiCachingBehavior = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApiId sets the ApiId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApiCacheInput) SetApiId(v string) *UpdateApiCacheInput {
+ s.ApiId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTtl sets the Ttl field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApiCacheInput) SetTtl(v int64) *UpdateApiCacheInput {
+ s.Ttl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApiCacheInput) SetType(v string) *UpdateApiCacheInput {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a UpdateApiCache operation.
+type UpdateApiCacheOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ApiCache object.
+ ApiCache *ApiCache `locationName:"apiCache" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApiCacheOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApiCacheOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApiCache sets the ApiCache field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApiCacheOutput) SetApiCache(v *ApiCache) *UpdateApiCacheOutput {
+ s.ApiCache = v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateApiKeyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7505,7 +8791,7 @@ type UpdateDataSourceInput struct {
// The new name for the data source.
//
// Name is a required field
- Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The new relational database configuration.
RelationalDatabaseConfig *RelationalDatabaseDataSourceConfig `locationName:"relationalDatabaseConfig" type:"structure"`
@@ -7668,7 +8954,7 @@ type UpdateFunctionInput struct {
// The Function DataSource name.
//
// DataSourceName is a required field
- DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Function description.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
@@ -7676,7 +8962,7 @@ type UpdateFunctionInput struct {
// The function ID.
//
// FunctionId is a required field
- FunctionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"functionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FunctionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"functionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The version of the request mapping template. Currently the supported value
// is 2018-05-29.
@@ -7687,7 +8973,7 @@ type UpdateFunctionInput struct {
// The Function name.
//
// Name is a required field
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Function request mapping template. Functions support only the 2018-05-29
// version of the request mapping template.
@@ -7721,6 +9007,9 @@ func (s *UpdateFunctionInput) Validate() error {
if s.DataSourceName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceName"))
}
+ if s.DataSourceName != nil && len(*s.DataSourceName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceName", 1))
+ }
if s.FunctionId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionId"))
}
@@ -7733,6 +9022,9 @@ func (s *UpdateFunctionInput) Validate() error {
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
if s.RequestMappingTemplate == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestMappingTemplate"))
}
@@ -7976,13 +9268,16 @@ type UpdateResolverInput struct {
// ApiId is a required field
ApiId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"apiId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The caching configuration for the resolver.
+ CachingConfig *CachingConfig `locationName:"cachingConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The new data source name.
- DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" type:"string"`
+ DataSourceName *string `locationName:"dataSourceName" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The new field name.
//
// FieldName is a required field
- FieldName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"fieldName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ FieldName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"fieldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The resolver type.
//
@@ -8006,10 +9301,13 @@ type UpdateResolverInput struct {
// The new response mapping template.
ResponseMappingTemplate *string `locationName:"responseMappingTemplate" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The SyncConfig for a resolver attached to a versioned datasource.
+ SyncConfig *SyncConfig `locationName:"syncConfig" type:"structure"`
+
// The new type name.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -8031,6 +9329,9 @@ func (s *UpdateResolverInput) Validate() error {
if s.ApiId != nil && len(*s.ApiId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApiId", 1))
}
+ if s.DataSourceName != nil && len(*s.DataSourceName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceName", 1))
+ }
if s.FieldName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FieldName"))
}
@@ -8065,6 +9366,12 @@ func (s *UpdateResolverInput) SetApiId(v string) *UpdateResolverInput {
return s
}
+// SetCachingConfig sets the CachingConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateResolverInput) SetCachingConfig(v *CachingConfig) *UpdateResolverInput {
+ s.CachingConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDataSourceName sets the DataSourceName field's value.
func (s *UpdateResolverInput) SetDataSourceName(v string) *UpdateResolverInput {
s.DataSourceName = &v
@@ -8101,6 +9408,12 @@ func (s *UpdateResolverInput) SetResponseMappingTemplate(v string) *UpdateResolv
return s
}
+// SetSyncConfig sets the SyncConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateResolverInput) SetSyncConfig(v *SyncConfig) *UpdateResolverInput {
+ s.SyncConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTypeName sets the TypeName field's value.
func (s *UpdateResolverInput) SetTypeName(v string) *UpdateResolverInput {
s.TypeName = &v
@@ -8149,7 +9462,7 @@ type UpdateTypeInput struct {
// The new type name.
//
// TypeName is a required field
- TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TypeName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"typeName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -8313,6 +9626,54 @@ func (s *UserPoolConfig) SetUserPoolId(v string) *UserPoolConfig {
return s
}
+const (
+ // ApiCacheStatusAvailable is a ApiCacheStatus enum value
+ ApiCacheStatusAvailable = "AVAILABLE"
+
+ // ApiCacheStatusCreating is a ApiCacheStatus enum value
+ ApiCacheStatusCreating = "CREATING"
+
+ // ApiCacheStatusDeleting is a ApiCacheStatus enum value
+ ApiCacheStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
+
+ // ApiCacheStatusModifying is a ApiCacheStatus enum value
+ ApiCacheStatusModifying = "MODIFYING"
+
+ // ApiCacheStatusFailed is a ApiCacheStatus enum value
+ ApiCacheStatusFailed = "FAILED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ApiCacheTypeT2Small is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeT2Small = "T2_SMALL"
+
+ // ApiCacheTypeT2Medium is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeT2Medium = "T2_MEDIUM"
+
+ // ApiCacheTypeR4Large is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeR4Large = "R4_LARGE"
+
+ // ApiCacheTypeR4Xlarge is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeR4Xlarge = "R4_XLARGE"
+
+ // ApiCacheTypeR42xlarge is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeR42xlarge = "R4_2XLARGE"
+
+ // ApiCacheTypeR44xlarge is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeR44xlarge = "R4_4XLARGE"
+
+ // ApiCacheTypeR48xlarge is a ApiCacheType enum value
+ ApiCacheTypeR48xlarge = "R4_8XLARGE"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ApiCachingBehaviorFullRequestCaching is a ApiCachingBehavior enum value
+ ApiCachingBehaviorFullRequestCaching = "FULL_REQUEST_CACHING"
+
+ // ApiCachingBehaviorPerResolverCaching is a ApiCachingBehavior enum value
+ ApiCachingBehaviorPerResolverCaching = "PER_RESOLVER_CACHING"
+)
+
const (
// AuthenticationTypeApiKey is a AuthenticationType enum value
AuthenticationTypeApiKey = "API_KEY"
@@ -8332,6 +9693,28 @@ const (
AuthorizationTypeAwsIam = "AWS_IAM"
)
+const (
+ // ConflictDetectionTypeVersion is a ConflictDetectionType enum value
+ ConflictDetectionTypeVersion = "VERSION"
+
+ // ConflictDetectionTypeNone is a ConflictDetectionType enum value
+ ConflictDetectionTypeNone = "NONE"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ConflictHandlerTypeOptimisticConcurrency is a ConflictHandlerType enum value
+ ConflictHandlerTypeOptimisticConcurrency = "OPTIMISTIC_CONCURRENCY"
+
+ // ConflictHandlerTypeLambda is a ConflictHandlerType enum value
+ ConflictHandlerTypeLambda = "LAMBDA"
+
+ // ConflictHandlerTypeAutomerge is a ConflictHandlerType enum value
+ ConflictHandlerTypeAutomerge = "AUTOMERGE"
+
+ // ConflictHandlerTypeNone is a ConflictHandlerType enum value
+ ConflictHandlerTypeNone = "NONE"
+)
+
const (
// DataSourceTypeAwsLambda is a DataSourceType enum value
DataSourceTypeAwsLambda = "AWS_LAMBDA"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/athena/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/athena/api.go
index b79ff0629d3a..6de0da31293c 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/athena/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/athena/api.go
@@ -3355,9 +3355,8 @@ type QueryExecution struct {
// and DML, such as SHOW CREATE TABLE, or DESCRIBE
.
StatementType *string `type:"string" enum:"StatementType"`
- // The location of a manifest file that tracks file locations generated by the
- // query, the amount of data scanned by the query, and the amount of time that
- // it took the query to run.
+ // The amount of data scanned during the query execution and the amount of time
+ // that it took to execute, and the type of statement that was run.
Statistics *QueryExecutionStatistics `type:"structure"`
// The completion date, current state, submission time, and state change reason
@@ -3463,19 +3462,19 @@ func (s *QueryExecutionContext) SetDatabase(v string) *QueryExecutionContext {
return s
}
-// The location of a manifest file that tracks file locations generated by the
-// query, the amount of data scanned by the query, and the amount of time that
-// it took the query to run.
+// The amount of data scanned during the query execution and the amount of time
+// that it took to execute, and the type of statement that was run.
type QueryExecutionStatistics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The location and file name of a data manifest file. The manifest file is
- // saved to the Athena query results location in Amazon S3. It tracks files
- // that the query wrote to Amazon S3. If the query fails, the manifest file
- // also tracks files that the query intended to write. The manifest is useful
- // for identifying orphaned files resulting from a failed query. For more information,
- // see Working with Query Output Files (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/athena/latest/ug/querying.html)
- // in the Amazon Athena User Guide.
+ // saved to the Athena query results location in Amazon S3. The manifest file
+ // tracks files that the query wrote to Amazon S3. If the query fails, the manifest
+ // file also tracks files that the query intended to write. The manifest is
+ // useful for identifying orphaned files resulting from a failed query. For
+ // more information, see Working with Query Results, Output Files, and Query
+ // History (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/athena/latest/ug/querying.html) in the
+ // Amazon Athena User Guide.
DataManifestLocation *string `type:"string"`
// The number of bytes in the data that was queried.
@@ -3483,6 +3482,24 @@ type QueryExecutionStatistics struct {
// The number of milliseconds that the query took to execute.
EngineExecutionTimeInMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds that Athena took to plan the query processing
+ // flow. This includes the time spent retrieving table partitions from the data
+ // source. Note that because the query engine performs the query planning, query
+ // planning time is a subset of engine processing time.
+ QueryPlanningTimeInMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds that the query was in your query queue waiting
+ // for resources. Note that if transient errors occur, Athena might automatically
+ // add the query back to the queue.
+ QueryQueueTimeInMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds that Athena took to finalize and publish the query
+ // results after the query engine finished running the query.
+ ServiceProcessingTimeInMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds that Athena took to run the query.
+ TotalExecutionTimeInMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3513,6 +3530,30 @@ func (s *QueryExecutionStatistics) SetEngineExecutionTimeInMillis(v int64) *Quer
return s
}
+// SetQueryPlanningTimeInMillis sets the QueryPlanningTimeInMillis field's value.
+func (s *QueryExecutionStatistics) SetQueryPlanningTimeInMillis(v int64) *QueryExecutionStatistics {
+ s.QueryPlanningTimeInMillis = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQueryQueueTimeInMillis sets the QueryQueueTimeInMillis field's value.
+func (s *QueryExecutionStatistics) SetQueryQueueTimeInMillis(v int64) *QueryExecutionStatistics {
+ s.QueryQueueTimeInMillis = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceProcessingTimeInMillis sets the ServiceProcessingTimeInMillis field's value.
+func (s *QueryExecutionStatistics) SetServiceProcessingTimeInMillis(v int64) *QueryExecutionStatistics {
+ s.ServiceProcessingTimeInMillis = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTotalExecutionTimeInMillis sets the TotalExecutionTimeInMillis field's value.
+func (s *QueryExecutionStatistics) SetTotalExecutionTimeInMillis(v int64) *QueryExecutionStatistics {
+ s.TotalExecutionTimeInMillis = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// The completion date, current state, submission time, and state change reason
// (if applicable) for the query execution.
type QueryExecutionStatus struct {
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscalingplans/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscalingplans/service.go
index b4402d77b173..a0c5fc7cdd57 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscalingplans/service.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscalingplans/service.go
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ var initRequest func(*request.Request)
// Service information constants
const (
ServiceName = "autoscaling" // Name of service.
- EndpointsID = ServiceName // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
+ EndpointsID = "autoscaling-plans" // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
ServiceID = "Auto Scaling Plans" // ServiceID is a unique identifer of a specific service.
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go
index 4a92c66f38cb..f3b532ddef85 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/api.go
@@ -516,6 +516,22 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) DescribeTrailsRequest(input *DescribeTrailsInput) (req *req
// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTrailNameException "InvalidTrailNameException"
+// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail
+// names must meet the following requirements:
+//
+// * Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores
+// (_), or dashes (-)
+//
+// * Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number
+//
+// * Be between 3 and 128 characters
+//
+// * Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace
+// and my--namespace are invalid.
+//
+// * Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4)
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/DescribeTrails
func (c *CloudTrail) DescribeTrails(input *DescribeTrailsInput) (*DescribeTrailsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeTrailsRequest(input)
@@ -651,6 +667,118 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) GetEventSelectorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetEve
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opGetInsightSelectors = "GetInsightSelectors"
+
+// GetInsightSelectorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetInsightSelectors operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetInsightSelectors for more information on using the GetInsightSelectors
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetInsightSelectorsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetInsightSelectorsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/GetInsightSelectors
+func (c *CloudTrail) GetInsightSelectorsRequest(input *GetInsightSelectorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetInsightSelectorsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetInsightSelectors,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetInsightSelectorsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetInsightSelectorsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetInsightSelectors API operation for AWS CloudTrail.
+//
+// Describes the settings for the Insights event selectors that you configured
+// for your trail. GetInsightSelectors shows if CloudTrail Insights event logging
+// is enabled on the trail, and if it is, which insight types are enabled. If
+// you run GetInsightSelectors on a trail that does not have Insights events
+// enabled, the operation throws the exception InsightNotEnabledException
+//
+// For more information, see Logging CloudTrail Insights Events for Trails (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/logging-insights-events-with-cloudtrail.html)
+// in the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's
+// API operation GetInsightSelectors for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeTrailNotFoundException "TrailNotFoundException"
+// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTrailNameException "InvalidTrailNameException"
+// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail
+// names must meet the following requirements:
+//
+// * Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores
+// (_), or dashes (-)
+//
+// * Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number
+//
+// * Be between 3 and 128 characters
+//
+// * Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace
+// and my--namespace are invalid.
+//
+// * Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4)
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInsightNotEnabledException "InsightNotEnabledException"
+// If you run GetInsightSelectors on a trail that does not have Insights events
+// enabled, the operation throws the exception InsightNotEnabledException.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/GetInsightSelectors
+func (c *CloudTrail) GetInsightSelectors(input *GetInsightSelectorsInput) (*GetInsightSelectorsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetInsightSelectorsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetInsightSelectorsWithContext is the same as GetInsightSelectors with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetInsightSelectors for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudTrail) GetInsightSelectorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetInsightSelectorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetInsightSelectorsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetInsightSelectorsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opGetTrail = "GetTrail"
// GetTrailRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -829,6 +957,12 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) GetTrailStatusRequest(input *GetTrailStatusInput) (req *req
//
// * Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4)
//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/GetTrailStatus
func (c *CloudTrail) GetTrailStatus(input *GetTrailStatusInput) (*GetTrailStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetTrailStatusRequest(input)
@@ -1368,8 +1502,10 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEventsRequest(input *LookupEventsInput) (req *request
// LookupEvents API operation for AWS CloudTrail.
//
// Looks up management events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/cloudtrail-concepts.html#cloudtrail-concepts-management-events)
-// captured by CloudTrail. You can look up events that occurred in a region
-// within the last 90 days. Lookup supports the following attributes:
+// or CloudTrail Insights events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/cloudtrail-concepts.html#cloudtrail-concepts-insights-events)
+// that are captured by CloudTrail. You can look up events that occurred in
+// a region within the last 90 days. Lookup supports the following attributes
+// for management events:
//
// * AWS access key
//
@@ -1387,16 +1523,21 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEventsRequest(input *LookupEventsInput) (req *request
//
// * User name
//
+// Lookup supports the following attributes for Insights events:
+//
+// * Event ID
+//
+// * Event name
+//
+// * Event source
+//
// All attributes are optional. The default number of results returned is 50,
// with a maximum of 50 possible. The response includes a token that you can
// use to get the next page of results.
//
-// The rate of lookup requests is limited to one per second per account. If
+// The rate of lookup requests is limited to two per second per account. If
// this limit is exceeded, a throttling error occurs.
//
-// Events that occurred during the selected time range will not be available
-// for lookup if CloudTrail logging was not enabled when the events occurred.
-//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -1419,6 +1560,16 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEventsRequest(input *LookupEventsInput) (req *request
// Invalid token or token that was previously used in a request with different
// parameters. This exception is thrown if the token is invalid.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidEventCategoryException "InvalidEventCategoryException"
+// Occurs if an event category that is not valid is specified as a value of
+// EventCategory.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/LookupEvents
func (c *CloudTrail) LookupEvents(input *LookupEventsInput) (*LookupEventsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.LookupEventsRequest(input)
@@ -1662,6 +1813,132 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) PutEventSelectorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutEve
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opPutInsightSelectors = "PutInsightSelectors"
+
+// PutInsightSelectorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutInsightSelectors operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See PutInsightSelectors for more information on using the PutInsightSelectors
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the PutInsightSelectorsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PutInsightSelectorsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/PutInsightSelectors
+func (c *CloudTrail) PutInsightSelectorsRequest(input *PutInsightSelectorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutInsightSelectorsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opPutInsightSelectors,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &PutInsightSelectorsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &PutInsightSelectorsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// PutInsightSelectors API operation for AWS CloudTrail.
+//
+// Lets you enable Insights event logging by specifying the Insights selectors
+// that you want to enable on an existing trail. You also use PutInsightSelectors
+// to turn off Insights event logging, by passing an empty list of insight types.
+// In this release, only ApiCallRateInsight is supported as an Insights selector.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CloudTrail's
+// API operation PutInsightSelectors for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeTrailNotFoundException "TrailNotFoundException"
+// This exception is thrown when the trail with the given name is not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTrailNameException "InvalidTrailNameException"
+// This exception is thrown when the provided trail name is not valid. Trail
+// names must meet the following requirements:
+//
+// * Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores
+// (_), or dashes (-)
+//
+// * Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number
+//
+// * Be between 3 and 128 characters
+//
+// * Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace
+// and my--namespace are invalid.
+//
+// * Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4)
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidHomeRegionException "InvalidHomeRegionException"
+// This exception is thrown when an operation is called on a trail from a region
+// other than the region in which the trail was created.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInsightSelectorsException "InvalidInsightSelectorsException"
+// The formatting or syntax of the InsightSelectors JSON statement in your PutInsightSelectors
+// or GetInsightSelectors request is not valid, or the specified insight type
+// in the InsightSelectors statement is not a valid insight type.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInsufficientS3BucketPolicyException "InsufficientS3BucketPolicyException"
+// This exception is thrown when the policy on the S3 bucket is not sufficient.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInsufficientEncryptionPolicyException "InsufficientEncryptionPolicyException"
+// This exception is thrown when the policy on the S3 bucket or KMS key is not
+// sufficient.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not supported.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// This exception is thrown when the requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotOrganizationMasterAccountException "NotOrganizationMasterAccountException"
+// This exception is thrown when the AWS account making the request to create
+// or update an organization trail is not the master account for an organization
+// in AWS Organizations. For more information, see Prepare For Creating a Trail
+// For Your Organization (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/creating-an-organizational-trail-prepare.html).
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/cloudtrail-2013-11-01/PutInsightSelectors
+func (c *CloudTrail) PutInsightSelectors(input *PutInsightSelectorsInput) (*PutInsightSelectorsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutInsightSelectorsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutInsightSelectorsWithContext is the same as PutInsightSelectors with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutInsightSelectors for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudTrail) PutInsightSelectorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutInsightSelectorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutInsightSelectorsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutInsightSelectorsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opRemoveTags = "RemoveTags"
// RemoveTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2136,6 +2413,27 @@ func (c *CloudTrail) UpdateTrailRequest(input *UpdateTrailInput) (req *request.R
// * ErrCodeTrailNotProvidedException "TrailNotProvidedException"
// This exception is no longer in use.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidEventSelectorsException "InvalidEventSelectorsException"
+// This exception is thrown when the PutEventSelectors operation is called with
+// a number of event selectors or data resources that is not valid. The combination
+// of event selectors and data resources is not valid. A trail can have up to
+// 5 event selectors. A trail is limited to 250 data resources. These data resources
+// can be distributed across event selectors, but the overall total cannot exceed
+// 250.
+//
+// You can:
+//
+// * Specify a valid number of event selectors (1 to 5) for a trail.
+//
+// * Specify a valid number of data resources (1 to 250) for an event selector.
+// The limit of number of resources on an individual event selector is configurable
+// up to 250. However, this upper limit is allowed only if the total number
+// of data resources does not exceed 250 across all event selectors for a
+// trail.
+//
+// * Specify a valid value for a parameter. For example, specifying the ReadWriteType
+// parameter with a value of read-only is invalid.
+//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterCombinationException "InvalidParameterCombinationException"
// This exception is thrown when the combination of parameters provided is not
// valid.
@@ -2651,8 +2949,8 @@ func (s *CreateTrailOutput) SetTrailARN(v string) *CreateTrailOutput {
}
// The Amazon S3 buckets or AWS Lambda functions that you specify in your event
-// selectors for your trail to log data events. Data events provide insight
-// into the resource operations performed on or within a resource itself. These
+// selectors for your trail to log data events. Data events provide information
+// about the resource operations performed on or within a resource itself. These
// are also known as data plane operations. You can specify up to 250 data resources
// for a trail.
//
@@ -2870,7 +3168,11 @@ func (s *DescribeTrailsInput) SetTrailNameList(v []*string) *DescribeTrailsInput
type DescribeTrailsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The list of trail objects.
+ // The list of trail objects. Trail objects with string values are only returned
+ // if values for the objects exist in a trail's configuration. For example,
+ // SNSTopicName and SNSTopicARN are only returned in results if a trail is configured
+ // to send SNS notifications. Similarly, KMSKeyId only appears in results if
+ // a trail's log files are encrypted with AWS KMS-managed keys.
TrailList []*Trail `locationName:"trailList" type:"list"`
}
@@ -3013,6 +3315,14 @@ type EventSelector struct {
// in the AWS CloudTrail User Guide.
DataResources []*DataResource `type:"list"`
+ // An optional list of service event sources from which you do not want management
+ // events to be logged on your trail. In this release, the list can be empty
+ // (disables the filter), or it can filter out AWS Key Management Service events
+ // by containing "kms.amazonaws.com". By default, ExcludeManagementEventSources
+ // is empty, and AWS KMS events are included in events that are logged to your
+ // trail.
+ ExcludeManagementEventSources []*string `type:"list"`
+
// Specify if you want your event selector to include management events for
// your trail.
//
@@ -3046,6 +3356,12 @@ func (s *EventSelector) SetDataResources(v []*DataResource) *EventSelector {
return s
}
+// SetExcludeManagementEventSources sets the ExcludeManagementEventSources field's value.
+func (s *EventSelector) SetExcludeManagementEventSources(v []*string) *EventSelector {
+ s.ExcludeManagementEventSources = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetIncludeManagementEvents sets the IncludeManagementEvents field's value.
func (s *EventSelector) SetIncludeManagementEvents(v bool) *EventSelector {
s.IncludeManagementEvents = &v
@@ -3145,6 +3461,95 @@ func (s *GetEventSelectorsOutput) SetTrailARN(v string) *GetEventSelectorsOutput
return s
}
+type GetInsightSelectorsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies the name of the trail or trail ARN. If you specify a trail name,
+ // the string must meet the following requirements:
+ //
+ // * Contain only ASCII letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), periods (.), underscores
+ // (_), or dashes (-)
+ //
+ // * Start with a letter or number, and end with a letter or number
+ //
+ // * Be between 3 and 128 characters
+ //
+ // * Have no adjacent periods, underscores or dashes. Names like my-_namespace
+ // and my--namespace are not valid.
+ //
+ // * Not be in IP address format (for example, 192.168.5.4)
+ //
+ // If you specify a trail ARN, it must be in the format:
+ //
+ // arn:aws:cloudtrail:us-east-2:123456789012:trail/MyTrail
+ //
+ // TrailName is a required field
+ TrailName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetInsightSelectorsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetInsightSelectorsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetInsightSelectorsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetInsightSelectorsInput"}
+ if s.TrailName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrailName"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTrailName sets the TrailName field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightSelectorsInput) SetTrailName(v string) *GetInsightSelectorsInput {
+ s.TrailName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetInsightSelectorsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A JSON string that contains the insight types you want to log on a trail.
+ // In this release, only ApiCallRateInsight is supported as an insight type.
+ InsightSelectors []*InsightSelector `type:"list"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a trail for which you want to get Insights
+ // selectors.
+ TrailARN *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetInsightSelectorsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetInsightSelectorsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInsightSelectors sets the InsightSelectors field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightSelectorsOutput) SetInsightSelectors(v []*InsightSelector) *GetInsightSelectorsOutput {
+ s.InsightSelectors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTrailARN sets the TrailARN field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightSelectorsOutput) SetTrailARN(v string) *GetInsightSelectorsOutput {
+ s.TrailARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetTrailInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3444,6 +3849,32 @@ func (s *GetTrailStatusOutput) SetTimeLoggingStopped(v string) *GetTrailStatusOu
return s
}
+// A JSON string that contains a list of insight types that are logged on a
+// trail.
+type InsightSelector struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The type of insights to log on a trail. In this release, only ApiCallRateInsight
+ // is supported as an insight type.
+ InsightType *string `type:"string" enum:"InsightType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InsightSelector) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InsightSelector) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInsightType sets the InsightType field's value.
+func (s *InsightSelector) SetInsightType(v string) *InsightSelector {
+ s.InsightType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Requests the public keys for a specified time range.
type ListPublicKeysInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3613,6 +4044,11 @@ func (s *ListTagsOutput) SetResourceTagList(v []*ResourceTag) *ListTagsOutput {
type ListTrailsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The token to use to get the next page of results after a previous API call.
+ // This token must be passed in with the same parameters that were specified
+ // in the the original call. For example, if the original call specified an
+ // AttributeKey of 'Username' with a value of 'root', the call with NextToken
+ // should include those same parameters.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -3635,6 +4071,11 @@ func (s *ListTrailsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTrailsInput {
type ListTrailsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The token to use to get the next page of results after a previous API call.
+ // If the token does not appear, there are no more results to return. The token
+ // must be passed in with the same parameters as the previous call. For example,
+ // if the original call specified an AttributeKey of 'Username' with a value
+ // of 'root', the call with NextToken should include those same parameters.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
// Returns the name, ARN, and home region of trails in the current account.
@@ -3725,6 +4166,12 @@ type LookupEventsInput struct {
// error is returned.
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+ // Specifies the event category. If you do not specify an event category, events
+ // of the category are not returned in the response. For example, if you do
+ // not specify insight as the value of EventCategory, no Insights events are
+ // returned.
+ EventCategory *string `type:"string" enum:"EventCategory"`
+
// Contains a list of lookup attributes. Currently the list can contain only
// one item.
LookupAttributes []*LookupAttribute `type:"list"`
@@ -3785,6 +4232,12 @@ func (s *LookupEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *LookupEventsInput {
return s
}
+// SetEventCategory sets the EventCategory field's value.
+func (s *LookupEventsInput) SetEventCategory(v string) *LookupEventsInput {
+ s.EventCategory = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLookupAttributes sets the LookupAttributes field's value.
func (s *LookupEventsInput) SetLookupAttributes(v []*LookupAttribute) *LookupEventsInput {
s.LookupAttributes = v
@@ -4006,6 +4459,94 @@ func (s *PutEventSelectorsOutput) SetTrailARN(v string) *PutEventSelectorsOutput
return s
}
+type PutInsightSelectorsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A JSON string that contains the insight types you want to log on a trail.
+ // In this release, only ApiCallRateInsight is supported as an insight type.
+ //
+ // InsightSelectors is a required field
+ InsightSelectors []*InsightSelector `type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the CloudTrail trail for which you want to change or add Insights
+ // selectors.
+ //
+ // TrailName is a required field
+ TrailName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightSelectorsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightSelectorsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutInsightSelectorsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutInsightSelectorsInput"}
+ if s.InsightSelectors == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InsightSelectors"))
+ }
+ if s.TrailName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TrailName"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetInsightSelectors sets the InsightSelectors field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightSelectorsInput) SetInsightSelectors(v []*InsightSelector) *PutInsightSelectorsInput {
+ s.InsightSelectors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTrailName sets the TrailName field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightSelectorsInput) SetTrailName(v string) *PutInsightSelectorsInput {
+ s.TrailName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type PutInsightSelectorsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A JSON string that contains the insight types you want to log on a trail.
+ // In this release, only ApiCallRateInsight is supported as an insight type.
+ InsightSelectors []*InsightSelector `type:"list"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a trail for which you want to change or
+ // add Insights selectors.
+ TrailARN *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightSelectorsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightSelectorsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInsightSelectors sets the InsightSelectors field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightSelectorsOutput) SetInsightSelectors(v []*InsightSelector) *PutInsightSelectorsOutput {
+ s.InsightSelectors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTrailARN sets the TrailARN field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightSelectorsOutput) SetTrailARN(v string) *PutInsightSelectorsOutput {
+ s.TrailARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Specifies the tags to remove from a trail.
type RemoveTagsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -4338,6 +4879,10 @@ type Trail struct {
// Specifies if the trail has custom event selectors.
HasCustomEventSelectors *bool `type:"boolean"`
+ // Specifies whether a trail has insight types specified in an InsightSelector
+ // list.
+ HasInsightSelectors *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
// The region in which the trail was created.
HomeRegion *string `type:"string"`
@@ -4418,6 +4963,12 @@ func (s *Trail) SetHasCustomEventSelectors(v bool) *Trail {
return s
}
+// SetHasInsightSelectors sets the HasInsightSelectors field's value.
+func (s *Trail) SetHasInsightSelectors(v bool) *Trail {
+ s.HasInsightSelectors = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetHomeRegion sets the HomeRegion field's value.
func (s *Trail) SetHomeRegion(v string) *Trail {
s.HomeRegion = &v
@@ -4873,6 +5424,16 @@ func (s *UpdateTrailOutput) SetTrailARN(v string) *UpdateTrailOutput {
return s
}
+const (
+ // EventCategoryInsight is a EventCategory enum value
+ EventCategoryInsight = "insight"
+)
+
+const (
+ // InsightTypeApiCallRateInsight is a InsightType enum value
+ InsightTypeApiCallRateInsight = "ApiCallRateInsight"
+)
+
const (
// LookupAttributeKeyEventId is a LookupAttributeKey enum value
LookupAttributeKeyEventId = "EventId"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/errors.go
index 69720a1927f3..87a183cd2260 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail/errors.go
@@ -28,6 +28,13 @@ const (
// Cannot set a CloudWatch Logs delivery for this region.
ErrCodeCloudWatchLogsDeliveryUnavailableException = "CloudWatchLogsDeliveryUnavailableException"
+ // ErrCodeInsightNotEnabledException for service response error code
+ // "InsightNotEnabledException".
+ //
+ // If you run GetInsightSelectors on a trail that does not have Insights events
+ // enabled, the operation throws the exception InsightNotEnabledException.
+ ErrCodeInsightNotEnabledException = "InsightNotEnabledException"
+
// ErrCodeInsufficientDependencyServiceAccessPermissionException for service response error code
// "InsufficientDependencyServiceAccessPermissionException".
//
@@ -68,6 +75,13 @@ const (
// This exception is thrown when the provided role is not valid.
ErrCodeInvalidCloudWatchLogsRoleArnException = "InvalidCloudWatchLogsRoleArnException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidEventCategoryException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidEventCategoryException".
+ //
+ // Occurs if an event category that is not valid is specified as a value of
+ // EventCategory.
+ ErrCodeInvalidEventCategoryException = "InvalidEventCategoryException"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidEventSelectorsException for service response error code
// "InvalidEventSelectorsException".
//
@@ -99,6 +113,14 @@ const (
// other than the region in which the trail was created.
ErrCodeInvalidHomeRegionException = "InvalidHomeRegionException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidInsightSelectorsException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidInsightSelectorsException".
+ //
+ // The formatting or syntax of the InsightSelectors JSON statement in your PutInsightSelectors
+ // or GetInsightSelectors request is not valid, or the specified insight type
+ // in the InsightSelectors statement is not a valid insight type.
+ ErrCodeInvalidInsightSelectorsException = "InvalidInsightSelectorsException"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidKmsKeyIdException for service response error code
// "InvalidKmsKeyIdException".
//
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go
index 558e792d03da..1c6b4ccda007 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch/api.go
@@ -270,6 +270,92 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DeleteDashboardsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteD
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteInsightRules = "DeleteInsightRules"
+
+// DeleteInsightRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteInsightRules operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteInsightRules for more information on using the DeleteInsightRules
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInsightRulesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteInsightRulesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DeleteInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) DeleteInsightRulesRequest(input *DeleteInsightRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInsightRulesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteInsightRules,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteInsightRulesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteInsightRulesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteInsightRules API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+//
+// Permanently deletes the specified Contributor Insights rules.
+//
+// If you create a rule, delete it, and then re-create it with the same name,
+// historical data from the first time the rule was created may or may not be
+// available.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
+// API operation DeleteInsightRules for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValue"
+// The value of an input parameter is bad or out-of-range.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMissingRequiredParameterException "MissingParameter"
+// An input parameter that is required is missing.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DeleteInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) DeleteInsightRules(input *DeleteInsightRulesInput) (*DeleteInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteInsightRulesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteInsightRulesWithContext is the same as DeleteInsightRules with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteInsightRules for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) DeleteInsightRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInsightRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteInsightRulesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeAlarmHistory = "DescribeAlarmHistory"
// DescribeAlarmHistoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -712,313 +798,738 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeAnomalyDetectorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDisableAlarmActions = "DisableAlarmActions"
+const opDescribeInsightRules = "DescribeInsightRules"
-// DisableAlarmActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DisableAlarmActions operation. The "output" return
+// DescribeInsightRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeInsightRules operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DisableAlarmActions for more information on using the DisableAlarmActions
+// See DescribeInsightRules for more information on using the DescribeInsightRules
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DisableAlarmActionsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInsightRulesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeInsightRulesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DisableAlarmActions
-func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input *DisableAlarmActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableAlarmActionsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DescribeInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeInsightRulesRequest(input *DescribeInsightRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInsightRulesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDisableAlarmActions,
+ Name: opDescribeInsightRules,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DisableAlarmActionsInput{}
+ input = &DescribeInsightRulesInput{}
}
- output = &DisableAlarmActionsOutput{}
+ output = &DescribeInsightRulesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// DisableAlarmActions API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+// DescribeInsightRules API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
//
-// Disables the actions for the specified alarms. When an alarm's actions are
-// disabled, the alarm actions do not execute when the alarm state changes.
+// Returns a list of all the Contributor Insights rules in your account. All
+// rules in your account are returned with a single operation.
+//
+// For more information about Contributor Insights, see Using Contributor Insights
+// to Analyze High-Cardinality Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/ContributorInsights.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
-// API operation DisableAlarmActions for usage and error information.
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DisableAlarmActions
-func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActions(input *DisableAlarmActionsInput) (*DisableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
+// API operation DescribeInsightRules for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextToken "InvalidNextToken"
+// The next token specified is invalid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DescribeInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeInsightRules(input *DescribeInsightRulesInput) (*DescribeInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeInsightRulesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DisableAlarmActionsWithContext is the same as DisableAlarmActions with the addition of
+// DescribeInsightRulesWithContext is the same as DescribeInsightRules with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DisableAlarmActions for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DescribeInsightRules for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableAlarmActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
+func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeInsightRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInsightRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeInsightRulesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opEnableAlarmActions = "EnableAlarmActions"
+// DescribeInsightRulesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeInsightRules operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See DescribeInsightRules method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeInsightRules operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.DescribeInsightRulesPages(params,
+// func(page *cloudwatch.DescribeInsightRulesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeInsightRulesPages(input *DescribeInsightRulesInput, fn func(*DescribeInsightRulesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.DescribeInsightRulesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// EnableAlarmActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the EnableAlarmActions operation. The "output" return
+// DescribeInsightRulesPagesWithContext same as DescribeInsightRulesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) DescribeInsightRulesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInsightRulesInput, fn func(*DescribeInsightRulesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeInsightRulesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeInsightRulesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeInsightRulesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opDisableAlarmActions = "DisableAlarmActions"
+
+// DisableAlarmActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DisableAlarmActions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See EnableAlarmActions for more information on using the EnableAlarmActions
+// See DisableAlarmActions for more information on using the DisableAlarmActions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the EnableAlarmActionsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DisableAlarmActionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/EnableAlarmActions
-func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input *EnableAlarmActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableAlarmActionsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DisableAlarmActions
+func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input *DisableAlarmActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableAlarmActionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opEnableAlarmActions,
+ Name: opDisableAlarmActions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &EnableAlarmActionsInput{}
+ input = &DisableAlarmActionsInput{}
}
- output = &EnableAlarmActionsOutput{}
+ output = &DisableAlarmActionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// EnableAlarmActions API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+// DisableAlarmActions API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
//
-// Enables the actions for the specified alarms.
+// Disables the actions for the specified alarms. When an alarm's actions are
+// disabled, the alarm actions do not execute when the alarm state changes.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
-// API operation EnableAlarmActions for usage and error information.
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/EnableAlarmActions
-func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActions(input *EnableAlarmActionsInput) (*EnableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
+// API operation DisableAlarmActions for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DisableAlarmActions
+func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActions(input *DisableAlarmActionsInput) (*DisableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// EnableAlarmActionsWithContext is the same as EnableAlarmActions with the addition of
+// DisableAlarmActionsWithContext is the same as DisableAlarmActions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See EnableAlarmActions for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DisableAlarmActions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableAlarmActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
+func (c *CloudWatch) DisableAlarmActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableAlarmActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetDashboard = "GetDashboard"
+const opDisableInsightRules = "DisableInsightRules"
-// GetDashboardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetDashboard operation. The "output" return
+// DisableInsightRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DisableInsightRules operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetDashboard for more information on using the GetDashboard
+// See DisableInsightRules for more information on using the DisableInsightRules
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetDashboardRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetDashboardRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DisableInsightRulesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DisableInsightRulesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetDashboard
-func (c *CloudWatch) GetDashboardRequest(input *GetDashboardInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDashboardOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DisableInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) DisableInsightRulesRequest(input *DisableInsightRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableInsightRulesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetDashboard,
+ Name: opDisableInsightRules,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetDashboardInput{}
+ input = &DisableInsightRulesInput{}
}
- output = &GetDashboardOutput{}
+ output = &DisableInsightRulesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetDashboard API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
-//
-// Displays the details of the dashboard that you specify.
+// DisableInsightRules API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
//
-// To copy an existing dashboard, use GetDashboard, and then use the data returned
-// within DashboardBody as the template for the new dashboard when you call
-// PutDashboard to create the copy.
+// Disables the specified Contributor Insights rules. When rules are disabled,
+// they do not analyze log groups and do not incur costs.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
-// API operation GetDashboard for usage and error information.
+// API operation DisableInsightRules for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValue"
// The value of an input parameter is bad or out-of-range.
//
-// * ErrCodeDashboardNotFoundError "ResourceNotFound"
-// The specified dashboard does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInternalServiceFault "InternalServiceError"
-// Request processing has failed due to some unknown error, exception, or failure.
+// * ErrCodeMissingRequiredParameterException "MissingParameter"
+// An input parameter that is required is missing.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetDashboard
-func (c *CloudWatch) GetDashboard(input *GetDashboardInput) (*GetDashboardOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetDashboardRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/DisableInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) DisableInsightRules(input *DisableInsightRulesInput) (*DisableInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisableInsightRulesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetDashboardWithContext is the same as GetDashboard with the addition of
+// DisableInsightRulesWithContext is the same as DisableInsightRules with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetDashboard for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DisableInsightRules for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CloudWatch) GetDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDashboardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDashboardOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetDashboardRequest(input)
+func (c *CloudWatch) DisableInsightRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableInsightRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisableInsightRulesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetMetricData = "GetMetricData"
+const opEnableAlarmActions = "EnableAlarmActions"
-// GetMetricDataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetMetricData operation. The "output" return
+// EnableAlarmActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the EnableAlarmActions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetMetricData for more information on using the GetMetricData
+// See EnableAlarmActions for more information on using the EnableAlarmActions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetMetricDataRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetMetricDataRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the EnableAlarmActionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetMetricData
-func (c *CloudWatch) GetMetricDataRequest(input *GetMetricDataInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMetricDataOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/EnableAlarmActions
+func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input *EnableAlarmActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableAlarmActionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetMetricData,
+ Name: opEnableAlarmActions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
- LimitToken: "MaxDatapoints",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetMetricDataInput{}
+ input = &EnableAlarmActionsInput{}
}
- output = &GetMetricDataOutput{}
+ output = &EnableAlarmActionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// GetMetricData API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
-//
-// You can use the GetMetricData API to retrieve as many as 100 different metrics
-// in a single request, with a total of as many as 100,800 datapoints. You can
-// also optionally perform math expressions on the values of the returned statistics,
-// to create new time series that represent new insights into your data. For
-// example, using Lambda metrics, you could divide the Errors metric by the
-// Invocations metric to get an error rate time series. For more information
-// about metric math expressions, see Metric Math Syntax and Functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/using-metric-math.html#metric-math-syntax)
-// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
+// EnableAlarmActions API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
//
-// Calls to the GetMetricData API have a different pricing structure than calls
-// to GetMetricStatistics. For more information about pricing, see Amazon CloudWatch
-// Pricing (https://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/pricing/).
+// Enables the actions for the specified alarms.
//
-// Amazon CloudWatch retains metric data as follows:
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
//
-// * Data points with a period of less than 60 seconds are available for
-// 3 hours. These data points are high-resolution metrics and are available
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
+// API operation EnableAlarmActions for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/EnableAlarmActions
+func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActions(input *EnableAlarmActionsInput) (*EnableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// EnableAlarmActionsWithContext is the same as EnableAlarmActions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See EnableAlarmActions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) EnableAlarmActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableAlarmActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableAlarmActionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EnableAlarmActionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opEnableInsightRules = "EnableInsightRules"
+
+// EnableInsightRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the EnableInsightRules operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See EnableInsightRules for more information on using the EnableInsightRules
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the EnableInsightRulesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.EnableInsightRulesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/EnableInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) EnableInsightRulesRequest(input *EnableInsightRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableInsightRulesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opEnableInsightRules,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &EnableInsightRulesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &EnableInsightRulesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// EnableInsightRules API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+//
+// Enables the specified Contributor Insights rules. When rules are enabled,
+// they immediately begin analyzing log data.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
+// API operation EnableInsightRules for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValue"
+// The value of an input parameter is bad or out-of-range.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMissingRequiredParameterException "MissingParameter"
+// An input parameter that is required is missing.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// The operation exceeded one or more limits.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/EnableInsightRules
+func (c *CloudWatch) EnableInsightRules(input *EnableInsightRulesInput) (*EnableInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EnableInsightRulesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// EnableInsightRulesWithContext is the same as EnableInsightRules with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See EnableInsightRules for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) EnableInsightRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableInsightRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableInsightRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EnableInsightRulesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetDashboard = "GetDashboard"
+
+// GetDashboardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetDashboard operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetDashboard for more information on using the GetDashboard
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetDashboardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetDashboardRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetDashboard
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetDashboardRequest(input *GetDashboardInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDashboardOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetDashboard,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetDashboardInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetDashboardOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetDashboard API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+//
+// Displays the details of the dashboard that you specify.
+//
+// To copy an existing dashboard, use GetDashboard, and then use the data returned
+// within DashboardBody as the template for the new dashboard when you call
+// PutDashboard to create the copy.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
+// API operation GetDashboard for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValue"
+// The value of an input parameter is bad or out-of-range.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDashboardNotFoundError "ResourceNotFound"
+// The specified dashboard does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServiceFault "InternalServiceError"
+// Request processing has failed due to some unknown error, exception, or failure.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetDashboard
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetDashboard(input *GetDashboardInput) (*GetDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDashboardRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetDashboardWithContext is the same as GetDashboard with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetDashboard for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDashboardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDashboardRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetInsightRuleReport = "GetInsightRuleReport"
+
+// GetInsightRuleReportRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetInsightRuleReport operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetInsightRuleReport for more information on using the GetInsightRuleReport
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetInsightRuleReportRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetInsightRuleReportRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetInsightRuleReport
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetInsightRuleReportRequest(input *GetInsightRuleReportInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetInsightRuleReport,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetInsightRuleReportInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetInsightRuleReportOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetInsightRuleReport API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+//
+// This operation returns the time series data collected by a Contributor Insights
+// rule. The data includes the identity and number of contributors to the log
+// group.
+//
+// You can also optionally return one or more statistics about each data point
+// in the time series. These statistics can include the following:
+//
+// * UniqueContributors -- the number of unique contributors for each data
+// point.
+//
+// * MaxContributorValue -- the value of the top contributor for each data
+// point. The identity of the contributor may change for each data point
+// in the graph. If this rule aggregates by COUNT, the top contributor for
+// each data point is the contributor with the most occurrences in that period.
+// If the rule aggregates by SUM, the top contributor is the contributor
+// with the highest sum in the log field specified by the rule's Value, during
+// that period.
+//
+// * SampleCount -- the number of data points matched by the rule.
+//
+// * Sum -- the sum of the values from all contributors during the time period
+// represented by that data point.
+//
+// * Minimum -- the minimum value from a single observation during the time
+// period represented by that data point.
+//
+// * Maximum -- the maximum value from a single observation during the time
+// period represented by that data point.
+//
+// * Average -- the average value from all contributors during the time period
+// represented by that data point.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
+// API operation GetInsightRuleReport for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValue"
+// The value of an input parameter is bad or out-of-range.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMissingRequiredParameterException "MissingParameter"
+// An input parameter that is required is missing.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The named resource does not exist.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetInsightRuleReport
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetInsightRuleReport(input *GetInsightRuleReportInput) (*GetInsightRuleReportOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetInsightRuleReportRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetInsightRuleReportWithContext is the same as GetInsightRuleReport with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetInsightRuleReport for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetInsightRuleReportWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetInsightRuleReportInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetInsightRuleReportOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetInsightRuleReportRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetMetricData = "GetMetricData"
+
+// GetMetricDataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetMetricData operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetMetricData for more information on using the GetMetricData
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetMetricDataRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetMetricDataRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/GetMetricData
+func (c *CloudWatch) GetMetricDataRequest(input *GetMetricDataInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMetricDataOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetMetricData,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxDatapoints",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetMetricDataInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetMetricDataOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetMetricData API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+//
+// You can use the GetMetricData API to retrieve as many as 100 different metrics
+// in a single request, with a total of as many as 100,800 data points. You
+// can also optionally perform math expressions on the values of the returned
+// statistics, to create new time series that represent new insights into your
+// data. For example, using Lambda metrics, you could divide the Errors metric
+// by the Invocations metric to get an error rate time series. For more information
+// about metric math expressions, see Metric Math Syntax and Functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/using-metric-math.html#metric-math-syntax)
+// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
+//
+// Calls to the GetMetricData API have a different pricing structure than calls
+// to GetMetricStatistics. For more information about pricing, see Amazon CloudWatch
+// Pricing (https://aws.amazon.com/cloudwatch/pricing/).
+//
+// Amazon CloudWatch retains metric data as follows:
+//
+// * Data points with a period of less than 60 seconds are available for
+// 3 hours. These data points are high-resolution metrics and are available
// only for custom metrics that have been defined with a StorageResolution
// of 1.
//
@@ -1929,6 +2440,99 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) PutDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutDashboar
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opPutInsightRule = "PutInsightRule"
+
+// PutInsightRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutInsightRule operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See PutInsightRule for more information on using the PutInsightRule
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the PutInsightRuleRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PutInsightRuleRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/PutInsightRule
+func (c *CloudWatch) PutInsightRuleRequest(input *PutInsightRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutInsightRuleOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opPutInsightRule,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &PutInsightRuleInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &PutInsightRuleOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// PutInsightRule API operation for Amazon CloudWatch.
+//
+// Creates a Contributor Insights rule. Rules evaluate log events in a CloudWatch
+// Logs log group, enabling you to find contributor data for the log events
+// in that log group. For more information, see Using Contributor Insights to
+// Analyze High-Cardinality Data (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/ContributorInsights.html).
+//
+// If you create a rule, delete it, and then re-create it with the same name,
+// historical data from the first time the rule was created may or may not be
+// available.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon CloudWatch's
+// API operation PutInsightRule for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValue"
+// The value of an input parameter is bad or out-of-range.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMissingRequiredParameterException "MissingParameter"
+// An input parameter that is required is missing.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// The operation exceeded one or more limits.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/monitoring-2010-08-01/PutInsightRule
+func (c *CloudWatch) PutInsightRule(input *PutInsightRuleInput) (*PutInsightRuleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutInsightRuleRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutInsightRuleWithContext is the same as PutInsightRule with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutInsightRule for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CloudWatch) PutInsightRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutInsightRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutInsightRuleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutInsightRuleRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opPutMetricAlarm = "PutMetricAlarm"
// PutMetricAlarmRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2114,9 +2718,8 @@ func (c *CloudWatch) PutMetricDataRequest(input *PutMetricDataInput) (req *reque
//
// Although the Value parameter accepts numbers of type Double, CloudWatch rejects
// values that are either too small or too large. Values must be in the range
-// of 8.515920e-109 to 1.174271e+108 (Base 10) or 2e-360 to 2e360 (Base 2).
-// In addition, special values (for example, NaN, +Infinity, -Infinity) are
-// not supported.
+// of -2^360 to 2^360. In addition, special values (for example, NaN, +Infinity,
+// -Infinity) are not supported.
//
// You can use up to 10 dimensions per metric to further clarify what data the
// metric collects. Each dimension consists of a Name and Value pair. For more
@@ -2523,7 +3126,7 @@ func (s *AlarmHistoryItem) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *AlarmHistoryItem {
}
// An anomaly detection model associated with a particular CloudWatch metric
-// athresnd statistic. You can use the model to display a band of expected normal
+// and statistic. You can use the model to display a band of expected normal
// values when the metric is graphed.
type AnomalyDetector struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3032,6 +3635,69 @@ func (s DeleteDashboardsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteInsightRulesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array of the rule names to delete. If you need to find out the names of
+ // your rules, use DescribeInsightRules.
+ //
+ // RuleNames is a required field
+ RuleNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInsightRulesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInsightRulesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteInsightRulesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInsightRulesInput"}
+ if s.RuleNames == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleNames"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRuleNames sets the RuleNames field's value.
+func (s *DeleteInsightRulesInput) SetRuleNames(v []*string) *DeleteInsightRulesInput {
+ s.RuleNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteInsightRulesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array listing the rules that could not be deleted. You cannot delete built-in
+ // rules.
+ Failures []*PartialFailure `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInsightRulesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInsightRulesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFailures sets the Failures field's value.
+func (s *DeleteInsightRulesOutput) SetFailures(v []*PartialFailure) *DeleteInsightRulesOutput {
+ s.Failures = v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeAlarmHistoryInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3448,32 +4114,129 @@ func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) String() string {
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MetricName != nil && len(*s.MetricName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MetricName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Dimensions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Dimensions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Dimensions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDimensions sets the Dimensions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetDimensions(v []*Dimension) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+ s.Dimensions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMetricName sets the MetricName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetMetricName(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+ s.MetricName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of anomaly detection models returned by the operation.
+ AnomalyDetectors []*AnomalyDetector `type:"list"`
+
+ // A token that you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set
+ // of results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAnomalyDetectors sets the AnomalyDetectors field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) SetAnomalyDetectors(v []*AnomalyDetector) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput {
+ s.AnomalyDetectors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeInsightRulesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // This parameter is not currently used. Reserved for future use. If it is used
+ // in the future, the maximum value may be different.
+ MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Reserved for future use.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInsightRulesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInsightRulesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput"}
+func (s *DescribeInsightRulesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInsightRulesInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
- if s.MetricName != nil && len(*s.MetricName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MetricName", 1))
- }
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
- }
- if s.Dimensions != nil {
- for i, v := range s.Dimensions {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Dimensions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3481,65 +4244,46 @@ func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetDimensions sets the Dimensions field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetDimensions(v []*Dimension) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
- s.Dimensions = v
- return s
-}
-
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+func (s *DescribeInsightRulesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeInsightRulesInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// SetMetricName sets the MetricName field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetMetricName(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
- s.MetricName = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsInput {
+func (s *DescribeInsightRulesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInsightRulesInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput struct {
+type DescribeInsightRulesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The list of anomaly detection models returned by the operation.
- AnomalyDetectors []*AnomalyDetector `type:"list"`
+ // The rules returned by the operation.
+ InsightRules []*InsightRule `type:"list"`
- // A token that you can use in a subsequent operation to retrieve the next set
- // of results.
+ // Reserved for future use.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeInsightRulesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeInsightRulesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetAnomalyDetectors sets the AnomalyDetectors field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) SetAnomalyDetectors(v []*AnomalyDetector) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput {
- s.AnomalyDetectors = v
+// SetInsightRules sets the InsightRules field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInsightRulesOutput) SetInsightRules(v []*InsightRule) *DescribeInsightRulesOutput {
+ s.InsightRules = v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeAnomalyDetectorsOutput {
+func (s *DescribeInsightRulesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInsightRulesOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
@@ -3709,6 +4453,69 @@ func (s DisableAlarmActionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DisableInsightRulesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array of the rule names to disable. If you need to find out the names
+ // of your rules, use DescribeInsightRules.
+ //
+ // RuleNames is a required field
+ RuleNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableInsightRulesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableInsightRulesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DisableInsightRulesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableInsightRulesInput"}
+ if s.RuleNames == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleNames"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRuleNames sets the RuleNames field's value.
+func (s *DisableInsightRulesInput) SetRuleNames(v []*string) *DisableInsightRulesInput {
+ s.RuleNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DisableInsightRulesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array listing the rules that could not be disabled. You cannot disable
+ // built-in rules.
+ Failures []*PartialFailure `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableInsightRulesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableInsightRulesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFailures sets the Failures field's value.
+func (s *DisableInsightRulesOutput) SetFailures(v []*PartialFailure) *DisableInsightRulesOutput {
+ s.Failures = v
+ return s
+}
+
type EnableAlarmActionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3761,6 +4568,69 @@ func (s EnableAlarmActionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type EnableInsightRulesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array of the rule names to enable. If you need to find out the names of
+ // your rules, use DescribeInsightRules.
+ //
+ // RuleNames is a required field
+ RuleNames []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableInsightRulesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableInsightRulesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *EnableInsightRulesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableInsightRulesInput"}
+ if s.RuleNames == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleNames"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRuleNames sets the RuleNames field's value.
+func (s *EnableInsightRulesInput) SetRuleNames(v []*string) *EnableInsightRulesInput {
+ s.RuleNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type EnableInsightRulesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array listing the rules that could not be enabled. You cannot disable
+ // or enable built-in rules.
+ Failures []*PartialFailure `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableInsightRulesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableInsightRulesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFailures sets the Failures field's value.
+func (s *EnableInsightRulesOutput) SetFailures(v []*PartialFailure) *EnableInsightRulesOutput {
+ s.Failures = v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetDashboardInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3810,35 +4680,257 @@ type GetDashboardOutput struct {
// the DashboardBody syntax, see CloudWatch-Dashboard-Body-Structure.
DashboardBody *string `type:"string"`
- // The name of the dashboard.
- DashboardName *string `type:"string"`
+ // The name of the dashboard.
+ DashboardName *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetDashboardOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetDashboardOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDashboardArn sets the DashboardArn field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardOutput) SetDashboardArn(v string) *GetDashboardOutput {
+ s.DashboardArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardBody sets the DashboardBody field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardOutput) SetDashboardBody(v string) *GetDashboardOutput {
+ s.DashboardBody = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardName sets the DashboardName field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardOutput) SetDashboardName(v string) *GetDashboardOutput {
+ s.DashboardName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetInsightRuleReportInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The end time of the data to use in the report. When used in a raw HTTP Query
+ // API, it is formatted as yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss. For example, 2019-07-01T23:59:59.
+ //
+ // EndTime is a required field
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of contributors to include in the report. The range is
+ // 1 to 100. If you omit this, the default of 10 is used.
+ MaxContributorCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // Specifies which metrics to use for aggregation of contributor values for
+ // the report. You can specify one or more of the following metrics:
+ //
+ // * UniqueContributors -- the number of unique contributors for each data
+ // point.
+ //
+ // * MaxContributorValue -- the value of the top contributor for each data
+ // point. The identity of the contributor may change for each data point
+ // in the graph. If this rule aggregates by COUNT, the top contributor for
+ // each data point is the contributor with the most occurrences in that period.
+ // If the rule aggregates by SUM, the top contributor is the contributor
+ // with the highest sum in the log field specified by the rule's Value, during
+ // that period.
+ //
+ // * SampleCount -- the number of data points matched by the rule.
+ //
+ // * Sum -- the sum of the values from all contributors during the time period
+ // represented by that data point.
+ //
+ // * Minimum -- the minimum value from a single observation during the time
+ // period represented by that data point.
+ //
+ // * Maximum -- the maximum value from a single observation during the time
+ // period represented by that data point.
+ //
+ // * Average -- the average value from all contributors during the time period
+ // represented by that data point.
+ Metrics []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // Determines what statistic to use to rank the contributors. Valid values are
+ // SUM and MAXIMUM.
+ OrderBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The period, in seconds, to use for the statistics in the InsightRuleMetricDatapoint
+ // results.
+ //
+ // Period is a required field
+ Period *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the rule that you want to see data from.
+ //
+ // RuleName is a required field
+ RuleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The start time of the data to use in the report. When used in a raw HTTP
+ // Query API, it is formatted as yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss. For example, 2019-07-01T23:59:59.
+ //
+ // StartTime is a required field
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetInsightRuleReportInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetInsightRuleReportInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetInsightRuleReportInput"}
+ if s.EndTime == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndTime"))
+ }
+ if s.OrderBy != nil && len(*s.OrderBy) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OrderBy", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Period == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Period"))
+ }
+ if s.Period != nil && *s.Period < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Period", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RuleName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleName"))
+ }
+ if s.RuleName != nil && len(*s.RuleName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RuleName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.StartTime == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StartTime"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxContributorCount sets the MaxContributorCount field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetMaxContributorCount(v int64) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.MaxContributorCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetMetrics(v []*string) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.Metrics = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOrderBy sets the OrderBy field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetOrderBy(v string) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.OrderBy = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPeriod sets the Period field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetPeriod(v int64) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.Period = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRuleName sets the RuleName field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetRuleName(v string) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.RuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *GetInsightRuleReportInput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetInsightRuleReportOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The sum of the values from all individual contributors that match the rule.
+ AggregateValue *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // Specifies whether this rule aggregates contributor data by COUNT or SUM.
+ AggregationStatistic *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // An approximate count of the unique contributors found by this rule in this
+ // time period.
+ ApproximateUniqueCount *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // An array of the unique contributors found by this rule in this time period.
+ // If the rule contains multiple keys, each combination of values for the keys
+ // counts as a unique contributor.
+ Contributors []*InsightRuleContributor `type:"list"`
+
+ // An array of the strings used as the keys for this rule. The keys are the
+ // dimensions used to classify contributors. If the rule contains more than
+ // one key, then each unique combination of values for the keys is counted as
+ // a unique contributor.
+ KeyLabels []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // A time series of metric data points that matches the time period in the rule
+ // request.
+ MetricDatapoints []*InsightRuleMetricDatapoint `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetDashboardOutput) String() string {
+func (s GetInsightRuleReportOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetDashboardOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s GetInsightRuleReportOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetDashboardArn sets the DashboardArn field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardOutput) SetDashboardArn(v string) *GetDashboardOutput {
- s.DashboardArn = &v
+// SetAggregateValue sets the AggregateValue field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) SetAggregateValue(v float64) *GetInsightRuleReportOutput {
+ s.AggregateValue = &v
return s
}
-// SetDashboardBody sets the DashboardBody field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardOutput) SetDashboardBody(v string) *GetDashboardOutput {
- s.DashboardBody = &v
+// SetAggregationStatistic sets the AggregationStatistic field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) SetAggregationStatistic(v string) *GetInsightRuleReportOutput {
+ s.AggregationStatistic = &v
return s
}
-// SetDashboardName sets the DashboardName field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardOutput) SetDashboardName(v string) *GetDashboardOutput {
- s.DashboardName = &v
+// SetApproximateUniqueCount sets the ApproximateUniqueCount field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) SetApproximateUniqueCount(v int64) *GetInsightRuleReportOutput {
+ s.ApproximateUniqueCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetContributors sets the Contributors field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) SetContributors(v []*InsightRuleContributor) *GetInsightRuleReportOutput {
+ s.Contributors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyLabels sets the KeyLabels field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) SetKeyLabels(v []*string) *GetInsightRuleReportOutput {
+ s.KeyLabels = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMetricDatapoints sets the MetricDatapoints field's value.
+func (s *GetInsightRuleReportOutput) SetMetricDatapoints(v []*InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) *GetInsightRuleReportOutput {
+ s.MetricDatapoints = v
return s
}
@@ -4056,7 +5148,8 @@ type GetMetricStatisticsInput struct {
// The time stamp that determines the last data point to return.
//
// The value specified is exclusive; results include data points up to the specified
- // time stamp. The time stamp must be in ISO 8601 UTC format (for example, 2016-10-10T23:00:00Z).
+ // time stamp. In a raw HTTP query, the time stamp must be in ISO 8601 UTC format
+ // (for example, 2016-10-10T23:00:00Z).
//
// EndTime is a required field
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
@@ -4104,7 +5197,8 @@ type GetMetricStatisticsInput struct {
// are evaluated relative to the time that CloudWatch receives the request.
//
// The value specified is inclusive; results include data points with the specified
- // time stamp. The time stamp must be in ISO 8601 UTC format (for example, 2016-10-03T23:00:00Z).
+ // time stamp. In a raw HTTP query, the time stamp must be in ISO 8601 UTC format
+ // (for example, 2016-10-03T23:00:00Z).
//
// CloudWatch rounds the specified time stamp as follows:
//
@@ -4397,6 +5491,284 @@ func (s *GetMetricWidgetImageOutput) SetMetricWidgetImage(v []byte) *GetMetricWi
return s
}
+// This structure contains the definition for a Contributor Insights rule.
+type InsightRule struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The definition of the rule, as a JSON object. The definition contains the
+ // keywords used to define contributors, the value to aggregate on if this rule
+ // returns a sum instead of a count, and the filters. For details on the valid
+ // syntax, see Contributor Insights Rule Syntax (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/ContributorInsights-RuleSyntax.html).
+ //
+ // Definition is a required field
+ Definition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the rule.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // For rules that you create, this is always {"Name": "CloudWatchLogRule", "Version":
+ // 1}. For built-in rules, this is {"Name": "ServiceLogRule", "Version": 1}
+ //
+ // Schema is a required field
+ Schema *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the rule is enabled or disabled.
+ //
+ // State is a required field
+ State *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRule) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRule) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDefinition sets the Definition field's value.
+func (s *InsightRule) SetDefinition(v string) *InsightRule {
+ s.Definition = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *InsightRule) SetName(v string) *InsightRule {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.
+func (s *InsightRule) SetSchema(v string) *InsightRule {
+ s.Schema = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *InsightRule) SetState(v string) *InsightRule {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// One of the unique contributors found by a Contributor Insights rule. If the
+// rule contains multiple keys, then a unique contributor is a unique combination
+// of values from all the keys in the rule.
+//
+// If the rule contains a single key, then each unique contributor is each unique
+// value for this key.
+//
+// For more information, see GetInsightRuleReport.
+type InsightRuleContributor struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An approximation of the aggregate value that comes from this contributor.
+ //
+ // ApproximateAggregateValue is a required field
+ ApproximateAggregateValue *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`
+
+ // An array of the data points where this contributor is present. Only the data
+ // points when this contributor appeared are included in the array.
+ //
+ // Datapoints is a required field
+ Datapoints []*InsightRuleContributorDatapoint `type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // One of the log entry field keywords that is used to define contributors for
+ // this rule.
+ //
+ // Keys is a required field
+ Keys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRuleContributor) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRuleContributor) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApproximateAggregateValue sets the ApproximateAggregateValue field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleContributor) SetApproximateAggregateValue(v float64) *InsightRuleContributor {
+ s.ApproximateAggregateValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDatapoints sets the Datapoints field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleContributor) SetDatapoints(v []*InsightRuleContributorDatapoint) *InsightRuleContributor {
+ s.Datapoints = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeys sets the Keys field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleContributor) SetKeys(v []*string) *InsightRuleContributor {
+ s.Keys = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// One data point related to one contributor.
+//
+// For more information, see GetInsightRuleReport and InsightRuleContributor.
+type InsightRuleContributorDatapoint struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The approximate value that this contributor added during this timestamp.
+ //
+ // ApproximateValue is a required field
+ ApproximateValue *float64 `type:"double" required:"true"`
+
+ // The timestamp of the data point.
+ //
+ // Timestamp is a required field
+ Timestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRuleContributorDatapoint) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRuleContributorDatapoint) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApproximateValue sets the ApproximateValue field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleContributorDatapoint) SetApproximateValue(v float64) *InsightRuleContributorDatapoint {
+ s.ApproximateValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleContributorDatapoint) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *InsightRuleContributorDatapoint {
+ s.Timestamp = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// One data point from the metric time series returned in a Contributor Insights
+// rule report.
+//
+// For more information, see GetInsightRuleReport.
+type InsightRuleMetricDatapoint struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The average value from all contributors during the time period represented
+ // by that data point.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ Average *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // The maximum value provided by one contributor during this timestamp. Each
+ // timestamp is evaluated separately, so the identity of the max contributor
+ // could be different for each timestamp.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ MaxContributorValue *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // The maximum value from a single occurence from a single contributor during
+ // the time period represented by that data point.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ Maximum *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // The minimum value from a single contributor during the time period represented
+ // by that data point.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ Minimum *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // The number of occurrences that matched the rule during this data point.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ SampleCount *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // The sum of the values from all contributors during the time period represented
+ // by that data point.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ Sum *float64 `type:"double"`
+
+ // The timestamp of the data point.
+ //
+ // Timestamp is a required field
+ Timestamp *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+
+ // The number of unique contributors who published data during this timestamp.
+ //
+ // This statistic is returned only if you included it in the Metrics array in
+ // your request.
+ UniqueContributors *float64 `type:"double"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAverage sets the Average field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetAverage(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.Average = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxContributorValue sets the MaxContributorValue field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetMaxContributorValue(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.MaxContributorValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximum sets the Maximum field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetMaximum(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.Maximum = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMinimum sets the Minimum field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetMinimum(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.Minimum = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSampleCount sets the SampleCount field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetSampleCount(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.SampleCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSum sets the Sum field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetSum(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.Sum = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.Timestamp = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUniqueContributors sets the UniqueContributors field's value.
+func (s *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint) SetUniqueContributors(v float64) *InsightRuleMetricDatapoint {
+ s.UniqueContributors = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ListDashboardsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -4768,7 +6140,7 @@ type MetricAlarm struct {
// threshold. The specified statistic value is used as the first operand.
ComparisonOperator *string `type:"string" enum:"ComparisonOperator"`
- // The number of datapoints that must be breaching to trigger the alarm.
+ // The number of data points that must be breaching to trigger the alarm.
DatapointsToAlarm *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// The dimensions for the metric associated with the alarm.
@@ -5086,10 +6458,9 @@ type MetricDataQuery struct {
// or any multiple of 60. High-resolution metrics are those metrics stored by
// a PutMetricData operation that includes a StorageResolution of 1 second.
//
- // Use this field only when you are performing a GetMetricData operation, and
- // only when you are specifying the Expression field. Do not use this field
- // with a PutMetricAlarm operation or when you are specifying a MetricStat in
- // a GetMetricData operation.
+ // If you are performing a GetMetricData operation, use this field only if you
+ // are specifying an Expression. Do not use this field when you are specifying
+ // a MetricStat in a GetMetricData operation.
Period *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// When used in GetMetricData, this option indicates whether to return the timestamps
@@ -5306,9 +6677,8 @@ type MetricDatum struct {
//
// Although the parameter accepts numbers of type Double, CloudWatch rejects
// values that are either too small or too large. Values must be in the range
- // of 8.515920e-109 to 1.174271e+108 (Base 10) or 2e-360 to 2e360 (Base 2).
- // In addition, special values (for example, NaN, +Infinity, -Infinity) are
- // not supported.
+ // of -2^360 to 2^360. In addition, special values (for example, NaN, +Infinity,
+ // -Infinity) are not supported.
Value *float64 `type:"double"`
// Array of numbers representing the values for the metric during the period.
@@ -5319,9 +6689,8 @@ type MetricDatum struct {
//
// Although the Values array accepts numbers of type Double, CloudWatch rejects
// values that are either too small or too large. Values must be in the range
- // of 8.515920e-109 to 1.174271e+108 (Base 10) or 2e-360 to 2e360 (Base 2).
- // In addition, special values (for example, NaN, +Infinity, -Infinity) are
- // not supported.
+ // of -2^360 to 2^360. In addition, special values (for example, NaN, +Infinity,
+ // -Infinity) are not supported.
Values []*float64 `type:"list"`
}
@@ -5535,6 +6904,59 @@ func (s *MetricStat) SetUnit(v string) *MetricStat {
return s
}
+// This array is empty if the API operation was successful for all the rules
+// specified in the request. If the operation could not process one of the rules,
+// the following data is returned for each of those rules.
+type PartialFailure struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The type of error.
+ ExceptionType *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The code of the error.
+ FailureCode *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // A description of the error.
+ FailureDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The specified rule that could not be deleted.
+ FailureResource *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PartialFailure) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PartialFailure) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetExceptionType sets the ExceptionType field's value.
+func (s *PartialFailure) SetExceptionType(v string) *PartialFailure {
+ s.ExceptionType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFailureCode sets the FailureCode field's value.
+func (s *PartialFailure) SetFailureCode(v string) *PartialFailure {
+ s.FailureCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFailureDescription sets the FailureDescription field's value.
+func (s *PartialFailure) SetFailureDescription(v string) *PartialFailure {
+ s.FailureDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFailureResource sets the FailureResource field's value.
+func (s *PartialFailure) SetFailureResource(v string) *PartialFailure {
+ s.FailureResource = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type PutAnomalyDetectorInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5750,6 +7172,91 @@ func (s *PutDashboardOutput) SetDashboardValidationMessages(v []*DashboardValida
return s
}
+type PutInsightRuleInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The definition of the rule, as a JSON object. For details on the valid syntax,
+ // see Contributor Insights Rule Syntax (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/ContributorInsights-RuleSyntax.html).
+ //
+ // RuleDefinition is a required field
+ RuleDefinition *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A unique name for the rule.
+ //
+ // RuleName is a required field
+ RuleName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The state of the rule. Valid values are ENABLED and DISABLED.
+ RuleState *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightRuleInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightRuleInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutInsightRuleInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutInsightRuleInput"}
+ if s.RuleDefinition == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleDefinition"))
+ }
+ if s.RuleDefinition != nil && len(*s.RuleDefinition) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RuleDefinition", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RuleName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleName"))
+ }
+ if s.RuleName != nil && len(*s.RuleName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RuleName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RuleState != nil && len(*s.RuleState) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RuleState", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRuleDefinition sets the RuleDefinition field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightRuleInput) SetRuleDefinition(v string) *PutInsightRuleInput {
+ s.RuleDefinition = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRuleName sets the RuleName field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightRuleInput) SetRuleName(v string) *PutInsightRuleInput {
+ s.RuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRuleState sets the RuleState field's value.
+func (s *PutInsightRuleInput) SetRuleState(v string) *PutInsightRuleInput {
+ s.RuleState = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type PutInsightRuleOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightRuleOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutInsightRuleOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type PutMetricAlarmInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5787,7 +7294,7 @@ type PutMetricAlarmInput struct {
// ComparisonOperator is a required field
ComparisonOperator *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ComparisonOperator"`
- // The number of datapoints that must be breaching to trigger the alarm. This
+ // The number of data points that must be breaching to trigger the alarm. This
// is used only if you are setting an "M out of N" alarm. In that case, this
// value is the M. For more information, see Evaluating an Alarm (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/monitoring/AlarmThatSendsEmail.html#alarm-evaluation)
// in the Amazon CloudWatch User Guide.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/api.go
index 2f1afa6b3673..53bcc0f6d571 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/api.go
@@ -250,6 +250,164 @@ func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetProjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGet
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opBatchGetReportGroups = "BatchGetReportGroups"
+
+// BatchGetReportGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the BatchGetReportGroups operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See BatchGetReportGroups for more information on using the BatchGetReportGroups
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the BatchGetReportGroupsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.BatchGetReportGroupsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/BatchGetReportGroups
+func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetReportGroupsRequest(input *BatchGetReportGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetReportGroupsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opBatchGetReportGroups,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &BatchGetReportGroupsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &BatchGetReportGroupsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// BatchGetReportGroups API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Returns an array of report groups.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation BatchGetReportGroups for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/BatchGetReportGroups
+func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetReportGroups(input *BatchGetReportGroupsInput) (*BatchGetReportGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchGetReportGroupsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// BatchGetReportGroupsWithContext is the same as BatchGetReportGroups with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See BatchGetReportGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetReportGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetReportGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetReportGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchGetReportGroupsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opBatchGetReports = "BatchGetReports"
+
+// BatchGetReportsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the BatchGetReports operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See BatchGetReports for more information on using the BatchGetReports
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the BatchGetReportsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.BatchGetReportsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/BatchGetReports
+func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetReportsRequest(input *BatchGetReportsInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchGetReportsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opBatchGetReports,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &BatchGetReportsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &BatchGetReportsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// BatchGetReports API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Returns an array of reports.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation BatchGetReports for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/BatchGetReports
+func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetReports(input *BatchGetReportsInput) (*BatchGetReportsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchGetReportsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// BatchGetReportsWithContext is the same as BatchGetReports with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See BatchGetReports for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) BatchGetReportsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchGetReportsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchGetReportsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchGetReportsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateProject = "CreateProject"
// CreateProjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -336,6 +494,92 @@ func (c *CodeBuild) CreateProjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateProje
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateReportGroup = "CreateReportGroup"
+
+// CreateReportGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateReportGroup operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateReportGroup for more information on using the CreateReportGroup
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateReportGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateReportGroupRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/CreateReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) CreateReportGroupRequest(input *CreateReportGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateReportGroupOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateReportGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateReportGroupInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateReportGroupOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateReportGroup API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Creates a report group. A report group contains a collection of reports.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation CreateReportGroup for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be created, because an AWS resource with
+// the same settings already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeAccountLimitExceededException "AccountLimitExceededException"
+// An AWS service limit was exceeded for the calling AWS account.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/CreateReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) CreateReportGroup(input *CreateReportGroupInput) (*CreateReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateReportGroupRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateReportGroupWithContext is the same as CreateReportGroup with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateReportGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) CreateReportGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateReportGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateReportGroupRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateWebhook = "CreateWebhook"
// CreateWebhookRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -481,7 +725,7 @@ func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteProjectRequest(input *DeleteProjectInput) (req *reques
// DeleteProject API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
//
-// Deletes a build project.
+// Deletes a build project. When you delete a project, its builds are not deleted.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -516,214 +760,460 @@ func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteProjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteProje
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteSourceCredentials = "DeleteSourceCredentials"
+const opDeleteReport = "DeleteReport"
-// DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteSourceCredentials operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteReportRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteReport operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteSourceCredentials for more information on using the DeleteSourceCredentials
+// See DeleteReport for more information on using the DeleteReport
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReportRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteReportRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteSourceCredentials
-func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(input *DeleteSourceCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteReport
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteReportRequest(input *DeleteReportInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReportOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteSourceCredentials,
+ Name: opDeleteReport,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteSourceCredentialsInput{}
+ input = &DeleteReportInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteReportOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// DeleteSourceCredentials API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+// DeleteReport API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
//
-// Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials.
+// Deletes a report.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
-// API operation DeleteSourceCredentials for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteReport for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input value that was provided is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteSourceCredentials
-func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteSourceCredentials(input *DeleteSourceCredentialsInput) (*DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteReport
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteReport(input *DeleteReportInput) (*DeleteReportOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteReportRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteSourceCredentialsWithContext is the same as DeleteSourceCredentials with the addition of
+// DeleteReportWithContext is the same as DeleteReport with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteSourceCredentials for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteReport for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteSourceCredentialsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSourceCredentialsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteReportWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReportInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReportOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteReportRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteWebhook = "DeleteWebhook"
+const opDeleteReportGroup = "DeleteReportGroup"
-// DeleteWebhookRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteWebhook operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteReportGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteReportGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteWebhook for more information on using the DeleteWebhook
+// See DeleteReportGroup for more information on using the DeleteReportGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteWebhookRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteWebhookRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReportGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteReportGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteWebhook
-func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteWebhookRequest(input *DeleteWebhookInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteWebhookOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteReportGroupRequest(input *DeleteReportGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReportGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteWebhook,
+ Name: opDeleteReportGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteWebhookInput{}
+ input = &DeleteReportGroupInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteWebhookOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteReportGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// DeleteWebhook API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+// DeleteReportGroup API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
//
-// For an existing AWS CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored
-// in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops AWS CodeBuild from rebuilding
-// the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository.
+// DeleteReportGroup: Deletes a report group. Before you delete a report group,
+// you must delete its reports. Use ListReportsForReportGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codebuild/latest/APIReference/API_ListReportsForReportGroup.html)
+// to get the reports in a report group. Use DeleteReport (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codebuild/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteReport.html)
+// to delete the reports. If you call DeleteReportGroup for a report group that
+// contains one or more reports, an exception is thrown.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
-// API operation DeleteWebhook for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteReportGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input value that was provided is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
-//
-// * ErrCodeOAuthProviderException "OAuthProviderException"
-// There was a problem with the underlying OAuth provider.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteWebhook
-func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteWebhook(input *DeleteWebhookInput) (*DeleteWebhookOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteWebhookRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteReportGroup(input *DeleteReportGroupInput) (*DeleteReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteReportGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteWebhookWithContext is the same as DeleteWebhook with the addition of
+// DeleteReportGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteReportGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteWebhook for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteReportGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteWebhookWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteWebhookInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteWebhookOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteWebhookRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteReportGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReportGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteReportGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opImportSourceCredentials = "ImportSourceCredentials"
+const opDeleteSourceCredentials = "DeleteSourceCredentials"
-// ImportSourceCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ImportSourceCredentials operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteSourceCredentials operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ImportSourceCredentials for more information on using the ImportSourceCredentials
+// See DeleteSourceCredentials for more information on using the DeleteSourceCredentials
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ImportSourceCredentialsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ImportSourceCredentialsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ImportSourceCredentials
-func (c *CodeBuild) ImportSourceCredentialsRequest(input *ImportSourceCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportSourceCredentialsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteSourceCredentials
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(input *DeleteSourceCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opImportSourceCredentials,
+ Name: opDeleteSourceCredentials,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ImportSourceCredentialsInput{}
+ input = &DeleteSourceCredentialsInput{}
}
- output = &ImportSourceCredentialsOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteSourceCredentials API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket source credentials.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation DeleteSourceCredentials for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteSourceCredentials
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteSourceCredentials(input *DeleteSourceCredentialsInput) (*DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteSourceCredentialsWithContext is the same as DeleteSourceCredentials with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteSourceCredentials for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteSourceCredentialsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteSourceCredentialsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteSourceCredentialsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteSourceCredentialsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteWebhook = "DeleteWebhook"
+
+// DeleteWebhookRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteWebhook operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteWebhook for more information on using the DeleteWebhook
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteWebhookRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteWebhookRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteWebhook
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteWebhookRequest(input *DeleteWebhookInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteWebhookOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteWebhook,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteWebhookInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteWebhookOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteWebhook API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// For an existing AWS CodeBuild build project that has its source code stored
+// in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, stops AWS CodeBuild from rebuilding
+// the source code every time a code change is pushed to the repository.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation DeleteWebhook for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOAuthProviderException "OAuthProviderException"
+// There was a problem with the underlying OAuth provider.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DeleteWebhook
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteWebhook(input *DeleteWebhookInput) (*DeleteWebhookOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteWebhookRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteWebhookWithContext is the same as DeleteWebhook with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteWebhook for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) DeleteWebhookWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteWebhookInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteWebhookOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteWebhookRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeTestCases = "DescribeTestCases"
+
+// DescribeTestCasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeTestCases operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeTestCases for more information on using the DescribeTestCases
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTestCasesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeTestCasesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DescribeTestCases
+func (c *CodeBuild) DescribeTestCasesRequest(input *DescribeTestCasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTestCasesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeTestCases,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeTestCasesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeTestCasesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeTestCases API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Returns a list of details about test cases for a report.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation DescribeTestCases for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/DescribeTestCases
+func (c *CodeBuild) DescribeTestCases(input *DescribeTestCasesInput) (*DescribeTestCasesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTestCasesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeTestCasesWithContext is the same as DescribeTestCases with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeTestCases for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) DescribeTestCasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTestCasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTestCasesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTestCasesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opImportSourceCredentials = "ImportSourceCredentials"
+
+// ImportSourceCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ImportSourceCredentials operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ImportSourceCredentials for more information on using the ImportSourceCredentials
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ImportSourceCredentialsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ImportSourceCredentialsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ImportSourceCredentials
+func (c *CodeBuild) ImportSourceCredentialsRequest(input *ImportSourceCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportSourceCredentialsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opImportSourceCredentials,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ImportSourceCredentialsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ImportSourceCredentialsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
@@ -937,236 +1427,476 @@ func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBuildsInpu
const opListBuildsForProject = "ListBuildsForProject"
-// ListBuildsForProjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListBuildsForProject operation. The "output" return
+// ListBuildsForProjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBuildsForProject operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListBuildsForProject for more information on using the ListBuildsForProject
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListBuildsForProjectRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListBuildsForProjectRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListBuildsForProject
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsForProjectRequest(input *ListBuildsForProjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBuildsForProjectOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListBuildsForProject,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListBuildsForProjectInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListBuildsForProjectOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListBuildsForProject API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Gets a list of build IDs for the specified build project, with each build
+// ID representing a single build.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation ListBuildsForProject for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListBuildsForProject
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsForProject(input *ListBuildsForProjectInput) (*ListBuildsForProjectOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListBuildsForProjectRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListBuildsForProjectWithContext is the same as ListBuildsForProject with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListBuildsForProject for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsForProjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBuildsForProjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBuildsForProjectOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListBuildsForProjectRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListCuratedEnvironmentImages = "ListCuratedEnvironmentImages"
+
+// ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListCuratedEnvironmentImages operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListCuratedEnvironmentImages for more information on using the ListCuratedEnvironmentImages
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListCuratedEnvironmentImages
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(input *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListCuratedEnvironmentImages,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListCuratedEnvironmentImages API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Gets information about Docker images that are managed by AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation ListCuratedEnvironmentImages for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListCuratedEnvironmentImages
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListCuratedEnvironmentImages(input *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) (*ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesWithContext is the same as ListCuratedEnvironmentImages with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListCuratedEnvironmentImages for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListProjects = "ListProjects"
+
+// ListProjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListProjects operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListProjects for more information on using the ListProjects
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListProjectsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListProjectsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListProjects
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListProjectsRequest(input *ListProjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProjectsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListProjects,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListProjectsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListProjectsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListProjects API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing
+// a single build project.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation ListProjects for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListProjects
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListProjects(input *ListProjectsInput) (*ListProjectsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProjectsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListProjectsWithContext is the same as ListProjects with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListProjects for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListProjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProjectsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProjectsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListReportGroups = "ListReportGroups"
+
+// ListReportGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListReportGroups operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListBuildsForProject for more information on using the ListBuildsForProject
+// See ListReportGroups for more information on using the ListReportGroups
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListBuildsForProjectRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListBuildsForProjectRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListReportGroupsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListReportGroupsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListBuildsForProject
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsForProjectRequest(input *ListBuildsForProjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBuildsForProjectOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListReportGroups
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportGroupsRequest(input *ListReportGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReportGroupsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListBuildsForProject,
+ Name: opListReportGroups,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListBuildsForProjectInput{}
+ input = &ListReportGroupsInput{}
}
- output = &ListBuildsForProjectOutput{}
+ output = &ListReportGroupsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListBuildsForProject API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+// ListReportGroups API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
//
-// Gets a list of build IDs for the specified build project, with each build
-// ID representing a single build.
+// Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current AWS account.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
-// API operation ListBuildsForProject for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListReportGroups for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input value that was provided is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListBuildsForProject
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsForProject(input *ListBuildsForProjectInput) (*ListBuildsForProjectOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListBuildsForProjectRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListReportGroups
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportGroups(input *ListReportGroupsInput) (*ListReportGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReportGroupsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListBuildsForProjectWithContext is the same as ListBuildsForProject with the addition of
+// ListReportGroupsWithContext is the same as ListReportGroups with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListBuildsForProject for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListReportGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListBuildsForProjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBuildsForProjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBuildsForProjectOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListBuildsForProjectRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReportGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReportGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReportGroupsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListCuratedEnvironmentImages = "ListCuratedEnvironmentImages"
+const opListReports = "ListReports"
-// ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListCuratedEnvironmentImages operation. The "output" return
+// ListReportsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListReports operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListCuratedEnvironmentImages for more information on using the ListCuratedEnvironmentImages
+// See ListReports for more information on using the ListReports
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListReportsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListReportsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListCuratedEnvironmentImages
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(input *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListReports
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportsRequest(input *ListReportsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReportsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListCuratedEnvironmentImages,
+ Name: opListReports,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput{}
+ input = &ListReportsInput{}
}
- output = &ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput{}
+ output = &ListReportsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListCuratedEnvironmentImages API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+// ListReports API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
//
-// Gets information about Docker images that are managed by AWS CodeBuild.
+// Returns a list of ARNs for the reports in the current AWS account.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
-// API operation ListCuratedEnvironmentImages for usage and error information.
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListCuratedEnvironmentImages
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListCuratedEnvironmentImages(input *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) (*ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(input)
+// API operation ListReports for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListReports
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReports(input *ListReportsInput) (*ListReportsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReportsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesWithContext is the same as ListCuratedEnvironmentImages with the addition of
+// ListReportsWithContext is the same as ListReports with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListCuratedEnvironmentImages for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListReports for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReportsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReportsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReportsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListProjects = "ListProjects"
+const opListReportsForReportGroup = "ListReportsForReportGroup"
-// ListProjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListProjects operation. The "output" return
+// ListReportsForReportGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListReportsForReportGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListProjects for more information on using the ListProjects
+// See ListReportsForReportGroup for more information on using the ListReportsForReportGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListProjectsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListProjectsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListReportsForReportGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListReportsForReportGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListProjects
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListProjectsRequest(input *ListProjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProjectsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListReportsForReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportsForReportGroupRequest(input *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReportsForReportGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListProjects,
+ Name: opListReportsForReportGroup,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListProjectsInput{}
+ input = &ListReportsForReportGroupInput{}
}
- output = &ListProjectsOutput{}
+ output = &ListReportsForReportGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListProjects API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+// ListReportsForReportGroup API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
//
-// Gets a list of build project names, with each build project name representing
-// a single build project.
+// Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that belong to a ReportGroup.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
-// API operation ListProjects for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListReportsForReportGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
// The input value that was provided is not valid.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListProjects
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListProjects(input *ListProjectsInput) (*ListProjectsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListProjectsRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/ListReportsForReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportsForReportGroup(input *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) (*ListReportsForReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReportsForReportGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListProjectsWithContext is the same as ListProjects with the addition of
+// ListReportsForReportGroupWithContext is the same as ListReportsForReportGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListProjects for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListReportsForReportGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeBuild) ListProjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProjectsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListProjectsRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeBuild) ListReportsForReportGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReportsForReportGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReportsForReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReportsForReportGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
@@ -1495,6 +2225,88 @@ func (c *CodeBuild) UpdateProjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateProje
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opUpdateReportGroup = "UpdateReportGroup"
+
+// UpdateReportGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateReportGroup operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateReportGroup for more information on using the UpdateReportGroup
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReportGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateReportGroupRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/UpdateReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) UpdateReportGroupRequest(input *UpdateReportGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReportGroupOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateReportGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateReportGroupInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateReportGroupOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateReportGroup API operation for AWS CodeBuild.
+//
+// Updates a report group.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeBuild's
+// API operation UpdateReportGroup for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidInputException "InvalidInputException"
+// The input value that was provided is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified AWS resource cannot be found.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06/UpdateReportGroup
+func (c *CodeBuild) UpdateReportGroup(input *UpdateReportGroupInput) (*UpdateReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateReportGroupRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateReportGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateReportGroup with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateReportGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeBuild) UpdateReportGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReportGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReportGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateReportGroupRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opUpdateWebhook = "UpdateWebhook"
// UpdateWebhookRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1722,39 +2534,186 @@ func (s *BatchGetBuildsOutput) SetBuilds(v []*Build) *BatchGetBuildsOutput {
return s
}
-// SetBuildsNotFound sets the BuildsNotFound field's value.
-func (s *BatchGetBuildsOutput) SetBuildsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetBuildsOutput {
- s.BuildsNotFound = v
+// SetBuildsNotFound sets the BuildsNotFound field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetBuildsOutput) SetBuildsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetBuildsOutput {
+ s.BuildsNotFound = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchGetProjectsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The names of the build projects.
+ //
+ // Names is a required field
+ Names []*string `locationName:"names" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetProjectsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetProjectsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BatchGetProjectsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetProjectsInput"}
+ if s.Names == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Names"))
+ }
+ if s.Names != nil && len(s.Names) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Names", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetProjectsInput) SetNames(v []*string) *BatchGetProjectsInput {
+ s.Names = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchGetProjectsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the requested build projects.
+ Projects []*Project `locationName:"projects" type:"list"`
+
+ // The names of build projects for which information could not be found.
+ ProjectsNotFound []*string `locationName:"projectsNotFound" min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetProjectsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetProjectsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetProjects sets the Projects field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetProjectsOutput) SetProjects(v []*Project) *BatchGetProjectsOutput {
+ s.Projects = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProjectsNotFound sets the ProjectsNotFound field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetProjectsOutput) SetProjectsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetProjectsOutput {
+ s.ProjectsNotFound = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchGetReportGroupsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array of report group ARNs that identify the report groups to return.
+ //
+ // ReportGroupArns is a required field
+ ReportGroupArns []*string `locationName:"reportGroupArns" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetReportGroupsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetReportGroupsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BatchGetReportGroupsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetReportGroupsInput"}
+ if s.ReportGroupArns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportGroupArns"))
+ }
+ if s.ReportGroupArns != nil && len(s.ReportGroupArns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportGroupArns", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetReportGroupArns sets the ReportGroupArns field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetReportGroupsInput) SetReportGroupArns(v []*string) *BatchGetReportGroupsInput {
+ s.ReportGroupArns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchGetReportGroupsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The array of report groups returned by BatchGetReportGroups.
+ ReportGroups []*ReportGroup `locationName:"reportGroups" min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // An array of ARNs passed to BatchGetReportGroups that are not associated with
+ // a ReportGroup.
+ ReportGroupsNotFound []*string `locationName:"reportGroupsNotFound" min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetReportGroupsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchGetReportGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetReportGroups sets the ReportGroups field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetReportGroupsOutput) SetReportGroups(v []*ReportGroup) *BatchGetReportGroupsOutput {
+ s.ReportGroups = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReportGroupsNotFound sets the ReportGroupsNotFound field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetReportGroupsOutput) SetReportGroupsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetReportGroupsOutput {
+ s.ReportGroupsNotFound = v
return s
}
-type BatchGetProjectsInput struct {
+type BatchGetReportsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The names of the build projects.
+ // An array of ARNs that identify the Report objects to return.
//
- // Names is a required field
- Names []*string `locationName:"names" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // ReportArns is a required field
+ ReportArns []*string `locationName:"reportArns" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchGetProjectsInput) String() string {
+func (s BatchGetReportsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchGetProjectsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s BatchGetReportsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *BatchGetProjectsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetProjectsInput"}
- if s.Names == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Names"))
+func (s *BatchGetReportsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchGetReportsInput"}
+ if s.ReportArns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportArns"))
}
- if s.Names != nil && len(s.Names) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Names", 1))
+ if s.ReportArns != nil && len(s.ReportArns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReportArns", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -1763,41 +2722,42 @@ func (s *BatchGetProjectsInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetNames sets the Names field's value.
-func (s *BatchGetProjectsInput) SetNames(v []*string) *BatchGetProjectsInput {
- s.Names = v
+// SetReportArns sets the ReportArns field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetReportsInput) SetReportArns(v []*string) *BatchGetReportsInput {
+ s.ReportArns = v
return s
}
-type BatchGetProjectsOutput struct {
+type BatchGetReportsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Information about the requested build projects.
- Projects []*Project `locationName:"projects" type:"list"`
+ // The array of Report objects returned by BatchGetReports.
+ Reports []*Report `locationName:"reports" min:"1" type:"list"`
- // The names of build projects for which information could not be found.
- ProjectsNotFound []*string `locationName:"projectsNotFound" min:"1" type:"list"`
+ // An array of ARNs passed to BatchGetReportGroups that are not associated with
+ // a Report.
+ ReportsNotFound []*string `locationName:"reportsNotFound" min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchGetProjectsOutput) String() string {
+func (s BatchGetReportsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchGetProjectsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s BatchGetReportsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetProjects sets the Projects field's value.
-func (s *BatchGetProjectsOutput) SetProjects(v []*Project) *BatchGetProjectsOutput {
- s.Projects = v
+// SetReports sets the Reports field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetReportsOutput) SetReports(v []*Report) *BatchGetReportsOutput {
+ s.Reports = v
return s
}
-// SetProjectsNotFound sets the ProjectsNotFound field's value.
-func (s *BatchGetProjectsOutput) SetProjectsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetProjectsOutput {
- s.ProjectsNotFound = v
+// SetReportsNotFound sets the ReportsNotFound field's value.
+func (s *BatchGetReportsOutput) SetReportsNotFound(v []*string) *BatchGetReportsOutput {
+ s.ReportsNotFound = v
return s
}
@@ -1890,6 +2850,9 @@ type Build struct {
// The number of minutes a build is allowed to be queued before it times out.
QueuedTimeoutInMinutes *int64 `locationName:"queuedTimeoutInMinutes" type:"integer"`
+ // An array of the ARNs associated with this build's reports.
+ ReportArns []*string `locationName:"reportArns" type:"list"`
+
// An identifier for the version of this build's source code.
//
// * For AWS CodeCommit, GitHub, GitHub Enterprise, and BitBucket, the commit
@@ -1906,7 +2869,7 @@ type Build struct {
// An array of ProjectSourceVersion objects. Each ProjectSourceVersion must
// be one of:
//
- // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID to use.
+ // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.
//
// * For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name
// that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build.
@@ -2073,6 +3036,12 @@ func (s *Build) SetQueuedTimeoutInMinutes(v int64) *Build {
return s
}
+// SetReportArns sets the ReportArns field's value.
+func (s *Build) SetReportArns(v []*string) *Build {
+ s.ReportArns = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetResolvedSourceVersion sets the ResolvedSourceVersion field's value.
func (s *Build) SetResolvedSourceVersion(v string) *Build {
s.ResolvedSourceVersion = &v
@@ -2496,7 +3465,7 @@ type CreateProjectInput struct {
// A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified,
// the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:
//
- // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID to use.
+ // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.
//
// * For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name
// that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build.
@@ -2786,6 +3755,104 @@ func (s *CreateProjectOutput) SetProject(v *Project) *CreateProjectOutput {
return s
}
+type CreateReportGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A ReportExportConfig object that contains information about where the report
+ // group test results are exported.
+ //
+ // ExportConfig is a required field
+ ExportConfig *ReportExportConfig `locationName:"exportConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the report group.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The type of report group.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReportType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateReportGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateReportGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateReportGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateReportGroupInput"}
+ if s.ExportConfig == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExportConfig"))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 2 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 2))
+ }
+ if s.Type == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+ }
+ if s.ExportConfig != nil {
+ if err := s.ExportConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ExportConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetExportConfig sets the ExportConfig field's value.
+func (s *CreateReportGroupInput) SetExportConfig(v *ReportExportConfig) *CreateReportGroupInput {
+ s.ExportConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateReportGroupInput) SetName(v string) *CreateReportGroupInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *CreateReportGroupInput) SetType(v string) *CreateReportGroupInput {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateReportGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the report group that was created.
+ ReportGroup *ReportGroup `locationName:"reportGroup" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateReportGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateReportGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetReportGroup sets the ReportGroup field's value.
+func (s *CreateReportGroupOutput) SetReportGroup(v *ReportGroup) *CreateReportGroupOutput {
+ s.ReportGroup = v
+ return s
+}
+
type CreateWebhookInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -2934,6 +4001,116 @@ func (s DeleteProjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteReportGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report group to delete.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteReportGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReportGroupInput"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+ if s.Arn != nil && len(*s.Arn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Arn", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReportGroupInput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReportGroupInput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteReportGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type DeleteReportInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report to delete.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteReportInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReportInput"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+ if s.Arn != nil && len(*s.Arn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Arn", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReportInput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReportInput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteReportOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReportOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type DeleteSourceCredentialsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3048,9 +4225,123 @@ func (s DeleteWebhookOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteWebhookOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteWebhookOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type DescribeTestCasesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A TestCaseFilter object used to filter the returned reports.
+ Filter *TestCaseFilter `locationName:"filter" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of paginated test cases returned per response. Use nextToken
+ // to iterate pages in the list of returned TestCase objects. The default value
+ // is 100.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report for which test cases are returned.
+ //
+ // ReportArn is a required field
+ ReportArn *string `locationName:"reportArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTestCasesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTestCasesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTestCasesInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ReportArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesInput) SetFilter(v *TestCaseFilter) *DescribeTestCasesInput {
+ s.Filter = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeTestCasesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTestCasesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReportArn sets the ReportArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesInput) SetReportArn(v string) *DescribeTestCasesInput {
+ s.ReportArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTestCasesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The returned list of test cases.
+ TestCases []*TestCase `locationName:"testCases" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTestCasesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTestCasesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeTestCasesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTestCases sets the TestCases field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTestCasesOutput) SetTestCases(v []*TestCase) *DescribeTestCasesOutput {
+ s.TestCases = v
+ return s
}
// Information about a Docker image that is managed by AWS CodeBuild.
@@ -3177,7 +4468,7 @@ type EnvironmentVariable struct {
// * PARAMETER_STORE: An environment variable stored in Amazon EC2 Systems
// Manager Parameter Store.
//
- // * PLAINTEXT: An environment variable in plaintext format.
+ // * PLAINTEXT: An environment variable in plain text format.
//
// * SECRETS_MANAGER: An environment variable stored in AWS Secrets Manager.
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"EnvironmentVariableType"`
@@ -3496,11 +4787,11 @@ type ListBuildsForProjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only
- // the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next
- // token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again,
- // adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep
- // calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned,
- // until no more next tokens are returned.
+ // the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken.
+ // To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding
+ // the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling
+ // this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no
+ // more next tokens are returned.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
// The name of the AWS CodeBuild project.
@@ -3568,7 +4859,7 @@ type ListBuildsForProjectOutput struct {
Ids []*string `locationName:"ids" min:"1" type:"list"`
// If there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are
- // returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next
+ // returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next
// batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token
// to the call.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -3600,11 +4891,11 @@ type ListBuildsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only
- // the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next
- // token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again,
- // adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep
- // calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned,
- // until no more next tokens are returned.
+ // the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken.
+ // To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding
+ // the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling
+ // this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no
+ // more next tokens are returned.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
// The order to list build IDs. Valid values include:
@@ -3644,7 +4935,7 @@ type ListBuildsOutput struct {
Ids []*string `locationName:"ids" min:"1" type:"list"`
// If there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are
- // returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next
+ // returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next
// batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token
// to the call.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -3660,105 +4951,452 @@ func (s ListBuildsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetIds sets the Ids field's value.
-func (s *ListBuildsOutput) SetIds(v []*string) *ListBuildsOutput {
- s.Ids = v
+// SetIds sets the Ids field's value.
+func (s *ListBuildsOutput) SetIds(v []*string) *ListBuildsOutput {
+ s.Ids = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListBuildsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBuildsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about supported platforms for Docker images that are managed
+ // by AWS CodeBuild.
+ Platforms []*EnvironmentPlatform `locationName:"platforms" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPlatforms sets the Platforms field's value.
+func (s *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) SetPlatforms(v []*EnvironmentPlatform) *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput {
+ s.Platforms = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListProjectsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only
+ // the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken.
+ // To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding
+ // the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling
+ // this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned, until no
+ // more next tokens are returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The criterion to be used to list build project names. Valid values include:
+ //
+ // * CREATED_TIME: List based on when each build project was created.
+ //
+ // * LAST_MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when information about each build
+ // project was last changed.
+ //
+ // * NAME: List based on each build project's name.
+ //
+ // Use sortOrder to specify in what order to list the build project names based
+ // on the preceding criteria.
+ SortBy *string `locationName:"sortBy" type:"string" enum:"ProjectSortByType"`
+
+ // The order in which to list build projects. Valid values include:
+ //
+ // * ASCENDING: List in ascending order.
+ //
+ // * DESCENDING: List in descending order.
+ //
+ // Use sortBy to specify the criterion to be used to list build project names.
+ SortOrder *string `locationName:"sortOrder" type:"string" enum:"SortOrderType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProjectsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProjectsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListProjectsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListProjectsInput"}
+ if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProjectsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProjectsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSortBy sets the SortBy field's value.
+func (s *ListProjectsInput) SetSortBy(v string) *ListProjectsInput {
+ s.SortBy = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.
+func (s *ListProjectsInput) SetSortOrder(v string) *ListProjectsInput {
+ s.SortOrder = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListProjectsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // If there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are
+ // returned, along with a unique string called a nextToken. To get the next
+ // batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token
+ // to the call.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The list of build project names, with each build project name representing
+ // a single build project.
+ Projects []*string `locationName:"projects" min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProjectsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProjectsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProjectsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProjectsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProjects sets the Projects field's value.
+func (s *ListProjectsOutput) SetProjects(v []*string) *ListProjectsOutput {
+ s.Projects = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListReportGroupsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of paginated report groups returned per response. Use
+ // nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned ReportGroup objects. The
+ // default value is 100.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The criterion to be used to list build report groups. Valid values include:
+ //
+ // * CREATED_TIME: List based on when each report group was created.
+ //
+ // * LAST_MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when each report group was last changed.
+ //
+ // * NAME: List based on each report group's name.
+ SortBy *string `locationName:"sortBy" type:"string" enum:"ReportGroupSortByType"`
+
+ // Used to specify the order to sort the list of returned report groups. Valid
+ // values are ASCENDING and DESCENDING.
+ SortOrder *string `locationName:"sortOrder" type:"string" enum:"SortOrderType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListReportGroupsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListReportGroupsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReportGroupsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReportGroupsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportGroupsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSortBy sets the SortBy field's value.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsInput) SetSortBy(v string) *ListReportGroupsInput {
+ s.SortBy = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsInput) SetSortOrder(v string) *ListReportGroupsInput {
+ s.SortOrder = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListReportGroupsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The list of ARNs for the report groups in the current AWS account.
+ ReportGroups []*string `locationName:"reportGroups" min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListReportGroupsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListReportGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportGroupsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReportGroups sets the ReportGroups field's value.
+func (s *ListReportGroupsOutput) SetReportGroups(v []*string) *ListReportGroupsOutput {
+ s.ReportGroups = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListReportsForReportGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A ReportFilter object used to filter the returned reports.
+ Filter *ReportFilter `locationName:"filter" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of paginated reports in this report group returned per
+ // response. Use nextToken to iterate pages in the list of returned Report objects.
+ // The default value is 100.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report group for which you want to return report ARNs.
+ //
+ // ReportGroupArn is a required field
+ ReportGroupArn *string `locationName:"reportGroupArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Use to specify whether the results are returned in ascending or descending
+ // order.
+ SortOrder *string `locationName:"sortOrder" type:"string" enum:"SortOrderType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListReportsForReportGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListReportsForReportGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReportsForReportGroupInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ReportGroupArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReportGroupArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) SetFilter(v *ReportFilter) *ListReportsForReportGroupInput {
+ s.Filter = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReportsForReportGroupInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListBuildsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBuildsOutput {
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportsForReportGroupInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-type ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetReportGroupArn sets the ReportGroupArn field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) SetReportGroupArn(v string) *ListReportsForReportGroupInput {
+ s.ReportGroupArn = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupInput) SetSortOrder(v string) *ListReportsForReportGroupInput {
+ s.SortOrder = &v
+ return s
}
-type ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput struct {
+type ListReportsForReportGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Information about supported platforms for Docker images that are managed
- // by AWS CodeBuild.
- Platforms []*EnvironmentPlatform `locationName:"platforms" type:"list"`
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The list of returned report group ARNs.
+ Reports []*string `locationName:"reports" min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) String() string {
+func (s ListReportsForReportGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListReportsForReportGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetPlatforms sets the Platforms field's value.
-func (s *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput) SetPlatforms(v []*EnvironmentPlatform) *ListCuratedEnvironmentImagesOutput {
- s.Platforms = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportsForReportGroupOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-type ListProjectsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetReports sets the Reports field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsForReportGroupOutput) SetReports(v []*string) *ListReportsForReportGroupOutput {
+ s.Reports = v
+ return s
+}
- // During a previous call, if there are more than 100 items in the list, only
- // the first 100 items are returned, along with a unique string called a next
- // token. To get the next batch of items in the list, call this operation again,
- // adding the next token to the call. To get all of the items in the list, keep
- // calling this operation with each subsequent next token that is returned,
- // until no more next tokens are returned.
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" min:"1" type:"string"`
+type ListReportsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The criterion to be used to list build project names. Valid values include:
- //
- // * CREATED_TIME: List based on when each build project was created.
- //
- // * LAST_MODIFIED_TIME: List based on when information about each build
- // project was last changed.
- //
- // * NAME: List based on each build project's name.
- //
- // Use sortOrder to specify in what order to list the build project names based
- // on the preceding criteria.
- SortBy *string `locationName:"sortBy" type:"string" enum:"ProjectSortByType"`
+ // A ReportFilter object used to filter the returned reports.
+ Filter *ReportFilter `locationName:"filter" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of paginated reports returned per response. Use nextToken
+ // to iterate pages in the list of returned Report objects. The default value
+ // is 100.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // The order in which to list build projects. Valid values include:
- //
- // * ASCENDING: List in ascending order.
+ // Specifies the sort order for the list of returned reports. Valid values are:
//
- // * DESCENDING: List in descending order.
+ // * ASCENDING: return reports in chronological order based on their creation
+ // date.
//
- // Use sortBy to specify the criterion to be used to list build project names.
+ // * DESCENDING: return reports in the reverse chronological order based
+ // on their creation date.
SortOrder *string `locationName:"sortOrder" type:"string" enum:"SortOrderType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListProjectsInput) String() string {
+func (s ListReportsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListProjectsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListReportsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListProjectsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListProjectsInput"}
- if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1))
+func (s *ListReportsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReportsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3767,57 +5405,65 @@ func (s *ListProjectsInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListProjectsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProjectsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsInput) SetFilter(v *ReportFilter) *ListReportsInput {
+ s.Filter = v
return s
}
-// SetSortBy sets the SortBy field's value.
-func (s *ListProjectsInput) SetSortBy(v string) *ListProjectsInput {
- s.SortBy = &v
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReportsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
// SetSortOrder sets the SortOrder field's value.
-func (s *ListProjectsInput) SetSortOrder(v string) *ListProjectsInput {
+func (s *ListReportsInput) SetSortOrder(v string) *ListReportsInput {
s.SortOrder = &v
return s
}
-type ListProjectsOutput struct {
+type ListReportsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // If there are more than 100 items in the list, only the first 100 items are
- // returned, along with a unique string called a next token. To get the next
- // batch of items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token
- // to the call.
+ // During a previous call, the maximum number of items that can be returned
+ // is the value specified in maxResults. If there more items in the list, then
+ // a unique string called a nextToken is returned. To get the next batch of
+ // items in the list, call this operation again, adding the next token to the
+ // call. To get all of the items in the list, keep calling this operation with
+ // each subsequent next token that is returned, until no more next tokens are
+ // returned.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // The list of build project names, with each build project name representing
- // a single build project.
- Projects []*string `locationName:"projects" min:"1" type:"list"`
+ // The list of returned ARNs for the reports in the current AWS account.
+ Reports []*string `locationName:"reports" min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListProjectsOutput) String() string {
+func (s ListReportsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListProjectsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListReportsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListProjectsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProjectsOutput {
+func (s *ListReportsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReportsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetProjects sets the Projects field's value.
-func (s *ListProjectsOutput) SetProjects(v []*string) *ListProjectsOutput {
- s.Projects = v
+// SetReports sets the Reports field's value.
+func (s *ListReportsOutput) SetReports(v []*string) *ListReportsOutput {
+ s.Reports = v
return s
}
@@ -3923,6 +5569,10 @@ type LogsLocation struct {
// Information about Amazon CloudWatch Logs for a build project.
CloudWatchLogs *CloudWatchLogsConfig `locationName:"cloudWatchLogs" type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of Amazon CloudWatch Logs for a build project. Its format is arn:${Partition}:logs:${Region}:${Account}:log-group:${LogGroupName}:log-stream:${LogStreamName}.
+ // For more information, see Resources Defined by Amazon CloudWatch Logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/list_amazoncloudwatchlogs.html#amazoncloudwatchlogs-resources-for-iam-policies).
+ CloudWatchLogsArn *string `locationName:"cloudWatchLogsArn" type:"string"`
+
// The URL to an individual build log in Amazon CloudWatch Logs.
DeepLink *string `locationName:"deepLink" type:"string"`
@@ -3935,6 +5585,10 @@ type LogsLocation struct {
// Information about S3 logs for a build project.
S3Logs *S3LogsConfig `locationName:"s3Logs" type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of S3 logs for a build project. Its format is arn:${Partition}:s3:::${BucketName}/${ObjectName}.
+ // For more information, see Resources Defined by Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/list_amazons3.html#amazons3-resources-for-iam-policies).
+ S3LogsArn *string `locationName:"s3LogsArn" type:"string"`
+
// The name of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs stream for the build logs.
StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
}
@@ -3955,6 +5609,12 @@ func (s *LogsLocation) SetCloudWatchLogs(v *CloudWatchLogsConfig) *LogsLocation
return s
}
+// SetCloudWatchLogsArn sets the CloudWatchLogsArn field's value.
+func (s *LogsLocation) SetCloudWatchLogsArn(v string) *LogsLocation {
+ s.CloudWatchLogsArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDeepLink sets the DeepLink field's value.
func (s *LogsLocation) SetDeepLink(v string) *LogsLocation {
s.DeepLink = &v
@@ -3979,6 +5639,12 @@ func (s *LogsLocation) SetS3Logs(v *S3LogsConfig) *LogsLocation {
return s
}
+// SetS3LogsArn sets the S3LogsArn field's value.
+func (s *LogsLocation) SetS3LogsArn(v string) *LogsLocation {
+ s.S3LogsArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.
func (s *LogsLocation) SetStreamName(v string) *LogsLocation {
s.StreamName = &v
@@ -4124,7 +5790,7 @@ type Project struct {
// A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified,
// the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:
//
- // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID to use.
+ // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.
//
// * For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name
// that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build.
@@ -4581,7 +6247,7 @@ type ProjectCache struct {
// Only directories can be specified for caching. You cannot specify individual
// files. Symlinks are used to reference cached directories. Cached directories
// are linked to your build before it downloads its project sources. Cached
- // items are overriden if a source item has the same name. Directories are
+ // items are overridden if a source item has the same name. Directories are
// specified using cache paths in the buildspec file.
Modes []*string `locationName:"modes" type:"list"`
@@ -5057,7 +6723,7 @@ type ProjectSourceVersion struct {
// The source version for the corresponding source identifier. If specified,
// must be one of:
//
- // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID to use.
+ // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.
//
// * For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name
// that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build.
@@ -5170,21 +6836,292 @@ func (s *RegistryCredential) Validate() error {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CredentialProvider"))
}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetCredential sets the Credential field's value.
+func (s *RegistryCredential) SetCredential(v string) *RegistryCredential {
+ s.Credential = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCredentialProvider sets the CredentialProvider field's value.
+func (s *RegistryCredential) SetCredentialProvider(v string) *RegistryCredential {
+ s.CredentialProvider = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information about the results from running a series of test cases during
+// the run of a build project. The test cases are specified in the buildspec
+// for the build project using one or more paths to the test case files. You
+// can specify any type of tests you want, such as unit tests, integration tests,
+// and functional tests.
+type Report struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report run.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time this report run occurred.
+ Created *time.Time `locationName:"created" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The ARN of the build run that generated this report.
+ ExecutionId *string `locationName:"executionId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time a report expires. A report expires 30 days after it is
+ // created. An expired report is not available to view in CodeBuild.
+ Expired *time.Time `locationName:"expired" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Information about where the raw data used to generate this report was exported.
+ ExportConfig *ReportExportConfig `locationName:"exportConfig" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the report that was run.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report group associated with this report.
+ ReportGroupArn *string `locationName:"reportGroupArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of this report.
+ Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ReportStatusType"`
+
+ // A TestReportSummary object that contains information about this test report.
+ TestSummary *TestReportSummary `locationName:"testSummary" type:"structure"`
+
+ // A boolean that specifies if this report run is truncated. The list of test
+ // cases is truncated after the maximum number of test cases is reached.
+ Truncated *bool `locationName:"truncated" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The type of the report that was run.
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"ReportType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Report) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Report) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetArn(v string) *Report {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreated sets the Created field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetCreated(v time.Time) *Report {
+ s.Created = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExecutionId sets the ExecutionId field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetExecutionId(v string) *Report {
+ s.ExecutionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExpired sets the Expired field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetExpired(v time.Time) *Report {
+ s.Expired = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExportConfig sets the ExportConfig field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetExportConfig(v *ReportExportConfig) *Report {
+ s.ExportConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetName(v string) *Report {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReportGroupArn sets the ReportGroupArn field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetReportGroupArn(v string) *Report {
+ s.ReportGroupArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetStatus(v string) *Report {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTestSummary sets the TestSummary field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetTestSummary(v *TestReportSummary) *Report {
+ s.TestSummary = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTruncated sets the Truncated field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetTruncated(v bool) *Report {
+ s.Truncated = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *Report) SetType(v string) *Report {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information about the location where the run of a report is exported.
+type ReportExportConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The export configuration type. Valid values are:
+ //
+ // * S3: The report results are exported to an S3 bucket.
+ //
+ // * NO_EXPORT: The report results are not exported.
+ ExportConfigType *string `locationName:"exportConfigType" type:"string" enum:"ReportExportConfigType"`
+
+ // A S3ReportExportConfig object that contains information about the S3 bucket
+ // where the run of a report is exported.
+ S3Destination *S3ReportExportConfig `locationName:"s3Destination" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReportExportConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReportExportConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReportExportConfig) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReportExportConfig"}
+ if s.S3Destination != nil {
+ if err := s.S3Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("S3Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetExportConfigType sets the ExportConfigType field's value.
+func (s *ReportExportConfig) SetExportConfigType(v string) *ReportExportConfig {
+ s.ExportConfigType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetS3Destination sets the S3Destination field's value.
+func (s *ReportExportConfig) SetS3Destination(v *S3ReportExportConfig) *ReportExportConfig {
+ s.S3Destination = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A filter used to return reports with the status specified by the input status
+// parameter.
+type ReportFilter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The status used to filter reports. You can filter using one status only.
+ Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"ReportStatusType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReportFilter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReportFilter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ReportFilter) SetStatus(v string) *ReportFilter {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A series of reports. Each report contains information about the results from
+// running a series of test cases. You specify the test cases for a report group
+// in the buildspec for a build project using one or more paths to the test
+// case files.
+type ReportGroup struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of a ReportGroup.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time this ReportGroup was created.
+ Created *time.Time `locationName:"created" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Information about the destination where the raw data of this ReportGroup
+ // is exported.
+ ExportConfig *ReportExportConfig `locationName:"exportConfig" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The date and time this ReportGroup was last modified.
+ LastModified *time.Time `locationName:"lastModified" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The name of a ReportGroup.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"2" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of the ReportGroup. The one valid value is TEST.
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"ReportType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReportGroup) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReportGroup) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *ReportGroup) SetArn(v string) *ReportGroup {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreated sets the Created field's value.
+func (s *ReportGroup) SetCreated(v time.Time) *ReportGroup {
+ s.Created = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetCredential sets the Credential field's value.
-func (s *RegistryCredential) SetCredential(v string) *RegistryCredential {
- s.Credential = &v
+// SetExportConfig sets the ExportConfig field's value.
+func (s *ReportGroup) SetExportConfig(v *ReportExportConfig) *ReportGroup {
+ s.ExportConfig = v
return s
}
-// SetCredentialProvider sets the CredentialProvider field's value.
-func (s *RegistryCredential) SetCredentialProvider(v string) *RegistryCredential {
- s.CredentialProvider = &v
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *ReportGroup) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ReportGroup {
+ s.LastModified = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ReportGroup) SetName(v string) *ReportGroup {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *ReportGroup) SetType(v string) *ReportGroup {
+ s.Type = &v
return s
}
@@ -5252,6 +7189,88 @@ func (s *S3LogsConfig) SetStatus(v string) *S3LogsConfig {
return s
}
+// Information about the S3 bucket where the raw data of a report are exported.
+type S3ReportExportConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the S3 bucket where the raw data of a report are exported.
+ Bucket *string `locationName:"bucket" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A boolean value that specifies if the results of a report are encrypted.
+ EncryptionDisabled *bool `locationName:"encryptionDisabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The encryption key for the report's encrypted raw data.
+ EncryptionKey *string `locationName:"encryptionKey" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of build output artifact to create. Valid values include:
+ //
+ // * NONE: AWS CodeBuild creates the raw data in the output bucket. This
+ // is the default if packaging is not specified.
+ //
+ // * ZIP: AWS CodeBuild creates a ZIP file with the raw data in the output
+ // bucket.
+ Packaging *string `locationName:"packaging" type:"string" enum:"ReportPackagingType"`
+
+ // The path to the exported report's raw data results.
+ Path *string `locationName:"path" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s S3ReportExportConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s S3ReportExportConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *S3ReportExportConfig) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "S3ReportExportConfig"}
+ if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
+ }
+ if s.EncryptionKey != nil && len(*s.EncryptionKey) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("EncryptionKey", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *S3ReportExportConfig) SetBucket(v string) *S3ReportExportConfig {
+ s.Bucket = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionDisabled sets the EncryptionDisabled field's value.
+func (s *S3ReportExportConfig) SetEncryptionDisabled(v bool) *S3ReportExportConfig {
+ s.EncryptionDisabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionKey sets the EncryptionKey field's value.
+func (s *S3ReportExportConfig) SetEncryptionKey(v string) *S3ReportExportConfig {
+ s.EncryptionKey = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPackaging sets the Packaging field's value.
+func (s *S3ReportExportConfig) SetPackaging(v string) *S3ReportExportConfig {
+ s.Packaging = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPath sets the Path field's value.
+func (s *S3ReportExportConfig) SetPath(v string) *S3ReportExportConfig {
+ s.Path = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Information about the authorization settings for AWS CodeBuild to access
// the source code to be built.
//
@@ -5480,7 +7499,7 @@ type StartBuildInput struct {
// A version of the build input to be built, for this build only. If not specified,
// the latest version is used. If specified, must be one of:
//
- // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID to use.
+ // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.
//
// * For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name
// that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build.
@@ -5923,6 +7942,173 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
return s
}
+// Information about a test case created using a framework such as NUnit or
+// Cucumber. A test case might be a unit test or a configuration test.
+type TestCase struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of nanoseconds it took to run this test case.
+ DurationInNanoSeconds *int64 `locationName:"durationInNanoSeconds" type:"long"`
+
+ // The date and time a test case expires. A test case expires 30 days after
+ // it is created. An expired test case is not available to view in CodeBuild.
+ Expired *time.Time `locationName:"expired" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A message associated with a test case. For example, an error message or stack
+ // trace.
+ Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the test case.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // A string that is applied to a series of related test cases. CodeBuild generates
+ // the prefix. The prefix depends on the framework used to generate the tests.
+ Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report to which the test case belongs.
+ ReportArn *string `locationName:"reportArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The status returned by the test case after it was run. Valid statuses are
+ // SUCCEEDED, FAILED, ERROR, SKIPPED, and UNKNOWN.
+ Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
+
+ // The path to the raw data file that contains the test result.
+ TestRawDataPath *string `locationName:"testRawDataPath" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TestCase) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TestCase) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDurationInNanoSeconds sets the DurationInNanoSeconds field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetDurationInNanoSeconds(v int64) *TestCase {
+ s.DurationInNanoSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExpired sets the Expired field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetExpired(v time.Time) *TestCase {
+ s.Expired = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetMessage(v string) *TestCase {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetName(v string) *TestCase {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetPrefix(v string) *TestCase {
+ s.Prefix = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReportArn sets the ReportArn field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetReportArn(v string) *TestCase {
+ s.ReportArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetStatus(v string) *TestCase {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTestRawDataPath sets the TestRawDataPath field's value.
+func (s *TestCase) SetTestRawDataPath(v string) *TestCase {
+ s.TestRawDataPath = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A filter used to return specific types of test cases.
+type TestCaseFilter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The status used to filter test cases. Valid statuses are SUCCEEDED, FAILED,
+ // ERROR, SKIPPED, and UNKNOWN. A TestCaseFilter can have one status.
+ Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TestCaseFilter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TestCaseFilter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *TestCaseFilter) SetStatus(v string) *TestCaseFilter {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information about a test report.
+type TestReportSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of nanoseconds it took to run all of the test cases in this report.
+ //
+ // DurationInNanoSeconds is a required field
+ DurationInNanoSeconds *int64 `locationName:"durationInNanoSeconds" type:"long" required:"true"`
+
+ // A map that contains the number of each type of status returned by the test
+ // results in this TestReportSummary.
+ //
+ // StatusCounts is a required field
+ StatusCounts map[string]*int64 `locationName:"statusCounts" type:"map" required:"true"`
+
+ // The number of test cases in this TestReportSummary. The total includes truncated
+ // test cases.
+ //
+ // Total is a required field
+ Total *int64 `locationName:"total" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TestReportSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TestReportSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDurationInNanoSeconds sets the DurationInNanoSeconds field's value.
+func (s *TestReportSummary) SetDurationInNanoSeconds(v int64) *TestReportSummary {
+ s.DurationInNanoSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatusCounts sets the StatusCounts field's value.
+func (s *TestReportSummary) SetStatusCounts(v map[string]*int64) *TestReportSummary {
+ s.StatusCounts = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTotal sets the Total field's value.
+func (s *TestReportSummary) SetTotal(v int64) *TestReportSummary {
+ s.Total = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateProjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5991,7 +8177,7 @@ type UpdateProjectInput struct {
// A version of the build input to be built for this project. If not specified,
// the latest version is used. If specified, it must be one of:
//
- // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID to use.
+ // * For AWS CodeCommit: the commit ID, branch, or Git tag to use.
//
// * For GitHub: the commit ID, pull request ID, branch name, or tag name
// that corresponds to the version of the source code you want to build.
@@ -6268,6 +8454,88 @@ func (s *UpdateProjectOutput) SetProject(v *Project) *UpdateProjectOutput {
return s
}
+type UpdateReportGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the report group to update.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Used to specify an updated export type. Valid values are:
+ //
+ // * S3: The report results are exported to an S3 bucket.
+ //
+ // * NO_EXPORT: The report results are not exported.
+ ExportConfig *ReportExportConfig `locationName:"exportConfig" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateReportGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateReportGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateReportGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateReportGroupInput"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+ if s.Arn != nil && len(*s.Arn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Arn", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ExportConfig != nil {
+ if err := s.ExportConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ExportConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReportGroupInput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateReportGroupInput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExportConfig sets the ExportConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReportGroupInput) SetExportConfig(v *ReportExportConfig) *UpdateReportGroupInput {
+ s.ExportConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateReportGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the updated report group.
+ ReportGroup *ReportGroup `locationName:"reportGroup" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateReportGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateReportGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetReportGroup sets the ReportGroup field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReportGroupOutput) SetReportGroup(v *ReportGroup) *UpdateReportGroupOutput {
+ s.ReportGroup = v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateWebhookInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6280,7 +8548,7 @@ type UpdateWebhookInput struct {
BranchFilter *string `locationName:"branchFilter" type:"string"`
// An array of arrays of WebhookFilter objects used to determine if a webhook
- // event can trigger a build. A filter group must pcontain at least one EVENT
+ // event can trigger a build. A filter group must contain at least one EVENT
// WebhookFilter.
FilterGroups [][]*WebhookFilter `locationName:"filterGroups" type:"list"`
@@ -6814,6 +9082,55 @@ const (
ProjectSortByTypeLastModifiedTime = "LAST_MODIFIED_TIME"
)
+const (
+ // ReportExportConfigTypeS3 is a ReportExportConfigType enum value
+ ReportExportConfigTypeS3 = "S3"
+
+ // ReportExportConfigTypeNoExport is a ReportExportConfigType enum value
+ ReportExportConfigTypeNoExport = "NO_EXPORT"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ReportGroupSortByTypeName is a ReportGroupSortByType enum value
+ ReportGroupSortByTypeName = "NAME"
+
+ // ReportGroupSortByTypeCreatedTime is a ReportGroupSortByType enum value
+ ReportGroupSortByTypeCreatedTime = "CREATED_TIME"
+
+ // ReportGroupSortByTypeLastModifiedTime is a ReportGroupSortByType enum value
+ ReportGroupSortByTypeLastModifiedTime = "LAST_MODIFIED_TIME"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ReportPackagingTypeZip is a ReportPackagingType enum value
+ ReportPackagingTypeZip = "ZIP"
+
+ // ReportPackagingTypeNone is a ReportPackagingType enum value
+ ReportPackagingTypeNone = "NONE"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ReportStatusTypeGenerating is a ReportStatusType enum value
+ ReportStatusTypeGenerating = "GENERATING"
+
+ // ReportStatusTypeSucceeded is a ReportStatusType enum value
+ ReportStatusTypeSucceeded = "SUCCEEDED"
+
+ // ReportStatusTypeFailed is a ReportStatusType enum value
+ ReportStatusTypeFailed = "FAILED"
+
+ // ReportStatusTypeIncomplete is a ReportStatusType enum value
+ ReportStatusTypeIncomplete = "INCOMPLETE"
+
+ // ReportStatusTypeDeleting is a ReportStatusType enum value
+ ReportStatusTypeDeleting = "DELETING"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ReportTypeTest is a ReportType enum value
+ ReportTypeTest = "TEST"
+)
+
const (
// ServerTypeGithub is a ServerType enum value
ServerTypeGithub = "GITHUB"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/doc.go
index c9e77dc3ed72..989a57f67ab5 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/doc.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild/doc.go
@@ -28,8 +28,15 @@
// language runtime, and tools that AWS CodeBuild uses to run a build. You
// can add tags to build projects to help manage your resources and costs.
//
+// * BatchGetReportGroups: Returns an array of report groups.
+//
+// * BatchGetReports: Returns an array of reports.
+//
// * CreateProject: Creates a build project.
//
+// * CreateReportGroup: Creates a report group. A report group contains a
+// collection of reports.
+//
// * CreateWebhook: For an existing AWS CodeBuild build project that has
// its source code stored in a GitHub or Bitbucket repository, enables AWS
// CodeBuild to start rebuilding the source code every time a code change
@@ -37,6 +44,10 @@
//
// * DeleteProject: Deletes a build project.
//
+// * DeleteReport: Deletes a report.
+//
+// * DeleteReportGroup: Deletes a report group.
+//
// * DeleteSourceCredentials: Deletes a set of GitHub, GitHub Enterprise,
// or Bitbucket source credentials.
//
@@ -45,6 +56,9 @@
// CodeBuild from rebuilding the source code every time a code change is
// pushed to the repository.
//
+// * DescribeTestCases: Returns a list of details about test cases for a
+// report.
+//
// * ImportSourceCredentials: Imports the source repository credentials for
// an AWS CodeBuild project that has its source code stored in a GitHub,
// GitHub Enterprise, or Bitbucket repository.
@@ -63,6 +77,14 @@
// * ListProjects: Gets a list of build project names, with each build project
// name representing a single build project.
//
+// * ListReportGroups: Gets a list ARNs for the report groups in the current
+// AWS account.
+//
+// * ListReports: Gets a list ARNs for the reports in the current AWS account.
+//
+// * ListReportsForReportGroup: Returns a list of ARNs for the reports that
+// belong to a ReportGroup.
+//
// * ListSourceCredentials: Returns a list of SourceCredentialsInfo objects.
// Each SourceCredentialsInfo object includes the authentication type, token
// ARN, and type of source provider for one set of credentials.
@@ -73,6 +95,8 @@
//
// * UpdateProject: Changes the settings of an existing build project.
//
+// * UpdateReportGroup: Changes a report group.
+//
// * UpdateWebhook: Changes the settings of an existing webhook.
//
// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codebuild-2016-10-06 for more information on this service.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go
index d8a0fd563f01..3f73649cdf91 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/api.go
@@ -13,6 +13,246 @@ import (
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc"
)
+const opAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository = "AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository"
+
+// AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository for more information on using the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest(input *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Creates an association between an approval rule template and a specified
+// repository. Then, the next time a pull request is created in the repository
+// where the destination reference (if specified) matches the destination reference
+// (branch) for the pull request, an approval rule that matches the template
+// conditions is automatically created for that pull request. If no destination
+// references are specified in the template, an approval rule that matches the
+// template contents is created for all pull requests in that repository.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException "MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException"
+// The maximum number of approval rule templates for a repository has been exceeded.
+// You cannot associate more than 25 approval rule templates with a repository.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository(input *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) (*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryWithContext is the same as AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories = "BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories"
+
+// BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories for more information on using the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
+func (c *CodeCommit) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opBatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Creates an association between an approval rule template and one or more
+// specified repositories.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException "RepositoryNamesRequiredException"
+// At least one repository name object is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException"
+// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this
+// number is 100.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
+func (c *CodeCommit) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories(input *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) (*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesWithContext is the same as BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opBatchDescribeMergeConflicts = "BatchDescribeMergeConflicts"
// BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -69,12 +309,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *BatchDescribeMerg
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -122,8 +362,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *BatchDescribeMerg
// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
//
// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -162,6 +402,118 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchDescribeMergeConflictsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories = "BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories"
+
+// BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories for more information on using the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
+func (c *CodeCommit) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opBatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Removes the association between an approval rule template and one or more
+// specified repositories.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException "RepositoryNamesRequiredException"
+// At least one repository name object is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException"
+// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this
+// number is 100.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
+func (c *CodeCommit) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories(input *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) (*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesWithContext is the same as BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opBatchGetCommits = "BatchGetCommits"
// BatchGetCommitsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -217,6 +569,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetCommitsRequest(input *BatchGetCommitsInput) (req *r
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeCommitIdsListRequiredException "CommitIdsListRequiredException"
+// A list of commit IDs is required, but was either not specified or the list
+// was empty.
//
// * ErrCodeCommitIdsLimitExceededException "CommitIdsLimitExceededException"
// The maximum number of allowed commit IDs in a batch request is 100. Verify
@@ -224,12 +578,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetCommitsRequest(input *BatchGetCommitsInput) (req *r
// again.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -321,9 +675,9 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInpu
//
// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
-// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
-// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
-// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
+// and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code.
+// Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that
+// uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -334,16 +688,16 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesRequest(input *BatchGetRepositoriesInpu
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException "RepositoryNamesRequiredException"
-// A repository names object is required but was not specified.
+// At least one repository name object is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException"
// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this
-// number is 25.
+// number is 100.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -384,55 +738,164 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) BatchGetRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Bat
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opCreateBranch = "CreateBranch"
+const opCreateApprovalRuleTemplate = "CreateApprovalRuleTemplate"
-// CreateBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the CreateBranch operation. The "output" return
+// CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateApprovalRuleTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See CreateBranch for more information on using the CreateBranch
+// See CreateApprovalRuleTemplate for more information on using the CreateApprovalRuleTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the CreateBranchRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.CreateBranchRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateBranch
-func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBranchOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opCreateBranch,
+ Name: opCreateApprovalRuleTemplate,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &CreateBranchInput{}
+ input = &CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput{}
}
- output = &CreateBranchOutput{}
+ output = &CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// CreateBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// CreateApprovalRuleTemplate API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Creates a new branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit.
+// Creates a template for approval rules that can then be associated with one
+// or more repositories in your AWS account. When you associate a template with
+// a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates an approval rule that matches the conditions
+// of the template for all pull requests that meet the conditions of the template.
+// For more information, see AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository.
//
-// Calling the create branch operation does not set a repository's default branch.
-// To do this, call the update default branch operation.
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation CreateApprovalRuleTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException"
+// You cannot create an approval rule template with that name because a template
+// with that name already exists in this AWS Region for your AWS account. Approval
+// rule template names must be unique.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException"
+// The content for the approval rule template is empty. You must provide some
+// content for an approval rule template. The content cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException"
+// The content of the approval rule template is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException"
+// The description for the approval rule template is not valid because it exceeds
+// the maximum characters allowed for a description. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeNumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException "NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException"
+// The maximum number of approval rule templates has been exceeded for this
+// AWS Region.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreateApprovalRuleTemplate(input *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateApprovalRuleTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateApprovalRuleTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreateApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCreateBranch = "CreateBranch"
+
+// CreateBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateBranch operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateBranch for more information on using the CreateBranch
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateBranchRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateBranchRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreateBranch
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBranchOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateBranch,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateBranchInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateBranchOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Creates a branch in a repository and points the branch to a commit.
+//
+// Calling the create branch operation does not set a repository's default branch.
+// To do this, call the update default branch operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -443,12 +906,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) (req *request
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -456,7 +919,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateBranchRequest(input *CreateBranchInput) (req *request
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameExistsException "BranchNameExistsException"
// The specified branch name already exists.
@@ -566,12 +1029,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) (req *request
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -598,7 +1061,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) (req *request
// current head of the branch, use GetBranch.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
// The specified reference name is not valid.
@@ -607,9 +1070,9 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) (req *request
// The specified branch does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
-// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
-// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
-// use ListBranches.
+// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+// ListBranches.
//
// * ErrCodeFileEntryRequiredException "FileEntryRequiredException"
// The commit cannot be created because no files have been specified as added,
@@ -631,7 +1094,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) (req *request
// * ErrCodeFileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException "FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException"
// The commit cannot be created because both a source file and file content
// have been specified for the same file. You cannot provide both. Either specify
-// a source file, or provide the file content directly.
+// a source file or provide the file content directly.
//
// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
@@ -646,13 +1109,13 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) (req *request
// and a move request to the same file as part of the same commit.
//
// * ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException "FileDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have provided the correct
-// name of the file, including its full path and extension.
+// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct
+// file name, full path, and extension.
//
// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
//
// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
@@ -668,8 +1131,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateCommitRequest(input *CreateCommitInput) (req *request
// or moving a .gitkeep file.
//
// * ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException "FileModeRequiredException"
-// The commit cannot be created because a file mode is required to update mode
-// permissions for an existing file, but no file mode has been specified.
+// The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file
+// mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
@@ -800,12 +1263,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (re
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -829,24 +1292,24 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (re
//
// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
-// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
+// client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures
// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
-// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
-// return information about the initial request that used that token.
+// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns
+// information about the initial request that used that token.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
// The client request token is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
-// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
+// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
//
// * ErrCodeReferenceNameRequiredException "ReferenceNameRequiredException"
// A reference name is required, but none was provided.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidReferenceNameException "InvalidReferenceNameException"
// The specified reference name format is not valid. Reference names must conform
-// to the Git references format, for example refs/heads/master. For more information,
+// to the Git references format (for example, refs/heads/master). For more information,
// see Git Internals - Git References (https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Git-References)
// or consult your Git documentation.
//
@@ -864,8 +1327,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (re
// 100 characters in length.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException "InvalidDescriptionException"
-// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions are limited to 1,000
-// characters in length.
+// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions cannot be more than
+// 1,000 characters.
//
// * ErrCodeTargetsRequiredException "TargetsRequiredException"
// An array of target objects is required. It cannot be empty or null.
@@ -897,8 +1360,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (re
// is 1,000. Close one or more open pull requests, and then try again.
//
// * ErrCodeSourceAndDestinationAreSameException "SourceAndDestinationAreSameException"
-// The source branch and the destination branch for the pull request are the
-// same. You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
+// The source branch and destination branch for the pull request are the same.
+// You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequest
func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequest(input *CreatePullRequestInput) (*CreatePullRequestOutput, error) {
@@ -922,6 +1385,133 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Create
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreatePullRequestApprovalRule = "CreatePullRequestApprovalRule"
+
+// CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreatePullRequestApprovalRule operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreatePullRequestApprovalRule for more information on using the CreatePullRequestApprovalRule
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequestApprovalRule
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreatePullRequestApprovalRule,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequestApprovalRule API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Creates an approval rule for a pull request.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation CreatePullRequestApprovalRule for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException"
+// The name for the approval rule is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException "ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException"
+// An approval rule with that name already exists. Approval rule names must
+// be unique within the scope of a pull request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleContentRequiredException "ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException"
+// The content for the approval rule is empty. You must provide some content
+// for an approval rule. The content cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleContentException "InvalidApprovalRuleContentException"
+// The content for the approval rule is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNumberOfRulesExceededException "NumberOfRulesExceededException"
+// The approval rule cannot be added. The pull request has the maximum number
+// of approval rules associated with it.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/CreatePullRequestApprovalRule
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestApprovalRule(input *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) (*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleWithContext is the same as CreatePullRequestApprovalRule with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreatePullRequestApprovalRule for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateRepository = "CreateRepository"
// CreateRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -980,12 +1570,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateRepositoryRequest(input *CreateRepositoryInput) (req
// The specified repository name already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -1091,7 +1681,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferen
// Creates an unreferenced commit that represents the result of merging two
// branches using a specified merge strategy. This can help you determine the
// outcome of a potential merge. This API cannot be used with the fast-forward
-// merge strategy, as that strategy does not create a merge commit.
+// merge strategy because that strategy does not create a merge commit.
//
// This unreferenced merge commit can only be accessed using the GetCommit API
// or through git commands such as git fetch. To retrieve this commit, you must
@@ -1106,12 +1696,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferen
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -1168,7 +1758,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferen
// type is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
-// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified but no replacement content has been provided.
+// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
@@ -1181,9 +1771,9 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferen
// The specified path is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
//
// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
@@ -1195,8 +1785,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferen
// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
//
// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
//
// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
@@ -1204,8 +1794,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitRequest(input *CreateUnreferen
// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
//
// * ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException "FileModeRequiredException"
-// The commit cannot be created because a file mode is required to update mode
-// permissions for an existing file, but no file mode has been specified.
+// The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file
+// mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
@@ -1260,6 +1850,96 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, i
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteApprovalRuleTemplate = "DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate"
+
+// DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate for more information on using the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteApprovalRuleTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Deletes a specified approval rule template. Deleting a template does not
+// remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException "ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException"
+// The approval rule template is associated with one or more repositories. You
+// cannot delete a template that is associated with a repository. Remove all
+// associations, and then try again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate(input *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteBranch = "DeleteBranch"
// DeleteBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1316,20 +1996,20 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteBranchRequest(input *DeleteBranchInput) (req *request
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
// The specified reference name is not valid.
@@ -1431,8 +2111,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteCommentContentRequest(input *DeleteCommentContentInpu
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
-// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
-// correct ID, and then try again.
+// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct
+// ID, and then try again.
//
// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
@@ -1512,8 +2192,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteFileRequest(input *DeleteFileInput) (req *request.Req
// DeleteFile API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
// Deletes a specified file from a specified branch. A commit is created on
-// the branch that contains the revision. The file will still exist in the commits
-// prior to the commit that contains the deletion.
+// the branch that contains the revision. The file still exists in the commits
+// earlier to the commit that contains the deletion.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1524,12 +2204,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteFileRequest(input *DeleteFileInput) (req *request.Req
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -1562,11 +2242,11 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteFileRequest(input *DeleteFileInput) (req *request.Req
// The specified path is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException "FileDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have provided the correct
-// name of the file, including its full path and extension.
+// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct
+// file name, full path, and extension.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
// The specified reference name is not valid.
@@ -1575,9 +2255,9 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteFileRequest(input *DeleteFileInput) (req *request.Req
// The specified branch does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
-// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
-// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
-// use ListBranches.
+// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+// ListBranches.
//
// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
@@ -1628,74 +2308,89 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteFileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteFileInp
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteRepository = "DeleteRepository"
+const opDeletePullRequestApprovalRule = "DeletePullRequestApprovalRule"
-// DeleteRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteRepository operation. The "output" return
+// DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeletePullRequestApprovalRule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteRepository for more information on using the DeleteRepository
+// See DeletePullRequestApprovalRule for more information on using the DeletePullRequestApprovalRule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRepositoryRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteRepositoryRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository
-func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRepositoryOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeletePullRequestApprovalRule
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteRepository,
+ Name: opDeletePullRequestApprovalRule,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteRepositoryInput{}
+ input = &DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteRepositoryOutput{}
+ output = &DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DeleteRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// DeletePullRequestApprovalRule API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null
-// repository ID will be returned.
-//
-// Deleting a repository also deletes all associated objects and metadata. After
-// a repository is deleted, all future push calls to the deleted repository
-// will fail.
+// Deletes an approval rule from a specified pull request. Approval rules can
+// be deleted from a pull request only if the pull request is open, and if the
+// approval rule was created specifically for a pull request and not generated
+// from an approval rule template associated with the repository where the pull
+// request was created. You cannot delete an approval rule from a merged or
+// closed pull request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation DeleteRepository for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeletePullRequestApprovalRule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException"
+// The name for the approval rule is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException "CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException"
+// The approval rule cannot be deleted from the pull request because it was
+// created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -1712,13 +2407,119 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (req
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository
-func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepository(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (*DeleteRepositoryOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeletePullRequestApprovalRule
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeletePullRequestApprovalRule(input *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) (*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteRepositoryWithContext is the same as DeleteRepository with the addition of
+// DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleWithContext is the same as DeletePullRequestApprovalRule with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeletePullRequestApprovalRule for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteRepository = "DeleteRepository"
+
+// DeleteRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteRepository operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteRepository for more information on using the DeleteRepository
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRepositoryRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteRepositoryRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepositoryRequest(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRepositoryOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteRepository,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteRepositoryInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteRepositoryOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Deletes a repository. If a specified repository was already deleted, a null
+// repository ID is returned.
+//
+// Deleting a repository also deletes all associated objects and metadata. After
+// a repository is deleted, all future push calls to the deleted repository
+// fail.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation DeleteRepository for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DeleteRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) DeleteRepository(input *DeleteRepositoryInput) (*DeleteRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteRepositoryRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteRepositoryWithContext is the same as DeleteRepository with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
@@ -1787,7 +2588,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *DescribeMergeConflicts
// Returns information about one or more merge conflicts in the attempted merge
// of two commit specifiers using the squash or three-way merge strategy. If
// the merge option for the attempted merge is specified as FAST_FORWARD_MERGE,
-// an exception will be thrown.
+// an exception is thrown.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1798,12 +2599,12 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *DescribeMergeConflicts
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
@@ -1842,8 +2643,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *DescribeMergeConflicts
// The specified path is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException "FileDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have provided the correct
-// name of the file, including its full path and extension.
+// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct
+// file name, full path, and extension.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxMergeHunksException "InvalidMaxMergeHunksException"
// The specified value for the number of merge hunks to return is not valid.
@@ -1858,8 +2659,8 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DescribeMergeConflictsRequest(input *DescribeMergeConflicts
// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
//
// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -2128,82 +2929,90 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) DescribePullRequestEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context,
return p.Err()
}
-const opGetBlob = "GetBlob"
+const opDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository = "DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository"
-// GetBlobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetBlob operation. The "output" return
+// DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetBlob for more information on using the GetBlob
+// See DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository for more information on using the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetBlobRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetBlobRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobRequest(input *GetBlobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBlobOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest(input *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetBlob,
+ Name: opDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetBlobInput{}
+ input = &DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput{}
}
- output = &GetBlobOutput{}
+ output = &DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// GetBlob API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob within a repository.
+// Removes the association between a template and a repository so that approval
+// rules based on the template are not automatically created when pull requests
+// are created in the specified repository. This does not delete any approval
+// rules previously created for pull requests through the template association.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetBlob for usage and error information.
+// API operation DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException "BlobIdRequiredException"
-// A blob ID is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBlobIdException "InvalidBlobIdException"
-// The specified blob is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBlobIdDoesNotExistException "BlobIdDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified blob does not exist.
-//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
@@ -2219,109 +3028,104 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobRequest(input *GetBlobInput) (req *request.Request,
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// * ErrCodeFileTooLargeException "FileTooLargeException"
-// The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more
-// information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide
-// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlob(input *GetBlobInput) (*GetBlobOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetBlobRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository(input *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) (*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetBlobWithContext is the same as GetBlob with the addition of
+// DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryWithContext is the same as DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetBlob for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBlobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBlobOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetBlobRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetBranch = "GetBranch"
+const opEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules = "EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules"
-// GetBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetBranch operation. The "output" return
+// EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetBranch for more information on using the GetBranch
+// See EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules for more information on using the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetBranchRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetBranchRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchRequest(input *GetBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBranchOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules
+func (c *CodeCommit) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetBranch,
+ Name: opEvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetBranchInput{}
+ input = &EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput{}
}
- output = &GetBranchOutput{}
+ output = &EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the
-// last commit ID.
+// Evaluates whether a pull request has met all the conditions specified in
+// its associated approval rules.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetBranch for usage and error information.
+// API operation EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException "InvalidRevisionIdException"
+// The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
-// The specified reference name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException "RevisionIdRequiredException"
+// A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified branch does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException "RevisionNotCurrentException"
+// The revision ID provided in the request does not match the current revision
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to retrieve the current revision ID.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -2338,207 +3142,192 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchRequest(input *GetBranchInput) (req *request.Reque
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranch(input *GetBranchInput) (*GetBranchOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules
+func (c *CodeCommit) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules(input *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) (*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetBranchWithContext is the same as GetBranch with the addition of
+// EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesWithContext is the same as EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBranchOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetComment = "GetComment"
+const opGetApprovalRuleTemplate = "GetApprovalRuleTemplate"
-// GetCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetComment operation. The "output" return
+// GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetApprovalRuleTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetComment for more information on using the GetComment
+// See GetApprovalRuleTemplate for more information on using the GetApprovalRuleTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetCommentRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentRequest(input *GetCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetComment,
+ Name: opGetApprovalRuleTemplate,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetCommentInput{}
+ input = &GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput{}
}
- output = &GetCommentOutput{}
+ output = &GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetComment API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetApprovalRuleTemplate API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.
+// Returns information about a specified approval rule template.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetComment for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetApprovalRuleTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
-// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
-// correct ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
-// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
-// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
-// the full comment ID.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
-// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
-// comment.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetComment(input *GetCommentInput) (*GetCommentOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommentRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetApprovalRuleTemplate(input *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (*GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetCommentWithContext is the same as GetComment with the addition of
+// GetApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext is the same as GetApprovalRuleTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetComment for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetApprovalRuleTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommentRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetCommentsForComparedCommit = "GetCommentsForComparedCommit"
+const opGetBlob = "GetBlob"
-// GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation. The "output" return
+// GetBlobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBlob operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit for more information on using the GetCommentsForComparedCommit
+// See GetBlob for more information on using the GetBlob
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetBlobRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetBlobRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobRequest(input *GetBlobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBlobOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetCommentsForComparedCommit,
+ Name: opGetBlob,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "maxResults",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput{}
+ input = &GetBlobInput{}
}
- output = &GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput{}
+ output = &GetBlobOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetCommentsForComparedCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetBlob API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits.
+// Returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual blob in a repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetCommentsForComparedCommit for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetBlob for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
-// A commit ID was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException "BlobIdRequiredException"
+// A blob ID is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
-// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBlobIdException "InvalidBlobIdException"
+// The specified blob is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeBlobIdDoesNotExistException "BlobIdDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified blob does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -2555,185 +3344,109 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input *GetCommentsForCo
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommit(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeFileTooLargeException "FileTooLargeException"
+// The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more
+// information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBlob
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlob(input *GetBlobInput) (*GetBlobOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetBlobRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetCommentsForComparedCommitWithContext is the same as GetCommentsForComparedCommit with the addition of
+// GetBlobWithContext is the same as GetBlob with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetBlob for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetBlobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBlobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBlobOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetBlobRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages iterates over the pages of a GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation,
-// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
-// iterating, return false from the fn function.
-//
-// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit method for more information on how to use this operation.
-//
-// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
-//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation.
-// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
-// pageNum++
-// fmt.Println(page)
-// return pageNum <= 3
-// })
-//
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
-}
-
-// GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext same as GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages except
-// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
- p := request.Pagination{
- NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput
- if input != nil {
- tmp := *input
- inCpy = &tmp
- }
- req, _ := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(inCpy)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return req, nil
- },
- }
-
- for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
- break
- }
- }
-
- return p.Err()
-}
-
-const opGetCommentsForPullRequest = "GetCommentsForPullRequest"
+const opGetBranch = "GetBranch"
-// GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetCommentsForPullRequest operation. The "output" return
+// GetBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetBranch operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetCommentsForPullRequest for more information on using the GetCommentsForPullRequest
+// See GetBranch for more information on using the GetBranch
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetBranchRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetBranchRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchRequest(input *GetBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBranchOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetCommentsForPullRequest,
+ Name: opGetBranch,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "maxResults",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetCommentsForPullRequestInput{}
+ input = &GetBranchInput{}
}
- output = &GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput{}
+ output = &GetBranchOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetCommentsForPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns comments made on a pull request.
+// Returns information about a repository branch, including its name and the
+// last commit ID.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetCommentsForPullRequest for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetBranch for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
-//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
-// A commit ID was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
-// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
+// The specified reference name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
-// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
-// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
-// request ID.
+// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified branch does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -2750,293 +3463,207 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullR
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetBranch
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranch(input *GetBranchInput) (*GetBranchOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetCommentsForPullRequestWithContext is the same as GetCommentsForPullRequest with the addition of
+// GetBranchWithContext is the same as GetBranch with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetCommentsForPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBranchOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetBranchRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetCommentsForPullRequestPages iterates over the pages of a GetCommentsForPullRequest operation,
-// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
-// iterating, return false from the fn function.
-//
-// See GetCommentsForPullRequest method for more information on how to use this operation.
-//
-// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
-//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCommentsForPullRequest operation.
-// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
-// pageNum++
-// fmt.Println(page)
-// return pageNum <= 3
-// })
-//
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestPages(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
-}
-
-// GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext same as GetCommentsForPullRequestPages except
-// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
- p := request.Pagination{
- NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput
- if input != nil {
- tmp := *input
- inCpy = &tmp
- }
- req, _ := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(inCpy)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return req, nil
- },
- }
-
- for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
- break
- }
- }
-
- return p.Err()
-}
-
-const opGetCommit = "GetCommit"
+const opGetComment = "GetComment"
-// GetCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetCommit operation. The "output" return
+// GetCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetComment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetCommit for more information on using the GetCommit
+// See GetComment for more information on using the GetComment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetCommitRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetCommitRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetCommentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitRequest(input *GetCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommitOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentRequest(input *GetCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetCommit,
+ Name: opGetComment,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetCommitInput{}
+ input = &GetCommentInput{}
}
- output = &GetCommitOutput{}
+ output = &GetCommentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetComment API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer
-// information.
+// Returns the content of a comment made on a change, file, or commit in a repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetCommit for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetComment for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
+// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct
+// ID, and then try again.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
+// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
-// A commit ID was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitIdDoesNotExistException "CommitIdDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit ID does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
-// An encryption integrity check failed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
-// An encryption key could not be accessed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
-// The encryption key is disabled.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
-// No encryption key was found.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
+// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
+// the full comment ID.
//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
-// The encryption key is not available.
+// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
+// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
+// comment.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommit(input *GetCommitInput) (*GetCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetComment
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetComment(input *GetCommentInput) (*GetCommentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetCommitWithContext is the same as GetCommit with the addition of
+// GetCommentWithContext is the same as GetComment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetComment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetDifferences = "GetDifferences"
+const opGetCommentsForComparedCommit = "GetCommentsForComparedCommit"
-// GetDifferencesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetDifferences operation. The "output" return
+// GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetDifferences for more information on using the GetDifferences
+// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit for more information on using the GetCommentsForComparedCommit
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetDifferencesRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetDifferencesRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesRequest(input *GetDifferencesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDifferencesOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetDifferences,
+ Name: opGetCommentsForComparedCommit,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
- LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetDifferencesInput{}
+ input = &GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput{}
}
- output = &GetDifferencesOutput{}
+ output = &GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetDifferences API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetCommentsForComparedCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such
-// as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID or other fully qualified reference). Results
-// can be limited to a specified path.
+// Returns information about comments made on the comparison between two commits.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetDifferences for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetCommentsForComparedCommit for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
-// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
+// A commit ID was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
-// A commit was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified path does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3053,65 +3680,65 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesRequest(input *GetDifferencesInput) (req *req
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferences(input *GetDifferencesInput) (*GetDifferencesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForComparedCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommit(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetDifferencesWithContext is the same as GetDifferences with the addition of
+// GetCommentsForComparedCommitWithContext is the same as GetCommentsForComparedCommit with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetDifferences for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDifferencesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDifferencesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetDifferencesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDifferences operation,
+// GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages iterates over the pages of a GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
-// See GetDifferences method for more information on how to use this operation.
+// See GetCommentsForComparedCommit method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDifferences operation.
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCommentsForComparedCommit operation.
// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.GetDifferencesPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.GetDifferencesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// err := client.GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPages(input *GetDifferencesInput, fn func(*GetDifferencesOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages(input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
-// GetDifferencesPagesWithContext same as GetDifferencesPages except
+// GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext same as GetCommentsForComparedCommitPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDifferencesInput, fn func(*GetDifferencesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForComparedCommitPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *GetDifferencesInput
+ var inCpy *GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
- req, _ := c.GetDifferencesRequest(inCpy)
+ req, _ := c.GetCommentsForComparedCommitRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
@@ -3119,7 +3746,7 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetD
}
for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*GetDifferencesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*GetCommentsForComparedCommitOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
@@ -3127,89 +3754,111 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetD
return p.Err()
}
-const opGetFile = "GetFile"
+const opGetCommentsForPullRequest = "GetCommentsForPullRequest"
-// GetFileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetFile operation. The "output" return
+// GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetCommentsForPullRequest operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetFile for more information on using the GetFile
+// See GetCommentsForPullRequest for more information on using the GetCommentsForPullRequest
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetFileRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetFileRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFile
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetFileRequest(input *GetFileInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFileOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetFile,
+ Name: opGetCommentsForPullRequest,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetFileInput{}
+ input = &GetCommentsForPullRequestInput{}
}
- output = &GetFileOutput{}
+ output = &GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetFile API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetCommentsForPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata.
+// Returns comments made on a pull request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetFile for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetCommentsForPullRequest for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
+// A commit ID was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException "FileDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have provided the correct
-// name of the file, including its full path and extension.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
+// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
+// request ID.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3226,116 +3875,156 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetFileRequest(input *GetFileInput) (req *request.Request,
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// * ErrCodeFileTooLargeException "FileTooLargeException"
-// The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more
-// information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide
-// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFile
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetFile(input *GetFileInput) (*GetFileOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetFileRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommentsForPullRequest
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequest(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetFileWithContext is the same as GetFile with the addition of
+// GetCommentsForPullRequestWithContext is the same as GetCommentsForPullRequest with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetFile for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetCommentsForPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetFileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFileOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetFileRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetFolder = "GetFolder"
-
-// GetFolderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetFolder operation. The "output" return
-// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
-// successfully.
-//
-// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
-// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
-//
-// See GetFolder for more information on using the GetFolder
-// API call, and error handling.
+// GetCommentsForPullRequestPages iterates over the pages of a GetCommentsForPullRequest operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
-// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
-// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+// See GetCommentsForPullRequest method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetFolderRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetFolderRequest(params)
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetCommentsForPullRequest operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.GetCommentsForPullRequestPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestPages(input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext same as GetCommentsForPullRequestPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommentsForPullRequestPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput, fn func(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *GetCommentsForPullRequestInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.GetCommentsForPullRequestRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opGetCommit = "GetCommit"
+
+// GetCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetCommit operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetCommit for more information on using the GetCommit
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetCommitRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetCommitRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFolder
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolderRequest(input *GetFolderInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFolderOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitRequest(input *GetCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetCommitOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetFolder,
+ Name: opGetCommit,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetFolderInput{}
+ input = &GetCommitInput{}
}
- output = &GetFolderOutput{}
+ output = &GetCommitOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetFolder API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository.
+// Returns information about a commit, including commit message and committer
+// information.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetFolder for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetCommit for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
+// A commit ID was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeFolderDoesNotExistException "FolderDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified folder does not exist. Either the folder name is not correct,
-// or you did not provide the full path to the folder.
+// * ErrCodeCommitIdDoesNotExistException "CommitIdDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit ID does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3352,94 +4041,111 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolderRequest(input *GetFolderInput) (req *request.Reque
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFolder
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolder(input *GetFolderInput) (*GetFolderOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetFolderRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommit(input *GetCommitInput) (*GetCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetFolderWithContext is the same as GetFolder with the addition of
+// GetCommitWithContext is the same as GetCommit with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetFolder for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFolderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFolderOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetFolderRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetCommitRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetMergeCommit = "GetMergeCommit"
+const opGetDifferences = "GetDifferences"
-// GetMergeCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetMergeCommit operation. The "output" return
+// GetDifferencesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetDifferences operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetMergeCommit for more information on using the GetMergeCommit
+// See GetDifferences for more information on using the GetDifferences
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeCommitRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetMergeCommitRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetDifferencesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetDifferencesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommitRequest(input *GetMergeCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeCommitOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesRequest(input *GetDifferencesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDifferencesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetMergeCommit,
+ Name: opGetDifferences,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetMergeCommitInput{}
+ input = &GetDifferencesInput{}
}
- output = &GetMergeCommitOutput{}
+ output = &GetDifferencesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetMergeCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetDifferences API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about a specified merge commit.
+// Returns information about the differences in a valid commit specifier (such
+// as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other fully qualified reference). Results
+// can be limited to a specified path.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetMergeCommit for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetDifferences for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
// A commit was not specified.
@@ -3451,11 +4157,11 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommitRequest(input *GetMergeCommitInput) (req *req
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified path does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3472,150 +4178,163 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommitRequest(input *GetMergeCommitInput) (req *req
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommit(input *GetMergeCommitInput) (*GetMergeCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetMergeCommitRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetDifferences
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferences(input *GetDifferencesInput) (*GetDifferencesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetMergeCommitWithContext is the same as GetMergeCommit with the addition of
+// GetDifferencesWithContext is the same as GetDifferences with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetMergeCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetDifferences for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetMergeCommitRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDifferencesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDifferencesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDifferencesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetMergeConflicts = "GetMergeConflicts"
+// GetDifferencesPages iterates over the pages of a GetDifferences operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See GetDifferences method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetDifferences operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.GetDifferencesPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.GetDifferencesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPages(input *GetDifferencesInput, fn func(*GetDifferencesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// GetMergeConflictsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetMergeConflicts operation. The "output" return
+// GetDifferencesPagesWithContext same as GetDifferencesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetDifferencesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDifferencesInput, fn func(*GetDifferencesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *GetDifferencesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.GetDifferencesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*GetDifferencesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opGetFile = "GetFile"
+
+// GetFileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetFile operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetMergeConflicts for more information on using the GetMergeConflicts
+// See GetFile for more information on using the GetFile
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeConflictsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetMergeConflictsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetFileRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetFileRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsRequest(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeConflictsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFile
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetFileRequest(input *GetFileInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFileOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetMergeConflicts,
+ Name: opGetFile,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "maxConflictFiles",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetMergeConflictsInput{}
+ input = &GetFileInput{}
}
- output = &GetMergeConflictsOutput{}
+ output = &GetFileOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetMergeConflicts API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetFile API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit
-// IDs for a pull request in a repository.
+// Returns the base-64 encoded contents of a specified file and its metadata.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetMergeConflicts for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetFile for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeMergeOptionRequiredException "MergeOptionRequiredException"
-// A merge option or stategy is required, and none was provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidMergeOptionException "InvalidMergeOptionException"
-// The specified merge option is not valid for this operation. Not all merge
-// strategies are supported for all operations.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
-// A commit was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxConflictFilesException "InvalidMaxConflictFilesException"
-// The specified value for the number of conflict files to return is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException "InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException"
-// The destination commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
-// name, tag, or full commit ID.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException "InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException"
-// The source commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
-// name, tag, or full commit ID.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
-// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+// * ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException "FileDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct
+// file name, full path, and extension.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3632,176 +4351,116 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsRequest(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (re
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflicts(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (*GetMergeConflictsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeFileTooLargeException "FileTooLargeException"
+// The specified file exceeds the file size limit for AWS CodeCommit. For more
+// information about limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFile
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetFile(input *GetFileInput) (*GetFileOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetFileRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetMergeConflictsWithContext is the same as GetMergeConflicts with the addition of
+// GetFileWithContext is the same as GetFile with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetMergeConflicts for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetFile for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeConflictsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeConflictsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetFileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFileOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetFileRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetMergeConflictsPages iterates over the pages of a GetMergeConflicts operation,
-// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
-// iterating, return false from the fn function.
-//
-// See GetMergeConflicts method for more information on how to use this operation.
-//
-// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
-//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetMergeConflicts operation.
-// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.GetMergeConflictsPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.GetMergeConflictsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
-// pageNum++
-// fmt.Println(page)
-// return pageNum <= 3
-// })
-//
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsPages(input *GetMergeConflictsInput, fn func(*GetMergeConflictsOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.GetMergeConflictsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
-}
-
-// GetMergeConflictsPagesWithContext same as GetMergeConflictsPages except
-// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeConflictsInput, fn func(*GetMergeConflictsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
- p := request.Pagination{
- NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *GetMergeConflictsInput
- if input != nil {
- tmp := *input
- inCpy = &tmp
- }
- req, _ := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(inCpy)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return req, nil
- },
- }
-
- for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*GetMergeConflictsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
- break
- }
- }
-
- return p.Err()
-}
-
-const opGetMergeOptions = "GetMergeOptions"
+const opGetFolder = "GetFolder"
-// GetMergeOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetMergeOptions operation. The "output" return
+// GetFolderRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetFolder operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetMergeOptions for more information on using the GetMergeOptions
+// See GetFolder for more information on using the GetFolder
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeOptionsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetMergeOptionsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetFolderRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetFolderRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeOptions
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptionsRequest(input *GetMergeOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeOptionsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFolder
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolderRequest(input *GetFolderInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFolderOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetMergeOptions,
+ Name: opGetFolder,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetMergeOptionsInput{}
+ input = &GetFolderInput{}
}
- output = &GetMergeOptionsOutput{}
+ output = &GetFolderOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetMergeOptions API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetFolder API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified
-// branches. For details about why a particular merge option is not available,
-// use GetMergeConflicts or DescribeMergeConflicts.
+// Returns the contents of a specified folder in a repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetMergeOptions for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetFolder for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
-// A commit was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
-// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+// * ErrCodeFolderDoesNotExistException "FolderDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified folder does not exist. Either the folder name is not correct,
+// or you did not enter the full path to the folder.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3818,93 +4477,110 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptionsRequest(input *GetMergeOptionsInput) (req *r
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeOptions
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptions(input *GetMergeOptionsInput) (*GetMergeOptionsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetMergeOptionsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetFolder
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolder(input *GetFolderInput) (*GetFolderOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetFolderRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetMergeOptionsWithContext is the same as GetMergeOptions with the addition of
+// GetFolderWithContext is the same as GetFolder with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetMergeOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetFolder for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeOptionsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetMergeOptionsRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetFolderWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFolderInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFolderOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetFolderRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetPullRequest = "GetPullRequest"
+const opGetMergeCommit = "GetMergeCommit"
-// GetPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetPullRequest operation. The "output" return
+// GetMergeCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetMergeCommit operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetPullRequest for more information on using the GetPullRequest
+// See GetMergeCommit for more information on using the GetMergeCommit
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetPullRequestRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetPullRequestRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeCommitRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetMergeCommitRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPullRequestOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommitRequest(input *GetMergeCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeCommitOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetPullRequest,
+ Name: opGetMergeCommit,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetPullRequestInput{}
+ input = &GetMergeCommitInput{}
}
- output = &GetPullRequestOutput{}
+ output = &GetMergeCommitOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetMergeCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository.
+// Returns information about a specified merge commit.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetPullRequest for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetMergeCommit for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
+// A commit was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -3921,101 +4597,151 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (req *req
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (*GetPullRequestOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetPullRequestRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommit(input *GetMergeCommitInput) (*GetMergeCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetMergeCommitRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
-// GetPullRequestWithContext is the same as GetPullRequest with the addition of
+// GetMergeCommitWithContext is the same as GetMergeCommit with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetMergeCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPullRequestOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetPullRequestRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetMergeCommitRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetRepository = "GetRepository"
+const opGetMergeConflicts = "GetMergeConflicts"
-// GetRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetRepository operation. The "output" return
+// GetMergeConflictsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetMergeConflicts operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetRepository for more information on using the GetRepository
+// See GetMergeConflicts for more information on using the GetMergeConflicts
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetRepositoryRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetRepositoryRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeConflictsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetMergeConflictsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRepositoryOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsRequest(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeConflictsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetRepository,
+ Name: opGetMergeConflicts,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxConflictFiles",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetRepositoryInput{}
+ input = &GetMergeConflictsInput{}
}
- output = &GetRepositoryOutput{}
+ output = &GetMergeConflictsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
-//
-// Returns information about a repository.
+// GetMergeConflicts API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
-// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
-// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
-// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
-// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
+// Returns information about merge conflicts between the before and after commit
+// IDs for a pull request in a repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetRepository for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetMergeConflicts for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMergeOptionRequiredException "MergeOptionRequiredException"
+// A merge option or stategy is required, and none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMergeOptionException "InvalidMergeOptionException"
+// The specified merge option is not valid for this operation. Not all merge
+// strategies are supported for all operations.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
+// A commit was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxConflictFilesException "InvalidMaxConflictFilesException"
+// The specified value for the number of conflict files to return is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException "InvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException"
+// The destination commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
+// name, tag, or full commit ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException "InvalidSourceCommitSpecifierException"
+// The source commit specifier is not valid. You must provide a valid branch
+// name, tag, or full commit ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
+// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
@@ -4031,95 +4757,177 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) (req *reque
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepository(input *GetRepositoryInput) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeConflicts
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflicts(input *GetMergeConflictsInput) (*GetMergeConflictsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetRepositoryWithContext is the same as GetRepository with the addition of
+// GetMergeConflictsWithContext is the same as GetMergeConflicts with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetMergeConflicts for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeConflictsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeConflictsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetRepositoryTriggers = "GetRepositoryTriggers"
+// GetMergeConflictsPages iterates over the pages of a GetMergeConflicts operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See GetMergeConflicts method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a GetMergeConflicts operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.GetMergeConflictsPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.GetMergeConflictsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsPages(input *GetMergeConflictsInput, fn func(*GetMergeConflictsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.GetMergeConflictsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// GetRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
+// GetMergeConflictsPagesWithContext same as GetMergeConflictsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeConflictsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeConflictsInput, fn func(*GetMergeConflictsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *GetMergeConflictsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.GetMergeConflictsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*GetMergeConflictsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opGetMergeOptions = "GetMergeOptions"
+
+// GetMergeOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetMergeOptions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the GetRepositoryTriggers
+// See GetMergeOptions for more information on using the GetMergeOptions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetMergeOptionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetMergeOptionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeOptions
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptionsRequest(input *GetMergeOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetMergeOptionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetRepositoryTriggers,
+ Name: opGetMergeOptions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetRepositoryTriggersInput{}
+ input = &GetMergeOptionsInput{}
}
- output = &GetRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
+ output = &GetMergeOptionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetMergeOptions API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Gets information about triggers configured for a repository.
+// Returns information about the merge options available for merging two specified
+// branches. For details about why a merge option is not available, use GetMergeConflicts
+// or DescribeMergeConflicts.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation GetRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetMergeOptions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
+// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
+// A commit was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
+// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
@@ -4135,100 +4943,93 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *GetRepositoryTriggersIn
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggers(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetMergeOptions
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptions(input *GetMergeOptionsInput) (*GetMergeOptionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetMergeOptionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as GetRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
+// GetMergeOptionsWithContext is the same as GetMergeOptions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetMergeOptions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetMergeOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetMergeOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetMergeOptionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetMergeOptionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListBranches = "ListBranches"
+const opGetPullRequest = "GetPullRequest"
-// ListBranchesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListBranches operation. The "output" return
+// GetPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetPullRequest operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListBranches for more information on using the ListBranches
+// See GetPullRequest for more information on using the GetPullRequest
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListBranchesRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListBranchesRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetPullRequestRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetPullRequestRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesRequest(input *ListBranchesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBranchesOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPullRequestOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListBranches,
+ Name: opGetPullRequest,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListBranchesInput{}
+ input = &GetPullRequestInput{}
}
- output = &ListBranchesOutput{}
+ output = &GetPullRequestOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListBranches API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Gets information about one or more branches in a repository.
+// Gets information about a pull request in a specified repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation ListBranches for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetPullRequest for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -4245,173 +5046,101 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesRequest(input *ListBranchesInput) (req *request
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranches(input *ListBranchesInput) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequest
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequest(input *GetPullRequestInput) (*GetPullRequestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPullRequestRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListBranchesWithContext is the same as ListBranches with the addition of
+// GetPullRequestWithContext is the same as GetPullRequest with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListBranches for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBranchesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPullRequestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPullRequestRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListBranchesPages iterates over the pages of a ListBranches operation,
-// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
-// iterating, return false from the fn function.
-//
-// See ListBranches method for more information on how to use this operation.
-//
-// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
-//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBranches operation.
-// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.ListBranchesPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.ListBranchesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
-// pageNum++
-// fmt.Println(page)
-// return pageNum <= 3
-// })
-//
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesPages(input *ListBranchesInput, fn func(*ListBranchesOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.ListBranchesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
-}
-
-// ListBranchesPagesWithContext same as ListBranchesPages except
-// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBranchesInput, fn func(*ListBranchesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
- p := request.Pagination{
- NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *ListBranchesInput
- if input != nil {
- tmp := *input
- inCpy = &tmp
- }
- req, _ := c.ListBranchesRequest(inCpy)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return req, nil
- },
- }
-
- for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*ListBranchesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
- break
- }
- }
-
- return p.Err()
-}
-
-const opListPullRequests = "ListPullRequests"
+const opGetPullRequestApprovalStates = "GetPullRequestApprovalStates"
-// ListPullRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListPullRequests operation. The "output" return
+// GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetPullRequestApprovalStates operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListPullRequests for more information on using the ListPullRequests
+// See GetPullRequestApprovalStates for more information on using the GetPullRequestApprovalStates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListPullRequestsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListPullRequestsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsRequest(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPullRequestsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequestApprovalStates
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest(input *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListPullRequests,
+ Name: opGetPullRequestApprovalStates,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "maxResults",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListPullRequestsInput{}
+ input = &GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput{}
}
- output = &ListPullRequestsOutput{}
+ output = &GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListPullRequests API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetPullRequestApprovalStates API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository. The return list
-// can be refined by pull request status or pull request author ARN.
+// Gets information about the approval states for a specified pull request.
+// Approval states only apply to pull requests that have one or more approval
+// rules applied to them.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation ListPullRequests for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetPullRequestApprovalStates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"
-// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
-// CLOSED.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorArnException "InvalidAuthorArnException"
-// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided
-// the full ARN for the author of the pull request, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeAuthorDoesNotExistException "AuthorDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
-// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException "InvalidRevisionIdException"
+// The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException "RevisionIdRequiredException"
+// A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -4428,431 +5157,316 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsRequest(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (req
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequests(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (*ListPullRequestsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequestApprovalStates
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestApprovalStates(input *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) (*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListPullRequestsWithContext is the same as ListPullRequests with the addition of
+// GetPullRequestApprovalStatesWithContext is the same as GetPullRequestApprovalStates with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListPullRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetPullRequestApprovalStates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPullRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPullRequestsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestApprovalStatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPullRequestApprovalStatesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListPullRequestsPages iterates over the pages of a ListPullRequests operation,
-// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
-// iterating, return false from the fn function.
-//
-// See ListPullRequests method for more information on how to use this operation.
-//
-// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
-//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListPullRequests operation.
-// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.ListPullRequestsPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.ListPullRequestsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
-// pageNum++
-// fmt.Println(page)
-// return pageNum <= 3
-// })
-//
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsPages(input *ListPullRequestsInput, fn func(*ListPullRequestsOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
-}
-
-// ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext same as ListPullRequestsPages except
-// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPullRequestsInput, fn func(*ListPullRequestsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
- p := request.Pagination{
- NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *ListPullRequestsInput
- if input != nil {
- tmp := *input
- inCpy = &tmp
- }
- req, _ := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(inCpy)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return req, nil
- },
- }
-
- for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPullRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
- break
- }
- }
-
- return p.Err()
-}
-
-const opListRepositories = "ListRepositories"
+const opGetPullRequestOverrideState = "GetPullRequestOverrideState"
-// ListRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListRepositories operation. The "output" return
+// GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetPullRequestOverrideState operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListRepositories for more information on using the ListRepositories
+// See GetPullRequestOverrideState for more information on using the GetPullRequestOverrideState
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListRepositoriesRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListRepositoriesRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesRequest(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRepositoriesOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequestOverrideState
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest(input *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListRepositories,
+ Name: opGetPullRequestOverrideState,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListRepositoriesInput{}
+ input = &GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput{}
}
- output = &ListRepositoriesOutput{}
+ output = &GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetPullRequestOverrideState API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Gets information about one or more repositories.
+// Returns information about whether approval rules have been set aside (overridden)
+// for a pull request, and if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user
+// or identity that overrode the rules and their requirements for the pull request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation ListRepositories for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetPullRequestOverrideState for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeInvalidSortByException "InvalidSortByException"
-// The specified sort by value is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidOrderException "InvalidOrderException"
-// The specified sort order is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
-// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositories(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
-
-// ListRepositoriesWithContext is the same as ListRepositories with the addition of
-// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException "InvalidRevisionIdException"
+// The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
//
-// See ListRepositories for details on how to use this API operation.
+// * ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException "RevisionIdRequiredException"
+// A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
-
-// ListRepositoriesPages iterates over the pages of a ListRepositories operation,
-// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
-// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
-// See ListRepositories method for more information on how to use this operation.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
//
-// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRepositories operation.
-// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.ListRepositoriesPages(params,
-// func(page *codecommit.ListRepositoriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
-// pageNum++
-// fmt.Println(page)
-// return pageNum <= 3
-// })
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
//
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesPages(input *ListRepositoriesInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetPullRequestOverrideState
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestOverrideState(input *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) (*GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext same as ListRepositoriesPages except
-// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+// GetPullRequestOverrideStateWithContext is the same as GetPullRequestOverrideState with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetPullRequestOverrideState for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
- p := request.Pagination{
- NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *ListRepositoriesInput
- if input != nil {
- tmp := *input
- inCpy = &tmp
- }
- req, _ := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(inCpy)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return req, nil
- },
- }
-
- for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*ListRepositoriesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
- break
- }
- }
-
- return p.Err()
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetPullRequestOverrideStateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPullRequestOverrideStateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
+const opGetRepository = "GetRepository"
-// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
+// GetRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetRepository operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
+// See GetRepository for more information on using the GetRepository
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetRepositoryRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetRepositoryRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListTagsForResource
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryRequest(input *GetRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRepositoryOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListTagsForResource,
+ Name: opGetRepository,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
+ input = &GetRepositoryInput{}
}
- output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
+ output = &GetRepositoryOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Gets information about AWS tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
-// in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit
-// Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// Returns information about a repository.
+//
+// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
+// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
+// and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code.
+// Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that
+// uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetRepository for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException "ResourceArnRequiredException"
-// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
-// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
-// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException "InvalidResourceArnException"
-// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
-// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListTagsForResource
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepository(input *GetRepositoryInput) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
+// GetRepositoryWithContext is the same as GetRepository with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetRepositoryRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opMergeBranchesByFastForward = "MergeBranchesByFastForward"
+const opGetRepositoryTriggers = "GetRepositoryTriggers"
-// MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the MergeBranchesByFastForward operation. The "output" return
+// GetRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See MergeBranchesByFastForward for more information on using the MergeBranchesByFastForward
+// See GetRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the GetRepositoryTriggers
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByFastForward
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opMergeBranchesByFastForward,
+ Name: opGetRepositoryTriggers,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput{}
+ input = &GetRepositoryTriggersInput{}
}
- output = &MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput{}
+ output = &GetRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// MergeBranchesByFastForward API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// GetRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy.
+// Gets information about triggers configured for a repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation MergeBranchesByFastForward for usage and error information.
+// API operation GetRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
-// A commit was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException "InvalidTargetBranchException"
-// The specified target branch is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
-// The specified reference name is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
-// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
-// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
-// use ListBranches.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified branch does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
-// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
-// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
-//
-// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
-// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
-// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
-// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
-//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
@@ -4868,209 +5482,248 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input *MergeBranchesByFas
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByFastForward
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForward(input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/GetRepositoryTriggers
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggers(input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// MergeBranchesByFastForwardWithContext is the same as MergeBranchesByFastForward with the addition of
+// GetRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as GetRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See MergeBranchesByFastForward for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GetRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForwardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) GetRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opMergeBranchesBySquash = "MergeBranchesBySquash"
+const opListApprovalRuleTemplates = "ListApprovalRuleTemplates"
-// MergeBranchesBySquashRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the MergeBranchesBySquash operation. The "output" return
+// ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListApprovalRuleTemplates operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See MergeBranchesBySquash for more information on using the MergeBranchesBySquash
+// See ListApprovalRuleTemplates for more information on using the ListApprovalRuleTemplates
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the MergeBranchesBySquashRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesBySquash
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergeBranchesBySquashOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListApprovalRuleTemplates
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opMergeBranchesBySquash,
+ Name: opListApprovalRuleTemplates,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &MergeBranchesBySquashInput{}
+ input = &ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput{}
}
- output = &MergeBranchesBySquashOutput{}
+ output = &ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// MergeBranchesBySquash API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// ListApprovalRuleTemplates API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy.
+// Lists all approval rule templates in the specified AWS Region in your AWS
+// account. If an AWS Region is not specified, the AWS Region where you are
+// signed in is used.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation MergeBranchesBySquash for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListApprovalRuleTemplates for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListApprovalRuleTemplates
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListApprovalRuleTemplates(input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) (*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListApprovalRuleTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListApprovalRuleTemplates with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// See ListApprovalRuleTemplates for details on how to use this API operation.
//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
-// A commit was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException "InvalidTargetBranchException"
-// The specified target branch is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
-// The specified reference name is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
-// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
-// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
-// use ListBranches.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified branch does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
-// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
-// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPages iterates over the pages of a ListApprovalRuleTemplates operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
+// See ListApprovalRuleTemplates method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
-// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListApprovalRuleTemplates operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
-// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPages(input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPagesWithContext same as ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
-// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
-// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
-// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListApprovalRuleTemplatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListApprovalRuleTemplatesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository = "ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository"
+
+// ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
-// A replacement type is required.
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
-// type is not valid.
+// See ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository for more information on using the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository
+// API call, and error handling.
//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
-// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified but no replacement content has been provided.
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
-// is not valid or content is missing.
//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+// // Example sending a request using the ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(params)
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
//
-// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
-// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
-// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
-// multiple folders.
+// Lists all approval rule templates that are associated with a specified repository.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
-// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository for usage and error information.
//
-// * ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException "FileModeRequiredException"
-// The commit cannot be created because a file mode is required to update mode
-// permissions for an existing file, but no file mode has been specified.
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
-// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
-// mode permissions, see PutFile.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
-// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
-// author names.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
-// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
-// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
-// email address.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
-// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
-// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
-// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
-// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -5087,212 +5740,155 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input *MergeBranchesBySquashIn
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesBySquash
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquash(input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput) (*MergeBranchesBySquashOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository(input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) (*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// MergeBranchesBySquashWithContext is the same as MergeBranchesBySquash with the addition of
+// ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryWithContext is the same as ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See MergeBranchesBySquash for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquashWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergeBranchesBySquashOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opMergeBranchesByThreeWay = "MergeBranchesByThreeWay"
+// ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPages iterates over the pages of a ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPages(input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput, fn func(*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the MergeBranchesByThreeWay operation. The "output" return
+// ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPagesWithContext same as ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput, fn func(*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListBranches = "ListBranches"
+
+// ListBranchesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListBranches operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See MergeBranchesByThreeWay for more information on using the MergeBranchesByThreeWay
+// See ListBranches for more information on using the ListBranches
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListBranchesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListBranchesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByThreeWay
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesRequest(input *ListBranchesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBranchesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opMergeBranchesByThreeWay,
+ Name: opListBranches,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput{}
+ input = &ListBranchesInput{}
}
- output = &MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput{}
+ output = &ListBranchesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// MergeBranchesByThreeWay API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// ListBranches API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy.
+// Gets information about one or more branches in a repository.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation MergeBranchesByThreeWay for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListBranches for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
-// A commit was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
-// The specified commit is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException "InvalidTargetBranchException"
-// The specified target branch is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
-// The specified reference name is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
-// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
-// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
-// use ListBranches.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified branch does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
-// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
-// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
-//
-// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
-// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
-// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
-// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
-// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
-// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
-// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
-// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
-// A replacement type is required.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
-// type is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
-// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified but no replacement content has been provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
-// is not valid or content is missing.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
-// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
-// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
-// multiple folders.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
-// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException "FileModeRequiredException"
-// The commit cannot be created because a file mode is required to update mode
-// permissions for an existing file, but no file mode has been specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
-// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
-// mode permissions, see PutFile.
-//
-// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
-// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
-// author names.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
-// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
-// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
-// email address.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
-// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
-// An encryption integrity check failed.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
// An encryption key could not be accessed.
@@ -5306,138 +5902,174 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input *MergeBranchesByThreeW
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByThreeWay
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWay(input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListBranches
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranches(input *ListBranchesInput) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// MergeBranchesByThreeWayWithContext is the same as MergeBranchesByThreeWay with the addition of
+// ListBranchesWithContext is the same as ListBranches with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See MergeBranchesByThreeWay for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListBranches for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBranchesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBranchesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListBranchesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opMergePullRequestByFastForward = "MergePullRequestByFastForward"
+// ListBranchesPages iterates over the pages of a ListBranches operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListBranches method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBranches operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListBranchesPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.ListBranchesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesPages(input *ListBranchesInput, fn func(*ListBranchesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListBranchesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the MergePullRequestByFastForward operation. The "output" return
+// ListBranchesPagesWithContext same as ListBranchesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListBranchesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBranchesInput, fn func(*ListBranchesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListBranchesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListBranchesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListBranchesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListPullRequests = "ListPullRequests"
+
+// ListPullRequestsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListPullRequests operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See MergePullRequestByFastForward for more information on using the MergePullRequestByFastForward
+// See ListPullRequests for more information on using the ListPullRequests
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListPullRequestsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListPullRequestsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsRequest(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPullRequestsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opMergePullRequestByFastForward,
+ Name: opListPullRequests,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput{}
+ input = &ListPullRequestsInput{}
}
- output = &MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput{}
+ output = &ListPullRequestsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// MergePullRequestByFastForward API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// ListPullRequests API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified
-// destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the
-// fast-forward merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull
-// request.
+// Returns a list of pull requests for a specified repository. The return list
+// can be refined by pull request status or pull request author ARN.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation MergePullRequestByFastForward for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListPullRequests for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
-// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
-// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
-// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
-// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
-// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
-// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReferenceDoesNotExistException "ReferenceDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified reference does not exist. You must provide a full commit ID.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"
+// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
+// CLOSED.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorArnException "InvalidAuthorArnException"
+// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid. Make sure that you have provided
+// the full ARN for the author of the pull request, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
-// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
-// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
-// request ID.
+// * ErrCodeAuthorDoesNotExistException "AuthorDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
-// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
-// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
-// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
-//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
+//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
@@ -5453,427 +6085,301 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input *MergePullReques
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForward(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListPullRequests
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequests(input *ListPullRequestsInput) (*ListPullRequestsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// MergePullRequestByFastForwardWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestByFastForward with the addition of
+// ListPullRequestsWithContext is the same as ListPullRequests with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See MergePullRequestByFastForward for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListPullRequests for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPullRequestsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPullRequestsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opMergePullRequestBySquash = "MergePullRequestBySquash"
+// ListPullRequestsPages iterates over the pages of a ListPullRequests operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListPullRequests method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListPullRequests operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListPullRequestsPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.ListPullRequestsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsPages(input *ListPullRequestsInput, fn func(*ListPullRequestsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// MergePullRequestBySquashRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the MergePullRequestBySquash operation. The "output" return
+// ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext same as ListPullRequestsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListPullRequestsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPullRequestsInput, fn func(*ListPullRequestsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListPullRequestsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListPullRequestsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPullRequestsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListRepositories = "ListRepositories"
+
+// ListRepositoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListRepositories operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See MergePullRequestBySquash for more information on using the MergePullRequestBySquash
+// See ListRepositories for more information on using the ListRepositories
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestBySquashRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListRepositoriesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListRepositoriesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestBySquash
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestBySquashOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesRequest(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRepositoriesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opMergePullRequestBySquash,
+ Name: opListRepositories,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &MergePullRequestBySquashInput{}
+ input = &ListRepositoriesInput{}
}
- output = &MergePullRequestBySquashOutput{}
+ output = &ListRepositoriesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// MergePullRequestBySquash API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// ListRepositories API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified
-// destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the
-// squash merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.
+// Gets information about one or more repositories.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation MergePullRequestBySquash for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListRepositories for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
-// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
-// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
-// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
-// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
-// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
-// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
-// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
-// author names.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
-// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
-// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
-// email address.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
-// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
-// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
-// A replacement type is required.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
-// type is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
-// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
-// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
-// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified but no replacement content has been provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
-// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
-//
-// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
-// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
-// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
-// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
-// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
-// mode permissions, see PutFile.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
-// is not valid or content is missing.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
-// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
-// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
-// multiple folders.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
-// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
-//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
-// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
-// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
-// request ID.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
-// An encryption integrity check failed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
-// An encryption key could not be accessed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
-// The encryption key is disabled.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidSortByException "InvalidSortByException"
+// The specified sort by value is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
-// No encryption key was found.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidOrderException "InvalidOrderException"
+// The specified sort order is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
-// The encryption key is not available.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestBySquash
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestBySquash(input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput) (*MergePullRequestBySquashOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositories
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositories(input *ListRepositoriesInput) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// MergePullRequestBySquashWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestBySquash with the addition of
+// ListRepositoriesWithContext is the same as ListRepositories with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See MergePullRequestBySquash for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListRepositories for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestBySquashWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestBySquashOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRepositoriesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opMergePullRequestByThreeWay = "MergePullRequestByThreeWay"
+// ListRepositoriesPages iterates over the pages of a ListRepositories operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListRepositories method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRepositories operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListRepositoriesPages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.ListRepositoriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesPages(input *ListRepositoriesInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the MergePullRequestByThreeWay operation. The "output" return
+// ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext same as ListRepositoriesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListRepositoriesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListRepositoriesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListRepositoriesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate = "ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate"
+
+// ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See MergePullRequestByThreeWay for more information on using the MergePullRequestByThreeWay
+// See ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate for more information on using the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByThreeWay
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opMergePullRequestByThreeWay,
+ Name: opListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput{}
+ input = &ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput{}
}
- output = &MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput{}
+ output = &ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// MergePullRequestByThreeWay API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified
-// destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the
-// three-way merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull
-// request.
+// Lists all repositories associated with the specified approval rule template.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation MergePullRequestByThreeWay for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
-// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
-// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
-// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
-// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
-// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
-// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
-//
-// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
-// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
-// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
-// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
-//
-// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
-// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
-// author names.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
-// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
-// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
-// email address.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
-// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
-// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
-// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
-// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
-// A replacement type is required.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
-// type is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
-// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
-// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
-//
-// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
-// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified but no replacement content has been provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
-// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
-// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
-// mode permissions, see PutFile.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
-// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
-// is not valid or content is missing.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
-// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
-// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
-// multiple folders.
-//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
-// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
-// The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
-// branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
-//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
-// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
-// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
-// request ID.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidMaxResultsException "InvalidMaxResultsException"
+// The specified number of maximum results is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
-// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
-// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
-// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidContinuationTokenException "InvalidContinuationTokenException"
+// The specified continuation token is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -5890,313 +6396,287 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input *MergePullRequestBy
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByThreeWay
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWay(input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate(input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) (*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// MergePullRequestByThreeWayWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestByThreeWay with the addition of
+// ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext is the same as ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See MergePullRequestByThreeWay for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opPostCommentForComparedCommit = "PostCommentForComparedCommit"
+// ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePages iterates over the pages of a ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePages(params,
+// func(page *codecommit.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePages(input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the PostCommentForComparedCommit operation. The "output" return
+// ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePagesWithContext same as ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplatePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput, fn func(*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
+
+// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See PostCommentForComparedCommit for more information on using the PostCommentForComparedCommit
+// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opPostCommentForComparedCommit,
+ Name: opListTagsForResource,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &PostCommentForComparedCommitInput{}
+ input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
}
- output = &PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput{}
+ output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// PostCommentForComparedCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits.
+// Gets information about AWS tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
+// in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit
+// Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation PostCommentForComparedCommit for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
// The specified repository does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
-// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
-// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
-// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
-// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
-// return information about the initial request that used that token.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
-// The client request token is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
-// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
-// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
-// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
-// cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException "InvalidFileLocationException"
-// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the extension
-// of the file as well as the file name.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"
-// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
-// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException "InvalidFilePositionException"
-// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
-// of the file you want to comment on.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
-// A commit ID was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
-// An encryption integrity check failed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
-// An encryption key could not be accessed.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
-// The encryption key is disabled.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
-// No encryption key was found.
-//
-// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
-// The encryption key is not available.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"
-// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
-// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException "ResourceArnRequiredException"
+// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
+// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
+// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
//
-// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified path does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException "InvalidResourceArnException"
+// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
+// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommit(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// PostCommentForComparedCommitWithContext is the same as PostCommentForComparedCommit with the addition of
+// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See PostCommentForComparedCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opPostCommentForPullRequest = "PostCommentForPullRequest"
+const opMergeBranchesByFastForward = "MergeBranchesByFastForward"
-// PostCommentForPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the PostCommentForPullRequest operation. The "output" return
+// MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the MergeBranchesByFastForward operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See PostCommentForPullRequest for more information on using the PostCommentForPullRequest
+// See MergeBranchesByFastForward for more information on using the MergeBranchesByFastForward
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentForPullRequestRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByFastForward
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opPostCommentForPullRequest,
+ Name: opMergeBranchesByFastForward,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &PostCommentForPullRequestInput{}
+ input = &MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput{}
}
- output = &PostCommentForPullRequestOutput{}
+ output = &MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// PostCommentForPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// MergeBranchesByFastForward API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Posts a comment on a pull request.
+// Merges two branches using the fast-forward merge strategy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation PostCommentForPullRequest for usage and error information.
+// API operation MergeBranchesByFastForward for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
-//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
-// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
-// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
-// request ID.
-//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
-// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
-// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
-// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
-// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
-// return information about the initial request that used that token.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
-// The client request token is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
//
-// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
-// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
-// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
+// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
+// A commit was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
-// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
-// cannot be null.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException "InvalidFileLocationException"
-// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the extension
-// of the file as well as the file name.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException "InvalidTargetBranchException"
+// The specified target branch is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"
-// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
-// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
+// The specified reference name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException "InvalidFilePositionException"
-// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
-// of the file you want to comment on.
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
+// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+// ListBranches.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
-// A commit ID was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified branch does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
-// The specified commit ID is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
+// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
+// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
+// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
+// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -6213,249 +6693,171 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input *PostCommentForPullR
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
-// repository has no default branch.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified path does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"
-// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
-// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) (*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByFastForward
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForward(input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput) (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// PostCommentForPullRequestWithContext is the same as PostCommentForPullRequest with the addition of
+// MergeBranchesByFastForwardWithContext is the same as MergeBranchesByFastForward with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See PostCommentForPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See MergeBranchesByFastForward for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByFastForwardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergeBranchesByFastForwardRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opPostCommentReply = "PostCommentReply"
+const opMergeBranchesBySquash = "MergeBranchesBySquash"
-// PostCommentReplyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the PostCommentReply operation. The "output" return
+// MergeBranchesBySquashRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the MergeBranchesBySquash operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See PostCommentReply for more information on using the PostCommentReply
+// See MergeBranchesBySquash for more information on using the MergeBranchesBySquash
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentReplyRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.PostCommentReplyRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the MergeBranchesBySquashRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReplyRequest(input *PostCommentReplyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentReplyOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesBySquash
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergeBranchesBySquashOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opPostCommentReply,
+ Name: opMergeBranchesBySquash,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &PostCommentReplyInput{}
+ input = &MergeBranchesBySquashInput{}
}
- output = &PostCommentReplyOutput{}
+ output = &MergeBranchesBySquashOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// PostCommentReply API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// MergeBranchesBySquash API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits
-// or a pull request.
+// Merges two branches using the squash merge strategy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation PostCommentReply for usage and error information.
+// API operation MergeBranchesBySquash for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
-// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
-// client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
-// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
-// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
-// return information about the initial request that used that token.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
-// The client request token is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
-// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
-// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
-// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
-// cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
-//
-// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
-// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
-// correct ID, and then try again.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
-// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
-// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
-// the full comment ID.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReply(input *PostCommentReplyInput) (*PostCommentReplyOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PostCommentReplyRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
-
-// PostCommentReplyWithContext is the same as PostCommentReply with the addition of
-// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// See PostCommentReply for details on how to use this API operation.
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReplyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentReplyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentReplyOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PostCommentReplyRequest(input)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
-
-const opPutFile = "PutFile"
-
-// PutFileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the PutFile operation. The "output" return
-// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
-// successfully.
+// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
+// A commit was not specified.
//
-// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
-// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
//
-// See PutFile for more information on using the PutFile
-// API call, and error handling.
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
//
-// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
-// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException "InvalidTargetBranchException"
+// The specified target branch is not valid.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
+// The specified reference name is not valid.
//
-// // Example sending a request using the PutFileRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.PutFileRequest(params)
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// err := req.Send()
-// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
-// fmt.Println(resp)
-// }
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
+// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+// ListBranches.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile
-func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutFileOutput) {
- op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opPutFile,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/",
- }
-
- if input == nil {
- input = &PutFileInput{}
- }
-
- output = &PutFileOutput{}
- req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- return
-}
-
-// PutFile API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified branch does not exist.
//
-// Adds or updates a file in a branch in an AWS CodeCommit repository, and generates
-// a commit for the addition in the specified branch.
+// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
+// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
//
-// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
-// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
-// the error.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
//
-// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation PutFile for usage and error information.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
//
-// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
+// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
+// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
+// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
+// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
+// A replacement type is required.
//
-// * ErrCodeParentCommitIdRequiredException "ParentCommitIdRequiredException"
-// A parent commit ID is required. To view the full commit ID of a branch in
-// a repository, use GetBranch or a Git command (for example, git pull or git
-// log).
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
+// type is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidParentCommitIdException "InvalidParentCommitIdException"
-// The parent commit ID is not valid. The commit ID cannot be empty, and must
-// match the head commit ID for the branch of the repository where you want
-// to add or update a file.
+// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
+// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeParentCommitDoesNotExistException "ParentCommitDoesNotExistException"
-// The parent commit ID is not valid because it does not exist. The specified
-// parent commit ID does not exist in the specified branch of the repository.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
+// is not valid or content is missing.
//
-// * ErrCodeParentCommitIdOutdatedException "ParentCommitIdOutdatedException"
-// The file could not be added because the provided parent commit ID is not
-// the current tip of the specified branch. To view the full commit ID of the
-// current head of the branch, use GetBranch.
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
//
-// * ErrCodeFileContentRequiredException "FileContentRequiredException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is empty. Empty files cannot be added
-// to the repository with this API.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
-// can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
-// Consider making these changes using a Git client.
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
//
// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
@@ -6463,25 +6865,16 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) (req *request.Request,
// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
// multiple folders.
//
-// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
-// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
-// The specified path is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
-// The specified reference name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
+// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
//
-// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified branch does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
-// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
-// name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
-// use ListBranches.
+// * ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException "FileModeRequiredException"
+// The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file
+// mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
@@ -6499,8 +6892,10 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) (req *request.Request,
// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidDeletionParameterException "InvalidDeletionParameterException"
-// The specified deletion parameter is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
+// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
+// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
+// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -6517,162 +6912,209 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) (req *request.Request,
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// * ErrCodeSameFileContentException "SameFileContentException"
-// The file was not added or updated because the content of the file is exactly
-// the same as the content of that file in the repository and branch that you
-// specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException "FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException"
-// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified file name
-// has the same name as a directory in this repository. Either provide another
-// name for the file, or add the file in a directory that does not match the
-// file name.
-//
-// * ErrCodeDirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException "DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException"
-// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified path name
-// has the same name as a file that already exists in this repository. Either
-// provide a different name for the file, or specify a different path for the
-// file.
-//
-// * ErrCodeFilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException "FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException"
-// The commit cannot be created because a specified file path points to a submodule.
-// Verify that the destination files have valid file paths that do not point
-// to a submodule.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile
-func (c *CodeCommit) PutFile(input *PutFileInput) (*PutFileOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PutFileRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesBySquash
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquash(input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput) (*MergeBranchesBySquashOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// PutFileWithContext is the same as PutFile with the addition of
+// MergeBranchesBySquashWithContext is the same as MergeBranchesBySquash with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See PutFile for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See MergeBranchesBySquash for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutFileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutFileOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PutFileRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesBySquashWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergeBranchesBySquashInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergeBranchesBySquashOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergeBranchesBySquashRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opPutRepositoryTriggers = "PutRepositoryTriggers"
+const opMergeBranchesByThreeWay = "MergeBranchesByThreeWay"
-// PutRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the PutRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
+// MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the MergeBranchesByThreeWay operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See PutRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the PutRepositoryTriggers
+// See MergeBranchesByThreeWay for more information on using the MergeBranchesByThreeWay
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the PutRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers
-func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByThreeWay
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opPutRepositoryTriggers,
+ Name: opMergeBranchesByThreeWay,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &PutRepositoryTriggersInput{}
+ input = &MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput{}
}
- output = &PutRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
+ output = &MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// PutRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// MergeBranchesByThreeWay API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Replaces all triggers for a repository. This can be used to create or delete
-// triggers.
+// Merges two specified branches using the three-way merge strategy.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation PutRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
+// API operation MergeBranchesByThreeWay for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
-//
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
-// The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
-// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"
-// The name of the trigger is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeCommitRequiredException "CommitRequiredException"
+// A commit was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"
-// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
-// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
-// meet the requirements for the service type.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitException "InvalidCommitException"
+// The specified commit is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
-// The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository.
-// Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger.
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"
-// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTargetBranchException "InvalidTargetBranchException"
+// The specified target branch is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException "MaximumBranchesExceededException"
-// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
+// The specified reference name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"
-// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"
-// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
-// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
+// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+// ListBranches.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
-// A name for the trigger is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified branch does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
-// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but
-// was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
+// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
-// At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger
-// configuration.
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
+// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
+// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
+// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
-// At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
+// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
+// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
+// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
+// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
+//
+// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
+// A replacement type is required.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
+// type is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
+// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
+// is not valid or content is missing.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
+// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
+// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
+// multiple folders.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
+// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException "FileModeRequiredException"
+// The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file
+// mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
+// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
+// mode permissions, see PutFile.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
+// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
+// author names.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
+// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
+// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
+// email address.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
+// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -6689,257 +7131,363 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *PutRepositoryTriggersIn
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers
-func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggers(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergeBranchesByThreeWay
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWay(input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput) (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// PutRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as PutRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
+// MergeBranchesByThreeWayWithContext is the same as MergeBranchesByThreeWay with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See PutRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See MergeBranchesByThreeWay for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergeBranchesByThreeWayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergeBranchesByThreeWayOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergeBranchesByThreeWayRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opTagResource = "TagResource"
+const opMergePullRequestByFastForward = "MergePullRequestByFastForward"
-// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
+// MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the MergePullRequestByFastForward operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
+// See MergePullRequestByFastForward for more information on using the MergePullRequestByFastForward
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TagResource
-func (c *CodeCommit) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opTagResource,
+ Name: opMergePullRequestByFastForward,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &TagResourceInput{}
+ input = &MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput{}
}
- output = &TagResourceOutput{}
+ output = &MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// TagResource API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// MergePullRequestByFastForward API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Adds or updates tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid
-// resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified
+// destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the
+// fast-forward merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull
+// request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
+// API operation MergePullRequestByFastForward for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
+// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
+// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
+// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
+// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
+//
+// * ErrCodeReferenceDoesNotExistException "ReferenceDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified reference does not exist. You must provide a full commit ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
+// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
+// request ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException "ResourceArnRequiredException"
-// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
-// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
-// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException "InvalidResourceArnException"
-// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
-// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
+// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
+// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
+// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeTagsMapRequiredException "TagsMapRequiredException"
-// A map of tags is required.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged because one or more approval rules applied
+// to the pull request have conditions that have not been met.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidTagsMapException "InvalidTagsMapException"
-// The map of tags is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
//
-// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
-// The maximum number of tags for an AWS CodeCommit resource has been exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidSystemTagUsageException "InvalidSystemTagUsageException"
-// The specified tag is not valid. Key names cannot be prefixed with aws:.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
//
-// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
-// The tag policy is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TagResource
-func (c *CodeCommit) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByFastForward
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForward(input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
+// MergePullRequestByFastForwardWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestByFastForward with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See MergePullRequestByFastForward for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByFastForwardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergePullRequestByFastForwardRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opTestRepositoryTriggers = "TestRepositoryTriggers"
+const opMergePullRequestBySquash = "MergePullRequestBySquash"
-// TestRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the TestRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
+// MergePullRequestBySquashRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the MergePullRequestBySquash operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See TestRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the TestRepositoryTriggers
+// See MergePullRequestBySquash for more information on using the MergePullRequestBySquash
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the TestRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestBySquashRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers
-func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestBySquash
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestBySquashOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opTestRepositoryTriggers,
+ Name: opMergePullRequestBySquash,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &TestRepositoryTriggersInput{}
+ input = &MergePullRequestBySquashInput{}
}
- output = &TestRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
+ output = &MergePullRequestBySquashOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// TestRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// MergePullRequestBySquash API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to
-// the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test
-// will send data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data
-// will be generated.
+// Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified
+// destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the
+// squash merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation TestRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
+// API operation MergePullRequestBySquash for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
-// The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
-// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
+// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"
-// The name of the trigger is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
+// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
+// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
+// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"
-// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
-// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
-// meet the requirements for the service type.
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
-// The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository.
-// Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger.
+// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
+// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
+// author names.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"
-// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
+// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
+// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
+// email address.
//
-// * ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException "MaximumBranchesExceededException"
-// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
+// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"
-// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"
-// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
-// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
-// A name for the trigger is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
+// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
-// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but
-// was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
+// A replacement type is required.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
-// At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger
-// configuration.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
+// type is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
-// At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
+// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
+// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
+//
+// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
+// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
+// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
+// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
+// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
+// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
+// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
+// mode permissions, see PutFile.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
+// is not valid or content is missing.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
+// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
+// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
+// multiple folders.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
+// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
+// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
+// request ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged because one or more approval rules applied
+// to the pull request have conditions that have not been met.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -6956,325 +7504,341 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *TestRepositoryTriggers
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers
-func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggers(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestBySquash
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestBySquash(input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput) (*MergePullRequestBySquashOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// TestRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as TestRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
+// MergePullRequestBySquashWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestBySquash with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See TestRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See MergePullRequestBySquash for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestBySquashWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestBySquashInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestBySquashOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergePullRequestBySquashRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"
+const opMergePullRequestByThreeWay = "MergePullRequestByThreeWay"
-// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
+// MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the MergePullRequestByThreeWay operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
+// See MergePullRequestByThreeWay for more information on using the MergePullRequestByThreeWay
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UntagResource
-func (c *CodeCommit) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByThreeWay
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) (req *request.Request, output *MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUntagResource,
+ Name: opMergePullRequestByThreeWay,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UntagResourceInput{}
+ input = &MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput{}
}
- output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
+ output = &MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// UntagResource API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// MergePullRequestByThreeWay API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Removes tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources
-// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// Attempts to merge the source commit of a pull request into the specified
+// destination branch for that pull request at the specified commit using the
+// three-way merge strategy. If the merge is successful, it closes the pull
+// request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
+// API operation MergePullRequestByThreeWay for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException "ResourceArnRequiredException"
-// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
-// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
-// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException "InvalidResourceArnException"
-// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
-// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeTagKeysListRequiredException "TagKeysListRequiredException"
-// A list of tag keys is required. The list cannot be empty or null.
+// * ErrCodeManualMergeRequiredException "ManualMergeRequiredException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged automatically into the destination branch.
+// You must manually merge the branches and resolve any conflicts.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidTagKeysListException "InvalidTagKeysListException"
-// The list of tags is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeTipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException "TipOfSourceReferenceIsDifferentException"
+// The tip of the source branch in the destination repository does not match
+// the tip of the source branch specified in your request. The pull request
+// might have been updated. Make sure that you have the latest changes.
//
-// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
-// The maximum number of tags for an AWS CodeCommit resource has been exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeTipsDivergenceExceededException "TipsDivergenceExceededException"
+// The divergence between the tips of the provided commit specifiers is too
+// great to determine whether there might be any merge conflicts. Locally compare
+// the specifiers using git diff or a diff tool.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidSystemTagUsageException "InvalidSystemTagUsageException"
-// The specified tag is not valid. Key names cannot be prefixed with aws:.
+// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
+// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
+// author names.
//
-// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
-// The tag policy is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
+// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
+// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
+// email address.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UntagResource
-func (c *CodeCommit) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
-
-// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
-// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
+// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
//
-// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictDetailLevelException "InvalidConflictDetailLevelException"
+// The specified conflict detail level is not valid.
//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return out, req.Send()
-}
-
-const opUpdateComment = "UpdateComment"
-
-// UpdateCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateComment operation. The "output" return
-// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
-// successfully.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException "InvalidConflictResolutionStrategyException"
+// The specified conflict resolution strategy is not valid.
//
-// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
-// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidConflictResolutionException "InvalidConflictResolutionException"
+// The specified conflict resolution list is not valid.
//
-// See UpdateComment for more information on using the UpdateComment
-// API call, and error handling.
+// * ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException "ReplacementTypeRequiredException"
+// A replacement type is required.
//
-// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
-// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementTypeException "InvalidReplacementTypeException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the specified replacement
+// type is not valid.
//
+// * ErrCodeMultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException "MultipleConflictResolutionEntriesException"
+// More than one conflict resolution entries exists for the conflict. A conflict
+// can have only one conflict resolution entry.
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCommentRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateCommentRequest(params)
+// * ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
+// USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
//
-// err := req.Send()
-// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
-// fmt.Println(resp)
-// }
+// * ErrCodeMaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException "MaximumConflictResolutionEntriesExceededException"
+// The number of allowed conflict resolution entries was exceeded.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateCommentRequest(input *UpdateCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCommentOutput) {
- op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateComment,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/",
- }
-
- if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateCommentInput{}
- }
-
- output = &UpdateCommentOutput{}
- req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- return
-}
-
-// UpdateComment API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
//
-// Replaces the contents of a comment.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
//
-// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
-// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
-// the error.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
+// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
+// mode permissions, see PutFile.
//
-// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdateComment for usage and error information.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidReplacementContentException "InvalidReplacementContentException"
+// Automerge was specified for resolving the conflict, but the replacement type
+// is not valid or content is missing.
//
-// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
-// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
-// cannot be null.
+// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
-// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
+// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
+// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
+// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
+// multiple folders.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
-// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
-// correct ID, and then try again.
+// * ErrCodeMaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException "MaximumFileContentToLoadExceededException"
+// The number of files to load exceeds the allowed limit.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
-// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
+// * ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+// The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+// and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
-// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
-// the full comment ID.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentNotCreatedByCallerException "CommentNotCreatedByCallerException"
-// You cannot modify or delete this comment. Only comment authors can modify
-// or delete their comments.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
-// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
-// comment.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateComment(input *UpdateCommentInput) (*UpdateCommentOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateCommentRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
+// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
+// request ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentReferenceUpdateException "ConcurrentReferenceUpdateException"
+// The merge cannot be completed because the target branch has been modified.
+// Another user might have modified the target branch while the merge was in
+// progress. Wait a few minutes, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException"
+// The pull request cannot be merged because one or more approval rules applied
+// to the pull request have conditions that have not been met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/MergePullRequestByThreeWay
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWay(input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput) (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateCommentWithContext is the same as UpdateComment with the addition of
+// MergePullRequestByThreeWayWithContext is the same as MergePullRequestByThreeWay with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateComment for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See MergePullRequestByThreeWay for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCommentOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateCommentRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) MergePullRequestByThreeWayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput, opts ...request.Option) (*MergePullRequestByThreeWayOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.MergePullRequestByThreeWayRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateDefaultBranch = "UpdateDefaultBranch"
+const opOverridePullRequestApprovalRules = "OverridePullRequestApprovalRules"
-// UpdateDefaultBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateDefaultBranch operation. The "output" return
+// OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the OverridePullRequestApprovalRules operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateDefaultBranch for more information on using the UpdateDefaultBranch
+// See OverridePullRequestApprovalRules for more information on using the OverridePullRequestApprovalRules
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDefaultBranchRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/OverridePullRequestApprovalRules
+func (c *CodeCommit) OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) (req *request.Request, output *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateDefaultBranch,
+ Name: opOverridePullRequestApprovalRules,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateDefaultBranchInput{}
+ input = &OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateDefaultBranchOutput{}
+ output = &OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// UpdateDefaultBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
-//
-// Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository.
+// OverridePullRequestApprovalRules API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// If you use this operation to change the default branch name to the current
-// default branch name, a success message is returned even though the default
-// branch did not change.
+// Sets aside (overrides) all approval rule requirements for a specified pull
+// request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdateDefaultBranch for usage and error information.
+// API operation OverridePullRequestApprovalRules for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException "InvalidRevisionIdException"
+// The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
//
-// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
-// A branch name is required but was not specified.
+// * ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException "RevisionIdRequiredException"
+// A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
-// The specified reference name is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidOverrideStatusException "InvalidOverrideStatusException"
+// The override status is not valid. Valid statuses are OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
//
-// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified branch does not exist.
+// * ErrCodeOverrideStatusRequiredException "OverrideStatusRequiredException"
+// An override status is required, but no value was provided. Valid values include
+// OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOverrideAlreadySetException "OverrideAlreadySetException"
+// The pull request has already had its approval rules set to override.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException "RevisionNotCurrentException"
+// The revision ID provided in the request does not match the current revision
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to retrieve the current revision ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -7291,175 +7855,240 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput)
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranch(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/OverridePullRequestApprovalRules
+func (c *CodeCommit) OverridePullRequestApprovalRules(input *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) (*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateDefaultBranchWithContext is the same as UpdateDefaultBranch with the addition of
+// OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesWithContext is the same as OverridePullRequestApprovalRules with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateDefaultBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See OverridePullRequestApprovalRules for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdatePullRequestDescription = "UpdatePullRequestDescription"
+const opPostCommentForComparedCommit = "PostCommentForComparedCommit"
-// UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestDescription operation. The "output" return
+// PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PostCommentForComparedCommit operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdatePullRequestDescription for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestDescription
+// See PostCommentForComparedCommit for more information on using the PostCommentForComparedCommit
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdatePullRequestDescription,
+ Name: opPostCommentForComparedCommit,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput{}
+ input = &PostCommentForComparedCommitInput{}
}
- output = &UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput{}
+ output = &PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdatePullRequestDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// PostCommentForComparedCommit API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request.
+// Posts a comment on the comparison between two commits.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdatePullRequestDescription for usage and error information.
+// API operation PostCommentForComparedCommit for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException "InvalidDescriptionException"
-// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions are limited to 1,000
-// characters in length.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
-// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
+// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
+// client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures
+// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
+// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns
+// information about the initial request that used that token.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescription(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
+// The client request token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
+// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
+// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
+// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
+// cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException "InvalidFileLocationException"
+// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the file
+// name and extension.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"
+// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
+// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException "InvalidFilePositionException"
+// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
+// of the file you want to comment on.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
+// A commit ID was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"
+// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
+// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified path does not exist.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForComparedCommit
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommit(input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdatePullRequestDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestDescription with the addition of
+// PostCommentForComparedCommitWithContext is the same as PostCommentForComparedCommit with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdatePullRequestDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See PostCommentForComparedCommit for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForComparedCommitWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PostCommentForComparedCommitRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdatePullRequestStatus = "UpdatePullRequestStatus"
+const opPostCommentForPullRequest = "PostCommentForPullRequest"
-// UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestStatus operation. The "output" return
+// PostCommentForPullRequestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PostCommentForPullRequest operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdatePullRequestStatus for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestStatus
+// See PostCommentForPullRequest for more information on using the PostCommentForPullRequest
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentForPullRequestRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdatePullRequestStatus,
+ Name: opPostCommentForPullRequest,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdatePullRequestStatusInput{}
+ input = &PostCommentForPullRequestInput{}
}
- output = &UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput{}
+ output = &PostCommentForPullRequestOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdatePullRequestStatus API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// PostCommentForPullRequest API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Updates the status of a pull request.
+// Posts a comment on a pull request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdatePullRequestStatus for usage and error information.
+// API operation PostCommentForPullRequest for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
@@ -7474,16 +8103,65 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestStat
// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException "InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException"
-// The pull request status update is not valid. The only valid update is from
-// OPEN to CLOSED.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException "RepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException"
+// The repository does not contain any pull requests with that pull request
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to verify the correct repository name for the pull
+// request ID.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"
-// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
-// CLOSED.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestStatusRequiredException "PullRequestStatusRequiredException"
-// A pull request status is required, but none was provided.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
+// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
+// client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures
+// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
+// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns
+// information about the initial request that used that token.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
+// The client request token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
+// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
+// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
+// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
+// cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException "InvalidFileLocationException"
+// The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the file
+// name and extension.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException "InvalidRelativeFileVersionEnumException"
+// Either the enum is not in a valid format, or the specified file version enum
+// is not valid in respect to the current file version.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFilePositionException "InvalidFilePositionException"
+// The position is not valid. Make sure that the line number exists in the version
+// of the file you want to comment on.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitIdRequiredException "CommitIdRequiredException"
+// A commit ID was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommitIdException "InvalidCommitIdException"
+// The specified commit ID is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -7500,202 +8178,294 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestStat
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatus(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeCommitDoesNotExistException "CommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified commit does not exist or no commit was specified, and the specified
+// repository has no default branch.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathDoesNotExistException "PathDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified path does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException "BeforeCommitIdAndAfterCommitIdAreSameException"
+// The before commit ID and the after commit ID are the same, which is not valid.
+// The before commit ID and the after commit ID must be different commit IDs.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentForPullRequest
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequest(input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) (*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdatePullRequestStatusWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestStatus with the addition of
+// PostCommentForPullRequestWithContext is the same as PostCommentForPullRequest with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdatePullRequestStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See PostCommentForPullRequest for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentForPullRequestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentForPullRequestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentForPullRequestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PostCommentForPullRequestRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdatePullRequestTitle = "UpdatePullRequestTitle"
+const opPostCommentReply = "PostCommentReply"
-// UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestTitle operation. The "output" return
+// PostCommentReplyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PostCommentReply operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdatePullRequestTitle for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestTitle
+// See PostCommentReply for more information on using the PostCommentReply
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the PostCommentReplyRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PostCommentReplyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReplyRequest(input *PostCommentReplyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PostCommentReplyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdatePullRequestTitle,
+ Name: opPostCommentReply,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdatePullRequestTitleInput{}
+ input = &PostCommentReplyInput{}
}
- output = &UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput{}
+ output = &PostCommentReplyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdatePullRequestTitle API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+// PostCommentReply API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// Replaces the title of a pull request.
+// Posts a comment in reply to an existing comment on a comparison between commits
+// or a pull request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdatePullRequestTitle for usage and error information.
+// API operation PostCommentReply for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
-// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
-// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
-// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
-// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
-// again.
+// * ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
+// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
+// client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures
+// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
+// received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns
+// information about the initial request that used that token.
//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
-// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidClientRequestTokenException "InvalidClientRequestTokenException"
+// The client request token is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeTitleRequiredException "TitleRequiredException"
-// A pull request title is required. It cannot be empty or null.
+// * ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
+// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
+// format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidTitleException "InvalidTitleException"
-// The title of the pull request is not valid. Pull request titles cannot exceed
-// 100 characters in length.
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
+// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
+// cannot be null.
//
-// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
-// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitle(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
+// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct
+// ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
+// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
+// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
+// the full comment ID.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PostCommentReply
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReply(input *PostCommentReplyInput) (*PostCommentReplyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PostCommentReplyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdatePullRequestTitleWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestTitle with the addition of
+// PostCommentReplyWithContext is the same as PostCommentReply with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdatePullRequestTitle for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See PostCommentReply for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input)
+func (c *CodeCommit) PostCommentReplyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PostCommentReplyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PostCommentReplyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PostCommentReplyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateRepositoryDescription = "UpdateRepositoryDescription"
+const opPutFile = "PutFile"
-// UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateRepositoryDescription operation. The "output" return
+// PutFileRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutFile operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for more information on using the UpdateRepositoryDescription
+// See PutFile for more information on using the PutFile
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the PutFileRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PutFileRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile
+func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileRequest(input *PutFileInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutFileOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateRepositoryDescription,
+ Name: opPutFile,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput{}
+ input = &PutFileInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput{}
+ output = &PutFileOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// UpdateRepositoryDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
-//
-// Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository.
+// PutFile API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
//
-// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
-// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
-// and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
-// code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
-// that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
+// Adds or updates a file in a branch in an AWS CodeCommit repository, and generates
+// a commit for the addition in the specified branch.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdateRepositoryDescription for usage and error information.
+// API operation PutFile for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryDescriptionException "InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException"
-// The specified repository description is not valid.
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeParentCommitIdRequiredException "ParentCommitIdRequiredException"
+// A parent commit ID is required. To view the full commit ID of a branch in
+// a repository, use GetBranch or a Git command (for example, git pull or git
+// log).
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParentCommitIdException "InvalidParentCommitIdException"
+// The parent commit ID is not valid. The commit ID cannot be empty, and must
+// match the head commit ID for the branch of the repository where you want
+// to add or update a file.
+//
+// * ErrCodeParentCommitDoesNotExistException "ParentCommitDoesNotExistException"
+// The parent commit ID is not valid because it does not exist. The specified
+// parent commit ID does not exist in the specified branch of the repository.
+//
+// * ErrCodeParentCommitIdOutdatedException "ParentCommitIdOutdatedException"
+// The file could not be added because the provided parent commit ID is not
+// the current tip of the specified branch. To view the full commit ID of the
+// current head of the branch, use GetBranch.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFileContentRequiredException "FileContentRequiredException"
+// The file cannot be added because it is empty. Empty files cannot be added
+// to the repository with this API.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+// 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+// these changes using a Git client.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFolderContentSizeLimitExceededException "FolderContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The commit cannot be created because at least one of the overall changes
+// in the commit results in a folder whose contents exceed the limit of 6 MB.
+// Either reduce the number and size of your changes, or split the changes across
+// multiple folders.
+//
+// * ErrCodePathRequiredException "PathRequiredException"
+// The folderPath for a location cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPathException "InvalidPathException"
+// The specified path is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
+// The specified reference name is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified branch does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
+// The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+// name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+// ListBranches.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException "InvalidFileModeException"
+// The specified file mode permission is not valid. For a list of valid file
+// mode permissions, see PutFile.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNameLengthExceededException "NameLengthExceededException"
+// The user name is not valid because it has exceeded the character limit for
+// author names.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidEmailException "InvalidEmailException"
+// The specified email address either contains one or more characters that are
+// not allowed, or it exceeds the maximum number of characters allowed for an
+// email address.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException "CommitMessageLengthExceededException"
+// The commit message is too long. Provide a shorter string.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidDeletionParameterException "InvalidDeletionParameterException"
+// The specified deletion parameter is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
// An encryption integrity check failed.
@@ -7712,127 +8482,2408 @@ func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryD
// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
// The encryption key is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescription(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeSameFileContentException "SameFileContentException"
+// The file was not added or updated because the content of the file is exactly
+// the same as the content of that file in the repository and branch that you
+// specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException "FileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException"
+// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified file name
+// has the same name as a directory in this repository. Either provide another
+// name for the file, or add the file in a directory that does not match the
+// file name.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException "DirectoryNameConflictsWithFileNameException"
+// A file cannot be added to the repository because the specified path name
+// has the same name as a file that already exists in this repository. Either
+// provide a different name for the file, or specify a different path for the
+// file.
+//
+// * ErrCodeFilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException "FilePathConflictsWithSubmodulePathException"
+// The commit cannot be created because a specified file path points to a submodule.
+// Verify that the destination files have valid file paths that do not point
+// to a submodule.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutFile
+func (c *CodeCommit) PutFile(input *PutFileInput) (*PutFileOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutFileRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutFileWithContext is the same as PutFile with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutFile for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) PutFileWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutFileInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutFileOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutFileRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateRepositoryDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdateRepositoryDescription with the addition of
-// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
-//
-// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return out, req.Send()
+const opPutRepositoryTriggers = "PutRepositoryTriggers"
+
+// PutRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See PutRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the PutRepositoryTriggers
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the PutRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers
+func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opPutRepositoryTriggers,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &PutRepositoryTriggersInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &PutRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// PutRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Replaces all triggers for a repository. Used to create or delete triggers.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation PutRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
+// The list of triggers for the repository is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
+// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"
+// The name of the trigger is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"
+// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
+// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
+// meet the requirements for the service type.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
+// The AWS Region for the trigger target does not match the AWS Region for the
+// repository. Triggers must be created in the same Region as the target for
+// the trigger.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"
+// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException "MaximumBranchesExceededException"
+// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"
+// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"
+// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
+// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
+// A name for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
+// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required, but
+// was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
+// At least one branch name is required, but was not specified in the trigger
+// configuration.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
+// At least one event for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/PutRepositoryTriggers
+func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggers(input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as PutRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) PutRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opTagResource = "TagResource"
+
+// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TagResource
+func (c *CodeCommit) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opTagResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &TagResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &TagResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// TagResource API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Adds or updates tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid
+// resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException "ResourceArnRequiredException"
+// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
+// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
+// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException "InvalidResourceArnException"
+// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
+// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTagsMapRequiredException "TagsMapRequiredException"
+// A map of tags is required.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTagsMapException "InvalidTagsMapException"
+// The map of tags is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
+// The maximum number of tags for an AWS CodeCommit resource has been exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidSystemTagUsageException "InvalidSystemTagUsageException"
+// The specified tag is not valid. Key names cannot be prefixed with aws:.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
+// The tag policy is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TagResource
+func (c *CodeCommit) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opTestRepositoryTriggers = "TestRepositoryTriggers"
+
+// TestRepositoryTriggersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the TestRepositoryTriggers operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See TestRepositoryTriggers for more information on using the TestRepositoryTriggers
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the TestRepositoryTriggersRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers
+func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (req *request.Request, output *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opTestRepositoryTriggers,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &TestRepositoryTriggersInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &TestRepositoryTriggersOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// TestRepositoryTriggers API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Tests the functionality of repository triggers by sending information to
+// the trigger target. If real data is available in the repository, the test
+// sends data from the last commit. If no data is available, sample data is
+// generated.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation TestRepositoryTriggers for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
+// The list of triggers for the repository is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
+// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerNameException"
+// The name of the trigger is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnException"
+// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the trigger is not valid for the specified
+// destination. The most common reason for this error is that the ARN does not
+// meet the requirements for the service type.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
+// The AWS Region for the trigger target does not match the AWS Region for the
+// repository. Triggers must be created in the same Region as the target for
+// the trigger.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerCustomDataException"
+// The custom data provided for the trigger is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumBranchesExceededException "MaximumBranchesExceededException"
+// The number of branches for the trigger was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerBranchNameException"
+// One or more branch names specified for the trigger is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException "InvalidRepositoryTriggerEventsException"
+// One or more events specified for the trigger is not valid. Check to make
+// sure that all events specified match the requirements for allowed events.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
+// A name for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
+// A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required, but
+// was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
+// At least one branch name is required, but was not specified in the trigger
+// configuration.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
+// At least one event for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/TestRepositoryTriggers
+func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggers(input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// TestRepositoryTriggersWithContext is the same as TestRepositoryTriggers with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See TestRepositoryTriggers for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) TestRepositoryTriggersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TestRepositoryTriggersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TestRepositoryTriggersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TestRepositoryTriggersRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"
+
+// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UntagResource
+func (c *CodeCommit) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUntagResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UntagResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UntagResource API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Removes tags for a resource in AWS CodeCommit. For a list of valid resources
+// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException "ResourceArnRequiredException"
+// A valid Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for an AWS CodeCommit resource is required.
+// For a list of valid resources in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources
+// and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException "InvalidResourceArnException"
+// The value for the resource ARN is not valid. For more information about resources
+// in AWS CodeCommit, see CodeCommit Resources and Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/auth-and-access-control-iam-access-control-identity-based.html#arn-formats)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTagKeysListRequiredException "TagKeysListRequiredException"
+// A list of tag keys is required. The list cannot be empty or null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTagKeysListException "InvalidTagKeysListException"
+// The list of tags is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyTagsException "TooManyTagsException"
+// The maximum number of tags for an AWS CodeCommit resource has been exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidSystemTagUsageException "InvalidSystemTagUsageException"
+// The specified tag is not valid. Key names cannot be prefixed with aws:.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTagPolicyException "TagPolicyException"
+// The tag policy is not valid.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UntagResource
+func (c *CodeCommit) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent = "UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent"
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent for more information on using the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Updates the content of an approval rule template. You can change the number
+// of required approvals, the membership of the approval rule, and whether an
+// approval pool is defined.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException"
+// The content of the approval rule template is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRuleContentSha256Exception "InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception"
+// The SHA-256 hash signature for the rule content is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException"
+// The content for the approval rule template is empty. You must provide some
+// content for an approval rule template. The content cannot be null.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentWithContext is the same as UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription = "UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription"
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription for more information on using the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Updates the description for a specified approval rule template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException"
+// The description for the approval rule template is not valid because it exceeds
+// the maximum characters allowed for a description. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName = "UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName"
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName for more information on using the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Updates the name of a specified approval rule template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+// The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+// be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+// limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+// is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+// was created, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException"
+// You cannot create an approval rule template with that name because a template
+// with that name already exists in this AWS Region for your AWS account. Approval
+// rule template names must be unique.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName(input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameWithContext is the same as UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateComment = "UpdateComment"
+
+// UpdateCommentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateComment operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateComment for more information on using the UpdateComment
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateCommentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateCommentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateCommentRequest(input *UpdateCommentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateCommentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateComment,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateCommentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateCommentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateComment API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Replaces the contents of a comment.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateComment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException "CommentContentRequiredException"
+// The comment is empty. You must provide some content for a comment. The content
+// cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentContentSizeLimitExceededException "CommentContentSizeLimitExceededException"
+// The comment is too large. Comments are limited to 1,000 characters.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException "CommentDoesNotExistException"
+// No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct
+// ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException "CommentIdRequiredException"
+// The comment ID is missing or null. A comment ID is required.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidCommentIdException "InvalidCommentIdException"
+// The comment ID is not in a valid format. Make sure that you have provided
+// the full comment ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentNotCreatedByCallerException "CommentNotCreatedByCallerException"
+// You cannot modify or delete this comment. Only comment authors can modify
+// or delete their comments.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCommentDeletedException "CommentDeletedException"
+// This comment has already been deleted. You cannot edit or delete a deleted
+// comment.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateComment
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateComment(input *UpdateCommentInput) (*UpdateCommentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateCommentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateCommentWithContext is the same as UpdateComment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateComment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateCommentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCommentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateCommentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateCommentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDefaultBranch = "UpdateDefaultBranch"
+
+// UpdateDefaultBranchRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDefaultBranch operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDefaultBranch for more information on using the UpdateDefaultBranch
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDefaultBranchRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDefaultBranch,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDefaultBranchInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDefaultBranchOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDefaultBranch API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Sets or changes the default branch name for the specified repository.
+//
+// If you use this operation to change the default branch name to the current
+// default branch name, a success message is returned even though the default
+// branch did not change.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateDefaultBranch for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException "BranchNameRequiredException"
+// A branch name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidBranchNameException "InvalidBranchNameException"
+// The specified reference name is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException "BranchDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified branch does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateDefaultBranch
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranch(input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDefaultBranchWithContext is the same as UpdateDefaultBranch with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDefaultBranch for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateDefaultBranchWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDefaultBranchInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDefaultBranchOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDefaultBranchRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent = "UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent"
+
+// UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Updates the structure of an approval rule created specifically for a pull
+// request. For example, you can change the number of required approvers and
+// the approval pool for approvers.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException"
+// An approval rule name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException"
+// The name for the approval rule is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException "ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified approval rule does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRuleContentSha256Exception "InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception"
+// The SHA-256 hash signature for the rule content is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalRuleContentRequiredException "ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException"
+// The content for the approval rule is empty. You must provide some content
+// for an approval rule. The content cannot be null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleContentException "InvalidApprovalRuleContentException"
+// The content for the approval rule is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException "CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException"
+// The approval rule cannot be modified for the pull request because it was
+// created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent(input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdatePullRequestApprovalState = "UpdatePullRequestApprovalState"
+
+// UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestApprovalState operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestApprovalState for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestApprovalState
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestApprovalState
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdatePullRequestApprovalState,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestApprovalState API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Updates the state of a user's approval on a pull request. The user is derived
+// from the signed-in account when the request is made.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdatePullRequestApprovalState for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException "InvalidRevisionIdException"
+// The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException "RevisionIdRequiredException"
+// A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidApprovalStateException "InvalidApprovalStateException"
+// The state for the approval is not valid. Valid values include APPROVE and
+// REVOKE.
+//
+// * ErrCodeApprovalStateRequiredException "ApprovalStateRequiredException"
+// An approval state is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException "PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException"
+// The approval cannot be applied because the user approving the pull request
+// matches the user who created the pull request. You cannot approve a pull
+// request that you created.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException "RevisionNotCurrentException"
+// The revision ID provided in the request does not match the current revision
+// ID. Use GetPullRequest to retrieve the current revision ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException "MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException"
+// The number of approvals required for the approval rule exceeds the maximum
+// number allowed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestApprovalState
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestApprovalState(input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestApprovalState with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestApprovalState for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdatePullRequestDescription = "UpdatePullRequestDescription"
+
+// UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestDescription operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestDescription for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestDescription
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdatePullRequestDescription,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Replaces the contents of the description of a pull request.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdatePullRequestDescription for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException "InvalidDescriptionException"
+// The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions cannot be more than
+// 1,000 characters.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestDescription
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescription(input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestDescription with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestDescriptionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestDescriptionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdatePullRequestStatus = "UpdatePullRequestStatus"
+
+// UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestStatus operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestStatus for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestStatus
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdatePullRequestStatus,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdatePullRequestStatusInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestStatus API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Updates the status of a pull request.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdatePullRequestStatus for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException "InvalidPullRequestStatusUpdateException"
+// The pull request status update is not valid. The only valid update is from
+// OPEN to CLOSED.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestStatusException "InvalidPullRequestStatusException"
+// The pull request status is not valid. The only valid values are OPEN and
+// CLOSED.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestStatusRequiredException "PullRequestStatusRequiredException"
+// A pull request status is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestStatus
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatus(input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestStatusWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestStatus with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestStatusOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestStatusRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdatePullRequestTitle = "UpdatePullRequestTitle"
+
+// UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdatePullRequestTitle operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestTitle for more information on using the UpdatePullRequestTitle
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdatePullRequestTitle,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdatePullRequestTitleInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestTitle API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Replaces the title of a pull request.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdatePullRequestTitle for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException "PullRequestDoesNotExistException"
+// The pull request ID could not be found. Make sure that you have specified
+// the correct repository name and pull request ID, and then try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidPullRequestIdException "InvalidPullRequestIdException"
+// The pull request ID is not valid. Make sure that you have provided the full
+// ID and that the pull request is in the specified repository, and then try
+// again.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestIdRequiredException "PullRequestIdRequiredException"
+// A pull request ID is required, but none was provided.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTitleRequiredException "TitleRequiredException"
+// A pull request title is required. It cannot be empty or null.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidTitleException "InvalidTitleException"
+// The title of the pull request is not valid. Pull request titles cannot exceed
+// 100 characters in length.
+//
+// * ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdatePullRequestTitle
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitle(input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdatePullRequestTitleWithContext is the same as UpdatePullRequestTitle with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdatePullRequestTitle for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdatePullRequestTitleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePullRequestTitleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePullRequestTitleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdatePullRequestTitleRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateRepositoryDescription = "UpdateRepositoryDescription"
+
+// UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateRepositoryDescription operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for more information on using the UpdateRepositoryDescription
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateRepositoryDescription,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateRepositoryDescription API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Sets or changes the comment or description for a repository.
+//
+// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
+// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
+// and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code.
+// Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that
+// uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateRepositoryDescription for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryDescriptionException "InvalidRepositoryDescriptionException"
+// The specified repository description is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException "EncryptionIntegrityChecksFailedException"
+// An encryption integrity check failed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException "EncryptionKeyAccessDeniedException"
+// An encryption key could not be accessed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyDisabledException "EncryptionKeyDisabledException"
+// The encryption key is disabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyNotFoundException "EncryptionKeyNotFoundException"
+// No encryption key was found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeEncryptionKeyUnavailableException "EncryptionKeyUnavailableException"
+// The encryption key is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryDescription
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescription(input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateRepositoryDescriptionWithContext is the same as UpdateRepositoryDescription with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateRepositoryDescription for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRepositoryDescriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRepositoryDescriptionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryDescriptionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateRepositoryName = "UpdateRepositoryName"
+
+// UpdateRepositoryNameRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateRepositoryName operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateRepositoryName for more information on using the UpdateRepositoryName
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRepositoryNameRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateRepositoryName,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateRepositoryNameInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateRepositoryNameOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateRepositoryName API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
+//
+// Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling
+// AWS account. Repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and
+// underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The suffix
+// .git is prohibited. For more information about the limits on repository names,
+// see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html)
+// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
+// API operation UpdateRepositoryName for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
+// The specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameExistsException "RepositoryNameExistsException"
+// The specified repository name already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
+// A repository name is required, but was not specified.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
+// A specified repository name is not valid.
+//
+// This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
+// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
+// when a specified repository does not exist.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryName(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateRepositoryNameWithContext is the same as UpdateRepositoryName with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateRepositoryName for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// Returns information about a specific approval on a pull request.
+type Approval struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The state of the approval, APPROVE or REVOKE. REVOKE states are not stored.
+ ApprovalState *string `locationName:"approvalState" type:"string" enum:"ApprovalState"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user.
+ UserArn *string `locationName:"userArn" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Approval) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Approval) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalState sets the ApprovalState field's value.
+func (s *Approval) SetApprovalState(v string) *Approval {
+ s.ApprovalState = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserArn sets the UserArn field's value.
+func (s *Approval) SetUserArn(v string) *Approval {
+ s.UserArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about an approval rule.
+type ApprovalRule struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content of the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date the approval rule was created, in timestamp format.
+ CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The date the approval rule was most recently changed, in timestamp format.
+ LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who made the most recent changes
+ // to the approval rule.
+ LastModifiedUser *string `locationName:"lastModifiedUser" type:"string"`
+
+ // The approval rule template used to create the rule.
+ OriginApprovalRuleTemplate *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"originApprovalRuleTemplate" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule.
+ RuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"ruleContentSha256" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRule) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRule) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleContent sets the ApprovalRuleContent field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetApprovalRuleContent(v string) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.ApprovalRuleContent = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleId sets the ApprovalRuleId field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetApprovalRuleId(v string) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.ApprovalRuleId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleName sets the ApprovalRuleName field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetApprovalRuleName(v string) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.ApprovalRuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.CreationDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.LastModifiedDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModifiedUser sets the LastModifiedUser field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetLastModifiedUser(v string) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.LastModifiedUser = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOriginApprovalRuleTemplate sets the OriginApprovalRuleTemplate field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetOriginApprovalRuleTemplate(v *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.OriginApprovalRuleTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRuleContentSha256 sets the RuleContentSha256 field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRule) SetRuleContentSha256(v string) *ApprovalRule {
+ s.RuleContentSha256 = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about an event for an approval rule.
+type ApprovalRuleEventMetadata struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content of the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleContent sets the ApprovalRuleContent field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) SetApprovalRuleContent(v string) *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata {
+ s.ApprovalRuleContent = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleId sets the ApprovalRuleId field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) SetApprovalRuleId(v string) *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata {
+ s.ApprovalRuleId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleName sets the ApprovalRuleName field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) SetApprovalRuleName(v string) *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata {
+ s.ApprovalRuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about an override event for approval rules for a pull
+// request.
+type ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The status of the override event.
+ OverrideStatus *string `locationName:"overrideStatus" type:"string" enum:"OverrideStatus"`
+
+ // The revision ID of the pull request when the override event occurred.
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetOverrideStatus sets the OverrideStatus field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) SetOverrideStatus(v string) *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata {
+ s.OverrideStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) SetRevisionId(v string) *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about an approval rule template.
+type ApprovalRuleTemplate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content of the approval rule template.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateContent" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The description of the approval rule template.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateDescription" type:"string"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the approval rule template.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date the approval rule template was created, in timestamp format.
+ CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The date the approval rule template was most recently changed, in timestamp
+ // format.
+ LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who made the most recent changes
+ // to the approval rule template.
+ LastModifiedUser *string `locationName:"lastModifiedUser" type:"string"`
+
+ // The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule template.
+ RuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"ruleContentSha256" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRuleTemplate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalRuleTemplate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateContent sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateContent field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetApprovalRuleTemplateContent(v string) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateContent = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateDescription sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetApprovalRuleTemplateDescription(v string) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateId sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateId field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetApprovalRuleTemplateId(v string) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.CreationDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.LastModifiedDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModifiedUser sets the LastModifiedUser field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetLastModifiedUser(v string) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.LastModifiedUser = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRuleContentSha256 sets the RuleContentSha256 field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalRuleTemplate) SetRuleContentSha256(v string) *ApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.RuleContentSha256 = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about a change in the approval state for a pull request.
+type ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The approval status for the pull request.
+ ApprovalStatus *string `locationName:"approvalStatus" type:"string" enum:"ApprovalState"`
+
+ // The revision ID of the pull request when the approval state changed.
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalStatus sets the ApprovalStatus field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) SetApprovalStatus(v string) *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata {
+ s.ApprovalStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) SetRevisionId(v string) *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name for the approval rule template.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the repository that you want to associate with the template.
+ //
+ // RepositoryName is a required field
+ RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryInput {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Returns information about errors in a BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories
+// operation.
+type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An error code that specifies whether the repository name was not valid or
+ // not found.
+ ErrorCode *string `locationName:"errorCode" type:"string"`
+
+ // An error message that provides details about why the repository name was
+ // not found or not valid.
+ ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the repository where the association was not made.
+ RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) SetErrorCode(v string) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError {
+ s.ErrorCode = &v
+ return s
}
-const opUpdateRepositoryName = "UpdateRepositoryName"
+// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError {
+ s.ErrorMessage = &v
+ return s
+}
-// UpdateRepositoryNameRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateRepositoryName operation. The "output" return
-// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
-// successfully.
-//
-// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
-// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
-//
-// See UpdateRepositoryName for more information on using the UpdateRepositoryName
-// API call, and error handling.
-//
-// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
-// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
-//
-//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRepositoryNameRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(params)
-//
-// err := req.Send()
-// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
-// fmt.Println(resp)
-// }
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRepositoryNameOutput) {
- op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateRepositoryName,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/",
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) SetRepositoryName(v string) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the template you want to associate with one or more repositories.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The names of the repositories you want to associate with the template.
+ //
+ // The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself
+ // can be empty.
+ //
+ // RepositoryNames is a required field
+ RepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryNames == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryNames"))
}
- if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateRepositoryNameInput{}
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
}
+ return nil
+}
- output = &UpdateRepositoryNameOutput{}
- req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
- return
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
}
-// UpdateRepositoryName API operation for AWS CodeCommit.
-//
-// Renames a repository. The repository name must be unique across the calling
-// AWS account. In addition, repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric,
-// dash, and underscore characters, and cannot include certain characters. The
-// suffix ".git" is prohibited. For a full description of the limits on repository
-// names, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html)
-// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
-//
-// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
-// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
-// the error.
-//
-// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS CodeCommit's
-// API operation UpdateRepositoryName for usage and error information.
-//
-// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryDoesNotExistException "RepositoryDoesNotExistException"
-// The specified repository does not exist.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameExistsException "RepositoryNameExistsException"
-// The specified repository name already exists.
-//
-// * ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
-// A repository name is required but was not specified.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
-// At least one specified repository name is not valid.
-//
-// This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
-// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
-// when a specified repository does not exist.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/codecommit-2015-04-13/UpdateRepositoryName
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryName(input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
+// SetRepositoryNames sets the RepositoryNames field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput) SetRepositoryNames(v []*string) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesInput {
+ s.RepositoryNames = v
+ return s
}
-// UpdateRepositoryNameWithContext is the same as UpdateRepositoryName with the addition of
-// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
-//
-// See UpdateRepositoryName for details on how to use this API operation.
-//
-// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
-// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
-// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
-// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *CodeCommit) UpdateRepositoryNameWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRepositoryNameInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRepositoryNameOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateRepositoryNameRequest(input)
- req.SetContext(ctx)
- req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
- return out, req.Send()
+type BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of names of the repositories that have been associated with the template.
+ //
+ // AssociatedRepositoryNames is a required field
+ AssociatedRepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"associatedRepositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // A list of any errors that might have occurred while attempting to create
+ // the association between the template and the repositories.
+ //
+ // Errors is a required field
+ Errors []*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError `locationName:"errors" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssociatedRepositoryNames sets the AssociatedRepositoryNames field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) SetAssociatedRepositoryNames(v []*string) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput {
+ s.AssociatedRepositoryNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
+func (s *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesError) *BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositoriesOutput {
+ s.Errors = v
+ return s
}
-// Information about errors in a BatchDescribeMergeConflicts operation.
+// Returns information about errors in a BatchDescribeMergeConflicts operation.
type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7884,20 +10935,19 @@ type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -7917,7 +10967,7 @@ type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {
// MergeOption is a required field
MergeOption *string `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MergeOptionTypeEnum"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -7928,7 +10978,7 @@ type BatchDescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -8083,27 +11133,170 @@ func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetConflicts(v []*Conflict) *BatchDe
return s
}
-// SetDestinationCommitId sets the DestinationCommitId field's value.
-func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetDestinationCommitId(v string) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
- s.DestinationCommitId = &v
- return s
+// SetDestinationCommitId sets the DestinationCommitId field's value.
+func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetDestinationCommitId(v string) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
+ s.DestinationCommitId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
+func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
+ s.Errors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceCommitId sets the SourceCommitId field's value.
+func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
+ s.SourceCommitId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about errors in a BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories
+// operation.
+type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An error code that specifies whether the repository name was not valid or
+ // not found.
+ ErrorCode *string `locationName:"errorCode" type:"string"`
+
+ // An error message that provides details about why the repository name was
+ // either not found or not valid.
+ ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the repository where the association with the template was not
+ // able to be removed.
+ RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) SetErrorCode(v string) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError {
+ s.ErrorCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError {
+ s.ErrorMessage = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) SetRepositoryName(v string) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the template that you want to disassociate from one or more repositories.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The repository names that you want to disassociate from the approval rule
+ // template.
+ //
+ // The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself
+ // can be empty.
+ //
+ // RepositoryNames is a required field
+ RepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryNames == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryNames"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryNames sets the RepositoryNames field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput) SetRepositoryNames(v []*string) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesInput {
+ s.RepositoryNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of repository names that have had their association with the template
+ // removed.
+ //
+ // DisassociatedRepositoryNames is a required field
+ DisassociatedRepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"disassociatedRepositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // A list of any errors that might have occurred while attempting to remove
+ // the association between the template and the repositories.
+ //
+ // Errors is a required field
+ Errors []*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError `locationName:"errors" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
-// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
-func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchDescribeMergeConflictsError) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
- s.Errors = v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDisassociatedRepositoryNames sets the DisassociatedRepositoryNames field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) SetDisassociatedRepositoryNames(v []*string) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput {
+ s.DisassociatedRepositoryNames = v
return s
}
-// SetSourceCommitId sets the SourceCommitId field's value.
-func (s *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *BatchDescribeMergeConflictsOutput {
- s.SourceCommitId = &v
+// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
+func (s *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput) SetErrors(v []*BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesError) *BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoriesOutput {
+ s.Errors = v
return s
}
@@ -8155,7 +11348,8 @@ type BatchGetCommitsInput struct {
// The full commit IDs of the commits to get information about.
//
- // You must supply the full SHAs of each commit. You cannot use shortened SHAs.
+ // You must supply the full SHA IDs of each commit. You cannot use shortened
+ // SHA IDs.
//
// CommitIds is a required field
CommitIds []*string `locationName:"commitIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
@@ -8215,9 +11409,8 @@ type BatchGetCommitsOutput struct {
Commits []*Commit `locationName:"commits" type:"list"`
// Returns any commit IDs for which information could not be found. For example,
- // if one of the commit IDs was a shortened SHA or that commit was not found
- // in the specified repository, the ID will return an error object with additional
- // information.
+ // if one of the commit IDs was a shortened SHA ID or that commit was not found
+ // in the specified repository, the ID returns an error object with more information.
Errors []*BatchGetCommitsError `locationName:"errors" type:"list"`
}
@@ -8249,6 +11442,9 @@ type BatchGetRepositoriesInput struct {
// The names of the repositories to get information about.
//
+ // The length constraint limit is for each string in the array. The array itself
+ // can be empty.
+ //
// RepositoryNames is a required field
RepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
@@ -8333,7 +11529,7 @@ type BlobMetadata struct {
// * 120000 indicates a symlink
Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string"`
- // The path to the blob and any associated file name, if any.
+ // The path to the blob and associated file name, if any.
Path *string `locationName:"path" type:"string"`
}
@@ -8405,10 +11601,10 @@ type Comment struct {
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the person who posted the comment.
AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`
- // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
+ // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
- // will return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // returns information about the initial request that used that token.
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`
// The system-generated comment ID.
@@ -8492,16 +11688,16 @@ func (s *Comment) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *Comment {
type CommentsForComparedCommit struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the 'after' of the comparison.
+ // The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the after of the comparison.
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
- // The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the 'after' of the comparison.
+ // The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the after of the comparison.
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
- // The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the 'before' of the comparison.
+ // The full blob ID of the commit used to establish the before of the comparison.
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
- // The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the 'before' of the comparison.
+ // The full commit ID of the commit used to establish the before of the comparison.
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
// An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information about
@@ -8510,7 +11706,7 @@ type CommentsForComparedCommit struct {
// Location information about the comment on the comparison, including the file
// name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the comment
- // was made is 'BEFORE' or 'AFTER'.
+ // was made is BEFORE or AFTER.
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
// The name of the repository that contains the compared commits.
@@ -8576,7 +11772,7 @@ type CommentsForPullRequest struct {
// The full blob ID of the file on which you want to comment on the source commit.
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
- // he full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the source branch at
+ // The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the source branch at
// the time the comment was made.
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
@@ -8585,9 +11781,9 @@ type CommentsForPullRequest struct {
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
// The full commit ID of the commit that was the tip of the destination branch
- // when the pull request was created. This commit will be superceded by the
- // after commit in the source branch when and if you merge the source branch
- // into the destination branch.
+ // when the pull request was created. This commit is superceded by the after
+ // commit in the source branch when and if you merge the source branch into
+ // the destination branch.
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
// An array of comment objects. Each comment object contains information about
@@ -8596,7 +11792,7 @@ type CommentsForPullRequest struct {
// Location information about the comment on the pull request, including the
// file name, line number, and whether the version of the file where the comment
- // was made is 'BEFORE' (destination branch) or 'AFTER' (source branch).
+ // was made is BEFORE (destination branch) or AFTER (source branch).
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
@@ -8668,7 +11864,7 @@ func (s *CommentsForPullRequest) SetRepositoryName(v string) *CommentsForPullReq
type Commit struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Any additional data associated with the specified commit.
+ // Any other data associated with the specified commit.
AdditionalData *string `locationName:"additionalData" type:"string"`
// Information about the author of the specified commit. Information includes
@@ -8676,7 +11872,7 @@ type Commit struct {
// the email address for the author, as configured in Git.
Author *UserInfo `locationName:"author" type:"structure"`
- // The full SHA of the specified commit.
+ // The full SHA ID of the specified commit.
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string"`
// Information about the person who committed the specified commit, also known
@@ -8896,18 +12092,18 @@ func (s *ConflictMetadata) SetObjectTypes(v *ObjectTypes) *ConflictMetadata {
return s
}
-// A list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge if AUTOMERGE
-// is chosen as the conflict resolution strategy.
+// If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
+// when resolving conflicts during a merge.
type ConflictResolution struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Files that will be deleted as part of the merge conflict resolution.
+ // Files to be deleted as part of the merge conflict resolution.
DeleteFiles []*DeleteFileEntry `locationName:"deleteFiles" type:"list"`
- // Files that will have content replaced as part of the merge conflict resolution.
+ // Files to have content replaced as part of the merge conflict resolution.
ReplaceContents []*ReplaceContentEntry `locationName:"replaceContents" type:"list"`
- // File modes that will be set as part of the merge conflict resolution.
+ // File modes that are set as part of the merge conflict resolution.
SetFileModes []*SetFileModeEntry `locationName:"setFileModes" type:"list"`
}
@@ -8979,6 +12175,127 @@ func (s *ConflictResolution) SetSetFileModes(v []*SetFileModeEntry) *ConflictRes
return s
}
+type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content of the approval rule that is created on pull requests in associated
+ // repositories. If you specify one or more destination references (branches),
+ // approval rules are created in an associated repository only if their destination
+ // references (branches) match those specified in the template.
+ //
+ // When you create the content of the approval rule template, you can specify
+ // approvers in an approval pool in one of two ways:
+ //
+ // * CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a
+ // resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users
+ // whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful
+ // option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify
+ // the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are
+ // counted as approvals coming from that user: An IAM user in the account
+ // (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major) A federated user identified
+ // in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
+ // This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the
+ // role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major)
+ // unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
+ //
+ // * Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified
+ // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
+ //
+ // For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers
+ // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/iam/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateContent is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The description of the approval rule template. Consider providing a description
+ // that explains what this template does and when it might be appropriate to
+ // associate it with repositories.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateDescription" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template. Provide descriptive names, because
+ // this name is applied to the approval rules created automatically in associated
+ // repositories.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateContent == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateContent"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateContent != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateContent) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateContent", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateContent sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateContent field's value.
+func (s *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateContent(v string) *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateContent = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateDescription sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription field's value.
+func (s *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateDescription(v string) *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content and structure of the created approval rule template.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplate sets the ApprovalRuleTemplate field's value.
+func (s *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplate(v *ApprovalRuleTemplate) *CreateApprovalRuleTemplateOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of a create branch operation.
type CreateBranchInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -9069,40 +12386,38 @@ func (s CreateBranchOutput) GoString() string {
type CreateCommitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the author who created the commit. This information will be used
- // as both the author and committer for the commit.
+ // The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
+ // both the author and committer for the commit.
AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`
- // The name of the branch where you will create the commit.
+ // The name of the branch where you create the commit.
//
// BranchName is a required field
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The commit message you want to include as part of creating the commit. Commit
- // messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message
- // will be used.
+ // The commit message you want to include in the commit. Commit messages are
+ // limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message is used.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
- // The files to delete in this commit. These files will still exist in prior
- // commits.
+ // The files to delete in this commit. These files still exist in earlier commits.
DeleteFiles []*DeleteFileEntry `locationName:"deleteFiles" type:"list"`
// The email address of the person who created the commit.
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
- // if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
- // file will be created for empty folders. The default is false.
+ // if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a ..gitkeep file is created
+ // for empty folders. The default is false.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
- // The ID of the commit that is the parent of the commit you will create. If
- // this is an empty repository, this is not required.
+ // The ID of the commit that is the parent of the commit you create. Not required
+ // if this is an empty repository.
ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string"`
// The files to add or update in this commit.
PutFiles []*PutFileEntry `locationName:"putFiles" type:"list"`
- // The name of the repository where you will create the commit.
+ // The name of the repository where you create the commit.
//
// RepositoryName is a required field
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -9293,31 +12608,153 @@ func (s *CreateCommitOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *CreateCommitOutput {
return s
}
+type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content of the approval rule, including the number of approvals needed
+ // and the structure of an approval pool defined for approvals, if any. For
+ // more information about approval pools, see the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
+ //
+ // When you create the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers
+ // in an approval pool in one of two ways:
+ //
+ // * CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a
+ // resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users
+ // whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful
+ // option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify
+ // the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following would
+ // be counted as approvals coming from that user: An IAM user in the account
+ // (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major) A federated user identified
+ // in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
+ // This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the
+ // role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major)
+ // unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
+ //
+ // * Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified
+ // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
+ //
+ // For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers
+ // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/iam/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleContent is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleContent *string `locationName:"approvalRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name for the approval rule.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to create
+ // the approval rule.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleContent == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleContent"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleContent != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleContent) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleContent", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleContent sets the ApprovalRuleContent field's value.
+func (s *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) SetApprovalRuleContent(v string) *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleContent = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleName sets the ApprovalRuleName field's value.
+func (s *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) SetApprovalRuleName(v string) *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the created approval rule.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRule is a required field
+ ApprovalRule *ApprovalRule `locationName:"approvalRule" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRule sets the ApprovalRule field's value.
+func (s *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) SetApprovalRule(v *ApprovalRule) *CreatePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRule = v
+ return s
+}
+
type CreatePullRequestInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
+ // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
- // will return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // returns information about the initial request that used that token.
//
- // The AWS SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If using an AWS SDK, you
- // do not have to generate an idempotency token, as this will be done for you.
+ // The AWS SDKs prepopulate client request tokens. If you are using an AWS SDK,
+ // an idempotency token is created for you.
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
// A description of the pull request.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
// The targets for the pull request, including the source of the code to be
- // reviewed (the source branch), and the destination where the creator of the
+ // reviewed (the source branch) and the destination where the creator of the
// pull request intends the code to be merged after the pull request is closed
// (the destination branch).
//
// Targets is a required field
Targets []*Target `locationName:"targets" type:"list" required:"true"`
- // The title of the pull request. This title will be used to identify the pull
- // request to other users in the repository.
+ // The title of the pull request. This title is used to identify the pull request
+ // to other users in the repository.
//
// Title is a required field
Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -9416,18 +12853,18 @@ type CreateRepositoryInput struct {
//
// The description field for a repository accepts all HTML characters and all
// valid Unicode characters. Applications that do not HTML-encode the description
- // and display it in a web page could expose users to potentially malicious
- // code. Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application
- // that uses this API to display the repository description on a web page.
+ // and display it in a webpage can expose users to potentially malicious code.
+ // Make sure that you HTML-encode the description field in any application that
+ // uses this API to display the repository description on a webpage.
RepositoryDescription *string `locationName:"repositoryDescription" type:"string"`
// The name of the new repository to be created.
//
- // The repository name must be unique across the calling AWS account. In addition,
- // repository names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters,
- // and cannot include certain characters. For a full description of the limits
+ // The repository name must be unique across the calling AWS account. Repository
+ // names are limited to 100 alphanumeric, dash, and underscore characters, and
+ // cannot include certain characters. For more information about the limits
// on repository names, see Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html)
- // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix ".git" is prohibited.
+ // in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide. The suffix .git is prohibited.
//
// RepositoryName is a required field
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -9508,31 +12945,30 @@ type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the author who created the unreferenced commit. This information
- // will be used as both the author and committer for the commit.
+ // is used as both the author and committer for the commit.
AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`
// The commit message for the unreferenced commit.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
- // A list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge if AUTOMERGE
- // is chosen as the conflict resolution strategy.
+ // If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
+ // when resolving conflicts during a merge.
ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -9542,7 +12978,7 @@ type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput struct {
// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
// if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
- // file will be created for empty folders. The default is false.
+ // file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
// The merge option or strategy you want to use to merge the code.
@@ -9557,7 +12993,7 @@ type CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -9702,6 +13138,73 @@ func (s *CreateUnreferencedMergeCommitOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *CreateUnrefer
return s
}
+type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template to delete.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the deleted approval rule template. If the template
+ // has been previously deleted, the only response is a 200 OK.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateId is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateId sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateId(v string) *DeleteApprovalRuleTemplateOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of a delete branch operation.
type DeleteBranchInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -9848,12 +13351,11 @@ func (s *DeleteCommentContentOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *DeleteCommentConten
return s
}
-// A file that will be deleted as part of a commit.
+// A file that is deleted as part of a commit.
type DeleteFileEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The full path of the file that will be deleted, including the name of the
- // file.
+ // The full path of the file to be deleted, including the name of the file.
//
// FilePath is a required field
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -9891,43 +13393,42 @@ func (s *DeleteFileEntry) SetFilePath(v string) *DeleteFileEntry {
type DeleteFileInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the branch where the commit will be made deleting the file.
+ // The name of the branch where the commit that deletes the file is made.
//
// BranchName is a required field
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The commit message you want to include as part of deleting the file. Commit
// messages are limited to 256 KB. If no message is specified, a default message
- // will be used.
+ // is used.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// The email address for the commit that deletes the file. If no email address
- // is specified, the email address will be left blank.
+ // is specified, the email address is left blank.
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
- // The fully-qualified path to the file that will be deleted, including the
- // full name and extension of that file. For example, /examples/file.md is a
- // fully qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples.
+ // The fully qualified path to the file that to be deleted, including the full
+ // name and extension of that file. For example, /examples/file.md is a fully
+ // qualified path to a file named file.md in a folder named examples.
//
// FilePath is a required field
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Specifies whether to delete the folder or directory that contains the file
- // you want to delete if that file is the only object in the folder or directory.
- // By default, empty folders will be deleted. This includes empty folders that
- // are part of the directory structure. For example, if the path to a file is
- // dir1/dir2/dir3/dir4, and dir2 and dir3 are empty, deleting the last file
- // in dir4 will also delete the empty folders dir4, dir3, and dir2.
+ // If a file is the only object in the folder or directory, specifies whether
+ // to delete the folder or directory that contains the file. By default, empty
+ // folders are deleted. This includes empty folders that are part of the directory
+ // structure. For example, if the path to a file is dir1/dir2/dir3/dir4, and
+ // dir2 and dir3 are empty, deleting the last file in dir4 also deletes the
+ // empty folders dir4, dir3, and dir2.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
// The name of the author of the commit that deletes the file. If no name is
- // specified, the user's ARN will be used as the author name and committer name.
+ // specified, the user's ARN is used as the author name and committer name.
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
// The ID of the commit that is the tip of the branch where you want to create
- // the commit that will delete the file. This must be the HEAD commit for the
- // branch. The commit that deletes the file will be created from this commit
- // ID.
+ // the commit that deletes the file. This must be the HEAD commit for the branch.
+ // The commit that deletes the file is created from this commit ID.
//
// ParentCommitId is a required field
ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -10038,8 +13539,8 @@ type DeleteFileOutput struct {
// CommitId is a required field
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The fully-qualified path to the file that will be deleted, including the
- // full name and extension of that file.
+ // The fully qualified path to the file to be deleted, including the full name
+ // and extension of that file.
//
// FilePath is a required field
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -10067,21 +13568,105 @@ func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetBlobId(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
return s
}
-// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetCommitId(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
- s.CommitId = &v
- return s
+// SetCommitId sets the CommitId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetCommitId(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
+ s.CommitId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilePath sets the FilePath field's value.
+func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetFilePath(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
+ s.FilePath = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTreeId sets the TreeId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
+ s.TreeId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule you want to delete.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the pull request that contains the approval rule
+ // you want to delete.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleName sets the ApprovalRuleName field's value.
+func (s *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) SetApprovalRuleName(v string) *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the deleted approval rule.
+ //
+ // If the approval rule was deleted in an earlier API call, the response is
+ // 200 OK without content.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleId is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetFilePath sets the FilePath field's value.
-func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetFilePath(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
- s.FilePath = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetTreeId sets the TreeId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteFileOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *DeleteFileOutput {
- s.TreeId = &v
+// SetApprovalRuleId sets the ApprovalRuleId field's value.
+func (s *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput) SetApprovalRuleId(v string) *DeletePullRequestApprovalRuleOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleId = &v
return s
}
@@ -10155,20 +13740,19 @@ type DescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -10186,7 +13770,7 @@ type DescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {
// MergeOption is a required field
MergeOption *string `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MergeOptionTypeEnum"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -10197,7 +13781,7 @@ type DescribeMergeConflictsInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -10377,16 +13961,16 @@ type DescribePullRequestEventsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
- // event. Examples include updating the pull request with additional commits
- // or changing the status of a pull request.
+ // event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or changing
+ // the status of a pull request.
ActorArn *string `locationName:"actorArn" type:"string"`
- // A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The
- // default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of events that can
- // be returned in a result.
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ // The default is 100 events, which is also the maximum number of events that
+ // can be returned in a result.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -10532,11 +14116,217 @@ func (s *Difference) SetChangeType(v string) *Difference {
return s
}
+type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template to disassociate from a specified repository.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the repository you want to disassociate from the template.
+ //
+ // RepositoryName is a required field
+ RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryInput {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the pull request you want to evaluate.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID for the pull request revision. To retrieve the most
+ // recent revision ID for a pull request, use GetPullRequest.
+ //
+ // RevisionId is a required field
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput"}
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+ if s.RevisionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RevisionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) SetRevisionId(v string) *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesInput {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The result of the evaluation, including the names of the rules whose conditions
+ // have been met (if any), the names of the rules whose conditions have not
+ // been met (if any), whether the pull request is in the approved state, and
+ // whether the pull request approval rule has been set aside by an override.
+ //
+ // Evaluation is a required field
+ Evaluation *Evaluation `locationName:"evaluation" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEvaluation sets the Evaluation field's value.
+func (s *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) SetEvaluation(v *Evaluation) *EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput {
+ s.Evaluation = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about the approval rules applied to a pull request and
+// whether conditions have been met.
+type Evaluation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The names of the approval rules that have not had their conditions met.
+ ApprovalRulesNotSatisfied []*string `locationName:"approvalRulesNotSatisfied" type:"list"`
+
+ // The names of the approval rules that have had their conditions met.
+ ApprovalRulesSatisfied []*string `locationName:"approvalRulesSatisfied" type:"list"`
+
+ // Whether the state of the pull request is approved.
+ Approved *bool `locationName:"approved" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Whether the approval rule requirements for the pull request have been overridden
+ // and no longer need to be met.
+ Overridden *bool `locationName:"overridden" type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Evaluation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Evaluation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRulesNotSatisfied sets the ApprovalRulesNotSatisfied field's value.
+func (s *Evaluation) SetApprovalRulesNotSatisfied(v []*string) *Evaluation {
+ s.ApprovalRulesNotSatisfied = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRulesSatisfied sets the ApprovalRulesSatisfied field's value.
+func (s *Evaluation) SetApprovalRulesSatisfied(v []*string) *Evaluation {
+ s.ApprovalRulesSatisfied = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApproved sets the Approved field's value.
+func (s *Evaluation) SetApproved(v bool) *Evaluation {
+ s.Approved = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOverridden sets the Overridden field's value.
+func (s *Evaluation) SetOverridden(v bool) *Evaluation {
+ s.Overridden = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Returns information about a file in a repository.
type File struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The fully-qualified path to the file in the repository.
+ // The fully qualified path to the file in the repository.
AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`
// The blob ID that contains the file information.
@@ -10584,12 +14374,12 @@ func (s *File) SetRelativePath(v string) *File {
return s
}
-// A file that will be added, updated, or deleted as part of a commit.
+// A file to be added, updated, or deleted as part of a commit.
type FileMetadata struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The full path to the file that will be added or updated, including the name
- // of the file.
+ // The full path to the file to be added or updated, including the name of the
+ // file.
AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`
// The blob ID that contains the file information.
@@ -10716,7 +14506,7 @@ func (s *FileSizes) SetSource(v int64) *FileSizes {
type Folder struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The fully-qualified path of the folder in the repository.
+ // The fully qualified path of the folder in the repository.
AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`
// The relative path of the specified folder from the folder where the query
@@ -10756,6 +14546,72 @@ func (s *Folder) SetTreeId(v string) *Folder {
return s
}
+type GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template for which you want to get information.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *GetApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The content and structure of the approval rule template.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplate sets the ApprovalRuleTemplate field's value.
+func (s *GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplate(v *ApprovalRuleTemplate) *GetApprovalRuleTemplateOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of a get blob operation.
type GetBlobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -10980,17 +14836,17 @@ type GetCommentsForComparedCommitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
- // the 'after' commit.
+ // the after commit.
//
// AfterCommitId is a required field
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
- // the 'before' commit.
+ // the before commit.
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
- // A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The
- // default is 100 comments, and is configurable up to 500.
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ // The default is 100 comments, but you can configure up to 500.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
// An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
@@ -11106,12 +14962,12 @@ type GetCommentsForPullRequestInput struct {
// of the branch at the time the pull request was created.
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
- // A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results. The
- // default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments with a single
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ // The default is 100 comments. You can return up to 500 comments with a single
// request.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -11223,7 +15079,7 @@ func (s *GetCommentsForPullRequestOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCommentsFor
type GetCommitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA of the commit.
+ // The commit ID. Commit IDs are the full SHA ID of the commit.
//
// CommitId is a required field
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -11312,26 +15168,26 @@ type GetDifferencesInput struct {
// The file path in which to check differences. Limits the results to this path.
// Can also be used to specify the changed name of a directory or folder, if
- // it has changed. If not specified, differences will be shown for all paths.
+ // it has changed. If not specified, differences are shown for all paths.
AfterPath *string `locationName:"afterPath" type:"string"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, the full commit ID. Optional. If not specified, all
- // changes prior to the afterCommitSpecifier value will be shown. If you do
- // not use beforeCommitSpecifier in your request, consider limiting the results
- // with maxResults.
+ // a commit (for example, the full commit ID). Optional. If not specified, all
+ // changes before the afterCommitSpecifier value are shown. If you do not use
+ // beforeCommitSpecifier in your request, consider limiting the results with
+ // maxResults.
BeforeCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"beforeCommitSpecifier" type:"string"`
// The file path in which to check for differences. Limits the results to this
// path. Can also be used to specify the previous name of a directory or folder.
- // If beforePath and afterPath are not specified, differences will be shown
- // for all paths.
+ // If beforePath and afterPath are not specified, differences are shown for
+ // all paths.
BeforePath *string `locationName:"beforePath" type:"string"`
- // A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
@@ -11415,8 +15271,8 @@ func (s *GetDifferencesInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetDifferencesInput {
type GetDifferencesOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A differences data type object that contains information about the differences,
- // including whether the difference is added, modified, or deleted (A, D, M).
+ // A data type object that contains information about the differences, including
+ // whether the difference is added, modified, or deleted (A, D, M).
Differences []*Difference `locationName:"differences" type:"list"`
// An enumeration token that can be used in a request to return the next batch
@@ -11449,14 +15305,14 @@ func (s *GetDifferencesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetDifferencesOutput {
type GetFileInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The fully-quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains the
- // file. For example, you could specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch name,
- // or a reference such as refs/heads/master. If none is provided, then the head
- // commit will be used.
+ // The fully quaified reference that identifies the commit that contains the
+ // file. For example, you can specify a full commit ID, a tag, a branch name,
+ // or a reference such as refs/heads/master. If none is provided, the head commit
+ // is used.
CommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"commitSpecifier" type:"string"`
- // The fully-qualified path to the file, including the full name and extension
- // of the file. For example, /examples/file.md is the fully-qualified path to
+ // The fully qualified path to the file, including the full name and extension
+ // of the file. For example, /examples/file.md is the fully qualified path to
// a file named file.md in a folder named examples.
//
// FilePath is a required field
@@ -11541,13 +15397,13 @@ type GetFileOutput struct {
//
// The file mode permissions returned by this API are not the standard file
// mode permission values, such as 100644, but rather extrapolated values. See
- // below for a full list of supported return values.
+ // the supported return values.
//
// FileMode is a required field
FileMode *string `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FileModeTypeEnum"`
- // The fully qualified path to the specified file. This returns the name and
- // extension of the file.
+ // The fully qualified path to the specified file. Returns the name and extension
+ // of the file.
//
// FilePath is a required field
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -11607,13 +15463,13 @@ func (s *GetFileOutput) SetFileSize(v int64) *GetFileOutput {
type GetFolderInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A fully-qualified reference used to identify a commit that contains the version
- // of the folder's content to return. A fully-qualified reference can be a commit
+ // A fully qualified reference used to identify a commit that contains the version
+ // of the folder's content to return. A fully qualified reference can be a commit
// ID, branch name, tag, or reference such as HEAD. If no specifier is provided,
- // the folder content will be returned as it exists in the HEAD commit.
+ // the folder content is returned as it exists in the HEAD commit.
CommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"commitSpecifier" type:"string"`
- // The fully-qualified path to the folder whose contents will be returned, including
+ // The fully qualified path to the folder whose contents are returned, including
// the folder name. For example, /examples is a fully-qualified path to a folder
// named examples that was created off of the root directory (/) of a repository.
//
@@ -11676,28 +15532,28 @@ func (s *GetFolderInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetFolderInput {
type GetFolderOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The full commit ID used as a reference for which version of the folder content
- // is returned.
+ // The full commit ID used as a reference for the returned version of the folder
+ // content.
//
// CommitId is a required field
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The list of files that exist in the specified folder, if any.
+ // The list of files in the specified folder, if any.
Files []*File `locationName:"files" type:"list"`
- // The fully-qualified path of the folder whose contents are returned.
+ // The fully qualified path of the folder whose contents are returned.
//
// FolderPath is a required field
FolderPath *string `locationName:"folderPath" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The list of folders that exist beneath the specified folder, if any.
+ // The list of folders that exist under the specified folder, if any.
SubFolders []*Folder `locationName:"subFolders" type:"list"`
- // The list of submodules that exist in the specified folder, if any.
+ // The list of submodules in the specified folder, if any.
SubModules []*SubModule `locationName:"subModules" type:"list"`
- // The list of symbolic links to other files and folders that exist in the specified
- // folder, if any.
+ // The list of symbolic links to other files and folders in the specified folder,
+ // if any.
SymbolicLinks []*SymbolicLink `locationName:"symbolicLinks" type:"list"`
// The full SHA-1 pointer of the tree information for the commit that contains
@@ -11761,20 +15617,19 @@ type GetMergeCommitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -11786,7 +15641,7 @@ type GetMergeCommitInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -11866,7 +15721,7 @@ type GetMergeCommitOutput struct {
// The commit ID for the merge commit created when the source branch was merged
// into the destination branch. If the fast-forward merge strategy was used,
- // no merge commit exists.
+ // there is no merge commit.
MergedCommitId *string `locationName:"mergedCommitId" type:"string"`
// The commit ID of the source commit specifier that was used in the merge evaluation.
@@ -11911,20 +15766,19 @@ type GetMergeConflictsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -11937,7 +15791,7 @@ type GetMergeConflictsInput struct {
// MergeOption is a required field
MergeOption *string `locationName:"mergeOption" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MergeOptionTypeEnum"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -11947,7 +15801,7 @@ type GetMergeConflictsInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -12043,7 +15897,7 @@ type GetMergeConflictsOutput struct {
BaseCommitId *string `locationName:"baseCommitId" type:"string"`
// A list of metadata for any conflicting files. If the specified merge strategy
- // is FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, this list will always be empty.
+ // is FAST_FORWARD_MERGE, this list is always empty.
//
// ConflictMetadataList is a required field
ConflictMetadataList []*ConflictMetadata `locationName:"conflictMetadataList" type:"list" required:"true"`
@@ -12120,20 +15974,19 @@ type GetMergeOptionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -12145,7 +15998,7 @@ type GetMergeOptionsInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -12243,32 +16096,107 @@ func (s GetMergeOptionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetMergeOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetMergeOptionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBaseCommitId sets the BaseCommitId field's value.
+func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetBaseCommitId(v string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
+ s.BaseCommitId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinationCommitId sets the DestinationCommitId field's value.
+func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetDestinationCommitId(v string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
+ s.DestinationCommitId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMergeOptions sets the MergeOptions field's value.
+func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetMergeOptions(v []*string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
+ s.MergeOptions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceCommitId sets the SourceCommitId field's value.
+func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
+ s.SourceCommitId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID for the pull request.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID for the pull request revision.
+ //
+ // RevisionId is a required field
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput"}
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+ if s.RevisionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RevisionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetBaseCommitId sets the BaseCommitId field's value.
-func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetBaseCommitId(v string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
- s.BaseCommitId = &v
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput) SetRevisionId(v string) *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesInput {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
return s
}
-// SetDestinationCommitId sets the DestinationCommitId field's value.
-func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetDestinationCommitId(v string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
- s.DestinationCommitId = &v
- return s
+type GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about users who have approved the pull request.
+ Approvals []*Approval `locationName:"approvals" type:"list"`
}
-// SetMergeOptions sets the MergeOptions field's value.
-func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetMergeOptions(v []*string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
- s.MergeOptions = v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetSourceCommitId sets the SourceCommitId field's value.
-func (s *GetMergeOptionsOutput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *GetMergeOptionsOutput {
- s.SourceCommitId = &v
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovals sets the Approvals field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput) SetApprovals(v []*Approval) *GetPullRequestApprovalStatesOutput {
+ s.Approvals = v
return s
}
@@ -12335,6 +16263,94 @@ func (s *GetPullRequestOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *GetPullRequestOut
return s
}
+type GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the pull request for which you want to get information about whether
+ // approval rules have been set aside (overridden).
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the revision for the pull request. To retrieve
+ // the most recent revision ID, use GetPullRequest.
+ //
+ // RevisionId is a required field
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput"}
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+ if s.RevisionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RevisionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput) SetRevisionId(v string) *GetPullRequestOverrideStateInput {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A Boolean value that indicates whether a pull request has had its rules set
+ // aside (TRUE) or whether all approval rules still apply (FALSE).
+ Overridden *bool `locationName:"overridden" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode the
+ // rules and their requirements for the pull request.
+ Overrider *string `locationName:"overrider" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetOverridden sets the Overridden field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) SetOverridden(v bool) *GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput {
+ s.Overridden = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOverrider sets the Overrider field's value.
+func (s *GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput) SetOverrider(v string) *GetPullRequestOverrideStateOutput {
+ s.Overrider = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of a get repository operation.
type GetRepositoryInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -12395,35 +16411,230 @@ func (s GetRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetRepositoryMetadata sets the RepositoryMetadata field's value.
-func (s *GetRepositoryOutput) SetRepositoryMetadata(v *RepositoryMetadata) *GetRepositoryOutput {
- s.RepositoryMetadata = v
+// SetRepositoryMetadata sets the RepositoryMetadata field's value.
+func (s *GetRepositoryOutput) SetRepositoryMetadata(v *RepositoryMetadata) *GetRepositoryOutput {
+ s.RepositoryMetadata = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the input of a get repository triggers operation.
+type GetRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured.
+ //
+ // RepositoryName is a required field
+ RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetRepositoryTriggersInput"}
+ if s.RepositoryName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetRepositoryTriggersInput {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a get repository triggers operation.
+type GetRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The system-generated unique ID for the trigger.
+ ConfigurationId *string `locationName:"configurationId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
+ Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetConfigurationId sets the ConfigurationId field's value.
+func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetConfigurationId(v string) *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput {
+ s.ConfigurationId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
+func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput {
+ s.Triggers = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information about whether a file is binary or textual in a merge or pull
+// request operation.
+type IsBinaryFile struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The binary or non-binary status of a file in the base of a merge or pull
+ // request.
+ Base *bool `locationName:"base" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The binary or non-binary status of a file in the destination of a merge or
+ // pull request.
+ Destination *bool `locationName:"destination" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The binary or non-binary status of file in the source of a merge or pull
+ // request.
+ Source *bool `locationName:"source" type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s IsBinaryFile) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s IsBinaryFile) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBase sets the Base field's value.
+func (s *IsBinaryFile) SetBase(v bool) *IsBinaryFile {
+ s.Base = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *IsBinaryFile) SetDestination(v bool) *IsBinaryFile {
+ s.Destination = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
+func (s *IsBinaryFile) SetSource(v bool) *IsBinaryFile {
+ s.Source = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
+
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // of the results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The names of all the approval rule templates found in the AWS Region for
+ // your AWS account.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateNames []*string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateNames" type:"list"`
+
+ // An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
+ // of the operation.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateNames sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateNames field's value.
+func (s *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateNames(v []*string) *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListApprovalRuleTemplatesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// Represents the input of a get repository triggers operation.
-type GetRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
+type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the repository for which the trigger is configured.
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
+
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // of the results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the repository for which you want to list all associated approval
+ // rule templates.
//
// RepositoryName is a required field
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
+func (s ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetRepositoryTriggersInput"}
+func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput"}
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
}
@@ -12437,88 +16648,54 @@ func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
-func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *GetRepositoryTriggersInput {
- s.RepositoryName = &v
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// Represents the output of a get repository triggers operation.
-type GetRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // The system-generated unique ID for the trigger.
- ConfigurationId *string `locationName:"configurationId" type:"string"`
-
- // The JSON block of configuration information for each trigger.
- Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-
-// SetConfigurationId sets the ConfigurationId field's value.
-func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetConfigurationId(v string) *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput {
- s.ConfigurationId = &v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
-func (s *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *GetRepositoryTriggersOutput {
- s.Triggers = v
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryInput {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
return s
}
-// Information about whether a file is binary or textual in a merge or pull
-// request operation.
-type IsBinaryFile struct {
+type ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The binary or non-binary status of a file in the base of a merge or pull
- // request.
- Base *bool `locationName:"base" type:"boolean"`
-
- // The binary or non-binary status of a file in the destination of a merge or
- // pull request.
- Destination *bool `locationName:"destination" type:"boolean"`
+ // The names of all approval rule templates associated with the repository.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateNames []*string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateNames" type:"list"`
- // The binary or non-binary status of file in the source of a merge or pull
- // request.
- Source *bool `locationName:"source" type:"boolean"`
+ // An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
+ // of the operation.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s IsBinaryFile) String() string {
+func (s ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s IsBinaryFile) GoString() string {
+func (s ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetBase sets the Base field's value.
-func (s *IsBinaryFile) SetBase(v bool) *IsBinaryFile {
- s.Base = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *IsBinaryFile) SetDestination(v bool) *IsBinaryFile {
- s.Destination = &v
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateNames sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateNames field's value.
+func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateNames(v []*string) *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateNames = v
return s
}
-// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
-func (s *IsBinaryFile) SetSource(v bool) *IsBinaryFile {
- s.Source = &v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepositoryOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
@@ -12614,10 +16791,10 @@ type ListPullRequestsInput struct {
// user.
AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`
- // A non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -12690,8 +16867,8 @@ func (s *ListPullRequestsInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *ListPullRequestsInp
type ListPullRequestsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
- // of the results.
+ // An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
+ // of the operation.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
// The system-generated IDs of the pull requests.
@@ -12722,6 +16899,101 @@ func (s *ListPullRequestsOutput) SetPullRequestIds(v []*string) *ListPullRequest
return s
}
+type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template for which you want to list repositories
+ // that are associated with that template.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A non-zero, non-negative integer used to limit the number of returned results.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
+
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // of the results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An enumeration token that allows the operation to batch the next results
+ // of the operation.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of repository names that are associated with the specified approval
+ // rule template.
+ RepositoryNames []*string `locationName:"repositoryNames" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryNames sets the RepositoryNames field's value.
+func (s *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput) SetRepositoryNames(v []*string) *ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplateOutput {
+ s.RepositoryNames = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of a list repositories operation.
type ListRepositoriesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -12806,7 +17078,7 @@ func (s *ListRepositoriesOutput) SetRepositories(v []*RepositoryNameIdPair) *Lis
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // An enumeration token that when provided in a request, returns the next batch
+ // An enumeration token that, when provided in a request, returns the next batch
// of the results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
@@ -12894,11 +17166,11 @@ type Location struct {
// if any.
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string"`
- // The position of a change within a compared file, in line number format.
+ // The position of a change in a compared file, in line number format.
FilePosition *int64 `locationName:"filePosition" type:"long"`
// In a comparison of commits or a pull request, whether the change is in the
- // 'before' or 'after' of that comparison.
+ // before or after of that comparison.
RelativeFileVersion *string `locationName:"relativeFileVersion" type:"string" enum:"RelativeFileVersionEnum"`
}
@@ -12934,7 +17206,7 @@ type MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -12945,12 +17217,12 @@ type MergeBranchesByFastForwardInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The branch where the merge will be applied.
+ // The branch where the merge is applied.
TargetBranch *string `locationName:"targetBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
@@ -13048,43 +17320,42 @@ func (s *MergeBranchesByFastForwardOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *MergeBranchesByF
type MergeBranchesBySquashInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the author who created the commit. This information will be used
- // as both the author and committer for the commit.
+ // The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
+ // both the author and committer for the commit.
AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`
// The commit message for the merge.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
- // A list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge if AUTOMERGE
- // is chosen as the conflict resolution strategy.
+ // If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
+ // when resolving conflicts during a merge.
ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information will
- // be used in the commit information for the merge.
+ // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
+ // used in the commit information for the merge.
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
// if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
- // file will be created for empty folders. The default is false.
+ // file is created for empty folders. The default is false.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
// The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
@@ -13093,12 +17364,12 @@ type MergeBranchesBySquashInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The branch where the merge will be applied.
+ // The branch where the merge is applied.
TargetBranch *string `locationName:"targetBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
@@ -13243,43 +17514,42 @@ func (s *MergeBranchesBySquashOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *MergeBranchesBySquash
type MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the author who created the commit. This information will be used
- // as both the author and committer for the commit.
+ // The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
+ // both the author and committer for the commit.
AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`
// The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
- // A list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge if AUTOMERGE
- // is chosen as the conflict resolution strategy.
+ // If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
+ // when resolving conflicts during a merge.
ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// DestinationCommitSpecifier is a required field
DestinationCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"destinationCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information will
- // be used in the commit information for the merge.
+ // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
+ // used in the commit information for the merge.
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
- // if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
- // file will be created for empty folders. The default is false.
+ // if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created
+ // for empty folders. The default is false.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
// The name of the repository where you want to merge two branches.
@@ -13288,12 +17558,12 @@ type MergeBranchesByThreeWayInput struct {
RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The branch, tag, HEAD, or other fully qualified reference used to identify
- // a commit. For example, a branch name or a full commit ID.
+ // a commit (for example, a branch name or a full commit ID).
//
// SourceCommitSpecifier is a required field
SourceCommitSpecifier *string `locationName:"sourceCommitSpecifier" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The branch where the merge will be applied.
+ // The branch where the merge is applied.
TargetBranch *string `locationName:"targetBranch" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
@@ -13448,9 +17718,9 @@ type MergeHunk struct {
// A Boolean value indicating whether a combination of hunks contains a conflict.
// Conflicts occur when the same file or the same lines in a file were modified
// in both the source and destination of a merge or pull request. Valid values
- // include true, false, and null. This will be true when the hunk represents
- // a conflict and one or more files contains a line conflict. File mode conflicts
- // in a merge will not set this to be true.
+ // include true, false, and null. True when the hunk represents a conflict and
+ // one or more files contains a line conflict. File mode conflicts in a merge
+ // do not set this to true.
IsConflict *bool `locationName:"isConflict" type:"boolean"`
// Information about the merge hunk in the source of a merge or pull request.
@@ -13499,8 +17769,8 @@ type MergeHunkDetail struct {
// The end position of the hunk in the merge result.
EndLine *int64 `locationName:"endLine" type:"integer"`
- // The base-64 encoded content of the hunk merged region that might or might
- // not contain a conflict.
+ // The base-64 encoded content of the hunk merged region that might contain
+ // a conflict.
HunkContent *string `locationName:"hunkContent" type:"string"`
// The start position of the hunk in the merge result.
@@ -13594,8 +17864,8 @@ type MergeOperations struct {
// The operation on a file in the destination of a merge or pull request.
Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string" enum:"ChangeTypeEnum"`
- // The operation on a file (add, modify, or delete) of a file in the source
- // of a merge or pull request.
+ // The operation (add, modify, or delete) on a file in the source of a merge
+ // or pull request.
Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"ChangeTypeEnum"`
}
@@ -13690,8 +17960,7 @@ func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardInput) SetSourceCommitId(v string) *MergeP
type MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Information about the specified pull request, including information about
- // the merge.
+ // Information about the specified pull request, including the merge.
PullRequest *PullRequest `locationName:"pullRequest" type:"structure"`
}
@@ -13714,37 +17983,36 @@ func (s *MergePullRequestByFastForwardOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *Me
type MergePullRequestBySquashInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the author who created the commit. This information will be used
- // as both the author and committer for the commit.
+ // The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
+ // both the author and committer for the commit.
AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`
// The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
- // A list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge if AUTOMERGE
- // is chosen as the conflict resolution strategy.
+ // If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
+ // when resolving conflicts during a merge.
ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
- // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information will
- // be used in the commit information for the merge.
+ // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
+ // used in the commit information for the merge.
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
- // if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
- // file will be created for empty folders. The default is false.
+ // if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created
+ // for empty folders. The default is false.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
@@ -13883,37 +18151,36 @@ func (s *MergePullRequestBySquashOutput) SetPullRequest(v *PullRequest) *MergePu
type MergePullRequestByThreeWayInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the author who created the commit. This information will be used
- // as both the author and committer for the commit.
+ // The name of the author who created the commit. This information is used as
+ // both the author and committer for the commit.
AuthorName *string `locationName:"authorName" type:"string"`
// The commit message to include in the commit information for the merge.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// The level of conflict detail to use. If unspecified, the default FILE_LEVEL
- // is used, which will return a not mergeable result if the same file has differences
- // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict will be considered
- // not mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same
- // line.
+ // is used, which returns a not-mergeable result if the same file has differences
+ // in both branches. If LINE_LEVEL is specified, a conflict is considered not
+ // mergeable if the same file in both branches has differences on the same line.
ConflictDetailLevel *string `locationName:"conflictDetailLevel" type:"string" enum:"ConflictDetailLevelTypeEnum"`
- // A list of inputs to use when resolving conflicts during a merge if AUTOMERGE
- // is chosen as the conflict resolution strategy.
+ // If AUTOMERGE is the conflict resolution strategy, a list of inputs to use
+ // when resolving conflicts during a merge.
ConflictResolution *ConflictResolution `locationName:"conflictResolution" type:"structure"`
// Specifies which branch to use when resolving conflicts, or whether to attempt
// automatically merging two versions of a file. The default is NONE, which
// requires any conflicts to be resolved manually before the merge operation
- // will be successful.
+ // is successful.
ConflictResolutionStrategy *string `locationName:"conflictResolutionStrategy" type:"string" enum:"ConflictResolutionStrategyTypeEnum"`
- // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information will
- // be used in the commit information for the merge.
+ // The email address of the person merging the branches. This information is
+ // used in the commit information for the merge.
Email *string `locationName:"email" type:"string"`
// If the commit contains deletions, whether to keep a folder or folder structure
- // if the changes leave the folders empty. If this is specified as true, a .gitkeep
- // file will be created for empty folders. The default is false.
+ // if the changes leave the folders empty. If true, a .gitkeep file is created
+ // for empty folders. The default is false.
KeepEmptyFolders *bool `locationName:"keepEmptyFolders" type:"boolean"`
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
@@ -14064,53 +18331,170 @@ type ObjectTypes struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ObjectTypes) String() string {
+func (s ObjectTypes) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ObjectTypes) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBase sets the Base field's value.
+func (s *ObjectTypes) SetBase(v string) *ObjectTypes {
+ s.Base = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *ObjectTypes) SetDestination(v string) *ObjectTypes {
+ s.Destination = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
+func (s *ObjectTypes) SetSource(v string) *ObjectTypes {
+ s.Source = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Returns information about the template that created the approval rule for
+// a pull request.
+type OriginApprovalRuleTemplate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the template that created the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateId *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the template that created the approval rule.
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateId sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateId field's value.
+func (s *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) SetApprovalRuleTemplateId(v string) *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *OriginApprovalRuleTemplate {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Whether you want to set aside approval rule requirements for the pull request
+ // (OVERRIDE) or revoke a previous override and apply approval rule requirements
+ // (REVOKE). REVOKE status is not stored.
+ //
+ // OverrideStatus is a required field
+ OverrideStatus *string `locationName:"overrideStatus" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OverrideStatus"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the pull request for which you want to override
+ // all approval rule requirements. To get this information, use GetPullRequest.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the most recent revision of the pull request.
+ // You cannot override approval rules for anything but the most recent revision
+ // of a pull request. To get the revision ID, use GetPullRequest.
+ //
+ // RevisionId is a required field
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput"}
+ if s.OverrideStatus == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OverrideStatus"))
+ }
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+ if s.RevisionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RevisionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetOverrideStatus sets the OverrideStatus field's value.
+func (s *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) SetOverrideStatus(v string) *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput {
+ s.OverrideStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput) SetRevisionId(v string) *OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesInput {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ObjectTypes) GoString() string {
+func (s OverridePullRequestApprovalRulesOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetBase sets the Base field's value.
-func (s *ObjectTypes) SetBase(v string) *ObjectTypes {
- s.Base = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *ObjectTypes) SetDestination(v string) *ObjectTypes {
- s.Destination = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
-func (s *ObjectTypes) SetSource(v string) *ObjectTypes {
- s.Source = &v
- return s
-}
-
type PostCommentForComparedCommitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
- // the 'after' commit.
+ // the after commit.
//
// AfterCommitId is a required field
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
// To establish the directionality of the comparison, the full commit ID of
- // the 'before' commit.
- //
- // This is required for commenting on any commit unless that commit is the initial
- // commit.
+ // the before commit. Required for commenting on any commit unless that commit
+ // is the initial commit.
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
- // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
+ // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
- // will return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // returns information about the initial request that used that token.
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
// The content of the comment you want to make.
@@ -14199,18 +18583,16 @@ func (s *PostCommentForComparedCommitInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostCom
type PostCommentForComparedCommitOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the 'after' blob.
+ // In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the after blob.
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
- // In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the 'after'
- // commit.
+ // In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the after commit.
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
- // In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the 'before' blob.
+ // In the directionality you established, the blob ID of the before blob.
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
- // In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the 'before'
- // commit.
+ // In the directionality you established, the full commit ID of the before commit.
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string"`
// The content of the comment you posted.
@@ -14291,10 +18673,10 @@ type PostCommentForPullRequestInput struct {
// BeforeCommitId is a required field
BeforeCommitId *string `locationName:"beforeCommitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
+ // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
- // will return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // returns information about the initial request that used that token.
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
// The content of your comment on the change.
@@ -14303,8 +18685,8 @@ type PostCommentForPullRequestInput struct {
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The location of the change where you want to post your comment. If no location
- // is provided, the comment will be posted as a general comment on the pull
- // request difference between the before commit ID and the after commit ID.
+ // is provided, the comment is posted as a general comment on the pull request
+ // difference between the before commit ID and the after commit ID.
Location *Location `locationName:"location" type:"structure"`
// The system-generated ID of the pull request. To get this ID, use ListPullRequests.
@@ -14401,14 +18783,14 @@ func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostCommen
type PostCommentForPullRequestOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the 'after' blob.
+ // In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the after blob.
AfterBlobId *string `locationName:"afterBlobId" type:"string"`
// The full commit ID of the commit in the destination branch where the pull
- // request will be merged.
+ // request is merged.
AfterCommitId *string `locationName:"afterCommitId" type:"string"`
- // In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the 'before' blob.
+ // In the directionality of the pull request, the blob ID of the before blob.
BeforeBlobId *string `locationName:"beforeBlobId" type:"string"`
// The full commit ID of the commit in the source branch used to create the
@@ -14490,10 +18872,10 @@ func (s *PostCommentForPullRequestOutput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *PostComme
type PostCommentReplyInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
+ // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
- // will return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // returns information about the initial request that used that token.
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
// The contents of your reply to a comment.
@@ -14579,13 +18961,16 @@ func (s *PostCommentReplyOutput) SetComment(v *Comment) *PostCommentReplyOutput
type PullRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The approval rules applied to the pull request.
+ ApprovalRules []*ApprovalRule `locationName:"approvalRules" type:"list"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user who created the pull request.
AuthorArn *string `locationName:"authorArn" type:"string"`
- // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request,
+ // A unique, client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request,
// ensures the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request
// is received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request
- // will return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // returns information about the initial request that used that token.
ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string"`
// The date and time the pull request was originally created, in timestamp format.
@@ -14610,8 +18995,11 @@ type PullRequest struct {
// branch for the pull request.
PullRequestTargets []*PullRequestTarget `locationName:"pullRequestTargets" type:"list"`
+ // The system-generated revision ID for the pull request.
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string"`
+
// The user-defined title of the pull request. This title is displayed in the
- // list of pull requests to other users of the repository.
+ // list of pull requests to other repository users.
Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string"`
}
@@ -14625,6 +19013,12 @@ func (s PullRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetApprovalRules sets the ApprovalRules field's value.
+func (s *PullRequest) SetApprovalRules(v []*ApprovalRule) *PullRequest {
+ s.ApprovalRules = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetAuthorArn sets the AuthorArn field's value.
func (s *PullRequest) SetAuthorArn(v string) *PullRequest {
s.AuthorArn = &v
@@ -14673,6 +19067,12 @@ func (s *PullRequest) SetPullRequestTargets(v []*PullRequestTarget) *PullRequest
return s
}
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *PullRequest) SetRevisionId(v string) *PullRequest {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTitle sets the Title field's value.
func (s *PullRequest) SetTitle(v string) *PullRequest {
s.Title = &v
@@ -14738,18 +19138,27 @@ type PullRequestEvent struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user whose actions resulted in the
- // event. Examples include updating the pull request with additional commits
- // or changing the status of a pull request.
+ // event. Examples include updating the pull request with more commits or changing
+ // the status of a pull request.
ActorArn *string `locationName:"actorArn" type:"string"`
+ // Information about a pull request event.
+ ApprovalRuleEventMetadata *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata `locationName:"approvalRuleEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about an approval rule override event for a pull request.
+ ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata `locationName:"approvalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about an approval state change for a pull request.
+ ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata `locationName:"approvalStateChangedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
+
// The day and time of the pull request event, in timestamp format.
EventDate *time.Time `locationName:"eventDate" type:"timestamp"`
// Information about the source and destination branches for the pull request.
PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata *PullRequestCreatedEventMetadata `locationName:"pullRequestCreatedEventMetadata" type:"structure"`
- // The type of the pull request event, for example a status change event (PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED)
- // or update event (PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED).
+ // The type of the pull request event (for example, a status change event (PULL_REQUEST_STATUS_CHANGED)
+ // or update event (PULL_REQUEST_SOURCE_REFERENCE_UPDATED)).
PullRequestEventType *string `locationName:"pullRequestEventType" type:"string" enum:"PullRequestEventType"`
// The system-generated ID of the pull request.
@@ -14781,6 +19190,24 @@ func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetActorArn(v string) *PullRequestEvent {
return s
}
+// SetApprovalRuleEventMetadata sets the ApprovalRuleEventMetadata field's value.
+func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetApprovalRuleEventMetadata(v *ApprovalRuleEventMetadata) *PullRequestEvent {
+ s.ApprovalRuleEventMetadata = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata sets the ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata field's value.
+func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata(v *ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata) *PullRequestEvent {
+ s.ApprovalRuleOverriddenEventMetadata = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata sets the ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata field's value.
+func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata(v *ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata) *PullRequestEvent {
+ s.ApprovalStateChangedEventMetadata = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetEventDate sets the EventDate field's value.
func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetEventDate(v time.Time) *PullRequestEvent {
s.EventDate = &v
@@ -14828,7 +19255,7 @@ func (s *PullRequestEvent) SetPullRequestStatusChangedEventMetadata(v *PullReque
type PullRequestMergedStateChangedEventMetadata struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the branch that the pull request will be merged into.
+ // The name of the branch that the pull request is merged into.
DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`
// Information about the merge state change event.
@@ -14952,8 +19379,8 @@ type PullRequestTarget struct {
// commit where the pull request was or will be merged.
DestinationCommit *string `locationName:"destinationCommit" type:"string"`
- // The branch of the repository where the pull request changes will be merged
- // into. Also known as the destination branch.
+ // The branch of the repository where the pull request changes are merged. Also
+ // known as the destination branch.
DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`
// The commit ID of the most recent commit that the source branch and the destination
@@ -14970,7 +19397,7 @@ type PullRequestTarget struct {
// The full commit ID of the tip of the source branch used to create the pull
// request. If the pull request branch is updated by a push while the pull request
- // is open, the commit ID will change to reflect the new tip of the branch.
+ // is open, the commit ID changes to reflect the new tip of the branch.
SourceCommit *string `locationName:"sourceCommit" type:"string"`
// The branch of the repository that contains the changes for the pull request.
@@ -15030,7 +19457,7 @@ func (s *PullRequestTarget) SetSourceReference(v string) *PullRequestTarget {
return s
}
-// Information about a file that will be added or updated as part of a commit.
+// Information about a file added or updated as part of a commit.
type PutFileEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -15109,14 +19536,13 @@ type PutFileInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the branch where you want to add or update the file. If this
- // is an empty repository, this branch will be created.
+ // is an empty repository, this branch is created.
//
// BranchName is a required field
BranchName *string `locationName:"branchName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // A message about why this file was added or updated. While optional, adding
- // a message is strongly encouraged in order to provide a more useful commit
- // history for your repository.
+ // A message about why this file was added or updated. Although it is optional,
+ // a message makes the commit history for your repository more useful.
CommitMessage *string `locationName:"commitMessage" type:"string"`
// An email address for the person adding or updating the file.
@@ -15130,29 +19556,28 @@ type PutFileInput struct {
FileContent []byte `locationName:"fileContent" type:"blob" required:"true"`
// The file mode permissions of the blob. Valid file mode permissions are listed
- // below.
+ // here.
FileMode *string `locationName:"fileMode" type:"string" enum:"FileModeTypeEnum"`
// The name of the file you want to add or update, including the relative path
// to the file in the repository.
//
- // If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path will be
- // created as part of adding the file.
+ // If the path does not currently exist in the repository, the path is created
+ // as part of adding the file.
//
// FilePath is a required field
FilePath *string `locationName:"filePath" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The name of the person adding or updating the file. While optional, adding
- // a name is strongly encouraged in order to provide a more useful commit history
- // for your repository.
+ // The name of the person adding or updating the file. Although it is optional,
+ // a name makes the commit history for your repository more useful.
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
// The full commit ID of the head commit in the branch where you want to add
// or update the file. If this is an empty repository, no commit ID is required.
// If this is not an empty repository, a commit ID is required.
//
- // The commit ID must match the ID of the head commit at the time of the operation,
- // or an error will occur, and the file will not be added or updated.
+ // The commit ID must match the ID of the head commit at the time of the operation.
+ // Otherwise, an error occurs, and the file is not added or updated.
ParentCommitId *string `locationName:"parentCommitId" type:"string"`
// The name of the repository where you want to add or update the file.
@@ -15261,7 +19686,7 @@ type PutFileOutput struct {
// BlobId is a required field
BlobId *string `locationName:"blobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The full SHA of the commit that contains this file change.
+ // The full SHA ID of the commit that contains this file change.
//
// CommitId is a required field
CommitId *string `locationName:"commitId" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -15301,7 +19726,7 @@ func (s *PutFileOutput) SetTreeId(v string) *PutFileOutput {
return s
}
-// Represents the input ofa put repository triggers operation.
+// Represents the input of a put repository triggers operation.
type PutRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -15607,25 +20032,25 @@ func (s *RepositoryNameIdPair) SetRepositoryName(v string) *RepositoryNameIdPair
type RepositoryTrigger struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The branches that will be included in the trigger configuration. If you specify
- // an empty array, the trigger will apply to all branches.
+ // The branches to be included in the trigger configuration. If you specify
+ // an empty array, the trigger applies to all branches.
//
// Although no content is required in the array, you must include the array
// itself.
Branches []*string `locationName:"branches" type:"list"`
- // Any custom data associated with the trigger that will be included in the
- // information sent to the target of the trigger.
+ // Any custom data associated with the trigger to be included in the information
+ // sent to the target of the trigger.
CustomData *string `locationName:"customData" type:"string"`
- // The ARN of the resource that is the target for a trigger. For example, the
- // ARN of a topic in Amazon SNS.
+ // The ARN of the resource that is the target for a trigger (for example, the
+ // ARN of a topic in Amazon SNS).
//
// DestinationArn is a required field
DestinationArn *string `locationName:"destinationArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The repository events that will cause the trigger to run actions in another
- // service, such as sending a notification through Amazon SNS.
+ // The repository events that cause the trigger to run actions in another service,
+ // such as sending a notification through Amazon SNS.
//
// The valid value "all" cannot be used with any other values.
//
@@ -15701,7 +20126,7 @@ func (s *RepositoryTrigger) SetName(v string) *RepositoryTrigger {
type RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Additional message information about the trigger that did not run.
+ // Message information about the trigger that did not run.
FailureMessage *string `locationName:"failureMessage" type:"string"`
// The name of the trigger that did not run.
@@ -15878,7 +20303,7 @@ func (s *SubModule) SetRelativePath(v string) *SubModule {
type SymbolicLink struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The fully-qualified path to the folder that contains the symbolic link.
+ // The fully qualified path to the folder that contains the symbolic link.
AbsolutePath *string `locationName:"absolutePath" type:"string"`
// The blob ID that contains the information about the symbolic link.
@@ -15997,8 +20422,8 @@ func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
type Target struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The branch of the repository where the pull request changes will be merged
- // into. Also known as the destination branch.
+ // The branch of the repository where the pull request changes are merged. Also
+ // known as the destination branch.
DestinationReference *string `locationName:"destinationReference" type:"string"`
// The name of the repository that contains the pull request.
@@ -16029,11 +20454,249 @@ func (s *Target) Validate() error {
if s.RepositoryName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
}
- if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+ if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SourceReference == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceReference"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestinationReference sets the DestinationReference field's value.
+func (s *Target) SetDestinationReference(v string) *Target {
+ s.DestinationReference = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *Target) SetRepositoryName(v string) *Target {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceReference sets the SourceReference field's value.
+func (s *Target) SetSourceReference(v string) *Target {
+ s.SourceReference = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the input of a test repository triggers operation.
+type TestRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the repository in which to test the triggers.
+ //
+ // RepositoryName is a required field
+ RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The list of triggers to test.
+ //
+ // Triggers is a required field
+ Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TestRepositoryTriggersInput"}
+ if s.RepositoryName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
+ }
+ if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Triggers == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Triggers"))
+ }
+ if s.Triggers != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Triggers {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Triggers", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
+func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *TestRepositoryTriggersInput {
+ s.RepositoryName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
+func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *TestRepositoryTriggersInput {
+ s.Triggers = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the output of a test repository triggers operation.
+type TestRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of triggers that were not tested. This list provides the names of
+ // the triggers that could not be tested, separated by commas.
+ FailedExecutions []*RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure `locationName:"failedExecutions" type:"list"`
+
+ // The list of triggers that were successfully tested. This list provides the
+ // names of the triggers that were successfully tested, separated by commas.
+ SuccessfulExecutions []*string `locationName:"successfulExecutions" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFailedExecutions sets the FailedExecutions field's value.
+func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetFailedExecutions(v []*RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput {
+ s.FailedExecutions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSuccessfulExecutions sets the SuccessfulExecutions field's value.
+func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetSuccessfulExecutions(v []*string) *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput {
+ s.SuccessfulExecutions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UntagResourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to remove
+ // tags.
+ //
+ // ResourceArn is a required field
+ ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.
+ //
+ // TagKeys is a required field
+ TagKeys []*string `locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.TagKeys == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
+ s.TagKeys = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UntagResourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule template where you want to update the content
+ // of the rule.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
+ // retrieve this information by using GetPullRequest.
+ ExistingRuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"existingRuleContentSha256" type:"string"`
+
+ // The content that replaces the existing content of the rule. Content statements
+ // must be complete. You cannot provide only the changes.
+ //
+ // NewRuleContent is a required field
+ NewRuleContent *string `locationName:"newRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
}
- if s.SourceReference == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceReference"))
+ if s.NewRuleContent == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewRuleContent"))
+ }
+ if s.NewRuleContent != nil && len(*s.NewRuleContent) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewRuleContent", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -16042,70 +20705,84 @@ func (s *Target) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetDestinationReference sets the DestinationReference field's value.
-func (s *Target) SetDestinationReference(v string) *Target {
- s.DestinationReference = &v
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
return s
}
-// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
-func (s *Target) SetRepositoryName(v string) *Target {
- s.RepositoryName = &v
+// SetExistingRuleContentSha256 sets the ExistingRuleContentSha256 field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) SetExistingRuleContentSha256(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput {
+ s.ExistingRuleContentSha256 = &v
return s
}
-// SetSourceReference sets the SourceReference field's value.
-func (s *Target) SetSourceReference(v string) *Target {
- s.SourceReference = &v
+// SetNewRuleContent sets the NewRuleContent field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput) SetNewRuleContent(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentInput {
+ s.NewRuleContent = &v
return s
}
-// Represents the input of a test repository triggers operation.
-type TestRepositoryTriggersInput struct {
+type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the repository in which to test the triggers.
+ // Returns information about an approval rule template.
//
- // RepositoryName is a required field
- RepositoryName *string `locationName:"repositoryName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
- // The list of triggers to test.
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplate sets the ApprovalRuleTemplate field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplate(v *ApprovalRuleTemplate) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContentOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The updated description of the approval rule template.
//
- // Triggers is a required field
- Triggers []*RepositoryTrigger `locationName:"triggers" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateDescription" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the template for which you want to update the description.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s TestRepositoryTriggersInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TestRepositoryTriggersInput"}
- if s.RepositoryName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RepositoryName"))
- }
- if s.RepositoryName != nil && len(*s.RepositoryName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RepositoryName", 1))
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription"))
}
- if s.Triggers == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Triggers"))
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
}
- if s.Triggers != nil {
- for i, v := range s.Triggers {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Triggers", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -16114,86 +20791,81 @@ func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetRepositoryName sets the RepositoryName field's value.
-func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) SetRepositoryName(v string) *TestRepositoryTriggersInput {
- s.RepositoryName = &v
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateDescription sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateDescription(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateDescription = &v
return s
}
-// SetTriggers sets the Triggers field's value.
-func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersInput) SetTriggers(v []*RepositoryTrigger) *TestRepositoryTriggersInput {
- s.Triggers = v
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the ApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput) SetApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
return s
}
-// Represents the output of a test repository triggers operation.
-type TestRepositoryTriggersOutput struct {
+type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The list of triggers that were not able to be tested. This list provides
- // the names of the triggers that could not be tested, separated by commas.
- FailedExecutions []*RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure `locationName:"failedExecutions" type:"list"`
-
- // The list of triggers that were successfully tested. This list provides the
- // names of the triggers that were successfully tested, separated by commas.
- SuccessfulExecutions []*string `locationName:"successfulExecutions" type:"list"`
+ // The structure and content of the updated approval rule template.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetFailedExecutions sets the FailedExecutions field's value.
-func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetFailedExecutions(v []*RepositoryTriggerExecutionFailure) *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput {
- s.FailedExecutions = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetSuccessfulExecutions sets the SuccessfulExecutions field's value.
-func (s *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput) SetSuccessfulExecutions(v []*string) *TestRepositoryTriggersOutput {
- s.SuccessfulExecutions = v
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplate sets the ApprovalRuleTemplate field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplate(v *ApprovalRuleTemplate) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplate = v
return s
}
-type UntagResourceInput struct {
+type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to remove
- // tags.
+ // The new name you want to apply to the approval rule template.
//
- // ResourceArn is a required field
- ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // NewApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ NewApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"newApprovalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.
+ // The current name of the approval rule template.
//
- // TagKeys is a required field
- TagKeys []*string `locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // OldApprovalRuleTemplateName is a required field
+ OldApprovalRuleTemplateName *string `locationName:"oldApprovalRuleTemplateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
- if s.ResourceArn == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput"}
+ if s.NewApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
}
- if s.TagKeys == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
+ if s.NewApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.NewApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.OldApprovalRuleTemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OldApprovalRuleTemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.OldApprovalRuleTemplateName != nil && len(*s.OldApprovalRuleTemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OldApprovalRuleTemplateName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -16202,32 +20874,43 @@ func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
-func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
- s.ResourceArn = &v
+// SetNewApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the NewApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) SetNewApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput {
+ s.NewApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
return s
}
-// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
-func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
- s.TagKeys = v
+// SetOldApprovalRuleTemplateName sets the OldApprovalRuleTemplateName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput) SetOldApprovalRuleTemplateName(v string) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameInput {
+ s.OldApprovalRuleTemplateName = &v
return s
}
-type UntagResourceOutput struct {
+type UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The structure and content of the updated approval rule template.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleTemplate is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleTemplate *ApprovalRuleTemplate `locationName:"approvalRuleTemplate" type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetApprovalRuleTemplate sets the ApprovalRuleTemplate field's value.
+func (s *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput) SetApprovalRuleTemplate(v *ApprovalRuleTemplate) *UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateNameOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateCommentInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -16237,8 +20920,7 @@ type UpdateCommentInput struct {
// CommentId is a required field
CommentId *string `locationName:"commentId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The updated content with which you want to replace the existing content of
- // the comment.
+ // The updated content to replace the existing content of the comment.
//
// Content is a required field
Content *string `locationName:"content" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -16378,11 +21060,220 @@ func (s UpdateDefaultBranchOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the approval rule you want to update.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRuleName is a required field
+ ApprovalRuleName *string `locationName:"approvalRuleName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The SHA-256 hash signature for the content of the approval rule. You can
+ // retrieve this information by using GetPullRequest.
+ ExistingRuleContentSha256 *string `locationName:"existingRuleContentSha256" type:"string"`
+
+ // The updated content for the approval rule.
+ //
+ // When you update the content of the approval rule, you can specify approvers
+ // in an approval pool in one of two ways:
+ //
+ // * CodeCommitApprovers: This option only requires an AWS account and a
+ // resource. It can be used for both IAM users and federated access users
+ // whose name matches the provided resource name. This is a very powerful
+ // option that offers a great deal of flexibility. For example, if you specify
+ // the AWS account 123456789012 and Mary_Major, all of the following are
+ // counted as approvals coming from that user: An IAM user in the account
+ // (arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Mary_Major) A federated user identified
+ // in IAM as Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:federated-user/Mary_Major)
+ // This option does not recognize an active session of someone assuming the
+ // role of CodeCommitReview with a role session name of Mary_Major (arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/CodeCommitReview/Mary_Major)
+ // unless you include a wildcard (*Mary_Major).
+ //
+ // * Fully qualified ARN: This option allows you to specify the fully qualified
+ // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role.
+ //
+ // For more information about IAM ARNs, wildcards, and formats, see IAM Identifiers
+ // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/iam/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // NewRuleContent is a required field
+ NewRuleContent *string `locationName:"newRuleContent" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the pull request.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalRuleName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalRuleName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApprovalRuleName != nil && len(*s.ApprovalRuleName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApprovalRuleName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.NewRuleContent == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewRuleContent"))
+ }
+ if s.NewRuleContent != nil && len(*s.NewRuleContent) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewRuleContent", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRuleName sets the ApprovalRuleName field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) SetApprovalRuleName(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput {
+ s.ApprovalRuleName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExistingRuleContentSha256 sets the ExistingRuleContentSha256 field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) SetExistingRuleContentSha256(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput {
+ s.ExistingRuleContentSha256 = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNewRuleContent sets the NewRuleContent field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) SetNewRuleContent(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput {
+ s.NewRuleContent = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the updated approval rule.
+ //
+ // ApprovalRule is a required field
+ ApprovalRule *ApprovalRule `locationName:"approvalRule" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApprovalRule sets the ApprovalRule field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput) SetApprovalRule(v *ApprovalRule) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContentOutput {
+ s.ApprovalRule = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The approval state to associate with the user on the pull request.
+ //
+ // ApprovalState is a required field
+ ApprovalState *string `locationName:"approvalState" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ApprovalState"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the pull request.
+ //
+ // PullRequestId is a required field
+ PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The system-generated ID of the revision.
+ //
+ // RevisionId is a required field
+ RevisionId *string `locationName:"revisionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput"}
+ if s.ApprovalState == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApprovalState"))
+ }
+ if s.PullRequestId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PullRequestId"))
+ }
+ if s.RevisionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RevisionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApprovalState sets the ApprovalState field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) SetApprovalState(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput {
+ s.ApprovalState = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPullRequestId sets the PullRequestId field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) SetPullRequestId(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput {
+ s.PullRequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRevisionId sets the RevisionId field's value.
+func (s *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput) SetRevisionId(v string) *UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateInput {
+ s.RevisionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdatePullRequestApprovalStateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type UpdatePullRequestDescriptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The updated content of the description for the pull request. This content
- // will replace the existing description.
+ // replaces the existing description.
//
// Description is a required field
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -16465,7 +21356,7 @@ type UpdatePullRequestStatusInput struct {
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The status of the pull request. The only valid operations are to update the
- // status from OPEN to OPEN, OPEN to CLOSED or from from CLOSED to CLOSED.
+ // status from OPEN to OPEN, OPEN to CLOSED or from CLOSED to CLOSED.
//
// PullRequestStatus is a required field
PullRequestStatus *string `locationName:"pullRequestStatus" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PullRequestStatusEnum"`
@@ -16542,7 +21433,7 @@ type UpdatePullRequestTitleInput struct {
// PullRequestId is a required field
PullRequestId *string `locationName:"pullRequestId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The updated title of the pull request. This will replace the existing title.
+ // The updated title of the pull request. This replaces the existing title.
//
// Title is a required field
Title *string `locationName:"title" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -16686,7 +21577,7 @@ type UpdateRepositoryNameInput struct {
// NewName is a required field
NewName *string `locationName:"newName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The existing name of the repository.
+ // The current name of the repository.
//
// OldName is a required field
OldName *string `locationName:"oldName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -16793,6 +21684,14 @@ func (s *UserInfo) SetName(v string) *UserInfo {
return s
}
+const (
+ // ApprovalStateApprove is a ApprovalState enum value
+ ApprovalStateApprove = "APPROVE"
+
+ // ApprovalStateRevoke is a ApprovalState enum value
+ ApprovalStateRevoke = "REVOKE"
+)
+
const (
// ChangeTypeEnumA is a ChangeTypeEnum enum value
ChangeTypeEnumA = "A"
@@ -16870,6 +21769,14 @@ const (
OrderEnumDescending = "descending"
)
+const (
+ // OverrideStatusOverride is a OverrideStatus enum value
+ OverrideStatusOverride = "OVERRIDE"
+
+ // OverrideStatusRevoke is a OverrideStatus enum value
+ OverrideStatusRevoke = "REVOKE"
+)
+
const (
// PullRequestEventTypePullRequestCreated is a PullRequestEventType enum value
PullRequestEventTypePullRequestCreated = "PULL_REQUEST_CREATED"
@@ -16882,6 +21789,21 @@ const (
// PullRequestEventTypePullRequestMergeStateChanged is a PullRequestEventType enum value
PullRequestEventTypePullRequestMergeStateChanged = "PULL_REQUEST_MERGE_STATE_CHANGED"
+
+ // PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleCreated is a PullRequestEventType enum value
+ PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleCreated = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_CREATED"
+
+ // PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleUpdated is a PullRequestEventType enum value
+ PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleUpdated = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_UPDATED"
+
+ // PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleDeleted is a PullRequestEventType enum value
+ PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleDeleted = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_DELETED"
+
+ // PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleOverridden is a PullRequestEventType enum value
+ PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalRuleOverridden = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_RULE_OVERRIDDEN"
+
+ // PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalStateChanged is a PullRequestEventType enum value
+ PullRequestEventTypePullRequestApprovalStateChanged = "PULL_REQUEST_APPROVAL_STATE_CHANGED"
)
const (
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/doc.go
index 9ee44edfbe41..2025f901bd5e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/doc.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/doc.go
@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
// the repository.
//
// * UpdateRepositoryName, which changes the name of the repository. If you
-// change the name of a repository, no other users of that repository will
-// be able to access it until you send them the new HTTPS or SSH URL to use.
+// change the name of a repository, no other users of that repository can
+// access it until you send them the new HTTPS or SSH URL to use.
//
// Branches, by calling the following:
//
-// * CreateBranch, which creates a new branch in a specified repository.
+// * CreateBranch, which creates a branch in a specified repository.
//
// * DeleteBranch, which deletes the specified branch in a repository unless
// it is the default branch.
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
// branch.
//
// * GetBlob, which returns the base-64 encoded content of an individual
-// Git blob object within a repository.
+// Git blob object in a repository.
//
// * GetFile, which returns the base-64 encoded content of a specified file.
//
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
// Commits, by calling the following:
//
// * BatchGetCommits, which returns information about one or more commits
-// in a repository
+// in a repository.
//
// * CreateCommit, which creates a commit for changes to a repository.
//
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
// messages and author and committer information.
//
// * GetDifferences, which returns information about the differences in a
-// valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID or other
+// valid commit specifier (such as a branch, tag, HEAD, commit ID, or other
// fully qualified reference).
//
// Merges, by calling the following:
@@ -107,14 +107,31 @@
//
// * CreatePullRequest, which creates a pull request in a specified repository.
//
+// * CreatePullRequestApprovalRule, which creates an approval rule for a
+// specified pull request.
+//
+// * DeletePullRequestApprovalRule, which deletes an approval rule for a
+// specified pull request.
+//
// * DescribePullRequestEvents, which returns information about one or more
// pull request events.
//
+// * EvaluatePullRequestApprovalRules, which evaluates whether a pull request
+// has met all the conditions specified in its associated approval rules.
+//
// * GetCommentsForPullRequest, which returns information about comments
// on a specified pull request.
//
// * GetPullRequest, which returns information about a specified pull request.
//
+// * GetPullRequestApprovalStates, which returns information about the approval
+// states for a specified pull request.
+//
+// * GetPullRequestOverrideState, which returns information about whether
+// approval rules have been set aside (overriden) for a pull request, and
+// if so, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user or identity that overrode
+// the rules and their requirements for the pull request.
+//
// * ListPullRequests, which lists all pull requests for a repository.
//
// * MergePullRequestByFastForward, which merges the source destination branch
@@ -129,9 +146,18 @@
// of a pull request into the specified destination branch for that pull
// request using the three-way merge option.
//
+// * OverridePullRequestApprovalRules, which sets aside all approval rule
+// requirements for a pull request.
+//
// * PostCommentForPullRequest, which posts a comment to a pull request at
// the specified line, file, or request.
//
+// * UpdatePullRequestApprovalRuleContent, which updates the structure of
+// an approval rule for a pull request.
+//
+// * UpdatePullRequestApprovalState, which updates the state of an approval
+// on a pull request.
+//
// * UpdatePullRequestDescription, which updates the description of a pull
// request.
//
@@ -139,6 +165,58 @@
//
// * UpdatePullRequestTitle, which updates the title of a pull request.
//
+// Approval rule templates, by calling the following:
+//
+// * AssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepository, which associates a template
+// with a specified repository. After the template is associated with a repository,
+// AWS CodeCommit creates approval rules that match the template conditions
+// on every pull request created in the specified repository.
+//
+// * BatchAssociateApprovalRuleTemplateWithRepositories, which associates
+// a template with one or more specified repositories. After the template
+// is associated with a repository, AWS CodeCommit creates approval rules
+// that match the template conditions on every pull request created in the
+// specified repositories.
+//
+// * BatchDisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepositories, which removes
+// the association between a template and specified repositories so that
+// approval rules based on the template are not automatically created when
+// pull requests are created in those repositories.
+//
+// * CreateApprovalRuleTemplate, which creates a template for approval rules
+// that can then be associated with one or more repositories in your AWS
+// account.
+//
+// * DeleteApprovalRuleTemplate, which deletes the specified template. It
+// does not remove approval rules on pull requests already created with the
+// template.
+//
+// * DisassociateApprovalRuleTemplateFromRepository, which removes the association
+// between a template and a repository so that approval rules based on the
+// template are not automatically created when pull requests are created
+// in the specified repository.
+//
+// * GetApprovalRuleTemplate, which returns information about an approval
+// rule template.
+//
+// * ListApprovalRuleTemplates, which lists all approval rule templates in
+// the AWS Region in your AWS account.
+//
+// * ListAssociatedApprovalRuleTemplatesForRepository, which lists all approval
+// rule templates that are associated with a specified repository.
+//
+// * ListRepositoriesForApprovalRuleTemplate, which lists all repositories
+// associated with the specified approval rule template.
+//
+// * UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateDescription, which updates the description
+// of an approval rule template.
+//
+// * UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateName, which updates the name of an approval
+// rule template.
+//
+// * UpdateApprovalRuleTemplateContent, which updates the content of an approval
+// rule template.
+//
// Comments in a repository, by calling the following:
//
// * DeleteCommentContent, which deletes the content of a comment on a commit
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/errors.go
index 210448016d72..8240d5162f6e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit/errors.go
@@ -10,6 +10,75 @@ const (
// The specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) does not exist in the AWS account.
ErrCodeActorDoesNotExistException = "ActorDoesNotExistException"
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleContentRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException".
+ //
+ // The content for the approval rule is empty. You must provide some content
+ // for an approval rule. The content cannot be null.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleContentRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleContentRequiredException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException".
+ //
+ // The specified approval rule does not exist.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException = "ApprovalRuleDoesNotExistException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException".
+ //
+ // An approval rule with that name already exists. Approval rule names must
+ // be unique within the scope of a pull request.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException = "ApprovalRuleNameAlreadyExistsException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException".
+ //
+ // An approval rule name is required, but was not specified.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleNameRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleNameRequiredException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException".
+ //
+ // The content for the approval rule template is empty. You must provide some
+ // content for an approval rule template. The content cannot be null.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateContentRequiredException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException".
+ //
+ // The specified approval rule template does not exist. Verify that the name
+ // is correct and that you are signed in to the AWS Region where the template
+ // was created, and then try again.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateDoesNotExistException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException".
+ //
+ // The approval rule template is associated with one or more repositories. You
+ // cannot delete a template that is associated with a repository. Remove all
+ // associations, and then try again.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateInUseException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException".
+ //
+ // You cannot create an approval rule template with that name because a template
+ // with that name already exists in this AWS Region for your AWS account. Approval
+ // rule template names must be unique.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameAlreadyExistsException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException".
+ //
+ // An approval rule template name is required, but was not specified.
+ ErrCodeApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException = "ApprovalRuleTemplateNameRequiredException"
+
+ // ErrCodeApprovalStateRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "ApprovalStateRequiredException".
+ //
+ // An approval state is required, but was not specified.
+ ErrCodeApprovalStateRequiredException = "ApprovalStateRequiredException"
+
// ErrCodeAuthorDoesNotExistException for service response error code
// "AuthorDoesNotExistException".
//
@@ -32,7 +101,7 @@ const (
// ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException for service response error code
// "BlobIdRequiredException".
//
- // A blob ID is required but was not specified.
+ // A blob ID is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeBlobIdRequiredException = "BlobIdRequiredException"
// ErrCodeBranchDoesNotExistException for service response error code
@@ -50,25 +119,39 @@ const (
// ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException for service response error code
// "BranchNameIsTagNameException".
//
- // The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Type the
- // name of a current branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names,
- // use ListBranches.
+ // The specified branch name is not valid because it is a tag name. Enter the
+ // name of a branch in the repository. For a list of valid branch names, use
+ // ListBranches.
ErrCodeBranchNameIsTagNameException = "BranchNameIsTagNameException"
// ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException for service response error code
// "BranchNameRequiredException".
//
- // A branch name is required but was not specified.
+ // A branch name is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeBranchNameRequiredException = "BranchNameRequiredException"
+ // ErrCodeCannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException for service response error code
+ // "CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException".
+ //
+ // The approval rule cannot be deleted from the pull request because it was
+ // created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
+ ErrCodeCannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException = "CannotDeleteApprovalRuleFromTemplateException"
+
+ // ErrCodeCannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException for service response error code
+ // "CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException".
+ //
+ // The approval rule cannot be modified for the pull request because it was
+ // created by an approval rule template and applied to the pull request automatically.
+ ErrCodeCannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException = "CannotModifyApprovalRuleFromTemplateException"
+
// ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException for service response error code
// "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException".
//
// A client request token is required. A client request token is an unique,
- // client-generated idempotency token that when provided in a request, ensures
+ // client-generated idempotency token that, when provided in a request, ensures
// the request cannot be repeated with a changed parameter. If a request is
- // received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request will
- // return information about the initial request that used that token.
+ // received with the same parameters and a token is included, the request returns
+ // information about the initial request that used that token.
ErrCodeClientRequestTokenRequiredException = "ClientRequestTokenRequiredException"
// ErrCodeCommentContentRequiredException for service response error code
@@ -94,8 +177,8 @@ const (
// ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException for service response error code
// "CommentDoesNotExistException".
//
- // No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have provided the
- // correct ID, and then try again.
+ // No comment exists with the provided ID. Verify that you have used the correct
+ // ID, and then try again.
ErrCodeCommentDoesNotExistException = "CommentDoesNotExistException"
// ErrCodeCommentIdRequiredException for service response error code
@@ -140,6 +223,9 @@ const (
// ErrCodeCommitIdsListRequiredException for service response error code
// "CommitIdsListRequiredException".
+ //
+ // A list of commit IDs is required, but was either not specified or the list
+ // was empty.
ErrCodeCommitIdsListRequiredException = "CommitIdsListRequiredException"
// ErrCodeCommitMessageLengthExceededException for service response error code
@@ -214,7 +300,7 @@ const (
//
// The commit cannot be created because both a source file and file content
// have been specified for the same file. You cannot provide both. Either specify
- // a source file, or provide the file content directly.
+ // a source file or provide the file content directly.
ErrCodeFileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException = "FileContentAndSourceFileSpecifiedException"
// ErrCodeFileContentRequiredException for service response error code
@@ -227,16 +313,16 @@ const (
// ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException for service response error code
// "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException".
//
- // The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size that
- // can be added is 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB.
- // Consider making these changes using a Git client.
+ // The file cannot be added because it is too large. The maximum file size is
+ // 6 MB, and the combined file content change size is 7 MB. Consider making
+ // these changes using a Git client.
ErrCodeFileContentSizeLimitExceededException = "FileContentSizeLimitExceededException"
// ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException for service response error code
// "FileDoesNotExistException".
//
- // The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have provided the correct
- // name of the file, including its full path and extension.
+ // The specified file does not exist. Verify that you have used the correct
+ // file name, full path, and extension.
ErrCodeFileDoesNotExistException = "FileDoesNotExistException"
// ErrCodeFileEntryRequiredException for service response error code
@@ -249,8 +335,8 @@ const (
// ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException for service response error code
// "FileModeRequiredException".
//
- // The commit cannot be created because a file mode is required to update mode
- // permissions for an existing file, but no file mode has been specified.
+ // The commit cannot be created because no file mode has been specified. A file
+ // mode is required to update mode permissions for a file.
ErrCodeFileModeRequiredException = "FileModeRequiredException"
// ErrCodeFileNameConflictsWithDirectoryNameException for service response error code
@@ -291,14 +377,14 @@ const (
// "FolderDoesNotExistException".
//
// The specified folder does not exist. Either the folder name is not correct,
- // or you did not provide the full path to the folder.
+ // or you did not enter the full path to the folder.
ErrCodeFolderDoesNotExistException = "FolderDoesNotExistException"
// ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException for service response error code
// "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException".
//
// The client request token is not valid. Either the token is not in a valid
- // format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be re-used.
+ // format, or the token has been used in a previous request and cannot be reused.
ErrCodeIdempotencyParameterMismatchException = "IdempotencyParameterMismatchException"
// ErrCodeInvalidActorArnException for service response error code
@@ -309,6 +395,47 @@ const (
// and then try again.
ErrCodeInvalidActorArnException = "InvalidActorArnException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleContentException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidApprovalRuleContentException".
+ //
+ // The content for the approval rule is not valid.
+ ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleContentException = "InvalidApprovalRuleContentException"
+
+ // ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException".
+ //
+ // The name for the approval rule is not valid.
+ ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleNameException = "InvalidApprovalRuleNameException"
+
+ // ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException".
+ //
+ // The content of the approval rule template is not valid.
+ ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException = "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateContentException"
+
+ // ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException".
+ //
+ // The description for the approval rule template is not valid because it exceeds
+ // the maximum characters allowed for a description. For more information about
+ // limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+ ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException = "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateDescriptionException"
+
+ // ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException".
+ //
+ // The name of the approval rule template is not valid. Template names must
+ // be between 1 and 100 valid characters in length. For more information about
+ // limits in AWS CodeCommit, see AWS CodeCommit User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/codecommit/latest/userguide/limits.html).
+ ErrCodeInvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException = "InvalidApprovalRuleTemplateNameException"
+
+ // ErrCodeInvalidApprovalStateException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidApprovalStateException".
+ //
+ // The state for the approval is not valid. Valid values include APPROVE and
+ // REVOKE.
+ ErrCodeInvalidApprovalStateException = "InvalidApprovalStateException"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidAuthorArnException for service response error code
// "InvalidAuthorArnException".
//
@@ -386,8 +513,8 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException for service response error code
// "InvalidDescriptionException".
//
- // The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions are limited to 1,000
- // characters in length.
+ // The pull request description is not valid. Descriptions cannot be more than
+ // 1,000 characters.
ErrCodeInvalidDescriptionException = "InvalidDescriptionException"
// ErrCodeInvalidDestinationCommitSpecifierException for service response error code
@@ -408,8 +535,8 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException for service response error code
// "InvalidFileLocationException".
//
- // The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the extension
- // of the file as well as the file name.
+ // The location of the file is not valid. Make sure that you include the file
+ // name and extension.
ErrCodeInvalidFileLocationException = "InvalidFileLocationException"
// ErrCodeInvalidFileModeException for service response error code
@@ -457,6 +584,12 @@ const (
// The specified sort order is not valid.
ErrCodeInvalidOrderException = "InvalidOrderException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidOverrideStatusException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidOverrideStatusException".
+ //
+ // The override status is not valid. Valid statuses are OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
+ ErrCodeInvalidOverrideStatusException = "InvalidOverrideStatusException"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidParentCommitIdException for service response error code
// "InvalidParentCommitIdException".
//
@@ -503,7 +636,7 @@ const (
// "InvalidReferenceNameException".
//
// The specified reference name format is not valid. Reference names must conform
- // to the Git references format, for example refs/heads/master. For more information,
+ // to the Git references format (for example, refs/heads/master). For more information,
// see Git Internals - Git References (https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Internals-Git-References)
// or consult your Git documentation.
ErrCodeInvalidReferenceNameException = "InvalidReferenceNameException"
@@ -538,9 +671,9 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException for service response error code
// "InvalidRepositoryNameException".
//
- // At least one specified repository name is not valid.
+ // A specified repository name is not valid.
//
- // This exception only occurs when a specified repository name is not valid.
+ // This exception occurs only when a specified repository name is not valid.
// Other exceptions occur when a required repository parameter is missing, or
// when a specified repository does not exist.
ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryNameException = "InvalidRepositoryNameException"
@@ -581,8 +714,9 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException for service response error code
// "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException".
//
- // The region for the trigger target does not match the region for the repository.
- // Triggers must be created in the same region as the target for the trigger.
+ // The AWS Region for the trigger target does not match the AWS Region for the
+ // repository. Triggers must be created in the same Region as the target for
+ // the trigger.
ErrCodeInvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException = "InvalidRepositoryTriggerRegionException"
// ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException for service response error code
@@ -593,6 +727,18 @@ const (
// in the AWS CodeCommit User Guide.
ErrCodeInvalidResourceArnException = "InvalidResourceArnException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidRevisionIdException".
+ //
+ // The revision ID is not valid. Use GetPullRequest to determine the value.
+ ErrCodeInvalidRevisionIdException = "InvalidRevisionIdException"
+
+ // ErrCodeInvalidRuleContentSha256Exception for service response error code
+ // "InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception".
+ //
+ // The SHA-256 hash signature for the rule content is not valid.
+ ErrCodeInvalidRuleContentSha256Exception = "InvalidRuleContentSha256Exception"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidSortByException for service response error code
// "InvalidSortByException".
//
@@ -690,10 +836,17 @@ const (
// ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException for service response error code
// "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException".
//
- // The maximum number of items to compare between the source or destination
- // branches and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
+ // The number of items to compare between the source or destination branches
+ // and the merge base has exceeded the maximum allowed.
ErrCodeMaximumItemsToCompareExceededException = "MaximumItemsToCompareExceededException"
+ // ErrCodeMaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException for service response error code
+ // "MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException".
+ //
+ // The number of approvals required for the approval rule exceeds the maximum
+ // number allowed.
+ ErrCodeMaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException = "MaximumNumberOfApprovalsExceededException"
+
// ErrCodeMaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException for service response error code
// "MaximumOpenPullRequestsExceededException".
//
@@ -706,7 +859,7 @@ const (
// "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException".
//
// The maximum number of allowed repository names was exceeded. Currently, this
- // number is 25.
+ // number is 100.
ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException = "MaximumRepositoryNamesExceededException"
// ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException for service response error code
@@ -715,6 +868,13 @@ const (
// The number of triggers allowed for the repository was exceeded.
ErrCodeMaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException = "MaximumRepositoryTriggersExceededException"
+ // ErrCodeMaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException for service response error code
+ // "MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException".
+ //
+ // The maximum number of approval rule templates for a repository has been exceeded.
+ // You cannot associate more than 25 approval rule templates with a repository.
+ ErrCodeMaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException = "MaximumRuleTemplatesAssociatedWithRepositoryException"
+
// ErrCodeMergeOptionRequiredException for service response error code
// "MergeOptionRequiredException".
//
@@ -750,6 +910,33 @@ const (
// as a result of this commit. A commit must contain at least one change.
ErrCodeNoChangeException = "NoChangeException"
+ // ErrCodeNumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException for service response error code
+ // "NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException".
+ //
+ // The maximum number of approval rule templates has been exceeded for this
+ // AWS Region.
+ ErrCodeNumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException = "NumberOfRuleTemplatesExceededException"
+
+ // ErrCodeNumberOfRulesExceededException for service response error code
+ // "NumberOfRulesExceededException".
+ //
+ // The approval rule cannot be added. The pull request has the maximum number
+ // of approval rules associated with it.
+ ErrCodeNumberOfRulesExceededException = "NumberOfRulesExceededException"
+
+ // ErrCodeOverrideAlreadySetException for service response error code
+ // "OverrideAlreadySetException".
+ //
+ // The pull request has already had its approval rules set to override.
+ ErrCodeOverrideAlreadySetException = "OverrideAlreadySetException"
+
+ // ErrCodeOverrideStatusRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "OverrideStatusRequiredException".
+ //
+ // An override status is required, but no value was provided. Valid values include
+ // OVERRIDE and REVOKE.
+ ErrCodeOverrideStatusRequiredException = "OverrideStatusRequiredException"
+
// ErrCodeParentCommitDoesNotExistException for service response error code
// "ParentCommitDoesNotExistException".
//
@@ -791,6 +978,21 @@ const (
// The pull request status cannot be updated because it is already closed.
ErrCodePullRequestAlreadyClosedException = "PullRequestAlreadyClosedException"
+ // ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException for service response error code
+ // "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException".
+ //
+ // The pull request cannot be merged because one or more approval rules applied
+ // to the pull request have conditions that have not been met.
+ ErrCodePullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException = "PullRequestApprovalRulesNotSatisfiedException"
+
+ // ErrCodePullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException for service response error code
+ // "PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException".
+ //
+ // The approval cannot be applied because the user approving the pull request
+ // matches the user who created the pull request. You cannot approve a pull
+ // request that you created.
+ ErrCodePullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException = "PullRequestCannotBeApprovedByAuthorException"
+
// ErrCodePullRequestDoesNotExistException for service response error code
// "PullRequestDoesNotExistException".
//
@@ -838,7 +1040,7 @@ const (
// ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException for service response error code
// "ReplacementContentRequiredException".
//
- // USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified but no replacement content has been provided.
+ // USE_NEW_CONTENT was specified, but no replacement content has been provided.
ErrCodeReplacementContentRequiredException = "ReplacementContentRequiredException"
// ErrCodeReplacementTypeRequiredException for service response error code
@@ -868,13 +1070,13 @@ const (
// ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryNameRequiredException".
//
- // A repository name is required but was not specified.
+ // A repository name is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeRepositoryNameRequiredException = "RepositoryNameRequiredException"
// ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryNamesRequiredException".
//
- // A repository names object is required but was not specified.
+ // At least one repository name object is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeRepositoryNamesRequiredException = "RepositoryNamesRequiredException"
// ErrCodeRepositoryNotAssociatedWithPullRequestException for service response error code
@@ -888,33 +1090,33 @@ const (
// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException".
//
- // At least one branch name is required but was not specified in the trigger
+ // At least one branch name is required, but was not specified in the trigger
// configuration.
ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerBranchNameListRequiredException"
// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException".
//
- // A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required but
+ // A destination ARN for the target service for the trigger is required, but
// was not specified.
ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerDestinationArnRequiredException"
// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException".
//
- // At least one event for the trigger is required but was not specified.
+ // At least one event for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerEventsListRequiredException"
// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException".
//
- // A name for the trigger is required but was not specified.
+ // A name for the trigger is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeRepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggerNameRequiredException"
// ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException for service response error code
// "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException".
//
- // The list of triggers for the repository is required but was not specified.
+ // The list of triggers for the repository is required, but was not specified.
ErrCodeRepositoryTriggersListRequiredException = "RepositoryTriggersListRequiredException"
// ErrCodeResourceArnRequiredException for service response error code
@@ -933,6 +1135,19 @@ const (
// or moving a .gitkeep file.
ErrCodeRestrictedSourceFileException = "RestrictedSourceFileException"
+ // ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException for service response error code
+ // "RevisionIdRequiredException".
+ //
+ // A revision ID is required, but was not provided.
+ ErrCodeRevisionIdRequiredException = "RevisionIdRequiredException"
+
+ // ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException for service response error code
+ // "RevisionNotCurrentException".
+ //
+ // The revision ID provided in the request does not match the current revision
+ // ID. Use GetPullRequest to retrieve the current revision ID.
+ ErrCodeRevisionNotCurrentException = "RevisionNotCurrentException"
+
// ErrCodeSameFileContentException for service response error code
// "SameFileContentException".
//
@@ -953,8 +1168,8 @@ const (
// ErrCodeSourceAndDestinationAreSameException for service response error code
// "SourceAndDestinationAreSameException".
//
- // The source branch and the destination branch for the pull request are the
- // same. You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
+ // The source branch and destination branch for the pull request are the same.
+ // You must specify different branches for the source and destination.
ErrCodeSourceAndDestinationAreSameException = "SourceAndDestinationAreSameException"
// ErrCodeSourceFileOrContentRequiredException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cognitoidentityprovider/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cognitoidentityprovider/api.go
index cea54de136da..2bab97360b08 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cognitoidentityprovider/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cognitoidentityprovider/api.go
@@ -27000,6 +27000,9 @@ const (
// IdentityProviderTypeTypeLoginWithAmazon is a IdentityProviderTypeType enum value
IdentityProviderTypeTypeLoginWithAmazon = "LoginWithAmazon"
+ // IdentityProviderTypeTypeSignInWithApple is a IdentityProviderTypeType enum value
+ IdentityProviderTypeTypeSignInWithApple = "SignInWithApple"
+
// IdentityProviderTypeTypeOidc is a IdentityProviderTypeType enum value
IdentityProviderTypeTypeOidc = "OIDC"
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/api.go
index 27240a47ef28..23739d7ea4a3 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/api.go
@@ -605,8 +605,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) DeleteConformancePackRequest(input *DeleteConformancePac
// DeleteConformancePack API operation for AWS Config.
//
-// Deletes the specified conformance pack and all the AWS Config rules and all
-// evaluation results within that conformance pack.
+// Deletes the specified conformance pack and all the AWS Config rules, remediation
+// actions, and all evaluation results within that conformance pack.
//
// AWS Config sets the conformance pack to DELETE_IN_PROGRESS until the deletion
// is complete. You cannot update a conformance pack while it is in this state.
@@ -1359,6 +1359,92 @@ func (c *ConfigService) DeleteRemediationExceptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context,
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteResourceConfig = "DeleteResourceConfig"
+
+// DeleteResourceConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteResourceConfig operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteResourceConfig for more information on using the DeleteResourceConfig
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteResourceConfigRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteResourceConfigRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/config-2014-11-12/DeleteResourceConfig
+func (c *ConfigService) DeleteResourceConfigRequest(input *DeleteResourceConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteResourceConfigOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteResourceConfig,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteResourceConfigInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteResourceConfigOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteResourceConfig API operation for AWS Config.
+//
+// Records the configuration state for a custom resource that has been deleted.
+// This API records a new ConfigurationItem with a ResourceDeleted status. You
+// can retrieve the ConfigurationItems recorded for this resource in your AWS
+// Config History.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Config's
+// API operation DeleteResourceConfig for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The requested action is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNoRunningConfigurationRecorderException "NoRunningConfigurationRecorderException"
+// There is no configuration recorder running.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/config-2014-11-12/DeleteResourceConfig
+func (c *ConfigService) DeleteResourceConfig(input *DeleteResourceConfigInput) (*DeleteResourceConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteResourceConfigRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteResourceConfigWithContext is the same as DeleteResourceConfig with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteResourceConfig for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ConfigService) DeleteResourceConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteResourceConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteResourceConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteResourceConfigRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteRetentionConfiguration = "DeleteRetentionConfiguration"
// DeleteRetentionConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2510,10 +2596,9 @@ func (c *ConfigService) DescribeConformancePackComplianceRequest(input *Describe
// DescribeConformancePackCompliance API operation for AWS Config.
//
-// Returns compliance information for each rule in that conformance pack.
+// Returns compliance details for each rule in that conformance pack.
//
-// You must provide exact rule names otherwise AWS Config cannot return evaluation
-// results due to insufficient data.
+// You must provide exact rule names.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2608,6 +2693,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) DescribeConformancePackStatusRequest(input *DescribeConf
//
// Provides one or more conformance packs deployment status.
//
+// If there are no conformance packs then you will see an empty result.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -3259,9 +3346,12 @@ func (c *ConfigService) DescribeOrganizationConformancePacksRequest(input *Descr
// Returns a list of organization conformance packs.
//
// When you specify the limit and the next token, you receive a paginated response.
+//
// Limit and next token are not applicable if you specify organization conformance
// packs names. They are only applicable, when you request all the organization
-// conformance packs. Only a master account can call this API.
+// conformance packs.
+//
+// Only a master account can call this API.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -4703,6 +4793,9 @@ func (c *ConfigService) GetConformancePackComplianceSummaryRequest(input *GetCon
// GetConformancePackComplianceSummary API operation for AWS Config.
//
+// Returns compliance details for the conformance pack based on the cumulative
+// compliance results of all the rules in that conformance pack.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -5739,9 +5832,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutConfigRuleRequest(input *PutConfigRuleInput) (req *re
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
-// pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
-// To create a rule and a stack.
//
// * ErrCodeNoAvailableConfigurationRecorderException "NoAvailableConfigurationRecorderException"
// There are no configuration recorders available to provide the role needed
@@ -6029,7 +6121,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutConformancePackRequest(input *PutConformancePackInput
// PutConformancePack API operation for AWS Config.
//
// Creates or updates a conformance pack. A conformance pack is a collection
-// of AWS Config rules that can be easily deployed in an account and a region.
+// of AWS Config rules that can be easily deployed in an account and a region
+// and across AWS Organization.
//
// This API creates a service linked role AWSServiceRoleForConfigConforms in
// your account. The service linked role is created only when the role does
@@ -6062,9 +6155,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutConformancePackRequest(input *PutConformancePackInput
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
-// pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
-// To create a rule and a stack.
//
// * ErrCodeConformancePackTemplateValidationException "ConformancePackTemplateValidationException"
// You have specified a template that is not valid or supported.
@@ -6101,8 +6193,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutConformancePackRequest(input *PutConformancePackInput
// are valid and try again.
//
// * ErrCodeMaxNumberOfConformancePacksExceededException "MaxNumberOfConformancePacksExceededException"
-// You have reached the limit (20) of the number of conformance packs in an
-// account.
+// You have reached the limit (6) of the number of conformance packs in an account
+// (6 conformance pack with 25 AWS Config rules per pack).
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/config-2014-11-12/PutConformancePack
func (c *ConfigService) PutConformancePack(input *PutConformancePackInput) (*PutConformancePackOutput, error) {
@@ -6469,9 +6561,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutOrganizationConfigRuleRequest(input *PutOrganizationC
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
-// pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
-// To create a rule and a stack.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/config-2014-11-12/PutOrganizationConfigRule
func (c *ConfigService) PutOrganizationConfigRule(input *PutOrganizationConfigRuleInput) (*PutOrganizationConfigRuleOutput, error) {
@@ -6541,18 +6632,22 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutOrganizationConformancePackRequest(input *PutOrganiza
//
// Deploys conformance packs across member accounts in an AWS Organization.
//
-// This API enables organization service access through the EnableAWSServiceAccess
-// action and creates a service linked role AWSServiceRoleForConfigMultiAccountSetup
-// in the master account of your organization. The service linked role is created
-// only when the role does not exist in the master account. AWS Config verifies
-// the existence of role with GetRole action.
-//
-// The SPN is config-multiaccountsetup.amazonaws.com.
+// This API enables organization service access for config-multiaccountsetup.amazonaws.com
+// through the EnableAWSServiceAccess action and creates a service linked role
+// AWSServiceRoleForConfigMultiAccountSetup in the master account of your organization.
+// The service linked role is created only when the role does not exist in the
+// master account. AWS Config verifies the existence of role with GetRole action.
//
// You must specify either the TemplateS3Uri or the TemplateBody parameter,
// but not both. If you provide both AWS Config uses the TemplateS3Uri parameter
// and ignores the TemplateBody parameter.
//
+// AWS Config sets the state of a conformance pack to CREATE_IN_PROGRESS and
+// UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS until the confomance pack is created or updated. You cannot
+// update a conformance pack while it is in this state.
+//
+// You can create 6 conformance packs with 25 AWS Config rules in each pack.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -6562,8 +6657,9 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutOrganizationConformancePackRequest(input *PutOrganiza
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeMaxNumberOfOrganizationConformancePacksExceededException "MaxNumberOfOrganizationConformancePacksExceededException"
-// You have reached the limit (10) of the number of organization conformance
-// packs in an account.
+// You have reached the limit (6) of the number of organization conformance
+// packs in an account (6 conformance pack with 25 AWS Config rules per pack
+// per account).
//
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
// You see this exception in the following cases:
@@ -6617,9 +6713,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutOrganizationConformancePackRequest(input *PutOrganiza
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
-// pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
-// To create a rule and a stack.
//
// * ErrCodeOrganizationConformancePackTemplateValidationException "OrganizationConformancePackTemplateValidationException"
// You have specified a template that is not valid or supported.
@@ -6725,9 +6820,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutRemediationConfigurationsRequest(input *PutRemediatio
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
-// pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
-// To create a rule and a stack.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more of the specified parameters are invalid. Verify that your parameters
@@ -6837,6 +6931,121 @@ func (c *ConfigService) PutRemediationExceptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opPutResourceConfig = "PutResourceConfig"
+
+// PutResourceConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutResourceConfig operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See PutResourceConfig for more information on using the PutResourceConfig
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the PutResourceConfigRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PutResourceConfigRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/config-2014-11-12/PutResourceConfig
+func (c *ConfigService) PutResourceConfigRequest(input *PutResourceConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutResourceConfigOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opPutResourceConfig,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &PutResourceConfigInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &PutResourceConfigOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// PutResourceConfig API operation for AWS Config.
+//
+// Records the configuration state for the resource provided in the request.
+// The configuration state of a resource is represented in AWS Config as Configuration
+// Items. Once this API records the configuration item, you can retrieve the
+// list of configuration items for the custom resource type using existing AWS
+// Config APIs.
+//
+// The custom resource type must be registered with AWS CloudFormation. This
+// API accepts the configuration item registered with AWS CloudFormation.
+//
+// When you call this API, AWS Config only stores configuration state of the
+// resource provided in the request. This API does not change or remediate the
+// configuration of the resource.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Config's
+// API operation PutResourceConfig for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeValidationException "ValidationException"
+// The requested action is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException "InsufficientPermissionsException"
+// Indicates one of the following errors:
+//
+// * For PutConfigRule, the rule cannot be created because the IAM role assigned
+// to AWS Config lacks permissions to perform the config:Put* action.
+//
+// * For PutConfigRule, the AWS Lambda function cannot be invoked. Check
+// the function ARN, and check the function's permissions.
+//
+// * For PutOrganizationConfigRule, organization config rule cannot be created
+// because you do not have permissions to call IAM GetRole action or create
+// a service linked role.
+//
+// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
+//
+// * ErrCodeNoRunningConfigurationRecorderException "NoRunningConfigurationRecorderException"
+// There is no configuration recorder running.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMaxActiveResourcesExceededException "MaxActiveResourcesExceededException"
+// You have reached the limit (100,000) of active custom resource types in your
+// account. Delete unused resources using DeleteResourceConfig.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/config-2014-11-12/PutResourceConfig
+func (c *ConfigService) PutResourceConfig(input *PutResourceConfigInput) (*PutResourceConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutResourceConfigRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutResourceConfigWithContext is the same as PutResourceConfig with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutResourceConfig for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *ConfigService) PutResourceConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutResourceConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutResourceConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutResourceConfigRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opPutRetentionConfiguration = "PutRetentionConfiguration"
// PutRetentionConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -7332,9 +7541,8 @@ func (c *ConfigService) StartRemediationExecutionRequest(input *StartRemediation
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
-// pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+// pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
-// To create a rule and a stack.
//
// * ErrCodeNoSuchRemediationConfigurationException "NoSuchRemediationConfigurationException"
// You specified an AWS Config rule without a remediation configuration.
@@ -9397,7 +9605,9 @@ type ConfigurationItem struct {
// CloudTrail, see What Is AWS CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/userguide/what_is_cloud_trail_top_level.html).
//
// An empty field indicates that the current configuration was not initiated
- // by any event.
+ // by any event. As of Version 1.3, the relatedEvents field is empty. You can
+ // access the LookupEvents API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awscloudtrail/latest/APIReference/API_LookupEvents.html)
+ // in the AWS CloudTrail API Reference to retrieve the events for the resource.
RelatedEvents []*string `locationName:"relatedEvents" type:"list"`
// A list of related AWS resources.
@@ -9726,12 +9936,18 @@ func (s *ConformancePackComplianceFilters) SetConfigRuleNames(v []*string) *Conf
return s
}
+// Summary includes the name and status of the conformance pack.
type ConformancePackComplianceSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The status of the conformance pack. The allowed values are COMPLIANT and
+ // NON_COMPLIANT.
+ //
// ConformancePackComplianceStatus is a required field
ConformancePackComplianceStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConformancePackComplianceType"`
+ // The name of the conformance pack name.
+ //
// ConformancePackName is a required field
ConformancePackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
@@ -9759,7 +9975,8 @@ func (s *ConformancePackComplianceSummary) SetConformancePackName(v string) *Con
}
// Returns details of a conformance pack. A conformance pack is a collection
-// of AWS Config rules that can be easily deployed in an account and a region.
+// of AWS Config rules and remediation actions that can be easily deployed in
+// an account and a region.
type ConformancePackDetail struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -9781,15 +9998,16 @@ type ConformancePackDetail struct {
// ConformancePackName is a required field
ConformancePackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // AWS service that created the conformance pack.
CreatedBy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // Location of an Amazon S3 bucket where AWS Config can deliver evaluation results
- // and conformance pack template that is used to create a pack.
+ // Conformance pack template that is used to create a pack. The delivery bucket
+ // name should start with awsconfigconforms. For example: "Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::your_bucket_name/*".
//
// DeliveryS3Bucket is a required field
DeliveryS3Bucket *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Any folder structure you want to add to an Amazon S3 bucket.
+ // The prefix for the Amazon S3 bucket.
DeliveryS3KeyPrefix *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Last time when conformation pack update was requested.
@@ -9868,6 +10086,9 @@ type ConformancePackEvaluationFilters struct {
ConfigRuleNames []*string `type:"list"`
// Filters the results by resource IDs.
+ //
+ // This is valid only when you provide resource type. If there is no resource
+ // type, you will see an error.
ResourceIds []*string `type:"list"`
// Filters the results by the resource type (for example, "AWS::EC2::Instance").
@@ -9930,9 +10151,7 @@ type ConformancePackEvaluationResult struct {
// Supplementary information about how the evaluation determined the compliance.
Annotation *string `type:"string"`
- // Filters the results by compliance.
- //
- // The allowed values are COMPLIANT and NON_COMPLIANT.
+ // The compliance type. The allowed values are COMPLIANT and NON_COMPLIANT.
//
// ComplianceType is a required field
ComplianceType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConformancePackComplianceType"`
@@ -10053,12 +10272,12 @@ func (s *ConformancePackInputParameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Conformance
type ConformancePackRuleCompliance struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Filters the results by compliance.
+ // Compliance of the AWS Config rule
//
// The allowed values are COMPLIANT and NON_COMPLIANT.
ComplianceType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConformancePackComplianceType"`
- // Filters the results by AWS Config rule name.
+ // Name of the config rule.
ConfigRuleName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
@@ -10117,7 +10336,7 @@ type ConformancePackStatusDetail struct {
//
// * DELETE_IN_PROGRESS when a conformance pack deletion is in progress.
//
- // * DELETE_FAILED when a conformance pack deletion failed from your account.
+ // * DELETE_FAILED when a conformance pack deletion failed in your account.
//
// ConformancePackState is a required field
ConformancePackState *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConformancePackState"`
@@ -10943,6 +11162,78 @@ func (s *DeleteRemediationExceptionsOutput) SetFailedBatches(v []*FailedDeleteRe
return s
}
+type DeleteResourceConfigInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Unique identifier of the resource.
+ //
+ // ResourceId is a required field
+ ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The type of the resource.
+ //
+ // ResourceType is a required field
+ ResourceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteResourceConfigInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteResourceConfigInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteResourceConfigInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteResourceConfigInput"}
+ if s.ResourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceType"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceType != nil && len(*s.ResourceType) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceType", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteResourceConfigInput) SetResourceId(v string) *DeleteResourceConfigInput {
+ s.ResourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *DeleteResourceConfigInput) SetResourceType(v string) *DeleteResourceConfigInput {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteResourceConfigOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteResourceConfigOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteResourceConfigOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type DeleteRetentionConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -12141,7 +12432,7 @@ type DescribeConformancePackStatusInput struct {
// Comma-separated list of conformance pack names.
ConformancePackNames []*string `type:"list"`
- // The maximum number of conformance packs returned on each page.
+ // The maximum number of conformance packs status returned on each page.
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The nextToken string returned in a previous request that you use to request
@@ -14502,11 +14793,16 @@ func (s *GetConformancePackComplianceDetailsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetC
type GetConformancePackComplianceSummaryInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Names of conformance packs.
+ //
// ConformancePackNames is a required field
ConformancePackNames []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // The maximum number of conformance packs returned on each page.
Limit *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // The nextToken string returned on a previous page that you use to get the
+ // next page of results in a paginated response.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -14557,8 +14853,11 @@ func (s *GetConformancePackComplianceSummaryInput) SetNextToken(v string) *GetCo
type GetConformancePackComplianceSummaryOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // A list of ConformancePackComplianceSummary objects.
ConformancePackComplianceSummaryList []*ConformancePackComplianceSummary `min:"1" type:"list"`
+ // The nextToken string returned on a previous page that you use to get the
+ // next page of results in a paginated response.
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -15975,7 +16274,7 @@ type OrganizationConformancePackStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An error code that is returned when organization conformance pack creation
- // or deletion has failed in the member account.
+ // or deletion has failed in a member account.
ErrorCode *string `type:"string"`
// An error message indicating that organization conformance pack creation or
@@ -16820,7 +17119,6 @@ type PutConformancePackInput struct {
// ConformancePackName is a required field
ConformancePackName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Location of an Amazon S3 bucket where AWS Config can deliver evaluation results.
// AWS Config stores intermediate files while processing conformance pack template.
//
// DeliveryS3Bucket is a required field
@@ -16834,12 +17132,12 @@ type PutConformancePackInput struct {
// 51,200 bytes.
//
// You can only use a YAML template with one resource type, that is, config
- // rule.
+ // rule and a remediation action.
TemplateBody *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // Location of file containing the template body. The uri must point to the
- // conformance pack template (max size: 300,000 bytes) that is located in an
- // Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as the conformance pack.
+ // Location of file containing the template body (s3://bucketname/prefix). The
+ // uri must point to the conformance pack template (max size: 300 KB) that is
+ // located in an Amazon S3 bucket in the same region as the conformance pack.
//
// You must have access to read Amazon S3 bucket.
TemplateS3Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
@@ -17223,6 +17521,10 @@ type PutOrganizationConformancePackInput struct {
// Location of an Amazon S3 bucket where AWS Config can deliver evaluation results.
// AWS Config stores intermediate files while processing conformance pack template.
//
+ // The delivery bucket name should start with awsconfigconforms. For example:
+ // "Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::your_bucket_name/*". For more information, see
+ // Permissions for cross account bucket access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/config/latest/developerguide/conformance-pack-organization-apis.html).
+ //
// DeliveryS3Bucket is a required field
DeliveryS3Bucket *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -17244,7 +17546,7 @@ type PutOrganizationConformancePackInput struct {
TemplateBody *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Location of file containing the template body. The uri must point to the
- // conformance pack template (max size: 300,000 bytes).
+ // conformance pack template (max size: 300 KB).
//
// You must have access to read Amazon S3 bucket.
TemplateS3Uri *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
@@ -17553,6 +17855,135 @@ func (s *PutRemediationExceptionsOutput) SetFailedBatches(v []*FailedRemediation
return s
}
+type PutResourceConfigInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The configuration object of the resource in valid JSON format. It must match
+ // the schema registered with AWS CloudFormation.
+ //
+ // The configuration JSON must not exceed 64 KB.
+ //
+ // Configuration is a required field
+ Configuration *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Unique identifier of the resource.
+ //
+ // ResourceId is a required field
+ ResourceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of the resource.
+ ResourceName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of the resource. The custom resource type must be registered with
+ // AWS CloudFormation.
+ //
+ // You cannot use the organization names “aws”, “amzn”, “amazon”,
+ // “alexa”, “custom” with custom resource types. It is the first part
+ // of the ResourceType up to the first ::.
+ //
+ // ResourceType is a required field
+ ResourceType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Version of the schema registered for the ResourceType in AWS CloudFormation.
+ //
+ // SchemaVersionId is a required field
+ SchemaVersionId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Tags associated with the resource.
+ Tags map[string]*string `type:"map"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutResourceConfigInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutResourceConfigInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutResourceConfigInput"}
+ if s.Configuration == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Configuration"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceId != nil && len(*s.ResourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceType"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceType != nil && len(*s.ResourceType) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceType", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SchemaVersionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SchemaVersionId"))
+ }
+ if s.SchemaVersionId != nil && len(*s.SchemaVersionId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SchemaVersionId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetConfiguration sets the Configuration field's value.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) SetConfiguration(v string) *PutResourceConfigInput {
+ s.Configuration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) SetResourceId(v string) *PutResourceConfigInput {
+ s.ResourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) SetResourceName(v string) *PutResourceConfigInput {
+ s.ResourceName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) SetResourceType(v string) *PutResourceConfigInput {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchemaVersionId sets the SchemaVersionId field's value.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) SetSchemaVersionId(v string) *PutResourceConfigInput {
+ s.SchemaVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *PutResourceConfigInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *PutResourceConfigInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type PutResourceConfigOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutResourceConfigOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutResourceConfigOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type PutRetentionConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/errors.go
index 82989cc735b0..803805bc6fce 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice/errors.go
@@ -32,9 +32,8 @@ const (
// a service linked role.
//
// * For PutConformancePack and PutOrganizationConformancePack, a conformance
- // pack cannot be created becuase you do not have permissions: To call IAM
+ // pack cannot be created because you do not have permissions: To call IAM
// GetRole action or create a service linked role. To read Amazon S3 bucket.
- // To create a rule and a stack.
ErrCodeInsufficientPermissionsException = "InsufficientPermissionsException"
// ErrCodeInvalidConfigurationRecorderNameException for service response error code
@@ -131,6 +130,13 @@ const (
// of accounts and aggregators exceeds the limit.
ErrCodeLimitExceededException = "LimitExceededException"
+ // ErrCodeMaxActiveResourcesExceededException for service response error code
+ // "MaxActiveResourcesExceededException".
+ //
+ // You have reached the limit (100,000) of active custom resource types in your
+ // account. Delete unused resources using DeleteResourceConfig.
+ ErrCodeMaxActiveResourcesExceededException = "MaxActiveResourcesExceededException"
+
// ErrCodeMaxNumberOfConfigRulesExceededException for service response error code
// "MaxNumberOfConfigRulesExceededException".
//
@@ -148,8 +154,8 @@ const (
// ErrCodeMaxNumberOfConformancePacksExceededException for service response error code
// "MaxNumberOfConformancePacksExceededException".
//
- // You have reached the limit (20) of the number of conformance packs in an
- // account.
+ // You have reached the limit (6) of the number of conformance packs in an account
+ // (6 conformance pack with 25 AWS Config rules per pack).
ErrCodeMaxNumberOfConformancePacksExceededException = "MaxNumberOfConformancePacksExceededException"
// ErrCodeMaxNumberOfDeliveryChannelsExceededException for service response error code
@@ -168,8 +174,9 @@ const (
// ErrCodeMaxNumberOfOrganizationConformancePacksExceededException for service response error code
// "MaxNumberOfOrganizationConformancePacksExceededException".
//
- // You have reached the limit (10) of the number of organization conformance
- // packs in an account.
+ // You have reached the limit (6) of the number of organization conformance
+ // packs in an account (6 conformance pack with 25 AWS Config rules per pack
+ // per account).
ErrCodeMaxNumberOfOrganizationConformancePacksExceededException = "MaxNumberOfOrganizationConformancePacksExceededException"
// ErrCodeMaxNumberOfRetentionConfigurationsExceededException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/datasync/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/datasync/api.go
index 6a97a930feed..dc6d21a23c8d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/datasync/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/datasync/api.go
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ func (c *DataSync) CreateLocationSmbRequest(input *CreateLocationSmbInput) (req
// CreateLocationSmb API operation for AWS DataSync.
//
// Defines a file system on an Server Message Block (SMB) server that can be
-// read from or written to
+// read from or written to.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2895,6 +2895,8 @@ type CreateLocationEfsInput struct {
// A subdirectory in the location’s path. This subdirectory in the EFS file
// system is used to read data from the EFS source location or write data to
// the EFS destination. By default, AWS DataSync uses the root directory.
+ //
+ // Subdirectory must be specified with forward slashes. For example /path/to/folder.
Subdirectory *string `type:"string"`
// The key-value pair that represents a tag that you want to add to the resource.
@@ -3296,7 +3298,7 @@ type CreateLocationSmbInput struct {
// access files and folders in the SMB share.
//
// Password is a required field
- Password *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Password *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
// The name of the SMB server. This value is the IP address or Domain Name Service
// (DNS) name of the SMB server. An agent that is installed on-premises uses
@@ -3314,6 +3316,8 @@ type CreateLocationSmbInput struct {
// The path should be such that it can be mounted by other SMB clients in your
// network.
//
+ // Subdirectory must be specified with forward slashes. For example /path/to/folder.
+ //
// To transfer all the data in the folder you specified, DataSync needs to have
// permissions to mount the SMB share, as well as to access all the data in
// that share. To ensure this, either ensure that the user/password specified
@@ -3497,6 +3501,11 @@ type CreateTaskInput struct {
// see the operation.
Options *Options `type:"structure"`
+ // Specifies a schedule used to periodically transfer files from a source to
+ // a destination location. The schedule should be specified in UTC time. For
+ // more information, see task-scheduling.
+ Schedule *TaskSchedule `type:"structure"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source location for the task.
//
// SourceLocationArn is a required field
@@ -3534,6 +3543,11 @@ func (s *CreateTaskInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("Options", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.Schedule != nil {
+ if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
@@ -3581,6 +3595,12 @@ func (s *CreateTaskInput) SetOptions(v *Options) *CreateTaskInput {
return s
}
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *CreateTaskInput) SetSchedule(v *TaskSchedule) *CreateTaskInput {
+ s.Schedule = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSourceLocationArn sets the SourceLocationArn field's value.
func (s *CreateTaskInput) SetSourceLocationArn(v string) *CreateTaskInput {
s.SourceLocationArn = &v
@@ -4607,6 +4627,10 @@ type DescribeTaskOutput struct {
// the overriding OverrideOptions value to operation.
Options *Options `type:"structure"`
+ // The schedule used to periodically transfer files from a source to a destination
+ // location.
+ Schedule *TaskSchedule `type:"structure"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source file system's location.
SourceLocationArn *string `type:"string"`
@@ -4694,6 +4718,12 @@ func (s *DescribeTaskOutput) SetOptions(v *Options) *DescribeTaskOutput {
return s
}
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTaskOutput) SetSchedule(v *TaskSchedule) *DescribeTaskOutput {
+ s.Schedule = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSourceLocationArn sets the SourceLocationArn field's value.
func (s *DescribeTaskOutput) SetSourceLocationArn(v string) *DescribeTaskOutput {
s.SourceLocationArn = &v
@@ -5433,10 +5463,10 @@ type Options struct {
PreserveDevices *string `type:"string" enum:"PreserveDevices"`
// A value that determines whether tasks should be queued before executing the
- // tasks. If set to Enabled, the tasks will queued. The default is Enabled.
+ // tasks. If set to ENABLED, the tasks will be queued. The default is ENABLED.
//
// If you use the same agent to run multiple tasks you can enable the tasks
- // to run in series. For more information see task-queue.
+ // to run in series. For more information see queue-task-execution.
TaskQueueing *string `type:"string" enum:"TaskQueueing"`
// The user ID (UID) of the file's owner.
@@ -5967,6 +5997,10 @@ type TaskExecutionResultDetail struct {
// The status of the PREPARING phase.
PrepareStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"PhaseStatus"`
+ // The total time in milliseconds that AWS DataSync took to transfer the file
+ // from the source to the destination location.
+ TotalDuration *int64 `type:"long"`
+
// The total time in milliseconds that AWS DataSync spent in the TRANSFERRING
// phase.
TransferDuration *int64 `type:"long"`
@@ -6015,6 +6049,12 @@ func (s *TaskExecutionResultDetail) SetPrepareStatus(v string) *TaskExecutionRes
return s
}
+// SetTotalDuration sets the TotalDuration field's value.
+func (s *TaskExecutionResultDetail) SetTotalDuration(v int64) *TaskExecutionResultDetail {
+ s.TotalDuration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTransferDuration sets the TransferDuration field's value.
func (s *TaskExecutionResultDetail) SetTransferDuration(v int64) *TaskExecutionResultDetail {
s.TransferDuration = &v
@@ -6084,6 +6124,47 @@ func (s *TaskListEntry) SetTaskArn(v string) *TaskListEntry {
return s
}
+// Specifies the schedule you want your task to use for repeated executions.
+// For more information, see Schedule Expressions for Rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ScheduledEvents.html).
+type TaskSchedule struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A cron expression that specifies when AWS DataSync initiates a scheduled
+ // transfer from a source to a destination location.
+ //
+ // ScheduleExpression is a required field
+ ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TaskSchedule) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TaskSchedule) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TaskSchedule) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TaskSchedule"}
+ if s.ScheduleExpression == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleExpression"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value.
+func (s *TaskSchedule) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *TaskSchedule {
+ s.ScheduleExpression = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// UntagResourceRequest
type UntagResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6246,6 +6327,13 @@ type UpdateTaskInput struct {
// value to StartTaskExecution.
Options *Options `type:"structure"`
+ // Specifies a schedule used to periodically transfer files from a source to
+ // a destination location. You can configure your task to execute hourly, daily,
+ // weekly or on specific days of the week. You control when in the day or hour
+ // you want the task to execute. The time you specify is UTC time. For more
+ // information, see task-scheduling.
+ Schedule *TaskSchedule `type:"structure"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource name of the task to update.
//
// TaskArn is a required field
@@ -6276,6 +6364,11 @@ func (s *UpdateTaskInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("Options", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.Schedule != nil {
+ if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6307,6 +6400,12 @@ func (s *UpdateTaskInput) SetOptions(v *Options) *UpdateTaskInput {
return s
}
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTaskInput) SetSchedule(v *TaskSchedule) *UpdateTaskInput {
+ s.Schedule = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTaskArn sets the TaskArn field's value.
func (s *UpdateTaskInput) SetTaskArn(v string) *UpdateTaskInput {
s.TaskArn = &v
@@ -6349,6 +6448,9 @@ const (
// EndpointTypePrivateLink is a EndpointType enum value
EndpointTypePrivateLink = "PRIVATE_LINK"
+
+ // EndpointTypeFips is a EndpointType enum value
+ EndpointTypeFips = "FIPS"
)
const (
@@ -6415,9 +6517,6 @@ const (
// PosixPermissionsNone is a PosixPermissions enum value
PosixPermissionsNone = "NONE"
- // PosixPermissionsBestEffort is a PosixPermissions enum value
- PosixPermissionsBestEffort = "BEST_EFFORT"
-
// PosixPermissionsPreserve is a PosixPermissions enum value
PosixPermissionsPreserve = "PRESERVE"
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dlm/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dlm/api.go
index e3df1b688444..cf90ee96048a 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dlm/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dlm/api.go
@@ -952,6 +952,83 @@ func (s DeleteLifecyclePolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Specifies a rule for enabling fast snapshot restore. You can enable fast
+// snapshot restore based on either a count or a time interval.
+type FastRestoreRule struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Availability Zones in which to enable fast snapshot restore.
+ //
+ // AvailabilityZones is a required field
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The number of snapshots to be enabled with fast snapshot restore.
+ Count *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The amount of time to enable fast snapshot restore. The maximum is 100 years.
+ // This is equivalent to 1200 months, 5200 weeks, or 36500 days.
+ Interval *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The unit of time for enabling fast snapshot restore.
+ IntervalUnit *string `type:"string" enum:"RetentionIntervalUnitValues"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FastRestoreRule) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FastRestoreRule) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *FastRestoreRule) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FastRestoreRule"}
+ if s.AvailabilityZones == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones"))
+ }
+ if s.AvailabilityZones != nil && len(s.AvailabilityZones) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AvailabilityZones", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Count != nil && *s.Count < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Count", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Interval != nil && *s.Interval < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Interval", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *FastRestoreRule) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *FastRestoreRule {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
+func (s *FastRestoreRule) SetCount(v int64) *FastRestoreRule {
+ s.Count = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInterval sets the Interval field's value.
+func (s *FastRestoreRule) SetInterval(v int64) *FastRestoreRule {
+ s.Interval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIntervalUnit sets the IntervalUnit field's value.
+func (s *FastRestoreRule) SetIntervalUnit(v string) *FastRestoreRule {
+ s.IntervalUnit = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetLifecyclePoliciesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -1469,14 +1546,20 @@ func (s *PolicyDetails) SetTargetTags(v []*Tag) *PolicyDetails {
return s
}
-// Specifies the number of snapshots to keep for each EBS volume.
+// Specifies the retention rule for a lifecycle policy. You can retain snapshots
+// based on either a count or a time interval.
type RetainRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The number of snapshots to keep for each volume, up to a maximum of 1000.
- //
- // Count is a required field
- Count *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // The number of snapshots to retain for each volume, up to a maximum of 1000.
+ Count *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The amount of time to retain each snapshot. The maximum is 100 years. This
+ // is equivalent to 1200 months, 5200 weeks, or 36500 days.
+ Interval *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The unit of time for time-based retention.
+ IntervalUnit *string `type:"string" enum:"RetentionIntervalUnitValues"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -1492,12 +1575,12 @@ func (s RetainRule) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RetainRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RetainRule"}
- if s.Count == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Count"))
- }
if s.Count != nil && *s.Count < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Count", 1))
}
+ if s.Interval != nil && *s.Interval < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Interval", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -1511,6 +1594,18 @@ func (s *RetainRule) SetCount(v int64) *RetainRule {
return s
}
+// SetInterval sets the Interval field's value.
+func (s *RetainRule) SetInterval(v int64) *RetainRule {
+ s.Interval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIntervalUnit sets the IntervalUnit field's value.
+func (s *RetainRule) SetIntervalUnit(v string) *RetainRule {
+ s.IntervalUnit = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Specifies a schedule.
type Schedule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -1522,10 +1617,13 @@ type Schedule struct {
// The create rule.
CreateRule *CreateRule `type:"structure"`
+ // Enable fast snapshot restore.
+ FastRestoreRule *FastRestoreRule `type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the schedule.
Name *string `type:"string"`
- // The retain rule.
+ // The retention rule.
RetainRule *RetainRule `type:"structure"`
// The tags to apply to policy-created resources. These user-defined tags are
@@ -1557,6 +1655,11 @@ func (s *Schedule) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("CreateRule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.FastRestoreRule != nil {
+ if err := s.FastRestoreRule.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("FastRestoreRule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.RetainRule != nil {
if err := s.RetainRule.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RetainRule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -1601,6 +1704,12 @@ func (s *Schedule) SetCreateRule(v *CreateRule) *Schedule {
return s
}
+// SetFastRestoreRule sets the FastRestoreRule field's value.
+func (s *Schedule) SetFastRestoreRule(v *FastRestoreRule) *Schedule {
+ s.FastRestoreRule = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Schedule) SetName(v string) *Schedule {
s.Name = &v
@@ -1949,6 +2058,20 @@ const (
ResourceTypeValuesInstance = "INSTANCE"
)
+const (
+ // RetentionIntervalUnitValuesDays is a RetentionIntervalUnitValues enum value
+ RetentionIntervalUnitValuesDays = "DAYS"
+
+ // RetentionIntervalUnitValuesWeeks is a RetentionIntervalUnitValues enum value
+ RetentionIntervalUnitValuesWeeks = "WEEKS"
+
+ // RetentionIntervalUnitValuesMonths is a RetentionIntervalUnitValues enum value
+ RetentionIntervalUnitValuesMonths = "MONTHS"
+
+ // RetentionIntervalUnitValuesYears is a RetentionIntervalUnitValues enum value
+ RetentionIntervalUnitValuesYears = "YEARS"
+)
+
const (
// SettablePolicyStateValuesEnabled is a SettablePolicyStateValues enum value
SettablePolicyStateValuesEnabled = "ENABLED"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go
index 562870b35d14..1b30fe445fe9 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb/api.go
@@ -653,6 +653,9 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) CreateGlobalTableRequest(input *CreateGlobalTableInput) (req
// relationship between two or more DynamoDB tables with the same table name
// in the provided Regions.
//
+// This method only applies to Version 2017.11.29 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V1.html)
+// of global tables.
+//
// If you want to add a new replica table to a global table, each of the following
// conditions must be true:
//
@@ -1694,6 +1697,9 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeGlobalTableRequest(input *DescribeGlobalTableInput) (
//
// Returns information about the specified global table.
//
+// This method only applies to Version 2017.11.29 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V1.html)
+// of global tables.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -1797,6 +1803,9 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeGlobalTableSettingsRequest(input *DescribeGlobalTable
//
// Describes Region-specific settings for a global table.
//
+// This method only applies to Version 2017.11.29 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V1.html)
+// of global tables.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -2102,6 +2111,92 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTabl
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling = "DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling"
+
+// DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling for more information on using the DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dynamodb-2012-08-10/DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling
+func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(input *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling API operation for Amazon DynamoDB.
+//
+// Describes auto scaling settings across replicas of the global table at once.
+//
+// This method only applies to Version 2019.11.21 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V2.html)
+// of global tables.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's
+// API operation DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource
+// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError"
+// An error occurred on the server side.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dynamodb-2012-08-10/DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling
+func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling(input *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) (*DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingWithContext is the same as DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeTableReplicaAutoScaling for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *DynamoDB) DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeTimeToLive = "DescribeTimeToLive"
// DescribeTimeToLiveRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2505,6 +2600,9 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) ListGlobalTablesRequest(input *ListGlobalTablesInput) (req *r
//
// Lists all global tables that have a replica in the specified Region.
//
+// This method only applies to Version 2017.11.29 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V1.html)
+// of global tables.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -5106,6 +5204,111 @@ func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTableInp
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opUpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling = "UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling"
+
+// UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling for more information on using the UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dynamodb-2012-08-10/UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling
+func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(input *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling API operation for Amazon DynamoDB.
+//
+// Updates auto scaling settings on your global tables at once.
+//
+// This method only applies to Version 2019.11.21 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V2.html)
+// of global tables.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon DynamoDB's
+// API operation UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The operation tried to access a nonexistent table or index. The resource
+// might not be specified correctly, or its status might not be ACTIVE.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
+// The operation conflicts with the resource's availability. For example, you
+// attempted to recreate an existing table, or tried to delete a table currently
+// in the CREATING state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// There is no limit to the number of daily on-demand backups that can be taken.
+//
+// Up to 50 simultaneous table operations are allowed per account. These operations
+// include CreateTable, UpdateTable, DeleteTable,UpdateTimeToLive, RestoreTableFromBackup,
+// and RestoreTableToPointInTime.
+//
+// The only exception is when you are creating a table with one or more secondary
+// indexes. You can have up to 25 such requests running at a time; however,
+// if the table or index specifications are complex, DynamoDB might temporarily
+// reduce the number of concurrent operations.
+//
+// There is a soft account limit of 256 tables.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError"
+// An error occurred on the server side.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dynamodb-2012-08-10/UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling
+func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling(input *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) (*UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingWithContext is the same as UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateTableReplicaAutoScaling for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *DynamoDB) UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opUpdateTimeToLive = "UpdateTimeToLive"
// UpdateTimeToLiveRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -7413,6 +7616,94 @@ func (s *CreateReplicaAction) SetRegionName(v string) *CreateReplicaAction {
return s
}
+// Represents a replica to be created.
+type CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Replica-specific global secondary index settings.
+ GlobalSecondaryIndexes []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that should be used for AWS KMS encryption
+ // in the new replica. To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name
+ // (ARN), alias name, or alias ARN. Note that you should only provide this parameter
+ // if the key is different from the default DynamoDB KMS master key alias/aws/dynamodb.
+ KMSMasterKeyId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Replica-specific provisioned throughput. If not specified, uses the source
+ // table's provisioned throughput settings.
+ ProvisionedThroughputOverride *ProvisionedThroughputOverride `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Region where the new replica will be created.
+ //
+ // RegionName is a required field
+ RegionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction"}
+ if s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes != nil && len(s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlobalSecondaryIndexes", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RegionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegionName"))
+ }
+ if s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GlobalSecondaryIndexes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride != nil {
+ if err := s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedThroughputOverride", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes sets the GlobalSecondaryIndexes field's value.
+func (s *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes(v []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKMSMasterKeyId sets the KMSMasterKeyId field's value.
+func (s *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetKMSMasterKeyId(v string) *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.KMSMasterKeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedThroughputOverride sets the ProvisionedThroughputOverride field's value.
+func (s *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetProvisionedThroughputOverride(v *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
+func (s *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetRegionName(v string) *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.RegionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of a CreateTable operation.
type CreateTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7632,6 +7923,11 @@ func (s *CreateTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedThroughput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.StreamSpecification != nil {
+ if err := s.StreamSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("StreamSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
@@ -8268,6 +8564,45 @@ func (s *DeleteReplicaAction) SetRegionName(v string) *DeleteReplicaAction {
return s
}
+// Represents a replica to be deleted.
+type DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Region where the replica exists.
+ //
+ // RegionName is a required field
+ RegionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction"}
+ if s.RegionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegionName"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetRegionName(v string) *DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.RegionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents a request to perform a DeleteItem operation on an item.
type DeleteRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -8806,28 +9141,28 @@ func (s *DescribeTableOutput) SetTable(v *TableDescription) *DescribeTableOutput
return s
}
-type DescribeTimeToLiveInput struct {
+type DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the table to be described.
+ // The name of the table.
//
// TableName is a required field
TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeTimeToLiveInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeTimeToLiveInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeTimeToLiveInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTimeToLiveInput"}
+func (s *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput"}
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
@@ -8842,7 +9177,71 @@ func (s *DescribeTimeToLiveInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
-func (s *DescribeTimeToLiveInput) SetTableName(v string) *DescribeTimeToLiveInput {
+func (s *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) SetTableName(v string) *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingInput {
+ s.TableName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling properties of the table.
+ TableAutoScalingDescription *TableAutoScalingDescription `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetTableAutoScalingDescription sets the TableAutoScalingDescription field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) SetTableAutoScalingDescription(v *TableAutoScalingDescription) *DescribeTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput {
+ s.TableAutoScalingDescription = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTimeToLiveInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the table to be described.
+ //
+ // TableName is a required field
+ TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTimeToLiveInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTimeToLiveInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeTimeToLiveInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTimeToLiveInput"}
+ if s.TableName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
+ }
+ if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 3))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTimeToLiveInput) SetTableName(v string) *DescribeTimeToLiveInput {
s.TableName = &v
return s
}
@@ -9539,6 +9938,59 @@ func (s *GlobalSecondaryIndex) SetProvisionedThroughput(v *ProvisionedThroughput
return s
}
+// Represents the auto scaling settings of a global secondary index for a global
+// table that will be modified.
+type GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the global secondary index.
+ IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings to be modified for a global table or
+ // global secondary index.
+ ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate"}
+ if s.IndexName != nil && len(*s.IndexName) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IndexName", 3))
+ }
+ if s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate != nil {
+ if err := s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
+func (s *GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) SetIndexName(v string) *GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.IndexName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate sets the ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate field's value.
+func (s *GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) SetProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate(v *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate) *GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the properties of a global secondary index.
type GlobalSecondaryIndexDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -11245,6 +11697,45 @@ func (s *ProvisionedThroughputDescription) SetWriteCapacityUnits(v int64) *Provi
return s
}
+// Replica-specific provisioned throughput settings. If not specified, uses
+// the source table's provisioned throughput settings.
+type ProvisionedThroughputOverride struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Replica-specific read capacity units. If not specified, uses the source table's
+ // read capacity settings.
+ ReadCapacityUnits *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ProvisionedThroughputOverride) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ProvisionedThroughputOverride) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ProvisionedThroughputOverride"}
+ if s.ReadCapacityUnits != nil && *s.ReadCapacityUnits < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ReadCapacityUnits", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetReadCapacityUnits sets the ReadCapacityUnits field's value.
+func (s *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) SetReadCapacityUnits(v int64) *ProvisionedThroughputOverride {
+ s.ReadCapacityUnits = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents a request to perform a PutItem operation.
type Put struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -12240,12 +12731,185 @@ func (s *Replica) SetRegionName(v string) *Replica {
return s
}
+// Represents the auto scaling settings of the replica.
+type ReplicaAutoScalingDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Replica-specific global secondary index auto scaling settings.
+ GlobalSecondaryIndexes []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription `type:"list"`
+
+ // The Region where the replica exists.
+ RegionName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings for a global table or global secondary
+ // index.
+ ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings *AutoScalingSettingsDescription `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings for a global table or global secondary
+ // index.
+ ReplicaProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings *AutoScalingSettingsDescription `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The current state of the replica:
+ //
+ // * CREATING - The replica is being created.
+ //
+ // * UPDATING - The replica is being updated.
+ //
+ // * DELETING - The replica is being deleted.
+ //
+ // * ACTIVE - The replica is ready for use.
+ ReplicaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes sets the GlobalSecondaryIndexes field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes(v []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) SetRegionName(v string) *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.RegionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings sets the ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) SetReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings(v *AutoScalingSettingsDescription) *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings sets the ReplicaProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) SetReplicaProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings(v *AutoScalingSettingsDescription) *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.ReplicaProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaStatus sets the ReplicaStatus field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) SetReplicaStatus(v string) *ReplicaAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.ReplicaStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the auto scaling settings of a replica that will be modified.
+type ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Region where the replica exists.
+ //
+ // RegionName is a required field
+ RegionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings of global secondary indexes that will
+ // be modified.
+ ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate `type:"list"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings to be modified for a global table or
+ // global secondary index.
+ ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate"}
+ if s.RegionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegionName"))
+ }
+ if s.ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate != nil {
+ if err := s.ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) SetRegionName(v string) *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.RegionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates sets the ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) SetReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates(v []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate sets the ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) SetReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate(v *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate) *ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.ReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Contains the details of the replica.
type ReplicaDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Replica-specific global secondary index settings.
+ GlobalSecondaryIndexes []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription `type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) of the replica that will be used for
+ // AWS KMS encryption.
+ KMSMasterKeyId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Replica-specific provisioned throughput. If not described, uses the source
+ // table's provisioned throughput settings.
+ ProvisionedThroughputOverride *ProvisionedThroughputOverride `type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the Region.
RegionName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The current state of the replica:
+ //
+ // * CREATING - The replica is being created.
+ //
+ // * UPDATING - The replica is being updated.
+ //
+ // * DELETING - The replica is being deleted.
+ //
+ // * ACTIVE - The replica is ready for use.
+ ReplicaStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicaStatus"`
+
+ // Detailed information about the replica status.
+ ReplicaStatusDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Specifies the progress of a Create, Update, or Delete action on the replica
+ // as a percentage.
+ ReplicaStatusPercentProgress *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -12258,12 +12922,253 @@ func (s ReplicaDescription) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes sets the GlobalSecondaryIndexes field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes(v []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription) *ReplicaDescription {
+ s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKMSMasterKeyId sets the KMSMasterKeyId field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetKMSMasterKeyId(v string) *ReplicaDescription {
+ s.KMSMasterKeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedThroughputOverride sets the ProvisionedThroughputOverride field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetProvisionedThroughputOverride(v *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) *ReplicaDescription {
+ s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetRegionName(v string) *ReplicaDescription {
s.RegionName = &v
return s
}
+// SetReplicaStatus sets the ReplicaStatus field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetReplicaStatus(v string) *ReplicaDescription {
+ s.ReplicaStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaStatusDescription sets the ReplicaStatusDescription field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetReplicaStatusDescription(v string) *ReplicaDescription {
+ s.ReplicaStatusDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaStatusPercentProgress sets the ReplicaStatusPercentProgress field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaDescription) SetReplicaStatusPercentProgress(v string) *ReplicaDescription {
+ s.ReplicaStatusPercentProgress = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the properties of a replica global secondary index.
+type ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the global secondary index.
+ //
+ // IndexName is a required field
+ IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Replica table GSI-specific provisioned throughput. If not specified, uses
+ // the source table GSI's read capacity settings.
+ ProvisionedThroughputOverride *ProvisionedThroughputOverride `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex"}
+ if s.IndexName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IndexName"))
+ }
+ if s.IndexName != nil && len(*s.IndexName) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IndexName", 3))
+ }
+ if s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride != nil {
+ if err := s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedThroughputOverride", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) SetIndexName(v string) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex {
+ s.IndexName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedThroughputOverride sets the ProvisionedThroughputOverride field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) SetProvisionedThroughputOverride(v *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex {
+ s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the auto scaling configuration for a replica global secondary
+// index.
+type ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the global secondary index.
+ IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
+
+ // The current state of the replica global secondary index:
+ //
+ // * CREATING - The index is being created.
+ //
+ // * UPDATING - The index is being updated.
+ //
+ // * DELETING - The index is being deleted.
+ //
+ // * ACTIVE - The index is ready for use.
+ IndexStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"IndexStatus"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings for a global table or global secondary
+ // index.
+ ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings *AutoScalingSettingsDescription `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings for a global table or global secondary
+ // index.
+ ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings *AutoScalingSettingsDescription `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) SetIndexName(v string) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.IndexName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIndexStatus sets the IndexStatus field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) SetIndexStatus(v string) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.IndexStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings sets the ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) SetProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings(v *AutoScalingSettingsDescription) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings sets the ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription) SetProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings(v *AutoScalingSettingsDescription) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the auto scaling settings of a global secondary index for a replica
+// that will be modified.
+type ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the global secondary index.
+ IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings to be modified for a global table or
+ // global secondary index.
+ ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate"}
+ if s.IndexName != nil && len(*s.IndexName) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IndexName", 3))
+ }
+ if s.ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate != nil {
+ if err := s.ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) SetIndexName(v string) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.IndexName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate sets the ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) SetProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate(v *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate {
+ s.ProvisionedReadCapacityAutoScalingUpdate = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents the properties of a replica global secondary index.
+type ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the global secondary index.
+ IndexName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
+
+ // If not described, uses the source table GSI's read capacity settings.
+ ProvisionedThroughputOverride *ProvisionedThroughputOverride `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIndexName sets the IndexName field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription) SetIndexName(v string) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription {
+ s.IndexName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedThroughputOverride sets the ProvisionedThroughputOverride field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription) SetProvisionedThroughputOverride(v *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) *ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexDescription {
+ s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the properties of a global secondary index.
type ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndexSettingsDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -12621,30 +13526,97 @@ func (s *ReplicaSettingsUpdate) SetReplicaProvisionedReadCapacityUnits(v int64)
//
// * New parameters for an existing replica.
//
-// * An existing replica to be removed from an existing global table.
-type ReplicaUpdate struct {
+// * An existing replica to be removed from an existing global table.
+type ReplicaUpdate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The parameters required for creating a replica on an existing global table.
+ Create *CreateReplicaAction `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the existing replica to be removed.
+ Delete *DeleteReplicaAction `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaUpdate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicaUpdate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicaUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicaUpdate"}
+ if s.Create != nil {
+ if err := s.Create.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Create", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Delete != nil {
+ if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetCreate sets the Create field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaUpdate) SetCreate(v *CreateReplicaAction) *ReplicaUpdate {
+ s.Create = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.
+func (s *ReplicaUpdate) SetDelete(v *DeleteReplicaAction) *ReplicaUpdate {
+ s.Delete = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Represents one of the following:
+//
+// * A new replica to be added to an existing regional table or global table.
+// This request invokes the CreateTableReplica action in the destination
+// Region.
+//
+// * New parameters for an existing replica. This request invokes the UpdateTable
+// action in the destination Region.
+//
+// * An existing replica to be deleted. The request invokes the DeleteTableReplica
+// action in the destination Region, deleting the replica and all if its
+// items in the destination Region.
+type ReplicationGroupUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The parameters required for creating a replica on an existing global table.
- Create *CreateReplicaAction `type:"structure"`
+ // The parameters required for creating a replica for the table.
+ Create *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the existing replica to be removed.
- Delete *DeleteReplicaAction `type:"structure"`
+ // The parameters required for deleting a replica for the table.
+ Delete *DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The parameters required for updating a replica for the table.
+ Update *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ReplicaUpdate) String() string {
+func (s ReplicationGroupUpdate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ReplicaUpdate) GoString() string {
+func (s ReplicationGroupUpdate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ReplicaUpdate) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicaUpdate"}
+func (s *ReplicationGroupUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationGroupUpdate"}
if s.Create != nil {
if err := s.Create.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Create", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -12655,6 +13627,11 @@ func (s *ReplicaUpdate) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.Update != nil {
+ if err := s.Update.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Update", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -12663,17 +13640,23 @@ func (s *ReplicaUpdate) Validate() error {
}
// SetCreate sets the Create field's value.
-func (s *ReplicaUpdate) SetCreate(v *CreateReplicaAction) *ReplicaUpdate {
+func (s *ReplicationGroupUpdate) SetCreate(v *CreateReplicationGroupMemberAction) *ReplicationGroupUpdate {
s.Create = v
return s
}
// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.
-func (s *ReplicaUpdate) SetDelete(v *DeleteReplicaAction) *ReplicaUpdate {
+func (s *ReplicationGroupUpdate) SetDelete(v *DeleteReplicationGroupMemberAction) *ReplicationGroupUpdate {
s.Delete = v
return s
}
+// SetUpdate sets the Update field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationGroupUpdate) SetUpdate(v *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) *ReplicationGroupUpdate {
+ s.Update = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Contains details for the restore.
type RestoreSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -13044,7 +14027,7 @@ func (s *RestoreTableToPointInTimeOutput) SetTableDescription(v *TableDescriptio
type SSEDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The KMS customer master key (CMK) ARN used for the AWS KMS encryption.
+ // The AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) ARN used for the AWS KMS encryption.
KMSMasterKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
// Server-side encryption type. The only supported value is:
@@ -13101,10 +14084,10 @@ type SSESpecification struct {
// (false) or not specified, server-side encryption is set to AWS owned CMK.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
- // The KMS customer master key (CMK) that should be used for the AWS KMS encryption.
- // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
- // or alias ARN. Note that you should only provide this parameter if the key
- // is different from the default DynamoDB customer master key alias/aws/dynamodb.
+ // The AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that should be used for the AWS KMS
+ // encryption. To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN),
+ // alias name, or alias ARN. Note that you should only provide this parameter
+ // if the key is different from the default DynamoDB customer master key alias/aws/dynamodb.
KMSMasterKeyId *string `type:"string"`
// Server-side encryption type. The only supported value is:
@@ -13800,7 +14783,9 @@ type StreamSpecification struct {
// Indicates whether DynamoDB Streams is enabled (true) or disabled (false)
// on the table.
- StreamEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
+ //
+ // StreamEnabled is a required field
+ StreamEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
// When an item in the table is modified, StreamViewType determines what information
// is written to the stream for this table. Valid values for StreamViewType
@@ -13830,6 +14815,19 @@ func (s StreamSpecification) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StreamSpecification) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StreamSpecification"}
+ if s.StreamEnabled == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StreamEnabled"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetStreamEnabled sets the StreamEnabled field's value.
func (s *StreamSpecification) SetStreamEnabled(v bool) *StreamSpecification {
s.StreamEnabled = &v
@@ -13842,6 +14840,56 @@ func (s *StreamSpecification) SetStreamViewType(v string) *StreamSpecification {
return s
}
+// Represents the auto scaling configuration for a global table.
+type TableAutoScalingDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Represents replicas of the global table.
+ Replicas []*ReplicaAutoScalingDescription `type:"list"`
+
+ // The name of the table.
+ TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string"`
+
+ // The current state of the table:
+ //
+ // * CREATING - The table is being created.
+ //
+ // * UPDATING - The table is being updated.
+ //
+ // * DELETING - The table is being deleted.
+ //
+ // * ACTIVE - The table is ready for use.
+ TableStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"TableStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TableAutoScalingDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TableAutoScalingDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetReplicas sets the Replicas field's value.
+func (s *TableAutoScalingDescription) SetReplicas(v []*ReplicaAutoScalingDescription) *TableAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.Replicas = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
+func (s *TableAutoScalingDescription) SetTableName(v string) *TableAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.TableName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTableStatus sets the TableStatus field's value.
+func (s *TableAutoScalingDescription) SetTableStatus(v string) *TableAutoScalingDescription {
+ s.TableStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the properties of a table.
type TableDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -13917,6 +14965,10 @@ type TableDescription struct {
// be returned.
GlobalSecondaryIndexes []*GlobalSecondaryIndexDescription `type:"list"`
+ // Represents the version of global tables (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/GlobalTables.html)
+ // in use, if the table is replicated across AWS Regions.
+ GlobalTableVersion *string `type:"string"`
+
// The number of items in the specified table. DynamoDB updates this value approximately
// every six hours. Recent changes might not be reflected in this value.
ItemCount *int64 `type:"long"`
@@ -13998,6 +15050,9 @@ type TableDescription struct {
// write capacity units, along with data about increases and decreases.
ProvisionedThroughput *ProvisionedThroughputDescription `type:"structure"`
+ // Represents replicas of the table.
+ Replicas []*ReplicaDescription `type:"list"`
+
// Contains details for the restore.
RestoreSummary *RestoreSummary `type:"structure"`
@@ -14067,6 +15122,12 @@ func (s *TableDescription) SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes(v []*GlobalSecondaryIndexDe
return s
}
+// SetGlobalTableVersion sets the GlobalTableVersion field's value.
+func (s *TableDescription) SetGlobalTableVersion(v string) *TableDescription {
+ s.GlobalTableVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetItemCount sets the ItemCount field's value.
func (s *TableDescription) SetItemCount(v int64) *TableDescription {
s.ItemCount = &v
@@ -14103,6 +15164,12 @@ func (s *TableDescription) SetProvisionedThroughput(v *ProvisionedThroughputDesc
return s
}
+// SetReplicas sets the Replicas field's value.
+func (s *TableDescription) SetReplicas(v []*ReplicaDescription) *TableDescription {
+ s.Replicas = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRestoreSummary sets the RestoreSummary field's value.
func (s *TableDescription) SetRestoreSummary(v *RestoreSummary) *TableDescription {
s.RestoreSummary = v
@@ -15745,6 +16812,95 @@ func (s *UpdateItemOutput) SetItemCollectionMetrics(v *ItemCollectionMetrics) *U
return s
}
+// Represents a replica to be modified.
+type UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Replica-specific global secondary index settings.
+ GlobalSecondaryIndexes []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) of the replica that should be used
+ // for AWS KMS encryption. To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource
+ // Name (ARN), alias name, or alias ARN. Note that you should only provide this
+ // parameter if the key is different from the default DynamoDB KMS master key
+ // alias/aws/dynamodb.
+ KMSMasterKeyId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Replica-specific provisioned throughput. If not specified, uses the source
+ // table's provisioned throughput settings.
+ ProvisionedThroughputOverride *ProvisionedThroughputOverride `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Region where the replica exists.
+ //
+ // RegionName is a required field
+ RegionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction"}
+ if s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes != nil && len(s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlobalSecondaryIndexes", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RegionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RegionName"))
+ }
+ if s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GlobalSecondaryIndexes", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride != nil {
+ if err := s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedThroughputOverride", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes sets the GlobalSecondaryIndexes field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetGlobalSecondaryIndexes(v []*ReplicaGlobalSecondaryIndex) *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.GlobalSecondaryIndexes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKMSMasterKeyId sets the KMSMasterKeyId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetKMSMasterKeyId(v string) *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.KMSMasterKeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedThroughputOverride sets the ProvisionedThroughputOverride field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetProvisionedThroughputOverride(v *ProvisionedThroughputOverride) *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.ProvisionedThroughputOverride = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction) SetRegionName(v string) *UpdateReplicationGroupMemberAction {
+ s.RegionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of an UpdateTable operation.
type UpdateTableInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -15787,6 +16943,12 @@ type UpdateTableInput struct {
// The new provisioned throughput settings for the specified table or index.
ProvisionedThroughput *ProvisionedThroughput `type:"structure"`
+ // A list of replica update actions (create, delete, or update) for the table.
+ //
+ // This property only applies to Version 2019.11.21 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/amazondynamodb/latest/developerguide/globaltables.V2.html)
+ // of global tables.
+ ReplicaUpdates []*ReplicationGroupUpdate `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The new server-side encryption settings for the specified table.
SSESpecification *SSESpecification `type:"structure"`
@@ -15816,6 +16978,9 @@ func (s UpdateTableInput) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTableInput"}
+ if s.ReplicaUpdates != nil && len(s.ReplicaUpdates) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReplicaUpdates", 1))
+ }
if s.TableName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
}
@@ -15847,6 +17012,21 @@ func (s *UpdateTableInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedThroughput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.ReplicaUpdates != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.ReplicaUpdates {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ReplicaUpdates", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.StreamSpecification != nil {
+ if err := s.StreamSpecification.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("StreamSpecification", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -15878,6 +17058,12 @@ func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetProvisionedThroughput(v *ProvisionedThroughput) *U
return s
}
+// SetReplicaUpdates sets the ReplicaUpdates field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetReplicaUpdates(v []*ReplicationGroupUpdate) *UpdateTableInput {
+ s.ReplicaUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSSESpecification sets the SSESpecification field's value.
func (s *UpdateTableInput) SetSSESpecification(v *SSESpecification) *UpdateTableInput {
s.SSESpecification = v
@@ -15920,6 +17106,131 @@ func (s *UpdateTableOutput) SetTableDescription(v *TableDescription) *UpdateTabl
return s
}
+type UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings of the global secondary indexes of the
+ // replica to be updated.
+ GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates []*GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings to be modified for a global table or
+ // global secondary index.
+ ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Represents the auto scaling settings of replicas of the table that will be
+ // modified.
+ ReplicaUpdates []*ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The name of the global table to be updated.
+ //
+ // TableName is a required field
+ TableName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput"}
+ if s.GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates != nil && len(s.GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ReplicaUpdates != nil && len(s.ReplicaUpdates) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReplicaUpdates", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TableName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableName"))
+ }
+ if s.TableName != nil && len(*s.TableName) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TableName", 3))
+ }
+ if s.GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate != nil {
+ if err := s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ReplicaUpdates != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.ReplicaUpdates {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ReplicaUpdates", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates sets the GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) SetGlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates(v []*GlobalSecondaryIndexAutoScalingUpdate) *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput {
+ s.GlobalSecondaryIndexUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate sets the ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) SetProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate(v *AutoScalingSettingsUpdate) *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput {
+ s.ProvisionedWriteCapacityAutoScalingUpdate = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicaUpdates sets the ReplicaUpdates field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) SetReplicaUpdates(v []*ReplicaAutoScalingUpdate) *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput {
+ s.ReplicaUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput) SetTableName(v string) *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingInput {
+ s.TableName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Returns information about the auto scaling settings of a table with replicas.
+ TableAutoScalingDescription *TableAutoScalingDescription `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetTableAutoScalingDescription sets the TableAutoScalingDescription field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput) SetTableAutoScalingDescription(v *TableAutoScalingDescription) *UpdateTableReplicaAutoScalingOutput {
+ s.TableAutoScalingDescription = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Represents the input of an UpdateTimeToLive operation.
type UpdateTimeToLiveInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -16212,6 +17523,9 @@ const (
// ReplicaStatusCreating is a ReplicaStatus enum value
ReplicaStatusCreating = "CREATING"
+ // ReplicaStatusCreationFailed is a ReplicaStatus enum value
+ ReplicaStatusCreationFailed = "CREATION_FAILED"
+
// ReplicaStatusUpdating is a ReplicaStatus enum value
ReplicaStatusUpdating = "UPDATING"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go
index fb036c0801ce..e845d297a55c 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/api.go
@@ -551,8 +551,9 @@ func (c *EC2) AllocateHostsRequest(input *AllocateHostsInput) (req *request.Requ
// AllocateHosts API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
//
-// Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At a minimum, specify the instance
-// size type, Availability Zone, and quantity of hosts to allocate.
+// Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At a minimum, specify the supported
+// instance type or instance family, the Availability Zone in which to allocate
+// the host, and the number of hosts to allocate.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -12812,6 +12813,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeExportImageTasksRequest(input *DescribeExportImageTasksInp
Name: opDescribeExportImageTasks,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
@@ -12855,6 +12862,58 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeExportImageTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri
return out, req.Send()
}
+// DescribeExportImageTasksPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeExportImageTasks operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See DescribeExportImageTasks method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeExportImageTasks operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.DescribeExportImageTasksPages(params,
+// func(page *ec2.DescribeExportImageTasksOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *EC2) DescribeExportImageTasksPages(input *DescribeExportImageTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeExportImageTasksOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.DescribeExportImageTasksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// DescribeExportImageTasksPagesWithContext same as DescribeExportImageTasksPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) DescribeExportImageTasksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExportImageTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeExportImageTasksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeExportImageTasksInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeExportImageTasksRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeExportImageTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
const opDescribeExportTasks = "DescribeExportTasks"
// DescribeExportTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -12930,6 +12989,138 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeExportTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeExp
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeFastSnapshotRestores = "DescribeFastSnapshotRestores"
+
+// DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeFastSnapshotRestores operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeFastSnapshotRestores for more information on using the DescribeFastSnapshotRestores
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFastSnapshotRestores
+func (c *EC2) DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeFastSnapshotRestores,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeFastSnapshotRestores API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation DescribeFastSnapshotRestores for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeFastSnapshotRestores
+func (c *EC2) DescribeFastSnapshotRestores(input *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresWithContext is the same as DescribeFastSnapshotRestores with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeFastSnapshotRestores for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeFastSnapshotRestores operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See DescribeFastSnapshotRestores method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeFastSnapshotRestores operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPages(params,
+// func(page *ec2.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *EC2) DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPages(input *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput, fn func(*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPagesWithContext same as DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput, fn func(*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
const opDescribeFleetHistory = "DescribeFleetHistory"
// DescribeFleetHistoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -12976,6 +13167,10 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeFleetHistoryRequest(input *DescribeFleetHistoryInput) (req
//
// Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time.
//
+// EC2 Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described.
+// This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a
+// recorded event. EC2 Fleet events are available for 48 hours.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -13604,8 +13799,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeHostReservationOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeHostReserva
//
// Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase.
//
-// The results describe all the Dedicated Host reservation offerings, including
-// offerings that may not match the instance family and Region of your Dedicated
+// The results describe all of the Dedicated Host reservation offerings, including
+// offerings that might not match the instance family and Region of your Dedicated
// Hosts. When purchasing an offering, ensure that the instance family and Region
// of the offering matches that of the Dedicated Hosts with which it is to be
// associated. For more information about supported instance types, see Dedicated
@@ -14826,19 +15021,19 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceCreditSpecificationsRequest(input *DescribeInstanc
// DescribeInstanceCreditSpecifications API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
//
-// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified T2 or T3 instances.
-// The credit options are standard and unlimited.
+// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance
+// instances. The credit options are standard and unlimited.
//
-// If you do not specify an instance ID, Amazon EC2 returns T2 and T3 instances
-// with the unlimited credit option, as well as instances that were previously
-// configured as T2 or T3 with the unlimited credit option. For example, if
-// you resize a T2 instance, while it is configured as unlimited, to an M4 instance,
-// Amazon EC2 returns the M4 instance.
+// If you do not specify an instance ID, Amazon EC2 returns burstable performance
+// instances with the unlimited credit option, as well as instances that were
+// previously configured as T2, T3, and T3a with the unlimited credit option.
+// For example, if you resize a T2 instance, while it is configured as unlimited,
+// to an M4 instance, Amazon EC2 returns the M4 instance.
//
// If you specify one or more instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns the credit option
// (standard or unlimited) of those instances. If you specify an instance ID
-// that is not valid, such as an instance that is not a T2 or T3 instance, an
-// error is returned.
+// that is not valid, such as an instance that is not a burstable performance
+// instance, an error is returned.
//
// Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This
// interval is usually less than one hour.
@@ -15084,6 +15279,157 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceStatusPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Des
return p.Err()
}
+const opDescribeInstanceTypeOfferings = "DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings"
+
+// DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings for more information on using the DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings
+func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeInstanceTypeOfferings,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Returns a list of all instance types offered. The results can be filtered
+// by location (Region or Availability Zone). If no location is specified, the
+// instance types offered in the current Region are returned.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings
+func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings(input *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeInstanceTypeOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeInstanceTypes = "DescribeInstanceTypes"
+
+// DescribeInstanceTypesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeInstanceTypes operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeInstanceTypes for more information on using the DescribeInstanceTypes
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInstanceTypesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeInstanceTypesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceTypes
+func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceTypesRequest(input *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInstanceTypesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeInstanceTypes,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeInstanceTypesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeInstanceTypesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeInstanceTypes API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Returns a list of all instance types offered in your current AWS Region.
+// The results can be filtered by the attributes of the instance types.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation DescribeInstanceTypes for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DescribeInstanceTypes
+func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceTypes(input *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) (*DescribeInstanceTypesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeInstanceTypesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeInstanceTypesWithContext is the same as DescribeInstanceTypes with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeInstanceTypes for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) DescribeInstanceTypesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInstanceTypesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInstanceTypesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeInstanceTypesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeInstances = "DescribeInstances"
// DescribeInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -22794,6 +23140,81 @@ func (c *EC2) DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *D
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDisableFastSnapshotRestores = "DisableFastSnapshotRestores"
+
+// DisableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DisableFastSnapshotRestores operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DisableFastSnapshotRestores for more information on using the DisableFastSnapshotRestores
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DisableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DisableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableFastSnapshotRestores
+func (c *EC2) DisableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDisableFastSnapshotRestores,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DisableFastSnapshotRestores API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified
+// Availability Zones.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation DisableFastSnapshotRestores for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/DisableFastSnapshotRestores
+func (c *EC2) DisableFastSnapshotRestores(input *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) (*DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DisableFastSnapshotRestoresWithContext is the same as DisableFastSnapshotRestores with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DisableFastSnapshotRestores for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) DisableFastSnapshotRestoresWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation = "DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation"
// DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -23741,6 +24162,85 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *En
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opEnableFastSnapshotRestores = "EnableFastSnapshotRestores"
+
+// EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the EnableFastSnapshotRestores operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See EnableFastSnapshotRestores for more information on using the EnableFastSnapshotRestores
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableFastSnapshotRestores
+func (c *EC2) EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) (req *request.Request, output *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opEnableFastSnapshotRestores,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// EnableFastSnapshotRestores API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified
+// Availability Zones.
+//
+// You get the full benefit of fast snapshot restores after they enter the enabled
+// state. To get the current state of fast snapshot restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.
+// To disable fast snapshot restores, use DisableFastSnapshotRestores.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation EnableFastSnapshotRestores for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/EnableFastSnapshotRestores
+func (c *EC2) EnableFastSnapshotRestores(input *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) (*EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// EnableFastSnapshotRestoresWithContext is the same as EnableFastSnapshotRestores with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See EnableFastSnapshotRestores for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) EnableFastSnapshotRestoresWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput, opts ...request.Option) (*EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opEnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation = "EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation"
// EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -24676,6 +25176,84 @@ func (c *EC2) GetConsoleScreenshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetConsole
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opGetDefaultCreditSpecification = "GetDefaultCreditSpecification"
+
+// GetDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetDefaultCreditSpecification operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetDefaultCreditSpecification for more information on using the GetDefaultCreditSpecification
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetDefaultCreditSpecification
+func (c *EC2) GetDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(input *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetDefaultCreditSpecification,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetDefaultCreditSpecification API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance
+// instance family.
+//
+// For more information, see Burstable Performance Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html)
+// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation GetDefaultCreditSpecification for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/GetDefaultCreditSpecification
+func (c *EC2) GetDefaultCreditSpecification(input *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) (*GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetDefaultCreditSpecificationWithContext is the same as GetDefaultCreditSpecification with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetDefaultCreditSpecification for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) GetDefaultCreditSpecificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opGetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId = "GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId"
// GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -26178,6 +26756,94 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyClientVpnEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyC
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opModifyDefaultCreditSpecification = "ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification"
+
+// ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification for more information on using the ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification
+func (c *EC2) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(input *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opModifyDefaultCreditSpecification,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
+//
+// Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance
+// instances. The default credit option is set at the account level per AWS
+// Region, and is specified per instance family. All new burstable performance
+// instances in the account launch using the default credit option.
+//
+// ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification is an asynchronous operation, which works
+// at an AWS Region level and modifies the credit option for each Availability
+// Zone. All zones in a Region are updated within five minutes. But if instances
+// are launched during this operation, they might not get the new credit option
+// until the zone is updated. To verify whether the update has occurred, you
+// can call GetDefaultCreditSpecification and check DefaultCreditSpecification
+// for updates.
+//
+// For more information, see Burstable Performance Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html)
+// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud's
+// API operation ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification for usage and error information.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15/ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification
+func (c *EC2) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification(input *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) (*ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationWithContext is the same as ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId = "ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId"
// ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -26493,6 +27159,10 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyHostsRequest(input *ModifyHostsInput) (req *request.Request,
// no host ID is provided, the instance is launched onto a suitable host with
// auto-placement enabled.
//
+// You can also use this API action to modify a Dedicated Host to support either
+// multiple instance types in an instance family, or to support a specific instance
+// type only.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -27006,8 +27676,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyInstanceCreditSpecificationRequest(input *ModifyInstanceCred
// ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud.
//
-// Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped T2 or T3
-// instance. The credit options are standard and unlimited.
+// Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable
+// performance instance. The credit options are standard and unlimited.
//
// For more information, see Burstable Performance Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html)
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
@@ -33717,12 +34387,23 @@ type AllocateHostsInput struct {
// Default: off
HostRecovery *string `type:"string" enum:"HostRecovery"`
- // Specifies the instance type for which to configure your Dedicated Hosts.
- // When you specify the instance type, that is the only instance type that you
- // can launch onto that host.
+ // Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If
+ // you specify an instance family, the Dedicated Hosts support multiple instance
+ // types within that instance family.
//
- // InstanceType is a required field
- InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support a specific instance type only,
+ // omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify
+ // InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request.
+ InstanceFamily *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you
+ // specify an instance type, the Dedicated Hosts support instances of the specified
+ // instance type only.
+ //
+ // If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support multiple instance types in a specific
+ // instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead.
+ // You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request.
+ InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
// The number of Dedicated Hosts to allocate to your account with these parameters.
//
@@ -33749,9 +34430,6 @@ func (s *AllocateHostsInput) Validate() error {
if s.AvailabilityZone == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZone"))
}
- if s.InstanceType == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceType"))
- }
if s.Quantity == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Quantity"))
}
@@ -33786,6 +34464,12 @@ func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetHostRecovery(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
return s
}
+// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
+func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
+ s.InstanceFamily = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
func (s *AllocateHostsInput) SetInstanceType(v string) *AllocateHostsInput {
s.InstanceType = &v
@@ -35271,7 +35955,6 @@ func (s *AttachNetworkInterfaceOutput) SetAttachmentId(v string) *AttachNetworkI
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for AttachVolume.
type AttachVolumeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -36058,14 +36741,19 @@ func (s *AvailabilityZoneMessage) SetMessage(v string) *AvailabilityZoneMessage
return s
}
-// The capacity information for instances launched onto the Dedicated Host.
+// The capacity information for instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated
+// Host.
type AvailableCapacity struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The total number of instances supported by the Dedicated Host.
+ // The number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host depending
+ // on the host's available capacity. For Dedicated Hosts that support multiple
+ // instance types, this parameter represents the number of instances for each
+ // instance size that is supported on the host.
AvailableInstanceCapacity []*InstanceCapacity `locationName:"availableInstanceCapacity" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
- // The number of vCPUs available on the Dedicated Host.
+ // The number of vCPUs available for launching instances onto the Dedicated
+ // Host.
AvailableVCpus *int64 `locationName:"availableVCpus" type:"integer"`
}
@@ -39171,7 +39859,6 @@ func (s *CopyImageOutput) SetImageId(v string) *CopyImageOutput {
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for CopySnapshot.
type CopySnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -39247,6 +39934,7 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct {
// SourceSnapshotId is a required field
SourceSnapshotId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The tags to apply to the new snapshot.
TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
}
@@ -39330,13 +40018,13 @@ func (s *CopySnapshotInput) SetTagSpecifications(v []*TagSpecification) *CopySna
return s
}
-// Contains the output of CopySnapshot.
type CopySnapshotOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID of the new snapshot.
SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
+ // Any tags applied to the new snapshot.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
}
@@ -42867,7 +43555,6 @@ func (s *CreateSecurityGroupOutput) SetGroupId(v string) *CreateSecurityGroupOut
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for CreateSnapshot.
type CreateSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -42945,9 +43632,10 @@ type CreateSnapshotsInput struct {
// A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance.
Description *string `type:"string"`
- // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually
- // making the request. Provides an error response. If you have the required
- // permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The instance to specify which volumes should be included in the snapshots.
@@ -44321,7 +45009,6 @@ func (s *CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions) SetIpv6Support(v strin
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for CreateVolume.
type CreateVolumeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -47479,7 +48166,6 @@ func (s DeleteSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Contains the parameters for DeleteSnapshot.
type DeleteSnapshotInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -48330,7 +49016,6 @@ func (s *DeleteTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOutput) SetTransitGatewayVpcAttachment
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for DeleteVolume.
type DeleteVolumeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -51080,6 +51765,222 @@ func (s *DescribeExportTasksOutput) SetExportTasks(v []*ExportTask) *DescribeExp
return s
}
+// Describes fast snapshot restores for a snapshot.
+type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Availability Zone.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the disabled state.
+ DisabledTime *time.Time `locationName:"disabledTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the disabling state.
+ DisablingTime *time.Time `locationName:"disablingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the enabled state.
+ EnabledTime *time.Time `locationName:"enabledTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the enabling state.
+ EnablingTime *time.Time `locationName:"enablingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the optimizing state.
+ OptimizingTime *time.Time `locationName:"optimizingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The alias of the snapshot owner.
+ OwnerAlias *string `locationName:"ownerAlias" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot.
+ OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the snapshot.
+ SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The state of fast snapshot restores.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode"`
+
+ // The reason for the state transition. The possible values are as follows:
+ //
+ // * Client.UserInitiated - The state successfully transitioned to enabling
+ // or disabling.
+ //
+ // * Client.UserInitiated - Lifecycle state transition - The state successfully
+ // transitioned to optimizing, enabled, or disabled.
+ StateTransitionReason *string `locationName:"stateTransitionReason" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDisabledTime sets the DisabledTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetDisabledTime(v time.Time) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.DisabledTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDisablingTime sets the DisablingTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetDisablingTime(v time.Time) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.DisablingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabledTime sets the EnabledTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetEnabledTime(v time.Time) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.EnabledTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnablingTime sets the EnablingTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetEnablingTime(v time.Time) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.EnablingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOptimizingTime sets the OptimizingTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOptimizingTime(v time.Time) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OptimizingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOwnerAlias sets the OwnerAlias field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOwnerAlias(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OwnerAlias = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOwnerId(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OwnerId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.SnapshotId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetState(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStateTransitionReason sets the StateTransitionReason field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetStateTransitionReason(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.StateTransitionReason = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The filters. The possible values are:
+ //
+ // * availability-zone: The Availability Zone of the snapshot.
+ //
+ // * owner-id: The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot.
+ //
+ // * snapshot-id: The ID of the snapshot.
+ //
+ // * state: The state of fast snapshot restores for the snapshot (enabling
+ // | optimizing | enabled | disabling | disabled).
+ Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
+ // remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.Filters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the state of fast snapshot restores.
+ FastSnapshotRestores []*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem `locationName:"fastSnapshotRestoreSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
+ // when there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFastSnapshotRestores sets the FastSnapshotRestores field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) SetFastSnapshotRestores(v []*DescribeFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput {
+ s.FastSnapshotRestores = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeFastSnapshotRestoresOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes the instances that could not be launched by the fleet.
type DescribeFleetError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -53520,6 +54421,305 @@ func (s *DescribeInstanceStatusOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceS
return s
}
+type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
+ //
+ // * location - This depends on the location type. For example, if the location
+ // type is region (default), the location is the Region code (for example,
+ // us-east-2.)
+ //
+ // * instance-type - The instance type.
+ Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
+
+ // The location type.
+ LocationType *string `type:"string" enum:"LocationType"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
+ // The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the next
+ // token value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token to retrieve the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 5 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 5))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput {
+ s.Filters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLocationType sets the LocationType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) SetLocationType(v string) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput {
+ s.LocationType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The instance types offered.
+ InstanceTypeOfferings []*InstanceTypeOffering `locationName:"instanceTypeOfferingSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
+ // when there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInstanceTypeOfferings sets the InstanceTypeOfferings field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput) SetInstanceTypeOfferings(v []*InstanceTypeOffering) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput {
+ s.InstanceTypeOfferings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceTypeOfferingsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeInstanceTypesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
+ //
+ // * auto-recovery-supported - Indicates whether auto recovery is supported.
+ // (true | false)
+ //
+ // * bare-metal - Indicates whether it is a bare metal instance type. (true
+ // | false)
+ //
+ // * burstable-performance-supported - Indicates whether it is a burstable
+ // performance instance type. (true | false)
+ //
+ // * current-generation - Indicates whether this instance type is the latest
+ // generation instance type of an instance family. (true | false)
+ //
+ // * ebs-info.ebs-optimized-support - Indicates whether the instance type
+ // is EBS-optimized. (true | false)
+ //
+ // * ebs-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether EBS encryption is supported.
+ // (true | false)
+ //
+ // * free-tier-eligible - Indicates whether the instance type is eligible
+ // to use in the free tier. (true | false)
+ //
+ // * hibernation-supported - Indicates whether On-Demand hibernation is supported.
+ // (true | false)
+ //
+ // * hypervisor - The hypervisor used. (nitro | xen)
+ //
+ // * instance-storage-info.disk.count - The number of local disks.
+ //
+ // * instance-storage-info.disk.size-in-gb - The storage size of each instance
+ // storage disk, in GB.
+ //
+ // * instance-storage-info.disk.type - The storage technology for the local
+ // instance storage disks. (hdd | ssd)
+ //
+ // * instance-storage-info.total-size-in-gb - The total amount of storage
+ // available from all local instance storage, in GB.
+ //
+ // * instance-storage-supported - Indicates whether the instance type has
+ // local instance storage. (true | false)
+ //
+ // * memory-info.size-in-mib - The memory size.
+ //
+ // * network-info.ena-support - Indicates whether Elastic Network Adapter
+ // (ENA) is supported or required. (required | supported | unsupported)
+ //
+ // * network-info.ipv4-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private
+ // IPv4 addresses per network interface.
+ //
+ // * network-info.ipv6-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private
+ // IPv6 addresses per network interface.
+ //
+ // * network-info.ipv6-supported - Indicates whether the instance type supports
+ // IPv6. (true | false)
+ //
+ // * network-info.maximum-network-interfaces - The maximum number of network
+ // interfaces per instance.
+ //
+ // * network-info.network-performance - Describes the network performance.
+ //
+ // * processor-info.sustained-clock-speed-in-ghz - The CPU clock speed, in
+ // GHz.
+ //
+ // * vcpu-info.default-cores - The default number of cores for the instance
+ // type.
+ //
+ // * vcpu-info.default-threads-per-core - The default number of threads per
+ // cores for the instance type.
+ //
+ // * vcpu-info.default-vcpus - The default number of vCPUs for the instance
+ // type.
+ Filters []*Filter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`
+
+ // The instance types. For more information, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
+ // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
+ InstanceTypes []*string `locationName:"InstanceType" type:"list"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page.
+ // The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the next
+ // token value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `min:"5" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token to retrieve the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInstanceTypesInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 5 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 5))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DescribeInstanceTypesInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeInstanceTypesInput {
+ s.Filters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceTypes sets the InstanceTypes field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) SetInstanceTypes(v []*string) *DescribeInstanceTypesInput {
+ s.InstanceTypes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeInstanceTypesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceTypesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeInstanceTypesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The instance type. For more information, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
+ // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
+ InstanceTypes []*InstanceTypeInfo `locationName:"instanceTypeSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
+ // when there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInstanceTypesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInstanceTypes sets the InstanceTypes field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesOutput) SetInstanceTypes(v []*InstanceTypeInfo) *DescribeInstanceTypesOutput {
+ s.InstanceTypes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInstanceTypesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeInstanceTypesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeInstancesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -56961,7 +58161,6 @@ func (s *DescribeSecurityGroupsOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*SecurityGroup) *De
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for DescribeSnapshotAttribute.
type DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -57026,7 +58225,6 @@ func (s *DescribeSnapshotAttributeInput) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DescribeSnapsh
return s
}
-// Contains the output of DescribeSnapshotAttribute.
type DescribeSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -59260,7 +60458,6 @@ func (s *DescribeTransitGatewaysOutput) SetTransitGateways(v []*TransitGateway)
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumeAttribute.
type DescribeVolumeAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -59325,7 +60522,6 @@ func (s *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput) SetVolumeId(v string) *DescribeVolumeAttr
return s
}
-// Contains the output of DescribeVolumeAttribute.
type DescribeVolumeAttributeOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -61481,7 +62677,6 @@ func (s DetachNetworkInterfaceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Contains the parameters for DetachVolume.
type DetachVolumeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -61825,6 +63020,325 @@ func (s *DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput) SetEbsEncryptionByDefault(v bool)
return s
}
+// Contains information about the errors that occurred when disabling fast snapshot
+// restores.
+type DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The errors.
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors []*DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem `locationName:"fastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ID of the snapshot.
+ SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors sets the FastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) SetFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors(v []*DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem {
+ s.FastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem {
+ s.SnapshotId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes an error that occurred when disabling fast snapshot restores.
+type DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The error code.
+ Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
+
+ // The error message.
+ Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) SetCode(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError {
+ s.Code = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) SetMessage(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Contains information about an error that occurred when disabling fast snapshot
+// restores.
+type DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Availability Zone.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+
+ // The error.
+ Error *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError `locationName:"error" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetError sets the Error field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) SetError(v *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem {
+ s.Error = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes fast snapshot restores that were successfully disabled.
+type DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Availability Zone.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the disabled state.
+ DisabledTime *time.Time `locationName:"disabledTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the disabling state.
+ DisablingTime *time.Time `locationName:"disablingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the enabled state.
+ EnabledTime *time.Time `locationName:"enabledTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the enabling state.
+ EnablingTime *time.Time `locationName:"enablingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the optimizing state.
+ OptimizingTime *time.Time `locationName:"optimizingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The alias of the snapshot owner.
+ OwnerAlias *string `locationName:"ownerAlias" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot.
+ OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the snapshot.
+ SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The state of fast snapshot restores for the snapshot.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode"`
+
+ // The reason for the state transition. The possible values are as follows:
+ //
+ // * Client.UserInitiated - The state successfully transitioned to enabling
+ // or disabling.
+ //
+ // * Client.UserInitiated - Lifecycle state transition - The state successfully
+ // transitioned to optimizing, enabled, or disabled.
+ StateTransitionReason *string `locationName:"stateTransitionReason" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDisabledTime sets the DisabledTime field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetDisabledTime(v time.Time) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.DisabledTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDisablingTime sets the DisablingTime field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetDisablingTime(v time.Time) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.DisablingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabledTime sets the EnabledTime field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetEnabledTime(v time.Time) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.EnabledTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnablingTime sets the EnablingTime field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetEnablingTime(v time.Time) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.EnablingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOptimizingTime sets the OptimizingTime field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOptimizingTime(v time.Time) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OptimizingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOwnerAlias sets the OwnerAlias field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOwnerAlias(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OwnerAlias = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOwnerId(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OwnerId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetSnapshotId(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.SnapshotId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetState(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStateTransitionReason sets the StateTransitionReason field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetStateTransitionReason(v string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.StateTransitionReason = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // One or more Availability Zones. For example, us-east-2a.
+ //
+ // AvailabilityZones is a required field
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"AvailabilityZone" locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, snap-1234567890abcdef0.
+ //
+ // SourceSnapshotIds is a required field
+ SourceSnapshotIds []*string `locationName:"SourceSnapshotId" locationNameList:"SnapshotId" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput"}
+ if s.AvailabilityZones == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones"))
+ }
+ if s.SourceSnapshotIds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceSnapshotIds"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceSnapshotIds sets the SourceSnapshotIds field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetSourceSnapshotIds(v []*string) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.SourceSnapshotIds = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores were successfully
+ // disabled.
+ Successful []*DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem `locationName:"successful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores could not
+ // be disabled.
+ Unsuccessful []*DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*DisableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput {
+ s.Successful = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
+func (s *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*DisableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) *DisableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput {
+ s.Unsuccessful = v
+ return s
+}
+
type DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -62841,6 +64355,48 @@ func (s *DiskImageVolumeDescription) SetSize(v int64) *DiskImageVolumeDescriptio
return s
}
+// Describes the disk.
+type DiskInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of disks with this configuration.
+ Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The size of the disk in GiB.
+ SizeInGB *int64 `locationName:"sizeInGB" type:"long"`
+
+ // The type of disk.
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"DiskType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DiskInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DiskInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
+func (s *DiskInfo) SetCount(v int64) *DiskInfo {
+ s.Count = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSizeInGB sets the SizeInGB field's value.
+func (s *DiskInfo) SetSizeInGB(v int64) *DiskInfo {
+ s.SizeInGB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *DiskInfo) SetType(v string) *DiskInfo {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a DNS entry.
type DnsEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -63034,6 +64590,41 @@ func (s *EbsBlockDevice) SetVolumeType(v string) *EbsBlockDevice {
return s
}
+// Describes the Amazon EBS features supported by the instance type.
+type EbsInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates that the instance type is Amazon EBS-optimized. For more information,
+ // see Amazon EBS-Optimized Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSOptimized.html)
+ // in Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.
+ EbsOptimizedSupport *string `locationName:"ebsOptimizedSupport" type:"string" enum:"EbsOptimizedSupport"`
+
+ // Indicates whether Amazon EBS encryption is supported.
+ EncryptionSupport *string `locationName:"encryptionSupport" type:"string" enum:"EbsEncryptionSupport"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EbsInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EbsInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEbsOptimizedSupport sets the EbsOptimizedSupport field's value.
+func (s *EbsInfo) SetEbsOptimizedSupport(v string) *EbsInfo {
+ s.EbsOptimizedSupport = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionSupport sets the EncryptionSupport field's value.
+func (s *EbsInfo) SetEncryptionSupport(v string) *EbsInfo {
+ s.EncryptionSupport = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a parameter used to set up an EBS volume in a block device mapping.
type EbsInstanceBlockDevice struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -63501,6 +65092,326 @@ func (s *EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultOutput) SetEbsEncryptionByDefault(v bool) *
return s
}
+// Contains information about the errors that occurred when enabling fast snapshot
+// restores.
+type EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The errors.
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors []*EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem `locationName:"fastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ID of the snapshot.
+ SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors sets the FastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) SetFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors(v []*EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem {
+ s.FastSnapshotRestoreStateErrors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) SetSnapshotId(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem {
+ s.SnapshotId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes an error that occurred when enabling fast snapshot restores.
+type EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The error code.
+ Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"`
+
+ // The error message.
+ Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) SetCode(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError {
+ s.Code = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) SetMessage(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Contains information about an error that occurred when enabling fast snapshot
+// restores.
+type EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Availability Zone.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+
+ // The error.
+ Error *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError `locationName:"error" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetError sets the Error field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem) SetError(v *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateError) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreStateErrorItem {
+ s.Error = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes fast snapshot restores that were successfully enabled.
+type EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Availability Zone.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the disabled state.
+ DisabledTime *time.Time `locationName:"disabledTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the disabling state.
+ DisablingTime *time.Time `locationName:"disablingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the enabled state.
+ EnabledTime *time.Time `locationName:"enabledTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the enabling state.
+ EnablingTime *time.Time `locationName:"enablingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which fast snapshot restores entered the optimizing state.
+ OptimizingTime *time.Time `locationName:"optimizingTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The alias of the snapshot owner.
+ OwnerAlias *string `locationName:"ownerAlias" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot.
+ OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the snapshot.
+ SnapshotId *string `locationName:"snapshotId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The state of fast snapshot restores.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode"`
+
+ // The reason for the state transition. The possible values are as follows:
+ //
+ // * Client.UserInitiated - The state successfully transitioned to enabling
+ // or disabling.
+ //
+ // * Client.UserInitiated - Lifecycle state transition - The state successfully
+ // transitioned to optimizing, enabled, or disabled.
+ StateTransitionReason *string `locationName:"stateTransitionReason" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDisabledTime sets the DisabledTime field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetDisabledTime(v time.Time) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.DisabledTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDisablingTime sets the DisablingTime field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetDisablingTime(v time.Time) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.DisablingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabledTime sets the EnabledTime field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetEnabledTime(v time.Time) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.EnabledTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnablingTime sets the EnablingTime field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetEnablingTime(v time.Time) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.EnablingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOptimizingTime sets the OptimizingTime field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOptimizingTime(v time.Time) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OptimizingTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOwnerAlias sets the OwnerAlias field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOwnerAlias(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OwnerAlias = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetOwnerId(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.OwnerId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetSnapshotId(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.SnapshotId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetState(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStateTransitionReason sets the StateTransitionReason field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) SetStateTransitionReason(v string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem {
+ s.StateTransitionReason = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // One or more Availability Zones. For example, us-east-2a.
+ //
+ // AvailabilityZones is a required field
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"AvailabilityZone" locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, snap-1234567890abcdef0. You
+ // can specify a snapshot that was shared with you from another AWS account.
+ //
+ // SourceSnapshotIds is a required field
+ SourceSnapshotIds []*string `locationName:"SourceSnapshotId" locationNameList:"SnapshotId" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput"}
+ if s.AvailabilityZones == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones"))
+ }
+ if s.SourceSnapshotIds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceSnapshotIds"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceSnapshotIds sets the SourceSnapshotIds field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput) SetSourceSnapshotIds(v []*string) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresInput {
+ s.SourceSnapshotIds = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores were successfully
+ // enabled.
+ Successful []*EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem `locationName:"successful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // Information about the snapshots for which fast snapshot restores could not
+ // be enabled.
+ Unsuccessful []*EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem `locationName:"unsuccessful" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*EnableFastSnapshotRestoreSuccessItem) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput {
+ s.Successful = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUnsuccessful sets the Unsuccessful field's value.
+func (s *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput) SetUnsuccessful(v []*EnableFastSnapshotRestoreErrorItem) *EnableFastSnapshotRestoresOutput {
+ s.Unsuccessful = v
+ return s
+}
+
type EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -63658,7 +65569,6 @@ func (s EnableVgwRoutePropagationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Contains the parameters for EnableVolumeIO.
type EnableVolumeIOInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -65580,6 +67490,81 @@ func (s *FlowLog) SetTrafficType(v string) *FlowLog {
return s
}
+// Describes the FPGA accelerator for the instance type.
+type FpgaDeviceInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The count of FPGA accelerators for the instance type.
+ Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The manufacturer of the FPGA accelerator.
+ Manufacturer *string `locationName:"manufacturer" type:"string"`
+
+ // Describes the memory for the FPGA accelerator for the instance type.
+ MemoryInfo *FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo `locationName:"memoryInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the FPGA accelerator.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FpgaDeviceInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FpgaDeviceInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
+func (s *FpgaDeviceInfo) SetCount(v int64) *FpgaDeviceInfo {
+ s.Count = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetManufacturer sets the Manufacturer field's value.
+func (s *FpgaDeviceInfo) SetManufacturer(v string) *FpgaDeviceInfo {
+ s.Manufacturer = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMemoryInfo sets the MemoryInfo field's value.
+func (s *FpgaDeviceInfo) SetMemoryInfo(v *FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo) *FpgaDeviceInfo {
+ s.MemoryInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *FpgaDeviceInfo) SetName(v string) *FpgaDeviceInfo {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes the memory for the FPGA accelerator for the instance type.
+type FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The size (in MiB) for the memory available to the FPGA accelerator.
+ SizeInMiB *int64 `locationName:"sizeInMiB" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSizeInMiB sets the SizeInMiB field's value.
+func (s *FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo) SetSizeInMiB(v int64) *FpgaDeviceMemoryInfo {
+ s.SizeInMiB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an Amazon FPGA image (AFI).
type FpgaImage struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -65832,6 +67817,39 @@ func (s *FpgaImageState) SetMessage(v string) *FpgaImageState {
return s
}
+// Describes the FPGAs for the instance type.
+type FpgaInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the FPGAs for the instance type.
+ Fpgas []*FpgaDeviceInfo `locationName:"fpgas" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The total memory of all FPGA accelerators for the instance type.
+ TotalFpgaMemoryInMiB *int64 `locationName:"totalFpgaMemoryInMiB" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FpgaInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FpgaInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFpgas sets the Fpgas field's value.
+func (s *FpgaInfo) SetFpgas(v []*FpgaDeviceInfo) *FpgaInfo {
+ s.Fpgas = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTotalFpgaMemoryInMiB sets the TotalFpgaMemoryInMiB field's value.
+func (s *FpgaInfo) SetTotalFpgaMemoryInMiB(v int64) *FpgaInfo {
+ s.TotalFpgaMemoryInMiB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetCapacityReservationUsageInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -66199,6 +68217,79 @@ func (s *GetConsoleScreenshotOutput) SetInstanceId(v string) *GetConsoleScreensh
return s
}
+type GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The instance family.
+ //
+ // InstanceFamily is a required field
+ InstanceFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput"}
+ if s.InstanceFamily == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceFamily"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
+func (s *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationInput {
+ s.InstanceFamily = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The default credit option for CPU usage of the instance family.
+ InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification `locationName:"instanceFamilyCreditSpecification" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInstanceFamilyCreditSpecification sets the InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification field's value.
+func (s *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) SetInstanceFamilyCreditSpecification(v *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification) *GetDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput {
+ s.InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification = v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -67090,6 +69181,114 @@ func (s *GetTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagationsOutput) SetTransitGatewayRouteTa
return s
}
+// Describes the GPU accelerators for the instance type.
+type GpuDeviceInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of GPUs for the instance type.
+ Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The manufacturer of the GPU accelerator.
+ Manufacturer *string `locationName:"manufacturer" type:"string"`
+
+ // Describes the memory available to the GPU accelerator.
+ MemoryInfo *GpuDeviceMemoryInfo `locationName:"memoryInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the GPU accelerator.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GpuDeviceInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GpuDeviceInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
+func (s *GpuDeviceInfo) SetCount(v int64) *GpuDeviceInfo {
+ s.Count = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetManufacturer sets the Manufacturer field's value.
+func (s *GpuDeviceInfo) SetManufacturer(v string) *GpuDeviceInfo {
+ s.Manufacturer = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMemoryInfo sets the MemoryInfo field's value.
+func (s *GpuDeviceInfo) SetMemoryInfo(v *GpuDeviceMemoryInfo) *GpuDeviceInfo {
+ s.MemoryInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *GpuDeviceInfo) SetName(v string) *GpuDeviceInfo {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes the memory available to the GPU accelerator.
+type GpuDeviceMemoryInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The size (in MiB) for the memory available to the GPU accelerator.
+ SizeInMiB *int64 `locationName:"sizeInMiB" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GpuDeviceMemoryInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GpuDeviceMemoryInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSizeInMiB sets the SizeInMiB field's value.
+func (s *GpuDeviceMemoryInfo) SetSizeInMiB(v int64) *GpuDeviceMemoryInfo {
+ s.SizeInMiB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes the GPU accelerators for the instance type.
+type GpuInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the GPU accelerators for the instance type.
+ Gpus []*GpuDeviceInfo `locationName:"gpus" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The total size of the memory for the GPU accelerators for the instance type.
+ TotalGpuMemoryInMiB *int64 `locationName:"totalGpuMemoryInMiB" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GpuInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GpuInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGpus sets the Gpus field's value.
+func (s *GpuInfo) SetGpus(v []*GpuDeviceInfo) *GpuInfo {
+ s.Gpus = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTotalGpuMemoryInMiB sets the TotalGpuMemoryInMiB field's value.
+func (s *GpuInfo) SetTotalGpuMemoryInMiB(v int64) *GpuInfo {
+ s.TotalGpuMemoryInMiB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a security group.
type GroupIdentifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -67280,13 +69479,23 @@ type Host struct {
// The time that the Dedicated Host was allocated.
AllocationTime *time.Time `locationName:"allocationTime" type:"timestamp"`
+ // Indicates whether the Dedicated Host supports multiple instance types of
+ // the same instance family, or a specific instance type only. one indicates
+ // that the Dedicated Host supports multiple instance types in the instance
+ // family. off indicates that the Dedicated Host supports a single instance
+ // type only.
+ AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes *string `locationName:"allowsMultipleInstanceTypes" type:"string" enum:"AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes"`
+
// Whether auto-placement is on or off.
AutoPlacement *string `locationName:"autoPlacement" type:"string" enum:"AutoPlacement"`
// The Availability Zone of the Dedicated Host.
AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
- // The number of new instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host.
+ // The ID of the Availability Zone in which the Dedicated Host is allocated.
+ AvailabilityZoneId *string `locationName:"availabilityZoneId" type:"string"`
+
+ // Information about the instances running on the Dedicated Host.
AvailableCapacity *AvailableCapacity `locationName:"availableCapacity" type:"structure"`
// Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
@@ -67310,6 +69519,9 @@ type Host struct {
// The IDs and instance type that are currently running on the Dedicated Host.
Instances []*HostInstance `locationName:"instances" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+ // The ID of the AWS account that owns the Dedicated Host.
+ OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
+
// The time that the Dedicated Host was released.
ReleaseTime *time.Time `locationName:"releaseTime" type:"timestamp"`
@@ -67336,6 +69548,12 @@ func (s *Host) SetAllocationTime(v time.Time) *Host {
return s
}
+// SetAllowsMultipleInstanceTypes sets the AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes field's value.
+func (s *Host) SetAllowsMultipleInstanceTypes(v string) *Host {
+ s.AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetAutoPlacement sets the AutoPlacement field's value.
func (s *Host) SetAutoPlacement(v string) *Host {
s.AutoPlacement = &v
@@ -67348,6 +69566,12 @@ func (s *Host) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Host {
return s
}
+// SetAvailabilityZoneId sets the AvailabilityZoneId field's value.
+func (s *Host) SetAvailabilityZoneId(v string) *Host {
+ s.AvailabilityZoneId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetAvailableCapacity sets the AvailableCapacity field's value.
func (s *Host) SetAvailableCapacity(v *AvailableCapacity) *Host {
s.AvailableCapacity = v
@@ -67390,6 +69614,12 @@ func (s *Host) SetInstances(v []*HostInstance) *Host {
return s
}
+// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
+func (s *Host) SetOwnerId(v string) *Host {
+ s.OwnerId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetReleaseTime sets the ReleaseTime field's value.
func (s *Host) SetReleaseTime(v time.Time) *Host {
s.ReleaseTime = &v
@@ -67412,11 +69642,14 @@ func (s *Host) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Host {
type HostInstance struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // the IDs of instances that are running on the Dedicated Host.
+ // The ID of instance that is running on the Dedicated Host.
InstanceId *string `locationName:"instanceId" type:"string"`
- // The instance type size (for example, m3.medium) of the running instance.
+ // The instance type (for example, m3.medium) of the running instance.
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the AWS account that owns the instance.
+ OwnerId *string `locationName:"ownerId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -67441,6 +69674,12 @@ func (s *HostInstance) SetInstanceType(v string) *HostInstance {
return s
}
+// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value.
+func (s *HostInstance) SetOwnerId(v string) *HostInstance {
+ s.OwnerId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation offering.
type HostOffering struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -67519,20 +69758,24 @@ func (s *HostOffering) SetUpfrontPrice(v string) *HostOffering {
return s
}
-// Describes properties of a Dedicated Host.
+// Describes the properties of a Dedicated Host.
type HostProperties struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of cores on the Dedicated Host.
Cores *int64 `locationName:"cores" type:"integer"`
- // The instance type size that the Dedicated Host supports (for example, m3.medium).
+ // The instance family supported by the Dedicated Host. For example, m5.
+ InstanceFamily *string `locationName:"instanceFamily" type:"string"`
+
+ // The instance type supported by the Dedicated Host. For example, m5.large.
+ // If the host supports multiple instance types, no instanceType is returned.
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
// The number of sockets on the Dedicated Host.
Sockets *int64 `locationName:"sockets" type:"integer"`
- // The number of vCPUs on the Dedicated Host.
+ // The total number of vCPUs on the Dedicated Host.
TotalVCpus *int64 `locationName:"totalVCpus" type:"integer"`
}
@@ -67552,6 +69795,12 @@ func (s *HostProperties) SetCores(v int64) *HostProperties {
return s
}
+// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
+func (s *HostProperties) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *HostProperties {
+ s.InstanceFamily = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
func (s *HostProperties) SetInstanceType(v string) *HostProperties {
s.InstanceType = &v
@@ -68435,6 +70684,9 @@ type ImportImageInput struct {
// The specified CMK must exist in the Region that the AMI is being copied to.
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
+ // The ARNs of the license configurations.
+ LicenseSpecifications []*ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
// The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing.
//
// By default, we detect the source-system operating system (OS) and apply the
@@ -68521,6 +70773,12 @@ func (s *ImportImageInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ImportImageInput {
return s
}
+// SetLicenseSpecifications sets the LicenseSpecifications field's value.
+func (s *ImportImageInput) SetLicenseSpecifications(v []*ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest) *ImportImageInput {
+ s.LicenseSpecifications = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLicenseType sets the LicenseType field's value.
func (s *ImportImageInput) SetLicenseType(v string) *ImportImageInput {
s.LicenseType = &v
@@ -68539,6 +70797,54 @@ func (s *ImportImageInput) SetRoleName(v string) *ImportImageInput {
return s
}
+// The request information of license configurations.
+type ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of a license configuration.
+ LicenseConfigurationArn *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLicenseConfigurationArn sets the LicenseConfigurationArn field's value.
+func (s *ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest) SetLicenseConfigurationArn(v string) *ImportImageLicenseConfigurationRequest {
+ s.LicenseConfigurationArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The response information of license configurations.
+type ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of a license configuration.
+ LicenseConfigurationArn *string `locationName:"licenseConfigurationArn" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetLicenseConfigurationArn sets the LicenseConfigurationArn field's value.
+func (s *ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse) SetLicenseConfigurationArn(v string) *ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse {
+ s.LicenseConfigurationArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ImportImageOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -68564,6 +70870,9 @@ type ImportImageOutput struct {
// key (CMK) that was used to create the encrypted AMI.
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
+ // The ARNs of the license configurations.
+ LicenseSpecifications []*ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse `locationName:"licenseSpecifications" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
// The license type of the virtual machine.
LicenseType *string `locationName:"licenseType" type:"string"`
@@ -68635,6 +70944,12 @@ func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
return s
}
+// SetLicenseSpecifications sets the LicenseSpecifications field's value.
+func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetLicenseSpecifications(v []*ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse) *ImportImageOutput {
+ s.LicenseSpecifications = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLicenseType sets the LicenseType field's value.
func (s *ImportImageOutput) SetLicenseType(v string) *ImportImageOutput {
s.LicenseType = &v
@@ -68701,6 +71016,9 @@ type ImportImageTask struct {
// key (CMK) that was used to create the encrypted image.
KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"`
+ // The ARNs of the license configurations associated to the import image task.
+ LicenseSpecifications []*ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse `locationName:"licenseSpecifications" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
// The license type of the virtual machine.
LicenseType *string `locationName:"licenseType" type:"string"`
@@ -68772,6 +71090,12 @@ func (s *ImportImageTask) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ImportImageTask {
return s
}
+// SetLicenseSpecifications sets the LicenseSpecifications field's value.
+func (s *ImportImageTask) SetLicenseSpecifications(v []*ImportImageLicenseConfigurationResponse) *ImportImageTask {
+ s.LicenseSpecifications = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLicenseType sets the LicenseType field's value.
func (s *ImportImageTask) SetLicenseType(v string) *ImportImageTask {
s.LicenseType = &v
@@ -70183,17 +72507,20 @@ func (s *InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification) SetVirtualName(v string) *Inst
return s
}
-// Information about the instance type that the Dedicated Host supports.
+// Information about the number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated
+// Host.
type InstanceCapacity struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The number of instances that can still be launched onto the Dedicated Host.
+ // The number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host based
+ // on the host's available capacity.
AvailableCapacity *int64 `locationName:"availableCapacity" type:"integer"`
- // The instance type size supported by the Dedicated Host.
+ // The instance type supported by the Dedicated Host.
InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string"`
- // The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host.
+ // The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host
+ // if there are no instances running on it.
TotalCapacity *int64 `locationName:"totalCapacity" type:"integer"`
}
@@ -70258,7 +72585,7 @@ func (s *InstanceCount) SetState(v string) *InstanceCount {
return s
}
-// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a T2 or T3 instance.
+// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance.
type InstanceCreditSpecification struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -70292,7 +72619,7 @@ func (s *InstanceCreditSpecification) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceCreditSpe
return s
}
-// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a T2 or T3 instance.
+// Describes the credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance.
type InstanceCreditSpecificationRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -70359,6 +72686,41 @@ func (s *InstanceExportDetails) SetTargetEnvironment(v string) *InstanceExportDe
return s
}
+// Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance
+// instance family.
+type InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The default credit option for CPU usage of the instance family. Valid values
+ // are standard and unlimited.
+ CpuCredits *string `locationName:"cpuCredits" type:"string"`
+
+ // The instance family.
+ InstanceFamily *string `locationName:"instanceFamily" type:"string" enum:"UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCpuCredits sets the CpuCredits field's value.
+func (s *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification) SetCpuCredits(v string) *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification {
+ s.CpuCredits = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
+func (s *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification {
+ s.InstanceFamily = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an IPv6 address.
type InstanceIpv6Address struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -71453,6 +73815,289 @@ func (s *InstanceStatusSummary) SetStatus(v string) *InstanceStatusSummary {
return s
}
+// Describes the disks that are available for the instance type.
+type InstanceStorageInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Array describing the disks that are available for the instance type.
+ Disks []*DiskInfo `locationName:"disks" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The total size of the disks, in GiB.
+ TotalSizeInGB *int64 `locationName:"totalSizeInGB" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceStorageInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceStorageInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDisks sets the Disks field's value.
+func (s *InstanceStorageInfo) SetDisks(v []*DiskInfo) *InstanceStorageInfo {
+ s.Disks = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTotalSizeInGB sets the TotalSizeInGB field's value.
+func (s *InstanceStorageInfo) SetTotalSizeInGB(v int64) *InstanceStorageInfo {
+ s.TotalSizeInGB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes the instance type.
+type InstanceTypeInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether auto recovery is supported.
+ AutoRecoverySupported *bool `locationName:"autoRecoverySupported" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the instance is bare metal.
+ BareMetal *bool `locationName:"bareMetal" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the instance type is a burstable performance instance type.
+ BurstablePerformanceSupported *bool `locationName:"burstablePerformanceSupported" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the instance type is a current generation.
+ CurrentGeneration *bool `locationName:"currentGeneration" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Indicates whether Dedicated Hosts are supported on the instance type.
+ DedicatedHostsSupported *bool `locationName:"dedicatedHostsSupported" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Describes the Amazon EBS settings for the instance type.
+ EbsInfo *EbsInfo `locationName:"ebsInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the FPGA accelerator settings for the instance type.
+ FpgaInfo *FpgaInfo `locationName:"fpgaInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the instance type is eligible for the free tier.
+ FreeTierEligible *bool `locationName:"freeTierEligible" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Describes the GPU accelerator settings for the instance type.
+ GpuInfo *GpuInfo `locationName:"gpuInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether On-Demand hibernation is supported.
+ HibernationSupported *bool `locationName:"hibernationSupported" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // Indicates the hypervisor used for the instance type.
+ Hypervisor *string `locationName:"hypervisor" type:"string" enum:"InstanceTypeHypervisor"`
+
+ // Describes the disks for the instance type.
+ InstanceStorageInfo *InstanceStorageInfo `locationName:"instanceStorageInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether instance storage is supported.
+ InstanceStorageSupported *bool `locationName:"instanceStorageSupported" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The instance type. For more information, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
+ // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
+ InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
+
+ // Describes the memory for the instance type.
+ MemoryInfo *MemoryInfo `locationName:"memoryInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the network settings for the instance type.
+ NetworkInfo *NetworkInfo `locationName:"networkInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the placement group settings for the instance type.
+ PlacementGroupInfo *PlacementGroupInfo `locationName:"placementGroupInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the processor.
+ ProcessorInfo *ProcessorInfo `locationName:"processorInfo" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates the supported root devices.
+ SupportedRootDevices []*string `locationName:"supportedRootDevices" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the instance type is offered for spot or On-Demand.
+ SupportedUsageClasses []*string `locationName:"supportedUsageClasses" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // Describes the vCPU configurations for the instance type.
+ VCpuInfo *VCpuInfo `locationName:"vCpuInfo" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceTypeInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceTypeInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAutoRecoverySupported sets the AutoRecoverySupported field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetAutoRecoverySupported(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.AutoRecoverySupported = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetBareMetal sets the BareMetal field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetBareMetal(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.BareMetal = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetBurstablePerformanceSupported sets the BurstablePerformanceSupported field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetBurstablePerformanceSupported(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.BurstablePerformanceSupported = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCurrentGeneration sets the CurrentGeneration field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetCurrentGeneration(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.CurrentGeneration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDedicatedHostsSupported sets the DedicatedHostsSupported field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetDedicatedHostsSupported(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.DedicatedHostsSupported = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEbsInfo sets the EbsInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetEbsInfo(v *EbsInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.EbsInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFpgaInfo sets the FpgaInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetFpgaInfo(v *FpgaInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.FpgaInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFreeTierEligible sets the FreeTierEligible field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetFreeTierEligible(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.FreeTierEligible = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGpuInfo sets the GpuInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetGpuInfo(v *GpuInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.GpuInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHibernationSupported sets the HibernationSupported field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetHibernationSupported(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.HibernationSupported = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHypervisor sets the Hypervisor field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetHypervisor(v string) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.Hypervisor = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceStorageInfo sets the InstanceStorageInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetInstanceStorageInfo(v *InstanceStorageInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.InstanceStorageInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceStorageSupported sets the InstanceStorageSupported field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetInstanceStorageSupported(v bool) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.InstanceStorageSupported = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetInstanceType(v string) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.InstanceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMemoryInfo sets the MemoryInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetMemoryInfo(v *MemoryInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.MemoryInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNetworkInfo sets the NetworkInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetNetworkInfo(v *NetworkInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.NetworkInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPlacementGroupInfo sets the PlacementGroupInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetPlacementGroupInfo(v *PlacementGroupInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.PlacementGroupInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProcessorInfo sets the ProcessorInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetProcessorInfo(v *ProcessorInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.ProcessorInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSupportedRootDevices sets the SupportedRootDevices field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetSupportedRootDevices(v []*string) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.SupportedRootDevices = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSupportedUsageClasses sets the SupportedUsageClasses field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetSupportedUsageClasses(v []*string) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.SupportedUsageClasses = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVCpuInfo sets the VCpuInfo field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeInfo) SetVCpuInfo(v *VCpuInfo) *InstanceTypeInfo {
+ s.VCpuInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The instance types offered.
+type InstanceTypeOffering struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The instance type. For more information, see Instance Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html)
+ // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
+ InstanceType *string `locationName:"instanceType" type:"string" enum:"InstanceType"`
+
+ // The identifier for the location. This depends on the location type. For example,
+ // if the location type is region, the location is the Region code (for example,
+ // us-east-2.)
+ Location *string `locationName:"location" type:"string"`
+
+ // The location type.
+ LocationType *string `locationName:"locationType" type:"string" enum:"LocationType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceTypeOffering) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InstanceTypeOffering) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeOffering) SetInstanceType(v string) *InstanceTypeOffering {
+ s.InstanceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeOffering) SetLocation(v string) *InstanceTypeOffering {
+ s.Location = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLocationType sets the LocationType field's value.
+func (s *InstanceTypeOffering) SetLocationType(v string) *InstanceTypeOffering {
+ s.LocationType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Information about the Capacity Reservation usage.
type InstanceUsage struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -73986,6 +76631,30 @@ func (s *LoadPermissionRequest) SetUserId(v string) *LoadPermissionRequest {
return s
}
+// Describes the memory for the instance type.
+type MemoryInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Size of the memory, in MiB.
+ SizeInMiB *int64 `locationName:"sizeInMiB" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MemoryInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MemoryInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSizeInMiB sets the SizeInMiB field's value.
+func (s *MemoryInfo) SetSizeInMiB(v int64) *MemoryInfo {
+ s.SizeInMiB = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ModifyCapacityReservationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -74238,6 +76907,95 @@ func (s *ModifyClientVpnEndpointOutput) SetReturn(v bool) *ModifyClientVpnEndpoi
return s
}
+type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The credit option for CPU usage of the instance family.
+ //
+ // Valid Values: standard | unlimited
+ //
+ // CpuCredits is a required field
+ CpuCredits *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
+ // actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
+ // the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise,
+ // it is UnauthorizedOperation.
+ DryRun *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The instance family.
+ //
+ // InstanceFamily is a required field
+ InstanceFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput"}
+ if s.CpuCredits == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CpuCredits"))
+ }
+ if s.InstanceFamily == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceFamily"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetCpuCredits sets the CpuCredits field's value.
+func (s *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) SetCpuCredits(v string) *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput {
+ s.CpuCredits = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDryRun sets the DryRun field's value.
+func (s *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) SetDryRun(v bool) *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput {
+ s.DryRun = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
+func (s *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationInput {
+ s.InstanceFamily = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The default credit option for CPU usage of the instance family.
+ InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification `locationName:"instanceFamilyCreditSpecification" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInstanceFamilyCreditSpecification sets the InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification field's value.
+func (s *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput) SetInstanceFamilyCreditSpecification(v *InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification) *ModifyDefaultCreditSpecificationOutput {
+ s.InstanceFamilyCreditSpecification = v
+ return s
+}
+
type ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -74594,6 +77352,24 @@ type ModifyHostsInput struct {
// For more information, see Host Recovery (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/dedicated-hosts-recovery.html)
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
HostRecovery *string `type:"string" enum:"HostRecovery"`
+
+ // Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify
+ // this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types
+ // within its current instance family.
+ //
+ // If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support a specific instance type
+ // only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify
+ // InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request.
+ InstanceFamily *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify
+ // this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support only a specific instance
+ // type.
+ //
+ // If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types
+ // in its current instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily
+ // instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request.
+ InstanceType *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -74637,6 +77413,18 @@ func (s *ModifyHostsInput) SetHostRecovery(v string) *ModifyHostsInput {
return s
}
+// SetInstanceFamily sets the InstanceFamily field's value.
+func (s *ModifyHostsInput) SetInstanceFamily(v string) *ModifyHostsInput {
+ s.InstanceFamily = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceType sets the InstanceType field's value.
+func (s *ModifyHostsInput) SetInstanceType(v string) *ModifyHostsInput {
+ s.InstanceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ModifyHostsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -76030,7 +78818,6 @@ func (s *ModifyReservedInstancesOutput) SetReservedInstancesModificationId(v str
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for ModifySnapshotAttribute.
type ModifySnapshotAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -76852,7 +79639,6 @@ func (s *ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions) SetIpv6Support(v strin
return s
}
-// Contains the parameters for ModifyVolumeAttribute.
type ModifyVolumeAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -78893,6 +81679,75 @@ func (s *NetworkAclEntry) SetRuleNumber(v int64) *NetworkAclEntry {
return s
}
+// Describes the networking features of the instance type.
+type NetworkInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) is supported.
+ EnaSupport *string `locationName:"enaSupport" type:"string" enum:"EnaSupport"`
+
+ // The maximum number of IPv4 addresses per network interface.
+ Ipv4AddressesPerInterface *int64 `locationName:"ipv4AddressesPerInterface" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of IPv6 addresses per network interface.
+ Ipv6AddressesPerInterface *int64 `locationName:"ipv6AddressesPerInterface" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Indicates whether IPv6 is supported.
+ Ipv6Supported *bool `locationName:"ipv6Supported" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The maximum number of network interfaces for the instance type.
+ MaximumNetworkInterfaces *int64 `locationName:"maximumNetworkInterfaces" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Describes the network performance.
+ NetworkPerformance *string `locationName:"networkPerformance" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NetworkInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NetworkInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEnaSupport sets the EnaSupport field's value.
+func (s *NetworkInfo) SetEnaSupport(v string) *NetworkInfo {
+ s.EnaSupport = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIpv4AddressesPerInterface sets the Ipv4AddressesPerInterface field's value.
+func (s *NetworkInfo) SetIpv4AddressesPerInterface(v int64) *NetworkInfo {
+ s.Ipv4AddressesPerInterface = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIpv6AddressesPerInterface sets the Ipv6AddressesPerInterface field's value.
+func (s *NetworkInfo) SetIpv6AddressesPerInterface(v int64) *NetworkInfo {
+ s.Ipv6AddressesPerInterface = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIpv6Supported sets the Ipv6Supported field's value.
+func (s *NetworkInfo) SetIpv6Supported(v bool) *NetworkInfo {
+ s.Ipv6Supported = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumNetworkInterfaces sets the MaximumNetworkInterfaces field's value.
+func (s *NetworkInfo) SetMaximumNetworkInterfaces(v int64) *NetworkInfo {
+ s.MaximumNetworkInterfaces = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNetworkPerformance sets the NetworkPerformance field's value.
+func (s *NetworkInfo) SetNetworkPerformance(v string) *NetworkInfo {
+ s.NetworkPerformance = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a network interface.
type NetworkInterface struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -80177,6 +83032,30 @@ func (s *PlacementGroup) SetStrategy(v string) *PlacementGroup {
return s
}
+// Describes the placement group support of the instance type.
+type PlacementGroupInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of supported placement groups types.
+ SupportedStrategies []*string `locationName:"supportedStrategies" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PlacementGroupInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PlacementGroupInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSupportedStrategies sets the SupportedStrategies field's value.
+func (s *PlacementGroupInfo) SetSupportedStrategies(v []*string) *PlacementGroupInfo {
+ s.SupportedStrategies = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes the placement of an instance.
type PlacementResponse struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -80519,6 +83398,39 @@ func (s *PrivateIpAddressSpecification) SetPrivateIpAddress(v string) *PrivateIp
return s
}
+// Describes the processor used by the instance type.
+type ProcessorInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of architectures supported by the instance type.
+ SupportedArchitectures []*string `locationName:"supportedArchitectures" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // The speed of the processor, in GHz.
+ SustainedClockSpeedInGhz *float64 `locationName:"sustainedClockSpeedInGhz" type:"double"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ProcessorInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ProcessorInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSupportedArchitectures sets the SupportedArchitectures field's value.
+func (s *ProcessorInfo) SetSupportedArchitectures(v []*string) *ProcessorInfo {
+ s.SupportedArchitectures = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSustainedClockSpeedInGhz sets the SustainedClockSpeedInGhz field's value.
+func (s *ProcessorInfo) SetSustainedClockSpeedInGhz(v float64) *ProcessorInfo {
+ s.SustainedClockSpeedInGhz = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a product code.
type ProductCode struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -84879,7 +87791,6 @@ func (s ResetNetworkInterfaceAttributeOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Contains the parameters for ResetSnapshotAttribute.
type ResetSnapshotAttributeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -85993,13 +88904,13 @@ type RunInstancesInput struct {
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
CpuOptions *CpuOptionsRequest `type:"structure"`
- // The credit option for CPU usage of the T2 or T3 instance. Valid values are
- // standard and unlimited. To change this attribute after launch, use ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification
- // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html).
+ // The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable performance instance. Valid
+ // values are standard and unlimited. To change this attribute after launch,
+ // use ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification.html).
// For more information, see Burstable Performance Instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/burstable-performance-instances.html)
// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
//
- // Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited (T3 instances)
+ // Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited (T3/T3a instances)
CreditSpecification *CreditSpecificationRequest `type:"structure"`
// If you set this parameter to true, you can't terminate the instance using
@@ -90983,8 +93894,8 @@ func (s *SubnetIpv6CidrBlockAssociation) SetIpv6CidrBlockState(v *SubnetCidrBloc
return s
}
-// Describes the T2 or T3 instance whose credit option for CPU usage was successfully
-// modified.
+// Describes the burstable performance instance whose credit option for CPU
+// usage was successfully modified.
type SuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -93568,13 +96479,13 @@ func (s *UnmonitorInstancesOutput) SetInstanceMonitorings(v []*InstanceMonitorin
return s
}
-// Describes the T2 or T3 instance whose credit option for CPU usage was not
-// modified.
+// Describes the burstable performance instance whose credit option for CPU
+// usage was not modified.
type UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The applicable error for the T2 or T3 instance whose credit option for CPU
- // usage was not modified.
+ // The applicable error for the burstable performance instance whose credit
+ // option for CPU usage was not modified.
Error *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError `locationName:"error" type:"structure"`
// The ID of the instance.
@@ -93603,8 +96514,8 @@ func (s *UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItem) SetInstanceId(v string) *U
return s
}
-// Information about the error for the T2 or T3 instance whose credit option
-// for CPU usage was not modified.
+// Information about the error for the burstable performance instance whose
+// credit option for CPU usage was not modified.
type UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationItemError struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -94078,6 +96989,68 @@ func (s *UserIdGroupPair) SetVpcPeeringConnectionId(v string) *UserIdGroupPair {
return s
}
+// Describes the vCPU configurations for the instance type.
+type VCpuInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The default number of cores for the instance type.
+ DefaultCores *int64 `locationName:"defaultCores" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The default number of threads per core for the instance type.
+ DefaultThreadsPerCore *int64 `locationName:"defaultThreadsPerCore" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The default number of vCPUs for the instance type.
+ DefaultVCpus *int64 `locationName:"defaultVCpus" type:"integer"`
+
+ // List of the valid number of cores that can be configured for the instance
+ // type.
+ ValidCores []*int64 `locationName:"validCores" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+
+ // List of the valid number of threads per core that can be configured for the
+ // instance type.
+ ValidThreadsPerCore []*int64 `locationName:"validThreadsPerCore" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VCpuInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VCpuInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDefaultCores sets the DefaultCores field's value.
+func (s *VCpuInfo) SetDefaultCores(v int64) *VCpuInfo {
+ s.DefaultCores = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDefaultThreadsPerCore sets the DefaultThreadsPerCore field's value.
+func (s *VCpuInfo) SetDefaultThreadsPerCore(v int64) *VCpuInfo {
+ s.DefaultThreadsPerCore = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDefaultVCpus sets the DefaultVCpus field's value.
+func (s *VCpuInfo) SetDefaultVCpus(v int64) *VCpuInfo {
+ s.DefaultVCpus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValidCores sets the ValidCores field's value.
+func (s *VCpuInfo) SetValidCores(v []*int64) *VCpuInfo {
+ s.ValidCores = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValidThreadsPerCore sets the ValidThreadsPerCore field's value.
+func (s *VCpuInfo) SetValidThreadsPerCore(v []*int64) *VCpuInfo {
+ s.ValidThreadsPerCore = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes telemetry for a VPN tunnel.
type VgwTelemetry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -94164,6 +97137,9 @@ type Volume struct {
// Indicates whether the volume is encrypted.
Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"`
+ // Indicates whether the volume was created using fast snapshot restore.
+ FastRestored *bool `locationName:"fastRestored" type:"boolean"`
+
// The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports.
// For Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that
// are provisioned for the volume. For General Purpose SSD volumes, this represents
@@ -94241,6 +97217,12 @@ func (s *Volume) SetEncrypted(v bool) *Volume {
return s
}
+// SetFastRestored sets the FastRestored field's value.
+func (s *Volume) SetFastRestored(v bool) *Volume {
+ s.FastRestored = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetIops sets the Iops field's value.
func (s *Volume) SetIops(v int64) *Volume {
s.Iops = &v
@@ -96200,6 +99182,25 @@ const (
AllocationStrategyCapacityOptimized = "capacityOptimized"
)
+const (
+ // AllowsMultipleInstanceTypesOn is a AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes enum value
+ AllowsMultipleInstanceTypesOn = "on"
+
+ // AllowsMultipleInstanceTypesOff is a AllowsMultipleInstanceTypes enum value
+ AllowsMultipleInstanceTypesOff = "off"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ArchitectureTypeI386 is a ArchitectureType enum value
+ ArchitectureTypeI386 = "i386"
+
+ // ArchitectureTypeX8664 is a ArchitectureType enum value
+ ArchitectureTypeX8664 = "x86_64"
+
+ // ArchitectureTypeArm64 is a ArchitectureType enum value
+ ArchitectureTypeArm64 = "arm64"
+)
+
const (
// ArchitectureValuesI386 is a ArchitectureValues enum value
ArchitectureValuesI386 = "i386"
@@ -96635,6 +99636,14 @@ const (
DiskImageFormatVhd = "VHD"
)
+const (
+ // DiskTypeHdd is a DiskType enum value
+ DiskTypeHdd = "hdd"
+
+ // DiskTypeSsd is a DiskType enum value
+ DiskTypeSsd = "ssd"
+)
+
const (
// DnsSupportValueEnable is a DnsSupportValue enum value
DnsSupportValueEnable = "enable"
@@ -96651,6 +99660,25 @@ const (
DomainTypeStandard = "standard"
)
+const (
+ // EbsEncryptionSupportUnsupported is a EbsEncryptionSupport enum value
+ EbsEncryptionSupportUnsupported = "unsupported"
+
+ // EbsEncryptionSupportSupported is a EbsEncryptionSupport enum value
+ EbsEncryptionSupportSupported = "supported"
+)
+
+const (
+ // EbsOptimizedSupportUnsupported is a EbsOptimizedSupport enum value
+ EbsOptimizedSupportUnsupported = "unsupported"
+
+ // EbsOptimizedSupportSupported is a EbsOptimizedSupport enum value
+ EbsOptimizedSupportSupported = "supported"
+
+ // EbsOptimizedSupportDefault is a EbsOptimizedSupport enum value
+ EbsOptimizedSupportDefault = "default"
+)
+
const (
// ElasticGpuStateAttached is a ElasticGpuState enum value
ElasticGpuStateAttached = "ATTACHED"
@@ -96664,6 +99692,17 @@ const (
ElasticGpuStatusImpaired = "IMPAIRED"
)
+const (
+ // EnaSupportUnsupported is a EnaSupport enum value
+ EnaSupportUnsupported = "unsupported"
+
+ // EnaSupportSupported is a EnaSupport enum value
+ EnaSupportSupported = "supported"
+
+ // EnaSupportRequired is a EnaSupport enum value
+ EnaSupportRequired = "required"
+)
+
const (
// EndDateTypeUnlimited is a EndDateType enum value
EndDateTypeUnlimited = "unlimited"
@@ -96736,6 +99775,23 @@ const (
ExportTaskStateCompleted = "completed"
)
+const (
+ // FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeEnabling is a FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode enum value
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeEnabling = "enabling"
+
+ // FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeOptimizing is a FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode enum value
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeOptimizing = "optimizing"
+
+ // FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeEnabled is a FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode enum value
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeEnabled = "enabled"
+
+ // FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeDisabling is a FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode enum value
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeDisabling = "disabling"
+
+ // FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeDisabled is a FastSnapshotRestoreStateCode enum value
+ FastSnapshotRestoreStateCodeDisabled = "disabled"
+)
+
const (
// FleetActivityStatusError is a FleetActivityStatus enum value
FleetActivityStatusError = "error"
@@ -97502,9 +100558,18 @@ const (
// InstanceTypeC5d9xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
InstanceTypeC5d9xlarge = "c5d.9xlarge"
+ // InstanceTypeC5d12xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
+ InstanceTypeC5d12xlarge = "c5d.12xlarge"
+
// InstanceTypeC5d18xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
InstanceTypeC5d18xlarge = "c5d.18xlarge"
+ // InstanceTypeC5d24xlarge is a InstanceType enum value
+ InstanceTypeC5d24xlarge = "c5d.24xlarge"
+
+ // InstanceTypeC5dMetal is a InstanceType enum value
+ InstanceTypeC5dMetal = "c5d.metal"
+
// InstanceTypeC5nLarge is a InstanceType enum value
InstanceTypeC5nLarge = "c5n.large"
@@ -97875,6 +100940,14 @@ const (
InstanceTypeR5n24xlarge = "r5n.24xlarge"
)
+const (
+ // InstanceTypeHypervisorNitro is a InstanceTypeHypervisor enum value
+ InstanceTypeHypervisorNitro = "nitro"
+
+ // InstanceTypeHypervisorXen is a InstanceTypeHypervisor enum value
+ InstanceTypeHypervisorXen = "xen"
+)
+
const (
// InterfacePermissionTypeInstanceAttach is a InterfacePermissionType enum value
InterfacePermissionTypeInstanceAttach = "INSTANCE-ATTACH"
@@ -97939,6 +101012,17 @@ const (
ListingStatusClosed = "closed"
)
+const (
+ // LocationTypeRegion is a LocationType enum value
+ LocationTypeRegion = "region"
+
+ // LocationTypeAvailabilityZone is a LocationType enum value
+ LocationTypeAvailabilityZone = "availability-zone"
+
+ // LocationTypeAvailabilityZoneId is a LocationType enum value
+ LocationTypeAvailabilityZoneId = "availability-zone-id"
+)
+
const (
// LogDestinationTypeCloudWatchLogs is a LogDestinationType enum value
LogDestinationTypeCloudWatchLogs = "cloud-watch-logs"
@@ -98126,6 +101210,17 @@ const (
PlacementGroupStateDeleted = "deleted"
)
+const (
+ // PlacementGroupStrategyCluster is a PlacementGroupStrategy enum value
+ PlacementGroupStrategyCluster = "cluster"
+
+ // PlacementGroupStrategyPartition is a PlacementGroupStrategy enum value
+ PlacementGroupStrategyPartition = "partition"
+
+ // PlacementGroupStrategySpread is a PlacementGroupStrategy enum value
+ PlacementGroupStrategySpread = "spread"
+)
+
const (
// PlacementStrategyCluster is a PlacementStrategy enum value
PlacementStrategyCluster = "cluster"
@@ -98368,6 +101463,14 @@ const (
ResourceTypeVpnGateway = "vpn-gateway"
)
+const (
+ // RootDeviceTypeEbs is a RootDeviceType enum value
+ RootDeviceTypeEbs = "ebs"
+
+ // RootDeviceTypeInstanceStore is a RootDeviceType enum value
+ RootDeviceTypeInstanceStore = "instance-store"
+)
+
const (
// RouteOriginCreateRouteTable is a RouteOrigin enum value
RouteOriginCreateRouteTable = "CreateRouteTable"
@@ -98817,6 +101920,17 @@ const (
TransportProtocolUdp = "udp"
)
+const (
+ // UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamilyT2 is a UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily enum value
+ UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamilyT2 = "t2"
+
+ // UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamilyT3 is a UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily enum value
+ UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamilyT3 = "t3"
+
+ // UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamilyT3a is a UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamily enum value
+ UnlimitedSupportedInstanceFamilyT3a = "t3a"
+)
+
const (
// UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInvalidInstanceIdMalformed is a UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCode enum value
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInvalidInstanceIdMalformed = "InvalidInstanceID.Malformed"
@@ -98831,6 +101945,14 @@ const (
UnsuccessfulInstanceCreditSpecificationErrorCodeInstanceCreditSpecificationNotSupported = "InstanceCreditSpecification.NotSupported"
)
+const (
+ // UsageClassTypeSpot is a UsageClassType enum value
+ UsageClassTypeSpot = "spot"
+
+ // UsageClassTypeOnDemand is a UsageClassType enum value
+ UsageClassTypeOnDemand = "on-demand"
+)
+
const (
// VirtualizationTypeHvm is a VirtualizationType enum value
VirtualizationTypeHvm = "hvm"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go
index 0469f0f01a16..b9bdbde157f4 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2/waiters.go
@@ -952,6 +952,57 @@ func (c *EC2) WaitUntilPasswordDataAvailableWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *
return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
}
+// WaitUntilSecurityGroupExists uses the Amazon EC2 API operation
+// DescribeSecurityGroups to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSecurityGroupExists(input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilSecurityGroupExistsWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilSecurityGroupExistsWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilSecurityGroupExists.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EC2) WaitUntilSecurityGroupExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilSecurityGroupExists",
+ MaxAttempts: 6,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "length(SecurityGroups[].GroupId) > `0`",
+ Expected: true,
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.ErrorWaiterMatch,
+ Expected: "InvalidGroupNotFound",
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeSecurityGroupsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
// WaitUntilSnapshotCompleted uses the Amazon EC2 API operation
// DescribeSnapshots to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go
index 384737bcf2ae..c0bb650b5f3d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs/api.go
@@ -5782,9 +5782,8 @@ type ContainerDefinition struct {
// AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-optimized_AMI.html)
// in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
//
- // This parameter is available for tasks using the Fargate launch type in the
- // Ohio (us-east-2) region only and the task or service requires platform version
- // 1.3.0 or later.
+ // For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the task or service requires platform
+ // version 1.3.0 or later.
DependsOn []*ContainerDependency `locationName:"dependsOn" type:"list"`
// When this parameter is true, networking is disabled within the container.
@@ -6150,15 +6149,14 @@ type ContainerDefinition struct {
// AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/ecs-optimized_AMI.html)
// in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
//
- // This parameter is available for tasks using the Fargate launch type in the
- // Ohio (us-east-2) region only and the task or service requires platform version
- // 1.3.0 or later.
+ // For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the task or service requires platform
+ // version 1.3.0 or later.
StartTimeout *int64 `locationName:"startTimeout" type:"integer"`
// Time duration (in seconds) to wait before the container is forcefully killed
- // if it doesn't exit normally on its own. For tasks using the Fargate launch
- // type, the max stopTimeout value is 2 minutes. This parameter is available
- // for tasks using the Fargate launch type in the Ohio (us-east-2) region only
+ // if it doesn't exit normally on its own.
+ //
+ // For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the max stopTimeout value is 2 minutes
// and the task or service requires platform version 1.3.0 or later.
//
// For tasks using the EC2 launch type, the stop timeout value for the container
@@ -9412,6 +9410,9 @@ type Failure struct {
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the failed resource.
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+ // The details of the failure.
+ Detail *string `locationName:"detail" type:"string"`
+
// The reason for the failure.
Reason *string `locationName:"reason" type:"string"`
}
@@ -9432,6 +9433,12 @@ func (s *Failure) SetArn(v string) *Failure {
return s
}
+// SetDetail sets the Detail field's value.
+func (s *Failure) SetDetail(v string) *Failure {
+ s.Detail = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetReason sets the Reason field's value.
func (s *Failure) SetReason(v string) *Failure {
s.Reason = &v
@@ -10062,10 +10069,10 @@ type ListAccountSettingsInput struct {
// The resource name you want to list the account settings for.
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" enum:"SettingName"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListAccountSettings
- // request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that
- // parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that
- // returned the nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListAccountSettings request indicating
+ // that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls
+ // will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of
+ // results to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10185,10 +10192,10 @@ type ListAttributesInput struct {
// results and a nextToken value if applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListAttributes request
- // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
- // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
- // nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListAttributes request indicating that
+ // more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will
+ // be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results
+ // to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10306,10 +10313,10 @@ type ListClustersInput struct {
// and a nextToken value if applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListClusters request
- // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
- // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
- // nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListClusters request indicating that
+ // more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will
+ // be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results
+ // to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10398,10 +10405,10 @@ type ListContainerInstancesInput struct {
// applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListContainerInstances
- // request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that
- // parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that
- // returned the nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListContainerInstances request indicating
+ // that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls
+ // will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of
+ // results to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10511,10 +10518,10 @@ type ListServicesInput struct {
// and a nextToken value if applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListServices request
- // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
- // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
- // nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListServices request indicating that
+ // more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will
+ // be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results
+ // to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10681,10 +10688,10 @@ type ListTaskDefinitionFamiliesInput struct {
// if applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListTaskDefinitionFamilies
- // request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that
- // parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that
- // returned the nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListTaskDefinitionFamilies request indicating
+ // that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls
+ // will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of
+ // results to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10787,10 +10794,10 @@ type ListTaskDefinitionsInput struct {
// returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListTaskDefinitions
- // request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that
- // parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that
- // returned the nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListTaskDefinitions request indicating
+ // that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls
+ // will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of
+ // results to be fewer than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -10929,10 +10936,10 @@ type ListTasksInput struct {
// value if applicable.
MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`
- // The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated ListTasks request
- // where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter.
- // Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the
- // nextToken value.
+ // The nextToken value returned from a ListTasks request indicating that more
+ // results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will be needed.
+ // If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results to be fewer
+ // than maxResults.
//
// This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to
// retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.
@@ -11137,20 +11144,16 @@ type LogConfiguration struct {
// parameter are log drivers that the Amazon ECS container agent can communicate
// with by default.
//
- // For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the supported log drivers are awslogs,
- // splunk, and awsfirelens.
+ // For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the supported log drivers are awslogs
+ // and splunk.
//
// For tasks using the EC2 launch type, the supported log drivers are awslogs,
- // fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries, syslog, splunk, and awsfirelens.
+ // fluentd, gelf, json-file, journald, logentries, syslog, and splunk.
//
// For more information about using the awslogs log driver, see Using the awslogs
// Log Driver (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using_awslogs.html)
// in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
//
- // For more information about using the awsfirelens log driver, see Custom Log
- // Routing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonECS/latest/developerguide/using_firelens.html)
- // in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
- //
// If you have a custom driver that is not listed above that you would like
// to work with the Amazon ECS container agent, you can fork the Amazon ECS
// container agent project that is available on GitHub (https://github.com/aws/amazon-ecs-agent)
@@ -12873,6 +12876,9 @@ type RunTaskInput struct {
// a task.
PropagateTags *string `locationName:"propagateTags" type:"string" enum:"PropagateTags"`
+ // The reference ID to use for the task.
+ ReferenceId *string `locationName:"referenceId" type:"string"`
+
// An optional tag specified when a task is started. For example, if you automatically
// trigger a task to run a batch process job, you could apply a unique identifier
// for that job to your task with the startedBy parameter. You can then identify
@@ -13028,6 +13034,12 @@ func (s *RunTaskInput) SetPropagateTags(v string) *RunTaskInput {
return s
}
+// SetReferenceId sets the ReferenceId field's value.
+func (s *RunTaskInput) SetReferenceId(v string) *RunTaskInput {
+ s.ReferenceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStartedBy sets the StartedBy field's value.
func (s *RunTaskInput) SetStartedBy(v string) *RunTaskInput {
s.StartedBy = &v
@@ -13719,6 +13731,9 @@ type StartTaskInput struct {
// to the task. If no value is specified, the tags are not propagated.
PropagateTags *string `locationName:"propagateTags" type:"string" enum:"PropagateTags"`
+ // The reference ID to use for the task.
+ ReferenceId *string `locationName:"referenceId" type:"string"`
+
// An optional tag specified when a task is started. For example, if you automatically
// trigger a task to run a batch process job, you could apply a unique identifier
// for that job to your task with the startedBy parameter. You can then identify
@@ -13853,6 +13868,12 @@ func (s *StartTaskInput) SetPropagateTags(v string) *StartTaskInput {
return s
}
+// SetReferenceId sets the ReferenceId field's value.
+func (s *StartTaskInput) SetReferenceId(v string) *StartTaskInput {
+ s.ReferenceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStartedBy sets the StartedBy field's value.
func (s *StartTaskInput) SetStartedBy(v string) *StartTaskInput {
s.StartedBy = &v
@@ -14549,6 +14570,12 @@ type Task struct {
// awsvpc network mode.
Attachments []*Attachment `locationName:"attachments" type:"list"`
+ // The attributes of the task
+ Attributes []*Attribute `locationName:"attributes" type:"list"`
+
+ // The availability zone of the task.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+
// The ARN of the cluster that hosts the task.
ClusterArn *string `locationName:"clusterArn" type:"string"`
@@ -14759,6 +14786,18 @@ func (s *Task) SetAttachments(v []*Attachment) *Task {
return s
}
+// SetAttributes sets the Attributes field's value.
+func (s *Task) SetAttributes(v []*Attribute) *Task {
+ s.Attributes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *Task) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *Task {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetClusterArn sets the ClusterArn field's value.
func (s *Task) SetClusterArn(v string) *Task {
s.ClusterArn = &v
@@ -14985,6 +15024,9 @@ type TaskDefinition struct {
// ECS gives sequential revision numbers to each task definition that you add.
Family *string `locationName:"family" type:"string"`
+ // The Elastic Inference accelerator associated with the task.
+ InferenceAccelerators []*InferenceAccelerator `locationName:"inferenceAccelerators" type:"list"`
+
// The IPC resource namespace to use for the containers in the task. The valid
// values are host, task, or none. If host is specified, then all containers
// within the tasks that specified the host IPC mode on the same container instance
@@ -15197,6 +15239,12 @@ func (s *TaskDefinition) SetFamily(v string) *TaskDefinition {
return s
}
+// SetInferenceAccelerators sets the InferenceAccelerators field's value.
+func (s *TaskDefinition) SetInferenceAccelerators(v []*InferenceAccelerator) *TaskDefinition {
+ s.InferenceAccelerators = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetIpcMode sets the IpcMode field's value.
func (s *TaskDefinition) SetIpcMode(v string) *TaskDefinition {
s.IpcMode = &v
@@ -15323,6 +15371,9 @@ type TaskOverride struct {
// One or more container overrides sent to a task.
ContainerOverrides []*ContainerOverride `locationName:"containerOverrides" type:"list"`
+ // The cpu override for the task.
+ Cpu *string `locationName:"cpu" type:"string"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that the Amazon
// ECS container agent and the Docker daemon can assume.
ExecutionRoleArn *string `locationName:"executionRoleArn" type:"string"`
@@ -15330,6 +15381,9 @@ type TaskOverride struct {
// The Elastic Inference accelerator override for the task.
InferenceAcceleratorOverrides []*InferenceAcceleratorOverride `locationName:"inferenceAcceleratorOverrides" type:"list"`
+ // The memory override for the task.
+ Memory *string `locationName:"memory" type:"string"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that containers in this task
// can assume. All containers in this task are granted the permissions that
// are specified in this role.
@@ -15372,6 +15426,12 @@ func (s *TaskOverride) SetContainerOverrides(v []*ContainerOverride) *TaskOverri
return s
}
+// SetCpu sets the Cpu field's value.
+func (s *TaskOverride) SetCpu(v string) *TaskOverride {
+ s.Cpu = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetExecutionRoleArn sets the ExecutionRoleArn field's value.
func (s *TaskOverride) SetExecutionRoleArn(v string) *TaskOverride {
s.ExecutionRoleArn = &v
@@ -15384,6 +15444,12 @@ func (s *TaskOverride) SetInferenceAcceleratorOverrides(v []*InferenceAccelerato
return s
}
+// SetMemory sets the Memory field's value.
+func (s *TaskOverride) SetMemory(v string) *TaskOverride {
+ s.Memory = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTaskRoleArn sets the TaskRoleArn field's value.
func (s *TaskOverride) SetTaskRoleArn(v string) *TaskOverride {
s.TaskRoleArn = &v
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go
index 10febdf4a228..2e2c18c04bd5 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2/api.go
@@ -3370,11 +3370,12 @@ func (c *ELBV2) SetSubnetsRequest(input *SetSubnetsInput) (req *request.Request,
// SetSubnets API operation for Elastic Load Balancing.
//
-// Enables the Availability Zone for the specified public subnets for the specified
-// Application Load Balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled
-// subnets.
+// Enables the Availability Zones for the specified public subnets for the specified
+// load balancer. The specified subnets replace the previously enabled subnets.
//
-// You can't change the subnets for a Network Load Balancer.
+// When you specify subnets for a Network Load Balancer, you must include all
+// subnets that were enabled previously, with their existing configurations,
+// plus any additional subnets.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -4031,7 +4032,8 @@ type AvailabilityZone struct {
// [Network Load Balancers] If you need static IP addresses for your load balancer,
// you can specify one Elastic IP address per Availability Zone when you create
- // the load balancer.
+ // an internal-facing load balancer. For internal load balancers, you can specify
+ // a private IP address from the IPv4 range of the subnet.
LoadBalancerAddresses []*LoadBalancerAddress `type:"list"`
// The ID of the subnet. You can specify one subnet per Availability Zone.
@@ -4341,7 +4343,9 @@ type CreateLoadBalancerInput struct {
//
// [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability
// Zones. You can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet if you need static
- // IP addresses for your load balancer.
+ // IP addresses for your internet-facing load balancer. For internal load balancers,
+ // you can specify one private IP address per subnet from the IPv4 range of
+ // the subnet.
SubnetMappings []*SubnetMapping `type:"list"`
// The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
@@ -6546,11 +6550,15 @@ func (s *LoadBalancer) SetVpcId(v string) *LoadBalancer {
type LoadBalancerAddress struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address.
+ // [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address for
+ // an internal-facing load balancer.
AllocationId *string `type:"string"`
// The static IP address.
IpAddress *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // [Network Load Balancers] The private IPv4 address for an internal load balancer.
+ PrivateIPv4Address *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6575,6 +6583,12 @@ func (s *LoadBalancerAddress) SetIpAddress(v string) *LoadBalancerAddress {
return s
}
+// SetPrivateIPv4Address sets the PrivateIPv4Address field's value.
+func (s *LoadBalancerAddress) SetPrivateIPv4Address(v string) *LoadBalancerAddress {
+ s.PrivateIPv4Address = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Information about a load balancer attribute.
type LoadBalancerAttribute struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -8208,11 +8222,17 @@ type SetSubnetsInput struct {
// LoadBalancerArn is a required field
LoadBalancerArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two
- // Availability Zones. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone.
- // You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
+ // The IDs of the public subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability
+ // Zone. You must specify either subnets or subnet mappings.
//
- // You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets.
+ // [Application Load Balancers] You must specify subnets from at least two Availability
+ // Zones. You cannot specify Elastic IP addresses for your subnets.
+ //
+ // [Network Load Balancers] You can specify subnets from one or more Availability
+ // Zones. If you need static IP addresses for your internet-facing load balancer,
+ // you can specify one Elastic IP address per subnet. For internal load balancers,
+ // you can specify one private IP address per subnet from the IPv4 range of
+ // the subnet.
SubnetMappings []*SubnetMapping `type:"list"`
// The IDs of the public subnets. You must specify subnets from at least two
@@ -8365,9 +8385,13 @@ func (s *SslPolicy) SetSslProtocols(v []*string) *SslPolicy {
type SubnetMapping struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address.
+ // [Network Load Balancers] The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address for
+ // an internet-facing load balancer.
AllocationId *string `type:"string"`
+ // [Network Load Balancers] The private IPv4 address for an internal load balancer.
+ PrivateIPv4Address *string `type:"string"`
+
// The ID of the subnet.
SubnetId *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -8388,6 +8412,12 @@ func (s *SubnetMapping) SetAllocationId(v string) *SubnetMapping {
return s
}
+// SetPrivateIPv4Address sets the PrivateIPv4Address field's value.
+func (s *SubnetMapping) SetPrivateIPv4Address(v string) *SubnetMapping {
+ s.PrivateIPv4Address = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSubnetId sets the SubnetId field's value.
func (s *SubnetMapping) SetSubnetId(v string) *SubnetMapping {
s.SubnetId = &v
@@ -8742,6 +8772,10 @@ type TargetGroupAttribute struct {
// The following attributes are supported by Application Load Balancers if the
// target is not a Lambda function:
//
+ // * load_balancing.algorithm.type - The load balancing algorithm determines
+ // how the load balancer selects targets when routing requests. The value
+ // is round_robin or least_outstanding_requests. The default is round_robin.
+ //
// * slow_start.duration_seconds - The time period, in seconds, during which
// a newly registered target receives a linearly increasing share of the
// traffic to the target group. After this time period ends, the target receives
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go
index 0cdbb18587a0..a63628523b21 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr/api.go
@@ -2054,6 +2054,90 @@ func (c *EMR) ListStepsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListStepsInput,
return p.Err()
}
+const opModifyCluster = "ModifyCluster"
+
+// ModifyClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ModifyCluster operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ModifyCluster for more information on using the ModifyCluster
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ModifyClusterRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ModifyClusterRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticmapreduce-2009-03-31/ModifyCluster
+func (c *EMR) ModifyClusterRequest(input *ModifyClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyClusterOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opModifyCluster,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ModifyClusterInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ModifyClusterOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ModifyCluster API operation for Amazon Elastic MapReduce.
+//
+// Modifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently for the cluster
+// specified using ClusterID.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Elastic MapReduce's
+// API operation ModifyCluster for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError"
+// Indicates that an error occurred while processing the request and that the
+// request was not completed.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// This exception occurs when there is something wrong with user input.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/elasticmapreduce-2009-03-31/ModifyCluster
+func (c *EMR) ModifyCluster(input *ModifyClusterInput) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ModifyClusterRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ModifyClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyCluster with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ModifyCluster for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *EMR) ModifyClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyClusterOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ModifyClusterRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opModifyInstanceFleet = "ModifyInstanceFleet"
// ModifyInstanceFleetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -3790,11 +3874,19 @@ type CancelStepsInput struct {
// The ClusterID for which specified steps will be canceled. Use RunJobFlow
// and ListClusters to get ClusterIDs.
- ClusterId *string `type:"string"`
+ //
+ // ClusterId is a required field
+ ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The option to choose for cancelling RUNNING steps. By default, the value
+ // is SEND_INTERRUPT.
+ StepCancellationOption *string `type:"string" enum:"StepCancellationOption"`
// The list of StepIDs to cancel. Use ListSteps to get steps and their states
// for the specified cluster.
- StepIds []*string `type:"list"`
+ //
+ // StepIds is a required field
+ StepIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3807,12 +3899,34 @@ func (s CancelStepsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CancelStepsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelStepsInput"}
+ if s.ClusterId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterId"))
+ }
+ if s.StepIds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StepIds"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetClusterId sets the ClusterId field's value.
func (s *CancelStepsInput) SetClusterId(v string) *CancelStepsInput {
s.ClusterId = &v
return s
}
+// SetStepCancellationOption sets the StepCancellationOption field's value.
+func (s *CancelStepsInput) SetStepCancellationOption(v string) *CancelStepsInput {
+ s.StepCancellationOption = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStepIds sets the StepIds field's value.
func (s *CancelStepsInput) SetStepIds(v []*string) *CancelStepsInput {
s.StepIds = v
@@ -4050,6 +4164,9 @@ type Cluster struct {
// the actual billing rate.
NormalizedInstanceHours *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost where the cluster is launched.
+ OutpostArn *string `type:"string"`
+
// The Amazon EMR release label, which determines the version of open-source
// application packages installed on the cluster. Release labels are in the
// form emr-x.x.x, where x.x.x is an Amazon EMR release version such as emr-5.14.0.
@@ -4095,6 +4212,9 @@ type Cluster struct {
// The current status details about the cluster.
Status *ClusterStatus `type:"structure"`
+ // Specifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently.
+ StepConcurrencyLevel *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
// A list of tags associated with a cluster.
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
@@ -4214,6 +4334,12 @@ func (s *Cluster) SetNormalizedInstanceHours(v int64) *Cluster {
return s
}
+// SetOutpostArn sets the OutpostArn field's value.
+func (s *Cluster) SetOutpostArn(v string) *Cluster {
+ s.OutpostArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetReleaseLabel sets the ReleaseLabel field's value.
func (s *Cluster) SetReleaseLabel(v string) *Cluster {
s.ReleaseLabel = &v
@@ -4262,6 +4388,12 @@ func (s *Cluster) SetStatus(v *ClusterStatus) *Cluster {
return s
}
+// SetStepConcurrencyLevel sets the StepConcurrencyLevel field's value.
+func (s *Cluster) SetStepConcurrencyLevel(v int64) *Cluster {
+ s.StepConcurrencyLevel = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *Cluster) SetTags(v []*Tag) *Cluster {
s.Tags = v
@@ -4377,6 +4509,9 @@ type ClusterSummary struct {
// the actual billing rate.
NormalizedInstanceHours *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost where the cluster is launched.
+ OutpostArn *string `type:"string"`
+
// The details about the current status of the cluster.
Status *ClusterStatus `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -4415,6 +4550,12 @@ func (s *ClusterSummary) SetNormalizedInstanceHours(v int64) *ClusterSummary {
return s
}
+// SetOutpostArn sets the OutpostArn field's value.
+func (s *ClusterSummary) SetOutpostArn(v string) *ClusterSummary {
+ s.OutpostArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ClusterSummary) SetStatus(v *ClusterStatus) *ClusterSummary {
s.Status = v
@@ -8655,6 +8796,77 @@ func (s *MetricDimension) SetValue(v string) *MetricDimension {
return s
}
+type ModifyClusterInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The unique identifier of the cluster.
+ //
+ // ClusterId is a required field
+ ClusterId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The number of steps that can be executed concurrently. You can specify a
+ // maximum of 256 steps.
+ StepConcurrencyLevel *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyClusterInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyClusterInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ModifyClusterInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyClusterInput"}
+ if s.ClusterId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetClusterId sets the ClusterId field's value.
+func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetClusterId(v string) *ModifyClusterInput {
+ s.ClusterId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStepConcurrencyLevel sets the StepConcurrencyLevel field's value.
+func (s *ModifyClusterInput) SetStepConcurrencyLevel(v int64) *ModifyClusterInput {
+ s.StepConcurrencyLevel = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ModifyClusterOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of steps that can be executed concurrently.
+ StepConcurrencyLevel *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyClusterOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyClusterOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetStepConcurrencyLevel sets the StepConcurrencyLevel field's value.
+func (s *ModifyClusterOutput) SetStepConcurrencyLevel(v int64) *ModifyClusterOutput {
+ s.StepConcurrencyLevel = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ModifyInstanceFleetInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -9349,6 +9561,10 @@ type RunJobFlowInput struct {
// resources on your behalf.
ServiceRole *string `type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently. The default
+ // value is 1. The maximum value is 256.
+ StepConcurrencyLevel *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
// A list of steps to run.
Steps []*StepConfig `type:"list"`
@@ -9545,6 +9761,12 @@ func (s *RunJobFlowInput) SetServiceRole(v string) *RunJobFlowInput {
return s
}
+// SetStepConcurrencyLevel sets the StepConcurrencyLevel field's value.
+func (s *RunJobFlowInput) SetStepConcurrencyLevel(v int64) *RunJobFlowInput {
+ s.StepConcurrencyLevel = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSteps sets the Steps field's value.
func (s *RunJobFlowInput) SetSteps(v []*StepConfig) *RunJobFlowInput {
s.Steps = v
@@ -11245,6 +11467,14 @@ const (
StatisticMaximum = "MAXIMUM"
)
+const (
+ // StepCancellationOptionSendInterrupt is a StepCancellationOption enum value
+ StepCancellationOptionSendInterrupt = "SEND_INTERRUPT"
+
+ // StepCancellationOptionTerminateProcess is a StepCancellationOption enum value
+ StepCancellationOptionTerminateProcess = "TERMINATE_PROCESS"
+)
+
const (
// StepExecutionStatePending is a StepExecutionState enum value
StepExecutionStatePending = "PENDING"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go
index e5afc32e61a8..93c9f7507207 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/api.go
@@ -63,9 +63,14 @@ func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput)
//
// This is an asynchronous operation that immediately returns. The initial status
// of the delivery stream is CREATING. After the delivery stream is created,
-// its status is ACTIVE and it now accepts data. Attempts to send data to a
-// delivery stream that is not in the ACTIVE state cause an exception. To check
-// the state of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream.
+// its status is ACTIVE and it now accepts data. If the delivery stream creation
+// fails, the status transitions to CREATING_FAILED. Attempts to send data to
+// a delivery stream that is not in the ACTIVE state cause an exception. To
+// check the state of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream.
+//
+// If the status of a delivery stream is CREATING_FAILED, this status doesn't
+// change, and you can't invoke CreateDeliveryStream again on it. However, you
+// can invoke the DeleteDeliveryStream operation to delete it.
//
// A Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream can be configured to receive records
// directly from providers using PutRecord or PutRecordBatch, or it can be configured
@@ -74,6 +79,11 @@ func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput)
// and provide the Kinesis stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and role ARN in
// the KinesisStreamSourceConfiguration parameter.
//
+// To create a delivery stream with server-side encryption (SSE) enabled, include
+// DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput in your request. This is optional.
+// You can also invoke StartDeliveryStreamEncryption to turn on SSE for an existing
+// delivery stream that doesn't have SSE enabled.
+//
// A delivery stream is configured with a single destination: Amazon S3, Amazon
// ES, Amazon Redshift, or Splunk. You must specify only one of the following
// destination configuration parameters: ExtendedS3DestinationConfiguration,
@@ -129,6 +139,12 @@ func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput)
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
// The resource is already in use and not available for this operation.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKMSResourceException "InvalidKMSResourceException"
+// Kinesis Data Firehose throws this exception when an attempt to put records
+// or to start or stop delivery stream encryption fails. This happens when the
+// KMS service throws one of the following exception types: AccessDeniedException,
+// InvalidStateException, DisabledException, or NotFoundException.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/firehose-2015-08-04/CreateDeliveryStream
func (c *Firehose) CreateDeliveryStream(input *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) (*CreateDeliveryStreamOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateDeliveryStreamRequest(input)
@@ -198,16 +214,16 @@ func (c *Firehose) DeleteDeliveryStreamRequest(input *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput)
//
// Deletes a delivery stream and its data.
//
-// You can delete a delivery stream only if it is in ACTIVE or DELETING state,
-// and not in the CREATING state. While the deletion request is in process,
-// the delivery stream is in the DELETING state.
-//
-// To check the state of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream.
+// To check the state of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream. You
+// can delete a delivery stream only if it is in one of the following states:
+// ACTIVE, DELETING, CREATING_FAILED, or DELETING_FAILED. You can't delete a
+// delivery stream that is in the CREATING state. While the deletion request
+// is in process, the delivery stream is in the DELETING state.
//
-// While the delivery stream is DELETING state, the service might continue to
-// accept the records, but it doesn't make any guarantees with respect to delivering
-// the data. Therefore, as a best practice, you should first stop any applications
-// that are sending records before deleting a delivery stream.
+// While the delivery stream is in the DELETING state, the service might continue
+// to accept records, but it doesn't make any guarantees with respect to delivering
+// the data. Therefore, as a best practice, first stop any applications that
+// are sending records before you delete a delivery stream.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -289,10 +305,16 @@ func (c *Firehose) DescribeDeliveryStreamRequest(input *DescribeDeliveryStreamIn
// DescribeDeliveryStream API operation for Amazon Kinesis Firehose.
//
-// Describes the specified delivery stream and gets the status. For example,
-// after your delivery stream is created, call DescribeDeliveryStream to see
-// whether the delivery stream is ACTIVE and therefore ready for data to be
-// sent to it.
+// Describes the specified delivery stream and its status. For example, after
+// your delivery stream is created, call DescribeDeliveryStream to see whether
+// the delivery stream is ACTIVE and therefore ready for data to be sent to
+// it.
+//
+// If the status of a delivery stream is CREATING_FAILED, this status doesn't
+// change, and you can't invoke CreateDeliveryStream again on it. However, you
+// can invoke the DeleteDeliveryStream operation to delete it. If the status
+// is DELETING_FAILED, you can force deletion by invoking DeleteDeliveryStream
+// again but with DeleteDeliveryStreamInput$AllowForceDelete set to true.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -591,6 +613,12 @@ func (c *Firehose) PutRecordRequest(input *PutRecordInput) (req *request.Request
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
// The specified input parameter has a value that is not valid.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKMSResourceException "InvalidKMSResourceException"
+// Kinesis Data Firehose throws this exception when an attempt to put records
+// or to start or stop delivery stream encryption fails. This happens when the
+// KMS service throws one of the following exception types: AccessDeniedException,
+// InvalidStateException, DisabledException, or NotFoundException.
+//
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
// The service is unavailable. Back off and retry the operation. If you continue
// to see the exception, throughput limits for the delivery stream may have
@@ -741,6 +769,12 @@ func (c *Firehose) PutRecordBatchRequest(input *PutRecordBatchInput) (req *reque
// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
// The specified input parameter has a value that is not valid.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKMSResourceException "InvalidKMSResourceException"
+// Kinesis Data Firehose throws this exception when an attempt to put records
+// or to start or stop delivery stream encryption fails. This happens when the
+// KMS service throws one of the following exception types: AccessDeniedException,
+// InvalidStateException, DisabledException, or NotFoundException.
+//
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
// The service is unavailable. Back off and retry the operation. If you continue
// to see the exception, throughput limits for the delivery stream may have
@@ -817,15 +851,32 @@ func (c *Firehose) StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionRequest(input *StartDeliveryStre
// Enables server-side encryption (SSE) for the delivery stream.
//
// This operation is asynchronous. It returns immediately. When you invoke it,
-// Kinesis Data Firehose first sets the status of the stream to ENABLING, and
-// then to ENABLED. You can continue to read and write data to your stream while
-// its status is ENABLING, but the data is not encrypted. It can take up to
-// 5 seconds after the encryption status changes to ENABLED before all records
-// written to the delivery stream are encrypted. To find out whether a record
-// or a batch of records was encrypted, check the response elements PutRecordOutput$Encrypted
-// and PutRecordBatchOutput$Encrypted, respectively.
-//
-// To check the encryption state of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream.
+// Kinesis Data Firehose first sets the encryption status of the stream to ENABLING,
+// and then to ENABLED. The encryption status of a delivery stream is the Status
+// property in DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration. If the operation fails,
+// the encryption status changes to ENABLING_FAILED. You can continue to read
+// and write data to your delivery stream while the encryption status is ENABLING,
+// but the data is not encrypted. It can take up to 5 seconds after the encryption
+// status changes to ENABLED before all records written to the delivery stream
+// are encrypted. To find out whether a record or a batch of records was encrypted,
+// check the response elements PutRecordOutput$Encrypted and PutRecordBatchOutput$Encrypted,
+// respectively.
+//
+// To check the encryption status of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream.
+//
+// Even if encryption is currently enabled for a delivery stream, you can still
+// invoke this operation on it to change the ARN of the CMK or both its type
+// and ARN. In this case, Kinesis Data Firehose schedules the grant it had on
+// the old CMK for retirement and creates a grant that enables it to use the
+// new CMK to encrypt and decrypt data and to manage the grant.
+//
+// If a delivery stream already has encryption enabled and then you invoke this
+// operation to change the ARN of the CMK or both its type and ARN and you get
+// ENABLING_FAILED, this only means that the attempt to change the CMK failed.
+// In this case, encryption remains enabled with the old CMK.
+//
+// If the encryption status of your delivery stream is ENABLING_FAILED, you
+// can invoke this operation again.
//
// You can only enable SSE for a delivery stream that uses DirectPut as its
// source.
@@ -856,6 +907,12 @@ func (c *Firehose) StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionRequest(input *StartDeliveryStre
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
// You have already reached the limit for a requested resource.
//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKMSResourceException "InvalidKMSResourceException"
+// Kinesis Data Firehose throws this exception when an attempt to put records
+// or to start or stop delivery stream encryption fails. This happens when the
+// KMS service throws one of the following exception types: AccessDeniedException,
+// InvalidStateException, DisabledException, or NotFoundException.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/firehose-2015-08-04/StartDeliveryStreamEncryption
func (c *Firehose) StartDeliveryStreamEncryption(input *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput) (*StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionRequest(input)
@@ -926,8 +983,8 @@ func (c *Firehose) StopDeliveryStreamEncryptionRequest(input *StopDeliveryStream
// Disables server-side encryption (SSE) for the delivery stream.
//
// This operation is asynchronous. It returns immediately. When you invoke it,
-// Kinesis Data Firehose first sets the status of the stream to DISABLING, and
-// then to DISABLED. You can continue to read and write data to your stream
+// Kinesis Data Firehose first sets the encryption status of the stream to DISABLING,
+// and then to DISABLED. You can continue to read and write data to your stream
// while its status is DISABLING. It can take up to 5 seconds after the encryption
// status changes to DISABLED before all records written to the delivery stream
// are no longer subject to encryption. To find out whether a record or a batch
@@ -936,6 +993,11 @@ func (c *Firehose) StopDeliveryStreamEncryptionRequest(input *StopDeliveryStream
//
// To check the encryption state of a delivery stream, use DescribeDeliveryStream.
//
+// If SSE is enabled using a customer managed CMK and then you invoke StopDeliveryStreamEncryption,
+// Kinesis Data Firehose schedules the related KMS grant for retirement and
+// then retires it after it ensures that it is finished delivering records to
+// the destination.
+//
// The StartDeliveryStreamEncryption and StopDeliveryStreamEncryption operations
// have a combined limit of 25 calls per delivery stream per 24 hours. For example,
// you reach the limit if you call StartDeliveryStreamEncryption 13 times and
@@ -1487,6 +1549,10 @@ func (s *CopyCommand) SetDataTableName(v string) *CopyCommand {
type CreateDeliveryStreamInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key needed
+ // for Server-Side Encryption (SSE).
+ DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput `type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the delivery stream. This name must be unique per AWS account
// in the same AWS Region. If the delivery streams are in different accounts
// or different Regions, you can have multiple delivery streams with the same
@@ -1558,6 +1624,11 @@ func (s *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) Validate() error {
if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
}
+ if s.DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput != nil {
+ if err := s.DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -1605,6 +1676,12 @@ func (s *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetDeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput sets the DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput field's value.
+func (s *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) SetDeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput(v *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) *CreateDeliveryStreamInput {
+ s.DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDeliveryStreamName sets the DeliveryStreamName field's value.
func (s *CreateDeliveryStreamInput) SetDeliveryStreamName(v string) *CreateDeliveryStreamInput {
s.DeliveryStreamName = &v
@@ -1759,6 +1836,18 @@ func (s *DataFormatConversionConfiguration) SetSchemaConfiguration(v *SchemaConf
type DeleteDeliveryStreamInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Set this to true if you want to delete the delivery stream even if Kinesis
+ // Data Firehose is unable to retire the grant for the CMK. Kinesis Data Firehose
+ // might be unable to retire the grant due to a customer error, such as when
+ // the CMK or the grant are in an invalid state. If you force deletion, you
+ // can then use the RevokeGrant (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_RevokeGrant.html)
+ // operation to revoke the grant you gave to Kinesis Data Firehose. If a failure
+ // to retire the grant happens due to an AWS KMS issue, Kinesis Data Firehose
+ // keeps retrying the delete operation.
+ //
+ // The default value is false.
+ AllowForceDelete *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
// The name of the delivery stream.
//
// DeliveryStreamName is a required field
@@ -1791,6 +1880,12 @@ func (s *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetAllowForceDelete sets the AllowForceDelete field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput) SetAllowForceDelete(v bool) *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput {
+ s.AllowForceDelete = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDeliveryStreamName sets the DeliveryStreamName field's value.
func (s *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput) SetDeliveryStreamName(v string) *DeleteDeliveryStreamInput {
s.DeliveryStreamName = &v
@@ -1832,7 +1927,10 @@ type DeliveryStreamDescription struct {
// DeliveryStreamName is a required field
DeliveryStreamName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The status of the delivery stream.
+ // The status of the delivery stream. If the status of a delivery stream is
+ // CREATING_FAILED, this status doesn't change, and you can't invoke CreateDeliveryStream
+ // again on it. However, you can invoke the DeleteDeliveryStream operation to
+ // delete it.
//
// DeliveryStreamStatus is a required field
DeliveryStreamStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DeliveryStreamStatus"`
@@ -1852,6 +1950,11 @@ type DeliveryStreamDescription struct {
// Destinations is a required field
Destinations []*DestinationDescription `type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // Provides details in case one of the following operations fails due to an
+ // error related to KMS: CreateDeliveryStream, DeleteDeliveryStream, StartDeliveryStreamEncryption,
+ // StopDeliveryStreamEncryption.
+ FailureDescription *FailureDescription `type:"structure"`
+
// Indicates whether there are more destinations available to list.
//
// HasMoreDestinations is a required field
@@ -1925,6 +2028,12 @@ func (s *DeliveryStreamDescription) SetDestinations(v []*DestinationDescription)
return s
}
+// SetFailureDescription sets the FailureDescription field's value.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamDescription) SetFailureDescription(v *FailureDescription) *DeliveryStreamDescription {
+ s.FailureDescription = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetHasMoreDestinations sets the HasMoreDestinations field's value.
func (s *DeliveryStreamDescription) SetHasMoreDestinations(v bool) *DeliveryStreamDescription {
s.HasMoreDestinations = &v
@@ -1949,12 +2058,32 @@ func (s *DeliveryStreamDescription) SetVersionId(v string) *DeliveryStreamDescri
return s
}
-// Indicates the server-side encryption (SSE) status for the delivery stream.
+// Contains information about the server-side encryption (SSE) status for the
+// delivery stream, the type customer master key (CMK) in use, if any, and the
+// ARN of the CMK. You can get DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration by invoking
+// the DescribeDeliveryStream operation.
type DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Provides details in case one of the following operations fails due to an
+ // error related to KMS: CreateDeliveryStream, DeleteDeliveryStream, StartDeliveryStreamEncryption,
+ // StopDeliveryStreamEncryption.
+ FailureDescription *FailureDescription `type:"structure"`
+
+ // If KeyType is CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CMK, this field contains the ARN of the customer
+ // managed CMK. If KeyType is AWS_OWNED_CMK, DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration
+ // doesn't contain a value for KeyARN.
+ KeyARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Indicates the type of customer master key (CMK) that is used for encryption.
+ // The default setting is AWS_OWNED_CMK. For more information about CMKs, see
+ // Customer Master Keys (CMKs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#master_keys).
+ KeyType *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyType"`
+
+ // This is the server-side encryption (SSE) status for the delivery stream.
// For a full description of the different values of this status, see StartDeliveryStreamEncryption
- // and StopDeliveryStreamEncryption.
+ // and StopDeliveryStreamEncryption. If this status is ENABLING_FAILED or DISABLING_FAILED,
+ // it is the status of the most recent attempt to enable or disable SSE, respectively.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatus"`
}
@@ -1968,12 +2097,96 @@ func (s DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetFailureDescription sets the FailureDescription field's value.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration) SetFailureDescription(v *FailureDescription) *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration {
+ s.FailureDescription = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyARN sets the KeyARN field's value.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration) SetKeyARN(v string) *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration {
+ s.KeyARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyType sets the KeyType field's value.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration) SetKeyType(v string) *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration {
+ s.KeyType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfiguration {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
+// Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK needed
+// for Server-Side Encryption (SSE).
+type DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // If you set KeyType to CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CMK, you must specify the Amazon Resource
+ // Name (ARN) of the CMK. If you set KeyType to AWS_OWNED_CMK, Kinesis Data
+ // Firehose uses a service-account CMK.
+ KeyARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Indicates the type of customer master key (CMK) to use for encryption. The
+ // default setting is AWS_OWNED_CMK. For more information about CMKs, see Customer
+ // Master Keys (CMKs) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#master_keys).
+ // When you invoke CreateDeliveryStream or StartDeliveryStreamEncryption with
+ // KeyType set to CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CMK, Kinesis Data Firehose invokes the Amazon
+ // KMS operation CreateGrant (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_CreateGrant.html)
+ // to create a grant that allows the Kinesis Data Firehose service to use the
+ // customer managed CMK to perform encryption and decryption. Kinesis Data Firehose
+ // manages that grant.
+ //
+ // When you invoke StartDeliveryStreamEncryption to change the CMK for a delivery
+ // stream that is already encrypted with a customer managed CMK, Kinesis Data
+ // Firehose schedules the grant it had on the old CMK for retirement.
+ //
+ // KeyType is a required field
+ KeyType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"KeyType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.KeyARN != nil && len(*s.KeyARN) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyARN", 1))
+ }
+ if s.KeyType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyType"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetKeyARN sets the KeyARN field's value.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) SetKeyARN(v string) *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput {
+ s.KeyARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyType sets the KeyType field's value.
+func (s *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) SetKeyType(v string) *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput {
+ s.KeyType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeDeliveryStreamInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3320,6 +3533,45 @@ func (s *ExtendedS3DestinationUpdate) SetS3BackupUpdate(v *S3DestinationUpdate)
return s
}
+// Provides details in case one of the following operations fails due to an
+// error related to KMS: CreateDeliveryStream, DeleteDeliveryStream, StartDeliveryStreamEncryption,
+// StopDeliveryStreamEncryption.
+type FailureDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A message providing details about the error that caused the failure.
+ //
+ // Details is a required field
+ Details *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The type of error that caused the failure.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DeliveryStreamFailureType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FailureDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FailureDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
+func (s *FailureDescription) SetDetails(v string) *FailureDescription {
+ s.Details = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *FailureDescription) SetType(v string) *FailureDescription {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// The native Hive / HCatalog JsonSerDe. Used by Kinesis Data Firehose for deserializing
// data, which means converting it from the JSON format in preparation for serializing
// it to the Parquet or ORC format. This is one of two deserializers you can
@@ -4006,7 +4258,7 @@ type ParquetSerDe struct {
// The compression code to use over data blocks. The possible values are UNCOMPRESSED,
// SNAPPY, and GZIP, with the default being SNAPPY. Use SNAPPY for higher decompression
- // speed. Use GZIP if the compression ration is more important than speed.
+ // speed. Use GZIP if the compression ratio is more important than speed.
Compression *string `type:"string" enum:"ParquetCompression"`
// Indicates whether to enable dictionary compression.
@@ -5996,6 +6248,10 @@ func (s *SplunkRetryOptions) SetDurationInSeconds(v int64) *SplunkRetryOptions {
type StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key needed
+ // for Server-Side Encryption (SSE).
+ DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput `type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the delivery stream for which you want to enable server-side
// encryption (SSE).
//
@@ -6022,6 +6278,11 @@ func (s *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
if s.DeliveryStreamName != nil && len(*s.DeliveryStreamName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DeliveryStreamName", 1))
}
+ if s.DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput != nil {
+ if err := s.DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6029,6 +6290,12 @@ func (s *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetDeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput sets the DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput field's value.
+func (s *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput) SetDeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput(v *DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput) *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput {
+ s.DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDeliveryStreamName sets the DeliveryStreamName field's value.
func (s *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput) SetDeliveryStreamName(v string) *StartDeliveryStreamEncryptionInput {
s.DeliveryStreamName = &v
@@ -6501,20 +6768,58 @@ const (
// DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusEnabling is a DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatus enum value
DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusEnabling = "ENABLING"
+ // DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusEnablingFailed is a DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatus enum value
+ DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusEnablingFailed = "ENABLING_FAILED"
+
// DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusDisabled is a DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatus enum value
DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusDisabled = "DISABLED"
// DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusDisabling is a DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatus enum value
DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusDisabling = "DISABLING"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusDisablingFailed is a DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatus enum value
+ DeliveryStreamEncryptionStatusDisablingFailed = "DISABLING_FAILED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeRetireKmsGrantFailed is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeRetireKmsGrantFailed = "RETIRE_KMS_GRANT_FAILED"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeCreateKmsGrantFailed is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeCreateKmsGrantFailed = "CREATE_KMS_GRANT_FAILED"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeKmsAccessDenied is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeKmsAccessDenied = "KMS_ACCESS_DENIED"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeDisabledKmsKey is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeDisabledKmsKey = "DISABLED_KMS_KEY"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeInvalidKmsKey is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeInvalidKmsKey = "INVALID_KMS_KEY"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeKmsKeyNotFound is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeKmsKeyNotFound = "KMS_KEY_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeKmsOptInRequired is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeKmsOptInRequired = "KMS_OPT_IN_REQUIRED"
+
+ // DeliveryStreamFailureTypeUnknownError is a DeliveryStreamFailureType enum value
+ DeliveryStreamFailureTypeUnknownError = "UNKNOWN_ERROR"
)
const (
// DeliveryStreamStatusCreating is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value
DeliveryStreamStatusCreating = "CREATING"
+ // DeliveryStreamStatusCreatingFailed is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value
+ DeliveryStreamStatusCreatingFailed = "CREATING_FAILED"
+
// DeliveryStreamStatusDeleting is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value
DeliveryStreamStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
+ // DeliveryStreamStatusDeletingFailed is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value
+ DeliveryStreamStatusDeletingFailed = "DELETING_FAILED"
+
// DeliveryStreamStatusActive is a DeliveryStreamStatus enum value
DeliveryStreamStatusActive = "ACTIVE"
)
@@ -6560,6 +6865,14 @@ const (
HECEndpointTypeEvent = "Event"
)
+const (
+ // KeyTypeAwsOwnedCmk is a KeyType enum value
+ KeyTypeAwsOwnedCmk = "AWS_OWNED_CMK"
+
+ // KeyTypeCustomerManagedCmk is a KeyType enum value
+ KeyTypeCustomerManagedCmk = "CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CMK"
+)
+
const (
// NoEncryptionConfigNoEncryption is a NoEncryptionConfig enum value
NoEncryptionConfigNoEncryption = "NoEncryption"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/errors.go
index 762ed0eb3909..e7d134f64e9b 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose/errors.go
@@ -17,6 +17,15 @@ const (
// The specified input parameter has a value that is not valid.
ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException = "InvalidArgumentException"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidKMSResourceException for service response error code
+ // "InvalidKMSResourceException".
+ //
+ // Kinesis Data Firehose throws this exception when an attempt to put records
+ // or to start or stop delivery stream encryption fails. This happens when the
+ // KMS service throws one of the following exception types: AccessDeniedException,
+ // InvalidStateException, DisabledException, or NotFoundException.
+ ErrCodeInvalidKMSResourceException = "InvalidKMSResourceException"
+
// ErrCodeLimitExceededException for service response error code
// "LimitExceededException".
//
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/api.go
index 1321d9b9ab39..d35e335105b4 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/api.go
@@ -62,8 +62,6 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetRequest(input *CreateDatasetInput) (req *
// This includes the following:
//
// * DataFrequency - How frequently your historical time-series data is collected.
-// Amazon Forecast uses this information when training the model and generating
-// a forecast.
//
// * Domain and DatasetType - Each dataset has an associated dataset domain
// and a type within the domain. Amazon Forecast provides a list of predefined
@@ -71,15 +69,18 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetRequest(input *CreateDatasetInput) (req *
// type within the domain, Amazon Forecast requires your data to include
// a minimum set of predefined fields.
//
-// * Schema - A schema specifies the fields of the dataset, including the
+// * Schema - A schema specifies the fields in the dataset, including the
// field name and data type.
//
-// After creating a dataset, you import your training data into the dataset
-// and add the dataset to a dataset group. You then use the dataset group to
-// create a predictor. For more information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
+// After creating a dataset, you import your training data into it and add the
+// dataset to a dataset group. You use the dataset group to create a predictor.
+// For more information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
//
// To get a list of all your datasets, use the ListDatasets operation.
//
+// For example Forecast datasets, see the Amazon Forecast Sample GitHub repository
+// (https://github.com/aws-samples/amazon-forecast-samples/tree/master/data).
+//
// The Status of a dataset must be ACTIVE before you can import training data.
// Use the DescribeDataset operation to get the status.
//
@@ -96,11 +97,10 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetRequest(input *CreateDatasetInput) (req *
// that exceeds the valid range.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
-// There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
-// with a different ARN.
+// There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+// The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/forecast-2018-06-26/CreateDataset
func (c *ForecastService) CreateDataset(input *CreateDatasetInput) (*CreateDatasetOutput, error) {
@@ -168,18 +168,18 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetGroupRequest(input *CreateDatasetGroupInp
// CreateDatasetGroup API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
-// Creates an Amazon Forecast dataset group, which holds a collection of related
-// datasets. You can add datasets to the dataset group when you create the dataset
-// group, or you can add datasets later with the UpdateDatasetGroup operation.
+// Creates a dataset group, which holds a collection of related datasets. You
+// can add datasets to the dataset group when you create the dataset group,
+// or later by using the UpdateDatasetGroup operation.
//
// After creating a dataset group and adding datasets, you use the dataset group
// when you create a predictor. For more information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
//
// To get a list of all your datasets groups, use the ListDatasetGroups operation.
//
-// The Status of a dataset group must be ACTIVE before you can create a predictor
-// using the dataset group. Use the DescribeDatasetGroup operation to get the
-// status.
+// The Status of a dataset group must be ACTIVE before you can create use the
+// dataset group to create a predictor. To get the status, use the DescribeDatasetGroup
+// operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -194,8 +194,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetGroupRequest(input *CreateDatasetGroupInp
// that exceeds the valid range.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
-// There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
-// with a different ARN.
+// There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// We can't find a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Check the
@@ -205,7 +204,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetGroupRequest(input *CreateDatasetGroupInp
// The specified resource is in use.
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+// The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/forecast-2018-06-26/CreateDatasetGroup
func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetGroup(input *CreateDatasetGroupInput) (*CreateDatasetGroupOutput, error) {
@@ -282,24 +281,14 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetImportJobRequest(input *CreateDatasetImpo
// Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the data.
// For more information, see aws-forecast-iam-roles.
//
-// Two properties of the training data are optionally specified:
-//
-// * The delimiter that separates the data fields. The default delimiter
-// is a comma (,), which is the only supported delimiter in this release.
+// The training data must be in CSV format. The delimiter must be a comma (,).
//
-// * The format of timestamps. If the format is not specified, Amazon Forecast
-// expects the format to be "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss".
+// You can specify the path to a specific CSV file, the S3 bucket, or to a folder
+// in the S3 bucket. For the latter two cases, Amazon Forecast imports all files
+// up to the limit of 10,000 files.
//
-// When Amazon Forecast uploads your training data, it verifies that the data
-// was collected at the DataFrequency specified when the target dataset was
-// created. For more information, see CreateDataset and howitworks-datasets-groups.
-// Amazon Forecast also verifies the delimiter and timestamp format.
-//
-// You can use the ListDatasetImportJobs operation to get a list of all your
-// dataset import jobs, filtered by specified criteria.
-//
-// To get a list of all your dataset import jobs, filtered by the specified
-// criteria, use the ListDatasetGroups operation.
+// To get a list of all your dataset import jobs, filtered by specified criteria,
+// use the ListDatasetImportJobs operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -314,8 +303,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetImportJobRequest(input *CreateDatasetImpo
// that exceeds the valid range.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
-// There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
-// with a different ARN.
+// There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// We can't find a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Check the
@@ -325,7 +313,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetImportJobRequest(input *CreateDatasetImpo
// The specified resource is in use.
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+// The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/forecast-2018-06-26/CreateDatasetImportJob
func (c *ForecastService) CreateDatasetImportJob(input *CreateDatasetImportJobInput) (*CreateDatasetImportJobOutput, error) {
@@ -396,17 +384,17 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastRequest(input *CreateForecastInput) (req
// Creates a forecast for each item in the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset that was
// used to train the predictor. This is known as inference. To retrieve the
// forecast for a single item at low latency, use the operation. To export the
-// complete forecast into your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), use
-// the CreateForecastExportJob operation.
+// complete forecast into your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket,
+// use the CreateForecastExportJob operation.
//
-// The range of the forecast is determined by the ForecastHorizon, specified
-// in the CreatePredictor request, multiplied by the DataFrequency, specified
-// in the CreateDataset request. When you query a forecast, you can request
-// a specific date range within the complete forecast.
+// The range of the forecast is determined by the ForecastHorizon value, which
+// you specify in the CreatePredictor request, multiplied by the DataFrequency
+// value, which you specify in the CreateDataset request. When you query a forecast,
+// you can request a specific date range within the forecast.
//
// To get a list of all your forecasts, use the ListForecasts operation.
//
-// The forecasts generated by Amazon Forecast are in the same timezone as the
+// The forecasts generated by Amazon Forecast are in the same time zone as the
// dataset that was used to create the predictor.
//
// For more information, see howitworks-forecast.
@@ -427,8 +415,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastRequest(input *CreateForecastInput) (req
// that exceeds the valid range.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
-// There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
-// with a different ARN.
+// There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// We can't find a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Check the
@@ -438,7 +425,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastRequest(input *CreateForecastInput) (req
// The specified resource is in use.
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+// The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/forecast-2018-06-26/CreateForecast
func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecast(input *CreateForecastInput) (*CreateForecastOutput, error) {
@@ -507,7 +494,12 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastExportJobRequest(input *CreateForecastEx
// CreateForecastExportJob API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Exports a forecast created by the CreateForecast operation to your Amazon
-// Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket.
+// Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket. The forecast file name will match
+// the following conventions:
+//
+// __
+//
+// where the component is in Java SimpleDateFormat (yyyy-MM-ddTHH-mm-ssZ).
//
// You must specify a DataDestination object that includes an AWS Identity and
// Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the
@@ -519,8 +511,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastExportJobRequest(input *CreateForecastEx
// operation.
//
// The Status of the forecast export job must be ACTIVE before you can access
-// the forecast in your Amazon S3 bucket. Use the DescribeForecastExportJob
-// operation to get the status.
+// the forecast in your Amazon S3 bucket. To get the status, use the DescribeForecastExportJob
+// operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -535,8 +527,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastExportJobRequest(input *CreateForecastEx
// that exceeds the valid range.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
-// There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
-// with a different ARN.
+// There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// We can't find a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Check the
@@ -546,7 +537,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastExportJobRequest(input *CreateForecastEx
// The specified resource is in use.
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+// The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/forecast-2018-06-26/CreateForecastExportJob
func (c *ForecastService) CreateForecastExportJob(input *CreateForecastExportJobInput) (*CreateForecastExportJobOutput, error) {
@@ -629,14 +620,19 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreatePredictorRequest(input *CreatePredictorInput) (r
// review the evaluation metrics before deciding to use the predictor to generate
// a forecast.
//
-// Optionally, you can specify a featurization configuration to fill and aggragate
+// Optionally, you can specify a featurization configuration to fill and aggregate
// the data fields in the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset to improve model training.
// For more information, see FeaturizationConfig.
//
+// For RELATED_TIME_SERIES datasets, CreatePredictor verifies that the DataFrequency
+// specified when the dataset was created matches the ForecastFrequency. TARGET_TIME_SERIES
+// datasets don't have this restriction. Amazon Forecast also verifies the delimiter
+// and timestamp format. For more information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
+//
// AutoML
//
-// If you set PerformAutoML to true, Amazon Forecast evaluates each algorithm
-// and chooses the one that minimizes the objective function. The objective
+// If you want Amazon Forecast to evaluate each algorithm and choose the one
+// that minimizes the objective function, set PerformAutoML to true. The objective
// function is defined as the mean of the weighted p10, p50, and p90 quantile
// losses. For more information, see EvaluationResult.
//
@@ -650,11 +646,11 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreatePredictorRequest(input *CreatePredictorInput) (r
//
// * TrainingParameters
//
-// To get a list of all your predictors, use the ListPredictors operation.
+// To get a list of all of your predictors, use the ListPredictors operation.
//
-// The Status of the predictor must be ACTIVE, signifying that training has
-// completed, before you can use the predictor to create a forecast. Use the
-// DescribePredictor operation to get the status.
+// Before you can use the predictor to create a forecast, the Status of the
+// predictor must be ACTIVE, signifying that training has completed. To get
+// the status, use the DescribePredictor operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -669,8 +665,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreatePredictorRequest(input *CreatePredictorInput) (r
// that exceeds the valid range.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
-// There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
-// with a different ARN.
+// There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// We can't find a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Check the
@@ -680,7 +675,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) CreatePredictorRequest(input *CreatePredictorInput) (r
// The specified resource is in use.
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+// The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/forecast-2018-06-26/CreatePredictor
func (c *ForecastService) CreatePredictor(input *CreatePredictorInput) (*CreatePredictorOutput, error) {
@@ -749,9 +744,9 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DeleteDatasetRequest(input *DeleteDatasetInput) (req *
// DeleteDataset API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
-// Deletes an Amazon Forecast dataset created using the CreateDataset operation.
-// To be deleted, the dataset must have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED.
-// Use the DescribeDataset operation to get the status.
+// Deletes an Amazon Forecast dataset that was created using the CreateDataset
+// operation. You can only delete datasets that have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED.
+// To get the status use the DescribeDataset operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -839,11 +834,11 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DeleteDatasetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDatasetGroupInp
// DeleteDatasetGroup API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
-// Deletes a dataset group created using the CreateDatasetGroup operation. To
-// be deleted, the dataset group must have a status of ACTIVE, CREATE_FAILED,
-// or UPDATE_FAILED. Use the DescribeDatasetGroup operation to get the status.
+// Deletes a dataset group created using the CreateDatasetGroup operation. You
+// can only delete dataset groups that have a status of ACTIVE, CREATE_FAILED,
+// or UPDATE_FAILED. To get the status, use the DescribeDatasetGroup operation.
//
-// The operation deletes only the dataset group, not the datasets in the group.
+// This operation deletes only the dataset group, not the datasets in the group.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -932,8 +927,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DeleteDatasetImportJobRequest(input *DeleteDatasetImpo
// DeleteDatasetImportJob API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Deletes a dataset import job created using the CreateDatasetImportJob operation.
-// To be deleted, the import job must have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED.
-// Use the DescribeDatasetImportJob operation to get the status.
+// You can delete only dataset import jobs that have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED.
+// To get the status, use the DescribeDatasetImportJob operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1021,11 +1016,12 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DeleteForecastRequest(input *DeleteForecastInput) (req
// DeleteForecast API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
-// Deletes a forecast created using the CreateForecast operation. To be deleted,
-// the forecast must have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED. Use the DescribeForecast
-// operation to get the status.
+// Deletes a forecast created using the CreateForecast operation. You can delete
+// only forecasts that have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED. To get the
+// status, use the DescribeForecast operation.
//
-// You can't delete a forecast while it is being exported.
+// You can't delete a forecast while it is being exported. After a forecast
+// is deleted, you can no longer query the forecast.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1114,8 +1110,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DeleteForecastExportJobRequest(input *DeleteForecastEx
// DeleteForecastExportJob API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Deletes a forecast export job created using the CreateForecastExportJob operation.
-// To be deleted, the export job must have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED.
-// Use the DescribeForecastExportJob operation to get the status.
+// You can delete only export jobs that have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED.
+// To get the status, use the DescribeForecastExportJob operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1203,11 +1199,9 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DeletePredictorRequest(input *DeletePredictorInput) (r
// DeletePredictor API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
-// Deletes a predictor created using the CreatePredictor operation. To be deleted,
-// the predictor must have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED. Use the DescribePredictor
-// operation to get the status.
-//
-// Any forecasts generated by the predictor will no longer be available.
+// Deletes a predictor created using the CreatePredictor operation. You can
+// delete only predictor that have a status of ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED. To get
+// the status, use the DescribePredictor operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1296,8 +1290,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DescribeDatasetRequest(input *DescribeDatasetInput) (r
//
// Describes an Amazon Forecast dataset created using the CreateDataset operation.
//
-// In addition to listing the properties provided by the user in the CreateDataset
-// request, this operation includes the following properties:
+// In addition to listing the parameters specified in the CreateDataset request,
+// this operation includes the following dataset properties:
//
// * CreationTime
//
@@ -1389,7 +1383,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DescribeDatasetGroupRequest(input *DescribeDatasetGrou
//
// Describes a dataset group created using the CreateDatasetGroup operation.
//
-// In addition to listing the properties provided by the user in the CreateDatasetGroup
+// In addition to listing the parameters provided in the CreateDatasetGroup
// request, this operation includes the following properties:
//
// * DatasetArns - The datasets belonging to the group.
@@ -1484,7 +1478,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DescribeDatasetImportJobRequest(input *DescribeDataset
//
// Describes a dataset import job created using the CreateDatasetImportJob operation.
//
-// In addition to listing the properties provided by the user in the CreateDatasetImportJob
+// In addition to listing the parameters provided in the CreateDatasetImportJob
// request, this operation includes the following properties:
//
// * CreationTime
@@ -1583,8 +1577,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DescribeForecastRequest(input *DescribeForecastInput)
//
// Describes a forecast created using the CreateForecast operation.
//
-// In addition to listing the properties provided by the user in the CreateForecast
-// request, this operation includes the following properties:
+// In addition to listing the properties provided in the CreateForecast request,
+// this operation lists the following properties:
//
// * DatasetGroupArn - The dataset group that provided the training data.
//
@@ -1682,7 +1676,7 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DescribeForecastExportJobRequest(input *DescribeForeca
// operation.
//
// In addition to listing the properties provided by the user in the CreateForecastExportJob
-// request, this operation includes the following properties:
+// request, this operation lists the following properties:
//
// * CreationTime
//
@@ -1776,13 +1770,14 @@ func (c *ForecastService) DescribePredictorRequest(input *DescribePredictorInput
//
// Describes a predictor created using the CreatePredictor operation.
//
-// In addition to listing the properties provided by the user in the CreatePredictor
-// request, this operation includes the following properties:
+// In addition to listing the properties provided in the CreatePredictor request,
+// this operation lists the following properties:
//
// * DatasetImportJobArns - The dataset import jobs used to import training
// data.
//
-// * AutoMLAlgorithmArns - If AutoML is performed, the algorithms evaluated.
+// * AutoMLAlgorithmArns - If AutoML is performed, the algorithms that were
+// evaluated.
//
// * CreationTime
//
@@ -1876,17 +1871,23 @@ func (c *ForecastService) GetAccuracyMetricsRequest(input *GetAccuracyMetricsInp
//
// Provides metrics on the accuracy of the models that were trained by the CreatePredictor
// operation. Use metrics to see how well the model performed and to decide
-// whether to use the predictor to generate a forecast.
+// whether to use the predictor to generate a forecast. For more information,
+// see metrics.
//
-// Metrics are generated for each backtest window evaluated. For more information,
-// see EvaluationParameters.
+// This operation generates metrics for each backtest window that was evaluated.
+// The number of backtest windows (NumberOfBacktestWindows) is specified using
+// the EvaluationParameters object, which is optionally included in the CreatePredictor
+// request. If NumberOfBacktestWindows isn't specified, the number defaults
+// to one.
//
// The parameters of the filling method determine which items contribute to
-// the metrics. If zero is specified, all items contribute. If nan is specified,
-// only those items that have complete data in the range being evaluated contribute.
-// For more information, see FeaturizationMethod.
+// the metrics. If you want all items to contribute, specify zero. If you want
+// only those items that have complete data in the range being evaluated to
+// contribute, specify nan. For more information, see FeaturizationMethod.
//
-// For an example of how to train a model and review metrics, see getting-started.
+// Before you can get accuracy metrics, the Status of the predictor must be
+// ACTIVE, signifying that training has completed. To get the status, use the
+// DescribePredictor operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1980,9 +1981,10 @@ func (c *ForecastService) ListDatasetGroupsRequest(input *ListDatasetGroupsInput
// ListDatasetGroups API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Returns a list of dataset groups created using the CreateDatasetGroup operation.
-// For each dataset group, a summary of its properties, including its Amazon
-// Resource Name (ARN), is returned. You can retrieve the complete set of properties
-// by using the ARN with the DescribeDatasetGroup operation.
+// For each dataset group, this operation returns a summary of its properties,
+// including its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). You can retrieve the complete set
+// of properties by using the dataset group ARN with the DescribeDatasetGroup
+// operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2120,8 +2122,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) ListDatasetImportJobsRequest(input *ListDatasetImportJ
// ListDatasetImportJobs API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Returns a list of dataset import jobs created using the CreateDatasetImportJob
-// operation. For each import job, a summary of its properties, including its
-// Amazon Resource Name (ARN), is returned. You can retrieve the complete set
+// operation. For each import job, this operation returns a summary of its properties,
+// including its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). You can retrieve the complete set
// of properties by using the ARN with the DescribeDatasetImportJob operation.
// You can filter the list by providing an array of Filter objects.
//
@@ -2266,8 +2268,8 @@ func (c *ForecastService) ListDatasetsRequest(input *ListDatasetsInput) (req *re
//
// Returns a list of datasets created using the CreateDataset operation. For
// each dataset, a summary of its properties, including its Amazon Resource
-// Name (ARN), is returned. You can retrieve the complete set of properties
-// by using the ARN with the DescribeDataset operation.
+// Name (ARN), is returned. To retrieve the complete set of properties, use
+// the ARN with the DescribeDataset operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2405,10 +2407,10 @@ func (c *ForecastService) ListForecastExportJobsRequest(input *ListForecastExpor
// ListForecastExportJobs API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Returns a list of forecast export jobs created using the CreateForecastExportJob
-// operation. For each forecast export job, a summary of its properties, including
-// its Amazon Resource Name (ARN), is returned. You can retrieve the complete
-// set of properties by using the ARN with the DescribeForecastExportJob operation.
-// The list can be filtered using an array of Filter objects.
+// operation. For each forecast export job, this operation returns a summary
+// of its properties, including its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). To retrieve
+// the complete set of properties, use the ARN with the DescribeForecastExportJob
+// operation. You can filter the list using an array of Filter objects.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2550,9 +2552,9 @@ func (c *ForecastService) ListForecastsRequest(input *ListForecastsInput) (req *
// ListForecasts API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Returns a list of forecasts created using the CreateForecast operation. For
-// each forecast, a summary of its properties, including its Amazon Resource
-// Name (ARN), is returned. You can retrieve the complete set of properties
-// by using the ARN with the DescribeForecast operation. The list can be filtered
+// each forecast, this operation returns a summary of its properties, including
+// its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). To retrieve the complete set of properties,
+// specify the ARN with the DescribeForecast operation. You can filter the list
// using an array of Filter objects.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -2695,10 +2697,10 @@ func (c *ForecastService) ListPredictorsRequest(input *ListPredictorsInput) (req
// ListPredictors API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
// Returns a list of predictors created using the CreatePredictor operation.
-// For each predictor, a summary of its properties, including its Amazon Resource
-// Name (ARN), is returned. You can retrieve the complete set of properties
-// by using the ARN with the DescribePredictor operation. The list can be filtered
-// using an array of Filter objects.
+// For each predictor, this operation returns a summary of its properties, including
+// its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). You can retrieve the complete set of properties
+// by using the ARN with the DescribePredictor operation. You can filter the
+// list using an array of Filter objects.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2834,11 +2836,11 @@ func (c *ForecastService) UpdateDatasetGroupRequest(input *UpdateDatasetGroupInp
// UpdateDatasetGroup API operation for Amazon Forecast Service.
//
-// Replaces any existing datasets in the dataset group with the specified datasets.
+// Replaces the datasets in a dataset group with the specified datasets.
//
-// The Status of the dataset group must be ACTIVE before creating a predictor
-// using the dataset group. Use the DescribeDatasetGroup operation to get the
-// status.
+// The Status of the dataset group must be ACTIVE before you can use the dataset
+// group to create a predictor. Use the DescribeDatasetGroup operation to get
+// the status.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2962,9 +2964,7 @@ type ContinuousParameterRange struct {
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The scale that hyperparameter tuning uses to search the hyperparameter range.
- // For information about choosing a hyperparameter scale, see Hyperparameter
- // Scaling (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/dg/automatic-model-tuning-define-ranges.html#scaling-type).
- // One of the following values:
+ // Valid values:
//
// Auto
//
@@ -2980,16 +2980,19 @@ type ContinuousParameterRange struct {
// Hyperparameter tuning searches the values in the hyperparameter range by
// using a logarithmic scale.
//
- // Logarithmic scaling works only for ranges that have only values greater than
- // 0.
+ // Logarithmic scaling works only for ranges that have values greater than 0.
//
// ReverseLogarithmic
//
- // Hyperparemeter tuning searches the values in the hyperparameter range by
+ // hyperparameter tuning searches the values in the hyperparameter range by
// using a reverse logarithmic scale.
//
// Reverse logarithmic scaling works only for ranges that are entirely within
// the range 0 <= x < 1.0.
+ //
+ // For information about choosing a hyperparameter scale, see Hyperparameter
+ // Scaling (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/dg/automatic-model-tuning-define-ranges.html#scaling-type).
+ // One of the following values:
ScalingType *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalingType"`
}
@@ -3061,12 +3064,15 @@ type CreateDatasetGroupInput struct {
// DatasetGroupName is a required field
DatasetGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The domain associated with the dataset group. The Domain and DatasetType
- // that you choose determine the fields that must be present in the training
- // data that you import to the dataset. For example, if you choose the RETAIL
- // domain and TARGET_TIME_SERIES as the DatasetType, Amazon Forecast requires
- // item_id, timestamp, and demand fields to be present in your data. For more
- // information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
+ // The domain associated with the dataset group. When you add a dataset to a
+ // dataset group, this value and the value specified for the Domain parameter
+ // of the CreateDataset operation must match.
+ //
+ // The Domain and DatasetType that you choose determine the fields that must
+ // be present in training data that you import to a dataset. For example, if
+ // you choose the RETAIL domain and TARGET_TIME_SERIES as the DatasetType, Amazon
+ // Forecast requires that item_id, timestamp, and demand fields are present
+ // in your data. For more information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
//
// Domain is a required field
Domain *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Domain"`
@@ -3147,6 +3153,12 @@ type CreateDatasetImportJobInput struct {
// The location of the training data to import and an AWS Identity and Access
// Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the data.
+ // The training data must be stored in an Amazon S3 bucket.
+ //
+ // If encryption is used, DataSource must include an AWS Key Management Service
+ // (KMS) key and the IAM role must allow Amazon Forecast permission to access
+ // the key. The KMS key and IAM role must match those specified in the EncryptionConfig
+ // parameter of the CreateDataset operation.
//
// DataSource is a required field
DataSource *DataSource `type:"structure" required:"true"`
@@ -3157,20 +3169,24 @@ type CreateDatasetImportJobInput struct {
// DatasetArn is a required field
DatasetArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The name for the dataset import job. It is recommended to include the current
- // timestamp in the name to guard against getting a ResourceAlreadyExistsException
- // exception, for example, 20190721DatasetImport.
+ // The name for the dataset import job. We recommend including the current timestamp
+ // in the name, for example, 20190721DatasetImport. This can help you avoid
+ // getting a ResourceAlreadyExistsException exception.
//
// DatasetImportJobName is a required field
DatasetImportJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The format of timestamps in the dataset. Two formats are supported, dependent
- // on the DataFrequency specified when the dataset was created.
+ // The format of timestamps in the dataset. The format that you specify depends
+ // on the DataFrequency specified when the dataset was created. The following
+ // formats are supported
+ //
+ // * "yyyy-MM-dd" For the following data frequencies: Y, M, W, and D
//
- // * "yyyy-MM-dd" For data frequencies: Y, M, W, and D
+ // * "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" For the following data frequencies: H, 30min,
+ // 15min, and 1min; and optionally, for: Y, M, W, and D
//
- // * "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" For data frequencies: H, 30min, 15min, and 1min;
- // and optionally, for: Y, M, W, and D
+ // If the format isn't specified, Amazon Forecast expects the format to be "yyyy-MM-dd
+ // HH:mm:ss".
TimestampFormat *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -3261,7 +3277,8 @@ func (s *CreateDatasetImportJobOutput) SetDatasetImportJobArn(v string) *CreateD
type CreateDatasetInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The frequency of data collection.
+ // The frequency of data collection. This parameter is required for RELATED_TIME_SERIES
+ // datasets.
//
// Valid intervals are Y (Year), M (Month), W (Week), D (Day), H (Hour), 30min
// (30 minutes), 15min (15 minutes), 10min (10 minutes), 5min (5 minutes), and
@@ -3279,12 +3296,15 @@ type CreateDatasetInput struct {
// DatasetType is a required field
DatasetType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DatasetType"`
- // The domain associated with the dataset. The Domain and DatasetType that you
- // choose determine the fields that must be present in the training data that
- // you import to the dataset. For example, if you choose the RETAIL domain and
- // TARGET_TIME_SERIES as the DatasetType, Amazon Forecast requires item_id,
- // timestamp, and demand fields to be present in your data. For more information,
- // see howitworks-datasets-groups.
+ // The domain associated with the dataset. When you add a dataset to a dataset
+ // group, this value and the value specified for the Domain parameter of the
+ // CreateDatasetGroup operation must match.
+ //
+ // The Domain and DatasetType that you choose determine the fields that must
+ // be present in the training data that you import to the dataset. For example,
+ // if you choose the RETAIL domain and TARGET_TIME_SERIES as the DatasetType,
+ // Amazon Forecast requires item_id, timestamp, and demand fields to be present
+ // in your data. For more information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
//
// Domain is a required field
Domain *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Domain"`
@@ -3409,9 +3429,13 @@ func (s *CreateDatasetOutput) SetDatasetArn(v string) *CreateDatasetOutput {
type CreateForecastExportJobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The path to the Amazon S3 bucket where you want to save the forecast and
- // an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can
- // assume to access the bucket.
+ // The location where you want to save the forecast and an AWS Identity and
+ // Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the
+ // location. The forecast must be exported to an Amazon S3 bucket.
+ //
+ // If encryption is used, Destination must include an AWS Key Management Service
+ // (KMS) key. The IAM role must allow Amazon Forecast permission to access the
+ // key.
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *DataDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
@@ -3508,11 +3532,18 @@ func (s *CreateForecastExportJobOutput) SetForecastExportJobArn(v string) *Creat
type CreateForecastInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name for the forecast.
+ // A name for the forecast.
//
// ForecastName is a required field
ForecastName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The quantiles at which probabilistic forecasts are generated. You can specify
+ // up to 5 quantiles per forecast. Accepted values include 0.01 to 0.99 (increments
+ // of .01 only) and mean. The mean forecast is different from the median (0.50)
+ // when the distribution is not symmetric (e.g. Beta, Negative Binomial). The
+ // default value is ["0.1", "0.5", "0.9"].
+ ForecastTypes []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the predictor to use to generate the forecast.
//
// PredictorArn is a required field
@@ -3538,6 +3569,9 @@ func (s *CreateForecastInput) Validate() error {
if s.ForecastName != nil && len(*s.ForecastName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ForecastName", 1))
}
+ if s.ForecastTypes != nil && len(s.ForecastTypes) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ForecastTypes", 1))
+ }
if s.PredictorArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PredictorArn"))
}
@@ -3554,6 +3588,12 @@ func (s *CreateForecastInput) SetForecastName(v string) *CreateForecastInput {
return s
}
+// SetForecastTypes sets the ForecastTypes field's value.
+func (s *CreateForecastInput) SetForecastTypes(v []*string) *CreateForecastInput {
+ s.ForecastTypes = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetPredictorArn sets the PredictorArn field's value.
func (s *CreateForecastInput) SetPredictorArn(v string) *CreateForecastInput {
s.PredictorArn = &v
@@ -3589,12 +3629,12 @@ type CreatePredictorInput struct {
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the algorithm to use for model training.
// Required if PerformAutoML is not set to true.
//
- // Supported algorithms
+ // Supported algorithms:
//
// * arn:aws:forecast:::algorithm/ARIMA
//
- // * arn:aws:forecast:::algorithm/Deep_AR_Plus - supports hyperparameter
- // optimization (HPO)
+ // * arn:aws:forecast:::algorithm/Deep_AR_Plus Supports hyperparameter optimization
+ // (HPO)
//
// * arn:aws:forecast:::algorithm/ETS
//
@@ -3625,6 +3665,9 @@ type CreatePredictorInput struct {
// the DataFrequency parameter of the CreateDataset operation) and set the forecast
// horizon to 10, the model returns predictions for 10 days.
//
+ // The maximum forecast horizon is the lesser of 500 time-steps or 1/3 of the
+ // TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset length.
+ //
// ForecastHorizon is a required field
ForecastHorizon *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
@@ -3632,6 +3675,8 @@ type CreatePredictorInput struct {
// this parameter, Amazon Forecast uses default values. The individual algorithms
// specify which hyperparameters support hyperparameter optimization (HPO).
// For more information, see aws-forecast-choosing-recipes.
+ //
+ // If you included the HPOConfig object, you must set PerformHPO to true.
HPOConfig *HyperParameterTuningJobConfig `type:"structure"`
// Describes the dataset group that contains the data to use to train the predictor.
@@ -3639,27 +3684,32 @@ type CreatePredictorInput struct {
// InputDataConfig is a required field
InputDataConfig *InputDataConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // Whether to perform AutoML. The default value is false. In this case, you
- // are required to specify an algorithm.
+ // Whether to perform AutoML. When Amazon Forecast performs AutoML, it evaluates
+ // the algorithms it provides and chooses the best algorithm and configuration
+ // for your training dataset.
//
- // If you want Amazon Forecast to evaluate the algorithms it provides and choose
- // the best algorithm and configuration for your training dataset, set PerformAutoML
- // to true. This is a good option if you aren't sure which algorithm is suitable
- // for your application.
+ // The default value is false. In this case, you are required to specify an
+ // algorithm.
+ //
+ // Set PerformAutoML to true to have Amazon Forecast perform AutoML. This is
+ // a good option if you aren't sure which algorithm is suitable for your training
+ // data. In this case, PerformHPO must be false.
PerformAutoML *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Whether to perform hyperparameter optimization (HPO). HPO finds optimal hyperparameter
// values for your training data. The process of performing HPO is known as
- // a hyperparameter tuning job.
+ // running a hyperparameter tuning job.
//
// The default value is false. In this case, Amazon Forecast uses default hyperparameter
// values from the chosen algorithm.
//
- // To override the default values, set PerformHPO to true and supply the HyperParameterTuningJobConfig
- // object. The tuning job specifies an objective metric, the hyperparameters
- // to optimize, and the valid range for each hyperparameter.
+ // To override the default values, set PerformHPO to true and, optionally, supply
+ // the HyperParameterTuningJobConfig object. The tuning job specifies a metric
+ // to optimize, which hyperparameters participate in tuning, and the valid range
+ // for each tunable hyperparameter. In this case, you are required to specify
+ // an algorithm and PerformAutoML must be false.
//
- // The following algorithms support HPO:
+ // The following algorithm supports HPO:
//
// * DeepAR+
PerformHPO *bool `type:"boolean"`
@@ -3669,8 +3719,9 @@ type CreatePredictorInput struct {
// PredictorName is a required field
PredictorName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The training parameters to override for model training. The parameters that
- // you can override are listed in the individual algorithms in aws-forecast-choosing-recipes.
+ // The hyperparameters to override for model training. The hyperparameters that
+ // you can override are listed in the individual algorithms. For the list of
+ // supported algorithms, see aws-forecast-choosing-recipes.
TrainingParameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}
@@ -3818,8 +3869,10 @@ func (s *CreatePredictorOutput) SetPredictorArn(v string) *CreatePredictorOutput
return s
}
-// The destination of an exported forecast and credentials to access the location.
-// This object is submitted in the CreateForecastExportJob request.
+// The destination for an exported forecast, an AWS Identity and Access Management
+// (IAM) role that allows Amazon Forecast to access the location and, optionally,
+// an AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key. This object is submitted in the
+// CreateForecastExportJob request.
type DataDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3864,8 +3917,10 @@ func (s *DataDestination) SetS3Config(v *S3Config) *DataDestination {
return s
}
-// The source of your training data and credentials to access the data. This
-// object is submitted in the CreateDatasetImportJob request.
+// The source of your training data, an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM)
+// role that allows Amazon Forecast to access the data and, optionally, an AWS
+// Key Management Service (KMS) key. This object is submitted in the CreateDatasetImportJob
+// request.
type DataSource struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3912,11 +3967,11 @@ func (s *DataSource) SetS3Config(v *S3Config) *DataSource {
// Provides a summary of the dataset group properties used in the ListDatasetGroups
// operation. To get the complete set of properties, call the DescribeDatasetGroup
-// operation, and provide the listed DatasetGroupArn.
+// operation, and provide the DatasetGroupArn.
type DatasetGroupSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When the datase group was created.
+ // When the dataset group was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dataset group.
@@ -3927,7 +3982,7 @@ type DatasetGroupSummary struct {
// When the dataset group was created or last updated from a call to the UpdateDatasetGroup
// operation. While the dataset group is being updated, LastModificationTime
- // is the current query time.
+ // is the current time of the ListDatasetGroups call.
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
@@ -3967,14 +4022,19 @@ func (s *DatasetGroupSummary) SetLastModificationTime(v time.Time) *DatasetGroup
// Provides a summary of the dataset import job properties used in the ListDatasetImportJobs
// operation. To get the complete set of properties, call the DescribeDatasetImportJob
-// operation, and provide the listed DatasetImportJobArn.
+// operation, and provide the DatasetImportJobArn.
type DatasetImportJobSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// When the dataset import job was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The location of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the training data.
+ // The location of the training data to import and an AWS Identity and Access
+ // Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the data.
+ // The training data must be stored in an Amazon S3 bucket.
+ //
+ // If encryption is used, DataSource includes an AWS Key Management Service
+ // (KMS) key.
DataSource *DataSource `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dataset import job.
@@ -3983,13 +4043,14 @@ type DatasetImportJobSummary struct {
// The name of the dataset import job.
DatasetImportJobName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // Dependent on the status as follows:
+ // The last time that the dataset was modified. The time depends on the status
+ // of the job, as follows:
//
- // * CREATE_PENDING - same as CreationTime
+ // * CREATE_PENDING - The same time as CreationTime.
//
- // * CREATE_IN_PROGRESS - the current timestamp
+ // * CREATE_IN_PROGRESS - The current timestamp.
//
- // * ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED - when the job finished or failed
+ // * ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED - When the job finished or failed.
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// If an error occurred, an informational message about the error.
@@ -4061,7 +4122,7 @@ func (s *DatasetImportJobSummary) SetStatus(v string) *DatasetImportJobSummary {
// Provides a summary of the dataset properties used in the ListDatasets operation.
// To get the complete set of properties, call the DescribeDataset operation,
-// and provide the listed DatasetArn.
+// and provide the DatasetArn.
type DatasetSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -4080,10 +4141,10 @@ type DatasetSummary struct {
// The domain associated with the dataset.
Domain *string `type:"string" enum:"Domain"`
- // When the dataset is created, LastModificationTime is the same as CreationTime.
- // After a CreateDatasetImportJob operation is called, LastModificationTime
- // is when the import job finished or failed. While data is being imported to
- // the dataset, LastModificationTime is the current query time.
+ // When you create a dataset, LastModificationTime is the same as CreationTime.
+ // While data is being imported to the dataset, LastModificationTime is the
+ // current time of the ListDatasets call. After a CreateDatasetImportJob operation
+ // has finished, LastModificationTime is when the import job completed or failed.
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
@@ -4499,17 +4560,12 @@ type DescribeDatasetGroupOutput struct {
// The name of the dataset group.
DatasetGroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The domain associated with the dataset group. The Domain and DatasetType
- // that you choose determine the fields that must be present in the training
- // data that you import to the dataset. For example, if you choose the RETAIL
- // domain and TARGET_TIME_SERIES as the DatasetType, Amazon Forecast requires
- // item_id, timestamp, and demand fields to be present in your data. For more
- // information, see howitworks-datasets-groups.
+ // The domain associated with the dataset group.
Domain *string `type:"string" enum:"Domain"`
// When the dataset group was created or last updated from a call to the UpdateDatasetGroup
// operation. While the dataset group is being updated, LastModificationTime
- // is the current query time.
+ // is the current time of the DescribeDatasetGroup call.
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The status of the dataset group. States include:
@@ -4522,10 +4578,10 @@ type DescribeDatasetGroupOutput struct {
//
// * UPDATE_PENDING, UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS, UPDATE_FAILED
//
- // The UPDATE states apply when the UpdateDatasetGroup operation is called.
+ // The UPDATE states apply when you call the UpdateDatasetGroup operation.
//
- // The Status of the dataset group must be ACTIVE before creating a predictor
- // using the dataset group.
+ // The Status of the dataset group must be ACTIVE before you can use the dataset
+ // group to create a predictor.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -4625,12 +4681,14 @@ type DescribeDatasetImportJobOutput struct {
// When the dataset import job was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The size of the dataset in gigabytes (GB) after completion of the import
- // job.
+ // The size of the dataset in gigabytes (GB) after the import job has finished.
DataSize *float64 `type:"double"`
- // The location of the training data to import. The training data must be stored
- // in an Amazon S3 bucket.
+ // The location of the training data to import and an AWS Identity and Access
+ // Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the data.
+ //
+ // If encryption is used, DataSource includes an AWS Key Management Service
+ // (KMS) key.
DataSource *DataSource `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dataset that the training data was
@@ -4646,13 +4704,14 @@ type DescribeDatasetImportJobOutput struct {
// Statistical information about each field in the input data.
FieldStatistics map[string]*Statistics `type:"map"`
- // Dependent on the status as follows:
+ // The last time that the dataset was modified. The time depends on the status
+ // of the job, as follows:
//
- // * CREATE_PENDING - same as CreationTime
+ // * CREATE_PENDING - The same time as CreationTime.
//
- // * CREATE_IN_PROGRESS - the current timestamp
+ // * CREATE_IN_PROGRESS - The current timestamp.
//
- // * ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED - when the job finished or failed
+ // * ACTIVE or CREATE_FAILED - When the job finished or failed.
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// If an error occurred, an informational message about the error.
@@ -4669,13 +4728,14 @@ type DescribeDatasetImportJobOutput struct {
// * DELETE_PENDING, DELETE_IN_PROGRESS, DELETE_FAILED
Status *string `type:"string"`
- // The format of timestamps in the dataset. Two formats are supported dependent
- // on the DataFrequency specified when the dataset was created.
+ // The format of timestamps in the dataset. The format that you specify depends
+ // on the DataFrequency specified when the dataset was created. The following
+ // formats are supported
//
- // * "yyyy-MM-dd" For data frequencies: Y, M, W, and D
+ // * "yyyy-MM-dd" For the following data frequencies: Y, M, W, and D
//
- // * "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" For data frequencies: H, 30min, 15min, and 1min;
- // and optionally, for: Y, M, W, and D
+ // * "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" For the following data frequencies: H, 30min,
+ // 15min, and 1min; and optionally, for: Y, M, W, and D
TimestampFormat *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -4816,17 +4876,18 @@ type DescribeDatasetOutput struct {
// The dataset type.
DatasetType *string `type:"string" enum:"DatasetType"`
- // The dataset domain.
+ // The domain associated with the dataset.
Domain *string `type:"string" enum:"Domain"`
- // An AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key and the AWS Identity and Access Management
- // (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the key.
+ // The AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key and the AWS Identity and Access
+ // Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the key.
EncryptionConfig *EncryptionConfig `type:"structure"`
- // When the dataset is created, LastModificationTime is the same as CreationTime.
- // After a CreateDatasetImportJob operation is called, LastModificationTime
- // is when the import job finished or failed. While data is being imported to
- // the dataset, LastModificationTime is the current query time.
+ // When you create a dataset, LastModificationTime is the same as CreationTime.
+ // While data is being imported to the dataset, LastModificationTime is the
+ // current time of the DescribeDataset call. After a CreateDatasetImportJob
+ // operation has finished, LastModificationTime is when the import job completed
+ // or failed.
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// An array of SchemaAttribute objects that specify the dataset fields. Each
@@ -4844,9 +4905,9 @@ type DescribeDatasetOutput struct {
// * UPDATE_PENDING, UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS, UPDATE_FAILED
//
// The UPDATE states apply while data is imported to the dataset from a call
- // to the CreateDatasetImportJob operation. During this time, the status reflects
- // the status of the dataset import job. For example, when the import job status
- // is CREATE_IN_PROGRESS, the status of the dataset is UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS.
+ // to the CreateDatasetImportJob operation and reflect the status of the dataset
+ // import job. For example, when the import job status is CREATE_IN_PROGRESS,
+ // the status of the dataset is UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS.
//
// The Status of the dataset must be ACTIVE before you can import training data.
Status *string `type:"string"`
@@ -4966,7 +5027,8 @@ type DescribeForecastExportJobOutput struct {
// When the forecast export job was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The path to the AWS S3 bucket where the forecast is exported.
+ // The path to the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket where the
+ // forecast is exported.
Destination *DataDestination `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the exported forecast.
@@ -4984,7 +5046,7 @@ type DescribeForecastExportJobOutput struct {
// If an error occurred, an informational message about the error.
Message *string `type:"string"`
- // The status of the forecast export job. One of the following states:
+ // The status of the forecast export job. States include:
//
// * ACTIVE
//
@@ -4993,7 +5055,7 @@ type DescribeForecastExportJobOutput struct {
// * DELETE_PENDING, DELETE_IN_PROGRESS, DELETE_FAILED
//
// The Status of the forecast export job must be ACTIVE before you can access
- // the forecast in your Amazon S3 bucket.
+ // the forecast in your S3 bucket.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -5102,12 +5164,15 @@ type DescribeForecastOutput struct {
// The ARN of the dataset group that provided the data used to train the predictor.
DatasetGroupArn *string `type:"string"`
- // The same forecast ARN as given in the request.
+ // The forecast ARN as specified in the request.
ForecastArn *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the forecast.
ForecastName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The quantiles at which proababilistic forecasts were generated.
+ ForecastTypes []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// Initially, the same as CreationTime (status is CREATE_PENDING). Updated when
// inference (creating the forecast) starts (status changed to CREATE_IN_PROGRESS),
// and when inference is complete (status changed to ACTIVE) or fails (status
@@ -5167,6 +5232,12 @@ func (s *DescribeForecastOutput) SetForecastName(v string) *DescribeForecastOutp
return s
}
+// SetForecastTypes sets the ForecastTypes field's value.
+func (s *DescribeForecastOutput) SetForecastTypes(v []*string) *DescribeForecastOutput {
+ s.ForecastTypes = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLastModificationTime sets the LastModificationTime field's value.
func (s *DescribeForecastOutput) SetLastModificationTime(v time.Time) *DescribeForecastOutput {
s.LastModificationTime = &v
@@ -5242,7 +5313,7 @@ type DescribePredictorOutput struct {
// When the model training task was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // An array of ARNs of the dataset import jobs used to import training data
+ // An array of the ARNs of the dataset import jobs used to import training data
// for the predictor.
DatasetImportJobArns []*string `type:"list"`
@@ -5269,9 +5340,10 @@ type DescribePredictorOutput struct {
// Describes the dataset group that contains the data to use to train the predictor.
InputDataConfig *InputDataConfig `type:"structure"`
- // Initially, the same as CreationTime (status is CREATE_PENDING). Updated when
- // training starts (status changed to CREATE_IN_PROGRESS), and when training
- // is complete (status changed to ACTIVE) or fails (status changed to CREATE_FAILED).
+ // Initially, the same as CreationTime (when the status is CREATE_PENDING).
+ // This value is updated when training starts (when the status changes to CREATE_IN_PROGRESS),
+ // and when training has completed (when the status changes to ACTIVE) or fails
+ // (when the status changes to CREATE_FAILED).
LastModificationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// If an error occurred, an informational message about the error.
@@ -5280,12 +5352,17 @@ type DescribePredictorOutput struct {
// Whether the predictor is set to perform AutoML.
PerformAutoML *bool `type:"boolean"`
- // Whether the predictor is set to perform HPO.
+ // Whether the predictor is set to perform hyperparameter optimization (HPO).
PerformHPO *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The ARN of the predictor.
PredictorArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // Details on the the status and results of the backtests performed to evaluate
+ // the accuracy of the predictor. You specify the number of backtests to perform
+ // when you call the operation.
+ PredictorExecutionDetails *PredictorExecutionDetails `type:"structure"`
+
// The name of the predictor.
PredictorName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
@@ -5299,12 +5376,14 @@ type DescribePredictorOutput struct {
//
// * UPDATE_PENDING, UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS, UPDATE_FAILED
//
- // The Status of the predictor must be ACTIVE before using the predictor to
- // create a forecast.
+ // The Status of the predictor must be ACTIVE before you can use the predictor
+ // to create a forecast.
Status *string `type:"string"`
- // The training parameters to override for model training. The parameters that
- // you can override are listed in the individual algorithms in aws-forecast-choosing-recipes.
+ // The default training parameters or overrides selected during model training.
+ // If using the AutoML algorithm or if HPO is turned on while using the DeepAR+
+ // algorithms, the optimized values for the chosen hyperparameters are returned.
+ // For more information, see aws-forecast-choosing-recipes.
TrainingParameters map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}
@@ -5408,6 +5487,12 @@ func (s *DescribePredictorOutput) SetPredictorArn(v string) *DescribePredictorOu
return s
}
+// SetPredictorExecutionDetails sets the PredictorExecutionDetails field's value.
+func (s *DescribePredictorOutput) SetPredictorExecutionDetails(v *PredictorExecutionDetails) *DescribePredictorOutput {
+ s.PredictorExecutionDetails = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetPredictorName sets the PredictorName field's value.
func (s *DescribePredictorOutput) SetPredictorName(v string) *DescribePredictorOutput {
s.PredictorName = &v
@@ -5427,21 +5512,21 @@ func (s *DescribePredictorOutput) SetTrainingParameters(v map[string]*string) *D
}
// An AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key and an AWS Identity and Access Management
-// (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the key. This object
-// is optionally submitted in the CreateDataset and CreatePredictor requests.
+// (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the key. You can specify
+// this optional object in the CreateDataset and CreatePredictor requests.
type EncryptionConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Key Management Service (KMS) key.
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key.
//
// KMSKeyArn is a required field
KMSKeyArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The ARN of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon
- // Forecast can assume to access the AWS KMS key.
+ // The ARN of the IAM role that Amazon Forecast can assume to access the AWS
+ // KMS key.
//
- // Cross-account pass role is not allowed. If you pass a role that doesn't belong
- // to your account, an InvalidInputException is thrown.
+ // Passing a role across AWS accounts is not allowed. If you pass a role that
+ // isn't in your account, you get an InvalidInputException error.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -5487,27 +5572,24 @@ func (s *EncryptionConfig) SetRoleArn(v string) *EncryptionConfig {
// Parameters that define how to split a dataset into training data and testing
// data, and the number of iterations to perform. These parameters are specified
-// in the predefined algorithms and can be overridden in the CreatePredictor
+// in the predefined algorithms but you can override them in the CreatePredictor
// request.
-//
-// For example, suppose that you have a dataset with data collection frequency
-// set to every day and you have 200 days worth of data (that is, 200 data points).
-// Now suppose that you set the NumberOfBacktestWindows to 2 and the BackTestWindowOffset
-// parameter to 20. The algorithm splits the data twice. The first time, the
-// algorithm trains the model using the first 180 data points and uses the last
-// 20 data points for evaluation. The second time, the algorithm trains the
-// model using the first 160 data points and uses the last 40 data points for
-// evaluation.
type EvaluationParameters struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The point from the end of the dataset where you want to split the data for
- // model training and evaluation. The value is specified as the number of data
- // points.
+ // model training and testing (evaluation). Specify the value as the number
+ // of data points. The default is the value of the forecast horizon. BackTestWindowOffset
+ // can be used to mimic a past virtual forecast start date. This value must
+ // be greater than or equal to the forecast horizon and less than half of the
+ // TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset length.
+ //
+ // ForecastHorizon <= BackTestWindowOffset < 1/2 * TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset
+ // length
BackTestWindowOffset *int64 `type:"integer"`
- // The number of times to split the input data. The default is 1. The range
- // is 1 through 5.
+ // The number of times to split the input data. The default is 1. Valid values
+ // are 1 through 5.
NumberOfBacktestWindows *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
@@ -5590,16 +5672,16 @@ func (s *EvaluationResult) SetTestWindows(v []*WindowSummary) *EvaluationResult
type Featurization struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the schema attribute specifying the data field to be featurized.
- // In this release, only the target field of the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset
- // type is supported. For example, for the RETAIL domain, the target is demand,
- // and for the CUSTOM domain, the target is target_value.
+ // The name of the schema attribute that specifies the data field to be featurized.
+ // Only the target field of the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset type is supported.
+ // For example, for the RETAIL domain, the target is demand, and for the CUSTOM
+ // domain, the target is target_value.
//
// AttributeName is a required field
AttributeName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // An array FeaturizationMethod objects that specifies the feature transformation
- // methods. For this release, the number of methods is limited to one.
+ // An array of one FeaturizationMethod object that specifies the feature transformation
+ // method.
FeaturizationPipeline []*FeaturizationMethod `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
@@ -5661,7 +5743,7 @@ func (s *Featurization) SetFeaturizationPipeline(v []*FeaturizationMethod) *Feat
//
// You define featurization using the FeaturizationConfig object. You specify
// an array of transformations, one for each field that you want to featurize.
-// You then include the FeaturizationConfig in your CreatePredictor request.
+// You then include the FeaturizationConfig object in your CreatePredictor request.
// Amazon Forecast applies the featurization to the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset
// before model training.
//
@@ -5672,7 +5754,7 @@ type FeaturizationConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An array of featurization (transformation) information for the fields of
- // a dataset. In this release, only a single featurization is supported.
+ // a dataset. Only a single featurization is supported.
Featurizations []*Featurization `min:"1" type:"list"`
// An array of dimension (field) names that specify how to group the generated
@@ -5682,6 +5764,11 @@ type FeaturizationConfig struct {
// all of your stores, and your dataset contains a store_id field. If you want
// the sales forecast for each item by store, you would specify store_id as
// the dimension.
+ //
+ // All forecast dimensions specified in the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset don't
+ // need to be specified in the CreatePredictor request. All forecast dimensions
+ // specified in the RELATED_TIME_SERIES dataset must be specified in the CreatePredictor
+ // request.
ForecastDimensions []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
// The frequency of predictions in a forecast.
@@ -5691,6 +5778,12 @@ type FeaturizationConfig struct {
// 1min (1 minute). For example, "Y" indicates every year and "5min" indicates
// every five minutes.
//
+ // The frequency must be greater than or equal to the TARGET_TIME_SERIES dataset
+ // frequency.
+ //
+ // When a RELATED_TIME_SERIES dataset is provided, the frequency must be equal
+ // to the RELATED_TIME_SERIES dataset frequency.
+ //
// ForecastFrequency is a required field
ForecastFrequency *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
@@ -5752,12 +5845,12 @@ func (s *FeaturizationConfig) SetForecastFrequency(v string) *FeaturizationConfi
return s
}
-// Provides information about a method that featurizes (transforms) a dataset
+// Provides information about the method that featurizes (transforms) a dataset
// field. The method is part of the FeaturizationPipeline of the Featurization
-// object. If FeaturizationMethodParameters isn't specified, Amazon Forecast
+// object. If you don't specify FeaturizationMethodParameters, Amazon Forecast
// uses default parameters.
//
-// For example:
+// The following is an example of how you specify a FeaturizationMethod object.
//
// {
//
@@ -5769,15 +5862,14 @@ func (s *FeaturizationConfig) SetForecastFrequency(v string) *FeaturizationConfi
type FeaturizationMethod struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the method. In this release, "filling" is the only supported
- // method.
+ // The name of the method. The "filling" method is the only supported method.
//
// FeaturizationMethodName is a required field
FeaturizationMethodName *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FeaturizationMethodName"`
- // The method parameters (key-value pairs). Specify these to override the default
- // values. The following list shows the parameters and their valid values. Bold
- // signifies the default value.
+ // The method parameters (key-value pairs). Specify these parameters to override
+ // the default values. The following list shows the parameters and their valid
+ // values. Bold signifies the default value.
//
// * aggregation: sum, avg, first, min, max
//
@@ -5829,12 +5921,13 @@ func (s *FeaturizationMethod) SetFeaturizationMethodParameters(v map[string]*str
// Describes a filter for choosing a subset of objects. Each filter consists
// of a condition and a match statement. The condition is either IS or IS_NOT,
-// which specifies whether to include or exclude, respectively, the objects
-// that match the statement. The match statement consists of a key and a value.
+// which specifies whether to include or exclude the objects that match the
+// statement, respectively. The match statement consists of a key and a value.
type Filter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The condition to apply.
+ // The condition to apply. To include the objects that match the statement,
+ // specify IS. To exclude matching objects, specify IS_NOT.
//
// Condition is a required field
Condition *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FilterConditionString"`
@@ -5844,7 +5937,7 @@ type Filter struct {
// Key is a required field
Key *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
- // A valid value for Key.
+ // The value to match.
//
// Value is a required field
Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -5906,7 +5999,8 @@ type ForecastExportJobSummary struct {
// When the forecast export job was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The path to the S3 bucket where the forecast is stored.
+ // The path to the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket where the
+ // forecast is exported.
Destination *DataDestination `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the forecast export job.
@@ -5921,7 +6015,7 @@ type ForecastExportJobSummary struct {
// If an error occurred, an informational message about the error.
Message *string `type:"string"`
- // The status of the forecast export job. One of the following states:
+ // The status of the forecast export job. States include:
//
// * ACTIVE
//
@@ -5930,7 +6024,7 @@ type ForecastExportJobSummary struct {
// * DELETE_PENDING, DELETE_IN_PROGRESS, DELETE_FAILED
//
// The Status of the forecast export job must be ACTIVE before you can access
- // the forecast in your Amazon S3 bucket.
+ // the forecast in your S3 bucket.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -5988,7 +6082,7 @@ func (s *ForecastExportJobSummary) SetStatus(v string) *ForecastExportJobSummary
// Provides a summary of the forecast properties used in the ListForecasts operation.
// To get the complete set of properties, call the DescribeForecast operation,
-// and provide the listed ForecastArn.
+// and provide the ForecastArn that is listed in the summary.
type ForecastSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6149,19 +6243,19 @@ func (s *GetAccuracyMetricsOutput) SetPredictorEvaluationResults(v []*Evaluation
return s
}
-// Configuration information for a hyperparameter tuning job. This object is
-// specified in the CreatePredictor request.
+// Configuration information for a hyperparameter tuning job. You specify this
+// object in the CreatePredictor request.
//
-// A hyperparameter is a parameter that governs the model training process and
-// is set before training starts. This is as opposed to a model parameter that
-// is determined during training. The values of the hyperparameters have an
-// effect on the chosen model parameters.
+// A hyperparameter is a parameter that governs the model training process.
+// You set hyperparameters before training starts, unlike model parameters,
+// which are determined during training. The values of the hyperparameters effect
+// which values are chosen for the model parameters.
//
-// A hyperparameter tuning job is the process of choosing the optimum set of
-// hyperparameter values that optimize a specified metric. This is accomplished
-// by running many training jobs over a range of hyperparameter values. The
-// optimum set of values is dependent on the algorithm, the training data, and
-// the given metric objective.
+// In a hyperparameter tuning job, Amazon Forecast chooses the set of hyperparameter
+// values that optimize a specified metric. Forecast accomplishes this by running
+// many training jobs over a range of hyperparameter values. The optimum set
+// of values depends on the algorithm, the training data, and the specified
+// metric objective.
type HyperParameterTuningJobConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6201,7 +6295,7 @@ func (s *HyperParameterTuningJobConfig) SetParameterRanges(v *ParameterRanges) *
}
// The data used to train a predictor. The data includes a dataset group and
-// any supplementary features. This object is specified in the CreatePredictor
+// any supplementary features. You specify this object in the CreatePredictor
// request.
type InputDataConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -6211,8 +6305,8 @@ type InputDataConfig struct {
// DatasetGroupArn is a required field
DatasetGroupArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
- // An array of supplementary features. For this release, the only supported
- // feature is a holiday calendar.
+ // An array of supplementary features. The only supported feature is a holiday
+ // calendar.
SupplementaryFeatures []*SupplementaryFeature `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
@@ -6285,9 +6379,7 @@ type IntegerParameterRange struct {
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The scale that hyperparameter tuning uses to search the hyperparameter range.
- // For information about choosing a hyperparameter scale, see Hyperparameter
- // Scaling (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/dg/automatic-model-tuning-define-ranges.html#scaling-type).
- // One of the following values:
+ // Valid values:
//
// Auto
//
@@ -6303,8 +6395,7 @@ type IntegerParameterRange struct {
// Hyperparameter tuning searches the values in the hyperparameter range by
// using a logarithmic scale.
//
- // Logarithmic scaling works only for ranges that have only values greater than
- // 0.
+ // Logarithmic scaling works only for ranges that have values greater than 0.
//
// ReverseLogarithmic
//
@@ -6312,6 +6403,10 @@ type IntegerParameterRange struct {
//
// Reverse logarithmic scaling works only for ranges that are entirely within
// the range 0 <= x < 1.0.
+ //
+ // For information about choosing a hyperparameter scale, see Hyperparameter
+ // Scaling (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/sagemaker/latest/dg/automatic-model-tuning-define-ranges.html#scaling-type).
+ // One of the following values:
ScalingType *string `type:"string" enum:"ScalingType"`
}
@@ -6459,22 +6554,24 @@ type ListDatasetImportJobsInput struct {
// An array of filters. For each filter, you provide a condition and a match
// statement. The condition is either IS or IS_NOT, which specifies whether
- // to include or exclude, respectively, from the list, the predictors that match
- // the statement. The match statement consists of a key and a value. In this
- // release, Name is the only valid key, which filters on the DatasetImportJobName
- // property.
+ // to include or exclude the datasets that match the statement from the list,
+ // respectively. The match statement consists of a key and a value.
//
- // * Condition - IS or IS_NOT
+ // Filter properties
//
- // * Key - Name
+ // * Condition - The condition to apply. Valid values are IS and IS_NOT.
+ // To include the datasets that match the statement, specify IS. To exclude
+ // matching datasets, specify IS_NOT.
//
- // * Value - the value to match
+ // * Key - The name of the parameter to filter on. Valid values are DatasetArn
+ // and Status.
//
- // For example, to list all dataset import jobs named my_dataset_import_job,
- // you would specify:
+ // * Value - The value to match.
//
- // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "Name", "Value": "my_dataset_import_job"
- // } ]
+ // For example, to list all dataset import jobs whose status is ACTIVE, you
+ // specify the following filter:
+ //
+ // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "Status", "Value": "ACTIVE" } ]
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
// The number of items to return in the response.
@@ -6661,21 +6758,24 @@ type ListForecastExportJobsInput struct {
// An array of filters. For each filter, you provide a condition and a match
// statement. The condition is either IS or IS_NOT, which specifies whether
- // to include or exclude, respectively, from the list, the predictors that match
- // the statement. The match statement consists of a key and a value. In this
- // release, Name is the only valid key, which filters on the ForecastExportJobName
- // property.
+ // to include or exclude the forecast export jobs that match the statement from
+ // the list, respectively. The match statement consists of a key and a value.
+ //
+ // Filter properties
//
- // * Condition - IS or IS_NOT
+ // * Condition - The condition to apply. Valid values are IS and IS_NOT.
+ // To include the forecast export jobs that match the statement, specify
+ // IS. To exclude matching forecast export jobs, specify IS_NOT.
//
- // * Key - Name
+ // * Key - The name of the parameter to filter on. Valid values are ForecastArn
+ // and Status.
//
- // * Value - the value to match
+ // * Value - The value to match.
//
- // For example, to list all forecast export jobs named my_forecast_export_job,
- // you would specify:
+ // For example, to list all jobs that export a forecast named electricityforecast,
+ // specify the following filter:
//
- // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "Name", "Value": "my_forecast_export_job"
+ // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "ForecastArn", "Value": "arn:aws:forecast:us-west-2::forecast/electricityforecast"
// } ]
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
@@ -6780,20 +6880,25 @@ type ListForecastsInput struct {
// An array of filters. For each filter, you provide a condition and a match
// statement. The condition is either IS or IS_NOT, which specifies whether
- // to include or exclude, respectively, from the list, the predictors that match
- // the statement. The match statement consists of a key and a value. In this
- // release, Name is the only valid key, which filters on the ForecastName property.
+ // to include or exclude the forecasts that match the statement from the list,
+ // respectively. The match statement consists of a key and a value.
+ //
+ // Filter properties
//
- // * Condition - IS or IS_NOT
+ // * Condition - The condition to apply. Valid values are IS and IS_NOT.
+ // To include the forecasts that match the statement, specify IS. To exclude
+ // matching forecasts, specify IS_NOT.
//
- // * Key - Name
+ // * Key - The name of the parameter to filter on. Valid values are DatasetGroupArn,
+ // PredictorArn, and Status.
//
- // * Value - the value to match
+ // * Value - The value to match.
//
- // For example, to list all forecasts named my_forecast, you would specify:
+ // For example, to list all forecasts whose status is not ACTIVE, you would
+ // specify:
//
- // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "Name", "Value": "my_forecast" }
- // ]
+ // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS_NOT", "Key": "Status", "Value": "ACTIVE"
+ // } ]
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
// The number of items to return in the response.
@@ -6897,20 +7002,23 @@ type ListPredictorsInput struct {
// An array of filters. For each filter, you provide a condition and a match
// statement. The condition is either IS or IS_NOT, which specifies whether
- // to include or exclude, respectively, from the list, the predictors that match
- // the statement. The match statement consists of a key and a value. In this
- // release, Name is the only valid key, which filters on the PredictorName property.
+ // to include or exclude the predictors that match the statement from the list,
+ // respectively. The match statement consists of a key and a value.
//
- // * Condition - IS or IS_NOT
+ // Filter properties
//
- // * Key - Name
+ // * Condition - The condition to apply. Valid values are IS and IS_NOT.
+ // To include the predictors that match the statement, specify IS. To exclude
+ // matching predictors, specify IS_NOT.
//
- // * Value - the value to match
+ // * Key - The name of the parameter to filter on. Valid values are DatasetGroupArn
+ // and Status.
//
- // For example, to list all predictors named my_predictor, you would specify:
+ // * Value - The value to match.
//
- // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "Name", "Value": "my_predictor"
- // } ]
+ // For example, to list all predictors whose status is ACTIVE, you would specify:
+ //
+ // "Filters": [ { "Condition": "IS", "Key": "Status", "Value": "ACTIVE" } ]
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
// The number of items to return in the response.
@@ -7009,8 +7117,8 @@ func (s *ListPredictorsOutput) SetPredictors(v []*PredictorSummary) *ListPredict
return s
}
-// Provides metrics used to evaluate the performance of a predictor. This object
-// is part of the WindowSummary object.
+// Provides metrics that are used to evaluate the performance of a predictor.
+// This object is part of the WindowSummary object.
type Metrics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7139,7 +7247,70 @@ func (s *ParameterRanges) SetIntegerParameterRanges(v []*IntegerParameterRange)
return s
}
-// Provides a summary of the predictor properties used in the ListPredictors
+// The algorithm used to perform a backtest and the status of those tests.
+type PredictorExecution struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the algorithm used to test the predictor.
+ AlgorithmArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // An array of test windows used to evaluate the algorithm. The NumberOfBacktestWindows
+ // from the object determines the number of windows in the array.
+ TestWindows []*TestWindowSummary `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PredictorExecution) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PredictorExecution) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAlgorithmArn sets the AlgorithmArn field's value.
+func (s *PredictorExecution) SetAlgorithmArn(v string) *PredictorExecution {
+ s.AlgorithmArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTestWindows sets the TestWindows field's value.
+func (s *PredictorExecution) SetTestWindows(v []*TestWindowSummary) *PredictorExecution {
+ s.TestWindows = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Contains details on the backtests performed to evaluate the accuracy of the
+// predictor. The tests are returned in descending order of accuracy, with the
+// most accurate backtest appearing first. You specify the number of backtests
+// to perform when you call the operation.
+type PredictorExecutionDetails struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An array of the backtests performed to evaluate the accuracy of the predictor
+ // against a particular algorithm. The NumberOfBacktestWindows from the object
+ // determines the number of windows in the array.
+ PredictorExecutions []*PredictorExecution `min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PredictorExecutionDetails) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PredictorExecutionDetails) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPredictorExecutions sets the PredictorExecutions field's value.
+func (s *PredictorExecutionDetails) SetPredictorExecutions(v []*PredictorExecution) *PredictorExecutionDetails {
+ s.PredictorExecutions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Provides a summary of the predictor properties that are used in the ListPredictors
// operation. To get the complete set of properties, call the DescribePredictor
// operation, and provide the listed PredictorArn.
type PredictorSummary struct {
@@ -7176,8 +7347,8 @@ type PredictorSummary struct {
//
// * UPDATE_PENDING, UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS, UPDATE_FAILED
//
- // The Status of the predictor must be ACTIVE before using the predictor to
- // create a forecast.
+ // The Status of the predictor must be ACTIVE before you can use the predictor
+ // to create a forecast.
Status *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -7236,8 +7407,9 @@ func (s *PredictorSummary) SetStatus(v string) *PredictorSummary {
// The path to the file(s) in an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket,
// and an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon Forecast
// can assume to access the file(s). Optionally, includes an AWS Key Management
-// Service (KMS) key. This object is submitted in the CreateDatasetImportJob
-// and CreateForecastExportJob requests.
+// Service (KMS) key. This object is part of the DataSource object that is submitted
+// in the CreateDatasetImportJob request, and part of the DataDestination object
+// that is submitted in the CreateForecastExportJob request.
type S3Config struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7251,10 +7423,11 @@ type S3Config struct {
Path *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ARN of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that Amazon
- // Forecast can assume to access the Amazon S3 bucket or file(s).
+ // Forecast can assume to access the Amazon S3 bucket or files. If you provide
+ // a value for the KMSKeyArn key, the role must allow access to the key.
//
- // Cross-account pass role is not allowed. If you pass a role that doesn't belong
- // to your account, an InvalidInputException is thrown.
+ // Passing a role across AWS accounts is not allowed. If you pass a role that
+ // isn't in your account, you get an InvalidInputException error.
//
// RoleArn is a required field
RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -7304,7 +7477,7 @@ func (s *S3Config) SetRoleArn(v string) *S3Config {
return s
}
-// Defines the fields of a dataset. This object is specified in the CreateDataset
+// Defines the fields of a dataset. You specify this object in the CreateDataset
// request.
type Schema struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7349,7 +7522,7 @@ func (s *Schema) SetAttributes(v []*SchemaAttribute) *Schema {
return s
}
-// An attribute of a schema, which defines a field of a dataset. A schema attribute
+// An attribute of a schema, which defines a dataset field. A schema attribute
// is required for every field in a dataset. The Schema object contains an array
// of SchemaAttribute objects.
type SchemaAttribute struct {
@@ -7397,8 +7570,8 @@ func (s *SchemaAttribute) SetAttributeType(v string) *SchemaAttribute {
return s
}
-// Provides statistics for each data field imported to an Amazon Forecast dataset
-// with the CreateDatasetImportJob operation.
+// Provides statistics for each data field imported into to an Amazon Forecast
+// dataset with the CreateDatasetImportJob operation.
type Statistics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7488,9 +7661,10 @@ func (s *Statistics) SetStddev(v float64) *Statistics {
// Describes a supplementary feature of a dataset group. This object is part
// of the InputDataConfig object.
//
-// For this release, the only supported feature is a holiday calendar. If the
-// calendar is used, all data should belong to the same country as the calendar.
-// For the calendar data, see http://jollyday.sourceforge.net/data.html (http://jollyday.sourceforge.net/data.html).
+// The only supported feature is a holiday calendar. If you use the calendar,
+// all data in the datasets should belong to the same country as the calendar.
+// For the holiday calendar data, see the Jollyday (http://jollyday.sourceforge.net/data.html)
+// web site.
type SupplementaryFeature struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7556,11 +7730,69 @@ func (s *SupplementaryFeature) SetValue(v string) *SupplementaryFeature {
return s
}
+// The status, start time, and end time of a backtest, as well as a failure
+// reason if applicable.
+type TestWindowSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // If the test failed, the reason why it failed.
+ Message *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of the test. Possible status values are:
+ //
+ // * ACTIVE
+ //
+ // * CREATE_IN_PROGRESS
+ //
+ // * CREATE_FAILED
+ Status *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time at which the test ended.
+ TestWindowEnd *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The time at which the test began.
+ TestWindowStart *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TestWindowSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TestWindowSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *TestWindowSummary) SetMessage(v string) *TestWindowSummary {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *TestWindowSummary) SetStatus(v string) *TestWindowSummary {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTestWindowEnd sets the TestWindowEnd field's value.
+func (s *TestWindowSummary) SetTestWindowEnd(v time.Time) *TestWindowSummary {
+ s.TestWindowEnd = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTestWindowStart sets the TestWindowStart field's value.
+func (s *TestWindowSummary) SetTestWindowStart(v time.Time) *TestWindowSummary {
+ s.TestWindowStart = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateDatasetGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // An array of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the datasets to add to the dataset
- // group.
+ // An array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the datasets to add to the
+ // dataset group.
//
// DatasetArns is a required field
DatasetArns []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
@@ -7628,8 +7860,8 @@ func (s UpdateDatasetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
type WeightedQuantileLoss struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The difference between the predicted value and actual value over the quantile,
- // weighted (normalized) by dividing by the sum over all quantiles.
+ // The difference between the predicted value and the actual value over the
+ // quantile, weighted (normalized) by dividing by the sum over all quantiles.
LossValue *float64 `type:"double"`
// The quantile. Quantiles divide a probability distribution into regions of
@@ -7678,8 +7910,7 @@ type WindowSummary struct {
// The number of data points within the window.
ItemCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
- // Provides metrics used to evaluate the performance of a predictor. This object
- // is part of the WindowSummary object.
+ // Provides metrics used to evaluate the performance of a predictor.
Metrics *Metrics `type:"structure"`
// The timestamp that defines the end of the window.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/errors.go
index 19eb82f7388c..4b10351f3dd9 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/forecastservice/errors.go
@@ -20,14 +20,13 @@ const (
// ErrCodeLimitExceededException for service response error code
// "LimitExceededException".
//
- // The limit on the number of requests per second has been exceeded.
+ // The limit on the number of resources per account has been exceeded.
ErrCodeLimitExceededException = "LimitExceededException"
// ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException for service response error code
// "ResourceAlreadyExistsException".
//
- // There is already a resource with that Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Try again
- // with a different ARN.
+ // There is already a resource with this name. Try again with a different name.
ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException = "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
// ErrCodeResourceInUseException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/fsx/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/fsx/api.go
index 99bc03c8f125..38830502d15e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/fsx/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/fsx/api.go
@@ -1826,18 +1826,23 @@ type CreateFileSystemInput struct {
// The storage capacity of the file system being created.
//
- // For Windows file systems, the storage capacity has a minimum of 300 GiB,
- // and a maximum of 65,536 GiB.
+ // For Windows file systems, valid values are 32 GiB - 65,536 GiB.
//
- // For Lustre file systems, the storage capacity has a minimum of 3,600 GiB.
- // Storage capacity is provisioned in increments of 3,600 GiB.
+ // For Lustre file systems, valid values are 1,200, 2,400, 3,600, then continuing
+ // in increments of 3600 GiB.
//
// StorageCapacity is a required field
StorageCapacity *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
- // The IDs of the subnets that the file system will be accessible from. File
- // systems support only one subnet. The file server is also launched in that
- // subnet's Availability Zone.
+ // Specifies the IDs of the subnets that the file system will be accessible
+ // from. For Windows MULTI_AZ_1 file system deployment types, provide exactly
+ // two subnet IDs, one for the preferred file server and one for the standy
+ // file server. You specify one of these subnets as the preferred subnet using
+ // the WindowsConfiguration > PreferredSubnetID property.
+ //
+ // For Windows SINGLE_AZ_1 file system deployment types and Lustre file systems,
+ // provide exactly one subnet ID. The file server is launched in that subnet's
+ // Availability Zone.
//
// SubnetIds is a required field
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
@@ -2114,6 +2119,27 @@ type CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration struct {
// UTC time zone.
DailyAutomaticBackupStartTime *string `min:"5" type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the file system deployment type, valid values are the following:
+ //
+ // * MULTI_AZ_1 - Deploys a high availability file system that is configured
+ // for Multi-AZ redundancy to tolerate temporary Availability Zone (AZ) unavailability.
+ // You can only deploy a Multi-AZ file system in AWS Regions that have a
+ // minimum of three Availability Zones.
+ //
+ // * SINGLE_AZ_1 - (Default) Choose to deploy a file system that is configured
+ // for single AZ redundancy.
+ //
+ // To learn more about high availability Multi-AZ file systems, see High Availability
+ // for Amazon FSx for Windows File Server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/high-availability-multiAZ.html).
+ DeploymentType *string `type:"string" enum:"WindowsDeploymentType"`
+
+ // Required when DeploymentType is set to MULTI_AZ_1. This specifies the subnet
+ // in which you want the preferred file server to be located. For in-AWS applications,
+ // we recommend that you launch your clients in the same Availability Zone (AZ)
+ // as your preferred file server to reduce cross-AZ data transfer costs and
+ // minimize latency.
+ PreferredSubnetId *string `min:"15" type:"string"`
+
// The configuration that Amazon FSx uses to join the Windows File Server instance
// to your self-managed (including on-premises) Microsoft Active Directory (AD)
// directory.
@@ -2149,6 +2175,9 @@ func (s *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration) Validate() error {
if s.DailyAutomaticBackupStartTime != nil && len(*s.DailyAutomaticBackupStartTime) < 5 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DailyAutomaticBackupStartTime", 5))
}
+ if s.PreferredSubnetId != nil && len(*s.PreferredSubnetId) < 15 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PreferredSubnetId", 15))
+ }
if s.ThroughputCapacity == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ThroughputCapacity"))
}
@@ -2194,6 +2223,18 @@ func (s *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration) SetDailyAutomaticBackupStartTime(
return s
}
+// SetDeploymentType sets the DeploymentType field's value.
+func (s *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration) SetDeploymentType(v string) *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration {
+ s.DeploymentType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPreferredSubnetId sets the PreferredSubnetId field's value.
+func (s *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration) SetPreferredSubnetId(v string) *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration {
+ s.PreferredSubnetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration sets the SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration) SetSelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration(v *SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration) *CreateFileSystemWindowsConfiguration {
s.SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration = v
@@ -2793,18 +2834,19 @@ type FileSystem struct {
// file system's data for an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system.
KmsKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The lifecycle status of the file system:
+ // The lifecycle status of the file system, following are the possible values
+ // and what they mean:
//
- // * AVAILABLE indicates that the file system is reachable and available
- // for use.
+ // * AVAILABLE - The file system is in a healthy state, and is reachable
+ // and available for use.
//
- // * CREATING indicates that Amazon FSx is in the process of creating the
- // new file system.
+ // * CREATING - Amazon FSx is creating the new file system.
//
- // * DELETING indicates that Amazon FSx is in the process of deleting the
- // file system.
+ // * DELETING - Amazon FSx is deleting an existing file system.
//
- // * FAILED indicates that Amazon FSx was not able to create the file system.
+ // * FAILED - An existing file system has experienced an unrecoverable failure.
+ // When creating a new file system, Amazon FSx was unable to create the file
+ // system.
//
// * MISCONFIGURED indicates that the file system is in a failed but recoverable
// state.
@@ -3255,8 +3297,9 @@ type SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration struct {
// (Optional) The name of the domain group whose members are granted administrative
// privileges for the file system. Administrative privileges include taking
- // ownership of files and folders, and setting audit controls (audit ACLs) on
- // files and folders. The group that you specify must already exist in your
+ // ownership of files and folders, setting audit controls (audit ACLs) on files
+ // and folders, and administering the file system remotely by using the FSx
+ // Remote PowerShell. The group that you specify must already exist in your
// domain. If you don't provide one, your AD domain's Domain Admins group is
// used.
FileSystemAdministratorsGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
@@ -3897,9 +3940,48 @@ type WindowsFileSystemConfiguration struct {
// The preferred time to take daily automatic backups, in the UTC time zone.
DailyAutomaticBackupStartTime *string `min:"5" type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the file system deployment type, valid values are the following:
+ //
+ // * MULTI_AZ_1 - Specifies a high availability file system that is configured
+ // for Multi-AZ redundancy to tolerate temporary Availability Zone (AZ) unavailability.
+ //
+ // * SINGLE_AZ_1 - (Default) Specifies a file system that is configured for
+ // single AZ redundancy.
+ DeploymentType *string `type:"string" enum:"WindowsDeploymentType"`
+
// The list of maintenance operations in progress for this file system.
MaintenanceOperationsInProgress []*string `type:"list"`
+ // For MULTI_AZ_1 deployment types, the IP address of the primary, or preferred,
+ // file server.
+ //
+ // Use this IP address when mounting the file system on Linux SMB clients or
+ // Windows SMB clients that are not joined to a Microsoft Active Directory.
+ // Applicable for both SINGLE_AZ_1 and MULTI_AZ_1 deployment types. This IP
+ // address is temporarily unavailable when the file system is undergoing maintenance.
+ // For Linux and Windows SMB clients that are joined to an Active Directory,
+ // use the file system's DNSName instead. For more information and instruction
+ // on mapping and mounting file shares, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/accessing-file-shares.html
+ // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/fsx/latest/WindowsGuide/accessing-file-shares.html).
+ PreferredFileServerIp *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // For MULTI_AZ_1 deployment types, it specifies the ID of the subnet where
+ // the preferred file server is located. Must be one of the two subnet IDs specified
+ // in SubnetIds property. Amazon FSx serves traffic from this subnet except
+ // in the event of a failover to the secondary file server.
+ //
+ // For SINGLE_AZ_1 deployment types, this value is the same as that for SubnetIDs.
+ PreferredSubnetId *string `min:"15" type:"string"`
+
+ // For MULTI_AZ_1 deployment types, use this endpoint when performing administrative
+ // tasks on the file system using Amazon FSx Remote PowerShell.
+ //
+ // For SINGLE_AZ_1 deployment types, this is the DNS name of the file system.
+ //
+ // This endpoint is temporarily unavailable when the file system is undergoing
+ // maintenance.
+ RemoteAdministrationEndpoint *string `min:"16" type:"string"`
+
// The configuration of the self-managed Microsoft Active Directory (AD) directory
// to which the Windows File Server instance is joined.
SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration *SelfManagedActiveDirectoryAttributes `type:"structure"`
@@ -3945,12 +4027,36 @@ func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetDailyAutomaticBackupStartTime(v stri
return s
}
+// SetDeploymentType sets the DeploymentType field's value.
+func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetDeploymentType(v string) *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration {
+ s.DeploymentType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetMaintenanceOperationsInProgress sets the MaintenanceOperationsInProgress field's value.
func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetMaintenanceOperationsInProgress(v []*string) *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration {
s.MaintenanceOperationsInProgress = v
return s
}
+// SetPreferredFileServerIp sets the PreferredFileServerIp field's value.
+func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetPreferredFileServerIp(v string) *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration {
+ s.PreferredFileServerIp = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPreferredSubnetId sets the PreferredSubnetId field's value.
+func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetPreferredSubnetId(v string) *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration {
+ s.PreferredSubnetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRemoteAdministrationEndpoint sets the RemoteAdministrationEndpoint field's value.
+func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetRemoteAdministrationEndpoint(v string) *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration {
+ s.RemoteAdministrationEndpoint = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration sets the SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration) SetSelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration(v *SelfManagedActiveDirectoryAttributes) *WindowsFileSystemConfiguration {
s.SelfManagedActiveDirectoryConfiguration = v
@@ -4078,3 +4184,11 @@ const (
// ServiceLimitTotalUserInitiatedBackups is a ServiceLimit enum value
ServiceLimitTotalUserInitiatedBackups = "TOTAL_USER_INITIATED_BACKUPS"
)
+
+const (
+ // WindowsDeploymentTypeMultiAz1 is a WindowsDeploymentType enum value
+ WindowsDeploymentTypeMultiAz1 = "MULTI_AZ_1"
+
+ // WindowsDeploymentTypeSingleAz1 is a WindowsDeploymentType enum value
+ WindowsDeploymentTypeSingleAz1 = "SINGLE_AZ_1"
+)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go
index a35163defca4..ba0fd6f288b1 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue/api.go
@@ -16763,6 +16763,13 @@ type CreateMLTransformInput struct {
// default is an empty string.
Description *string `type:"string"`
+ // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
+ // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
+ // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
+ // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
+ // in the developer guide.
+ GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
//
// InputRecordTables is a required field
@@ -16774,6 +16781,21 @@ type CreateMLTransformInput struct {
// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
// the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
//
+ // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
+ //
+ // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
+ //
+ // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
+ //
+ // When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
+ // field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
+ //
// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
MaxCapacity *float64 `type:"double"`
@@ -16789,6 +16811,8 @@ type CreateMLTransformInput struct {
// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this
// task runs.
+ //
+ // If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The algorithmic parameters that are specific to the transform type used.
@@ -16798,9 +16822,17 @@ type CreateMLTransformInput struct {
Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
- // permissions. Ensure that this role has permission to your Amazon Simple Storage
- // Service (Amazon S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any
- // libraries that are used by the task run for this transform.
+ // permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role
+ // permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by
+ // the transform.
+ //
+ // * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to
+ // resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS
+ // Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html).
+ //
+ // * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
+ // S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
+ // used by the task run for this transform.
//
// Role is a required field
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -16821,6 +16853,18 @@ type CreateMLTransformInput struct {
//
// * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
// and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
+ //
+ // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
+ //
+ // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
+ //
+ // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}
@@ -16837,6 +16881,9 @@ func (s CreateMLTransformInput) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMLTransformInput"}
+ if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
+ }
if s.InputRecordTables == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputRecordTables"))
}
@@ -16883,6 +16930,12 @@ func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateMLTransformInpu
return s
}
+// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
+func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *CreateMLTransformInput {
+ s.GlueVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.
func (s *CreateMLTransformInput) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *CreateMLTransformInput {
s.InputRecordTables = v
@@ -21836,6 +21889,13 @@ type GetMLTransformOutput struct {
// The latest evaluation metrics.
EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"`
+ // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
+ // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
+ // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
+ // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
+ // in the developer guide.
+ GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list"`
@@ -21932,6 +21992,12 @@ func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetEvaluationMetrics(v *EvaluationMetrics) *GetML
return s
}
+// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
+func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *GetMLTransformOutput {
+ s.GlueVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.
func (s *GetMLTransformOutput) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *GetMLTransformOutput {
s.InputRecordTables = v
@@ -25999,6 +26065,13 @@ type MLTransform struct {
// quality of your machine learning transform.
EvaluationMetrics *EvaluationMetrics `type:"structure"`
+ // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
+ // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
+ // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
+ // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
+ // in the developer guide.
+ GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
// A list of AWS Glue table definitions used by the transform.
InputRecordTables []*Table `type:"list"`
@@ -26015,7 +26088,19 @@ type MLTransform struct {
// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see
- // the AWS Glue pricing page (https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
+ // the AWS Glue pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/).
+ //
+ // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
+ //
+ // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
+ //
+ // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
//
// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity
// field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
@@ -26031,6 +26116,8 @@ type MLTransform struct {
// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a task
// of the transform runs.
+ //
+ // If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
NumberOfWorkers *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A TransformParameters object. You can use parameters to tune (customize)
@@ -26040,9 +26127,17 @@ type MLTransform struct {
Parameters *TransformParameters `type:"structure"`
// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
- // permissions. This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service
- // (Amazon S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
- // used by the task run for this transform.
+ // permissions. The required permissions include both AWS Glue service role
+ // permissions to AWS Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by
+ // the transform.
+ //
+ // * This role needs AWS Glue service role permissions to allow access to
+ // resources in AWS Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access AWS
+ // Glue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html).
+ //
+ // * This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
+ // S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries
+ // used by the task run for this transform.
Role *string `type:"string"`
// A map of key-value pairs representing the columns and data types that this
@@ -26070,6 +26165,18 @@ type MLTransform struct {
//
// * For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory
// and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
+ //
+ // MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.
+ //
+ // * If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can
+ // be set.
+ //
+ // * If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
+ //
+ // * MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
WorkerType *string `type:"string" enum:"WorkerType"`
}
@@ -26101,6 +26208,12 @@ func (s *MLTransform) SetEvaluationMetrics(v *EvaluationMetrics) *MLTransform {
return s
}
+// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
+func (s *MLTransform) SetGlueVersion(v string) *MLTransform {
+ s.GlueVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInputRecordTables sets the InputRecordTables field's value.
func (s *MLTransform) SetInputRecordTables(v []*Table) *MLTransform {
s.InputRecordTables = v
@@ -29791,6 +29904,13 @@ type TransformFilterCriteria struct {
// The time and date before which the transforms were created.
CreatedBefore *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+ // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
+ // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
+ // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
+ // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
+ // in the developer guide.
+ GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
// Filter on transforms last modified after this date.
LastModifiedAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
@@ -29829,6 +29949,9 @@ func (s TransformFilterCriteria) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransformFilterCriteria"}
+ if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
+ }
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
@@ -29861,6 +29984,12 @@ func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetCreatedBefore(v time.Time) *TransformFilter
return s
}
+// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
+func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetGlueVersion(v string) *TransformFilterCriteria {
+ s.GlueVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLastModifiedAfter sets the LastModifiedAfter field's value.
func (s *TransformFilterCriteria) SetLastModifiedAfter(v time.Time) *TransformFilterCriteria {
s.LastModifiedAfter = &v
@@ -31236,6 +31365,13 @@ type UpdateMLTransformInput struct {
// A description of the transform. The default is an empty string.
Description *string `type:"string"`
+ // This value determines which version of AWS Glue this machine learning transform
+ // is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value
+ // is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information,
+ // see AWS Glue Versions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions)
+ // in the developer guide.
+ GlueVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
// The number of AWS Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to
// task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default
// is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
@@ -31302,6 +31438,9 @@ func (s UpdateMLTransformInput) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMLTransformInput"}
+ if s.GlueVersion != nil && len(*s.GlueVersion) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GlueVersion", 1))
+ }
if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
@@ -31332,6 +31471,12 @@ func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInpu
return s
}
+// SetGlueVersion sets the GlueVersion field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetGlueVersion(v string) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
+ s.GlueVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetMaxCapacity sets the MaxCapacity field's value.
func (s *UpdateMLTransformInput) SetMaxCapacity(v float64) *UpdateMLTransformInput {
s.MaxCapacity = &v
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/greengrass/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/greengrass/api.go
index 2ef8296ae567..f31553e22e68 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/greengrass/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/greengrass/api.go
@@ -16021,6 +16021,11 @@ func (s *Resource) Validate() error {
if s.ResourceDataContainer == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceDataContainer"))
}
+ if s.ResourceDataContainer != nil {
+ if err := s.ResourceDataContainer.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ResourceDataContainer", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -16130,6 +16135,26 @@ func (s ResourceDataContainer) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ResourceDataContainer) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResourceDataContainer"}
+ if s.S3MachineLearningModelResourceData != nil {
+ if err := s.S3MachineLearningModelResourceData.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("S3MachineLearningModelResourceData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData != nil {
+ if err := s.SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetLocalDeviceResourceData sets the LocalDeviceResourceData field's value.
func (s *ResourceDataContainer) SetLocalDeviceResourceData(v *LocalDeviceResourceData) *ResourceDataContainer {
s.LocalDeviceResourceData = v
@@ -16204,6 +16229,62 @@ func (s *ResourceDefinitionVersion) SetResources(v []*Resource) *ResourceDefinit
return s
}
+// The owner setting for downloaded machine learning resources.
+type ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The group owner of the resource. This is the name of an existing Linux OS
+ // group on the system or a GID. The group's permissions are added to the Lambda
+ // process.
+ //
+ // GroupOwner is a required field
+ GroupOwner *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The permissions that the group owner has to the resource. Valid values are
+ // ''rw'' (read/write) or ''ro'' (read-only).
+ //
+ // GroupPermission is a required field
+ GroupPermission *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Permission"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting"}
+ if s.GroupOwner == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupOwner"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupPermission == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupPermission"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGroupOwner sets the GroupOwner field's value.
+func (s *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) SetGroupOwner(v string) *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting {
+ s.GroupOwner = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupPermission sets the GroupPermission field's value.
+func (s *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) SetGroupPermission(v string) *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting {
+ s.GroupPermission = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Attributes that define an Amazon S3 machine learning resource.
type S3MachineLearningModelResourceData struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -16211,6 +16292,9 @@ type S3MachineLearningModelResourceData struct {
// The absolute local path of the resource inside the Lambda environment.
DestinationPath *string `type:"string"`
+ // The owner setting for downloaded machine learning resources.
+ OwnerSetting *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting `type:"structure"`
+
// The URI of the source model in an S3 bucket. The model package must be in
// tar.gz or .zip format.
S3Uri *string `type:"string"`
@@ -16226,12 +16310,33 @@ func (s S3MachineLearningModelResourceData) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "S3MachineLearningModelResourceData"}
+ if s.OwnerSetting != nil {
+ if err := s.OwnerSetting.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("OwnerSetting", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetDestinationPath sets the DestinationPath field's value.
func (s *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData) SetDestinationPath(v string) *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData {
s.DestinationPath = &v
return s
}
+// SetOwnerSetting sets the OwnerSetting field's value.
+func (s *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData) SetOwnerSetting(v *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData {
+ s.OwnerSetting = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetS3Uri sets the S3Uri field's value.
func (s *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData) SetS3Uri(v string) *S3MachineLearningModelResourceData {
s.S3Uri = &v
@@ -16245,6 +16350,9 @@ type SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData struct {
// The absolute local path of the resource inside the Lambda environment.
DestinationPath *string `type:"string"`
+ // The owner setting for downloaded machine learning resources.
+ OwnerSetting *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting `type:"structure"`
+
// The ARN of the Amazon SageMaker training job that represents the source model.
SageMakerJobArn *string `type:"string"`
}
@@ -16259,12 +16367,33 @@ func (s SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData"}
+ if s.OwnerSetting != nil {
+ if err := s.OwnerSetting.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("OwnerSetting", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetDestinationPath sets the DestinationPath field's value.
func (s *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData) SetDestinationPath(v string) *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData {
s.DestinationPath = &v
return s
}
+// SetOwnerSetting sets the OwnerSetting field's value.
+func (s *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData) SetOwnerSetting(v *ResourceDownloadOwnerSetting) *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData {
+ s.OwnerSetting = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSageMakerJobArn sets the SageMakerJobArn field's value.
func (s *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData) SetSageMakerJobArn(v string) *SageMakerMachineLearningModelResourceData {
s.SageMakerJobArn = &v
@@ -17586,9 +17715,6 @@ const (
// UpdateTargetsArchitectureAarch64 is a UpdateTargetsArchitecture enum value
UpdateTargetsArchitectureAarch64 = "aarch64"
-
- // UpdateTargetsArchitectureOpenwrt is a UpdateTargetsArchitecture enum value
- UpdateTargetsArchitectureOpenwrt = "openwrt"
)
// The operating system of the cores which are the targets of an update.
@@ -17601,4 +17727,7 @@ const (
// UpdateTargetsOperatingSystemAmazonLinux is a UpdateTargetsOperatingSystem enum value
UpdateTargetsOperatingSystemAmazonLinux = "amazon_linux"
+
+ // UpdateTargetsOperatingSystemOpenwrt is a UpdateTargetsOperatingSystem enum value
+ UpdateTargetsOperatingSystemOpenwrt = "openwrt"
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iot/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iot/api.go
index bafe804d83b3..b8b03b0ecca2 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iot/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iot/api.go
@@ -1725,6 +1725,105 @@ func (c *IoT) CreateCertificateFromCsrWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Create
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateDomainConfiguration = "CreateDomainConfiguration"
+
+// CreateDomainConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateDomainConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateDomainConfiguration for more information on using the CreateDomainConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateDomainConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateDomainConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) CreateDomainConfigurationRequest(input *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDomainConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateDomainConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/domainConfigurations/{domainConfigurationName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateDomainConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateDomainConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateDomainConfiguration API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Creates a domain configuration.
+//
+// The domain configuration feature is in public preview and is subject to change.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation CreateDomainConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit has been exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCertificateValidationException "CertificateValidationException"
+// The certificate is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
+// The resource already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is temporarily unavailable.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+func (c *IoT) CreateDomainConfiguration(input *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) (*CreateDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateDomainConfigurationWithContext is the same as CreateDomainConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateDomainConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) CreateDomainConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDomainConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateDynamicThingGroup = "CreateDynamicThingGroup"
// CreateDynamicThingGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1953,7 +2052,8 @@ func (c *IoT) CreateKeysAndCertificateRequest(input *CreateKeysAndCertificateInp
// CreateKeysAndCertificate API operation for AWS IoT.
//
// Creates a 2048-bit RSA key pair and issues an X.509 certificate using the
-// issued public key.
+// issued public key. You can also call CreateKeysAndCertificate over MQTT from
+// a device, for more information, see Provisioning MQTT API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/iot/latest/developerguide/provision-wo-cert.html#provision-mqtt-api).
//
// Note This is the only time AWS IoT issues the private key for this certificate,
// so it is important to keep it in a secure location.
@@ -2390,6 +2490,283 @@ func (c *IoT) CreatePolicyVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePolic
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateProvisioningClaim = "CreateProvisioningClaim"
+
+// CreateProvisioningClaimRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateProvisioningClaim operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateProvisioningClaim for more information on using the CreateProvisioningClaim
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateProvisioningClaimRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateProvisioningClaimRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningClaimRequest(input *CreateProvisioningClaimInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateProvisioningClaim,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}/provisioning-claim",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateProvisioningClaimInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateProvisioningClaimOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateProvisioningClaim API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Creates a provisioning claim.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation CreateProvisioningClaim for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is temporarily unavailable.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningClaim(input *CreateProvisioningClaimInput) (*CreateProvisioningClaimOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateProvisioningClaimRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateProvisioningClaimWithContext is the same as CreateProvisioningClaim with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateProvisioningClaim for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningClaimWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateProvisioningClaimInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateProvisioningClaimOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateProvisioningClaimRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCreateProvisioningTemplate = "CreateProvisioningTemplate"
+
+// CreateProvisioningTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateProvisioningTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateProvisioningTemplate for more information on using the CreateProvisioningTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateProvisioningTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateProvisioningTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningTemplateRequest(input *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateProvisioningTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateProvisioningTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateProvisioningTemplate API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Creates a fleet provisioning template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation CreateProvisioningTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit has been exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsException "ResourceAlreadyExistsException"
+// The resource already exists.
+//
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningTemplate(input *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) (*CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateProvisioningTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateProvisioningTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateProvisioningTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCreateProvisioningTemplateVersion = "CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion"
+
+// CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion for more information on using the CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateProvisioningTemplateVersion,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}/versions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Creates a new version of a fleet provisioning template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeVersionsLimitExceededException "VersionsLimitExceededException"
+// The number of policy versions exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictingResourceUpdateException "ConflictingResourceUpdateException"
+// A conflicting resource update exception. This exception is thrown when two
+// pending updates cause a conflict.
+//
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion(input *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) (*CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionWithContext is the same as CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateProvisioningTemplateVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateRoleAlias = "CreateRoleAlias"
// CreateRoleAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -3688,6 +4065,100 @@ func (c *IoT) DeleteCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCertifi
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteDomainConfiguration = "DeleteDomainConfiguration"
+
+// DeleteDomainConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteDomainConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteDomainConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteDomainConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDomainConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteDomainConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) DeleteDomainConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteDomainConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteDomainConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/domainConfigurations/{domainConfigurationName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteDomainConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteDomainConfiguration API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Deletes the specified domain configuration.
+//
+// The domain configuration feature is in public preview and is subject to change.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation DeleteDomainConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is temporarily unavailable.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+func (c *IoT) DeleteDomainConfiguration(input *DeleteDomainConfigurationInput) (*DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteDomainConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteDomainConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteDomainConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) DeleteDomainConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDomainConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteDynamicThingGroup = "DeleteDynamicThingGroup"
// DeleteDynamicThingGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -4351,6 +4822,190 @@ func (c *IoT) DeletePolicyVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePolic
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteProvisioningTemplate = "DeleteProvisioningTemplate"
+
+// DeleteProvisioningTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteProvisioningTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteProvisioningTemplate for more information on using the DeleteProvisioningTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteProvisioningTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteProvisioningTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) DeleteProvisioningTemplateRequest(input *DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteProvisioningTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteProvisioningTemplate API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Deletes a fleet provisioning template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation DeleteProvisioningTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDeleteConflictException "DeleteConflictException"
+// You can't delete the resource because it is attached to one or more resources.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+func (c *IoT) DeleteProvisioningTemplate(input *DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput) (*DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteProvisioningTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteProvisioningTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteProvisioningTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) DeleteProvisioningTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion = "DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion"
+
+// DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion for more information on using the DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}/versions/{versionId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Deletes a fleet provisioning template version.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDeleteConflictException "DeleteConflictException"
+// You can't delete the resource because it is attached to one or more resources.
+//
+func (c *IoT) DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion(input *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) (*DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionWithContext is the same as DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteRegistrationCode = "DeleteRegistrationCode"
// DeleteRegistrationCodeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -6229,6 +6884,96 @@ func (c *IoT) DescribeDefaultAuthorizerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descr
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeDomainConfiguration = "DescribeDomainConfiguration"
+
+// DescribeDomainConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDomainConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDomainConfiguration for more information on using the DescribeDomainConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDomainConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDomainConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) DescribeDomainConfigurationRequest(input *DescribeDomainConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDomainConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/domainConfigurations/{domainConfigurationName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDomainConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDomainConfiguration API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Gets summary information about a domain configuration.
+//
+// The domain configuration feature is in public preview and is subject to change.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation DescribeDomainConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is temporarily unavailable.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+func (c *IoT) DescribeDomainConfiguration(input *DescribeDomainConfigurationInput) (*DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDomainConfigurationWithContext is the same as DescribeDomainConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDomainConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) DescribeDomainConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDomainConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeEndpoint = "DescribeEndpoint"
// DescribeEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -6739,6 +7484,182 @@ func (c *IoT) DescribeMitigationActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Descri
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeProvisioningTemplate = "DescribeProvisioningTemplate"
+
+// DescribeProvisioningTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeProvisioningTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeProvisioningTemplate for more information on using the DescribeProvisioningTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeProvisioningTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeProvisioningTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) DescribeProvisioningTemplateRequest(input *DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeProvisioningTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeProvisioningTemplate API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Returns information about a fleet provisioning template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation DescribeProvisioningTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+func (c *IoT) DescribeProvisioningTemplate(input *DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput) (*DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeProvisioningTemplateWithContext is the same as DescribeProvisioningTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeProvisioningTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) DescribeProvisioningTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion = "DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion"
+
+// DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion for more information on using the DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}/versions/{versionId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Returns information about a fleet provisioning template version.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+func (c *IoT) DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion(input *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) (*DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionWithContext is the same as DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeRoleAlias = "DescribeRoleAlias"
// DescribeRoleAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -8242,7 +9163,7 @@ func (c *IoT) GetIndexingConfigurationRequest(input *GetIndexingConfigurationInp
// GetIndexingConfiguration API operation for AWS IoT.
//
-// Gets the search configuration.
+// Gets the indexing configuration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -8970,7 +9891,9 @@ func (c *IoT) GetStatisticsRequest(input *GetStatisticsInput) (req *request.Requ
// GetStatistics API operation for AWS IoT.
//
-// Gets statistics about things that match the specified query.
+// Returns the count, average, sum, minimum, maximum, sum of squares, variance,
+// and standard deviation for the specified aggregated field. If the aggregation
+// field is of type String, only the count statistic is returned.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -10233,6 +11156,97 @@ func (c *IoT) ListCertificatesByCAWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCertif
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opListDomainConfigurations = "ListDomainConfigurations"
+
+// ListDomainConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListDomainConfigurations operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListDomainConfigurations for more information on using the ListDomainConfigurations
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListDomainConfigurationsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListDomainConfigurationsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) ListDomainConfigurationsRequest(input *ListDomainConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDomainConfigurationsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListDomainConfigurations,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/domainConfigurations",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListDomainConfigurationsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListDomainConfigurationsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListDomainConfigurations API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Gets a list of domain configurations for the user. This list is sorted alphabetically
+// by domain configuration name.
+//
+// The domain configuration feature is in public preview and is subject to change.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation ListDomainConfigurations for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is temporarily unavailable.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+func (c *IoT) ListDomainConfigurations(input *ListDomainConfigurationsInput) (*ListDomainConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDomainConfigurationsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDomainConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListDomainConfigurations with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListDomainConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) ListDomainConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDomainConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDomainConfigurationsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDomainConfigurationsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opListIndices = "ListIndices"
// ListIndicesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -11311,6 +12325,179 @@ func (c *IoT) ListPrincipalThingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPrincip
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opListProvisioningTemplateVersions = "ListProvisioningTemplateVersions"
+
+// ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListProvisioningTemplateVersions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListProvisioningTemplateVersions for more information on using the ListProvisioningTemplateVersions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsRequest(input *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListProvisioningTemplateVersions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}/versions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListProvisioningTemplateVersions API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// A list of fleet provisioning template versions.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation ListProvisioningTemplateVersions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+func (c *IoT) ListProvisioningTemplateVersions(input *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) (*ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsWithContext is the same as ListProvisioningTemplateVersions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListProvisioningTemplateVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListProvisioningTemplates = "ListProvisioningTemplates"
+
+// ListProvisioningTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListProvisioningTemplates operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListProvisioningTemplates for more information on using the ListProvisioningTemplates
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListProvisioningTemplatesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListProvisioningTemplatesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) ListProvisioningTemplatesRequest(input *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListProvisioningTemplates,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListProvisioningTemplatesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListProvisioningTemplates API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Lists the fleet provisioning templates in your AWS account.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation ListProvisioningTemplates for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+func (c *IoT) ListProvisioningTemplates(input *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) (*ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProvisioningTemplatesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListProvisioningTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListProvisioningTemplates with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListProvisioningTemplates for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) ListProvisioningTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListProvisioningTemplatesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opListRoleAliases = "ListRoleAliases"
// ListRoleAliasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -13364,7 +14551,11 @@ func (c *IoT) RegisterThingRequest(input *RegisterThingInput) (req *request.Requ
// RegisterThing API operation for AWS IoT.
//
-// Provisions a thing.
+// Provisions a thing in the device registry. RegisterThing calls other AWS
+// IoT control plane APIs. These calls might exceed your account level AWS IoT
+// Throttling Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws_service_limits.html#limits_iot)
+// and cause throttle errors. Please contact AWS Customer Support (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home)
+// to raise your throttling limits if necessary.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -15615,6 +16806,103 @@ func (c *IoT) UpdateCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateCertifi
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opUpdateDomainConfiguration = "UpdateDomainConfiguration"
+
+// UpdateDomainConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDomainConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDomainConfiguration for more information on using the UpdateDomainConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDomainConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDomainConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) UpdateDomainConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDomainConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/domainConfigurations/{domainConfigurationName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDomainConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDomainConfiguration API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Updates values stored in the domain configuration. Domain configurations
+// for default endpoints can't be updated.
+//
+// The domain configuration feature is in public preview and is subject to change.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation UpdateDomainConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCertificateValidationException "CertificateValidationException"
+// The certificate is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// The rate exceeds the limit.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is temporarily unavailable.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+func (c *IoT) UpdateDomainConfiguration(input *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) (*UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDomainConfigurationWithContext is the same as UpdateDomainConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDomainConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) UpdateDomainConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDomainConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opUpdateDynamicThingGroup = "UpdateDynamicThingGroup"
// UpdateDynamicThingGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -16050,6 +17338,96 @@ func (c *IoT) UpdateMitigationActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMi
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opUpdateProvisioningTemplate = "UpdateProvisioningTemplate"
+
+// UpdateProvisioningTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateProvisioningTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateProvisioningTemplate for more information on using the UpdateProvisioningTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateProvisioningTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateProvisioningTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+func (c *IoT) UpdateProvisioningTemplateRequest(input *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateProvisioningTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "PATCH",
+ HTTPPath: "/provisioning-templates/{templateName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateProvisioningTemplate API operation for AWS IoT.
+//
+// Updates a fleet provisioning template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS IoT's
+// API operation UpdateProvisioningTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An unexpected error has occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
+// The request is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The specified resource does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedException "UnauthorizedException"
+// You are not authorized to perform this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictingResourceUpdateException "ConflictingResourceUpdateException"
+// A conflicting resource update exception. This exception is thrown when two
+// pending updates cause a conflict.
+//
+func (c *IoT) UpdateProvisioningTemplate(input *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) (*UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateProvisioningTemplateWithContext is the same as UpdateProvisioningTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateProvisioningTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *IoT) UpdateProvisioningTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateProvisioningTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opUpdateRoleAlias = "UpdateRoleAlias"
// UpdateRoleAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -17090,6 +18468,10 @@ type Action struct {
// Sends an input to an AWS IoT Events detector.
IotEvents *IotEventsAction `locationName:"iotEvents" type:"structure"`
+ // Sends data from the MQTT message that triggered the rule to AWS IoT SiteWise
+ // asset properties.
+ IotSiteWise *IotSiteWiseAction `locationName:"iotSiteWise" type:"structure"`
+
// Write data to an Amazon Kinesis stream.
Kinesis *KinesisAction `locationName:"kinesis" type:"structure"`
@@ -17168,6 +18550,11 @@ func (s *Action) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("IotEvents", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.IotSiteWise != nil {
+ if err := s.IotSiteWise.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("IotSiteWise", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.Kinesis != nil {
if err := s.Kinesis.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Kinesis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -17269,6 +18656,12 @@ func (s *Action) SetIotEvents(v *IotEventsAction) *Action {
return s
}
+// SetIotSiteWise sets the IotSiteWise field's value.
+func (s *Action) SetIotSiteWise(v *IotSiteWiseAction) *Action {
+ s.IotSiteWise = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetKinesis sets the Kinesis field's value.
func (s *Action) SetKinesis(v *KinesisAction) *Action {
s.Kinesis = v
@@ -17703,6 +19096,196 @@ func (s *Allowed) SetPolicies(v []*Policy) *Allowed {
return s
}
+// An asset property timestamp entry containing the following information.
+type AssetPropertyTimestamp struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Optional. A string that contains the nanosecond time offset. Accepts substitution
+ // templates.
+ OffsetInNanos *string `locationName:"offsetInNanos" type:"string"`
+
+ // A string that contains the time in seconds since epoch. Accepts substitution
+ // templates.
+ //
+ // TimeInSeconds is a required field
+ TimeInSeconds *string `locationName:"timeInSeconds" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssetPropertyTimestamp) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssetPropertyTimestamp) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssetPropertyTimestamp) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssetPropertyTimestamp"}
+ if s.TimeInSeconds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TimeInSeconds"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetOffsetInNanos sets the OffsetInNanos field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyTimestamp) SetOffsetInNanos(v string) *AssetPropertyTimestamp {
+ s.OffsetInNanos = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTimeInSeconds sets the TimeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyTimestamp) SetTimeInSeconds(v string) *AssetPropertyTimestamp {
+ s.TimeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// An asset property value entry containing the following information.
+type AssetPropertyValue struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Optional. A string that describes the quality of the value. Accepts substitution
+ // templates. Must be GOOD, BAD, or UNCERTAIN.
+ Quality *string `locationName:"quality" type:"string"`
+
+ // The asset property value timestamp.
+ //
+ // Timestamp is a required field
+ Timestamp *AssetPropertyTimestamp `locationName:"timestamp" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // The value of the asset property.
+ //
+ // Value is a required field
+ Value *AssetPropertyVariant `locationName:"value" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssetPropertyValue) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssetPropertyValue) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssetPropertyValue) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssetPropertyValue"}
+ if s.Timestamp == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Timestamp"))
+ }
+ if s.Value == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
+ }
+ if s.Timestamp != nil {
+ if err := s.Timestamp.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Timestamp", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Value != nil {
+ if err := s.Value.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Value", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetQuality sets the Quality field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyValue) SetQuality(v string) *AssetPropertyValue {
+ s.Quality = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTimestamp sets the Timestamp field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyValue) SetTimestamp(v *AssetPropertyTimestamp) *AssetPropertyValue {
+ s.Timestamp = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyValue) SetValue(v *AssetPropertyVariant) *AssetPropertyValue {
+ s.Value = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Contains an asset property value (of a single type).
+type AssetPropertyVariant struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Optional. A string that contains the boolean value (true or false) of the
+ // value entry. Accepts substitution templates.
+ BooleanValue *string `locationName:"booleanValue" type:"string"`
+
+ // Optional. A string that contains the double value of the value entry. Accepts
+ // substitution templates.
+ DoubleValue *string `locationName:"doubleValue" type:"string"`
+
+ // Optional. A string that contains the integer value of the value entry. Accepts
+ // substitution templates.
+ IntegerValue *string `locationName:"integerValue" type:"string"`
+
+ // Optional. The string value of the value entry. Accepts substitution templates.
+ StringValue *string `locationName:"stringValue" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssetPropertyVariant) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssetPropertyVariant) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssetPropertyVariant) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssetPropertyVariant"}
+ if s.StringValue != nil && len(*s.StringValue) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StringValue", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetBooleanValue sets the BooleanValue field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyVariant) SetBooleanValue(v string) *AssetPropertyVariant {
+ s.BooleanValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDoubleValue sets the DoubleValue field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyVariant) SetDoubleValue(v string) *AssetPropertyVariant {
+ s.DoubleValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIntegerValue sets the IntegerValue field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyVariant) SetIntegerValue(v string) *AssetPropertyVariant {
+ s.IntegerValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStringValue sets the StringValue field's value.
+func (s *AssetPropertyVariant) SetStringValue(v string) *AssetPropertyVariant {
+ s.StringValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type AssociateTargetsWithJobInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -18735,6 +20318,53 @@ func (s *AuthResult) SetMissingContextValues(v []*string) *AuthResult {
return s
}
+// An object that specifies the authorization service for a domain.
+type AuthorizerConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A Boolean that specifies whether the domain configuration's authorization
+ // service can be overridden.
+ AllowAuthorizerOverride *bool `locationName:"allowAuthorizerOverride" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The name of the authorization service for a domain configuration.
+ DefaultAuthorizerName *string `locationName:"defaultAuthorizerName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AuthorizerConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AuthorizerConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AuthorizerConfig) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizerConfig"}
+ if s.DefaultAuthorizerName != nil && len(*s.DefaultAuthorizerName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DefaultAuthorizerName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAllowAuthorizerOverride sets the AllowAuthorizerOverride field's value.
+func (s *AuthorizerConfig) SetAllowAuthorizerOverride(v bool) *AuthorizerConfig {
+ s.AllowAuthorizerOverride = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDefaultAuthorizerName sets the DefaultAuthorizerName field's value.
+func (s *AuthorizerConfig) SetDefaultAuthorizerName(v string) *AuthorizerConfig {
+ s.DefaultAuthorizerName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// The authorizer description.
type AuthorizerDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -18754,6 +20384,10 @@ type AuthorizerDescription struct {
// The UNIX timestamp of when the authorizer was last updated.
LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
+ // Specifies whether AWS IoT validates the token signature in an authorization
+ // request.
+ SigningDisabled *bool `locationName:"signingDisabled" type:"boolean"`
+
// The status of the authorizer.
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"AuthorizerStatus"`
@@ -18805,6 +20439,12 @@ func (s *AuthorizerDescription) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *AuthorizerDesc
return s
}
+// SetSigningDisabled sets the SigningDisabled field's value.
+func (s *AuthorizerDescription) SetSigningDisabled(v bool) *AuthorizerDescription {
+ s.SigningDisabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *AuthorizerDescription) SetStatus(v string) *AuthorizerDescription {
s.Status = &v
@@ -20311,19 +21951,19 @@ type CreateAuthorizerInput struct {
// AuthorizerName is a required field
AuthorizerName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"authorizerName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Specifies whether AWS IoT validates the token signature in an authorization
+ // request.
+ SigningDisabled *bool `locationName:"signingDisabled" type:"boolean"`
+
// The status of the create authorizer request.
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"AuthorizerStatus"`
// The name of the token key used to extract the token from the HTTP headers.
- //
- // TokenKeyName is a required field
- TokenKeyName *string `locationName:"tokenKeyName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TokenKeyName *string `locationName:"tokenKeyName" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The public keys used to verify the digital signature returned by your custom
// authentication service.
- //
- // TokenSigningPublicKeys is a required field
- TokenSigningPublicKeys map[string]*string `locationName:"tokenSigningPublicKeys" type:"map" required:"true"`
+ TokenSigningPublicKeys map[string]*string `locationName:"tokenSigningPublicKeys" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -20348,15 +21988,9 @@ func (s *CreateAuthorizerInput) Validate() error {
if s.AuthorizerName != nil && len(*s.AuthorizerName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthorizerName", 1))
}
- if s.TokenKeyName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TokenKeyName"))
- }
if s.TokenKeyName != nil && len(*s.TokenKeyName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenKeyName", 1))
}
- if s.TokenSigningPublicKeys == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TokenSigningPublicKeys"))
- }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -20376,6 +22010,12 @@ func (s *CreateAuthorizerInput) SetAuthorizerName(v string) *CreateAuthorizerInp
return s
}
+// SetSigningDisabled sets the SigningDisabled field's value.
+func (s *CreateAuthorizerInput) SetSigningDisabled(v bool) *CreateAuthorizerInput {
+ s.SigningDisabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *CreateAuthorizerInput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateAuthorizerInput {
s.Status = &v
@@ -20621,6 +22261,139 @@ func (s *CreateCertificateFromCsrOutput) SetCertificatePem(v string) *CreateCert
return s
}
+type CreateDomainConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An object that specifies the authorization service for a domain.
+ AuthorizerConfig *AuthorizerConfig `locationName:"authorizerConfig" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration. This value must be unique to a region.
+ //
+ // DomainConfigurationName is a required field
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the domain.
+ DomainName *string `locationName:"domainName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARNs of the certificates that AWS IoT passes to the device during the
+ // TLS handshake. Currently you can specify only one certificate ARN. This value
+ // is not required for AWS-managed domains.
+ ServerCertificateArns []*string `locationName:"serverCertificateArns" type:"list"`
+
+ // The type of service delivered by the endpoint.
+ ServiceType *string `locationName:"serviceType" type:"string" enum:"ServiceType"`
+
+ // The certificate used to validate the server certificate and prove domain
+ // name ownership. This certificate must be signed by a public certificate authority.
+ // This value is not required for AWS-managed domains.
+ ValidationCertificateArn *string `locationName:"validationCertificateArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDomainConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDomainConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDomainConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DomainConfigurationName"))
+ }
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName != nil && len(*s.DomainConfigurationName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DomainConfigurationName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DomainName != nil && len(*s.DomainName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DomainName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ValidationCertificateArn != nil && len(*s.ValidationCertificateArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ValidationCertificateArn", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AuthorizerConfig != nil {
+ if err := s.AuthorizerConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AuthorizerConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAuthorizerConfig sets the AuthorizerConfig field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) SetAuthorizerConfig(v *AuthorizerConfig) *CreateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.AuthorizerConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *CreateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainName sets the DomainName field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) SetDomainName(v string) *CreateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.DomainName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServerCertificateArns sets the ServerCertificateArns field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) SetServerCertificateArns(v []*string) *CreateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.ServerCertificateArns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) SetServiceType(v string) *CreateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.ServiceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValidationCertificateArn sets the ValidationCertificateArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationInput) SetValidationCertificateArn(v string) *CreateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.ValidationCertificateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDomainConfigurationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the domain configuration.
+ DomainConfigurationArn *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration.
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDomainConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDomainConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationArn sets the DomainConfigurationArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationArn(v string) *CreateDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *CreateDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *CreateDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type CreateDynamicThingGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -21649,6 +23422,359 @@ func (s *CreatePolicyVersionOutput) SetPolicyVersionId(v string) *CreatePolicyVe
return s
}
+type CreateProvisioningClaimInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the provisioning template to use.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningClaimInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningClaimInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningClaimInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateProvisioningClaimInput"}
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningClaimInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *CreateProvisioningClaimInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateProvisioningClaimOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the certificate.
+ CertificateId *string `locationName:"certificateId" min:"64" type:"string"`
+
+ // The provisioning claim certificate.
+ CertificatePem *string `locationName:"certificatePem" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The provisioning claim expiration time.
+ Expiration *time.Time `locationName:"expiration" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The provisioning claim key pair.
+ KeyPair *KeyPair `locationName:"keyPair" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCertificateId sets the CertificateId field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) SetCertificateId(v string) *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput {
+ s.CertificateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCertificatePem sets the CertificatePem field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) SetCertificatePem(v string) *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput {
+ s.CertificatePem = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) SetExpiration(v time.Time) *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput {
+ s.Expiration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyPair sets the KeyPair field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput) SetKeyPair(v *KeyPair) *CreateProvisioningClaimOutput {
+ s.KeyPair = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateProvisioningTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The description of the fleet provisioning template.
+ Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+
+ // True to enable the fleet provisioning template, otherwise false.
+ Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The role ARN for the role associated with the fleet provisioning template.
+ // This IoT role grants permission to provision a device.
+ //
+ // ProvisioningRoleArn is a required field
+ ProvisioningRoleArn *string `locationName:"provisioningRoleArn" min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Metadata which can be used to manage the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // For URI Request parameters use format: ...key1=value1&key2=value2...
+ //
+ // For the CLI command-line parameter use format: &&tags "key1=value1&key2=value2..."
+ //
+ // For the cli-input-json file use format: "tags": "key1=value1&key2=value2..."
+ Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tags" type:"list"`
+
+ // The JSON formatted contents of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateBody is a required field
+ TemplateBody *string `locationName:"templateBody" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateProvisioningTemplateInput"}
+ if s.ProvisioningRoleArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProvisioningRoleArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ProvisioningRoleArn != nil && len(*s.ProvisioningRoleArn) < 20 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProvisioningRoleArn", 20))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateBody == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateBody"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.Enabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisioningRoleArn sets the ProvisioningRoleArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetProvisioningRoleArn(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.ProvisioningRoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateBody sets the TemplateBody field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetTemplateBody(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateBody = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The default version of the fleet provisioning template.
+ DefaultVersionId *int64 `locationName:"defaultVersionId" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The ARN that identifies the provisioning template.
+ TemplateArn *string `locationName:"templateArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateName *string `locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDefaultVersionId sets the DefaultVersionId field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetDefaultVersionId(v int64) *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.DefaultVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateArn sets the TemplateArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetTemplateArn(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetTemplateName(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Sets a fleet provision template version as the default version.
+ SetAsDefault *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"setAsDefault" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The JSON formatted contents of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateBody is a required field
+ TemplateBody *string `locationName:"templateBody" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput"}
+ if s.TemplateBody == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateBody"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSetAsDefault sets the SetAsDefault field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetSetAsDefault(v bool) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.SetAsDefault = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateBody sets the TemplateBody field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetTemplateBody(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.TemplateBody = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // True if the fleet provisioning template version is the default version, otherwise
+ // false.
+ IsDefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"isDefaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The ARN that identifies the provisioning template.
+ TemplateArn *string `locationName:"templateArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateName *string `locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The version of the fleet provisioning template.
+ VersionId *int64 `locationName:"versionId" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIsDefaultVersion sets the IsDefaultVersion field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetIsDefaultVersion(v bool) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.IsDefaultVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateArn sets the TemplateArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetTemplateArn(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.TemplateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetTemplateName(v string) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetVersionId(v int64) *CreateProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.VersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type CreateRoleAliasInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -21727,7 +23853,7 @@ type CreateRoleAliasOutput struct {
RoleAlias *string `locationName:"roleAlias" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The role alias ARN.
- RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" type:"string"`
+ RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -23003,6 +25129,61 @@ func (s DeleteCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteDomainConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration to be deleted.
+ //
+ // DomainConfigurationName is a required field
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDomainConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDomainConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteDomainConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDomainConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DomainConfigurationName"))
+ }
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName != nil && len(*s.DomainConfigurationName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DomainConfigurationName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDomainConfigurationInput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *DeleteDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDomainConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type DeleteDynamicThingGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -23507,6 +25688,130 @@ func (s DeletePolicyVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provision template to delete.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput"}
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *DeleteProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template version to delete.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The fleet provisioning template version ID to delete.
+ //
+ // VersionId is a required field
+ VersionId *int64 `location:"uri" locationName:"versionId" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput"}
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetVersionId(v int64) *DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.VersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
// The input for the DeleteRegistrationCode operation.
type DeleteRegistrationCodeInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -24945,6 +27250,134 @@ func (s *DescribeDefaultAuthorizerOutput) SetAuthorizerDescription(v *Authorizer
return s
}
+type DescribeDomainConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration.
+ //
+ // DomainConfigurationName is a required field
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDomainConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDomainConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDomainConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DomainConfigurationName"))
+ }
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName != nil && len(*s.DomainConfigurationName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DomainConfigurationName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationInput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An object that specifies the authorization service for a domain.
+ AuthorizerConfig *AuthorizerConfig `locationName:"authorizerConfig" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the domain configuration.
+ DomainConfigurationArn *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration.
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A Boolean value that specifies the current state of the domain configuration.
+ DomainConfigurationStatus *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationStatus" type:"string" enum:"DomainConfigurationStatus"`
+
+ // The name of the domain.
+ DomainName *string `locationName:"domainName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of the domain.
+ DomainType *string `locationName:"domainType" type:"string" enum:"DomainType"`
+
+ // A list containing summary information about the server certificate included
+ // in the domain configuration.
+ ServerCertificates []*ServerCertificateSummary `locationName:"serverCertificates" type:"list"`
+
+ // The type of service delivered by the endpoint.
+ ServiceType *string `locationName:"serviceType" type:"string" enum:"ServiceType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAuthorizerConfig sets the AuthorizerConfig field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetAuthorizerConfig(v *AuthorizerConfig) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.AuthorizerConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationArn sets the DomainConfigurationArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationArn(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationStatus sets the DomainConfigurationStatus field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationStatus(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainName sets the DomainName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainName(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainType sets the DomainType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainType(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServerCertificates sets the ServerCertificates field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetServerCertificates(v []*ServerCertificateSummary) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.ServerCertificates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput) SetServiceType(v string) *DescribeDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.ServiceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// The input for the DescribeEndpoint operation.
type DescribeEndpointInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -25443,6 +27876,248 @@ func (s *DescribeMitigationActionOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeMitigatio
return s
}
+type DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput"}
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The date when the fleet provisioning template was created.
+ CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The default fleet template version ID.
+ DefaultVersionId *int64 `locationName:"defaultVersionId" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The description of the fleet provisioning template.
+ Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+
+ // True if the fleet provisioning template is enabled, otherwise false.
+ Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The date when the fleet provisioning template was last modified.
+ LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The ARN of the role associated with the provisioning template. This IoT role
+ // grants permission to provision a device.
+ ProvisioningRoleArn *string `locationName:"provisioningRoleArn" min:"20" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateArn *string `locationName:"templateArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The JSON formatted contents of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateBody *string `locationName:"templateBody" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateName *string `locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.CreationDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDefaultVersionId sets the DefaultVersionId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetDefaultVersionId(v int64) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.DefaultVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetDescription(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetEnabled(v bool) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.Enabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.LastModifiedDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisioningRoleArn sets the ProvisioningRoleArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetProvisioningRoleArn(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.ProvisioningRoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateArn sets the TemplateArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetTemplateArn(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateBody sets the TemplateBody field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetTemplateBody(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateBody = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput) SetTemplateName(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The template name.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The fleet provisioning template version ID.
+ //
+ // VersionId is a required field
+ VersionId *int64 `location:"uri" locationName:"versionId" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput"}
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionId"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput) SetVersionId(v int64) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionInput {
+ s.VersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The date when the fleet provisioning template version was created.
+ CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // True if the fleet provisioning template version is the default version.
+ IsDefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"isDefaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The JSON formatted contents of the fleet provisioning template version.
+ TemplateBody *string `locationName:"templateBody" type:"string"`
+
+ // The fleet provisioning template version ID.
+ VersionId *int64 `locationName:"versionId" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.CreationDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIsDefaultVersion sets the IsDefaultVersion field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetIsDefaultVersion(v bool) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.IsDefaultVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateBody sets the TemplateBody field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetTemplateBody(v string) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.TemplateBody = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput) SetVersionId(v int64) *DescribeProvisioningTemplateVersionOutput {
+ s.VersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeRoleAliasInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -26753,6 +29428,59 @@ func (s DisableTopicRuleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// The summary of a domain configuration. A domain configuration specifies custom
+// IoT-specific information about a domain. A domain configuration can be associated
+// with an AWS-managed domain (for example, dbc123defghijk.iot.us-west-2.amazonaws.com),
+// a customer managed domain, or a default endpoint.
+//
+// * Data
+//
+// * Jobs
+//
+// * CredentialProvider
+//
+// The domain configuration feature is in public preview and is subject to change.
+type DomainConfigurationSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the domain configuration.
+ DomainConfigurationArn *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration. This value must be unique to a region.
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of service delivered by the endpoint.
+ ServiceType *string `locationName:"serviceType" type:"string" enum:"ServiceType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DomainConfigurationSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DomainConfigurationSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationArn sets the DomainConfigurationArn field's value.
+func (s *DomainConfigurationSummary) SetDomainConfigurationArn(v string) *DomainConfigurationSummary {
+ s.DomainConfigurationArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *DomainConfigurationSummary) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *DomainConfigurationSummary {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
+func (s *DomainConfigurationSummary) SetServiceType(v string) *DomainConfigurationSummary {
+ s.ServiceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes an action to write to a DynamoDB table.
//
// The tableName, hashKeyField, and rangeKeyField values must match the values
@@ -27363,14 +30091,14 @@ func (s *ExponentialRolloutRate) SetRateIncreaseCriteria(v *RateIncreaseCriteria
return s
}
-// The field to aggregate.
+// Describes the name and data type at a field.
type Field struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the field.
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- // The data type of the field.
+ // The datatype of the field.
Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"FieldType"`
}
@@ -28198,7 +30926,7 @@ func (s *GetPolicyVersionInput) SetPolicyVersionId(v string) *GetPolicyVersionIn
type GetPolicyVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The date the policy version was created.
+ // The date the policy was created.
CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
// The generation ID of the policy version.
@@ -28207,7 +30935,7 @@ type GetPolicyVersionOutput struct {
// Specifies whether the policy version is the default.
IsDefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"isDefaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
- // The date the policy version was last modified.
+ // The date the policy was last modified.
LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
// The policy ARN.
@@ -28323,7 +31051,7 @@ func (s *GetRegistrationCodeOutput) SetRegistrationCode(v string) *GetRegistrati
type GetStatisticsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The aggregation field name. Currently not supported.
+ // The aggregation field name.
AggregationField *string `locationName:"aggregationField" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The name of the index to search. The default value is AWS_Things.
@@ -28830,6 +31558,52 @@ func (s *HttpAuthorization) SetSigv4(v *SigV4Authorization) *HttpAuthorization {
return s
}
+// Specifies the HTTP context to use for the test authorizer request.
+type HttpContext struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The header keys and values in an HTTP authorization request.
+ Headers map[string]*string `locationName:"headers" type:"map"`
+
+ // The query string keys and values in an HTTP authorization request.
+ QueryString *string `locationName:"queryString" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HttpContext) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HttpContext) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *HttpContext) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HttpContext"}
+ if s.QueryString != nil && len(*s.QueryString) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("QueryString", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetHeaders sets the Headers field's value.
+func (s *HttpContext) SetHeaders(v map[string]*string) *HttpContext {
+ s.Headers = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQueryString sets the QueryString field's value.
+func (s *HttpContext) SetQueryString(v string) *HttpContext {
+ s.QueryString = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// HTTP URL destination configuration used by the topic rule's HTTP action.
type HttpUrlDestinationConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -29056,6 +31830,75 @@ func (s *IotEventsAction) SetRoleArn(v string) *IotEventsAction {
return s
}
+// Describes an action to send data from an MQTT message that triggered the
+// rule to AWS IoT SiteWise asset properties.
+type IotSiteWiseAction struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of asset property value entries.
+ //
+ // PutAssetPropertyValueEntries is a required field
+ PutAssetPropertyValueEntries []*PutAssetPropertyValueEntry `locationName:"putAssetPropertyValueEntries" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ARN of the role that grants AWS IoT permission to send an asset property
+ // value to AWS IoTSiteWise. ("Action": "iotsitewise:BatchPutAssetPropertyValue").
+ // The trust policy can restrict access to specific asset hierarchy paths.
+ //
+ // RoleArn is a required field
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s IotSiteWiseAction) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s IotSiteWiseAction) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *IotSiteWiseAction) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IotSiteWiseAction"}
+ if s.PutAssetPropertyValueEntries == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PutAssetPropertyValueEntries"))
+ }
+ if s.PutAssetPropertyValueEntries != nil && len(s.PutAssetPropertyValueEntries) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PutAssetPropertyValueEntries", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RoleArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn"))
+ }
+ if s.PutAssetPropertyValueEntries != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.PutAssetPropertyValueEntries {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PutAssetPropertyValueEntries", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPutAssetPropertyValueEntries sets the PutAssetPropertyValueEntries field's value.
+func (s *IotSiteWiseAction) SetPutAssetPropertyValueEntries(v []*PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) *IotSiteWiseAction {
+ s.PutAssetPropertyValueEntries = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *IotSiteWiseAction) SetRoleArn(v string) *IotSiteWiseAction {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// The Job object contains details about a job.
type Job struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -31094,6 +33937,93 @@ func (s *ListCertificatesOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListCertificatesOutput
return s
}
+type ListDomainConfigurationsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The marker for the next set of results.
+ Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
+
+ // The result page size.
+ PageSize *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"pageSize" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The type of service delivered by the endpoint.
+ ServiceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"serviceType" type:"string" enum:"ServiceType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDomainConfigurationsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDomainConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListDomainConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListDomainConfigurationsInput"}
+ if s.PageSize != nil && *s.PageSize < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PageSize", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
+func (s *ListDomainConfigurationsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListDomainConfigurationsInput {
+ s.Marker = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPageSize sets the PageSize field's value.
+func (s *ListDomainConfigurationsInput) SetPageSize(v int64) *ListDomainConfigurationsInput {
+ s.PageSize = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceType sets the ServiceType field's value.
+func (s *ListDomainConfigurationsInput) SetServiceType(v string) *ListDomainConfigurationsInput {
+ s.ServiceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDomainConfigurationsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of objects that contain summary information about the user's domain
+ // configurations.
+ DomainConfigurations []*DomainConfigurationSummary `locationName:"domainConfigurations" type:"list"`
+
+ // The marker for the next set of results.
+ NextMarker *string `locationName:"nextMarker" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDomainConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDomainConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurations sets the DomainConfigurations field's value.
+func (s *ListDomainConfigurationsOutput) SetDomainConfigurations(v []*DomainConfigurationSummary) *ListDomainConfigurationsOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListDomainConfigurationsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListDomainConfigurationsOutput {
+ s.NextMarker = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ListIndicesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -32231,6 +35161,177 @@ func (s *ListPrincipalThingsOutput) SetThings(v []*string) *ListPrincipalThingsO
return s
}
+type ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return at one time.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // A token to retrieve the next set of results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A token to retrieve the next set of results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The list of fleet provisioning template versions.
+ Versions []*ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary `locationName:"versions" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary) *ListProvisioningTemplateVersionsOutput {
+ s.Versions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListProvisioningTemplatesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return at one time.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // A token to retrieve the next set of results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListProvisioningTemplatesInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProvisioningTemplatesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A token to retrieve the next set of results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of fleet provisioning templates
+ Templates []*ProvisioningTemplateSummary `locationName:"templates" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplates sets the Templates field's value.
+func (s *ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput) SetTemplates(v []*ProvisioningTemplateSummary) *ListProvisioningTemplatesOutput {
+ s.Templates = v
+ return s
+}
+
type ListRoleAliasesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -34590,6 +37691,69 @@ func (s *MitigationActionParams) SetUpdateDeviceCertificateParams(v *UpdateDevic
return s
}
+// Specifies the MQTT context to use for the test authorizer request
+type MqttContext struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The value of the clientId key in an MQTT authorization request.
+ ClientId *string `locationName:"clientId" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The value of the password key in an MQTT authorization request.
+ //
+ // Password is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ Password []byte `locationName:"password" min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The value of the username key in an MQTT authorization request.
+ Username *string `locationName:"username" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MqttContext) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MqttContext) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MqttContext) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MqttContext"}
+ if s.ClientId != nil && len(*s.ClientId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClientId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Password != nil && len(s.Password) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Username != nil && len(*s.Username) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Username", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetClientId sets the ClientId field's value.
+func (s *MqttContext) SetClientId(v string) *MqttContext {
+ s.ClientId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPassword sets the Password field's value.
+func (s *MqttContext) SetPassword(v []byte) *MqttContext {
+ s.Password = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
+func (s *MqttContext) SetUsername(v string) *MqttContext {
+ s.Username = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Information about the resource that was noncompliant with the audit check.
type NonCompliantResource struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -35176,6 +38340,118 @@ func (s *PresignedUrlConfig) SetRoleArn(v string) *PresignedUrlConfig {
return s
}
+// A summary of information about a fleet provisioning template.
+type ProvisioningTemplateSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The date when the fleet provisioning template summary was created.
+ CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The description of the fleet provisioning template.
+ Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+
+ // True if the fleet provision template is enabled, otherwise false.
+ Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The date when the fleet provisioning template summary was last modified.
+ LastModifiedDate *time.Time `locationName:"lastModifiedDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The ARN of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateArn *string `locationName:"templateArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ TemplateName *string `locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ProvisioningTemplateSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ProvisioningTemplateSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateSummary) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *ProvisioningTemplateSummary {
+ s.CreationDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateSummary) SetDescription(v string) *ProvisioningTemplateSummary {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateSummary) SetEnabled(v bool) *ProvisioningTemplateSummary {
+ s.Enabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModifiedDate sets the LastModifiedDate field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateSummary) SetLastModifiedDate(v time.Time) *ProvisioningTemplateSummary {
+ s.LastModifiedDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateArn sets the TemplateArn field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateSummary) SetTemplateArn(v string) *ProvisioningTemplateSummary {
+ s.TemplateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateSummary) SetTemplateName(v string) *ProvisioningTemplateSummary {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A summary of information about a fleet provision template version.
+type ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The date when the fleet provisioning template version was created
+ CreationDate *time.Time `locationName:"creationDate" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // True if the fleet provisioning template version is the default version, otherwise
+ // false.
+ IsDefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"isDefaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The ID of the fleet privisioning template version.
+ VersionId *int64 `locationName:"versionId" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.CreationDate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIsDefaultVersion sets the IsDefaultVersion field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary) SetIsDefaultVersion(v bool) *ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.IsDefaultVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
+func (s *ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary) SetVersionId(v int64) *ProvisioningTemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.VersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Parameters to define a mitigation action that publishes findings to Amazon
// SNS. You can implement your own custom actions in response to the Amazon
// SNS messages.
@@ -35217,6 +38493,104 @@ func (s *PublishFindingToSnsParams) SetTopicArn(v string) *PublishFindingToSnsPa
return s
}
+// An asset property value entry containing the following information.
+type PutAssetPropertyValueEntry struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the AWS IoT SiteWise asset. You must specify either a propertyAlias
+ // or both an analiasId and a propertyId. Accepts substitution templates.
+ AssetId *string `locationName:"assetId" type:"string"`
+
+ // Optional. A unique identifier for this entry that you can define to better
+ // track which message caused an error in case of failure. Accepts substitution
+ // templates. Defaults to a new UUID.
+ EntryId *string `locationName:"entryId" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the property alias associated with your asset property. You must
+ // specify either a propertyAlias or both an aliasId and a propertyId. Accepts
+ // substitution templates.
+ PropertyAlias *string `locationName:"propertyAlias" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the asset's property. You must specify either a propertyAlias or
+ // both an analiasId and a propertyId. Accepts substitution templates.
+ PropertyId *string `locationName:"propertyId" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of property values to insert that each contain timestamp, quality,
+ // and value (TQV) information.
+ //
+ // PropertyValues is a required field
+ PropertyValues []*AssetPropertyValue `locationName:"propertyValues" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutAssetPropertyValueEntry"}
+ if s.PropertyAlias != nil && len(*s.PropertyAlias) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PropertyAlias", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PropertyValues == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PropertyValues"))
+ }
+ if s.PropertyValues != nil && len(s.PropertyValues) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PropertyValues", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PropertyValues != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.PropertyValues {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PropertyValues", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAssetId sets the AssetId field's value.
+func (s *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) SetAssetId(v string) *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry {
+ s.AssetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEntryId sets the EntryId field's value.
+func (s *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) SetEntryId(v string) *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry {
+ s.EntryId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPropertyAlias sets the PropertyAlias field's value.
+func (s *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) SetPropertyAlias(v string) *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry {
+ s.PropertyAlias = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPropertyId sets the PropertyId field's value.
+func (s *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) SetPropertyId(v string) *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry {
+ s.PropertyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPropertyValues sets the PropertyValues field's value.
+func (s *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry) SetPropertyValues(v []*AssetPropertyValue) *PutAssetPropertyValueEntry {
+ s.PropertyValues = v
+ return s
+}
+
// The input for the DynamoActionVS action that specifies the DynamoDB table
// to which the message data will be written.
type PutItemInput struct {
@@ -36132,8 +39506,14 @@ type ResourceIdentifier struct {
// The ID of the certificate attached to the resource.
DeviceCertificateId *string `locationName:"deviceCertificateId" min:"64" type:"string"`
+ // The ARN of the IAM role that has overly permissive actions.
+ IamRoleArn *string `locationName:"iamRoleArn" min:"20" type:"string"`
+
// The version of the policy associated with the resource.
PolicyVersionIdentifier *PolicyVersionIdentifier `locationName:"policyVersionIdentifier" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the role alias that has overly permissive actions.
+ RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -36158,6 +39538,12 @@ func (s *ResourceIdentifier) Validate() error {
if s.DeviceCertificateId != nil && len(*s.DeviceCertificateId) < 64 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DeviceCertificateId", 64))
}
+ if s.IamRoleArn != nil && len(*s.IamRoleArn) < 20 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IamRoleArn", 20))
+ }
+ if s.RoleAliasArn != nil && len(*s.RoleAliasArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RoleAliasArn", 1))
+ }
if s.PolicyVersionIdentifier != nil {
if err := s.PolicyVersionIdentifier.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("PolicyVersionIdentifier", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -36200,12 +39586,24 @@ func (s *ResourceIdentifier) SetDeviceCertificateId(v string) *ResourceIdentifie
return s
}
+// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
+func (s *ResourceIdentifier) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *ResourceIdentifier {
+ s.IamRoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetPolicyVersionIdentifier sets the PolicyVersionIdentifier field's value.
func (s *ResourceIdentifier) SetPolicyVersionIdentifier(v *PolicyVersionIdentifier) *ResourceIdentifier {
s.PolicyVersionIdentifier = v
return s
}
+// SetRoleAliasArn sets the RoleAliasArn field's value.
+func (s *ResourceIdentifier) SetRoleAliasArn(v string) *ResourceIdentifier {
+ s.RoleAliasArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Role alias description.
type RoleAliasDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -36226,7 +39624,7 @@ type RoleAliasDescription struct {
RoleAlias *string `locationName:"roleAlias" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The ARN of the role alias.
- RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" type:"string"`
+ RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The role ARN.
RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" min:"20" type:"string"`
@@ -36809,6 +40207,48 @@ func (s *SecurityProfileTargetMapping) SetTarget(v *SecurityProfileTarget) *Secu
return s
}
+// An object that contains information about a server certificate.
+type ServerCertificateSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the server certificate.
+ ServerCertificateArn *string `locationName:"serverCertificateArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of the server certificate.
+ ServerCertificateStatus *string `locationName:"serverCertificateStatus" type:"string" enum:"ServerCertificateStatus"`
+
+ // Details that explain the status of the server certificate.
+ ServerCertificateStatusDetail *string `locationName:"serverCertificateStatusDetail" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ServerCertificateSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ServerCertificateSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetServerCertificateArn sets the ServerCertificateArn field's value.
+func (s *ServerCertificateSummary) SetServerCertificateArn(v string) *ServerCertificateSummary {
+ s.ServerCertificateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServerCertificateStatus sets the ServerCertificateStatus field's value.
+func (s *ServerCertificateSummary) SetServerCertificateStatus(v string) *ServerCertificateSummary {
+ s.ServerCertificateStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServerCertificateStatusDetail sets the ServerCertificateStatusDetail field's value.
+func (s *ServerCertificateSummary) SetServerCertificateStatusDetail(v string) *ServerCertificateSummary {
+ s.ServerCertificateStatusDetail = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type SetDefaultAuthorizerInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -37766,26 +41206,22 @@ func (s *StatisticalThreshold) SetStatistic(v string) *StatisticalThreshold {
type Statistics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The average of the aggregated fields. If the field data type is String this
- // value is indeterminate.
+ // The average of the aggregated field values.
Average *float64 `locationName:"average" type:"double"`
// The count of things that match the query.
Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
- // The maximum value of the aggregated fields. If the field data type is String
- // this value is indeterminate.
+ // The maximum aggregated field value.
Maximum *float64 `locationName:"maximum" type:"double"`
- // The minimum value of the aggregated fields. If the field data type is String
- // this value is indeterminate.
+ // The minimum aggregated field value.
Minimum *float64 `locationName:"minimum" type:"double"`
// The standard deviation of the aggregated field values.
StdDeviation *float64 `locationName:"stdDeviation" type:"double"`
- // The sum of the aggregated fields. If the field data type is String this value
- // is indeterminate.
+ // The sum of the aggregated field values.
Sum *float64 `locationName:"sum" type:"double"`
// The sum of the squares of the aggregated field values.
@@ -38566,16 +42002,21 @@ type TestInvokeAuthorizerInput struct {
// AuthorizerName is a required field
AuthorizerName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"authorizerName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Specifies a test HTTP authorization request.
+ HttpContext *HttpContext `locationName:"httpContext" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies a test MQTT authorization request.>
+ MqttContext *MqttContext `locationName:"mqttContext" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies a test TLS authorization request.
+ TlsContext *TlsContext `locationName:"tlsContext" type:"structure"`
+
// The token returned by your custom authentication service.
- //
- // Token is a required field
- Token *string `locationName:"token" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Token *string `locationName:"token" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The signature made with the token and your custom authentication service's
// private key.
- //
- // TokenSignature is a required field
- TokenSignature *string `locationName:"tokenSignature" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ TokenSignature *string `locationName:"tokenSignature" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -38597,18 +42038,27 @@ func (s *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) Validate() error {
if s.AuthorizerName != nil && len(*s.AuthorizerName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AuthorizerName", 1))
}
- if s.Token == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Token"))
- }
if s.Token != nil && len(*s.Token) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Token", 1))
}
- if s.TokenSignature == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TokenSignature"))
- }
if s.TokenSignature != nil && len(*s.TokenSignature) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TokenSignature", 1))
}
+ if s.HttpContext != nil {
+ if err := s.HttpContext.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("HttpContext", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.MqttContext != nil {
+ if err := s.MqttContext.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MqttContext", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.TlsContext != nil {
+ if err := s.TlsContext.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TlsContext", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -38622,6 +42072,24 @@ func (s *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) SetAuthorizerName(v string) *TestInvokeAutho
return s
}
+// SetHttpContext sets the HttpContext field's value.
+func (s *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) SetHttpContext(v *HttpContext) *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput {
+ s.HttpContext = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMqttContext sets the MqttContext field's value.
+func (s *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) SetMqttContext(v *MqttContext) *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput {
+ s.MqttContext = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTlsContext sets the TlsContext field's value.
+func (s *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) SetTlsContext(v *TlsContext) *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput {
+ s.TlsContext = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
func (s *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput) SetToken(v string) *TestInvokeAuthorizerInput {
s.Token = &v
@@ -38934,9 +42402,12 @@ type ThingGroupIndexingConfiguration struct {
// A list of thing group fields to index. This list cannot contain any managed
// fields. Use the GetIndexingConfiguration API to get a list of managed fields.
+ //
+ // Contains custom field names and their data type.
CustomFields []*Field `locationName:"customFields" type:"list"`
- // A list of automatically indexed thing group fields.
+ // Contains fields that are indexed and whose types are already known by the
+ // Fleet Indexing service.
ManagedFields []*Field `locationName:"managedFields" type:"list"`
// Thing group indexing mode.
@@ -39066,11 +42537,11 @@ func (s *ThingGroupProperties) SetThingGroupDescription(v string) *ThingGroupPro
type ThingIndexingConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A list of thing fields to index. This list cannot contain any managed fields.
- // Use the GetIndexingConfiguration API to get a list of managed fields.
+ // Contains custom field names and their data type.
CustomFields []*Field `locationName:"customFields" type:"list"`
- // A list of automatically indexed thing fields.
+ // Contains fields that are indexed and whose types are already known by the
+ // Fleet Indexing service.
ManagedFields []*Field `locationName:"managedFields" type:"list"`
// Thing connectivity indexing mode. Valid values are:
@@ -39305,6 +42776,43 @@ func (s *TimeoutConfig) SetInProgressTimeoutInMinutes(v int64) *TimeoutConfig {
return s
}
+// Specifies the TLS context to use for the test authorizer request.
+type TlsContext struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The value of the serverName key in a TLS authorization request.
+ ServerName *string `locationName:"serverName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TlsContext) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TlsContext) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TlsContext) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TlsContext"}
+ if s.ServerName != nil && len(*s.ServerName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServerName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetServerName sets the ServerName field's value.
+func (s *TlsContext) SetServerName(v string) *TlsContext {
+ s.ServerName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a rule.
type TopicRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -40525,6 +44033,111 @@ func (s *UpdateDeviceCertificateParams) SetAction(v string) *UpdateDeviceCertifi
return s
}
+type UpdateDomainConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An object that specifies the authorization service for a domain.
+ AuthorizerConfig *AuthorizerConfig `locationName:"authorizerConfig" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration to be updated.
+ //
+ // DomainConfigurationName is a required field
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The status to which the domain configuration should be updated.
+ DomainConfigurationStatus *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationStatus" type:"string" enum:"DomainConfigurationStatus"`
+
+ // Removes the authorization configuration from a domain.
+ RemoveAuthorizerConfig *bool `locationName:"removeAuthorizerConfig" type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDomainConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DomainConfigurationName"))
+ }
+ if s.DomainConfigurationName != nil && len(*s.DomainConfigurationName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DomainConfigurationName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AuthorizerConfig != nil {
+ if err := s.AuthorizerConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AuthorizerConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAuthorizerConfig sets the AuthorizerConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) SetAuthorizerConfig(v *AuthorizerConfig) *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.AuthorizerConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationStatus sets the DomainConfigurationStatus field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) SetDomainConfigurationStatus(v string) *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRemoveAuthorizerConfig sets the RemoveAuthorizerConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput) SetRemoveAuthorizerConfig(v bool) *UpdateDomainConfigurationInput {
+ s.RemoveAuthorizerConfig = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the domain configuration that was updated.
+ DomainConfigurationArn *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the domain configuration that was updated.
+ DomainConfigurationName *string `locationName:"domainConfigurationName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationArn sets the DomainConfigurationArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationArn(v string) *UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDomainConfigurationName sets the DomainConfigurationName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput) SetDomainConfigurationName(v string) *UpdateDomainConfigurationOutput {
+ s.DomainConfigurationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateDynamicThingGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -40972,6 +44585,101 @@ func (s *UpdateMitigationActionOutput) SetActionId(v string) *UpdateMitigationAc
return s
}
+type UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the default provisioning template version.
+ DefaultVersionId *int64 `locationName:"defaultVersionId" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The description of the fleet provisioning template.
+ Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+
+ // True to enable the fleet provisioning template, otherwise false.
+ Enabled *bool `locationName:"enabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The ARN of the role associated with the provisioning template. This IoT role
+ // grants permission to provision a device.
+ ProvisioningRoleArn *string `locationName:"provisioningRoleArn" min:"20" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the fleet provisioning template.
+ //
+ // TemplateName is a required field
+ TemplateName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput"}
+ if s.ProvisioningRoleArn != nil && len(*s.ProvisioningRoleArn) < 20 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProvisioningRoleArn", 20))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateName"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateName != nil && len(*s.TemplateName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDefaultVersionId sets the DefaultVersionId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetDefaultVersionId(v int64) *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.DefaultVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
+func (s *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.Enabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProvisioningRoleArn sets the ProvisioningRoleArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetProvisioningRoleArn(v string) *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.ProvisioningRoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateName sets the TemplateName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput) SetTemplateName(v string) *UpdateProvisioningTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateProvisioningTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type UpdateRoleAliasInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -41044,7 +44752,7 @@ type UpdateRoleAliasOutput struct {
RoleAlias *string `locationName:"roleAlias" min:"1" type:"string"`
// The role alias ARN.
- RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" type:"string"`
+ RoleAliasArn *string `locationName:"roleAliasArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -42373,6 +46081,25 @@ const (
DeviceCertificateUpdateActionDeactivate = "DEACTIVATE"
)
+const (
+ // DomainConfigurationStatusEnabled is a DomainConfigurationStatus enum value
+ DomainConfigurationStatusEnabled = "ENABLED"
+
+ // DomainConfigurationStatusDisabled is a DomainConfigurationStatus enum value
+ DomainConfigurationStatusDisabled = "DISABLED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DomainTypeEndpoint is a DomainType enum value
+ DomainTypeEndpoint = "ENDPOINT"
+
+ // DomainTypeAwsManaged is a DomainType enum value
+ DomainTypeAwsManaged = "AWS_MANAGED"
+
+ // DomainTypeCustomerManaged is a DomainType enum value
+ DomainTypeCustomerManaged = "CUSTOMER_MANAGED"
+)
+
const (
// DynamicGroupStatusActive is a DynamicGroupStatus enum value
DynamicGroupStatusActive = "ACTIVE"
@@ -42601,6 +46328,31 @@ const (
// ResourceTypeAccountSettings is a ResourceType enum value
ResourceTypeAccountSettings = "ACCOUNT_SETTINGS"
+
+ // ResourceTypeRoleAlias is a ResourceType enum value
+ ResourceTypeRoleAlias = "ROLE_ALIAS"
+
+ // ResourceTypeIamRole is a ResourceType enum value
+ ResourceTypeIamRole = "IAM_ROLE"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ServerCertificateStatusInvalid is a ServerCertificateStatus enum value
+ ServerCertificateStatusInvalid = "INVALID"
+
+ // ServerCertificateStatusValid is a ServerCertificateStatus enum value
+ ServerCertificateStatusValid = "VALID"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ServiceTypeData is a ServiceType enum value
+ ServiceTypeData = "DATA"
+
+ // ServiceTypeCredentialProvider is a ServiceType enum value
+ ServiceTypeCredentialProvider = "CREDENTIAL_PROVIDER"
+
+ // ServiceTypeJobs is a ServiceType enum value
+ ServiceTypeJobs = "JOBS"
)
const (
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesisanalyticsv2/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesisanalyticsv2/api.go
index f547bd1d544f..2c21fd8b8eda 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesisanalyticsv2/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesisanalyticsv2/api.go
@@ -520,6 +520,105 @@ func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) AddApplicationReferenceDataSourceWithContext(ctx aw
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opAddApplicationVpcConfiguration = "AddApplicationVpcConfiguration"
+
+// AddApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AddApplicationVpcConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See AddApplicationVpcConfiguration for more information on using the AddApplicationVpcConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the AddApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.AddApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kinesisanalyticsv2-2018-05-23/AddApplicationVpcConfiguration
+func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) AddApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(input *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opAddApplicationVpcConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// AddApplicationVpcConfiguration API operation for Amazon Kinesis Analytics.
+//
+// Adds a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) configuration to the application. Applications
+// can use VPCs to store and access resources securely.
+//
+// Note the following about VPC configurations for Kinesis Data Analytics applications:
+//
+// * VPC configurations are not supported for SQL applications.
+//
+// * When a VPC is added to a Kinesis Data Analytics application, the application
+// can no longer be accessed from the Internet directly. To enable Internet
+// access to the application, add an Internet gateway to your VPC.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Analytics's
+// API operation AddApplicationVpcConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// Specified application can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
+// The application is not available for this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
+// The specified input parameter value is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Exception thrown as a result of concurrent modifications to an application.
+// This error can be the result of attempting to modify an application without
+// using the current application ID.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kinesisanalyticsv2-2018-05-23/AddApplicationVpcConfiguration
+func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) AddApplicationVpcConfiguration(input *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) (*AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.AddApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AddApplicationVpcConfigurationWithContext is the same as AddApplicationVpcConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AddApplicationVpcConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) AddApplicationVpcConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.AddApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateApplication = "CreateApplication"
// CreateApplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1295,6 +1394,96 @@ func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) DeleteApplicationSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Contex
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration = "DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration"
+
+// DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kinesisanalyticsv2-2018-05-23/DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration
+func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration API operation for Amazon Kinesis Analytics.
+//
+// Removes a VPC configuration from a Kinesis Data Analytics application.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Kinesis Analytics's
+// API operation DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// Specified application can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
+// The application is not available for this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidArgumentException "InvalidArgumentException"
+// The specified input parameter value is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentModificationException "ConcurrentModificationException"
+// Exception thrown as a result of concurrent modifications to an application.
+// This error can be the result of attempting to modify an application without
+// using the current application ID.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kinesisanalyticsv2-2018-05-23/DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration
+func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration(input *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) (*DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteApplicationVpcConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeApplication = "DescribeApplication"
// DescribeApplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1783,7 +1972,8 @@ func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResour
// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Kinesis Analytics.
//
-// Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application.
+// Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application. For more
+// information, see Using Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesisanalytics/latest/java/how-tagging.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2060,7 +2250,8 @@ func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *r
//
// Adds one or more key-value tags to a Kinesis Analytics application. Note
// that the maximum number of application tags includes system tags. The maximum
-// number of user-defined application tags is 50.
+// number of user-defined application tags is 50. For more information, see
+// Using Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesisanalytics/latest/java/how-tagging.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2156,7 +2347,8 @@ func (c *KinesisAnalyticsV2) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (re
// UntagResource API operation for Amazon Kinesis Analytics.
//
-// Removes one or more tags from a Kinesis Analytics application.
+// Removes one or more tags from a Kinesis Analytics application. For more information,
+// see Using Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesisanalytics/latest/java/how-tagging.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2959,6 +3151,128 @@ func (s *AddApplicationReferenceDataSourceOutput) SetReferenceDataSourceDescript
return s
}
+type AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of an existing application.
+ //
+ // ApplicationName is a required field
+ ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The version of the application to which you want to add the input processing
+ // configuration. You can use the DescribeApplication operation to get the current
+ // application version. If the version specified is not the current version,
+ // the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.
+ //
+ // CurrentApplicationVersionId is a required field
+ CurrentApplicationVersionId *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"`
+
+ // Description of the VPC to add to the application.
+ //
+ // VpcConfiguration is a required field
+ VpcConfiguration *VpcConfiguration `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.ApplicationName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplicationName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApplicationName != nil && len(*s.ApplicationName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApplicationName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.CurrentApplicationVersionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CurrentApplicationVersionId"))
+ }
+ if s.CurrentApplicationVersionId != nil && *s.CurrentApplicationVersionId < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CurrentApplicationVersionId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VpcConfiguration == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcConfiguration"))
+ }
+ if s.VpcConfiguration != nil {
+ if err := s.VpcConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("VpcConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApplicationName sets the ApplicationName field's value.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) SetApplicationName(v string) *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput {
+ s.ApplicationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCurrentApplicationVersionId sets the CurrentApplicationVersionId field's value.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) SetCurrentApplicationVersionId(v int64) *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput {
+ s.CurrentApplicationVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConfiguration sets the VpcConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) SetVpcConfiguration(v *VpcConfiguration) *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationInput {
+ s.VpcConfiguration = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the application.
+ ApplicationARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Provides the current application version. Kinesis Data Analytics updates
+ // the ApplicationVersionId each time you update the application.
+ ApplicationVersionId *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+
+ // The parameters of the new VPC configuration.
+ VpcConfigurationDescription *VpcConfigurationDescription `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApplicationARN sets the ApplicationARN field's value.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) SetApplicationARN(v string) *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput {
+ s.ApplicationARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApplicationVersionId sets the ApplicationVersionId field's value.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) SetApplicationVersionId(v int64) *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput {
+ s.ApplicationVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConfigurationDescription sets the VpcConfigurationDescription field's value.
+func (s *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) SetVpcConfigurationDescription(v *VpcConfigurationDescription) *AddApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput {
+ s.VpcConfigurationDescription = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes code configuration for a Java-based Kinesis Data Analytics application.
type ApplicationCodeConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3119,6 +3433,9 @@ type ApplicationConfiguration struct {
// The creation and update parameters for an SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics
// application.
SqlApplicationConfiguration *SqlApplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The array of descriptions of VPC configurations available to the application.
+ VpcConfigurations []*VpcConfiguration `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3162,6 +3479,16 @@ func (s *ApplicationConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("SqlApplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.VpcConfigurations != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.VpcConfigurations {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VpcConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3199,6 +3526,12 @@ func (s *ApplicationConfiguration) SetSqlApplicationConfiguration(v *SqlApplicat
return s
}
+// SetVpcConfigurations sets the VpcConfigurations field's value.
+func (s *ApplicationConfiguration) SetVpcConfigurations(v []*VpcConfiguration) *ApplicationConfiguration {
+ s.VpcConfigurations = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes details about the application code and starting parameters for
// an Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics application.
type ApplicationConfigurationDescription struct {
@@ -3224,6 +3557,9 @@ type ApplicationConfigurationDescription struct {
// The details about inputs, outputs, and reference data sources for an SQL-based
// Kinesis Data Analytics application.
SqlApplicationConfigurationDescription *SqlApplicationConfigurationDescription `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The array of descriptions of VPC configurations available to the application.
+ VpcConfigurationDescriptions []*VpcConfigurationDescription `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3272,6 +3608,12 @@ func (s *ApplicationConfigurationDescription) SetSqlApplicationConfigurationDesc
return s
}
+// SetVpcConfigurationDescriptions sets the VpcConfigurationDescriptions field's value.
+func (s *ApplicationConfigurationDescription) SetVpcConfigurationDescriptions(v []*VpcConfigurationDescription) *ApplicationConfigurationDescription {
+ s.VpcConfigurationDescriptions = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes updates to an application's configuration.
type ApplicationConfigurationUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3293,6 +3635,10 @@ type ApplicationConfigurationUpdate struct {
// Describes updates to an SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration.
SqlApplicationConfigurationUpdate *SqlApplicationConfigurationUpdate `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Updates to the array of descriptions of VPC configurations available to the
+ // application.
+ VpcConfigurationUpdates []*VpcConfigurationUpdate `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -3333,6 +3679,16 @@ func (s *ApplicationConfigurationUpdate) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("SqlApplicationConfigurationUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.VpcConfigurationUpdates != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.VpcConfigurationUpdates {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VpcConfigurationUpdates", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3370,6 +3726,12 @@ func (s *ApplicationConfigurationUpdate) SetSqlApplicationConfigurationUpdate(v
return s
}
+// SetVpcConfigurationUpdates sets the VpcConfigurationUpdates field's value.
+func (s *ApplicationConfigurationUpdate) SetVpcConfigurationUpdates(v []*VpcConfigurationUpdate) *ApplicationConfigurationUpdate {
+ s.VpcConfigurationUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes the application, including the application Amazon Resource Name
// (ARN), status, latest version, and input and output configurations.
type ApplicationDetail struct {
@@ -3807,14 +4169,33 @@ type CheckpointConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the interval in milliseconds between checkpoint operations.
- CheckpointInterval *int64 `type:"long"`
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a CheckpointInterval vaue of 60000, even if this value is set to
+ // another value using this API or in application code.
+ CheckpointInterval *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
// Describes whether checkpointing is enabled for a Java-based Kinesis Data
// Analytics application.
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a CheckpointingEnabled value of true, even if this value is set
+ // to another value using this API or in application code.
CheckpointingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Describes whether the application uses Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics' default
- // checkpointing behavior.
+ // checkpointing behavior. You must set this property to CUSTOM in order to
+ // set the CheckpointingEnabled, CheckpointInterval, or MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints
+ // parameters.
+ //
+ // If this value is set to DEFAULT, the application will use the following values,
+ // even if they are set to other values using APIs or application code:
+ //
+ // * CheckpointingEnabled: true
+ //
+ // * CheckpointInterval: 60000
+ //
+ // * MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints: 5000
//
// ConfigurationType is a required field
ConfigurationType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
@@ -3824,6 +4205,10 @@ type CheckpointConfiguration struct {
// longer than the CheckpointInterval, the application otherwise performs continual
// checkpoint operations. For more information, see Tuning Checkpointing (https://ci.apache.org/projects/flink/flink-docs-stable/ops/state/large_state_tuning.html#tuning-checkpointing)
// in the Apache Flink Documentation (https://ci.apache.org/projects/flink/flink-docs-release-1.6/).
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints value of 5000, even if this value is
+ // set using this API or in application code.
MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints *int64 `type:"long"`
}
@@ -3840,6 +4225,9 @@ func (s CheckpointConfiguration) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CheckpointConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CheckpointConfiguration"}
+ if s.CheckpointInterval != nil && *s.CheckpointInterval < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CheckpointInterval", 1))
+ }
if s.ConfigurationType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConfigurationType"))
}
@@ -3880,18 +4268,39 @@ type CheckpointConfigurationDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the interval in milliseconds between checkpoint operations.
- CheckpointInterval *int64 `type:"long"`
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a CheckpointInterval vaue of 60000, even if this value is set to
+ // another value using this API or in application code.
+ CheckpointInterval *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
// Describes whether checkpointing is enabled for a Java-based Kinesis Data
// Analytics application.
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a CheckpointingEnabled value of true, even if this value is set
+ // to another value using this API or in application code.
CheckpointingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Describes whether the application uses the default checkpointing behavior
// in Kinesis Data Analytics.
+ //
+ // If this value is set to DEFAULT, the application will use the following values,
+ // even if they are set to other values using APIs or application code:
+ //
+ // * CheckpointingEnabled: true
+ //
+ // * CheckpointInterval: 60000
+ //
+ // * MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints: 5000
ConfigurationType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
// Describes the minimum time in milliseconds after a checkpoint operation completes
// that a new checkpoint operation can start.
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints value of 5000, even if this value is
+ // set using this API or in application code.
MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints *int64 `type:"long"`
}
@@ -3935,17 +4344,40 @@ type CheckpointConfigurationUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes updates to the interval in milliseconds between checkpoint operations.
- CheckpointIntervalUpdate *int64 `type:"long"`
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a CheckpointInterval vaue of 60000, even if this value is set to
+ // another value using this API or in application code.
+ CheckpointIntervalUpdate *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
// Describes updates to whether checkpointing is enabled for an application.
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a CheckpointingEnabled value of true, even if this value is set
+ // to another value using this API or in application code.
CheckpointingEnabledUpdate *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Describes updates to whether the application uses the default checkpointing
- // behavior of Kinesis Data Analytics.
+ // behavior of Kinesis Data Analytics. You must set this property to CUSTOM
+ // in order to set the CheckpointingEnabled, CheckpointInterval, or MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints
+ // parameters.
+ //
+ // If this value is set to DEFAULT, the application will use the following values,
+ // even if they are set to other values using APIs or application code:
+ //
+ // * CheckpointingEnabled: true
+ //
+ // * CheckpointInterval: 60000
+ //
+ // * MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints: 5000
ConfigurationTypeUpdate *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
// Describes updates to the minimum time in milliseconds after a checkpoint
// operation completes that a new checkpoint operation can start.
+ //
+ // If CheckpointConfiguration.ConfigurationType is DEFAULT, the application
+ // will use a MinPauseBetweenCheckpoints value of 5000, even if this value is
+ // set using this API or in application code.
MinPauseBetweenCheckpointsUpdate *int64 `type:"long"`
}
@@ -3959,6 +4391,19 @@ func (s CheckpointConfigurationUpdate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CheckpointConfigurationUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CheckpointConfigurationUpdate"}
+ if s.CheckpointIntervalUpdate != nil && *s.CheckpointIntervalUpdate < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CheckpointIntervalUpdate", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
// SetCheckpointIntervalUpdate sets the CheckpointIntervalUpdate field's value.
func (s *CheckpointConfigurationUpdate) SetCheckpointIntervalUpdate(v int64) *CheckpointConfigurationUpdate {
s.CheckpointIntervalUpdate = &v
@@ -4335,8 +4780,7 @@ type CreateApplicationInput struct {
// A list of one or more tags to assign to the application. A tag is a key-value
// pair that identifies an application. Note that the maximum number of application
// tags includes system tags. The maximum number of user-defined application
- // tags is 50. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html)
- // in the AWS Billing and Cost Management Guide.
+ // tags is 50. For more information, see Using Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesisanalytics/latest/java/how-tagging.html).
Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
@@ -5156,6 +5600,114 @@ func (s DeleteApplicationSnapshotOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of an existing application.
+ //
+ // ApplicationName is a required field
+ ApplicationName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The current application version ID. You can retrieve the application version
+ // ID using DescribeApplication.
+ //
+ // CurrentApplicationVersionId is a required field
+ CurrentApplicationVersionId *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the VPC configuration to delete.
+ //
+ // VpcConfigurationId is a required field
+ VpcConfigurationId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput"}
+ if s.ApplicationName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplicationName"))
+ }
+ if s.ApplicationName != nil && len(*s.ApplicationName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApplicationName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.CurrentApplicationVersionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CurrentApplicationVersionId"))
+ }
+ if s.CurrentApplicationVersionId != nil && *s.CurrentApplicationVersionId < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CurrentApplicationVersionId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VpcConfigurationId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcConfigurationId"))
+ }
+ if s.VpcConfigurationId != nil && len(*s.VpcConfigurationId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VpcConfigurationId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetApplicationName sets the ApplicationName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) SetApplicationName(v string) *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput {
+ s.ApplicationName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCurrentApplicationVersionId sets the CurrentApplicationVersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) SetCurrentApplicationVersionId(v int64) *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput {
+ s.CurrentApplicationVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConfigurationId sets the VpcConfigurationId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput) SetVpcConfigurationId(v string) *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationInput {
+ s.VpcConfigurationId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the Kinesis Data Analytics application.
+ ApplicationARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The updated version ID of the application.
+ ApplicationVersionId *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetApplicationARN sets the ApplicationARN field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) SetApplicationARN(v string) *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput {
+ s.ApplicationARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetApplicationVersionId sets the ApplicationVersionId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput) SetApplicationVersionId(v int64) *DeleteApplicationVpcConfigurationOutput {
+ s.ApplicationVersionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeApplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5785,6 +6337,11 @@ func (s FlinkApplicationConfigurationUpdate) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *FlinkApplicationConfigurationUpdate) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FlinkApplicationConfigurationUpdate"}
+ if s.CheckpointConfigurationUpdate != nil {
+ if err := s.CheckpointConfigurationUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("CheckpointConfigurationUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.ParallelismConfigurationUpdate != nil {
if err := s.ParallelismConfigurationUpdate.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ParallelismConfigurationUpdate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -5815,6 +6372,36 @@ func (s *FlinkApplicationConfigurationUpdate) SetParallelismConfigurationUpdate(
return s
}
+// Describes the starting parameters for an Apache Flink-based Kinesis Data
+// Analytics application.
+type FlinkRunConfiguration struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // When restoring from a savepoint, specifies whether the runtime is allowed
+ // to skip a state that cannot be mapped to the new program. This will happen
+ // if the program is updated between savepoints to remove stateful parameters,
+ // and state data in the savepoint no longer corresponds to valid application
+ // data. For more information, see Allowing Non-Restored State (https://ci.apache.org/projects/flink/flink-docs-release-1.8/ops/state/savepoints.html#allowing-non-restored-state)
+ // in the Apache Flink documentation (https://ci.apache.org/projects/flink/flink-docs-release-1.8/).
+ AllowNonRestoredState *bool `type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FlinkRunConfiguration) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FlinkRunConfiguration) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAllowNonRestoredState sets the AllowNonRestoredState field's value.
+func (s *FlinkRunConfiguration) SetAllowNonRestoredState(v bool) *FlinkRunConfiguration {
+ s.AllowNonRestoredState = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// When you configure the application input for an SQL-based Amazon Kinesis
// Data Analytics application, you specify the streaming source, the in-application
// stream name that is created, and the mapping between the two.
@@ -7651,7 +8238,8 @@ type MonitoringConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes whether to use the default CloudWatch logging configuration for
- // an application.
+ // an application. You must set this property to CUSTOM in order to set the
+ // LogLevel or MetricsLevel parameters.
//
// ConfigurationType is a required field
ConfigurationType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
@@ -7754,7 +8342,8 @@ type MonitoringConfigurationUpdate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes updates to whether to use the default CloudWatch logging configuration
- // for an application.
+ // for an application. You must set this property to CUSTOM in order to set
+ // the LogLevel or MetricsLevel parameters.
ConfigurationTypeUpdate *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
// Describes updates to the verbosity of the CloudWatch Logs for an application.
@@ -8098,15 +8687,22 @@ type ParallelismConfiguration struct {
AutoScalingEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Describes whether the application uses the default parallelism for the Kinesis
- // Data Analytics service.
+ // Data Analytics service. You must set this property to CUSTOM in order to
+ // change your application's AutoScalingEnabled, Parallelism, or ParallelismPerKPU
+ // properties.
//
// ConfigurationType is a required field
ConfigurationType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
// Describes the initial number of parallel tasks that a Java-based Kinesis
- // Data Analytics application can perform. The Kinesis Data Analytics service
- // can increase this number automatically if ParallelismConfiguration$AutoScalingEnabled
- // is set to true.
+ // Data Analytics application can perform. If AutoScalingEnabled is set to True,
+ // Kinesis Data Analytics increases the CurrentParallelism value in response
+ // to application load. The service can increase the CurrentParallelism value
+ // up to the maximum parallelism, which is ParalellismPerKPU times the maximum
+ // KPUs for the application. The maximum KPUs for an application is 32 by default,
+ // and can be increased by requesting a limit increase. If application load
+ // is reduced, the service can reduce the CurrentParallelism value down to the
+ // Parallelism setting.
Parallelism *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// Describes the number of parallel tasks that a Java-based Kinesis Data Analytics
@@ -8183,11 +8779,24 @@ type ParallelismConfigurationDescription struct {
ConfigurationType *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
// Describes the current number of parallel tasks that a Java-based Kinesis
- // Data Analytics application can perform.
+ // Data Analytics application can perform. If AutoScalingEnabled is set to True,
+ // Kinesis Data Analytics can increase this value in response to application
+ // load. The service can increase this value up to the maximum parallelism,
+ // which is ParalellismPerKPU times the maximum KPUs for the application. The
+ // maximum KPUs for an application is 32 by default, and can be increased by
+ // requesting a limit increase. If application load is reduced, the service
+ // can reduce the CurrentParallelism value down to the Parallelism setting.
CurrentParallelism *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// Describes the initial number of parallel tasks that a Java-based Kinesis
- // Data Analytics application can perform.
+ // Data Analytics application can perform. If AutoScalingEnabled is set to True,
+ // then Kinesis Data Analytics can increase the CurrentParallelism value in
+ // response to application load. The service can increase CurrentParallelism
+ // up to the maximum parallelism, which is ParalellismPerKPU times the maximum
+ // KPUs for the application. The maximum KPUs for an application is 32 by default,
+ // and can be increased by requesting a limit increase. If application load
+ // is reduced, the service can reduce the CurrentParallelism value down to the
+ // Parallelism setting.
Parallelism *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// Describes the number of parallel tasks that a Java-based Kinesis Data Analytics
@@ -8246,6 +8855,8 @@ type ParallelismConfigurationUpdate struct {
// Describes updates to whether the application uses the default parallelism
// for the Kinesis Data Analytics service, or if a custom parallelism is used.
+ // You must set this property to CUSTOM in order to change your application's
+ // AutoScalingEnabled, Parallelism, or ParallelismPerKPU properties.
ConfigurationTypeUpdate *string `type:"string" enum:"ConfigurationType"`
// Describes updates to the number of parallel tasks an application can perform
@@ -8253,7 +8864,13 @@ type ParallelismConfigurationUpdate struct {
ParallelismPerKPUUpdate *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
// Describes updates to the initial number of parallel tasks an application
- // can perform.
+ // can perform. If AutoScalingEnabled is set to True, then Kinesis Data Analytics
+ // can increase the CurrentParallelism value in response to application load.
+ // The service can increase CurrentParallelism up to the maximum parallelism,
+ // which is ParalellismPerKPU times the maximum KPUs for the application. The
+ // maximum KPUs for an application is 32 by default, and can be increased by
+ // requesting a limit increase. If application load is reduced, the service
+ // will reduce CurrentParallelism down to the Parallelism setting.
ParallelismUpdate *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
@@ -8741,6 +9358,10 @@ type RunConfiguration struct {
// Describes the restore behavior of a restarting application.
ApplicationRestoreConfiguration *ApplicationRestoreConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+ // Describes the starting parameters for an Apache Flink-based Kinesis Data
+ // Analytics application.
+ FlinkRunConfiguration *FlinkRunConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+
// Describes the starting parameters for an SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics
// application.
SqlRunConfigurations []*SqlRunConfiguration `type:"list"`
@@ -8787,6 +9408,12 @@ func (s *RunConfiguration) SetApplicationRestoreConfiguration(v *ApplicationRest
return s
}
+// SetFlinkRunConfiguration sets the FlinkRunConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *RunConfiguration) SetFlinkRunConfiguration(v *FlinkRunConfiguration) *RunConfiguration {
+ s.FlinkRunConfiguration = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSqlRunConfigurations sets the SqlRunConfigurations field's value.
func (s *RunConfiguration) SetSqlRunConfigurations(v []*SqlRunConfiguration) *RunConfiguration {
s.SqlRunConfigurations = v
@@ -8824,6 +9451,10 @@ type RunConfigurationUpdate struct {
// Describes updates to the restore behavior of a restarting application.
ApplicationRestoreConfiguration *ApplicationRestoreConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes the starting parameters for an Apache Flink-based Kinesis Data
+ // Analytics application.
+ FlinkRunConfiguration *FlinkRunConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -8857,6 +9488,12 @@ func (s *RunConfigurationUpdate) SetApplicationRestoreConfiguration(v *Applicati
return s
}
+// SetFlinkRunConfiguration sets the FlinkRunConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *RunConfigurationUpdate) SetFlinkRunConfiguration(v *FlinkRunConfiguration) *RunConfigurationUpdate {
+ s.FlinkRunConfiguration = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes the location of a Java-based Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics application's
// code stored in an S3 bucket.
type S3ApplicationCodeLocationDescription struct {
@@ -9806,9 +10443,7 @@ func (s StopApplicationOutput) GoString() string {
// AWS resources. If you specify a tag that already exists, the tag value is
// replaced with the value that you specify in the request. Note that the maximum
// number of application tags includes system tags. The maximum number of user-defined
-// application tags is 50. For more information, see Using Cost Allocation Tags
-// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html)
-// in the AWS Billing and Cost Management Guide.
+// application tags is 50. For more information, see Using Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kinesisanalytics/latest/java/how-tagging.html).
type Tag struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -10158,6 +10793,196 @@ func (s *UpdateApplicationOutput) SetApplicationDetail(v *ApplicationDetail) *Up
return s
}
+// Describes the parameters of a VPC used by the application.
+type VpcConfiguration struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The array of SecurityGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SecurityGroup.html)
+ // IDs used by the VPC configuration.
+ //
+ // SecurityGroupIds is a required field
+ SecurityGroupIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The array of Subnet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_Subnet.html)
+ // IDs used by the VPC configuration.
+ //
+ // SubnetIds is a required field
+ SubnetIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConfiguration) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConfiguration) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *VpcConfiguration) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VpcConfiguration"}
+ if s.SecurityGroupIds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SecurityGroupIds"))
+ }
+ if s.SecurityGroupIds != nil && len(s.SecurityGroupIds) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityGroupIds", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SubnetIds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
+ }
+ if s.SubnetIds != nil && len(s.SubnetIds) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubnetIds", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfiguration) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *VpcConfiguration {
+ s.SecurityGroupIds = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfiguration) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *VpcConfiguration {
+ s.SubnetIds = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes the parameters of a VPC used by the application.
+type VpcConfigurationDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The array of SecurityGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SecurityGroup.html)
+ // IDs used by the VPC configuration.
+ //
+ // SecurityGroupIds is a required field
+ SecurityGroupIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The array of Subnet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_Subnet.html)
+ // IDs used by the VPC configuration.
+ //
+ // SubnetIds is a required field
+ SubnetIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the VPC configuration.
+ //
+ // VpcConfigurationId is a required field
+ VpcConfigurationId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the associated VPC.
+ //
+ // VpcId is a required field
+ VpcId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConfigurationDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConfigurationDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationDescription) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *VpcConfigurationDescription {
+ s.SecurityGroupIds = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationDescription) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *VpcConfigurationDescription {
+ s.SubnetIds = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConfigurationId sets the VpcConfigurationId field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationDescription) SetVpcConfigurationId(v string) *VpcConfigurationDescription {
+ s.VpcConfigurationId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationDescription) SetVpcId(v string) *VpcConfigurationDescription {
+ s.VpcId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes updates to the VPC configuration used by the application.
+type VpcConfigurationUpdate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Describes updates to the array of SecurityGroup (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_SecurityGroup.html)
+ // IDs used by the VPC configuration.
+ SecurityGroupIdUpdates []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Describes updates to the array of Subnet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_Subnet.html)
+ // IDs used by the VPC configuration.
+ SubnetIdUpdates []*string `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Describes an update to the ID of the VPC configuration.
+ //
+ // VpcConfigurationId is a required field
+ VpcConfigurationId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConfigurationUpdate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConfigurationUpdate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationUpdate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VpcConfigurationUpdate"}
+ if s.SecurityGroupIdUpdates != nil && len(s.SecurityGroupIdUpdates) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SecurityGroupIdUpdates", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SubnetIdUpdates != nil && len(s.SubnetIdUpdates) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SubnetIdUpdates", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VpcConfigurationId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcConfigurationId"))
+ }
+ if s.VpcConfigurationId != nil && len(*s.VpcConfigurationId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VpcConfigurationId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSecurityGroupIdUpdates sets the SecurityGroupIdUpdates field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationUpdate) SetSecurityGroupIdUpdates(v []*string) *VpcConfigurationUpdate {
+ s.SecurityGroupIdUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSubnetIdUpdates sets the SubnetIdUpdates field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationUpdate) SetSubnetIdUpdates(v []*string) *VpcConfigurationUpdate {
+ s.SubnetIdUpdates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConfigurationId sets the VpcConfigurationId field's value.
+func (s *VpcConfigurationUpdate) SetVpcConfigurationId(v string) *VpcConfigurationUpdate {
+ s.VpcConfigurationId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
const (
// ApplicationRestoreTypeSkipRestoreFromSnapshot is a ApplicationRestoreType enum value
ApplicationRestoreTypeSkipRestoreFromSnapshot = "SKIP_RESTORE_FROM_SNAPSHOT"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go
index d1375b226069..b53a52263052 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/api.go
@@ -58,16 +58,15 @@ func (c *KMS) CancelKeyDeletionRequest(input *CancelKeyDeletionInput) (req *requ
// CancelKeyDeletion API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Cancels the deletion of a customer master key (CMK). When this operation
-// is successful, the CMK is set to the Disabled state. To enable a CMK, use
-// EnableKey. You cannot perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS
-// account.
+// succeeds, the key state of the CMK is Disabled. To enable the CMK, use EnableKey.
+// You cannot perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
//
// For more information about scheduling and canceling deletion of a CMK, see
// Deleting Customer Master Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -100,7 +99,7 @@ func (c *KMS) CancelKeyDeletionRequest(input *CancelKeyDeletionInput) (req *requ
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/CancelKeyDeletion
func (c *KMS) CancelKeyDeletion(input *CancelKeyDeletionInput) (*CancelKeyDeletionOutput, error) {
@@ -350,32 +349,68 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request,
// CreateAlias API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Creates a display name for a customer managed customer master key (CMK).
-// You can use an alias to identify a CMK in selected operations, such as Encrypt
-// and GenerateDataKey.
+// You can use an alias to identify a CMK in cryptographic operations, such
+// as Encrypt and GenerateDataKey. You can change the CMK associated with the
+// alias at any time.
+//
+// Aliases are easier to remember than key IDs. They can also help to simplify
+// your applications. For example, if you use an alias in your code, you can
+// change the CMK your code uses by associating a given alias with a different
+// CMK.
+//
+// To run the same code in multiple AWS regions, use an alias in your code,
+// such as alias/ApplicationKey. Then, in each AWS Region, create an alias/ApplicationKey
+// alias that is associated with a CMK in that Region. When you run your code,
+// it uses the alias/ApplicationKey CMK for that AWS Region without any Region-specific
+// code.
+//
+// This operation does not return a response. To get the alias that you created,
+// use the ListAliases operation.
//
-// Each CMK can have multiple aliases, but each alias points to only one CMK.
-// The alias name must be unique in the AWS account and region. To simplify
-// code that runs in multiple regions, use the same alias name, but point it
-// to a different CMK in each region.
+// To use aliases successfully, be aware of the following information.
//
-// Because an alias is not a property of a CMK, you can delete and change the
-// aliases of a CMK without affecting the CMK. Also, aliases do not appear in
-// the response from the DescribeKey operation. To get the aliases of all CMKs,
-// use the ListAliases operation.
+// * Each alias points to only one CMK at a time, although a single CMK can
+// have multiple aliases. The alias and its associated CMK must be in the
+// same AWS account and Region.
//
-// The alias name must begin with alias/ followed by a name, such as alias/ExampleAlias.
-// It can contain only alphanumeric characters, forward slashes (/), underscores
-// (_), and dashes (-). The alias name cannot begin with alias/aws/. The alias/aws/
-// prefix is reserved for AWS managed CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk).
+// * You can associate an alias with any customer managed CMK in the same
+// AWS account and Region. However, you do not have permission to associate
+// an alias with an AWS managed CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk)
+// or an AWS owned CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-owned-cmk).
//
-// The alias and the CMK it is mapped to must be in the same AWS account and
-// the same region. You cannot perform this operation on an alias in a different
-// AWS account.
+// * To change the CMK associated with an alias, use the UpdateAlias operation.
+// The current CMK and the new CMK must be the same type (both symmetric
+// or both asymmetric) and they must have the same key usage (ENCRYPT_DECRYPT
+// or SIGN_VERIFY). This restriction prevents cryptographic errors in code
+// that uses aliases.
//
-// To map an existing alias to a different CMK, call UpdateAlias.
+// * The alias name must begin with alias/ followed by a name, such as alias/ExampleAlias.
+// It can contain only alphanumeric characters, forward slashes (/), underscores
+// (_), and dashes (-). The alias name cannot begin with alias/aws/. The
+// alias/aws/ prefix is reserved for AWS managed CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk).
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// * The alias name must be unique within an AWS Region. However, you can
+// use the same alias name in multiple Regions of the same AWS account. Each
+// instance of the alias is associated with a CMK in its Region.
+//
+// * After you create an alias, you cannot change its alias name. However,
+// you can use the DeleteAlias operation to delete the alias and then create
+// a new alias with the desired name.
+//
+// * You can use an alias name or alias ARN to identify a CMK in AWS KMS
+// cryptographic operations and in the DescribeKey operation. However, you
+// cannot use alias names or alias ARNs in API operations that manage CMKs,
+// such as DisableKey or GetKeyPolicy. For information about the valid CMK
+// identifiers for each AWS KMS API operation, see the descriptions of the
+// KeyId parameter in the API operation documentation.
+//
+// Because an alias is not a property of a CMK, you can delete and change the
+// aliases of a CMK without affecting the CMK. Also, aliases do not appear in
+// the response from the DescribeKey operation. To get the aliases and alias
+// ARNs of CMKs in each AWS account and Region, use the ListAliases operation.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -416,7 +451,7 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/CreateAlias
func (c *KMS) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*CreateAliasOutput, error) {
@@ -657,17 +692,44 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateGrantRequest(input *CreateGrantInput) (req *request.Request,
// principal to use the CMK when the conditions specified in the grant are met.
// When setting permissions, grants are an alternative to key policies.
//
-// To create a grant that allows a cryptographic operation only when the encryption
-// context in the operation request matches or includes a specified encryption
-// context, use the Constraints parameter. For details, see GrantConstraints.
+// To create a grant that allows a cryptographic operation only when the request
+// includes a particular encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context),
+// use the Constraints parameter. For details, see GrantConstraints.
+//
+// You can create grants on symmetric and asymmetric CMKs. However, if the grant
+// allows an operation that the CMK does not support, CreateGrant fails with
+// a ValidationException.
+//
+// * Grants for symmetric CMKs cannot allow operations that are not supported
+// for symmetric CMKs, including Sign, Verify, and GetPublicKey. (There are
+// limited exceptions to this rule for legacy operations, but you should
+// not create a grant for an operation that AWS KMS does not support.)
+//
+// * Grants for asymmetric CMKs cannot allow operations that are not supported
+// for asymmetric CMKs, including operations that generate data keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GenerateDataKey)
+// or data key pairs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GenerateDataKeyPair),
+// or operations related to automatic key rotation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html),
+// imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html),
+// or CMKs in custom key stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
+//
+// * Grants for asymmetric CMKs with a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT cannot
+// allow the Sign or Verify operations. Grants for asymmetric CMKs with a
+// KeyUsage of SIGN_VERIFY cannot allow the Encrypt or Decrypt operations.
+//
+// * Grants for asymmetric CMKs cannot include an encryption context grant
+// constraint. An encryption context is not supported on asymmetric CMKs.
+//
+// For information about symmetric and asymmetric CMKs, see Using Symmetric
+// and Asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// To perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the
// key ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter. For more information about grants,
// see Grants (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/grants.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -711,7 +773,7 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateGrantRequest(input *CreateGrantInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/CreateGrant
func (c *KMS) CreateGrant(input *CreateGrantInput) (*CreateGrantOutput, error) {
@@ -779,23 +841,67 @@ func (c *KMS) CreateKeyRequest(input *CreateKeyInput) (req *request.Request, out
// CreateKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Creates a customer managed customer master key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#master_keys)
-// (CMK) in your AWS account.
+// Creates a unique customer managed customer master key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#master-keys)
+// (CMK) in your AWS account and Region. You cannot use this operation to create
+// a CMK in a different AWS account.
+//
+// You can use the CreateKey operation to create symmetric or asymmetric CMKs.
+//
+// * Symmetric CMKs contain a 256-bit symmetric key that never leaves AWS
+// KMS unencrypted. To use the CMK, you must call AWS KMS. You can use a
+// symmetric CMK to encrypt and decrypt small amounts of data, but they are
+// typically used to generate data keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys)
+// or data key pairs. For details, see GenerateDataKey and GenerateDataKeyPair.
+//
+// * Asymmetric CMKs can contain an RSA key pair or an Elliptic Curve (ECC)
+// key pair. The private key in an asymmetric CMK never leaves AWS KMS unencrypted.
+// However, you can use the GetPublicKey operation to download the public
+// key so it can be used outside of AWS KMS. CMKs with RSA key pairs can
+// be used to encrypt or decrypt data or sign and verify messages (but not
+// both). CMKs with ECC key pairs can be used only to sign and verify messages.
+//
+// For information about symmetric and asymmetric CMKs, see Using Symmetric
+// and Asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// To create different types of CMKs, use the following guidance:
+//
+// Asymmetric CMKs
+//
+// To create an asymmetric CMK, use the CustomerMasterKeySpec parameter to specify
+// the type of key material in the CMK. Then, use the KeyUsage parameter to
+// determine whether the CMK will be used to encrypt and decrypt or sign and
+// verify. You can't change these properties after the CMK is created.
//
-// You can use a CMK to encrypt small amounts of data (up to 4096 bytes) directly.
-// But CMKs are more commonly used to encrypt the data keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#data-keys)
-// that are used to encrypt data.
+// Symmetric CMKs
//
-// To create a CMK for imported key material, use the Origin parameter with
-// a value of EXTERNAL.
+// When creating a symmetric CMK, you don't need to specify the CustomerMasterKeySpec
+// or KeyUsage parameters. The default value for CustomerMasterKeySpec, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT,
+// and the default value for KeyUsage, ENCRYPT_DECRYPT, are the only valid values
+// for symmetric CMKs.
//
-// To create a CMK in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html),
+// Imported Key Material
+//
+// To import your own key material, begin by creating a symmetric CMK with no
+// key material. To do this, use the Origin parameter of CreateKey with a value
+// of EXTERNAL. Next, use GetParametersForImport operation to get a public key
+// and import token, and use the public key to encrypt your key material. Then,
+// use ImportKeyMaterial with your import token to import the key material.
+// For step-by-step instructions, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide . You cannot import the
+// key material into an asymmetric CMK.
+//
+// Custom Key Stores
+//
+// To create a symmetric CMK in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html),
// use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to specify the custom key store. You must
// also use the Origin parameter with a value of AWS_CLOUDHSM. The AWS CloudHSM
// cluster that is associated with the custom key store must have at least two
// active HSMs in different Availability Zones in the AWS Region.
//
-// You cannot use this operation to create a CMK in a different AWS account.
+// You cannot create an asymmetric CMK in a custom key store. For information
+// about custom key stores in AWS KMS see Using Custom Key Stores (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -954,25 +1060,51 @@ func (c *KMS) DecryptRequest(input *DecryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
// Decrypt API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Decrypts ciphertext. Ciphertext is plaintext that has been previously encrypted
-// by using any of the following operations:
+// Decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted by a AWS KMS customer master key (CMK)
+// using any of the following operations:
+//
+// * Encrypt
//
// * GenerateDataKey
//
+// * GenerateDataKeyPair
+//
// * GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
//
-// * Encrypt
+// * GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+//
+// You can use this operation to decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted under
+// a symmetric or asymmetric CMK. When the CMK is asymmetric, you must specify
+// the CMK and the encryption algorithm that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+// For information about symmetric and asymmetric CMKs, see Using Symmetric
+// and Asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// The Decrypt operation also decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted outside
+// of AWS KMS by the public key in an AWS KMS asymmetric CMK. However, it cannot
+// decrypt ciphertext produced by other libraries, such as the AWS Encryption
+// SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/)
+// or Amazon S3 client-side encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html).
+// These libraries return a ciphertext format that is incompatible with AWS
+// KMS.
+//
+// If the ciphertext was encrypted under a symmetric CMK, you do not need to
+// specify the CMK or the encryption algorithm. AWS KMS can get this information
+// from metadata that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. However, if
+// you prefer, you can specify the KeyId to ensure that a particular CMK is
+// used to decrypt the ciphertext. If you specify a different CMK than the one
+// used to encrypt the ciphertext, the Decrypt operation fails.
//
// Whenever possible, use key policies to give users permission to call the
-// Decrypt operation on the CMK, instead of IAM policies. Otherwise, you might
-// create an IAM user policy that gives the user Decrypt permission on all CMKs.
-// This user could decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by CMKs in other accounts
-// if the key policy for the cross-account CMK permits it. If you must use an
-// IAM policy for Decrypt permissions, limit the user to particular CMKs or
-// particular trusted accounts.
-//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// Decrypt operation on a particular CMK, instead of using IAM policies. Otherwise,
+// you might create an IAM user policy that gives the user Decrypt permission
+// on all CMKs. This user could decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by CMKs
+// in other accounts if the key policy for the cross-account CMK permits it.
+// If you must use an IAM policy for Decrypt permissions, limit the user to
+// particular CMKs or particular trusted accounts.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -991,13 +1123,37 @@ func (c *KMS) DecryptRequest(input *DecryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidCiphertextException "InvalidCiphertextException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext, or additional
-// authenticated data incorporated into the ciphertext, such as the encryption
-// context, is corrupted, missing, or otherwise invalid.
+// From the Decrypt or ReEncrypt operation, the request was rejected because
+// the specified ciphertext, or additional authenticated data incorporated into
+// the ciphertext, such as the encryption context, is corrupted, missing, or
+// otherwise invalid.
+//
+// From the ImportKeyMaterial operation, the request was rejected because AWS
+// KMS could not decrypt the encrypted (wrapped) key material.
//
// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The
-// request can be retried.
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeIncorrectKeyException "IncorrectKeyException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK cannot decrypt the data.
+// The KeyId in a Decrypt request and the SourceKeyId in a ReEncrypt request
+// must identify the same CMK that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
//
// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
@@ -1016,7 +1172,7 @@ func (c *KMS) DecryptRequest(input *DecryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/Decrypt
func (c *KMS) Decrypt(input *DecryptInput) (*DecryptOutput, error) {
@@ -1123,7 +1279,7 @@ func (c *KMS) DeleteAliasRequest(input *DeleteAliasInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/DeleteAlias
func (c *KMS) DeleteAlias(input *DeleteAliasInput) (*DeleteAliasOutput, error) {
@@ -1342,8 +1498,8 @@ func (c *KMS) DeleteImportedKeyMaterialRequest(input *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialI
// After you delete key material, you can use ImportKeyMaterial to reimport
// the same key material into the CMK.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -1380,7 +1536,7 @@ func (c *KMS) DeleteImportedKeyMaterialRequest(input *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialI
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/DeleteImportedKeyMaterial
func (c *KMS) DeleteImportedKeyMaterial(input *DeleteImportedKeyMaterialInput) (*DeleteImportedKeyMaterialOutput, error) {
@@ -1558,12 +1714,38 @@ func (c *KMS) DescribeKeyRequest(input *DescribeKeyInput) (req *request.Request,
// DescribeKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Provides detailed information about the specified customer master key (CMK).
+// Provides detailed information about a customer master key (CMK). You can
+// run DescribeKey on a customer managed CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#customer-cmk)
+// or an AWS managed CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk).
+//
+// This detailed information includes the key ARN, creation date (and deletion
+// date, if applicable), the key state, and the origin and expiration date (if
+// any) of the key material. For CMKs in custom key stores, it includes information
+// about the custom key store, such as the key store ID and the AWS CloudHSM
+// cluster ID. It includes fields, like KeySpec, that help you distinguish symmetric
+// from asymmetric CMKs. It also provides information that is particularly important
+// to asymmetric CMKs, such as the key usage (encryption or signing) and the
+// encryption algorithms or signing algorithms that the CMK supports.
+//
+// DescribeKey does not return the following information:
//
-// You can use DescribeKey on a predefined AWS alias, that is, an AWS alias
-// with no key ID. When you do, AWS KMS associates the alias with an AWS managed
-// CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#master_keys)
-// and returns its KeyId and Arn in the response.
+// * Aliases associated with the CMK. To get this information, use ListAliases.
+//
+// * Whether automatic key rotation is enabled on the CMK. To get this information,
+// use GetKeyRotationStatus. Also, some key states prevent a CMK from being
+// automatically rotated. For details, see How Automatic Key Rotation Works
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotate-keys-how-it-works)
+// in AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// * Tags on the CMK. To get this information, use ListResourceTags.
+//
+// * Key policies and grants on the CMK. To get this information, use GetKeyPolicy
+// and ListGrants.
+//
+// If you call the DescribeKey operation on a predefined AWS alias, that is,
+// an AWS alias with no key ID, AWS KMS creates an AWS managed CMK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#master_keys).
+// Then, it associates the alias with the new CMK, and returns the KeyId and
+// Arn of the new CMK in the response.
//
// To perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the
// key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter.
@@ -1667,8 +1849,8 @@ func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRequest(input *DisableKeyInput) (req *request.Request, o
// Key State Affects the Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -1701,7 +1883,7 @@ func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRequest(input *DisableKeyInput) (req *request.Request, o
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/DisableKey
func (c *KMS) DisableKey(input *DisableKeyInput) (*DisableKeyOutput, error) {
@@ -1771,11 +1953,14 @@ func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRotationRequest(input *DisableKeyRotationInput) (req *re
// DisableKeyRotation API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Disables automatic rotation of the key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html)
-// for the specified customer master key (CMK). You cannot perform this operation
-// on a CMK in a different AWS account.
+// for the specified symmetric customer master key (CMK).
+//
+// You cannot enable automatic rotation of asymmetric CMKs, CMKs with imported
+// key material, or CMKs in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
+// You cannot perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -1811,7 +1996,7 @@ func (c *KMS) DisableKeyRotationRequest(input *DisableKeyRotationInput) (req *re
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or
@@ -2011,8 +2196,8 @@ func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRequest(input *EnableKeyInput) (req *request.Request, out
// you to use the CMK for cryptographic operations. You cannot perform this
// operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -2050,7 +2235,7 @@ func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRequest(input *EnableKeyInput) (req *request.Request, out
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/EnableKey
func (c *KMS) EnableKey(input *EnableKeyInput) (*EnableKeyOutput, error) {
@@ -2120,14 +2305,14 @@ func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRotationRequest(input *EnableKeyRotationInput) (req *requ
// EnableKeyRotation API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Enables automatic rotation of the key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html)
-// for the specified customer master key (CMK). You cannot perform this operation
-// on a CMK in a different AWS account.
+// for the specified symmetric customer master key (CMK). You cannot perform
+// this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
//
-// You cannot enable automatic rotation of CMKs with imported key material or
-// CMKs in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
+// You cannot enable automatic rotation of asymmetric CMKs, CMKs with imported
+// key material, or CMKs in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -2163,7 +2348,7 @@ func (c *KMS) EnableKeyRotationRequest(input *EnableKeyRotationInput) (req *requ
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or
@@ -2238,8 +2423,8 @@ func (c *KMS) EncryptRequest(input *EncryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
// Encrypts plaintext into ciphertext by using a customer master key (CMK).
// The Encrypt operation has two primary use cases:
//
-// * You can encrypt up to 4 kilobytes (4096 bytes) of arbitrary data such
-// as an RSA key, a database password, or other sensitive information.
+// * You can encrypt small amounts of arbitrary data, such as a personal
+// identifier or database password, or other sensitive information.
//
// * You can use the Encrypt operation to move encrypted data from one AWS
// region to another. In the first region, generate a data key and use the
@@ -2248,16 +2433,50 @@ func (c *KMS) EncryptRequest(input *EncryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
// data and encrypted data key to the new region, and decrypt in the new
// region when necessary.
//
-// You don't need use this operation to encrypt a data key within a region.
-// The GenerateDataKey and GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext operations return
-// an encrypted data key.
+// You don't need to use the Encrypt operation to encrypt a data key. The GenerateDataKey
+// and GenerateDataKeyPair operations return a plaintext data key and an encrypted
+// copy of that data key.
+//
+// When you encrypt data, you must specify a symmetric or asymmetric CMK to
+// use in the encryption operation. The CMK must have a KeyUsage value of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.
+// To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// If you use a symmetric CMK, you can use an encryption context to add additional
+// security to your encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext
+// when encrypting data, you must specify the same encryption context (a case-sensitive
+// exact match) when decrypting the data. Otherwise, the request to decrypt
+// fails with an InvalidCiphertextException. For more information, see Encryption
+// Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// If you specify an asymmetric CMK, you must also specify the encryption algorithm.
+// The algorithm must be compatible with the CMK type.
+//
+// When you use an asymmetric CMK to encrypt or reencrypt data, be sure to record
+// the CMK and encryption algorithm that you choose. You will be required to
+// provide the same CMK and encryption algorithm when you decrypt the data.
+// If the CMK and algorithm do not match the values used to encrypt the data,
+// the decrypt operation fails.
+//
+// You are not required to supply the CMK ID and encryption algorithm when you
+// decrypt with symmetric CMKs because AWS KMS stores this information in the
+// ciphertext blob. AWS KMS cannot store metadata in ciphertext generated with
+// asymmetric keys. The standard format for asymmetric key ciphertext does not
+// include configurable fields.
//
-// Also, you don't need to use this operation to encrypt data in your application.
-// You can use the plaintext and encrypted data keys that the GenerateDataKey
-// operation returns.
+// The maximum size of the data that you can encrypt varies with the type of
+// CMK and the encryption algorithm that you choose.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// * Symmetric CMKs SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT: 4096 bytes
+//
+// * RSA_2048 RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1: 214 bytes RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256: 190 bytes
+//
+// * RSA_3072 RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1: 342 bytes RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256: 318 bytes
+//
+// * RSA_4096 RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1: 470 bytes RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256: 446 bytes
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// To perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account, specify the
@@ -2279,15 +2498,27 @@ func (c *KMS) EncryptRequest(input *EncryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
//
// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The
-// request can be retried.
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
//
// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
// be retried.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid.
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
@@ -2302,7 +2533,7 @@ func (c *KMS) EncryptRequest(input *EncryptInput) (req *request.Request, output
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/Encrypt
func (c *KMS) Encrypt(input *EncryptInput) (*EncryptOutput, error) {
@@ -2370,26 +2601,42 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (req *request.
// GenerateDataKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Generates a unique data key. This operation returns a plaintext copy of the
-// data key and a copy that is encrypted under a customer master key (CMK) that
-// you specify. You can use the plaintext key to encrypt your data outside of
-// KMS and store the encrypted data key with the encrypted data.
+// Generates a unique symmetric data key. This operation returns a plaintext
+// copy of the data key and a copy that is encrypted under a customer master
+// key (CMK) that you specify. You can use the plaintext key to encrypt your
+// data outside of AWS KMS and store the encrypted data key with the encrypted
+// data.
//
// GenerateDataKey returns a unique data key for each request. The bytes in
// the key are not related to the caller or CMK that is used to encrypt the
// data key.
//
-// To generate a data key, you need to specify the customer master key (CMK)
-// that will be used to encrypt the data key. You must also specify the length
-// of the data key using either the KeySpec or NumberOfBytes field (but not
-// both). For common key lengths (128-bit and 256-bit symmetric keys), we recommend
-// that you use KeySpec. To perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS
-// account, specify the key ARN or alias ARN in the value of the KeyId parameter.
+// To generate a data key, specify the symmetric CMK that will be used to encrypt
+// the data key. You cannot use an asymmetric CMK to generate data keys.
+//
+// You must also specify the length of the data key. Use either the KeySpec
+// or NumberOfBytes parameters (but not both). For 128-bit and 256-bit data
+// keys, use the KeySpec parameter.
//
-// You will find the plaintext copy of the data key in the Plaintext field of
-// the response, and the encrypted copy of the data key in the CiphertextBlob
+// If the operation succeeds, the plaintext copy of the data key is in the Plaintext
+// field of the response, and the encrypted copy of the data key in the CiphertextBlob
// field.
//
+// To get only an encrypted copy of the data key, use GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.
+// To generate an asymmetric data key pair, use the GenerateDataKeyPair or GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+// operation. To get a cryptographically secure random byte string, use GenerateRandom.
+//
+// You can use the optional encryption context to add additional security to
+// the encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext, you must specify
+// the same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting
+// the encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException.
+// For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
// We recommend that you use the following pattern to encrypt data locally in
// your application:
//
@@ -2409,21 +2656,6 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (req *request.
// Use the plaintext data key to decrypt data locally, then erase the plaintext
// data key from memory.
//
-// To get only an encrypted copy of the data key, use GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext.
-// To get a cryptographically secure random byte string, use GenerateRandom.
-//
-// You can use the optional encryption context to add additional security to
-// your encryption operation. When you specify an EncryptionContext in the GenerateDataKey
-// operation, you must specify the same encryption context (a case-sensitive
-// exact match) in your request to Decrypt the data key. Otherwise, the request
-// to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException. For more information,
-// see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
-//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
-//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -2440,15 +2672,27 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (req *request.
// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
//
// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The
-// request can be retried.
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
//
// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
// be retried.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid.
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
@@ -2463,7 +2707,7 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (req *request.
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKey
func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKey(input *GenerateDataKeyInput) (*GenerateDataKeyOutput, error) {
@@ -2487,74 +2731,85 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateDataKey
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext = "GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext"
+const opGenerateDataKeyPair = "GenerateDataKeyPair"
-// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext operation. The "output" return
+// GenerateDataKeyPairRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GenerateDataKeyPair operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for more information on using the GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
+// See GenerateDataKeyPair for more information on using the GenerateDataKeyPair
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GenerateDataKeyPairRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GenerateDataKeyPairRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
-func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput) (req *request.Request, output *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyPair
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyPairRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) (req *request.Request, output *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext,
+ Name: opGenerateDataKeyPair,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput{}
+ input = &GenerateDataKeyPairInput{}
}
- output = &GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput{}
+ output = &GenerateDataKeyPairOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+// GenerateDataKeyPair API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Generates a unique data key. This operation returns a data key that is encrypted
-// under a customer master key (CMK) that you specify. GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
-// is identical to GenerateDataKey except that returns only the encrypted copy
-// of the data key.
+// Generates a unique asymmetric data key pair. The GenerateDataKeyPair operation
+// returns a plaintext public key, a plaintext private key, and a copy of the
+// private key that is encrypted under the symmetric CMK you specify. You can
+// use the data key pair to perform asymmetric cryptography outside of AWS KMS.
//
-// Like GenerateDataKey, GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext returns a unique data
-// key for each request. The bytes in the key are not related to the caller
-// or CMK that is used to encrypt the data key.
+// GenerateDataKeyPair returns a unique data key pair for each request. The
+// bytes in the keys are not related to the caller or the CMK that is used to
+// encrypt the private key.
//
-// This operation is useful for systems that need to encrypt data at some point,
-// but not immediately. When you need to encrypt the data, you call the Decrypt
-// operation on the encrypted copy of the key.
+// You can use the public key that GenerateDataKeyPair returns to encrypt data
+// or verify a signature outside of AWS KMS. Then, store the encrypted private
+// key with the data. When you are ready to decrypt data or sign a message,
+// you can use the Decrypt operation to decrypt the encrypted private key.
//
-// It's also useful in distributed systems with different levels of trust. For
-// example, you might store encrypted data in containers. One component of your
-// system creates new containers and stores an encrypted data key with each
-// container. Then, a different component puts the data into the containers.
-// That component first decrypts the data key, uses the plaintext data key to
-// encrypt data, puts the encrypted data into the container, and then destroys
-// the plaintext data key. In this system, the component that creates the containers
-// never sees the plaintext data key.
+// To generate a data key pair, you must specify a symmetric customer master
+// key (CMK) to encrypt the private key in a data key pair. You cannot use an
+// asymmetric CMK. To get the type of your CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// If you are using the data key pair to encrypt data, or for any operation
+// where you don't immediately need a private key, consider using the GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+// operation. GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns a plaintext public
+// key and an encrypted private key, but omits the plaintext private key that
+// you need only to decrypt ciphertext or sign a message. Later, when you need
+// to decrypt the data or sign a message, use the Decrypt operation to decrypt
+// the encrypted private key in the data key pair.
+//
+// You can use the optional encryption context to add additional security to
+// the encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext, you must specify
+// the same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting
+// the encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException.
+// For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -2562,7 +2817,7 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWitho
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
-// API operation GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for usage and error information.
+// API operation GenerateDataKeyPair for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
@@ -2573,15 +2828,27 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWitho
// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
//
// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The
-// request can be retried.
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
//
// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
// be retried.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid.
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
@@ -2596,202 +2863,518 @@ func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWitho
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
-func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext(input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput) (*GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyPair
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyPair(input *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) (*GenerateDataKeyPairOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyPairRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextWithContext is the same as GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext with the addition of
+// GenerateDataKeyPairWithContext is the same as GenerateDataKeyPair with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GenerateDataKeyPair for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input)
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyPairWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateDataKeyPairInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GenerateDataKeyPairOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyPairRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGenerateRandom = "GenerateRandom"
+const opGenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext = "GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext"
-// GenerateRandomRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GenerateRandom operation. The "output" return
+// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GenerateRandom for more information on using the GenerateRandom
+// See GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext for more information on using the GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GenerateRandomRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GenerateRandomRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateRandom
-func (c *KMS) GenerateRandomRequest(input *GenerateRandomInput) (req *request.Request, output *GenerateRandomOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) (req *request.Request, output *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGenerateRandom,
+ Name: opGenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GenerateRandomInput{}
+ input = &GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput{}
}
- output = &GenerateRandomOutput{}
+ output = &GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GenerateRandom API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure.
+// Generates a unique asymmetric data key pair. The GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+// operation returns a plaintext public key and a copy of the private key that
+// is encrypted under the symmetric CMK you specify. Unlike GenerateDataKeyPair,
+// this operation does not return a plaintext private key.
//
-// By default, the random byte string is generated in AWS KMS. To generate the
-// byte string in the AWS CloudHSM cluster that is associated with a custom
-// key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html),
-// specify the custom key store ID.
+// To generate a data key pair, you must specify a symmetric customer master
+// key (CMK) to encrypt the private key in the data key pair. You cannot use
+// an asymmetric CMK. To get the type of your CMK, use the KeySpec field in
+// the DescribeKey response.
//
-// For more information about entropy and random number generation, see the
-// AWS Key Management Service Cryptographic Details (https://d0.awsstatic.com/whitepapers/KMS-Cryptographic-Details.pdf)
-// whitepaper.
+// You can use the public key that GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns
+// to encrypt data or verify a signature outside of AWS KMS. Then, store the
+// encrypted private key with the data. When you are ready to decrypt data or
+// sign a message, you can use the Decrypt operation to decrypt the encrypted
+// private key.
+//
+// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext returns a unique data key pair for each
+// request. The bytes in the key are not related to the caller or CMK that is
+// used to encrypt the private key.
+//
+// You can use the optional encryption context to add additional security to
+// the encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext, you must specify
+// the same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting
+// the encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException.
+// For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
-// API operation GenerateRandom for usage and error information.
+// API operation GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not
+// be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDisabledException "DisabledException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
// be retried.
//
-// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
-// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
-// can be retried.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
//
-// * ErrCodeCustomKeyStoreNotFoundException "CustomKeyStoreNotFoundException"
-// The request was rejected because AWS KMS cannot find a custom key store with
-// the specified key store name or ID.
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
//
-// * ErrCodeCustomKeyStoreInvalidStateException "CustomKeyStoreInvalidStateException"
-// The request was rejected because of the ConnectionState of the custom key
-// store. To get the ConnectionState of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores
-// operation.
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
//
-// This exception is thrown under the following conditions:
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
//
-// * You requested the CreateKey or GenerateRandom operation in a custom
-// key store that is not connected. These operations are valid only when
-// the custom key store ConnectionState is CONNECTED.
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
//
-// * You requested the UpdateCustomKeyStore or DeleteCustomKeyStore operation
-// on a custom key store that is not disconnected. This operation is valid
-// only when the custom key store ConnectionState is DISCONNECTED.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
//
-// * You requested the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation on a custom key store
-// with a ConnectionState of DISCONNECTING or FAILED. This operation is valid
-// for all other ConnectionState values.
+// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
+// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
+// can be retried.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateRandom
-func (c *KMS) GenerateRandom(input *GenerateRandomInput) (*GenerateRandomOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GenerateRandomRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeInvalidStateException "KMSInvalidStateException"
+// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not
+// valid for this request.
+//
+// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
+// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext(input *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) (*GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GenerateRandomWithContext is the same as GenerateRandom with the addition of
+// GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextWithContext is the same as GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GenerateRandom for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *KMS) GenerateRandomWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateRandomInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GenerateRandomOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GenerateRandomRequest(input)
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetKeyPolicy = "GetKeyPolicy"
+const opGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext = "GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext"
-// GetKeyPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetKeyPolicy operation. The "output" return
+// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetKeyPolicy for more information on using the GetKeyPolicy
+// See GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for more information on using the GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetKeyPolicyRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetKeyPolicyRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GetKeyPolicy
-func (c *KMS) GetKeyPolicyRequest(input *GetKeyPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetKeyPolicyOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput) (req *request.Request, output *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetKeyPolicy,
+ Name: opGenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetKeyPolicyInput{}
+ input = &GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput{}
}
- output = &GetKeyPolicyOutput{}
+ output = &GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetKeyPolicy API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Gets a key policy attached to the specified customer master key (CMK). You
-// cannot perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
+// Generates a unique symmetric data key. This operation returns a data key
+// that is encrypted under a customer master key (CMK) that you specify. To
+// request an asymmetric data key pair, use the GenerateDataKeyPair or GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext
+// operations.
//
-// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
-// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
-// the error.
+// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext is identical to the GenerateDataKey operation
+// except that returns only the encrypted copy of the data key. This operation
+// is useful for systems that need to encrypt data at some point, but not immediately.
+// When you need to encrypt the data, you call the Decrypt operation on the
+// encrypted copy of the key.
//
-// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
-// API operation GetKeyPolicy for usage and error information.
+// It's also useful in distributed systems with different levels of trust. For
+// example, you might store encrypted data in containers. One component of your
+// system creates new containers and stores an encrypted data key with each
+// container. Then, a different component puts the data into the containers.
+// That component first decrypts the data key, uses the plaintext data key to
+// encrypt data, puts the encrypted data into the container, and then destroys
+// the plaintext data key. In this system, the component that creates the containers
+// never sees the plaintext data key.
//
-// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext returns a unique data key for each request.
+// The bytes in the keys are not related to the caller or CMK that is used to
+// encrypt the private key.
+//
+// To generate a data key, you must specify the symmetric customer master key
+// (CMK) that is used to encrypt the data key. You cannot use an asymmetric
+// CMK to generate a data key. To get the type of your CMK, use the KeySpec
+// field in the DescribeKey response. You must also specify the length of the
+// data key using either the KeySpec or NumberOfBytes field (but not both).
+// For common key lengths (128-bit and 256-bit symmetric keys), use the KeySpec
+// parameter.
+//
+// If the operation succeeds, you will find the plaintext copy of the data key
+// in the Plaintext field of the response, and the encrypted copy of the data
+// key in the CiphertextBlob field.
+//
+// You can use the optional encryption context to add additional security to
+// the encryption operation. If you specify an EncryptionContext, you must specify
+// the same encryption context (a case-sensitive exact match) when decrypting
+// the encrypted data key. Otherwise, the request to decrypt fails with an InvalidCiphertextException.
+// For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
+// API operation GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not
+// be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDisabledException "DisabledException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
+// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
+// be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
+// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
+// can be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidStateException "KMSInvalidStateException"
+// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not
+// valid for this request.
+//
+// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
+// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext(input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput) (*GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextWithContext is the same as GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintext for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KMS) GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGenerateRandom = "GenerateRandom"
+
+// GenerateRandomRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GenerateRandom operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GenerateRandom for more information on using the GenerateRandom
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GenerateRandomRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GenerateRandomRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateRandom
+func (c *KMS) GenerateRandomRequest(input *GenerateRandomInput) (req *request.Request, output *GenerateRandomOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGenerateRandom,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GenerateRandomInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GenerateRandomOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GenerateRandom API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+//
+// Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure.
+//
+// By default, the random byte string is generated in AWS KMS. To generate the
+// byte string in the AWS CloudHSM cluster that is associated with a custom
+// key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html),
+// specify the custom key store ID.
+//
+// For more information about entropy and random number generation, see the
+// AWS Key Management Service Cryptographic Details (https://d0.awsstatic.com/whitepapers/KMS-Cryptographic-Details.pdf)
+// whitepaper.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
+// API operation GenerateRandom for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
+// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
+// be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
+// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
+// can be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCustomKeyStoreNotFoundException "CustomKeyStoreNotFoundException"
+// The request was rejected because AWS KMS cannot find a custom key store with
+// the specified key store name or ID.
+//
+// * ErrCodeCustomKeyStoreInvalidStateException "CustomKeyStoreInvalidStateException"
+// The request was rejected because of the ConnectionState of the custom key
+// store. To get the ConnectionState of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores
+// operation.
+//
+// This exception is thrown under the following conditions:
+//
+// * You requested the CreateKey or GenerateRandom operation in a custom
+// key store that is not connected. These operations are valid only when
+// the custom key store ConnectionState is CONNECTED.
+//
+// * You requested the UpdateCustomKeyStore or DeleteCustomKeyStore operation
+// on a custom key store that is not disconnected. This operation is valid
+// only when the custom key store ConnectionState is DISCONNECTED.
+//
+// * You requested the ConnectCustomKeyStore operation on a custom key store
+// with a ConnectionState of DISCONNECTING or FAILED. This operation is valid
+// for all other ConnectionState values.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GenerateRandom
+func (c *KMS) GenerateRandom(input *GenerateRandomInput) (*GenerateRandomOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateRandomRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GenerateRandomWithContext is the same as GenerateRandom with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GenerateRandom for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KMS) GenerateRandomWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GenerateRandomInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GenerateRandomOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GenerateRandomRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetKeyPolicy = "GetKeyPolicy"
+
+// GetKeyPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetKeyPolicy operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetKeyPolicy for more information on using the GetKeyPolicy
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetKeyPolicyRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetKeyPolicyRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GetKeyPolicy
+func (c *KMS) GetKeyPolicyRequest(input *GetKeyPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetKeyPolicyOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetKeyPolicy,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetKeyPolicyInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetKeyPolicyOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetKeyPolicy API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+//
+// Gets a key policy attached to the specified customer master key (CMK). You
+// cannot perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
+// API operation GetKeyPolicy for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not
// be found.
//
@@ -2813,7 +3396,7 @@ func (c *KMS) GetKeyPolicyRequest(input *GetKeyPolicyInput) (req *request.Reques
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GetKeyPolicy
func (c *KMS) GetKeyPolicy(input *GetKeyPolicyInput) (*GetKeyPolicyOutput, error) {
@@ -2885,8 +3468,12 @@ func (c *KMS) GetKeyRotationStatusRequest(input *GetKeyRotationStatusInput) (req
// material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html)
// is enabled for the specified customer master key (CMK).
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// You cannot enable automatic rotation of asymmetric CMKs, CMKs with imported
+// key material, or CMKs in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
+// The key rotation status for these CMKs is always false.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// * Disabled: The key rotation status does not change when you disable a
@@ -2930,7 +3517,7 @@ func (c *KMS) GetKeyRotationStatusRequest(input *GetKeyRotationStatusInput) (req
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or
@@ -3002,26 +3589,29 @@ func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImportRequest(input *GetParametersForImportInput)
// GetParametersForImport API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Returns the items you need in order to import key material into AWS KMS from
-// your existing key management infrastructure. For more information about importing
-// key material into AWS KMS, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html)
+// Returns the items you need to import key material into a symmetric, customer
+// managed customer master key (CMK). For more information about importing key
+// material into AWS KMS, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
-// You must specify the key ID of the customer master key (CMK) into which you
-// will import key material. This CMK's Origin must be EXTERNAL. You must also
-// specify the wrapping algorithm and type of wrapping key (public key) that
-// you will use to encrypt the key material. You cannot perform this operation
-// on a CMK in a different AWS account.
-//
// This operation returns a public key and an import token. Use the public key
-// to encrypt the key material. Store the import token to send with a subsequent
-// ImportKeyMaterial request. The public key and import token from the same
-// response must be used together. These items are valid for 24 hours. When
-// they expire, they cannot be used for a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request.
-// To get new ones, send another GetParametersForImport request.
-//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// to encrypt the symmetric key material. Store the import token to send with
+// a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request.
+//
+// You must specify the key ID of the symmetric CMK into which you will import
+// key material. This CMK's Origin must be EXTERNAL. You must also specify the
+// wrapping algorithm and type of wrapping key (public key) that you will use
+// to encrypt the key material. You cannot perform this operation on an asymmetric
+// CMK or on any CMK in a different AWS account.
+//
+// To import key material, you must use the public key and import token from
+// the same response. These items are valid for 24 hours. The expiration date
+// and time appear in the GetParametersForImport response. You cannot use an
+// expired token in an ImportKeyMaterial request. If your key and token expire,
+// send another GetParametersForImport request.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -3058,7 +3648,7 @@ func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImportRequest(input *GetParametersForImportInput)
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GetParametersForImport
func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImport(input *GetParametersForImportInput) (*GetParametersForImportOutput, error) {
@@ -3082,33 +3672,202 @@ func (c *KMS) GetParametersForImportWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetParam
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opImportKeyMaterial = "ImportKeyMaterial"
+const opGetPublicKey = "GetPublicKey"
-// ImportKeyMaterialRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ImportKeyMaterial operation. The "output" return
+// GetPublicKeyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetPublicKey operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ImportKeyMaterial for more information on using the ImportKeyMaterial
+// See GetPublicKey for more information on using the GetPublicKey
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ImportKeyMaterialRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ImportKeyMaterialRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the GetPublicKeyRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetPublicKeyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/ImportKeyMaterial
-func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportKeyMaterialOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GetPublicKey
+func (c *KMS) GetPublicKeyRequest(input *GetPublicKeyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicKeyOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetPublicKey,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetPublicKeyInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetPublicKeyOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetPublicKey API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+//
+// Returns the public key of an asymmetric CMK. Unlike the private key of a
+// asymmetric CMK, which never leaves AWS KMS unencrypted, callers with kms:GetPublicKey
+// permission can download the public key of an asymmetric CMK. You can share
+// the public key to allow others to encrypt messages and verify signatures
+// outside of AWS KMS. For information about symmetric and asymmetric CMKs,
+// see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// You do not need to download the public key. Instead, you can use the public
+// key within AWS KMS by calling the Encrypt, ReEncrypt, or Verify operations
+// with the identifier of an asymmetric CMK. When you use the public key within
+// AWS KMS, you benefit from the authentication, authorization, and logging
+// that are part of every AWS KMS operation. You also reduce of risk of encrypting
+// data that cannot be decrypted. These features are not effective outside of
+// AWS KMS. For details, see Special Considerations for Downloading Public Keys
+// (kms/latest/developerguide/get-public-key.html#get-public-key-considerations).
+//
+// To help you use the public key safely outside of AWS KMS, GetPublicKey returns
+// important information about the public key in the response, including:
+//
+// * CustomerMasterKeySpec (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-CustomerMasterKeySpec):
+// The type of key material in the public key, such as RSA_4096 or ECC_NIST_P521.
+//
+// * KeyUsage (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-KeyUsage):
+// Whether the key is used for encryption or signing.
+//
+// * EncryptionAlgorithms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-EncryptionAlgorithms)
+// or SigningAlgorithms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_GetPublicKey.html#KMS-GetPublicKey-response-SigningAlgorithms):
+// A list of the encryption algorithms or the signing algorithms for the
+// key.
+//
+// Although AWS KMS cannot enforce these restrictions on external operations,
+// it is crucial that you use this information to prevent the public key from
+// being used improperly. For example, you can prevent a public signing key
+// from being used encrypt data, or prevent a public key from being used with
+// an encryption algorithm that is not supported by AWS KMS. You can also avoid
+// errors, such as using the wrong signing algorithm in a verification operation.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
+// API operation GetPublicKey for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not
+// be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDisabledException "DisabledException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
+// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
+// be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedOperationException "UnsupportedOperationException"
+// The request was rejected because a specified parameter is not supported or
+// a specified resource is not valid for this operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidArnException "InvalidArnException"
+// The request was rejected because a specified ARN, or an ARN in a key policy,
+// is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
+// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
+// can be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidStateException "KMSInvalidStateException"
+// The request was rejected because the state of the specified resource is not
+// valid for this request.
+//
+// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
+// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/GetPublicKey
+func (c *KMS) GetPublicKey(input *GetPublicKeyInput) (*GetPublicKeyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPublicKeyRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetPublicKeyWithContext is the same as GetPublicKey with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetPublicKey for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KMS) GetPublicKeyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicKeyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicKeyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPublicKeyRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opImportKeyMaterial = "ImportKeyMaterial"
+
+// ImportKeyMaterialRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ImportKeyMaterial operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ImportKeyMaterial for more information on using the ImportKeyMaterial
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ImportKeyMaterialRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ImportKeyMaterialRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/ImportKeyMaterial
+func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportKeyMaterialOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opImportKeyMaterial,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
@@ -3127,11 +3886,14 @@ func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *requ
// ImportKeyMaterial API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Imports key material into an existing AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) that
-// was created without key material. You cannot perform this operation on a
-// CMK in a different AWS account. For more information about creating CMKs
-// with no key material and then importing key material, see Importing Key Material
-// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html)
+// Imports key material into an existing symmetric AWS KMS customer master key
+// (CMK) that was created without key material. After you successfully import
+// key material into a CMK, you can reimport the same key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#reimport-key-material)
+// into that CMK, but you cannot import different key material.
+//
+// You cannot perform this operation on an asymmetric CMK or on any CMK in a
+// different AWS account. For more information about creating CMKs with no key
+// material and then importing key material, see Importing Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Before using this operation, call GetParametersForImport. Its response includes
@@ -3148,23 +3910,27 @@ func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *requ
// * The encrypted key material. To get the public key to encrypt the key
// material, call GetParametersForImport.
//
-// * The import token that GetParametersForImport returned. This token and
-// the public key used to encrypt the key material must have come from the
-// same response.
+// * The import token that GetParametersForImport returned. You must use
+// a public key and token from the same GetParametersForImport response.
//
// * Whether the key material expires and if so, when. If you set an expiration
-// date, you can change it only by reimporting the same key material and
-// specifying a new expiration date. If the key material expires, AWS KMS
-// deletes the key material and the CMK becomes unusable. To use the CMK
-// again, you must reimport the same key material.
+// date, AWS KMS deletes the key material from the CMK on the specified date,
+// and the CMK becomes unusable. To use the CMK again, you must reimport
+// the same key material. The only way to change an expiration date is by
+// reimporting the same key material and specifying a new expiration date.
//
// When this operation is successful, the key state of the CMK changes from
-// PendingImport to Enabled, and you can use the CMK. After you successfully
-// import key material into a CMK, you can reimport the same key material into
-// that CMK, but you cannot import different key material.
+// PendingImport to Enabled, and you can use the CMK.
+//
+// If this operation fails, use the exception to help determine the problem.
+// If the error is related to the key material, the import token, or wrapping
+// key, use GetParametersForImport to get a new public key and import token
+// for the CMK and repeat the import procedure. For help, see How To Import
+// Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html#importing-keys-overview)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -3201,20 +3967,24 @@ func (c *KMS) ImportKeyMaterialRequest(input *ImportKeyMaterialInput) (req *requ
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidCiphertextException "InvalidCiphertextException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext, or additional
-// authenticated data incorporated into the ciphertext, such as the encryption
-// context, is corrupted, missing, or otherwise invalid.
+// From the Decrypt or ReEncrypt operation, the request was rejected because
+// the specified ciphertext, or additional authenticated data incorporated into
+// the ciphertext, such as the encryption context, is corrupted, missing, or
+// otherwise invalid.
+//
+// From the ImportKeyMaterial operation, the request was rejected because AWS
+// KMS could not decrypt the encrypted (wrapped) key material.
//
// * ErrCodeIncorrectKeyMaterialException "IncorrectKeyMaterialException"
-// The request was rejected because the provided key material is invalid or
-// is not the same key material that was previously imported into this customer
-// master key (CMK).
+// The request was rejected because the key material in the request is, expired,
+// invalid, or is not the same key material that was previously imported into
+// this customer master key (CMK).
//
// * ErrCodeExpiredImportTokenException "ExpiredImportTokenException"
-// The request was rejected because the provided import token is expired. Use
+// The request was rejected because the specified import token is expired. Use
// GetParametersForImport to get a new import token and public key, use the
// new public key to encrypt the key material, and then try the request again.
//
@@ -3502,7 +4272,7 @@ func (c *KMS) ListGrantsRequest(input *ListGrantsInput) (req *request.Request, o
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/ListGrants
func (c *KMS) ListGrants(input *ListGrantsInput) (*ListGrantsResponse, error) {
@@ -3663,7 +4433,7 @@ func (c *KMS) ListKeyPoliciesRequest(input *ListKeyPoliciesInput) (req *request.
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/ListKeyPolicies
func (c *KMS) ListKeyPolicies(input *ListKeyPoliciesInput) (*ListKeyPoliciesOutput, error) {
@@ -3790,7 +4560,7 @@ func (c *KMS) ListKeysRequest(input *ListKeysInput) (req *request.Request, outpu
// ListKeys API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Gets a list of all customer master keys (CMKs) in the caller's AWS account
-// and region.
+// and Region.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -4174,7 +4944,7 @@ func (c *KMS) PutKeyPolicyRequest(input *PutKeyPolicyInput) (req *request.Reques
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/PutKeyPolicy
func (c *KMS) PutKeyPolicy(input *PutKeyPolicyInput) (*PutKeyPolicyOutput, error) {
@@ -4242,23 +5012,66 @@ func (c *KMS) ReEncryptRequest(input *ReEncryptInput) (req *request.Request, out
// ReEncrypt API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Encrypts data on the server side with a new customer master key (CMK) without
-// exposing the plaintext of the data on the client side. The data is first
-// decrypted and then reencrypted. You can also use this operation to change
-// the encryption context of a ciphertext.
-//
-// You can reencrypt data using CMKs in different AWS accounts.
-//
-// Unlike other operations, ReEncrypt is authorized twice, once as ReEncryptFrom
-// on the source CMK and once as ReEncryptTo on the destination CMK. We recommend
-// that you include the "kms:ReEncrypt*" permission in your key policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html)
-// to permit reencryption from or to the CMK. This permission is automatically
-// included in the key policy when you create a CMK through the console. But
-// you must include it manually when you create a CMK programmatically or when
-// you set a key policy with the PutKeyPolicy operation.
-//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// Decrypts ciphertext and then reencrypts it entirely within AWS KMS. You can
+// use this operation to change the customer master key (CMK) under which data
+// is encrypted, such as when you manually rotate (kms/latest/developerguide/rotate-keys.html#rotate-keys-manually)
+// a CMK or change the CMK that protects a ciphertext. You can also use it to
+// reencrypt ciphertext under the same CMK, such as to change the encryption
+// context of a ciphertext.
+//
+// The ReEncrypt operation can decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by using
+// an AWS KMS CMK in an AWS KMS operation, such as Encrypt or GenerateDataKey.
+// It can also decrypt ciphertext that was encrypted by using the public key
+// of an asymmetric CMK outside of AWS KMS. However, it cannot decrypt ciphertext
+// produced by other libraries, such as the AWS Encryption SDK (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/encryption-sdk/latest/developer-guide/)
+// or Amazon S3 client-side encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingClientSideEncryption.html).
+// These libraries return a ciphertext format that is incompatible with AWS
+// KMS.
+//
+// When you use the ReEncrypt operation, you need to provide information for
+// the decrypt operation and the subsequent encrypt operation.
+//
+// * If your ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric CMK, you must identify
+// the source CMK, that is, the CMK that encrypted the ciphertext. You must
+// also supply the encryption algorithm that was used. This information is
+// required to decrypt the data.
+//
+// * It is optional, but you can specify a source CMK even when the ciphertext
+// was encrypted under a symmetric CMK. This ensures that the ciphertext
+// is decrypted only by using a particular CMK. If the CMK that you specify
+// cannot decrypt the ciphertext, the ReEncrypt operation fails.
+//
+// * To reencrypt the data, you must specify the destination CMK, that is,
+// the CMK that re-encrypts the data after it is decrypted. You can select
+// a symmetric or asymmetric CMK. If the destination CMK is an asymmetric
+// CMK, you must also provide the encryption algorithm. The algorithm that
+// you choose must be compatible with the CMK. When you use an asymmetric
+// CMK to encrypt or reencrypt data, be sure to record the CMK and encryption
+// algorithm that you choose. You will be required to provide the same CMK
+// and encryption algorithm when you decrypt the data. If the CMK and algorithm
+// do not match the values used to encrypt the data, the decrypt operation
+// fails. You are not required to supply the CMK ID and encryption algorithm
+// when you decrypt with symmetric CMKs because AWS KMS stores this information
+// in the ciphertext blob. AWS KMS cannot store metadata in ciphertext generated
+// with asymmetric keys. The standard format for asymmetric key ciphertext
+// does not include configurable fields.
+//
+// Unlike other AWS KMS API operations, ReEncrypt callers must have two permissions:
+//
+// * kms:EncryptFrom permission on the source CMK
+//
+// * kms:EncryptTo permission on the destination CMK
+//
+// To permit reencryption from
+//
+// or to a CMK, include the "kms:ReEncrypt*" permission in your key policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-policies.html).
+// This permission is automatically included in the key policy when you use
+// the console to create a CMK. But you must include it manually when you create
+// a CMK programmatically or when you use the PutKeyPolicy operation set a key
+// policy.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -4277,20 +5090,41 @@ func (c *KMS) ReEncryptRequest(input *ReEncryptInput) (req *request.Request, out
// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidCiphertextException "InvalidCiphertextException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext, or additional
-// authenticated data incorporated into the ciphertext, such as the encryption
-// context, is corrupted, missing, or otherwise invalid.
+// From the Decrypt or ReEncrypt operation, the request was rejected because
+// the specified ciphertext, or additional authenticated data incorporated into
+// the ciphertext, such as the encryption context, is corrupted, missing, or
+// otherwise invalid.
+//
+// From the ImportKeyMaterial operation, the request was rejected because AWS
+// KMS could not decrypt the encrypted (wrapped) key material.
//
// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The
-// request can be retried.
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeIncorrectKeyException "IncorrectKeyException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK cannot decrypt the data.
+// The KeyId in a Decrypt request and the SourceKeyId in a ReEncrypt request
+// must identify the same CMK that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
//
// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
// be retried.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
-// The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid.
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
@@ -4305,7 +5139,7 @@ func (c *KMS) ReEncryptRequest(input *ReEncryptInput) (req *request.Request, out
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/ReEncrypt
func (c *KMS) ReEncrypt(input *ReEncryptInput) (*ReEncryptOutput, error) {
@@ -4427,7 +5261,7 @@ func (c *KMS) RetireGrantRequest(input *RetireGrantInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/RetireGrant
func (c *KMS) RetireGrant(input *RetireGrantInput) (*RetireGrantOutput, error) {
@@ -4535,7 +5369,7 @@ func (c *KMS) RevokeGrantRequest(input *RevokeGrantInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/RevokeGrant
func (c *KMS) RevokeGrant(input *RevokeGrantInput) (*RevokeGrantOutput, error) {
@@ -4629,8 +5463,8 @@ func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletionRequest(input *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) (req *
// Master Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/deleting-keys.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -4663,7 +5497,7 @@ func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletionRequest(input *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) (req *
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/ScheduleKeyDeletion
func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletion(input *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) (*ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput, error) {
@@ -4687,6 +5521,156 @@ func (c *KMS) ScheduleKeyDeletionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ScheduleKey
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opSign = "Sign"
+
+// SignRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the Sign operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See Sign for more information on using the Sign
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the SignRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.SignRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/Sign
+func (c *KMS) SignRequest(input *SignInput) (req *request.Request, output *SignOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opSign,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &SignInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &SignOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// Sign API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+//
+// Creates a digital signature (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_signature)
+// for a message or message digest by using the private key in an asymmetric
+// CMK. To verify the signature, use the Verify operation, or use the public
+// key in the same asymmetric CMK outside of AWS KMS. For information about
+// symmetric and asymmetric CMKs, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// Digital signatures are generated and verified by using asymmetric key pair,
+// such as an RSA or ECC pair that is represented by an asymmetric customer
+// master key (CMK). The key owner (or an authorized user) uses their private
+// key to sign a message. Anyone with the public key can verify that the message
+// was signed with that particular private key and that the message hasn't changed
+// since it was signed.
+//
+// To use the Sign operation, provide the following information:
+//
+// * Use the KeyId parameter to identify an asymmetric CMK with a KeyUsage
+// value of SIGN_VERIFY. To get the KeyUsage value of a CMK, use the DescribeKey
+// operation. The caller must have kms:Sign permission on the CMK.
+//
+// * Use the Message parameter to specify the message or message digest to
+// sign. You can submit messages of up to 4096 bytes. To sign a larger message,
+// generate a hash digest of the message, and then provide the hash digest
+// in the Message parameter. To indicate whether the message is a full message
+// or a digest, use the MessageType parameter.
+//
+// * Choose a signing algorithm that is compatible with the CMK.
+//
+// When signing a message, be sure to record the CMK and the signing algorithm.
+// This information is required to verify the signature.
+//
+// To verify the signature that this operation generates, use the Verify operation.
+// Or use the GetPublicKey operation to download the public key and then use
+// the public key to verify the signature outside of AWS KMS.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
+// API operation Sign for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not
+// be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDisabledException "DisabledException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
+// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
+// be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
+// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
+// can be retried.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/Sign
+func (c *KMS) Sign(input *SignInput) (*SignOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.SignRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// SignWithContext is the same as Sign with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See Sign for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KMS) SignWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SignInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SignOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.SignRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opTagResource = "TagResource"
// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -4745,8 +5729,8 @@ func (c *KMS) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request,
// User-Defined Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html)
// in the AWS Billing and Cost Management User Guide.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -4775,7 +5759,7 @@ func (c *KMS) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
// The request was rejected because a limit was exceeded. For more information,
@@ -4858,8 +5842,8 @@ func (c *KMS) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Requ
// To remove a tag, specify the tag key. To change the tag value of an existing
// tag key, use TagResource.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -4888,7 +5872,7 @@ func (c *KMS) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Requ
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// * ErrCodeTagException "TagException"
// The request was rejected because one or more tags are not valid.
@@ -4960,27 +5944,28 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateAliasRequest(input *UpdateAliasInput) (req *request.Request,
// UpdateAlias API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
//
-// Associates an existing alias with a different customer master key (CMK).
-// Each CMK can have multiple aliases, but the aliases must be unique within
-// the account and region. You cannot perform this operation on an alias in
-// a different AWS account.
+// Associates an existing AWS KMS alias with a different customer master key
+// (CMK). Each alias is associated with only one CMK at a time, although a CMK
+// can have multiple aliases. The alias and the CMK must be in the same AWS
+// account and region. You cannot perform this operation on an alias in a different
+// AWS account.
+//
+// The current and new CMK must be the same type (both symmetric or both asymmetric),
+// and they must have the same key usage (ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or SIGN_VERIFY). This
+// restriction prevents errors in code that uses aliases. If you must assign
+// an alias to a different type of CMK, use DeleteAlias to delete the old alias
+// and CreateAlias to create a new alias.
//
-// This operation works only on existing aliases. To change the alias of a CMK
-// to a new value, use CreateAlias to create a new alias and DeleteAlias to
-// delete the old alias.
+// You cannot use UpdateAlias to change an alias name. To change an alias name,
+// use DeleteAlias to delete the old alias and CreateAlias to create a new alias.
//
// Because an alias is not a property of a CMK, you can create, update, and
// delete the aliases of a CMK without affecting the CMK. Also, aliases do not
// appear in the response from the DescribeKey operation. To get the aliases
// of all CMKs in the account, use the ListAliases operation.
//
-// The alias name must begin with alias/ followed by a name, such as alias/ExampleAlias.
-// It can contain only alphanumeric characters, forward slashes (/), underscores
-// (_), and dashes (-). The alias name cannot begin with alias/aws/. The alias/aws/
-// prefix is reserved for AWS managed CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#aws-managed-cmk).
-//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -5009,7 +5994,7 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateAliasRequest(input *UpdateAliasInput) (req *request.Request,
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/UpdateAlias
func (c *KMS) UpdateAlias(input *UpdateAliasInput) (*UpdateAliasOutput, error) {
@@ -5125,6 +6110,11 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateCustomKeyStoreRequest(input *UpdateCustomKeyStoreInput) (req
// The request was rejected because AWS KMS cannot find a custom key store with
// the specified key store name or ID.
//
+// * ErrCodeCustomKeyStoreNameInUseException "CustomKeyStoreNameInUseException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified custom key store name is already
+// assigned to another custom key store in the account. Try again with a custom
+// key store name that is unique in the account.
+//
// * ErrCodeCloudHsmClusterNotFoundException "CloudHsmClusterNotFoundException"
// The request was rejected because AWS KMS cannot find the AWS CloudHSM cluster
// with the specified cluster ID. Retry the request with a different cluster
@@ -5278,8 +6268,8 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateKeyDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateKeyDescriptionInput) (req
//
// You cannot perform this operation on a CMK in a different AWS account.
//
-// The result of this operation varies with the key state of the CMK. For details,
-// see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -5312,7 +6302,7 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateKeyDescriptionRequest(input *UpdateKeyDescriptionInput) (req
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
-// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/UpdateKeyDescription
func (c *KMS) UpdateKeyDescription(input *UpdateKeyDescriptionInput) (*UpdateKeyDescriptionOutput, error) {
@@ -5336,24 +6326,169 @@ func (c *KMS) UpdateKeyDescriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateKeyD
return out, req.Send()
}
-// Contains information about an alias.
-type AliasListEntry struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // String that contains the key ARN.
- AliasArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
-
- // String that contains the alias. This value begins with alias/.
- AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
-
- // String that contains the key identifier referred to by the alias.
- TargetKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AliasListEntry) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+const opVerify = "Verify"
+
+// VerifyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the Verify operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See Verify for more information on using the Verify
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the VerifyRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.VerifyRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/Verify
+func (c *KMS) VerifyRequest(input *VerifyInput) (req *request.Request, output *VerifyOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opVerify,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &VerifyInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &VerifyOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// Verify API operation for AWS Key Management Service.
+//
+// Verifies a digital signature that was generated by the Sign operation. This
+// operation requires an asymmetric CMK with a KeyUsage value of SIGN_VERIFY.
+//
+// Verification confirms that an authorized user signed the message with the
+// specified key and signing algorithm, and the message hasn't changed since
+// it was signed. A digital signature is generated by using the private key
+// in an asymmetric CMK. The signature is verified by using the public key in
+// the same asymmetric CMK. For information about symmetric and asymmetric CMKs,
+// see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// To verify a digital signature, you can use the Verify operation. Specify
+// the same asymmetric CMK that was used by the Sign operation to generate the
+// digital signature.
+//
+// You can also verify the digital signature by using the public key of the
+// CMK outside of AWS KMS. Use the GetPublicKey operation to download the public
+// key in the asymmetric CMK and then use the public key to verify the signature
+// outside of AWS KMS.
+//
+// The advantage of using the Verify operation is that it is performed within
+// AWS KMS. As a result, it's easy to call, the operation is performed within
+// the FIPS boundary, it is logged in AWS CloudTrail, and you can use key policy
+// and IAM policy to determine who is authorized to use the CMK to verify signatures.
+//
+// The result of the Verify operation, which is represented by its HTTP status
+// code, does not indicate whether the signature verification succeeded or failed.
+// To determine whether the signature was verified, see the SignatureValid field
+// in the response.
+//
+// The CMK that you use for this operation must be in a compatible key state.
+// For details, see How Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
+// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Key Management Service's
+// API operation Verify for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified entity or resource could not
+// be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDisabledException "DisabledException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK is not enabled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException "KeyUnavailableException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+// can retry the request.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDependencyTimeoutException "DependencyTimeoutException"
+// The system timed out while trying to fulfill the request. The request can
+// be retried.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException "InvalidKeyUsageException"
+// The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+//
+// * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+//
+// * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+// is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+//
+// For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+// KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+// must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+// use the DescribeKey operation.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGrantTokenException "InvalidGrantTokenException"
+// The request was rejected because the specified grant token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalException "KMSInternalException"
+// The request was rejected because an internal exception occurred. The request
+// can be retried.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/kms-2014-11-01/Verify
+func (c *KMS) Verify(input *VerifyInput) (*VerifyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.VerifyRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// VerifyWithContext is the same as Verify with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See Verify for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *KMS) VerifyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *VerifyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*VerifyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.VerifyRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// Contains information about an alias.
+type AliasListEntry struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // String that contains the key ARN.
+ AliasArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"`
+
+ // String that contains the alias. This value begins with alias/.
+ AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // String that contains the key identifier referred to by the alias.
+ TargetKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AliasListEntry) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AliasListEntry) GoString() string {
@@ -5933,6 +7068,9 @@ type CreateKeyInput struct {
// the custom key store must have at least two active HSMs, each in a different
// Availability Zone in the Region.
//
+ // This parameter is valid only for symmetric CMKs. You cannot create an asymmetric
+ // CMK in a custom key store.
+ //
// To find the ID of a custom key store, use the DescribeCustomKeyStores operation.
//
// The response includes the custom key store ID and the ID of the AWS CloudHSM
@@ -5943,33 +7081,69 @@ type CreateKeyInput struct {
// of AWS KMS with the isolation and control of a single-tenant key store.
CustomKeyStoreId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the type of CMK to create. The CustomerMasterKeySpec determines
+ // whether the CMK contains a symmetric key or an asymmetric key pair. It also
+ // determines the encryption algorithms or signing algorithms that the CMK supports.
+ // You can't change the CustomerMasterKeySpec after the CMK is created. To further
+ // restrict the algorithms that can be used with the CMK, use its key policy
+ // or IAM policy.
+ //
+ // For help with choosing a key spec for your CMK, see Selecting a Customer
+ // Master Key Spec (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html#cmk-key-spec)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ //
+ // The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, creates a CMK with a 256-bit symmetric
+ // key.
+ //
+ // AWS KMS supports the following key specs for CMKs:
+ //
+ // * Symmetric key (default) SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT (AES-256-GCM)
+ //
+ // * Asymmetric RSA key pairs RSA_2048 RSA_3072 RSA_4096
+ //
+ // * Asymmetric NIST-recommended elliptic curve key pairs ECC_NIST_P256 (secp256r1)
+ // ECC_NIST_P384 (secp384r1) ECC_NIST_P521 (secp521r1)
+ //
+ // * Other asymmetric elliptic curve key pairs ECC_SECG_P256K1 (secp256k1),
+ // commonly used for cryptocurrencies.
+ CustomerMasterKeySpec *string `type:"string" enum:"CustomerMasterKeySpec"`
+
// A description of the CMK.
//
// Use a description that helps you decide whether the CMK is appropriate for
// a task.
Description *string `type:"string"`
- // The cryptographic operations for which you can use the CMK. The only valid
- // value is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT, which means you can use the CMK to encrypt and
- // decrypt data.
+ // Determines the cryptographic operations for which you can use the CMK. The
+ // default value is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. This parameter is required only for asymmetric
+ // CMKs. You can't change the KeyUsage value after the CMK is created.
+ //
+ // Select only one valid value.
+ //
+ // * For symmetric CMKs, omit the parameter or specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.
+ //
+ // * For asymmetric CMKs with RSA key material, specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or
+ // SIGN_VERIFY.
+ //
+ // * For asymmetric CMKs with ECC key material, specify SIGN_VERIFY.
KeyUsage *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyUsageType"`
// The source of the key material for the CMK. You cannot change the origin
- // after you create the CMK.
- //
- // The default is AWS_KMS, which means AWS KMS creates the key material in its
- // own key store.
+ // after you create the CMK. The default is AWS_KMS, which means AWS KMS creates
+ // the key material.
//
// When the parameter value is EXTERNAL, AWS KMS creates a CMK without key material
// so that you can import key material from your existing key management infrastructure.
// For more information about importing key material into AWS KMS, see Importing
// Key Material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html)
- // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide. This value is valid only
+ // for symmetric CMKs.
//
// When the parameter value is AWS_CLOUDHSM, AWS KMS creates the CMK in an AWS
// KMS custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html)
// and creates its key material in the associated AWS CloudHSM cluster. You
// must also use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the custom key store.
+ // This value is valid only for symmetric CMKs.
Origin *string `type:"string" enum:"OriginType"`
// The key policy to attach to the CMK.
@@ -5999,11 +7173,16 @@ type CreateKeyInput struct {
// The key policy size limit is 32 kilobytes (32768 bytes).
Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // One or more tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Tag keys
- // and tag values are both required, but tag values can be empty (null) strings.
+ // One or more tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the
+ // tag key and the tag value are required, but the tag value can be an empty
+ // (null) string.
+ //
+ // When you add tags to an AWS resource, AWS generates a cost allocation report
+ // with usage and costs aggregated by tags. For information about adding, changing,
+ // deleting and listing tags for CMKs, see Tagging Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/tagging-keys.html).
//
- // Use this parameter to tag the CMK when it is created. Alternately, you can
- // omit this parameter and instead tag the CMK after it is created using TagResource.
+ // Use this parameter to tag the CMK when it is created. To add tags to an existing
+ // CMK, use the TagResource operation.
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
}
@@ -6055,6 +7234,12 @@ func (s *CreateKeyInput) SetCustomKeyStoreId(v string) *CreateKeyInput {
return s
}
+// SetCustomerMasterKeySpec sets the CustomerMasterKeySpec field's value.
+func (s *CreateKeyInput) SetCustomerMasterKeySpec(v string) *CreateKeyInput {
+ s.CustomerMasterKeySpec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *CreateKeyInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateKeyInput {
s.Description = &v
@@ -6241,9 +7426,28 @@ type DecryptInput struct {
// CiphertextBlob is a required field
CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"`
- // The encryption context. If this was specified in the Encrypt function, it
- // must be specified here or the decryption operation will fail. For more information,
- // see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context).
+ // Specifies the encryption algorithm that will be used to decrypt the ciphertext.
+ // Specify the same algorithm that was used to encrypt the data. If you specify
+ // a different algorithm, the Decrypt operation fails.
+ //
+ // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an
+ // asymmetric CMK. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, represents the only
+ // supported algorithm that is valid for symmetric CMKs.
+ EncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // Specifies the encryption context to use when decrypting the data. An encryption
+ // context is valid only for cryptographic operations with a symmetric CMK.
+ // The standard asymmetric encryption algorithms that AWS KMS uses do not support
+ // an encryption context.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
EncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// A list of grant tokens.
@@ -6251,6 +7455,35 @@ type DecryptInput struct {
// For more information, see Grant Tokens (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#grant_token)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // Specifies the customer master key (CMK) that AWS KMS will use to decrypt
+ // the ciphertext. Enter a key ID of the CMK that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ //
+ // If you specify a KeyId value, the Decrypt operation succeeds only if the
+ // specified CMK was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ //
+ // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an
+ // asymmetric CMK. Otherwise, AWS KMS uses the metadata that it adds to the
+ // ciphertext blob to determine which CMK was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ // However, you can use this parameter to ensure that a particular CMK (of any
+ // kind) is used to decrypt the ciphertext.
+ //
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/".
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -6272,6 +7505,9 @@ func (s *DecryptInput) Validate() error {
if s.CiphertextBlob != nil && len(s.CiphertextBlob) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("CiphertextBlob", 1))
}
+ if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6285,6 +7521,12 @@ func (s *DecryptInput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *DecryptInput {
return s
}
+// SetEncryptionAlgorithm sets the EncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *DecryptInput) SetEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *DecryptInput {
+ s.EncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetEncryptionContext sets the EncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *DecryptInput) SetEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *DecryptInput {
s.EncryptionContext = v
@@ -6297,15 +7539,23 @@ func (s *DecryptInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *DecryptInput {
return s
}
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *DecryptInput) SetKeyId(v string) *DecryptInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type DecryptOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ARN of the key used to perform the decryption. This value is returned if
- // no errors are encountered during the operation.
+ // The encryption algorithm that was used to decrypt the ciphertext.
+ EncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // The ARN of the customer master key that was used to perform the decryption.
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Decrypted plaintext data. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
- // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded.
+ // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
//
// Plaintext is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
Plaintext []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
@@ -6321,6 +7571,12 @@ func (s DecryptOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetEncryptionAlgorithm sets the EncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *DecryptOutput) SetEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *DecryptOutput {
+ s.EncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
func (s *DecryptOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *DecryptOutput {
s.KeyId = &v
@@ -6809,7 +8065,10 @@ func (s DisableKeyOutput) GoString() string {
type DisableKeyRotationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A unique identifier for the customer master key (CMK).
+ // Identifies a symmetric customer master key (CMK). You cannot enable automatic
+ // rotation of asymmetric CMKs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html#asymmetric-cmks),
+ // CMKs with imported key material (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys.html),
+ // or CMKs in a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
//
// Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
//
@@ -6995,7 +8254,9 @@ func (s EnableKeyOutput) GoString() string {
type EnableKeyRotationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A unique identifier for the customer master key (CMK).
+ // Identifies a symmetric customer master key (CMK). You cannot enable automatic
+ // rotation of asymmetric CMKs, CMKs with imported key material, or CMKs in
+ // a custom key store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/custom-key-store-overview.html).
//
// Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
//
@@ -7060,10 +8321,27 @@ func (s EnableKeyRotationOutput) GoString() string {
type EncryptInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Name-value pair that specifies the encryption context to be used for authenticated
- // encryption. If used here, the same value must be supplied to the Decrypt
- // API or decryption will fail. For more information, see Encryption Context
- // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context).
+ // Specifies the encryption algorithm that AWS KMS will use to encrypt the plaintext
+ // message. The algorithm must be compatible with the CMK that you specify.
+ //
+ // This parameter is required only for asymmetric CMKs. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT,
+ // is the algorithm used for symmetric CMKs. If you are using an asymmetric
+ // CMK, we recommend RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.
+ EncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // Specifies the encryption context that will be used to encrypt the data. An
+ // encryption context is valid only for cryptographic operations with a symmetric
+ // CMK. The standard asymmetric encryption algorithms that AWS KMS uses do not
+ // support an encryption context.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
EncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// A list of grant tokens.
@@ -7134,6 +8412,12 @@ func (s *EncryptInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetEncryptionAlgorithm sets the EncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *EncryptInput) SetEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *EncryptInput {
+ s.EncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetEncryptionContext sets the EncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *EncryptInput) SetEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *EncryptInput {
s.EncryptionContext = v
@@ -7158,45 +8442,405 @@ func (s *EncryptInput) SetPlaintext(v []byte) *EncryptInput {
return s
}
-type EncryptOutput struct {
+type EncryptOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The encrypted plaintext. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
+ // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
+ //
+ // CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The encryption algorithm that was used to encrypt the plaintext.
+ EncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // The ID of the key used during encryption.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s EncryptOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s EncryptOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCiphertextBlob sets the CiphertextBlob field's value.
+func (s *EncryptOutput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *EncryptOutput {
+ s.CiphertextBlob = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionAlgorithm sets the EncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *EncryptOutput) SetEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *EncryptOutput {
+ s.EncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *EncryptOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *EncryptOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GenerateDataKeyInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data
+ // key.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ EncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // A list of grant tokens.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Grant Tokens (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#grant_token)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // Identifies the symmetric CMK that encrypts the data key.
+ //
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
+ // a CMK in a different AWS account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
+ //
+ // KeyId is a required field
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Specifies the length of the data key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit symmetric
+ // key, or AES_256 to generate a 256-bit symmetric key.
+ //
+ // You must specify either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not
+ // both) in every GenerateDataKey request.
+ KeySpec *string `type:"string" enum:"DataKeySpec"`
+
+ // Specifies the length of the data key in bytes. For example, use the value
+ // 64 to generate a 512-bit data key (64 bytes is 512 bits). For 128-bit (16-byte)
+ // and 256-bit (32-byte) data keys, use the KeySpec parameter.
+ //
+ // You must specify either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not
+ // both) in every GenerateDataKey request.
+ NumberOfBytes *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GenerateDataKeyInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GenerateDataKeyInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GenerateDataKeyInput"}
+ if s.KeyId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
+ }
+ if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.NumberOfBytes != nil && *s.NumberOfBytes < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumberOfBytes", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionContext sets the EncryptionContext field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+ s.EncryptionContext = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantTokens sets the GrantTokens field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+ s.GrantTokens = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeySpec sets the KeySpec field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetKeySpec(v string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+ s.KeySpec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNumberOfBytes sets the NumberOfBytes field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetNumberOfBytes(v int64) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+ s.NumberOfBytes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GenerateDataKeyOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The encrypted copy of the data key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS
+ // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
+ //
+ // CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The identifier of the CMK that encrypted the data key.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The plaintext data key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
+ // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded. Use this data key
+ // to encrypt your data outside of KMS. Then, remove it from memory as soon
+ // as possible.
+ //
+ // Plaintext is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ Plaintext []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GenerateDataKeyOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GenerateDataKeyOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCiphertextBlob sets the CiphertextBlob field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyOutput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyOutput {
+ s.CiphertextBlob = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPlaintext sets the Plaintext field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyOutput) SetPlaintext(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyOutput {
+ s.Plaintext = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GenerateDataKeyPairInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the private
+ // key in the data key pair.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ EncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // A list of grant tokens.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Grant Tokens (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#grant_token)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // Specifies the symmetric CMK that encrypts the private key in the data key
+ // pair. You cannot specify an asymmetric CMKs.
+ //
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
+ // a CMK in a different AWS account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
+ //
+ // KeyId is a required field
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Determines the type of data key pair that is generated.
+ //
+ // The AWS KMS rule that restricts the use of asymmetric RSA CMKs to encrypt
+ // and decrypt or to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that permits
+ // you to use ECC CMKs only to sign and verify, are not effective outside of
+ // AWS KMS.
+ //
+ // KeyPairSpec is a required field
+ KeyPairSpec *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataKeyPairSpec"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GenerateDataKeyPairInput"}
+ if s.KeyId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
+ }
+ if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.KeyPairSpec == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyPairSpec"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionContext sets the EncryptionContext field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) SetEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *GenerateDataKeyPairInput {
+ s.EncryptionContext = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGrantTokens sets the GrantTokens field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *GenerateDataKeyPairInput {
+ s.GrantTokens = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyPairSpec sets the KeyPairSpec field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairInput) SetKeyPairSpec(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairInput {
+ s.KeyPairSpec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GenerateDataKeyPairOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The encrypted plaintext. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
- // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded.
+ // The identifier of the CMK that encrypted the private key.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of data key pair that was generated.
+ KeyPairSpec *string `type:"string" enum:"DataKeyPairSpec"`
+
+ // The encrypted copy of the private key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS
+ // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
//
- // CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
- CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+ // PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
- // The ID of the key used during encryption.
- KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The plaintext copy of the private key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS
+ // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
+ //
+ // PrivateKeyPlaintext is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ PrivateKeyPlaintext []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // The public key (in plaintext).
+ //
+ // PublicKey is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ PublicKey []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s EncryptOutput) String() string {
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s EncryptOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetCiphertextBlob sets the CiphertextBlob field's value.
-func (s *EncryptOutput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *EncryptOutput {
- s.CiphertextBlob = v
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *EncryptOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *EncryptOutput {
- s.KeyId = &v
+// SetKeyPairSpec sets the KeyPairSpec field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) SetKeyPairSpec(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput {
+ s.KeyPairSpec = &v
return s
}
-type GenerateDataKeyInput struct {
+// SetPrivateKeyCiphertextBlob sets the PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) SetPrivateKeyCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput {
+ s.PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrivateKeyPlaintext sets the PrivateKeyPlaintext field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) SetPrivateKeyPlaintext(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput {
+ s.PrivateKeyPlaintext = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput) SetPublicKey(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyPairOutput {
+ s.PublicKey = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A set of key-value pairs that represents additional authenticated data.
+ // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the private
+ // key in the data key pair.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
//
// For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
@@ -7208,11 +8852,11 @@ type GenerateDataKeyInput struct {
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
- // An identifier for the CMK that encrypts the data key.
+ // Specifies the CMK that encrypts the private key in the data key pair. You
+ // must specify a symmetric CMK. You cannot use an asymmetric CMK.
//
// To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
- // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
- // a CMK in a different AWS account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/".
//
// For example:
//
@@ -7230,38 +8874,38 @@ type GenerateDataKeyInput struct {
// KeyId is a required field
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The length of the data key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit symmetric key,
- // or AES_256 to generate a 256-bit symmetric key.
- KeySpec *string `type:"string" enum:"DataKeySpec"`
-
- // The length of the data key in bytes. For example, use the value 64 to generate
- // a 512-bit data key (64 bytes is 512 bits). For common key lengths (128-bit
- // and 256-bit symmetric keys), we recommend that you use the KeySpec field
- // instead of this one.
- NumberOfBytes *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Determines the type of data key pair that is generated.
+ //
+ // The AWS KMS rule that restricts the use of asymmetric RSA CMKs to encrypt
+ // and decrypt or to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that permits
+ // you to use ECC CMKs only to sign and verify, are not effective outside of
+ // AWS KMS.
+ //
+ // KeyPairSpec is a required field
+ KeyPairSpec *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataKeyPairSpec"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GenerateDataKeyInput) String() string {
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GenerateDataKeyInput) GoString() string {
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GenerateDataKeyInput"}
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput"}
if s.KeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
}
if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
}
- if s.NumberOfBytes != nil && *s.NumberOfBytes < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumberOfBytes", 1))
+ if s.KeyPairSpec == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyPairSpec"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -7271,87 +8915,112 @@ func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetEncryptionContext sets the EncryptionContext field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) SetEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput {
s.EncryptionContext = v
return s
}
// SetGrantTokens sets the GrantTokens field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput {
s.GrantTokens = v
return s
}
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-// SetKeySpec sets the KeySpec field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetKeySpec(v string) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
- s.KeySpec = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetNumberOfBytes sets the NumberOfBytes field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyInput) SetNumberOfBytes(v int64) *GenerateDataKeyInput {
- s.NumberOfBytes = &v
+// SetKeyPairSpec sets the KeyPairSpec field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput) SetKeyPairSpec(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextInput {
+ s.KeyPairSpec = &v
return s
}
-type GenerateDataKeyOutput struct {
+type GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The encrypted copy of the data key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS
- // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded.
+ // Specifies the CMK that encrypted the private key in the data key pair. You
+ // must specify a symmetric CMK. You cannot use an asymmetric CMK.
//
- // CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
- CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
-
- // The identifier of the CMK that encrypted the data key.
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/".
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The plaintext data key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
- // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded. Use this data key to encrypt
- // your data outside of KMS. Then, remove it from memory as soon as possible.
+ // The type of data key pair that was generated.
+ KeyPairSpec *string `type:"string" enum:"DataKeyPairSpec"`
+
+ // The encrypted copy of the private key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS
+ // CLI, the value is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
//
- // Plaintext is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
- Plaintext []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
+ // PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The public key (in plaintext).
+ //
+ // PublicKey is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ PublicKey []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GenerateDataKeyOutput) String() string {
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GenerateDataKeyOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetCiphertextBlob sets the CiphertextBlob field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyOutput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyOutput {
- s.CiphertextBlob = v
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GenerateDataKeyOutput {
- s.KeyId = &v
+// SetKeyPairSpec sets the KeyPairSpec field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) SetKeyPairSpec(v string) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput {
+ s.KeyPairSpec = &v
return s
}
-// SetPlaintext sets the Plaintext field's value.
-func (s *GenerateDataKeyOutput) SetPlaintext(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyOutput {
- s.Plaintext = v
+// SetPrivateKeyCiphertextBlob sets the PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) SetPrivateKeyCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput {
+ s.PrivateKeyCiphertextBlob = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
+func (s *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput) SetPublicKey(v []byte) *GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintextOutput {
+ s.PublicKey = v
return s
}
type GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A set of key-value pairs that represents additional authenticated data.
+ // Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data
+ // key.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
//
// For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
@@ -7363,7 +9032,8 @@ type GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextInput struct {
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
- // The identifier of the customer master key (CMK) that encrypts the data key.
+ // The identifier of the symmetric customer master key (CMK) that encrypts the
+ // data key.
//
// To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
// or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
@@ -7459,7 +9129,7 @@ type GenerateDataKeyWithoutPlaintextOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The encrypted data key. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
- // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded.
+ // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
//
// CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
@@ -7544,7 +9214,7 @@ type GenerateRandomOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The random byte string. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
- // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded.
+ // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
//
// Plaintext is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
Plaintext []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
@@ -7736,8 +9406,8 @@ func (s *GetKeyRotationStatusOutput) SetKeyRotationEnabled(v bool) *GetKeyRotati
type GetParametersForImportInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The identifier of the CMK into which you will import key material. The CMK's
- // Origin must be EXTERNAL.
+ // The identifier of the symmetric CMK into which you will import key material.
+ // The Origin of the CMK must be EXTERNAL.
//
// Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
//
@@ -7757,41 +9427,175 @@ type GetParametersForImportInput struct {
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/importing-keys-encrypt-key-material.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
//
- // WrappingAlgorithm is a required field
- WrappingAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AlgorithmSpec"`
-
- // The type of wrapping key (public key) to return in the response. Only 2048-bit
- // RSA public keys are supported.
+ // WrappingAlgorithm is a required field
+ WrappingAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // The type of wrapping key (public key) to return in the response. Only 2048-bit
+ // RSA public keys are supported.
+ //
+ // WrappingKeySpec is a required field
+ WrappingKeySpec *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"WrappingKeySpec"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetParametersForImportInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetParametersForImportInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetParametersForImportInput"}
+ if s.KeyId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
+ }
+ if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.WrappingAlgorithm == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WrappingAlgorithm"))
+ }
+ if s.WrappingKeySpec == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WrappingKeySpec"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GetParametersForImportInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetWrappingAlgorithm sets the WrappingAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) SetWrappingAlgorithm(v string) *GetParametersForImportInput {
+ s.WrappingAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetWrappingKeySpec sets the WrappingKeySpec field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) SetWrappingKeySpec(v string) *GetParametersForImportInput {
+ s.WrappingKeySpec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetParametersForImportOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The import token to send in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request.
+ //
+ // ImportToken is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ ImportToken []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The identifier of the CMK to use in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request.
+ // This is the same CMK specified in the GetParametersForImport request.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The time at which the import token and public key are no longer valid. After
+ // this time, you cannot use them to make an ImportKeyMaterial request and you
+ // must send another GetParametersForImport request to get new ones.
+ ParametersValidTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The public key to use to encrypt the key material before importing it with
+ // ImportKeyMaterial.
+ //
+ // PublicKey is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ PublicKey []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetParametersForImportOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetParametersForImportOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetImportToken sets the ImportToken field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetImportToken(v []byte) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
+ s.ImportToken = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetParametersValidTo sets the ParametersValidTo field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetParametersValidTo(v time.Time) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
+ s.ParametersValidTo = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
+func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetPublicKey(v []byte) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
+ s.PublicKey = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetPublicKeyInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of grant tokens.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Grant Tokens (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#grant_token)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // Identifies the asymmetric CMK that includes the public key.
+ //
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
+ // a CMK in a different AWS account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
//
- // WrappingKeySpec is a required field
- WrappingKeySpec *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"WrappingKeySpec"`
+ // KeyId is a required field
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetParametersForImportInput) String() string {
+func (s GetPublicKeyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetParametersForImportInput) GoString() string {
+func (s GetPublicKeyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetParametersForImportInput"}
+func (s *GetPublicKeyInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPublicKeyInput"}
if s.KeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
}
if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
}
- if s.WrappingAlgorithm == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WrappingAlgorithm"))
- }
- if s.WrappingKeySpec == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WrappingKeySpec"))
- }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -7799,82 +9603,106 @@ func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GetParametersForImportInput {
- s.KeyId = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetWrappingAlgorithm sets the WrappingAlgorithm field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) SetWrappingAlgorithm(v string) *GetParametersForImportInput {
- s.WrappingAlgorithm = &v
+// SetGrantTokens sets the GrantTokens field's value.
+func (s *GetPublicKeyInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *GetPublicKeyInput {
+ s.GrantTokens = v
return s
}
-// SetWrappingKeySpec sets the WrappingKeySpec field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportInput) SetWrappingKeySpec(v string) *GetParametersForImportInput {
- s.WrappingKeySpec = &v
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *GetPublicKeyInput) SetKeyId(v string) *GetPublicKeyInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-type GetParametersForImportOutput struct {
+type GetPublicKeyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The import token to send in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request.
+ // The type of the of the public key that was downloaded.
+ CustomerMasterKeySpec *string `type:"string" enum:"CustomerMasterKeySpec"`
+
+ // The encryption algorithms that AWS KMS supports for this key.
//
- // ImportToken is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
- ImportToken []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+ // This information is critical. If a public key encrypts data outside of AWS
+ // KMS by using an unsupported encryption algorithm, the ciphertext cannot be
+ // decrypted.
+ //
+ // This field appears in the response only when the KeyUsage of the public key
+ // is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.
+ EncryptionAlgorithms []*string `type:"list"`
- // The identifier of the CMK to use in a subsequent ImportKeyMaterial request.
- // This is the same CMK specified in the GetParametersForImport request.
+ // The identifier of the asymmetric CMK from which the public key was downloaded.
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The time at which the import token and public key are no longer valid. After
- // this time, you cannot use them to make an ImportKeyMaterial request and you
- // must send another GetParametersForImport request to get new ones.
- ParametersValidTo *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+ // The permitted use of the public key. Valid values are ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or
+ // SIGN_VERIFY.
+ //
+ // This information is critical. If a public key with SIGN_VERIFY key usage
+ // encrypts data outside of AWS KMS, the ciphertext cannot be decrypted.
+ KeyUsage *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyUsageType"`
- // The public key to use to encrypt the key material before importing it with
- // ImportKeyMaterial.
+ // The exported public key.
+ //
+ // This value is returned as a binary Distinguished Encoding Rules (https://www.itu.int/ITU-T/studygroups/com17/languages/X.690-0207.pdf)
+ // (DER)-encoded object. To decode it, use an ASN.1 parsing tool, such as OpenSSL
+ // asn1parse (https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.0.2/man1/asn1parse.html).
//
// PublicKey is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
- PublicKey []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" sensitive:"true"`
+ PublicKey []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The signing algorithms that AWS KMS supports for this key.
+ //
+ // This field appears in the response only when the KeyUsage of the public key
+ // is SIGN_VERIFY.
+ SigningAlgorithms []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetParametersForImportOutput) String() string {
+func (s GetPublicKeyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetParametersForImportOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s GetPublicKeyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetImportToken sets the ImportToken field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetImportToken(v []byte) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
- s.ImportToken = v
+// SetCustomerMasterKeySpec sets the CustomerMasterKeySpec field's value.
+func (s *GetPublicKeyOutput) SetCustomerMasterKeySpec(v string) *GetPublicKeyOutput {
+ s.CustomerMasterKeySpec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEncryptionAlgorithms sets the EncryptionAlgorithms field's value.
+func (s *GetPublicKeyOutput) SetEncryptionAlgorithms(v []*string) *GetPublicKeyOutput {
+ s.EncryptionAlgorithms = v
return s
}
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
+func (s *GetPublicKeyOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *GetPublicKeyOutput {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-// SetParametersValidTo sets the ParametersValidTo field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetParametersValidTo(v time.Time) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
- s.ParametersValidTo = &v
+// SetKeyUsage sets the KeyUsage field's value.
+func (s *GetPublicKeyOutput) SetKeyUsage(v string) *GetPublicKeyOutput {
+ s.KeyUsage = &v
return s
}
// SetPublicKey sets the PublicKey field's value.
-func (s *GetParametersForImportOutput) SetPublicKey(v []byte) *GetParametersForImportOutput {
+func (s *GetPublicKeyOutput) SetPublicKey(v []byte) *GetPublicKeyOutput {
s.PublicKey = v
return s
}
+// SetSigningAlgorithms sets the SigningAlgorithms field's value.
+func (s *GetPublicKeyOutput) SetSigningAlgorithms(v []*string) *GetPublicKeyOutput {
+ s.SigningAlgorithms = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Use this structure to allow cryptographic operations in the grant only when
// the operation request includes the specified encryption context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context).
//
@@ -8047,9 +9875,10 @@ func (s *GrantListEntry) SetRetiringPrincipal(v string) *GrantListEntry {
type ImportKeyMaterialInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The encrypted key material to import. It must be encrypted with the public
- // key that you received in the response to a previous GetParametersForImport
- // request, using the wrapping algorithm that you specified in that request.
+ // The encrypted key material to import. The key material must be encrypted
+ // with the public wrapping key that GetParametersForImport returned, using
+ // the wrapping algorithm that you specified in the same GetParametersForImport
+ // request.
//
// EncryptedKeyMaterial is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
//
@@ -8070,8 +9899,9 @@ type ImportKeyMaterialInput struct {
// ImportToken is a required field
ImportToken []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"`
- // The identifier of the CMK to import the key material into. The CMK's Origin
- // must be EXTERNAL.
+ // The identifier of the symmetric CMK that receives the imported key material.
+ // The CMK's Origin must be EXTERNAL. This must be the same CMK specified in
+ // the KeyID parameter of the corresponding GetParametersForImport request.
//
// Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
//
@@ -8238,6 +10068,9 @@ type KeyMetadata struct {
// in a custom key store.
CustomKeyStoreId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // Describes the type of key material in the CMK.
+ CustomerMasterKeySpec *string `type:"string" enum:"CustomerMasterKeySpec"`
+
// The date and time after which AWS KMS deletes the CMK. This value is present
// only when KeyState is PendingDeletion.
DeletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
@@ -8249,6 +10082,12 @@ type KeyMetadata struct {
// is true, otherwise it is false.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
+ // A list of encryption algorithms that the CMK supports. You cannot use the
+ // CMK with other encryption algorithms within AWS KMS.
+ //
+ // This field appears only when the KeyUsage of the CMK is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.
+ EncryptionAlgorithms []*string `type:"list"`
+
// Specifies whether the CMK's key material expires. This value is present only
// when Origin is EXTERNAL, otherwise this value is omitted.
ExpirationModel *string `type:"string" enum:"ExpirationModelType"`
@@ -8271,9 +10110,7 @@ type KeyMetadata struct {
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
KeyState *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyState"`
- // The cryptographic operations for which you can use the CMK. The only valid
- // value is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT, which means you can use the CMK to encrypt and
- // decrypt data.
+ // The cryptographic operations for which you can use the CMK.
KeyUsage *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyUsageType"`
// The source of the CMK's key material. When this value is AWS_KMS, AWS KMS
@@ -8283,6 +10120,12 @@ type KeyMetadata struct {
// in the AWS CloudHSM cluster associated with a custom key store.
Origin *string `type:"string" enum:"OriginType"`
+ // A list of signing algorithms that the CMK supports. You cannot use the CMK
+ // with other signing algorithms within AWS KMS.
+ //
+ // This field appears only when the KeyUsage of the CMK is SIGN_VERIFY.
+ SigningAlgorithms []*string `type:"list"`
+
// The time at which the imported key material expires. When the key material
// expires, AWS KMS deletes the key material and the CMK becomes unusable. This
// value is present only for CMKs whose Origin is EXTERNAL and whose ExpirationModel
@@ -8330,6 +10173,12 @@ func (s *KeyMetadata) SetCustomKeyStoreId(v string) *KeyMetadata {
return s
}
+// SetCustomerMasterKeySpec sets the CustomerMasterKeySpec field's value.
+func (s *KeyMetadata) SetCustomerMasterKeySpec(v string) *KeyMetadata {
+ s.CustomerMasterKeySpec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDeletionDate sets the DeletionDate field's value.
func (s *KeyMetadata) SetDeletionDate(v time.Time) *KeyMetadata {
s.DeletionDate = &v
@@ -8348,6 +10197,12 @@ func (s *KeyMetadata) SetEnabled(v bool) *KeyMetadata {
return s
}
+// SetEncryptionAlgorithms sets the EncryptionAlgorithms field's value.
+func (s *KeyMetadata) SetEncryptionAlgorithms(v []*string) *KeyMetadata {
+ s.EncryptionAlgorithms = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetExpirationModel sets the ExpirationModel field's value.
func (s *KeyMetadata) SetExpirationModel(v string) *KeyMetadata {
s.ExpirationModel = &v
@@ -8384,6 +10239,12 @@ func (s *KeyMetadata) SetOrigin(v string) *KeyMetadata {
return s
}
+// SetSigningAlgorithms sets the SigningAlgorithms field's value.
+func (s *KeyMetadata) SetSigningAlgorithms(v []*string) *KeyMetadata {
+ s.SigningAlgorithms = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetValidTo sets the ValidTo field's value.
func (s *KeyMetadata) SetValidTo(v time.Time) *KeyMetadata {
s.ValidTo = &v
@@ -9224,10 +11085,33 @@ type ReEncryptInput struct {
// CiphertextBlob is a required field
CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"`
- // Encryption context to use when the data is reencrypted.
+ // Specifies the encryption algorithm that AWS KMS will use to reecrypt the
+ // data after it has decrypted it. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, represents
+ // the encryption algorithm used for symmetric CMKs.
+ //
+ // This parameter is required only when the destination CMK is an asymmetric
+ // CMK.
+ DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // Specifies that encryption context to use when the reencrypting the data.
+ //
+ // A destination encryption context is valid only when the destination CMK is
+ // a symmetric CMK. The standard ciphertext format for asymmetric CMKs does
+ // not include fields for metadata.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
DestinationEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
- // A unique identifier for the CMK that is used to reencrypt the data.
+ // A unique identifier for the CMK that is used to reencrypt the data. Specify
+ // a symmetric or asymmetric CMK with a KeyUsage value of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. To
+ // find the KeyUsage value of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
//
// To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
// or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
@@ -9255,9 +11139,58 @@ type ReEncryptInput struct {
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
- // Encryption context used to encrypt and decrypt the data specified in the
- // CiphertextBlob parameter.
+ // Specifies the encryption algorithm that AWS KMS will use to decrypt the ciphertext
+ // before it is reencrypted. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, represents
+ // the algorithm used for symmetric CMKs.
+ //
+ // Specify the same algorithm that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you
+ // specify a different algorithm, the decrypt attempt fails.
+ //
+ // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an
+ // asymmetric CMK.
+ SourceEncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
+ // Specifies the encryption context to use to decrypt the ciphertext. Enter
+ // the same encryption context that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ //
+ // An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that
+ // represents additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context
+ // to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match)
+ // encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is optional
+ // when encrypting with a symmetric CMK, but it is highly recommended.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Encryption Context (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
SourceEncryptionContext map[string]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // A unique identifier for the CMK that is used to decrypt the ciphertext before
+ // it reencrypts it using the destination CMK.
+ //
+ // This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an
+ // asymmetric CMK. Otherwise, AWS KMS uses the metadata that it adds to the
+ // ciphertext blob to determine which CMK was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ // However, you can use this parameter to ensure that a particular CMK (of any
+ // kind) is used to decrypt the ciphertext before it is reencrypted.
+ //
+ // If you specify a KeyId value, the decrypt part of the ReEncrypt operation
+ // succeeds only if the specified CMK was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ //
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/".
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
+ SourceKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -9285,6 +11218,9 @@ func (s *ReEncryptInput) Validate() error {
if s.DestinationKeyId != nil && len(*s.DestinationKeyId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DestinationKeyId", 1))
}
+ if s.SourceKeyId != nil && len(*s.SourceKeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SourceKeyId", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -9298,6 +11234,12 @@ func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *ReEncryptInput {
return s
}
+// SetDestinationEncryptionAlgorithm sets the DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetDestinationEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *ReEncryptInput {
+ s.DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDestinationEncryptionContext sets the DestinationEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetDestinationEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *ReEncryptInput {
s.DestinationEncryptionContext = v
@@ -9316,24 +11258,43 @@ func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *ReEncryptInput {
return s
}
+// SetSourceEncryptionAlgorithm sets the SourceEncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetSourceEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *ReEncryptInput {
+ s.SourceEncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSourceEncryptionContext sets the SourceEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetSourceEncryptionContext(v map[string]*string) *ReEncryptInput {
s.SourceEncryptionContext = v
return s
}
+// SetSourceKeyId sets the SourceKeyId field's value.
+func (s *ReEncryptInput) SetSourceKeyId(v string) *ReEncryptInput {
+ s.SourceKeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ReEncryptOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The reencrypted data. When you use the HTTP API or the AWS CLI, the value
- // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not encoded.
+ // is Base64-encoded. Otherwise, it is not Base64-encoded.
//
// CiphertextBlob is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
CiphertextBlob []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+ // The encryption algorithm that was used to reencrypt the data.
+ DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
// Unique identifier of the CMK used to reencrypt the data.
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The encryption algorithm that was used to decrypt the ciphertext before it
+ // was reencrypted.
+ SourceEncryptionAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"EncryptionAlgorithmSpec"`
+
// Unique identifier of the CMK used to originally encrypt the data.
SourceKeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
@@ -9354,12 +11315,24 @@ func (s *ReEncryptOutput) SetCiphertextBlob(v []byte) *ReEncryptOutput {
return s
}
+// SetDestinationEncryptionAlgorithm sets the DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *ReEncryptOutput) SetDestinationEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *ReEncryptOutput {
+ s.DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
func (s *ReEncryptOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *ReEncryptOutput {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
+// SetSourceEncryptionAlgorithm sets the SourceEncryptionAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *ReEncryptOutput) SetSourceEncryptionAlgorithm(v string) *ReEncryptOutput {
+ s.SourceEncryptionAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSourceKeyId sets the SourceKeyId field's value.
func (s *ReEncryptOutput) SetSourceKeyId(v string) *ReEncryptOutput {
s.SourceKeyId = &v
@@ -9502,38 +11475,148 @@ func (s *RevokeGrantInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetGrantId sets the GrantId field's value.
-func (s *RevokeGrantInput) SetGrantId(v string) *RevokeGrantInput {
- s.GrantId = &v
+// SetGrantId sets the GrantId field's value.
+func (s *RevokeGrantInput) SetGrantId(v string) *RevokeGrantInput {
+ s.GrantId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *RevokeGrantInput) SetKeyId(v string) *RevokeGrantInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type RevokeGrantOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RevokeGrantOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RevokeGrantOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type ScheduleKeyDeletionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to delete.
+ //
+ // Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey.
+ //
+ // KeyId is a required field
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The waiting period, specified in number of days. After the waiting period
+ // ends, AWS KMS deletes the customer master key (CMK).
+ //
+ // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 7 and
+ // 30, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 30.
+ PendingWindowInDays *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleKeyDeletionInput"}
+ if s.KeyId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
+ }
+ if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PendingWindowInDays != nil && *s.PendingWindowInDays < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PendingWindowInDays", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) SetKeyId(v string) *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPendingWindowInDays sets the PendingWindowInDays field's value.
+func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) SetPendingWindowInDays(v int64) *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput {
+ s.PendingWindowInDays = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The date and time after which AWS KMS deletes the customer master key (CMK).
+ DeletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) for which deletion
+ // is scheduled.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDeletionDate sets the DeletionDate field's value.
+func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) SetDeletionDate(v time.Time) *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput {
+ s.DeletionDate = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *RevokeGrantInput) SetKeyId(v string) *RevokeGrantInput {
+func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-type RevokeGrantOutput struct {
+type SignInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s RevokeGrantOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s RevokeGrantOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-type ScheduleKeyDeletionInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // A list of grant tokens.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Grant Tokens (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#grant_token)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
- // The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to delete.
+ // Identifies an asymmetric CMK. AWS KMS uses the private key in the asymmetric
+ // CMK to sign the message. The KeyUsage type of the CMK must be SIGN_VERIFY.
+ // To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
//
- // Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
+ // a CMK in a different AWS account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.
//
// For example:
//
@@ -9541,40 +11624,68 @@ type ScheduleKeyDeletionInput struct {
//
// * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
//
- // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey.
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
//
// KeyId is a required field
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The waiting period, specified in number of days. After the waiting period
- // ends, AWS KMS deletes the customer master key (CMK).
+ // Specifies the message or message digest to sign. Messages can be 0-4096 bytes.
+ // To sign a larger message, provide the message digest.
//
- // This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 7 and
- // 30, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 30.
- PendingWindowInDays *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // If you provide a message, AWS KMS generates a hash digest of the message
+ // and then signs it.
+ //
+ // Message is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ //
+ // Message is a required field
+ Message []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // Tells AWS KMS whether the value of the Message parameter is a message or
+ // message digest. To indicate a message, enter RAW. To indicate a message digest,
+ // enter DIGEST.
+ MessageType *string `type:"string" enum:"MessageType"`
+
+ // Specifies the signing algorithm to use when signing the message.
+ //
+ // Choose an algorithm that is compatible with the type and size of the specified
+ // asymmetric CMK.
+ //
+ // SigningAlgorithm is a required field
+ SigningAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SigningAlgorithmSpec"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) String() string {
+func (s SignInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) GoString() string {
+func (s SignInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleKeyDeletionInput"}
+func (s *SignInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SignInput"}
if s.KeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
}
if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
}
- if s.PendingWindowInDays != nil && *s.PendingWindowInDays < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("PendingWindowInDays", 1))
+ if s.Message == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Message"))
+ }
+ if s.Message != nil && len(s.Message) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Message", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SigningAlgorithm == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SigningAlgorithm"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -9583,48 +11694,77 @@ func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetGrantTokens sets the GrantTokens field's value.
+func (s *SignInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *SignInput {
+ s.GrantTokens = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) SetKeyId(v string) *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput {
+func (s *SignInput) SetKeyId(v string) *SignInput {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-// SetPendingWindowInDays sets the PendingWindowInDays field's value.
-func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput) SetPendingWindowInDays(v int64) *ScheduleKeyDeletionInput {
- s.PendingWindowInDays = &v
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *SignInput) SetMessage(v []byte) *SignInput {
+ s.Message = v
return s
}
-type ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetMessageType sets the MessageType field's value.
+func (s *SignInput) SetMessageType(v string) *SignInput {
+ s.MessageType = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The date and time after which AWS KMS deletes the customer master key (CMK).
- DeletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+// SetSigningAlgorithm sets the SigningAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *SignInput) SetSigningAlgorithm(v string) *SignInput {
+ s.SigningAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) for which deletion
- // is scheduled.
+type SignOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the asymmetric CMK that was used to sign
+ // the message.
KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The cryptographic signature that was generated for the message.
+ //
+ // Signature is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ Signature []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"`
+
+ // The signing algorithm that was used to sign the message.
+ SigningAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"SigningAlgorithmSpec"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) String() string {
+func (s SignOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s SignOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetDeletionDate sets the DeletionDate field's value.
-func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) SetDeletionDate(v time.Time) *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput {
- s.DeletionDate = &v
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *SignOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *SignOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
-// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
-func (s *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *ScheduleKeyDeletionOutput {
- s.KeyId = &v
+// SetSignature sets the Signature field's value.
+func (s *SignOutput) SetSignature(v []byte) *SignOutput {
+ s.Signature = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSigningAlgorithm sets the SigningAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *SignOutput) SetSigningAlgorithm(v string) *SignOutput {
+ s.SigningAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
@@ -9860,14 +12000,19 @@ func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
type UpdateAliasInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Specifies the name of the alias to change. This value must begin with alias/
- // followed by the alias name, such as alias/ExampleAlias.
+ // Identifies the alias that is changing its CMK. This value must begin with
+ // alias/ followed by the alias name, such as alias/ExampleAlias. You cannot
+ // use UpdateAlias to change the alias name.
//
// AliasName is a required field
AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Unique identifier of the customer master key (CMK) to be mapped to the alias.
- // When the update operation completes, the alias will point to this CMK.
+ // Identifies the CMK to associate with the alias. When the update operation
+ // completes, the alias will point to this CMK.
+ //
+ // The CMK must be in the same AWS account and Region as the alias. Also, the
+ // new target CMK must be the same type as the current target CMK (both symmetric
+ // or both asymmetric) and they must have the same key usage.
//
// Specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
//
@@ -10130,6 +12275,196 @@ func (s UpdateKeyDescriptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type VerifyInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of grant tokens.
+ //
+ // For more information, see Grant Tokens (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#grant_token)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ GrantTokens []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // Identifies the asymmetric CMK that will be used to verify the signature.
+ // This must be the same CMK that was used to generate the signature. If you
+ // specify a different CMK, the value of the SignatureValid field in the response
+ // will be False.
+ //
+ // To specify a CMK, use its key ID, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), alias name,
+ // or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify
+ // a CMK in a different AWS account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.
+ //
+ // For example:
+ //
+ // * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
+ //
+ // * Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // * Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias
+ //
+ // To get the key ID and key ARN for a CMK, use ListKeys or DescribeKey. To
+ // get the alias name and alias ARN, use ListAliases.
+ //
+ // KeyId is a required field
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Specifies the message that was signed, or a hash digest of that message.
+ // Messages can be 0-4096 bytes. To verify a larger message, provide a hash
+ // digest of the message.
+ //
+ // If the digest of the message specified here is different from the message
+ // digest that was signed, the SignatureValid value in the response will be
+ // False.
+ //
+ // Message is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ //
+ // Message is a required field
+ Message []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // Tells AWS KMS whether the value of the Message parameter is a message or
+ // message digest. To indicate a message, enter RAW. To indicate a message digest,
+ // enter DIGEST.
+ MessageType *string `type:"string" enum:"MessageType"`
+
+ // The signature that the Sign operation generated.
+ //
+ // Signature is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
+ //
+ // Signature is a required field
+ Signature []byte `min:"1" type:"blob" required:"true"`
+
+ // The signing algorithm that was used to sign the message. If you submit a
+ // different algorithm, the value of the SignatureValid field in the response
+ // will be False.
+ //
+ // SigningAlgorithm is a required field
+ SigningAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SigningAlgorithmSpec"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VerifyInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VerifyInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *VerifyInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VerifyInput"}
+ if s.KeyId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
+ }
+ if s.KeyId != nil && len(*s.KeyId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("KeyId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Message == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Message"))
+ }
+ if s.Message != nil && len(s.Message) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Message", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Signature == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Signature"))
+ }
+ if s.Signature != nil && len(s.Signature) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Signature", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SigningAlgorithm == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SigningAlgorithm"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGrantTokens sets the GrantTokens field's value.
+func (s *VerifyInput) SetGrantTokens(v []*string) *VerifyInput {
+ s.GrantTokens = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *VerifyInput) SetKeyId(v string) *VerifyInput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *VerifyInput) SetMessage(v []byte) *VerifyInput {
+ s.Message = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMessageType sets the MessageType field's value.
+func (s *VerifyInput) SetMessageType(v string) *VerifyInput {
+ s.MessageType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSignature sets the Signature field's value.
+func (s *VerifyInput) SetSignature(v []byte) *VerifyInput {
+ s.Signature = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSigningAlgorithm sets the SigningAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *VerifyInput) SetSigningAlgorithm(v string) *VerifyInput {
+ s.SigningAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type VerifyOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The unique identifier for the asymmetric CMK that was used to verify the
+ // signature.
+ KeyId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A Boolean value that indicates whether the signature was verified. A value
+ // of True indicates that the Signature was produced by signing the Message
+ // with the specified KeyID and SigningAlgorithm. A value of False indicates
+ // that the message, the algorithm, or the key changed since the message was
+ // signed.
+ SignatureValid *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The signing algorithm that was used to verify the signature.
+ SigningAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"SigningAlgorithmSpec"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VerifyOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VerifyOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
+func (s *VerifyOutput) SetKeyId(v string) *VerifyOutput {
+ s.KeyId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSignatureValid sets the SignatureValid field's value.
+func (s *VerifyOutput) SetSignatureValid(v bool) *VerifyOutput {
+ s.SignatureValid = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSigningAlgorithm sets the SigningAlgorithm field's value.
+func (s *VerifyOutput) SetSigningAlgorithm(v string) *VerifyOutput {
+ s.SigningAlgorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
const (
// AlgorithmSpecRsaesPkcs1V15 is a AlgorithmSpec enum value
AlgorithmSpecRsaesPkcs1V15 = "RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5"
@@ -10178,6 +12513,55 @@ const (
ConnectionStateTypeDisconnecting = "DISCONNECTING"
)
+const (
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecRsa2048 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecRsa2048 = "RSA_2048"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecRsa3072 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecRsa3072 = "RSA_3072"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecRsa4096 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecRsa4096 = "RSA_4096"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecEccNistP256 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecEccNistP256 = "ECC_NIST_P256"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecEccNistP384 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecEccNistP384 = "ECC_NIST_P384"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecEccNistP521 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecEccNistP521 = "ECC_NIST_P521"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecEccSecgP256k1 is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecEccSecgP256k1 = "ECC_SECG_P256K1"
+
+ // CustomerMasterKeySpecSymmetricDefault is a CustomerMasterKeySpec enum value
+ CustomerMasterKeySpecSymmetricDefault = "SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DataKeyPairSpecRsa2048 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecRsa2048 = "RSA_2048"
+
+ // DataKeyPairSpecRsa3072 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecRsa3072 = "RSA_3072"
+
+ // DataKeyPairSpecRsa4096 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecRsa4096 = "RSA_4096"
+
+ // DataKeyPairSpecEccNistP256 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecEccNistP256 = "ECC_NIST_P256"
+
+ // DataKeyPairSpecEccNistP384 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecEccNistP384 = "ECC_NIST_P384"
+
+ // DataKeyPairSpecEccNistP521 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecEccNistP521 = "ECC_NIST_P521"
+
+ // DataKeyPairSpecEccSecgP256k1 is a DataKeyPairSpec enum value
+ DataKeyPairSpecEccSecgP256k1 = "ECC_SECG_P256K1"
+)
+
const (
// DataKeySpecAes256 is a DataKeySpec enum value
DataKeySpecAes256 = "AES_256"
@@ -10186,6 +12570,17 @@ const (
DataKeySpecAes128 = "AES_128"
)
+const (
+ // EncryptionAlgorithmSpecSymmetricDefault is a EncryptionAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ EncryptionAlgorithmSpecSymmetricDefault = "SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT"
+
+ // EncryptionAlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha1 is a EncryptionAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ EncryptionAlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha1 = "RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1"
+
+ // EncryptionAlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha256 is a EncryptionAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ EncryptionAlgorithmSpecRsaesOaepSha256 = "RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256"
+)
+
const (
// ExpirationModelTypeKeyMaterialExpires is a ExpirationModelType enum value
ExpirationModelTypeKeyMaterialExpires = "KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES"
@@ -10213,6 +12608,15 @@ const (
// GrantOperationReEncryptTo is a GrantOperation enum value
GrantOperationReEncryptTo = "ReEncryptTo"
+ // GrantOperationSign is a GrantOperation enum value
+ GrantOperationSign = "Sign"
+
+ // GrantOperationVerify is a GrantOperation enum value
+ GrantOperationVerify = "Verify"
+
+ // GrantOperationGetPublicKey is a GrantOperation enum value
+ GrantOperationGetPublicKey = "GetPublicKey"
+
// GrantOperationCreateGrant is a GrantOperation enum value
GrantOperationCreateGrant = "CreateGrant"
@@ -10221,6 +12625,12 @@ const (
// GrantOperationDescribeKey is a GrantOperation enum value
GrantOperationDescribeKey = "DescribeKey"
+
+ // GrantOperationGenerateDataKeyPair is a GrantOperation enum value
+ GrantOperationGenerateDataKeyPair = "GenerateDataKeyPair"
+
+ // GrantOperationGenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext is a GrantOperation enum value
+ GrantOperationGenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext = "GenerateDataKeyPairWithoutPlaintext"
)
const (
@@ -10249,10 +12659,21 @@ const (
)
const (
+ // KeyUsageTypeSignVerify is a KeyUsageType enum value
+ KeyUsageTypeSignVerify = "SIGN_VERIFY"
+
// KeyUsageTypeEncryptDecrypt is a KeyUsageType enum value
KeyUsageTypeEncryptDecrypt = "ENCRYPT_DECRYPT"
)
+const (
+ // MessageTypeRaw is a MessageType enum value
+ MessageTypeRaw = "RAW"
+
+ // MessageTypeDigest is a MessageType enum value
+ MessageTypeDigest = "DIGEST"
+)
+
const (
// OriginTypeAwsKms is a OriginType enum value
OriginTypeAwsKms = "AWS_KMS"
@@ -10264,6 +12685,35 @@ const (
OriginTypeAwsCloudhsm = "AWS_CLOUDHSM"
)
+const (
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPssSha256 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPssSha256 = "RSASSA_PSS_SHA_256"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPssSha384 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPssSha384 = "RSASSA_PSS_SHA_384"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPssSha512 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPssSha512 = "RSASSA_PSS_SHA_512"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPkcs1V15Sha256 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPkcs1V15Sha256 = "RSASSA_PKCS1_V1_5_SHA_256"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPkcs1V15Sha384 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPkcs1V15Sha384 = "RSASSA_PKCS1_V1_5_SHA_384"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPkcs1V15Sha512 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecRsassaPkcs1V15Sha512 = "RSASSA_PKCS1_V1_5_SHA_512"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecEcdsaSha256 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecEcdsaSha256 = "ECDSA_SHA_256"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecEcdsaSha384 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecEcdsaSha384 = "ECDSA_SHA_384"
+
+ // SigningAlgorithmSpecEcdsaSha512 is a SigningAlgorithmSpec enum value
+ SigningAlgorithmSpecEcdsaSha512 = "ECDSA_SHA_512"
+)
+
const (
// WrappingKeySpecRsa2048 is a WrappingKeySpec enum value
WrappingKeySpecRsa2048 = "RSA_2048"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/errors.go
index e8ce42f3b9cc..a93ac64a807e 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms/errors.go
@@ -156,17 +156,25 @@ const (
// ErrCodeExpiredImportTokenException for service response error code
// "ExpiredImportTokenException".
//
- // The request was rejected because the provided import token is expired. Use
+ // The request was rejected because the specified import token is expired. Use
// GetParametersForImport to get a new import token and public key, use the
// new public key to encrypt the key material, and then try the request again.
ErrCodeExpiredImportTokenException = "ExpiredImportTokenException"
+ // ErrCodeIncorrectKeyException for service response error code
+ // "IncorrectKeyException".
+ //
+ // The request was rejected because the specified CMK cannot decrypt the data.
+ // The KeyId in a Decrypt request and the SourceKeyId in a ReEncrypt request
+ // must identify the same CMK that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.
+ ErrCodeIncorrectKeyException = "IncorrectKeyException"
+
// ErrCodeIncorrectKeyMaterialException for service response error code
// "IncorrectKeyMaterialException".
//
- // The request was rejected because the provided key material is invalid or
- // is not the same key material that was previously imported into this customer
- // master key (CMK).
+ // The request was rejected because the key material in the request is, expired,
+ // invalid, or is not the same key material that was previously imported into
+ // this customer master key (CMK).
ErrCodeIncorrectKeyMaterialException = "IncorrectKeyMaterialException"
// ErrCodeIncorrectTrustAnchorException for service response error code
@@ -203,9 +211,13 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidCiphertextException for service response error code
// "InvalidCiphertextException".
//
- // The request was rejected because the specified ciphertext, or additional
- // authenticated data incorporated into the ciphertext, such as the encryption
- // context, is corrupted, missing, or otherwise invalid.
+ // From the Decrypt or ReEncrypt operation, the request was rejected because
+ // the specified ciphertext, or additional authenticated data incorporated into
+ // the ciphertext, such as the encryption context, is corrupted, missing, or
+ // otherwise invalid.
+ //
+ // From the ImportKeyMaterial operation, the request was rejected because AWS
+ // KMS could not decrypt the encrypted (wrapped) key material.
ErrCodeInvalidCiphertextException = "InvalidCiphertextException"
// ErrCodeInvalidGrantIdException for service response error code
@@ -230,7 +242,19 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException for service response error code
// "InvalidKeyUsageException".
//
- // The request was rejected because the specified KeySpec value is not valid.
+ // The request was rejected for one of the following reasons:
+ //
+ // * The KeyUsage value of the CMK is incompatible with the API operation.
+ //
+ // * The encryption algorithm or signing algorithm specified for the operation
+ // is incompatible with the type of key material in the CMK (CustomerMasterKeySpec).
+ //
+ // For encrypting, decrypting, re-encrypting, and generating data keys, the
+ // KeyUsage must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. For signing and verifying, the KeyUsage
+ // must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a CMK, use the DescribeKey operation.
+ //
+ // To find the encryption or signing algorithms supported for a particular CMK,
+ // use the DescribeKey operation.
ErrCodeInvalidKeyUsageException = "InvalidKeyUsageException"
// ErrCodeInvalidMarkerException for service response error code
@@ -248,14 +272,14 @@ const (
//
// For more information about how key state affects the use of a CMK, see How
// Key State Affects Use of a Customer Master Key (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/key-state.html)
- // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide .
ErrCodeInvalidStateException = "KMSInvalidStateException"
// ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException for service response error code
// "KeyUnavailableException".
//
- // The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. The
- // request can be retried.
+ // The request was rejected because the specified CMK was not available. You
+ // can retry the request.
ErrCodeKeyUnavailableException = "KeyUnavailableException"
// ErrCodeLimitExceededException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go
index b12c06eb8b9d..3ec8f6403fdd 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/api.go
@@ -78,19 +78,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) AddLayerVersionPermissionRequest(input *AddLayerVersionPermissi
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodePolicyLengthExceededException "PolicyLengthExceededException"
// The permissions policy for the resource is too large. Learn more (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html)
@@ -180,7 +177,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.R
// without specifying the source, other accounts could potentially configure
// resources in their account to invoke your Lambda function.
//
-// This action adds a statement to a resource-based permission policy for the
+// This action adds a statement to a resource-based permissions policy for the
// function. For more information about function policies, see Lambda Function
// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/access-control-resource-based.html).
//
@@ -196,22 +193,19 @@ func (c *Lambda) AddPermissionRequest(input *AddPermissionInput) (req *request.R
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodePolicyLengthExceededException "PolicyLengthExceededException"
// The permissions policy for the resource is too large. Learn more (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html)
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodePreconditionFailedException "PreconditionFailedException"
// The RevisionId provided does not match the latest RevisionId for the Lambda
@@ -304,19 +298,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateAliasRequest(input *CreateAliasInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/CreateAlias
func (c *Lambda) CreateAlias(input *CreateAliasInput) (*AliasConfiguration, error) {
@@ -389,11 +380,26 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *CreateEventSourceMapping
//
// For details about each event source type, see the following topics.
//
+// * Using AWS Lambda with Amazon DynamoDB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/with-ddb.html)
+//
// * Using AWS Lambda with Amazon Kinesis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/with-kinesis.html)
//
// * Using AWS Lambda with Amazon SQS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/with-sqs.html)
//
-// * Using AWS Lambda with Amazon DynamoDB (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/with-ddb.html)
+// The following error handling options are only available for stream sources
+// (DynamoDB and Kinesis):
+//
+// * BisectBatchOnFunctionError - If the function returns an error, split
+// the batch in two and retry.
+//
+// * DestinationConfig - Send discarded records to an Amazon SQS queue or
+// Amazon SNS topic.
+//
+// * MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds - Discard records older than the specified
+// age.
+//
+// * MaximumRetryAttempts - Discard records after the specified number of
+// retries.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -407,19 +413,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *CreateEventSourceMapping
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/CreateEventSourceMapping
func (c *Lambda) CreateEventSourceMapping(input *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) (*EventSourceMappingConfiguration, error) {
@@ -494,6 +497,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request
// the function permission to use AWS services, such as Amazon CloudWatch Logs
// for log streaming and AWS X-Ray for request tracing.
//
+// When you create a function, Lambda provisions an instance of the function
+// and its supporting resources. If your function connects to a VPC, this process
+// can take a minute or so. During this time, you can't invoke or modify the
+// function. The State, StateReason, and StateReasonCode fields in the response
+// from GetFunctionConfiguration indicate when the function is ready to invoke.
+// For more information, see Function States (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/functions-states.html).
+//
// A function has an unpublished version, and can have published versions and
// aliases. The unpublished version changes when you update your function's
// code and configuration. A published version is a snapshot of your function
@@ -515,7 +525,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request
// To invoke your function directly, use Invoke. To invoke your function in
// response to events in other AWS services, create an event source mapping
// (CreateEventSourceMapping), or configure a function trigger in the other
-// service. For more information, see Invoking Functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invoking-lambda-functions.html).
+// service. For more information, see Invoking Functions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-invocation.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -529,19 +539,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) CreateFunctionRequest(input *CreateFunctionInput) (req *request
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeCodeStorageExceededException "CodeStorageExceededException"
// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Learn more (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html)
@@ -627,12 +634,10 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteAliasRequest(input *DeleteAliasInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/DeleteAlias
func (c *Lambda) DeleteAlias(input *DeleteAliasInput) (*DeleteAliasOutput, error) {
@@ -703,6 +708,9 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteEventSourceMappingRequest(input *DeleteEventSourceMapping
// Deletes an event source mapping (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/intro-invocation-modes.html).
// You can get the identifier of a mapping from the output of ListEventSourceMappings.
//
+// When you delete an event source mapping, it enters a Deleting state and might
+// not be completely deleted for several seconds.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -715,16 +723,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteEventSourceMappingRequest(input *DeleteEventSourceMapping
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
// The operation conflicts with the resource's availability. For example, you
@@ -817,19 +822,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionRequest(input *DeleteFunctionInput) (req *request
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/DeleteFunction
func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunction(input *DeleteFunctionInput) (*DeleteFunctionOutput, error) {
@@ -912,16 +914,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionConcurrencyRequest(input *DeleteFunctionConcurren
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/DeleteFunctionConcurrency
func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionConcurrency(input *DeleteFunctionConcurrencyInput) (*DeleteFunctionConcurrencyOutput, error) {
@@ -945,6 +947,98 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionConcurrencyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig = "DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig"
+
+// DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig for more information on using the DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/2019-09-25/functions/{FunctionName}/event-invoke-config",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig API operation for AWS Lambda.
+//
+// Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version,
+// or alias.
+//
+// To configure options for asynchronous invocation, use PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's
+// API operation DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException"
+// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig(input *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (*DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext is the same as DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfig for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteLayerVersion = "DeleteLayerVersion"
// DeleteLayerVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1007,7 +1101,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) DeleteLayerVersionRequest(input *DeleteLayerVersionInput) (req
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/DeleteLayerVersion
func (c *Lambda) DeleteLayerVersion(input *DeleteLayerVersionInput) (*DeleteLayerVersionOutput, error) {
@@ -1087,7 +1181,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetAccountSettingsRequest(input *GetAccountSettingsInput) (req
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException"
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
@@ -1172,16 +1266,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetAliasRequest(input *GetAliasInput) (req *request.Request, ou
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetAlias
func (c *Lambda) GetAlias(input *GetAliasInput) (*AliasConfiguration, error) {
@@ -1264,16 +1355,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetEventSourceMappingRequest(input *GetEventSourceMappingInput)
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetEventSourceMapping
func (c *Lambda) GetEventSourceMapping(input *GetEventSourceMappingInput) (*EventSourceMappingConfiguration, error) {
@@ -1357,16 +1445,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionRequest(input *GetFunctionInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetFunction
func (c *Lambda) GetFunction(input *GetFunctionInput) (*GetFunctionOutput, error) {
@@ -1453,16 +1538,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *GetFunctionConfiguration
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetFunctionConfiguration
func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionConfiguration(input *GetFunctionConfigurationInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) {
@@ -1486,6 +1568,97 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Get
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opGetFunctionEventInvokeConfig = "GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig"
+
+// GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig for more information on using the GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetFunctionEventInvokeConfig,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/2019-09-25/functions/{FunctionName}/event-invoke-config",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig API operation for AWS Lambda.
+//
+// Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version,
+// or alias.
+//
+// To configure options for asynchronous invocation, use PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's
+// API operation GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException"
+// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig(input *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (*GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext is the same as GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetFunctionEventInvokeConfig for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opGetLayerVersion = "GetLayerVersion"
// GetLayerVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1545,16 +1718,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetLayerVersionRequest(input *GetLayerVersionInput) (req *reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetLayerVersion
func (c *Lambda) GetLayerVersion(input *GetLayerVersionInput) (*GetLayerVersionOutput, error) {
@@ -1637,16 +1807,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetLayerVersionByArnRequest(input *GetLayerVersionByArnInput) (
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetLayerVersionByArn
func (c *Lambda) GetLayerVersionByArn(input *GetLayerVersionByArnInput) (*GetLayerVersionByArnOutput, error) {
@@ -1729,16 +1896,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetLayerVersionPolicyRequest(input *GetLayerVersionPolicyInput)
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetLayerVersionPolicy
func (c *Lambda) GetLayerVersionPolicy(input *GetLayerVersionPolicyInput) (*GetLayerVersionPolicyOutput, error) {
@@ -1821,16 +1985,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) GetPolicyRequest(input *GetPolicyInput) (req *request.Request,
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/GetPolicy
func (c *Lambda) GetPolicy(input *GetPolicyInput) (*GetPolicyOutput, error) {
@@ -1902,12 +2063,11 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output
// for the response), or asynchronously. To invoke a function asynchronously,
// set InvocationType to Event.
//
-// For synchronous invocation, details about the function response, including
-// errors, are included in the response body and headers. For either invocation
-// type, you can find more information in the execution log (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/monitoring-functions.html)
-// and trace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/dlq.html). To record
-// function errors for asynchronous invocations, configure your function with
-// a dead letter queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/dlq.html).
+// For synchronous invocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-sync.html),
+// details about the function response, including errors, are included in the
+// response body and headers. For either invocation type, you can find more
+// information in the execution log (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/monitoring-functions.html)
+// and trace (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/lambda-x-ray.html).
//
// When an error occurs, your function may be invoked multiple times. Retry
// behavior varies by error type, client, event source, and invocation type.
@@ -1915,6 +2075,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output
// Lambda executes the function up to two more times. For more information,
// see Retry Behavior (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/retries-on-errors.html).
//
+// For asynchronous invocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html),
+// Lambda adds events to a queue before sending them to your function. If your
+// function does not have enough capacity to keep up with the queue, events
+// may be lost. Occasionally, your function may receive the same event multiple
+// times, even if no error occurs. To retain events that were not processed,
+// configure your function with a dead-letter queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#dlq).
+//
// The status code in the API response doesn't reflect function errors. Error
// codes are reserved for errors that prevent your function from executing,
// such as permissions errors, limit errors (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html),
@@ -1942,8 +2109,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestContentException "InvalidRequestContentException"
// The request body could not be parsed as JSON.
@@ -1956,12 +2122,10 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output
// The content type of the Invoke request body is not JSON.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeEC2UnexpectedException "EC2UnexpectedException"
// AWS Lambda received an unexpected EC2 client exception while setting up for
@@ -1972,9 +2136,9 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output
// one or more configured subnets has no available IP addresses.
//
// * ErrCodeENILimitReachedException "ENILimitReachedException"
-// AWS Lambda was not able to create an Elastic Network Interface (ENI) in the
-// VPC, specified as part of Lambda function configuration, because the limit
-// for network interfaces has been reached.
+// AWS Lambda was not able to create an elastic network interface in the VPC,
+// specified as part of Lambda function configuration, because the limit for
+// network interfaces has been reached.
//
// * ErrCodeEC2ThrottledException "EC2ThrottledException"
// AWS Lambda was throttled by Amazon EC2 during Lambda function initialization
@@ -2012,6 +2176,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeRequest(input *InvokeInput) (req *request.Request, output
// * ErrCodeInvalidRuntimeException "InvalidRuntimeException"
// The runtime or runtime version specified is not supported.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotReadyException "ResourceNotReadyException"
+// The function is inactive and its VPC connection is no longer available. Wait
+// for the VPC connection to reestablish and try again.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/Invoke
func (c *Lambda) Invoke(input *InvokeInput) (*InvokeOutput, error) {
req, out := c.InvokeRequest(input)
@@ -2100,8 +2271,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeAsyncRequest(input *InvokeAsyncInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestContentException "InvalidRequestContentException"
// The request body could not be parsed as JSON.
@@ -2109,6 +2279,9 @@ func (c *Lambda) InvokeAsyncRequest(input *InvokeAsyncInput) (req *request.Reque
// * ErrCodeInvalidRuntimeException "InvalidRuntimeException"
// The runtime or runtime version specified is not supported.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/InvokeAsync
//
// Deprecated: InvokeAsync has been deprecated
@@ -2200,16 +2373,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListAliasesRequest(input *ListAliasesInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListAliases
func (c *Lambda) ListAliases(input *ListAliasesInput) (*ListAliasesOutput, error) {
@@ -2350,16 +2520,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListEventSourceMappingsRequest(input *ListEventSourceMappingsIn
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListEventSourceMappings
func (c *Lambda) ListEventSourceMappings(input *ListEventSourceMappingsInput) (*ListEventSourceMappingsOutput, error) {
@@ -2435,6 +2602,154 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListEventSourceMappingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return p.Err()
}
+const opListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs = "ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs"
+
+// ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs for more information on using the ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs
+func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest(input *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/2019-09-25/functions/{FunctionName}/event-invoke-config/list",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxItems",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs API operation for AWS Lambda.
+//
+// Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function.
+//
+// To configure options for asynchronous invocation, use PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's
+// API operation ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException"
+// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs
+func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs(input *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) (*ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsWithContext is the same as ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPages iterates over the pages of a ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigs operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPages(params,
+// func(page *lambda.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPages(input *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput, fn func(*ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPagesWithContext same as ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput, fn func(*ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
const opListFunctions = "ListFunctions"
// ListFunctionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2504,12 +2819,10 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListFunctionsRequest(input *ListFunctionsInput) (req *request.R
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListFunctions
func (c *Lambda) ListFunctions(input *ListFunctionsInput) (*ListFunctionsOutput, error) {
@@ -2652,16 +2965,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListLayerVersionsRequest(input *ListLayerVersionsInput) (req *r
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListLayerVersions
func (c *Lambda) ListLayerVersions(input *ListLayerVersionsInput) (*ListLayerVersionsOutput, error) {
@@ -2804,12 +3114,10 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListLayersRequest(input *ListLayersInput) (req *request.Request
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListLayers
func (c *Lambda) ListLayers(input *ListLayersInput) (*ListLayersOutput, error) {
@@ -2944,16 +3252,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListTagsRequest(input *ListTagsInput) (req *request.Request, ou
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListTags
func (c *Lambda) ListTags(input *ListTagsInput) (*ListTagsOutput, error) {
@@ -3042,16 +3347,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) ListVersionsByFunctionRequest(input *ListVersionsByFunctionInpu
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/ListVersionsByFunction
func (c *Lambda) ListVersionsByFunction(input *ListVersionsByFunctionInput) (*ListVersionsByFunctionOutput, error) {
@@ -3173,7 +3475,7 @@ func (c *Lambda) PublishLayerVersionRequest(input *PublishLayerVersionInput) (re
//
// Creates an AWS Lambda layer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-layers.html)
// from a ZIP archive. Each time you call PublishLayerVersion with the same
-// version name, a new version is created.
+// layer name, a new version is created.
//
// Add layers to your function with CreateFunction or UpdateFunctionConfiguration.
//
@@ -3189,16 +3491,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) PublishLayerVersionRequest(input *PublishLayerVersionInput) (re
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeCodeStorageExceededException "CodeStorageExceededException"
// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Learn more (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html)
@@ -3292,16 +3591,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) PublishVersionRequest(input *PublishVersionInput) (req *request
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeCodeStorageExceededException "CodeStorageExceededException"
// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Learn more (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html)
@@ -3311,6 +3607,9 @@ func (c *Lambda) PublishVersionRequest(input *PublishVersionInput) (req *request
// function or alias. Call the GetFunction or the GetAlias API to retrieve the
// latest RevisionId for your resource.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/PublishVersion
func (c *Lambda) PublishVersion(input *PublishVersionInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.PublishVersionRequest(input)
@@ -3404,16 +3703,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) PutFunctionConcurrencyRequest(input *PutFunctionConcurrencyInpu
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/PutFunctionConcurrency
func (c *Lambda) PutFunctionConcurrency(input *PutFunctionConcurrencyInput) (*PutFunctionConcurrencyOutput, error) {
@@ -3437,6 +3736,101 @@ func (c *Lambda) PutFunctionConcurrencyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutFu
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opPutFunctionEventInvokeConfig = "PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig"
+
+// PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig for more information on using the PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opPutFunctionEventInvokeConfig,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/2019-09-25/functions/{FunctionName}/event-invoke-config",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig API operation for AWS Lambda.
+//
+// Configures options for asynchronous invocation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html)
+// on a function, version, or alias.
+//
+// By default, Lambda retries an asynchronous invocation twice if the function
+// returns an error. It retains events in a queue for up to six hours. When
+// an event fails all processing attempts or stays in the asynchronous invocation
+// queue for too long, Lambda discards it. To retain discarded events, configure
+// a dead-letter queue with UpdateFunctionConfiguration.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's
+// API operation PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException"
+// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig(input *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (*PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext is the same as PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opRemoveLayerVersionPermission = "RemoveLayerVersionPermission"
// RemoveLayerVersionPermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -3498,16 +3892,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) RemoveLayerVersionPermissionRequest(input *RemoveLayerVersionPe
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodePreconditionFailedException "PreconditionFailedException"
// The RevisionId provided does not match the latest RevisionId for the Lambda
@@ -3596,16 +3987,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) RemovePermissionRequest(input *RemovePermissionInput) (req *req
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodePreconditionFailedException "PreconditionFailedException"
// The RevisionId provided does not match the latest RevisionId for the Lambda
@@ -3694,16 +4082,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/TagResource
func (c *Lambda) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
@@ -3787,16 +4172,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.R
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/UntagResource
func (c *Lambda) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
@@ -3878,22 +4260,22 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateAliasRequest(input *UpdateAliasInput) (req *request.Reque
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodePreconditionFailedException "PreconditionFailedException"
// The RevisionId provided does not match the latest RevisionId for the Lambda
// function or alias. Call the GetFunction or the GetAlias API to retrieve the
// latest RevisionId for your resource.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/UpdateAlias
func (c *Lambda) UpdateAlias(input *UpdateAliasInput) (*AliasConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateAliasRequest(input)
@@ -3963,6 +4345,21 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *UpdateEventSourceMapping
// Updates an event source mapping. You can change the function that AWS Lambda
// invokes, or pause invocation and resume later from the same location.
//
+// The following error handling options are only available for stream sources
+// (DynamoDB and Kinesis):
+//
+// * BisectBatchOnFunctionError - If the function returns an error, split
+// the batch in two and retry.
+//
+// * DestinationConfig - Send discarded records to an Amazon SQS queue or
+// Amazon SNS topic.
+//
+// * MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds - Discard records older than the specified
+// age.
+//
+// * MaximumRetryAttempts - Discard records after the specified number of
+// retries.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -3975,19 +4372,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateEventSourceMappingRequest(input *UpdateEventSourceMapping
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceInUseException "ResourceInUseException"
// The operation conflicts with the resource's availability. For example, you
@@ -4077,16 +4471,13 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (req
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeCodeStorageExceededException "CodeStorageExceededException"
// You have exceeded your maximum total code size per account. Learn more (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/limits.html)
@@ -4096,6 +4487,9 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (req
// function or alias. Call the GetFunction or the GetAlias API to retrieve the
// latest RevisionId for your resource.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/UpdateFunctionCode
func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionCode(input *UpdateFunctionCodeInput) (*FunctionConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.UpdateFunctionCodeRequest(input)
@@ -4164,6 +4558,14 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateFunctionConfigu
//
// Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function.
//
+// When you update a function, Lambda provisions an instance of the function
+// and its supporting resources. If your function connects to a VPC, this process
+// can take a minute. During this time, you can't modify the function, but you
+// can still invoke it. The LastUpdateStatus, LastUpdateStatusReason, and LastUpdateStatusReasonCode
+// fields in the response from GetFunctionConfiguration indicate when the update
+// is complete and the function is processing events with the new configuration.
+// For more information, see Function States (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/functions-states.html).
+//
// These settings can vary between versions of a function and are locked when
// you publish a version. You can't modify the configuration of a published
// version, only the unpublished version.
@@ -4183,19 +4585,16 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionConfigurationRequest(input *UpdateFunctionConfigu
// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
-// specified in the request does not exist.
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
-// an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
-// API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-// Request throughput limit exceeded.
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceConflictException "ResourceConflictException"
-// The resource already exists.
+// The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
//
// * ErrCodePreconditionFailedException "PreconditionFailedException"
// The RevisionId provided does not match the latest RevisionId for the Lambda
@@ -4224,12 +4623,104 @@ func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *
return out, req.Send()
}
-// Limits that are related to concurrency and code storage. All file and storage
+const opUpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig = "UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig"
+
+// UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig for more information on using the UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/2019-09-25/functions/{FunctionName}/event-invoke-config",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig API operation for AWS Lambda.
+//
+// Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version,
+// or alias.
+//
+// To configure options for asynchronous invocation, use PutFunctionEventInvokeConfig.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Lambda's
+// API operation UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeServiceException "ServiceException"
+// The AWS Lambda service encountered an internal error.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// The resource specified in the request does not exist.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+// The request throughput limit was exceeded.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/lambda-2015-03-31/UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig
+func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig(input *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) (*UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext is the same as UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfig for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// Limits that are related to concurrency and storage. All file and storage
// sizes are in bytes.
type AccountLimit struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The maximum size of your function's code and layers when they're extracted.
+ // The maximum size of a function's deployment package and layers when they're
+ // extracted.
CodeSizeUnzipped *int64 `type:"long"`
// The maximum size of a deployment package when it's uploaded directly to AWS
@@ -4870,6 +5361,13 @@ type CreateEventSourceMappingInput struct {
// * Amazon Simple Queue Service - Default 10. Max 10.
BatchSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // (Streams) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry.
+ BisectBatchOnFunctionError *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // (Streams) An Amazon SQS queue or Amazon SNS topic destination for discarded
+ // records.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
// Disables the event source mapping to pause polling and invocation.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
@@ -4902,8 +5400,21 @@ type CreateEventSourceMappingInput struct {
// FunctionName is a required field
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The maximum amount of time to gather records before invoking the function,
+ // in seconds.
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // (Streams) The maximum age of a record that Lambda sends to a function for
+ // processing.
+ MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // (Streams) The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns
+ // an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // (Streams) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently.
+ ParallelizationFactor *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
// The position in a stream from which to start reading. Required for Amazon
// Kinesis and Amazon DynamoDB Streams sources. AT_TIMESTAMP is only supported
// for Amazon Kinesis streams.
@@ -4938,6 +5449,12 @@ func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) Validate() error {
if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
}
+ if s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds != nil && *s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds < 60 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds", 60))
+ }
+ if s.ParallelizationFactor != nil && *s.ParallelizationFactor < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParallelizationFactor", 1))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -4951,6 +5468,18 @@ func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetBatchSize(v int64) *CreateEventSource
return s
}
+// SetBisectBatchOnFunctionError sets the BisectBatchOnFunctionError field's value.
+func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetBisectBatchOnFunctionError(v bool) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.BisectBatchOnFunctionError = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
s.Enabled = &v
@@ -4975,6 +5504,24 @@ func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetMaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds(v int6
return s
}
+// SetMaximumRecordAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetMaximumRecordAgeInSeconds(v int64) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetParallelizationFactor sets the ParallelizationFactor field's value.
+func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetParallelizationFactor(v int64) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.ParallelizationFactor = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStartingPosition sets the StartingPosition field's value.
func (s *CreateEventSourceMappingInput) SetStartingPosition(v string) *CreateEventSourceMappingInput {
s.StartingPosition = &v
@@ -4997,7 +5544,7 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct {
// A dead letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where
// Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information,
- // see Dead Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/dlq.html).
+ // see Dead Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#dlq).
DeadLetterConfig *DeadLetterConfig `type:"structure"`
// A description of the function.
@@ -5073,7 +5620,7 @@ type CreateFunctionInput struct {
// For network connectivity to AWS resources in a VPC, specify a list of security
// groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can
// only access resources and the internet through that VPC. For more information,
- // see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/vpc.html).
+ // see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html).
VpcConfig *VpcConfig `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -5222,7 +5769,7 @@ func (s *CreateFunctionInput) SetVpcConfig(v *VpcConfig) *CreateFunctionInput {
return s
}
-// The dead letter queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/dlq.html)
+// The dead-letter queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#dlq)
// for failed asynchronous invocations.
type DeadLetterConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5437,6 +5984,85 @@ func (s DeleteFunctionConcurrencyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the Lambda function, version, or alias.
+ //
+ // Name formats
+ //
+ // * Function name - my-function (name-only), my-function:v1 (with alias).
+ //
+ // * Function ARN - arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // * Partial ARN - 123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length
+ // constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function
+ // name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.
+ //
+ // FunctionName is a required field
+ FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A version number or alias name.
+ Qualifier *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Qualifier" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput"}
+ if s.FunctionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
+ }
+ if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Qualifier != nil && len(*s.Qualifier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Qualifier", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.FunctionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQualifier sets the Qualifier field's value.
+func (s *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetQualifier(v string) *DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.Qualifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
type DeleteFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5586,6 +6212,40 @@ func (s DeleteLayerVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// A configuration object that specifies the destination of an event after Lambda
+// processes it.
+type DestinationConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The destination configuration for failed invocations.
+ OnFailure *OnFailure `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The destination configuration for successful invocations.
+ OnSuccess *OnSuccess `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DestinationConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DestinationConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetOnFailure sets the OnFailure field's value.
+func (s *DestinationConfig) SetOnFailure(v *OnFailure) *DestinationConfig {
+ s.OnFailure = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOnSuccess sets the OnSuccess field's value.
+func (s *DestinationConfig) SetOnSuccess(v *OnSuccess) *DestinationConfig {
+ s.OnSuccess = v
+ return s
+}
+
// A function's environment variable settings.
type Environment struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5643,7 +6303,9 @@ func (s *EnvironmentError) SetMessage(v string) *EnvironmentError {
return s
}
-// The results of a configuration update that applied environment variables.
+// The results of an operation to update or read environment variables. If the
+// operation is successful, the response contains the environment variables.
+// If it failed, the response contains details about the error.
type EnvironmentResponse struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -5684,25 +6346,46 @@ type EventSourceMappingConfiguration struct {
// The maximum number of items to retrieve in a single batch.
BatchSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // (Streams) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry.
+ BisectBatchOnFunctionError *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // (Streams) An Amazon SQS queue or Amazon SNS topic destination for discarded
+ // records.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event source.
EventSourceArn *string `type:"string"`
// The ARN of the Lambda function.
FunctionArn *string `type:"string"`
- // The date that the event source mapping was last updated.
+ // The date that the event source mapping was last updated, or its state changed.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The result of the last AWS Lambda invocation of your Lambda function.
LastProcessingResult *string `type:"string"`
+ // The maximum amount of time to gather records before invoking the function,
+ // in seconds.
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // (Streams) The maximum age of a record that Lambda sends to a function for
+ // processing.
+ MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // (Streams) The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns
+ // an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // (Streams) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently.
+ ParallelizationFactor *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
// The state of the event source mapping. It can be one of the following: Creating,
// Enabling, Enabled, Disabling, Disabled, Updating, or Deleting.
State *string `type:"string"`
- // The cause of the last state change, either User initiated or Lambda initiated.
+ // Indicates whether the last change to the event source mapping was made by
+ // a user, or by the Lambda service.
StateTransitionReason *string `type:"string"`
// The identifier of the event source mapping.
@@ -5725,6 +6408,18 @@ func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetBatchSize(v int64) *EventSourceMapp
return s
}
+// SetBisectBatchOnFunctionError sets the BisectBatchOnFunctionError field's value.
+func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetBisectBatchOnFunctionError(v bool) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
+ s.BisectBatchOnFunctionError = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetEventSourceArn sets the EventSourceArn field's value.
func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetEventSourceArn(v string) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
s.EventSourceArn = &v
@@ -5755,6 +6450,24 @@ func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetMaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds(v in
return s
}
+// SetMaximumRecordAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetMaximumRecordAgeInSeconds(v int64) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
+ s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetParallelizationFactor sets the ParallelizationFactor field's value.
+func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetParallelizationFactor(v int64) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
+ s.ParallelizationFactor = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetState sets the State field's value.
func (s *EventSourceMappingConfiguration) SetState(v string) *EventSourceMappingConfiguration {
s.State = &v
@@ -5910,13 +6623,22 @@ type FunctionConfiguration struct {
Handler *string `type:"string"`
// The KMS key that's used to encrypt the function's environment variables.
- // This key is only returned if you've configured a customer-managed CMK.
+ // This key is only returned if you've configured a customer managed CMK.
KMSKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
// The date and time that the function was last updated, in ISO-8601 format
// (https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sTZD).
LastModified *string `type:"string"`
+ // The status of the last update that was performed on the function.
+ LastUpdateStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"LastUpdateStatus"`
+
+ // The reason for the last update that was performed on the function.
+ LastUpdateStatusReason *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The reason code for the last update that was performed on the function.
+ LastUpdateStatusReasonCode *string `type:"string" enum:"LastUpdateStatusReasonCode"`
+
// The function's layers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-layers.html).
Layers []*Layer `type:"list"`
@@ -5935,6 +6657,17 @@ type FunctionConfiguration struct {
// The runtime environment for the Lambda function.
Runtime *string `type:"string" enum:"Runtime"`
+ // The current state of the function. When the state is Inactive, you can reactivate
+ // the function by invoking it.
+ State *string `type:"string" enum:"State"`
+
+ // The reason for the function's current state.
+ StateReason *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The reason code for the function's current state. When the code is Creating,
+ // you can't invoke or modify the function.
+ StateReasonCode *string `type:"string" enum:"StateReasonCode"`
+
// The amount of time that Lambda allows a function to run before stopping it.
Timeout *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
@@ -6018,6 +6751,24 @@ func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetLastModified(v string) *FunctionConfiguration
return s
}
+// SetLastUpdateStatus sets the LastUpdateStatus field's value.
+func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetLastUpdateStatus(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
+ s.LastUpdateStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdateStatusReason sets the LastUpdateStatusReason field's value.
+func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetLastUpdateStatusReason(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
+ s.LastUpdateStatusReason = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdateStatusReasonCode sets the LastUpdateStatusReasonCode field's value.
+func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetLastUpdateStatusReasonCode(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
+ s.LastUpdateStatusReasonCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLayers sets the Layers field's value.
func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetLayers(v []*Layer) *FunctionConfiguration {
s.Layers = v
@@ -6054,6 +6805,24 @@ func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetRuntime(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
return s
}
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetState(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStateReason sets the StateReason field's value.
+func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetStateReason(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
+ s.StateReason = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStateReasonCode sets the StateReasonCode field's value.
+func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetStateReasonCode(v string) *FunctionConfiguration {
+ s.StateReasonCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTimeout sets the Timeout field's value.
func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetTimeout(v int64) *FunctionConfiguration {
s.Timeout = &v
@@ -6078,6 +6847,75 @@ func (s *FunctionConfiguration) SetVpcConfig(v *VpcConfigResponse) *FunctionConf
return s
}
+type FunctionEventInvokeConfig struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.
+ //
+ // Destinations
+ //
+ // * Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.
+ //
+ // * Queue - The ARN of an SQS queue.
+ //
+ // * Topic - The ARN of an SNS topic.
+ //
+ // * Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function.
+ FunctionArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time that the configuration was last updated.
+ LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.
+ MaximumEventAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FunctionEventInvokeConfig) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FunctionEventInvokeConfig) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *FunctionEventInvokeConfig) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *FunctionEventInvokeConfig {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFunctionArn sets the FunctionArn field's value.
+func (s *FunctionEventInvokeConfig) SetFunctionArn(v string) *FunctionEventInvokeConfig {
+ s.FunctionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *FunctionEventInvokeConfig) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *FunctionEventInvokeConfig {
+ s.LastModified = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumEventAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *FunctionEventInvokeConfig) SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds(v int64) *FunctionEventInvokeConfig {
+ s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *FunctionEventInvokeConfig) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *FunctionEventInvokeConfig {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetAccountSettingsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -6300,6 +7138,140 @@ func (s *GetFunctionConfigurationInput) SetQualifier(v string) *GetFunctionConfi
return s
}
+type GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the Lambda function, version, or alias.
+ //
+ // Name formats
+ //
+ // * Function name - my-function (name-only), my-function:v1 (with alias).
+ //
+ // * Function ARN - arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // * Partial ARN - 123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length
+ // constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function
+ // name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.
+ //
+ // FunctionName is a required field
+ FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A version number or alias name.
+ Qualifier *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Qualifier" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput"}
+ if s.FunctionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
+ }
+ if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Qualifier != nil && len(*s.Qualifier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Qualifier", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.FunctionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQualifier sets the Qualifier field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetQualifier(v string) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.Qualifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.
+ //
+ // Destinations
+ //
+ // * Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.
+ //
+ // * Queue - The ARN of an SQS queue.
+ //
+ // * Topic - The ARN of an SNS topic.
+ //
+ // * Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function.
+ FunctionArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time that the configuration was last updated.
+ LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.
+ MaximumEventAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFunctionArn sets the FunctionArn field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetFunctionArn(v string) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.FunctionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.LastModified = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumEventAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds(v int64) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *GetFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetFunctionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -7643,38 +8615,52 @@ func (s *ListEventSourceMappingsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListEventSource
return s
}
-type ListFunctionsInput struct {
+type ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Set to ALL to include entries for all published versions of each function.
- FunctionVersion *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"FunctionVersion" type:"string" enum:"FunctionVersion"`
+ // The name of the Lambda function.
+ //
+ // Name formats
+ //
+ // * Function name - my-function.
+ //
+ // * Function ARN - arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // * Partial ARN - 123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the
+ // function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.
+ //
+ // FunctionName is a required field
+ FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve
// the next page of results.
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Marker" type:"string"`
- // For Lambda@Edge functions, the AWS Region of the master function. For example,
- // us-east-2 or ALL. If specified, you must set FunctionVersion to ALL.
- MasterRegion *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"MasterRegion" type:"string"`
-
- // Specify a value between 1 and 50 to limit the number of functions in the
- // response.
+ // The maximum number of configurations to return.
MaxItems *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"MaxItems" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListFunctionsInput) String() string {
+func (s ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListFunctionsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListFunctionsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListFunctionsInput"}
+func (s *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput"}
+ if s.FunctionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
+ }
+ if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
+ }
if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1))
}
@@ -7685,80 +8671,172 @@ func (s *ListFunctionsInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetFunctionVersion sets the FunctionVersion field's value.
-func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetFunctionVersion(v string) *ListFunctionsInput {
- s.FunctionVersion = &v
+// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput {
+ s.FunctionName = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
-func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListFunctionsInput {
+func (s *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
-// SetMasterRegion sets the MasterRegion field's value.
-func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetMasterRegion(v string) *ListFunctionsInput {
- s.MasterRegion = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value.
-func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListFunctionsInput {
+func (s *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsInput {
s.MaxItems = &v
return s
}
-// A list of Lambda functions.
-type ListFunctionsOutput struct {
+type ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A list of Lambda functions.
- Functions []*FunctionConfiguration `type:"list"`
+ // A list of configurations.
+ FunctionEventInvokeConfigs []*FunctionEventInvokeConfig `type:"list"`
// The pagination token that's included if more results are available.
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListFunctionsOutput) String() string {
+func (s ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListFunctionsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetFunctions sets the Functions field's value.
-func (s *ListFunctionsOutput) SetFunctions(v []*FunctionConfiguration) *ListFunctionsOutput {
- s.Functions = v
+// SetFunctionEventInvokeConfigs sets the FunctionEventInvokeConfigs field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput) SetFunctionEventInvokeConfigs(v []*FunctionEventInvokeConfig) *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput {
+ s.FunctionEventInvokeConfigs = v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
-func (s *ListFunctionsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListFunctionsOutput {
+func (s *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListFunctionEventInvokeConfigsOutput {
s.NextMarker = &v
return s
}
-type ListLayerVersionsInput struct {
+type ListFunctionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A runtime identifier. For example, go1.x.
- CompatibleRuntime *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"CompatibleRuntime" type:"string" enum:"Runtime"`
-
- // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.
- //
- // LayerName is a required field
- LayerName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"LayerName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Set to ALL to include entries for all published versions of each function.
+ FunctionVersion *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"FunctionVersion" type:"string" enum:"FunctionVersion"`
- // A pagination token returned by a previous call.
+ // Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve
+ // the next page of results.
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Marker" type:"string"`
- // The maximum number of versions to return.
- MaxItems *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"MaxItems" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-}
+ // For Lambda@Edge functions, the AWS Region of the master function. For example,
+ // us-east-2 or ALL. If specified, you must set FunctionVersion to ALL.
+ MasterRegion *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"MasterRegion" type:"string"`
+
+ // Specify a value between 1 and 50 to limit the number of functions in the
+ // response.
+ MaxItems *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"MaxItems" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListFunctionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListFunctionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListFunctionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListFunctionsInput"}
+ if s.MaxItems != nil && *s.MaxItems < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxItems", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetFunctionVersion sets the FunctionVersion field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetFunctionVersion(v string) *ListFunctionsInput {
+ s.FunctionVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListFunctionsInput {
+ s.Marker = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMasterRegion sets the MasterRegion field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetMasterRegion(v string) *ListFunctionsInput {
+ s.MasterRegion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionsInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListFunctionsInput {
+ s.MaxItems = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A list of Lambda functions.
+type ListFunctionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of Lambda functions.
+ Functions []*FunctionConfiguration `type:"list"`
+
+ // The pagination token that's included if more results are available.
+ NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListFunctionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListFunctionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetFunctions sets the Functions field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionsOutput) SetFunctions(v []*FunctionConfiguration) *ListFunctionsOutput {
+ s.Functions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
+func (s *ListFunctionsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListFunctionsOutput {
+ s.NextMarker = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListLayerVersionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A runtime identifier. For example, go1.x.
+ CompatibleRuntime *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"CompatibleRuntime" type:"string" enum:"Runtime"`
+
+ // The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.
+ //
+ // LayerName is a required field
+ LayerName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"LayerName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A pagination token returned by a previous call.
+ Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Marker" type:"string"`
+
+ // The maximum number of versions to return.
+ MaxItems *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"MaxItems" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListLayerVersionsInput) String() string {
@@ -8101,6 +9179,54 @@ func (s *ListVersionsByFunctionOutput) SetVersions(v []*FunctionConfiguration) *
return s
}
+// A destination for events that failed processing.
+type OnFailure struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the destination resource.
+ Destination *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s OnFailure) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s OnFailure) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *OnFailure) SetDestination(v string) *OnFailure {
+ s.Destination = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A destination for events that were processed successfully.
+type OnSuccess struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the destination resource.
+ Destination *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s OnSuccess) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s OnSuccess) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *OnSuccess) SetDestination(v string) *OnSuccess {
+ s.Destination = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type PublishLayerVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -8458,6 +9584,180 @@ func (s *PutFunctionConcurrencyOutput) SetReservedConcurrentExecutions(v int64)
return s
}
+type PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.
+ //
+ // Destinations
+ //
+ // * Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.
+ //
+ // * Queue - The ARN of an SQS queue.
+ //
+ // * Topic - The ARN of an SNS topic.
+ //
+ // * Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the Lambda function, version, or alias.
+ //
+ // Name formats
+ //
+ // * Function name - my-function (name-only), my-function:v1 (with alias).
+ //
+ // * Function ARN - arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // * Partial ARN - 123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length
+ // constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function
+ // name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.
+ //
+ // FunctionName is a required field
+ FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.
+ MaximumEventAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // A version number or alias name.
+ Qualifier *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Qualifier" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput"}
+ if s.FunctionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
+ }
+ if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds != nil && *s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds < 60 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumEventAgeInSeconds", 60))
+ }
+ if s.Qualifier != nil && len(*s.Qualifier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Qualifier", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.FunctionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumEventAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds(v int64) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQualifier sets the Qualifier field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetQualifier(v string) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.Qualifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.
+ //
+ // Destinations
+ //
+ // * Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.
+ //
+ // * Queue - The ARN of an SQS queue.
+ //
+ // * Topic - The ARN of an SNS topic.
+ //
+ // * Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function.
+ FunctionArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time that the configuration was last updated.
+ LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.
+ MaximumEventAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFunctionArn sets the FunctionArn field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetFunctionArn(v string) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.FunctionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.LastModified = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumEventAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds(v int64) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *PutFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type RemoveLayerVersionPermissionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -8971,6 +10271,13 @@ type UpdateEventSourceMappingInput struct {
// * Amazon Simple Queue Service - Default 10. Max 10.
BatchSize *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // (Streams) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry.
+ BisectBatchOnFunctionError *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // (Streams) An Amazon SQS queue or Amazon SNS topic destination for discarded
+ // records.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
// Disables the event source mapping to pause polling and invocation.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
@@ -8990,8 +10297,21 @@ type UpdateEventSourceMappingInput struct {
// function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length.
FunctionName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The maximum amount of time to gather records before invoking the function,
+ // in seconds.
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // (Streams) The maximum age of a record that Lambda sends to a function for
+ // processing.
+ MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // (Streams) The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns
+ // an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // (Streams) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently.
+ ParallelizationFactor *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
// The identifier of the event source mapping.
//
// UUID is a required field
@@ -9017,6 +10337,12 @@ func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) Validate() error {
if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
}
+ if s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds != nil && *s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds < 60 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds", 60))
+ }
+ if s.ParallelizationFactor != nil && *s.ParallelizationFactor < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParallelizationFactor", 1))
+ }
if s.UUID == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UUID"))
}
@@ -9036,6 +10362,18 @@ func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetBatchSize(v int64) *UpdateEventSource
return s
}
+// SetBisectBatchOnFunctionError sets the BisectBatchOnFunctionError field's value.
+func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetBisectBatchOnFunctionError(v bool) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.BisectBatchOnFunctionError = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
s.Enabled = &v
@@ -9054,6 +10392,24 @@ func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetMaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds(v int6
return s
}
+// SetMaximumRecordAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetMaximumRecordAgeInSeconds(v int64) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetParallelizationFactor sets the ParallelizationFactor field's value.
+func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetParallelizationFactor(v int64) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
+ s.ParallelizationFactor = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetUUID sets the UUID field's value.
func (s *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput) SetUUID(v string) *UpdateEventSourceMappingInput {
s.UUID = &v
@@ -9197,7 +10553,7 @@ type UpdateFunctionConfigurationInput struct {
// A dead letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where
// Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information,
- // see Dead Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/dlq.html).
+ // see Dead Letter Queues (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/invocation-async.html#dlq).
DeadLetterConfig *DeadLetterConfig `type:"structure"`
// A description of the function.
@@ -9265,7 +10621,7 @@ type UpdateFunctionConfigurationInput struct {
// For network connectivity to AWS resources in a VPC, specify a list of security
// groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can
// only access resources and the internet through that VPC. For more information,
- // see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/vpc.html).
+ // see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html).
VpcConfig *VpcConfig `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -9385,7 +10741,182 @@ func (s *UpdateFunctionConfigurationInput) SetVpcConfig(v *VpcConfig) *UpdateFun
return s
}
+type UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.
+ //
+ // Destinations
+ //
+ // * Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.
+ //
+ // * Queue - The ARN of an SQS queue.
+ //
+ // * Topic - The ARN of an SNS topic.
+ //
+ // * Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the Lambda function, version, or alias.
+ //
+ // Name formats
+ //
+ // * Function name - my-function (name-only), my-function:v1 (with alias).
+ //
+ // * Function ARN - arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // * Partial ARN - 123456789012:function:my-function.
+ //
+ // You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length
+ // constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function
+ // name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.
+ //
+ // FunctionName is a required field
+ FunctionName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"FunctionName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.
+ MaximumEventAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // A version number or alias name.
+ Qualifier *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Qualifier" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput"}
+ if s.FunctionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FunctionName"))
+ }
+ if s.FunctionName != nil && len(*s.FunctionName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("FunctionName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds != nil && *s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds < 60 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumEventAgeInSeconds", 60))
+ }
+ if s.Qualifier != nil && len(*s.Qualifier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Qualifier", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFunctionName sets the FunctionName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetFunctionName(v string) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.FunctionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumEventAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds(v int64) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQualifier sets the Qualifier field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput) SetQualifier(v string) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigInput {
+ s.Qualifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.
+ //
+ // Destinations
+ //
+ // * Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.
+ //
+ // * Queue - The ARN of an SQS queue.
+ //
+ // * Topic - The ARN of an SNS topic.
+ //
+ // * Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.
+ DestinationConfig *DestinationConfig `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function.
+ FunctionArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time that the configuration was last updated.
+ LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.
+ MaximumEventAgeInSeconds *int64 `min:"60" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.
+ MaximumRetryAttempts *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDestinationConfig sets the DestinationConfig field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetDestinationConfig(v *DestinationConfig) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.DestinationConfig = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFunctionArn sets the FunctionArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetFunctionArn(v string) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.FunctionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.LastModified = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds sets the MaximumEventAgeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetMaximumEventAgeInSeconds(v int64) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumRetryAttempts sets the MaximumRetryAttempts field's value.
+func (s *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput) SetMaximumRetryAttempts(v int64) *UpdateFunctionEventInvokeConfigOutput {
+ s.MaximumRetryAttempts = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// The VPC security groups and subnets that are attached to a Lambda function.
+// For more information, see VPC Settings (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lambda/latest/dg/configuration-vpc.html).
type VpcConfig struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -9487,6 +11018,31 @@ const (
InvocationTypeDryRun = "DryRun"
)
+const (
+ // LastUpdateStatusSuccessful is a LastUpdateStatus enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusSuccessful = "Successful"
+
+ // LastUpdateStatusFailed is a LastUpdateStatus enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusFailed = "Failed"
+
+ // LastUpdateStatusInProgress is a LastUpdateStatus enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusInProgress = "InProgress"
+)
+
+const (
+ // LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeEniLimitExceeded is a LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeEniLimitExceeded = "EniLimitExceeded"
+
+ // LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInsufficientRolePermissions is a LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInsufficientRolePermissions = "InsufficientRolePermissions"
+
+ // LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInvalidConfiguration is a LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInvalidConfiguration = "InvalidConfiguration"
+
+ // LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInternalError is a LastUpdateStatusReasonCode enum value
+ LastUpdateStatusReasonCodeInternalError = "InternalError"
+)
+
const (
// LogTypeNone is a LogType enum value
LogTypeNone = "None"
@@ -9554,6 +11110,46 @@ const (
RuntimeProvided = "provided"
)
+const (
+ // StatePending is a State enum value
+ StatePending = "Pending"
+
+ // StateActive is a State enum value
+ StateActive = "Active"
+
+ // StateInactive is a State enum value
+ StateInactive = "Inactive"
+
+ // StateFailed is a State enum value
+ StateFailed = "Failed"
+)
+
+const (
+ // StateReasonCodeIdle is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeIdle = "Idle"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeCreating is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeCreating = "Creating"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeRestoring is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeRestoring = "Restoring"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeEniLimitExceeded is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeEniLimitExceeded = "EniLimitExceeded"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeInsufficientRolePermissions is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeInsufficientRolePermissions = "InsufficientRolePermissions"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeInvalidConfiguration is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeInvalidConfiguration = "InvalidConfiguration"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeInternalError is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeInternalError = "InternalError"
+
+ // StateReasonCodeSubnetOutOfIpaddresses is a StateReasonCode enum value
+ StateReasonCodeSubnetOutOfIpaddresses = "SubnetOutOfIPAddresses"
+)
+
const (
// ThrottleReasonConcurrentInvocationLimitExceeded is a ThrottleReason enum value
ThrottleReasonConcurrentInvocationLimitExceeded = "ConcurrentInvocationLimitExceeded"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/errors.go
index e062a386c348..1a7e62ebfd1a 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/errors.go
@@ -33,17 +33,15 @@ const (
// ErrCodeENILimitReachedException for service response error code
// "ENILimitReachedException".
//
- // AWS Lambda was not able to create an Elastic Network Interface (ENI) in the
- // VPC, specified as part of Lambda function configuration, because the limit
- // for network interfaces has been reached.
+ // AWS Lambda was not able to create an elastic network interface in the VPC,
+ // specified as part of Lambda function configuration, because the limit for
+ // network interfaces has been reached.
ErrCodeENILimitReachedException = "ENILimitReachedException"
// ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException for service response error code
// "InvalidParameterValueException".
//
- // One of the parameters in the request is invalid. For example, if you provided
- // an IAM role for AWS Lambda to assume in the CreateFunction or the UpdateFunctionConfiguration
- // API, that AWS Lambda is unable to assume you will get this exception.
+ // One of the parameters in the request is invalid.
ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException = "InvalidParameterValueException"
// ErrCodeInvalidRequestContentException for service response error code
@@ -129,7 +127,7 @@ const (
// ErrCodeResourceConflictException for service response error code
// "ResourceConflictException".
//
- // The resource already exists.
+ // The resource already exists, or another operation is in progress.
ErrCodeResourceConflictException = "ResourceConflictException"
// ErrCodeResourceInUseException for service response error code
@@ -143,10 +141,16 @@ const (
// ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException for service response error code
// "ResourceNotFoundException".
//
- // The resource (for example, a Lambda function or access policy statement)
- // specified in the request does not exist.
+ // The resource specified in the request does not exist.
ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException = "ResourceNotFoundException"
+ // ErrCodeResourceNotReadyException for service response error code
+ // "ResourceNotReadyException".
+ //
+ // The function is inactive and its VPC connection is no longer available. Wait
+ // for the VPC connection to reestablish and try again.
+ ErrCodeResourceNotReadyException = "ResourceNotReadyException"
+
// ErrCodeServiceException for service response error code
// "ServiceException".
//
@@ -163,7 +167,7 @@ const (
// ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code
// "TooManyRequestsException".
//
- // Request throughput limit exceeded.
+ // The request throughput limit was exceeded.
ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException"
// ErrCodeUnsupportedMediaTypeException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/waiters.go
index 8c55f9f32d15..e9ec3d444827 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/waiters.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda/waiters.go
@@ -9,6 +9,62 @@ import (
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
)
+// WaitUntilFunctionActive uses the AWS Lambda API operation
+// GetFunctionConfiguration to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *Lambda) WaitUntilFunctionActive(input *GetFunctionConfigurationInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilFunctionActiveWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilFunctionActiveWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilFunctionActive.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) WaitUntilFunctionActiveWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFunctionConfigurationInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilFunctionActive",
+ MaxAttempts: 60,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "Active",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.FailureWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "Failed",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "Pending",
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *GetFunctionConfigurationInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.GetFunctionConfigurationRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
// WaitUntilFunctionExists uses the AWS Lambda API operation
// GetFunction to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
@@ -59,3 +115,59 @@ func (c *Lambda) WaitUntilFunctionExistsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetF
return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
}
+
+// WaitUntilFunctionUpdated uses the AWS Lambda API operation
+// GetFunctionConfiguration to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *Lambda) WaitUntilFunctionUpdated(input *GetFunctionConfigurationInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilFunctionUpdatedWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilFunctionUpdatedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilFunctionUpdated.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Lambda) WaitUntilFunctionUpdatedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetFunctionConfigurationInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilFunctionUpdated",
+ MaxAttempts: 60,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "LastUpdateStatus",
+ Expected: "Successful",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.FailureWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "LastUpdateStatus",
+ Expected: "Failed",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "LastUpdateStatus",
+ Expected: "InProgress",
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *GetFunctionConfigurationInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.GetFunctionConfigurationRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lexmodelbuildingservice/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lexmodelbuildingservice/api.go
index f99d0efabb86..83259744d81d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lexmodelbuildingservice/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lexmodelbuildingservice/api.go
@@ -383,7 +383,13 @@ func (c *LexModelBuildingService) DeleteBotRequest(input *DeleteBotInput) (req *
// DeleteBot API operation for Amazon Lex Model Building Service.
//
// Deletes all versions of the bot, including the $LATEST version. To delete
-// a specific version of the bot, use the DeleteBotVersion operation.
+// a specific version of the bot, use the DeleteBotVersion operation. The DeleteBot
+// operation doesn't immediately remove the bot schema. Instead, it is marked
+// for deletion and removed later.
+//
+// Amazon Lex stores utterances indefinitely for improving the ability of your
+// bot to respond to user inputs. These utterances are not removed when the
+// bot is deleted. To remove the utterances, use the DeleteUtterances operation.
//
// If a bot has an alias, you can't delete it. Instead, the DeleteBot operation
// returns a ResourceInUseException exception that includes a reference to the
@@ -1289,8 +1295,11 @@ func (c *LexModelBuildingService) DeleteUtterancesRequest(input *DeleteUtterance
// then stored indefinitely for use in improving the ability of your bot to
// respond to user input.
//
-// Use the DeleteStoredUtterances operation to manually delete stored utterances
-// for a specific user.
+// Use the DeleteUtterances operation to manually delete stored utterances for
+// a specific user. When you use the DeleteUtterances operation, utterances
+// stored for improving your bot's ability to respond to user input are deleted
+// immediately. Utterances stored for use with the GetUtterancesView operation
+// are deleted after 15 days.
//
// This operation requires permissions for the lex:DeleteUtterances action.
//
@@ -3667,9 +3676,13 @@ func (c *LexModelBuildingService) GetUtterancesViewRequest(input *GetUtterancesV
// two versions.
//
// Utterance statistics are generated once a day. Data is available for the
-// last 15 days. You can request information for up to 5 versions in each request.
-// The response contains information about a maximum of 100 utterances for each
-// version.
+// last 15 days. You can request information for up to 5 versions of your bot
+// in each request. Amazon Lex returns the most frequent utterances received
+// by the bot in the last 15 days. The response contains information about a
+// maximum of 100 utterances for each version.
+//
+// If you set childDirected field to true when you created your bot, or if you
+// opted out of participating in improving Amazon Lex, utterances are not available.
//
// This operation requires permissions for the lex:GetUtterancesView action.
//
@@ -3774,7 +3787,7 @@ func (c *LexModelBuildingService) PutBotRequest(input *PutBotInput) (req *reques
// an exception.
//
// This operation requires permissions for the lex:PutBot action. For more information,
-// see auth-and-access-control.
+// see security-iam.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -4764,6 +4777,10 @@ type CreateBotVersionOutput struct {
// A description of the bot.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+ // Indicates whether utterances entered by the user should be sent to Amazon
+ // Comprehend for sentiment analysis.
+ DetectSentiment *bool `locationName:"detectSentiment" type:"boolean"`
+
// If status is FAILED, Amazon Lex provides the reason that it failed to build
// the bot.
FailureReason *string `locationName:"failureReason" type:"string"`
@@ -4844,6 +4861,12 @@ func (s *CreateBotVersionOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateBotVersionOutpu
return s
}
+// SetDetectSentiment sets the DetectSentiment field's value.
+func (s *CreateBotVersionOutput) SetDetectSentiment(v bool) *CreateBotVersionOutput {
+ s.DetectSentiment = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *CreateBotVersionOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *CreateBotVersionOutput {
s.FailureReason = &v
@@ -6742,6 +6765,10 @@ type GetBotOutput struct {
// A description of the bot.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+ // Indicates whether user utterances should be sent to Amazon Comprehend for
+ // sentiment analysis.
+ DetectSentiment *bool `locationName:"detectSentiment" type:"boolean"`
+
// If status is FAILED, Amazon Lex explains why it failed to build the bot.
FailureReason *string `locationName:"failureReason" type:"string"`
@@ -6762,10 +6789,19 @@ type GetBotOutput struct {
// The name of the bot.
Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"2" type:"string"`
- // The status of the bot. If the bot is ready to run, the status is READY. If
- // there was a problem with building the bot, the status is FAILED and the failureReason
- // explains why the bot did not build. If the bot was saved but not built, the
- // status is NOT BUILT.
+ // The status of the bot.
+ //
+ // When the status is BUILDING Amazon Lex is building the bot for testing and
+ // use.
+ //
+ // If the status of the bot is READY_BASIC_TESTING, you can test the bot using
+ // the exact utterances specified in the bot's intents. When the bot is ready
+ // for full testing or to run, the status is READY.
+ //
+ // If there was a problem with building the bot, the status is FAILED and the
+ // failureReason field explains why the bot did not build.
+ //
+ // If the bot was saved but not built, the status is NOT_BUILT.
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"Status"`
// The version of the bot. For a new bot, the version is always $LATEST.
@@ -6822,6 +6858,12 @@ func (s *GetBotOutput) SetDescription(v string) *GetBotOutput {
return s
}
+// SetDetectSentiment sets the DetectSentiment field's value.
+func (s *GetBotOutput) SetDetectSentiment(v bool) *GetBotOutput {
+ s.DetectSentiment = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *GetBotOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *GetBotOutput {
s.FailureReason = &v
@@ -8429,7 +8471,7 @@ type GetUtterancesViewInput struct {
// BotVersions is a required field
BotVersions []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"bot_versions" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
- // To return utterances that were recognized and handled, useDetected. To return
+ // To return utterances that were recognized and handled, use Detected. To return
// utterances that were not recognized, use Missed.
//
// StatusType is a required field
@@ -8497,7 +8539,9 @@ type GetUtterancesViewOutput struct {
// An array of UtteranceList objects, each containing a list of UtteranceData
// objects describing the utterances that were processed by your bot. The response
- // contains a maximum of 100 UtteranceData objects for each version.
+ // contains a maximum of 100 UtteranceData objects for each version. Amazon
+ // Lex returns the most frequent utterances received by the bot in the last
+ // 15 days.
Utterances []*UtteranceList `locationName:"utterances" type:"list"`
}
@@ -8997,6 +9041,10 @@ type PutBotInput struct {
// For example, in a pizza ordering application, OrderPizza might be one of
// the intents. This intent might require the CrustType slot. You specify the
// valueElicitationPrompt field when you create the CrustType slot.
+ //
+ // If you have defined a fallback intent the abort statement will not be sent
+ // to the user, the fallback intent is used instead. For more information, see
+ // AMAZON.FallbackIntent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lex/latest/dg/built-in-intent-fallback.html).
AbortStatement *Statement `locationName:"abortStatement" type:"structure"`
// Identifies a specific revision of the $LATEST version.
@@ -9038,7 +9086,7 @@ type PutBotInput struct {
ChildDirected *bool `locationName:"childDirected" type:"boolean" required:"true"`
// When Amazon Lex doesn't understand the user's intent, it uses this message
- // to get clarification. To specify how many times Amazon Lex should repeate
+ // to get clarification. To specify how many times Amazon Lex should repeat
// the clarification prompt, use the maxAttempts field. If Amazon Lex still
// doesn't understand, it sends the message in the abortStatement field.
//
@@ -9046,13 +9094,41 @@ type PutBotInput struct {
// response from the user. for example, for a bot that orders pizza and drinks,
// you might create this clarification prompt: "What would you like to do? You
// can say 'Order a pizza' or 'Order a drink.'"
+ //
+ // If you have defined a fallback intent, it will be invoked if the clarification
+ // prompt is repeated the number of times defined in the maxAttempts field.
+ // For more information, see AMAZON.FallbackIntent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/lex/latest/dg/built-in-intent-fallback.html).
+ //
+ // If you don't define a clarification prompt, at runtime Amazon Lex will return
+ // a 400 Bad Request exception in three cases:
+ //
+ // * Follow-up prompt - When the user responds to a follow-up prompt but
+ // does not provide an intent. For example, in response to a follow-up prompt
+ // that says "Would you like anything else today?" the user says "Yes." Amazon
+ // Lex will return a 400 Bad Request exception because it does not have a
+ // clarification prompt to send to the user to get an intent.
+ //
+ // * Lambda function - When using a Lambda function, you return an ElicitIntent
+ // dialog type. Since Amazon Lex does not have a clarification prompt to
+ // get an intent from the user, it returns a 400 Bad Request exception.
+ //
+ // * PutSession operation - When using the PutSession operation, you send
+ // an ElicitIntent dialog type. Since Amazon Lex does not have a clarification
+ // prompt to get an intent from the user, it returns a 400 Bad Request exception.
ClarificationPrompt *Prompt `locationName:"clarificationPrompt" type:"structure"`
+ // When set to true a new numbered version of the bot is created. This is the
+ // same as calling the CreateBotVersion operation. If you don't specify createVersion,
+ // the default is false.
CreateVersion *bool `locationName:"createVersion" type:"boolean"`
// A description of the bot.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+ // When set to true user utterances are sent to Amazon Comprehend for sentiment
+ // analysis. If you don't specify detectSentiment, the default is false.
+ DetectSentiment *bool `locationName:"detectSentiment" type:"boolean"`
+
// The maximum time in seconds that Amazon Lex retains the data gathered in
// a conversation.
//
@@ -9099,7 +9175,7 @@ type PutBotInput struct {
// The Amazon Polly voice ID that you want Amazon Lex to use for voice interactions
// with the user. The locale configured for the voice must match the locale
- // of the bot. For more information, see Available Voices (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/polly/latest/dg/voicelist.html)
+ // of the bot. For more information, see Voices in Amazon Polly (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/polly/latest/dg/voicelist.html)
// in the Amazon Polly Developer Guide.
VoiceId *string `locationName:"voiceId" type:"string"`
}
@@ -9195,6 +9271,12 @@ func (s *PutBotInput) SetDescription(v string) *PutBotInput {
return s
}
+// SetDetectSentiment sets the DetectSentiment field's value.
+func (s *PutBotInput) SetDetectSentiment(v bool) *PutBotInput {
+ s.DetectSentiment = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetIdleSessionTTLInSeconds sets the IdleSessionTTLInSeconds field's value.
func (s *PutBotInput) SetIdleSessionTTLInSeconds(v int64) *PutBotInput {
s.IdleSessionTTLInSeconds = &v
@@ -9270,6 +9352,9 @@ type PutBotOutput struct {
// For more information, see PutBot.
ClarificationPrompt *Prompt `locationName:"clarificationPrompt" type:"structure"`
+ // True if a new version of the bot was created. If the createVersion field
+ // was not specified in the request, the createVersion field is set to false
+ // in the response.
CreateVersion *bool `locationName:"createVersion" type:"boolean"`
// The date that the bot was created.
@@ -9278,6 +9363,11 @@ type PutBotOutput struct {
// A description of the bot.
Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`
+ // true if the bot is configured to send user utterances to Amazon Comprehend
+ // for sentiment analysis. If the detectSentiment field was not specified in
+ // the request, the detectSentiment field is false in the response.
+ DetectSentiment *bool `locationName:"detectSentiment" type:"boolean"`
+
// If status is FAILED, Amazon Lex provides the reason that it failed to build
// the bot.
FailureReason *string `locationName:"failureReason" type:"string"`
@@ -9300,13 +9390,19 @@ type PutBotOutput struct {
Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"2" type:"string"`
// When you send a request to create a bot with processBehavior set to BUILD,
- // Amazon Lex sets the status response element to BUILDING. After Amazon Lex
- // builds the bot, it sets status to READY. If Amazon Lex can't build the bot,
- // Amazon Lex sets status to FAILED. Amazon Lex returns the reason for the failure
- // in the failureReason response element.
+ // Amazon Lex sets the status response element to BUILDING.
+ //
+ // In the READY_BASIC_TESTING state you can test the bot with user inputs that
+ // exactly match the utterances configured for the bot's intents and values
+ // in the slot types.
+ //
+ // If Amazon Lex can't build the bot, Amazon Lex sets status to FAILED. Amazon
+ // Lex returns the reason for the failure in the failureReason response element.
//
- // When you set processBehaviorto SAVE, Amazon Lex sets the status code to NOT
- // BUILT.
+ // When you set processBehavior to SAVE, Amazon Lex sets the status code to
+ // NOT BUILT.
+ //
+ // When the bot is in the READY state you can test and publish the bot.
Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"Status"`
// The version of the bot. For a new bot, the version is always $LATEST.
@@ -9369,6 +9465,12 @@ func (s *PutBotOutput) SetDescription(v string) *PutBotOutput {
return s
}
+// SetDetectSentiment sets the DetectSentiment field's value.
+func (s *PutBotOutput) SetDetectSentiment(v bool) *PutBotOutput {
+ s.DetectSentiment = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value.
func (s *PutBotOutput) SetFailureReason(v string) *PutBotOutput {
s.FailureReason = &v
@@ -9461,6 +9563,9 @@ type PutIntentInput struct {
// or neither.
ConfirmationPrompt *Prompt `locationName:"confirmationPrompt" type:"structure"`
+ // When set to true a new numbered version of the intent is created. This is
+ // the same as calling the CreateIntentVersion operation. If you do not specify
+ // createVersion, the default is false.
CreateVersion *bool `locationName:"createVersion" type:"boolean"`
// A description of the intent.
@@ -9702,6 +9807,9 @@ type PutIntentOutput struct {
// before fulfilling it.
ConfirmationPrompt *Prompt `locationName:"confirmationPrompt" type:"structure"`
+ // True if a new version of the intent was created. If the createVersion field
+ // was not specified in the request, the createVersion field is set to false
+ // in the response.
CreateVersion *bool `locationName:"createVersion" type:"boolean"`
// The date that the intent was created.
@@ -9867,6 +9975,9 @@ type PutSlotTypeInput struct {
// you get a PreconditionFailedException exception.
Checksum *string `locationName:"checksum" type:"string"`
+ // When set to true a new numbered version of the slot type is created. This
+ // is the same as calling the CreateSlotTypeVersion operation. If you do not
+ // specify createVersion, the default is false.
CreateVersion *bool `locationName:"createVersion" type:"boolean"`
// A description of the slot type.
@@ -9992,6 +10103,9 @@ type PutSlotTypeOutput struct {
// Checksum of the $LATEST version of the slot type.
Checksum *string `locationName:"checksum" type:"string"`
+ // True if a new version of the slot type was created. If the createVersion
+ // field was not specified in the request, the createVersion field is set to
+ // false in the response.
CreateVersion *bool `locationName:"createVersion" type:"boolean"`
// The date that the slot type was created.
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go
index 52c439362652..c56f9e46a894 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go
@@ -6671,6 +6671,11 @@ type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {
// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`
+ // Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired.
+ // Choose hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and
+ // dialogue. Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
+ SubtitlingType *string `locationName:"subtitlingType" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitlingType"`
+
// Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
// whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions
// grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
@@ -6810,6 +6815,12 @@ func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestination
return s
}
+// SetSubtitlingType sets the SubtitlingType field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetSubtitlingType(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.SubtitlingType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value.
func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
s.TeletextSpacing = &v
@@ -17229,6 +17240,13 @@ func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetTimecodeBurnin(v *TimecodeBurnin) *VideoPreproces
type VideoSelector struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation. Specify which
+ // part of this input MediaConvert uses for your outputs. Leave this setting
+ // set to DISCARD in order to delete the alpha channel and preserve the video.
+ // Use REMAP_TO_LUMA for this setting to delete the video and map the alpha
+ // channel to the luma channel of your outputs.
+ AlphaBehavior *string `locationName:"alphaBehavior" type:"string" enum:"AlphaBehavior"`
+
// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
// about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The
// service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video
@@ -17312,6 +17330,12 @@ func (s *VideoSelector) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetAlphaBehavior sets the AlphaBehavior field's value.
+func (s *VideoSelector) SetAlphaBehavior(v string) *VideoSelector {
+ s.AlphaBehavior = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value.
func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector {
s.ColorSpace = &v
@@ -17653,6 +17677,19 @@ const (
AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED"
)
+// Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation. Specify which
+// part of this input MediaConvert uses for your outputs. Leave this setting
+// set to DISCARD in order to delete the alpha channel and preserve the video.
+// Use REMAP_TO_LUMA for this setting to delete the video and map the alpha
+// channel to the luma channel of your outputs.
+const (
+ // AlphaBehaviorDiscard is a AlphaBehavior enum value
+ AlphaBehaviorDiscard = "DISCARD"
+
+ // AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma is a AlphaBehavior enum value
+ AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma = "REMAP_TO_LUMA"
+)
+
// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes
// the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
@@ -18533,6 +18570,17 @@ const (
DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL"
)
+// Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired.
+// Choose hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and
+// dialogue. Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
+const (
+ // DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired is a DvbSubtitlingType enum value
+ DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
+
+ // DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard is a DvbSubtitlingType enum value
+ DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard = "STANDARD"
+)
+
// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
// E).
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go
index 84f7d8662f60..cd765ffe6748 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go
@@ -372,6 +372,190 @@ func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateMultiplex = "CreateMultiplex"
+
+// CreateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateMultiplex operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateMultiplex for more information on using the CreateMultiplex
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexRequest(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateMultiplex,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateMultiplexInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateMultiplexOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Create a new multiplex.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation CreateMultiplex for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplex(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateMultiplexWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplex with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opCreateMultiplexProgram = "CreateMultiplexProgram"
+
+// CreateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the CreateMultiplexProgram
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexProgramRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateMultiplexProgram,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateMultiplexProgramInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateMultiplexProgramOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Create a new program in the multiplex.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation CreateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgram(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplexProgram with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateTags = "CreateTags"
// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -733,58 +917,58 @@ func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteReservation = "DeleteReservation"
+const opDeleteMultiplex = "DeleteMultiplex"
-// DeleteReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteReservation operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteMultiplex operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteReservation for more information on using the DeleteReservation
+// See DeleteMultiplex for more information on using the DeleteMultiplex
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReservationRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteReservationRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReservationOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteReservation,
+ Name: opDeleteMultiplex,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteReservationInput{}
+ input = &DeleteMultiplexInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteReservationOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteMultiplexOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DeleteReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// DeleteMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Delete an expired reservation.
+// Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation DeleteReservation for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteMultiplex for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -803,81 +987,80 @@ func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req
//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservation(input *DeleteReservationInput) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplex(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteReservationWithContext is the same as DeleteReservation with the addition of
+// DeleteMultiplexWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplex with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteSchedule = "DeleteSchedule"
+const opDeleteMultiplexProgram = "DeleteMultiplexProgram"
-// DeleteScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteSchedule operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteSchedule for more information on using the DeleteSchedule
+// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DeleteMultiplexProgram
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduleRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteScheduleRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduleOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteSchedule,
+ Name: opDeleteMultiplexProgram,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteScheduleInput{}
+ input = &DeleteMultiplexProgramInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteScheduleOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// DeleteSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// DeleteMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Delete all schedule actions on a channel.
+// Delete a program from a multiplex.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation DeleteSchedule for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -894,132 +1077,317 @@ func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *requ
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteSchedule(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgram(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteScheduleWithContext is the same as DeleteSchedule with the addition of
+// DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplexProgram with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags"
+const opDeleteReservation = "DeleteReservation"
-// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteReservation operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags
+// See DeleteReservation for more information on using the DeleteReservation
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReservationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteReservationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReservationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteTags,
+ Name: opDeleteReservation,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteTagsInput{}
+ input = &DeleteReservationInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteTagsOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteReservationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
- req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
-// DeleteTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// DeleteReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Removes tags for a resource
+// Delete an expired reservation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteReservation for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
-//
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
//
// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservation(input *DeleteReservationInput) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of
+// DeleteReservationWithContext is the same as DeleteReservation with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel"
+const opDeleteSchedule = "DeleteSchedule"
-// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteSchedule operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel
+// See DeleteSchedule for more information on using the DeleteSchedule
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduleRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteScheduleRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduleOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteSchedule,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteScheduleInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteScheduleOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Delete all schedule actions on a channel.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation DeleteSchedule for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteSchedule(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteScheduleWithContext is the same as DeleteSchedule with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteSchedule for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags"
+
+// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteTags,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteTagsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteTagsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Removes tags for a resource
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel"
+
+// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
@@ -1271,58 +1639,58 @@ func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDescribeOffering = "DescribeOffering"
+const opDescribeMultiplex = "DescribeMultiplex"
-// DescribeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DescribeOffering operation. The "output" return
+// DescribeMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeMultiplex operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DescribeOffering for more information on using the DescribeOffering
+// See DescribeMultiplex for more information on using the DescribeMultiplex
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOfferingRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DescribeOfferingRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOfferingOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDescribeOffering,
+ Name: opDescribeMultiplex,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DescribeOfferingInput{}
+ input = &DescribeMultiplexInput{}
}
- output = &DescribeOfferingOutput{}
+ output = &DescribeMultiplexOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DescribeOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// DescribeMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Get details for an offering.
+// Gets details about a multiplex.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation DescribeOffering for usage and error information.
+// API operation DescribeMultiplex for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -1339,80 +1707,80 @@ func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOffering(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplex(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DescribeOfferingWithContext is the same as DescribeOffering with the addition of
+// DescribeMultiplexWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplex with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DescribeOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DescribeMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDescribeReservation = "DescribeReservation"
+const opDescribeMultiplexProgram = "DescribeMultiplexProgram"
-// DescribeReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DescribeReservation operation. The "output" return
+// DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DescribeReservation for more information on using the DescribeReservation
+// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DescribeMultiplexProgram
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservationRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DescribeReservationRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservationOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDescribeReservation,
+ Name: opDescribeMultiplexProgram,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DescribeReservationInput{}
+ input = &DescribeMultiplexProgramInput{}
}
- output = &DescribeReservationOutput{}
+ output = &DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DescribeReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// DescribeMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Get details for a reservation.
+// Get the details for a program in a multiplex.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation DescribeReservation for usage and error information.
+// API operation DescribeMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -1429,86 +1797,266 @@ func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput)
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservation(input *DescribeReservationInput) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgram(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DescribeReservationWithContext is the same as DescribeReservation with the addition of
+// DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplexProgram with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DescribeReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDescribeSchedule = "DescribeSchedule"
+const opDescribeOffering = "DescribeOffering"
-// DescribeScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DescribeSchedule operation. The "output" return
+// DescribeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeOffering operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DescribeSchedule for more information on using the DescribeSchedule
+// See DescribeOffering for more information on using the DescribeOffering
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduleRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduleRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOfferingRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeOfferingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule
-func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduleOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOfferingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDescribeSchedule,
+ Name: opDescribeOffering,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
- LimitToken: "MaxResults",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DescribeScheduleInput{}
+ input = &DescribeOfferingInput{}
}
- output = &DescribeScheduleOutput{}
+ output = &DescribeOfferingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DescribeSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// DescribeOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Get a channel schedule
+// Get details for an offering.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation DescribeSchedule for usage and error information.
+// API operation DescribeOffering for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOffering(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeOfferingWithContext is the same as DescribeOffering with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeReservation = "DescribeReservation"
+
+// DescribeReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeReservation operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeReservation for more information on using the DescribeReservation
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeReservationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeReservation,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeReservationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeReservationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Get details for a reservation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation DescribeReservation for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservation(input *DescribeReservationInput) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeReservationWithContext is the same as DescribeReservation with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeSchedule = "DescribeSchedule"
+
+// DescribeScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeSchedule operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeSchedule for more information on using the DescribeSchedule
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduleRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduleRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule
+func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduleOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeSchedule,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeScheduleInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeScheduleOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Get a channel schedule
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation DescribeSchedule for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -2037,37 +2585,37 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInput
return p.Err()
}
-const opListOfferings = "ListOfferings"
+const opListMultiplexPrograms = "ListMultiplexPrograms"
-// ListOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListOfferings operation. The "output" return
+// ListMultiplexProgramsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListMultiplexPrograms operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListOfferings for more information on using the ListOfferings
+// See ListMultiplexPrograms for more information on using the ListMultiplexPrograms
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListOfferingsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListOfferingsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexProgramsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings
-func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOfferingsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListOfferings,
+ Name: opListMultiplexPrograms,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
@@ -2077,24 +2625,24 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *reques
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListOfferingsInput{}
+ input = &ListMultiplexProgramsInput{}
}
- output = &ListOfferingsOutput{}
+ output = &ListMultiplexProgramsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListOfferings API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// ListMultiplexPrograms API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// List offerings available for purchase.
+// List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation ListOfferings for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListMultiplexPrograms for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -2105,69 +2653,71 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *reques
//
// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings
-func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferings(input *ListOfferingsInput) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexPrograms(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListOfferingsWithContext is the same as ListOfferings with the addition of
+// ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexPrograms with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListMultiplexPrograms for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOfferings operation,
+// ListMultiplexProgramsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
-// See ListOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
+// See ListMultiplexPrograms method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOfferings operation.
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation.
// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.ListOfferingsPages(params,
-// func(page *medialive.ListOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// err := client.ListMultiplexProgramsPages(params,
+// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
-func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages(input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPages(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
-// ListOfferingsPagesWithContext same as ListOfferingsPages except
+// ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexProgramsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *ListOfferingsInput
+ var inCpy *ListMultiplexProgramsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
- req, _ := c.ListOfferingsRequest(inCpy)
+ req, _ := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
@@ -2175,7 +2725,7 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOf
}
for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*ListOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
@@ -2183,37 +2733,37 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOf
return p.Err()
}
-const opListReservations = "ListReservations"
+const opListMultiplexes = "ListMultiplexes"
-// ListReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListReservations operation. The "output" return
+// ListMultiplexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListMultiplexes operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListReservations for more information on using the ListReservations
+// See ListMultiplexes for more information on using the ListMultiplexes
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListReservationsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListReservationsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexesRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations
-func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReservationsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesRequest(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexesOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListReservations,
+ Name: opListMultiplexes,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
@@ -2223,24 +2773,24 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListReservationsInput{}
+ input = &ListMultiplexesInput{}
}
- output = &ListReservationsOutput{}
+ output = &ListMultiplexesOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListReservations API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// ListMultiplexes API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// List purchased reservations.
+// Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation ListReservations for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListMultiplexes for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -2255,65 +2805,65 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations
-func (c *MediaLive) ListReservations(input *ListReservationsInput) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexes(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListReservationsWithContext is the same as ListReservations with the addition of
+// ListMultiplexesWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexes with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListReservations for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListMultiplexes for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListReservationsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReservations operation,
+// ListMultiplexesPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexes operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
-// See ListReservations method for more information on how to use this operation.
+// See ListMultiplexes method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
-// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReservations operation.
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexes operation.
// pageNum := 0
-// err := client.ListReservationsPages(params,
-// func(page *medialive.ListReservationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// err := client.ListMultiplexesPages(params,
+// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
-func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPages(input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
- return c.ListReservationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPages(input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
-// ListReservationsPagesWithContext same as ListReservationsPages except
+// ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexesPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
- var inCpy *ListReservationsInput
+ var inCpy *ListMultiplexesInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
- req, _ := c.ListReservationsRequest(inCpy)
+ req, _ := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
@@ -2321,7 +2871,7 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Lis
}
for p.Next() {
- if !fn(p.Page().(*ListReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
@@ -2329,142 +2879,210 @@ func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Lis
return p.Err()
}
-const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
+const opListOfferings = "ListOfferings"
-// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
+// ListOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListOfferings operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
+// See ListOfferings for more information on using the ListOfferings
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListOfferingsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListOfferingsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource
-func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings
+func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOfferingsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListTagsForResource,
+ Name: opListOfferings,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
+ input = &ListOfferingsInput{}
}
- output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
+ output = &ListOfferingsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// ListOfferings API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource
+// List offerings available for purchase.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListOfferings for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
-//
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
//
// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource
-func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings
+func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferings(input *ListOfferingsInput) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
+// ListOfferingsWithContext is the same as ListOfferings with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListOfferings for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opPurchaseOffering = "PurchaseOffering"
+// ListOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOfferings operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOfferings operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListOfferingsPages(params,
+// func(page *medialive.ListOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages(input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// PurchaseOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the PurchaseOffering operation. The "output" return
+// ListOfferingsPagesWithContext same as ListOfferingsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListOfferingsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListOfferingsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListReservations = "ListReservations"
+
+// ListReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListReservations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See PurchaseOffering for more information on using the PurchaseOffering
+// See ListReservations for more information on using the ListReservations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseOfferingRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.PurchaseOfferingRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListReservationsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListReservationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering
-func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseOfferingOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations
+func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReservationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opPurchaseOffering,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}/purchase",
+ Name: opListReservations,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
}
if input == nil {
- input = &PurchaseOfferingInput{}
+ input = &ListReservationsInput{}
}
- output = &PurchaseOfferingOutput{}
+ output = &ListReservationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// PurchaseOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// ListReservations API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Purchase an offering and create a reservation.
+// List purchased reservations.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation PurchaseOffering for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListReservations for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -2475,180 +3093,220 @@ func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *
//
// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
//
-// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
-//
// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
//
// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
//
-// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering
-func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOffering(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations
+func (c *MediaLive) ListReservations(input *ListReservationsInput) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// PurchaseOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseOffering with the addition of
+// ListReservationsWithContext is the same as ListReservations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See PurchaseOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListReservations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opStartChannel = "StartChannel"
+// ListReservationsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReservations operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListReservations method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReservations operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListReservationsPages(params,
+// func(page *medialive.ListReservationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPages(input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListReservationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
-// StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return
+// ListReservationsPagesWithContext same as ListReservationsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListReservationsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListReservationsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
+
+// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel
+// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel
-func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opStartChannel,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/start",
+ Name: opListTagsForResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &StartChannelInput{}
+ input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
}
- output = &StartChannelOutput{}
+ output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Starts an existing channel
+// Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation StartChannel for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
//
// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
//
-// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
-//
-// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
-//
-// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
-//
-// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-//
-// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel
-func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of
+// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opStopChannel = "StopChannel"
+const opPurchaseOffering = "PurchaseOffering"
-// StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return
+// PurchaseOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PurchaseOffering operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel
+// See PurchaseOffering for more information on using the PurchaseOffering
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseOfferingRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PurchaseOfferingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel
-func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering
+func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseOfferingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opStopChannel,
+ Name: opPurchaseOffering,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/stop",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}/purchase",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &StopChannelInput{}
+ input = &PurchaseOfferingInput{}
}
- output = &StopChannelOutput{}
+ output = &PurchaseOfferingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// PurchaseOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Stops a running channel
+// Purchase an offering and create a reservation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation StopChannel for usage and error information.
+// API operation PurchaseOffering for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -2667,176 +3325,177 @@ func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Re
//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel
-func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering
+func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOffering(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of
+// PurchaseOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseOffering with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See PurchaseOffering for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateChannel = "UpdateChannel"
+const opStartChannel = "StartChannel"
-// UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return
+// StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel
+// See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel
+func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateChannel,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}",
+ Name: opStartChannel,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/start",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateChannelInput{}
+ input = &StartChannelInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateChannelOutput{}
+ output = &StartChannelOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Updates a channel.
+// Starts an existing channel
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information.
+// API operation StartChannel for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
//
-// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
-//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
//
// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
//
// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel
+func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of
+// StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateChannelClass = "UpdateChannelClass"
+const opStartMultiplex = "StartMultiplex"
-// UpdateChannelClassRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateChannelClass operation. The "output" return
+// StartMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the StartMultiplex operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateChannelClass for more information on using the UpdateChannelClass
+// See StartMultiplex for more information on using the StartMultiplex
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelClassRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelClassRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the StartMultiplexRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.StartMultiplexRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelClassOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexRequest(input *StartMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMultiplexOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateChannelClass,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/channelClass",
+ Name: opStartMultiplex,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/start",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateChannelClassInput{}
+ input = &StartMultiplexInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateChannelClassOutput{}
+ output = &StartMultiplexOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateChannelClass API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// StartMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Changes the class of the channel.
+// Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels.
+// You must explicitly start each channel.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation UpdateChannelClass for usage and error information.
+// API operation StartMultiplex for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
//
-// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
-//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
//
// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
@@ -2851,80 +3510,80 @@ func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (r
//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplex(input *StartMultiplexInput) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateChannelClassWithContext is the same as UpdateChannelClass with the addition of
+// StartMultiplexWithContext is the same as StartMultiplex with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateChannelClass for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See StartMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelClassInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateInput = "UpdateInput"
+const opStopChannel = "StopChannel"
-// UpdateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateInput operation. The "output" return
+// StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateInput for more information on using the UpdateInput
+// See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateInputRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel
+func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateInput,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}",
+ Name: opStopChannel,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/stop",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateInputInput{}
+ input = &StopChannelInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateInputOutput{}
+ output = &StopChannelOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Updates an input.
+// Stops a running channel
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation UpdateInput for usage and error information.
+// API operation StopChannel for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -2939,82 +3598,85 @@ func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Re
//
// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInput(input *UpdateInputInput) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel
+func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateInputWithContext is the same as UpdateInput with the addition of
+// StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateInput for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateInputSecurityGroup = "UpdateInputSecurityGroup"
+const opStopMultiplex = "StopMultiplex"
-// UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
+// StopMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the StopMultiplex operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the UpdateInputSecurityGroup
+// See StopMultiplex for more information on using the StopMultiplex
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the StopMultiplexRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.StopMultiplexRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexRequest(input *StopMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopMultiplexOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateInputSecurityGroup,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}",
+ Name: opStopMultiplex,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/stop",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput{}
+ input = &StopMultiplexInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput{}
+ output = &StopMultiplexOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// StopMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists.
+// Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has
+// no effect.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation UpdateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
+// API operation StopMultiplex for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
@@ -3029,277 +3691,1921 @@ func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGr
//
// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplex(input *StopMultiplexInput) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of
+// StopMultiplexWithContext is the same as StopMultiplex with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See StopMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateReservation = "UpdateReservation"
+const opUpdateChannel = "UpdateChannel"
-// UpdateReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateReservation operation. The "output" return
+// UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateReservation for more information on using the UpdateReservation
+// See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReservationRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateReservationRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest(input *UpdateReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReservationOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateReservation,
+ Name: opUpdateChannel,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateReservationInput{}
+ input = &UpdateChannelInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateReservationOutput{}
+ output = &UpdateChannelOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+// UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
//
-// Update reservation.
+// Updates a channel.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
-// API operation UpdateReservation for usage and error information.
+// API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
//
+// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
//
// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
//
// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
//
-// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
-//
// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
//
-// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
-//
// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservation(input *UpdateReservationInput) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateReservationWithContext is the same as UpdateReservation with the addition of
+// UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input)
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// Aac Settings
-type AacSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+const opUpdateChannelClass = "UpdateChannelClass"
- // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode
- // and profile.
- Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
+// UpdateChannelClassRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateChannelClass operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateChannelClass for more information on using the UpdateChannelClass
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelClassRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelClassRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelClassOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateChannelClass,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/channelClass",
+ }
- // Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control
- // mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description
- // plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track,
- // with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex
- // E.
- CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"`
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateChannelClassInput{}
+ }
- // Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD
- // (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set
- // to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
- // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
- // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl
- // and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave
- // set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD.
- InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"`
+ output = &UpdateChannelClassOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateChannelClass API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Changes the class of the channel.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation UpdateChannelClass for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateChannelClassWithContext is the same as UpdateChannelClass with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateChannelClass for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelClassInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateInput = "UpdateInput"
+
+// UpdateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateInput operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateInput for more information on using the UpdateInput
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateInputRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateInput,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateInputInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateInputOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Updates an input.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation UpdateInput for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInput(input *UpdateInputInput) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateInputWithContext is the same as UpdateInput with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateInput for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateInputSecurityGroup = "UpdateInputSecurityGroup"
+
+// UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the UpdateInputSecurityGroup
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateInputSecurityGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation UpdateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateMultiplex = "UpdateMultiplex"
+
+// UpdateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateMultiplex operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateMultiplex for more information on using the UpdateMultiplex
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateMultiplex,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateMultiplexInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateMultiplexOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Updates a multiplex.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation UpdateMultiplex for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplex(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateMultiplexWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplex with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateMultiplexProgram = "UpdateMultiplexProgram"
+
+// UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the UpdateMultiplexProgram
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateMultiplexProgram,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateMultiplexProgramInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Update a program in a multiplex.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation UpdateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgram(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplexProgram with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateReservation = "UpdateReservation"
+
+// UpdateReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateReservation operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateReservation for more information on using the UpdateReservation
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReservationRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateReservationRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest(input *UpdateReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReservationOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateReservation,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateReservationInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateReservationOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive.
+//
+// Update reservation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's
+// API operation UpdateReservation for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException"
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservation(input *UpdateReservationInput) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateReservationWithContext is the same as UpdateReservation with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateReservation for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// Aac Settings
+type AacSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode
+ // and profile.
+ Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
+
+ // Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control
+ // mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description
+ // plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track,
+ // with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex
+ // E.
+ CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"`
+
+ // Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD
+ // (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set
+ // to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
+ // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
+ // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl
+ // and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave
+ // set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD.
+ InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"`
+
+ // AAC Profile.
+ Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"`
+
+ // Rate Control Mode.
+ RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"`
+
+ // Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers.
+ RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"`
+
+ // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
+ SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`
+
+ // Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport
+ // Stream containers.
+ Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"`
+
+ // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR.
+ VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AacSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AacSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.CodingMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInputType sets the InputType field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.InputType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.Profile = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.RateControlMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.RawFormat = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings {
+ s.SampleRate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSpec sets the Spec field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.Spec = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.
+func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings {
+ s.VbrQuality = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Ac3 Settings
+type Ac3Settings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
+ Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
+
+ // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC
+ // A/52-2012 for background on these values.
+ BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"`
+
+ // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
+ CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"`
+
+ // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital,
+ // dialnorm will be passed through.
+ Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output
+ // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
+ DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"`
+
+ // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior
+ // to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode.
+ LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"`
+
+ // When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD,
+ // DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
+ // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
+ MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Ac3Settings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Ac3Settings"}
+ if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.BitstreamMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.CodingMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.Dialnorm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.DrcProfile = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.LfeFilter = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.
+func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings {
+ s.MetadataControl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Archive Container Settings
+type ArchiveContainerSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // M2ts Settings
+ M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveContainerSettings"}
+ if s.M2tsSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value.
+func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings {
+ s.M2tsSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Archive Group Settings
+type ArchiveGroupSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A directory and base filename where archive files should be written.
+ //
+ // Destination is a required field
+ Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a
+ // new one.
+ RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveGroupSettings"}
+ if s.Destination == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+ }
+ if s.RolloverInterval != nil && *s.RolloverInterval < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RolloverInterval", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings {
+ s.Destination = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value.
+func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings {
+ s.RolloverInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Archive Output Settings
+type ArchiveOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Settings specific to the container type of the file.
+ //
+ // ContainerSettings is a required field
+ ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container
+ // type.
+ Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"`
+
+ // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
+ // multiple outputs of the same type.
+ NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveOutputSettings"}
+ if s.ContainerSettings == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings"))
+ }
+ if s.ContainerSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value.
+func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings {
+ s.ContainerSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value.
+func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings {
+ s.Extension = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
+func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings {
+ s.NameModifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Arib Destination Settings
+type AribDestinationSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Arib Source Settings
+type AribSourceSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Audio Channel Mapping
+type AudioChannelMapping struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into
+ // this output channel.
+ //
+ // InputChannelLevels is a required field
+ InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The index of the output channel being produced.
+ //
+ // OutputChannel is a required field
+ OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioChannelMapping"}
+ if s.InputChannelLevels == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannelLevels"))
+ }
+ if s.OutputChannel == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputChannel"))
+ }
+ if s.InputChannelLevels != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.InputChannelLevels {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputChannelLevels", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value.
+func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping {
+ s.InputChannelLevels = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value.
+func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping {
+ s.OutputChannel = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Codec Settings
+type AudioCodecSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Aac Settings
+ AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Ac3 Settings
+ Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Eac3 Settings
+ Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Mp2 Settings
+ Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Pass Through Settings
+ PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioCodecSettings"}
+ if s.Ac3Settings != nil {
+ if err := s.Ac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Ac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Eac3Settings != nil {
+ if err := s.Eac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value.
+func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
+ s.AacSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value.
+func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
+ s.Ac3Settings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value.
+func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
+ s.Eac3Settings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value.
+func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
+ s.Mp2Settings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value.
+func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
+ s.PassThroughSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Description
+type AudioDescription struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Advanced audio normalization settings.
+ AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription.
+ //
+ // AudioSelectorName is a required field
+ AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType
+ // are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1.
+ AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"`
+
+ // Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains
+ // an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If
+ // the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included
+ // in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the
+ // output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is
+ // broadcasterMixedAd.
+ AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"`
+
+ // Audio codec settings.
+ CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates the language of the audio output track. Only used if languageControlMode
+ // is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 language code specified in the input.
+ LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`
+
+ // Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to
+ // follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used
+ // when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no
+ // ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
+ LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"`
+
+ // The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely
+ // identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within
+ // this Live Event.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output
+ // audio channels.
+ RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by
+ // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary).
+ StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioDescription) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioDescription"}
+ if s.AudioSelectorName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName"))
+ }
+ if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.CodecSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RemixSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription {
+ s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.AudioSelectorName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.AudioType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.AudioTypeControl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription {
+ s.CodecSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.LanguageCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.LanguageCodeControl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription {
+ s.RemixSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.
+func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription {
+ s.StreamName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Language Selection
+type AudioLanguageSelection struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source.
+ //
+ // LanguageCode is a required field
+ LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio
+ // streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an
+ // audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present
+ // then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on
+ // a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with
+ // the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language.
+ LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioLanguageSelection"}
+ if s.LanguageCode == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
+func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection {
+ s.LanguageCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value.
+func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection {
+ s.LanguageSelectionPolicy = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Normalization Settings
+type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification,
+ // itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification.
+ Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"`
+
+ // When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm.
+ // If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
+ AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"`
+
+ // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default
+ // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1)
+ // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends
+ // a target of -23 LKFS.
+ TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.
+func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
+ s.Algorithm = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value.
+func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
+ s.AlgorithmControl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value.
+func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
+ s.TargetLkfs = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Only Hls Settings
+type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
+ AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"`
+
+ // Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an
+ // audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases
+ // the output audio bandwidth.The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag,
+ // frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native
+ // Frames" standard.
+ AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe
+ // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
+ // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate
+ // Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try
+ // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest
+ // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate
+ // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as
+ // an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate
+ // Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to
+ // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
+ // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
+ AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioOnlyHlsSettings"}
+ if s.AudioOnlyImage != nil {
+ if err := s.AudioOnlyImage.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value.
+func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
+ s.AudioGroupId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value.
+func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
+ s.AudioOnlyImage = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value.
+func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
+ s.AudioTrackType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Pid Selection
+type AudioPidSelection struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Selects a specific PID from within a source.
+ //
+ // Pid is a required field
+ Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioPidSelection"}
+ if s.Pid == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pid"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPid sets the Pid field's value.
+func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection {
+ s.Pid = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Selector
+type AudioSelector struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely
+ // identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The audio selector settings.
+ SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioSelector) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelector"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SelectorSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value.
+func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector {
+ s.SelectorSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Audio Selector Settings
+type AudioSelectorSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Audio Language Selection
+ AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Audio Pid Selection
+ AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelectorSettings"}
+ if s.AudioLanguageSelection != nil {
+ if err := s.AudioLanguageSelection.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AudioLanguageSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.AudioPidSelection != nil {
+ if err := s.AudioPidSelection.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AudioPidSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value.
+func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings {
+ s.AudioLanguageSelection = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value.
+func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings {
+ s.AudioPidSelection = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Avail Blanking
+type AvailBlanking struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
+ // images are supported.
+ AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"`
+
+ // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
+ // insertion metadata is added.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AvailBlanking) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailBlanking"}
+ if s.AvailBlankingImage != nil {
+ if err := s.AvailBlankingImage.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlankingImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value.
+func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking {
+ s.AvailBlankingImage = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Avail Configuration
+type AvailConfiguration struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Ad avail settings.
+ AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // AAC Profile.
- Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AvailConfiguration) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailConfiguration"}
+ if s.AvailSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.AvailSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AvailSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
- // Rate Control Mode.
- RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
- // Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers.
- RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"`
+// SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value.
+func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration {
+ s.AvailSettings = v
+ return s
+}
- // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
- SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`
+// Avail Settings
+type AvailSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport
- // Stream containers.
- Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"`
+ // Scte35 Splice Insert
+ Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"`
- // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR.
- VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"`
+ // Scte35 Time Signal Apos
+ Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AacSettings) String() string {
+func (s AvailSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AacSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
- return s
-}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailSettings"}
+ if s.Scte35SpliceInsert != nil {
+ if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsert.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsert", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Scte35TimeSignalApos != nil {
+ if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalApos.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalApos", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
-// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.CodingMode = &v
- return s
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetInputType sets the InputType field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.InputType = &v
+// SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value.
+func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings {
+ s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v
return s
}
-// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.Profile = &v
+// SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value.
+func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings {
+ s.Scte35TimeSignalApos = v
return s
}
-// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.RateControlMode = &v
- return s
+// A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created
+// (in a response).
+type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of schedule actions to create.
+ //
+ // ScheduleActions is a required field
+ ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
-// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.RawFormat = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings {
- s.SampleRate = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetSpec sets the Spec field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.Spec = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest"}
+ if s.ScheduleActions == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActions"))
+ }
+ if s.ScheduleActions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.ScheduleActions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ScheduleActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.
-func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings {
- s.VbrQuality = &v
+// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
+func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest {
+ s.ScheduleActions = v
return s
}
-// Ac3 Settings
-type Ac3Settings struct {
+// List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
+type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
- Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
-
- // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC
- // A/52-2012 for background on these values.
- BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"`
+ // List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
+ //
+ // ScheduleActions is a required field
+ ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
- // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
- CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital,
- // dialnorm will be passed through.
- Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output
- // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
- DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"`
+// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
+func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult {
+ s.ScheduleActions = v
+ return s
+}
- // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior
- // to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode.
- LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"`
+// A list of schedule actions to delete.
+type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD,
- // DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
- // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
- MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"`
+ // A list of schedule actions to delete.
+ //
+ // ActionNames is a required field
+ ActionNames []*string `locationName:"actionNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Ac3Settings) String() string {
+func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Ac3Settings"}
- if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1))
+func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest"}
+ if s.ActionNames == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionNames"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3308,72 +5614,80 @@ func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings {
- s.BitstreamMode = &v
+// SetActionNames sets the ActionNames field's value.
+func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames(v []*string) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest {
+ s.ActionNames = v
return s
}
-// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings {
- s.CodingMode = &v
- return s
-}
+// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
+type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings {
- s.Dialnorm = &v
- return s
+ // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
+ //
+ // ScheduleActions is a required field
+ ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
-// SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings {
- s.DrcProfile = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings {
- s.LfeFilter = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.
-func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings {
- s.MetadataControl = &v
+// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
+func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult {
+ s.ScheduleActions = v
return s
}
-// Archive Container Settings
-type ArchiveContainerSettings struct {
+// A request to create actions (add actions to the schedule), delete actions
+// (remove actions from the schedule), or both create and delete actions.
+type BatchUpdateScheduleInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // M2ts Settings
- M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // ChannelId is a required field
+ ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Schedule actions to create in the schedule.
+ Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Schedule actions to delete from the schedule.
+ Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string {
+func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveContainerSettings"}
- if s.M2tsSettings != nil {
- if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdateScheduleInput"}
+ if s.ChannelId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
+ }
+ if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Creates != nil {
+ if err := s.Creates.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Creates", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Deletes != nil {
+ if err := s.Deletes.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Deletes", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -3383,101 +5697,108 @@ func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value.
-func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings {
- s.M2tsSettings = v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-// Archive Group Settings
-type ArchiveGroupSettings struct {
+// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value.
+func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput {
+ s.Creates = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.
+func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput {
+ s.Deletes = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A directory and base filename where archive files should be written.
- //
- // Destination is a required field
- Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
+ Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"`
- // Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a
- // new one.
- RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
+ Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string {
+func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveGroupSettings"}
- if s.Destination == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
- }
- if s.RolloverInterval != nil && *s.RolloverInterval < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RolloverInterval", 1))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings {
- s.Destination = v
+// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value.
+func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput {
+ s.Creates = v
return s
}
-// SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value.
-func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings {
- s.RolloverInterval = &v
+// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.
+func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput {
+ s.Deletes = v
return s
}
-// Archive Output Settings
-type ArchiveOutputSettings struct {
+// Blackout Slate
+type BlackoutSlate struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Settings specific to the container type of the file.
- //
- // ContainerSettings is a required field
- ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and
+ // png images are supported.
+ BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"`
- // Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container
- // type.
- Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"`
+ // Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions,
+ // and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End
+ // Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when
+ // the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End
+ // and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the
+ // value entered in "Network ID".
+ NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"`
- // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
- // multiple outputs of the same type.
- NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
+ // Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled
+ // to fill the entire output raster.
+ NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C").
+ NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" min:"34" type:"string"`
+
+ // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
+ // indicated by program metadata.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string {
+func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveOutputSettings"}
- if s.ContainerSettings == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings"))
+func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BlackoutSlate"}
+ if s.NetworkId != nil && len(*s.NetworkId) < 34 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkId", 34))
}
- if s.ContainerSettings != nil {
- if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.BlackoutSlateImage != nil {
+ if err := s.BlackoutSlateImage.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlateImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage != nil {
+ if err := s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("NetworkEndBlackoutImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -3487,97 +5808,153 @@ func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value.
-func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings {
- s.ContainerSettings = v
+// SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value.
+func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate {
+ s.BlackoutSlateImage = v
return s
}
-// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value.
-func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings {
- s.Extension = &v
+// SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value.
+func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate {
+ s.NetworkEndBlackout = &v
return s
}
-// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
-func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings {
- s.NameModifier = &v
+// SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value.
+func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate {
+ s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage = v
return s
}
-// Arib Destination Settings
-type AribDestinationSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.
+func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate {
+ s.NetworkId = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
}
-// Arib Source Settings
-type AribSourceSettings struct {
+// Burn In Destination Settings
+type BurnInDestinationSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered
+ // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting
+ // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If
+ // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
+ // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
+ // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify
+ // pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"`
+
+ // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
+ // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"`
+
+ // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
+ // Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`
+
+ // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf'
+ // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types
+ // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
+ // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
+ // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
+ // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
+ // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
+ // settings must match.
+ FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"`
+
+ // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
+ // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`
+
+ // When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
+ // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
+ // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"`
+
+ // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
+ // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
+ // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
+ // must match.
+ OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"`
+
+ // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
+ // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
+ // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
+ // settings must match.
+ OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
+ // font settings must match.
+ ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"`
+
+ // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
+ // this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
+ // and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
+ // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`
-// Audio Channel Mapping
-type AudioChannelMapping struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
+ // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
+ // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`
- // Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into
- // this output channel.
- //
- // InputChannelLevels is a required field
- InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles
+ // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
+ TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"`
- // The index of the output channel being produced.
- //
- // OutputChannel is a required field
- OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
+ // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
+ // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided,
+ // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
+ // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
+ // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided,
+ // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in
+ // and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string {
+func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string {
+func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioChannelMapping"}
- if s.InputChannelLevels == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannelLevels"))
- }
- if s.OutputChannel == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputChannel"))
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BurnInDestinationSettings"}
+ if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96))
}
- if s.InputChannelLevels != nil {
- for i, v := range s.InputChannelLevels {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputChannelLevels", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.Font != nil {
+ if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -3587,181 +5964,158 @@ func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value.
-func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping {
- s.InputChannelLevels = v
+// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.Alignment = &v
return s
}
-// SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value.
-func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping {
- s.OutputChannel = &v
+// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.BackgroundColor = &v
return s
}
-// Audio Codec Settings
-type AudioCodecSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.BackgroundOpacity = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Aac Settings
- AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"`
+// SetFont sets the Font field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.Font = v
+ return s
+}
- // Ac3 Settings
- Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"`
+// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontColor = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Eac3 Settings
- Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"`
+// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontOpacity = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Mp2 Settings
- Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"`
+// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontResolution = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Pass Through Settings
- PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"`
+// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontSize = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.OutlineColor = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.OutlineSize = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioCodecSettings"}
- if s.Ac3Settings != nil {
- if err := s.Ac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Ac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.Eac3Settings != nil {
- if err := s.Eac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowColor = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowOpacity = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value.
-func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
- s.AacSettings = v
+// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowXOffset = &v
return s
}
-// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value.
-func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
- s.Ac3Settings = v
+// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowYOffset = &v
return s
}
-// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value.
-func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
- s.Eac3Settings = v
+// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.TeletextGridControl = &v
return s
}
-// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value.
-func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings {
- s.Mp2Settings = v
+// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.XPosition = &v
return s
}
-// SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value.
-func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings {
- s.PassThroughSettings = v
+// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.
+func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
+ s.YPosition = &v
return s
}
-// Audio Description
-type AudioDescription struct {
+// Caption Description
+type CaptionDescription struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Advanced audio normalization settings.
- AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription.
+ // Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating
+ // output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name.
//
- // AudioSelectorName is a required field
- AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType
- // are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1.
- AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"`
-
- // Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains
- // an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If
- // the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included
- // in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the
- // output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is
- // broadcasterMixedAd.
- AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"`
+ // CaptionSelectorName is a required field
+ CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Audio codec settings.
- CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination
+ // type.
+ DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Indicates the language of the audio output track. Only used if languageControlMode
- // is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 language code specified in the input.
- LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`
+ // ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/
+ LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"`
- // Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to
- // follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used
- // when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no
- // ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
- LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"`
+ // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg.
+ // English, or Spanish).
+ LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
- // The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely
- // identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within
- // this Live Event.
+ // Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description
+ // with an output. Names must be unique within an event.
//
- // Name is a required field
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output
- // audio channels.
- RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by
- // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary).
- StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioDescription) String() string {
+func (s CaptionDescription) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string {
+func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioDescription"}
- if s.AudioSelectorName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName"))
- }
- if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3))
+func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescription"}
+ if s.CaptionSelectorName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionSelectorName"))
}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
- if s.CodecSettings != nil {
- if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.RemixSettings != nil {
- if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.DestinationSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -3771,99 +6125,99 @@ func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription {
- s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription {
- s.AudioSelectorName = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription {
- s.AudioType = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription {
- s.AudioTypeControl = &v
+// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription {
+ s.CaptionSelectorName = &v
return s
}
-// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription {
- s.CodecSettings = v
+// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription {
+ s.DestinationSettings = v
return s
}
// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription {
+func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription {
s.LanguageCode = &v
return s
}
-// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription {
- s.LanguageCodeControl = &v
+// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription {
+ s.LanguageDescription = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription {
+func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription {
- s.RemixSettings = v
- return s
-}
+// Caption Destination Settings
+type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.
-func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription {
- s.StreamName = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Arib Destination Settings
+ AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
-// Audio Language Selection
-type AudioLanguageSelection struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Burn In Destination Settings
+ BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source.
- //
- // LanguageCode is a required field
- LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Dvb Sub Destination Settings
+ DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
- // When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio
- // streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an
- // audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present
- // then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on
- // a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with
- // the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language.
- LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"`
+ // Embedded Destination Settings
+ EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings
+ EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings
+ RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings `locationName:"rtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings
+ Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Scte27 Destination Settings
+ Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Smpte Tt Destination Settings
+ SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Teletext Destination Settings
+ TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Ttml Destination Settings
+ TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Webvtt Destination Settings
+ WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string {
+func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string {
+func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioLanguageSelection"}
- if s.LanguageCode == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode"))
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDestinationSettings"}
+ if s.BurnInDestinationSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.BurnInDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("BurnInDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.DvbSubDestinationSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.DvbSubDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3872,161 +6226,130 @@ func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
-func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection {
- s.LanguageCode = &v
+// SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.AribDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value.
-func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection {
- s.LanguageSelectionPolicy = &v
+// SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.BurnInDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// Audio Normalization Settings
-type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification,
- // itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification.
- Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"`
-
- // When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm.
- // If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
- AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"`
-
- // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default
- // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1)
- // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends
- // a target of -23 LKFS.
- TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-
-// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.
-func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
- s.Algorithm = &v
+// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value.
-func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
- s.AlgorithmControl = &v
+// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value.
-func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings {
- s.TargetLkfs = &v
+// SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// Audio Only Hls Settings
-type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
- AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"`
-
- // Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an
- // audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases
- // the output audio bandwidth.The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag,
- // frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native
- // Frames" standard.
- AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"`
-
- // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe
- // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
- // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate
- // Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try
- // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest
- // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate
- // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as
- // an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate
- // Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to
- // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
- // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
- AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings sets the RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings(v *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings = v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioOnlyHlsSettings"}
- if s.AudioOnlyImage != nil {
- if err := s.AudioOnlyImage.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+// SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.Scte27DestinationSettings = v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.SmpteTtDestinationSettings = v
+ return s
}
-// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value.
-func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
- s.AudioGroupId = &v
+// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value.
-func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
- s.AudioOnlyImage = v
+// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value.
-func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings {
- s.AudioTrackType = &v
+// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
+ s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v
return s
}
-// Audio Pid Selection
-type AudioPidSelection struct {
+// Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2),
+// with an optional description.
+type CaptionLanguageMapping struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Selects a specific PID from within a source.
+ // The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping.
+ // Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4)
//
- // Pid is a required field
- Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // CaptionChannel is a required field
+ CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+ // Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2)
+ //
+ // LanguageCode is a required field
+ LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Textual description of language
+ //
+ // LanguageDescription is a required field
+ LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string {
+func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string {
+func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioPidSelection"}
- if s.Pid == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pid"))
+func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionLanguageMapping"}
+ if s.CaptionChannel == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionChannel"))
+ }
+ if s.CaptionChannel != nil && *s.CaptionChannel < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptionChannel", 1))
+ }
+ if s.LanguageCode == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode"))
+ }
+ if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3))
+ }
+ if s.LanguageDescription == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageDescription"))
+ }
+ if s.LanguageDescription != nil && len(*s.LanguageDescription) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageDescription", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -4035,39 +6358,57 @@ func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetPid sets the Pid field's value.
-func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection {
- s.Pid = &v
+// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value.
+func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping {
+ s.CaptionChannel = &v
return s
}
-// Audio Selector
-type AudioSelector struct {
+// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
+func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping {
+ s.LanguageCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
+func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping {
+ s.LanguageDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about
+// where streams should be distributed.
+type CaptionSelector struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely
- // identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input.
+ // When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the
+ // caption track to extract from the source.
+ LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"`
+
+ // Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this
+ // caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique
+ // within an event.
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The audio selector settings.
- SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Caption selector settings.
+ SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioSelector) String() string {
+func (s CaptionSelector) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string {
+func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelector"}
+func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelector"}
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
@@ -4086,50 +6427,78 @@ func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector {
+ s.LanguageCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector {
+func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value.
-func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector {
+func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector {
s.SelectorSettings = v
return s
}
-// Audio Selector Settings
-type AudioSelectorSettings struct {
+// Caption Selector Settings
+type CaptionSelectorSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Audio Language Selection
- AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"`
+ // Arib Source Settings
+ AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Audio Pid Selection
- AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"`
+ // Dvb Sub Source Settings
+ DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Embedded Source Settings
+ EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Scte20 Source Settings
+ Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Scte27 Source Settings
+ Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Teletext Source Settings
+ TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string {
+func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelectorSettings"}
- if s.AudioLanguageSelection != nil {
- if err := s.AudioLanguageSelection.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AudioLanguageSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelectorSettings"}
+ if s.DvbSubSourceSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.DvbSubSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
- if s.AudioPidSelection != nil {
- if err := s.AudioPidSelection.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AudioPidSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.EmbeddedSourceSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.EmbeddedSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Scte20SourceSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.Scte20SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Scte20SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Scte27SourceSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.Scte27SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Scte27SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -4139,454 +6508,428 @@ func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value.
-func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings {
- s.AudioLanguageSelection = v
- return s
-}
+// SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
+ s.AribSourceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
+ s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
+ s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
+ s.Scte20SourceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
+ s.Scte27SourceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value.
+func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
+ s.TeletextSourceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type Channel struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The unique arn of the channel.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
+ // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
+ ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
+
+ // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination
+ // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per
+ // packager.
+ Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
+ EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`
+
+ // Encoder Settings
+ EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The unique id of the channel.
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // List of input attachments for channel.
+ InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
+
+ InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
+ LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
+
+ // The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
+ PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`
-// SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value.
-func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings {
- s.AudioPidSelection = v
- return s
-}
+ // The number of currently healthy pipelines.
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
-// Avail Blanking
-type AvailBlanking struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
- // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
- // images are supported.
- AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"`
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`
- // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
- // insertion metadata is added.
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"`
+ // A collection of key-value pairs.
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s AvailBlanking) String() string {
+func (s Channel) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string {
+func (s Channel) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailBlanking"}
- if s.AvailBlankingImage != nil {
- if err := s.AvailBlankingImage.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlankingImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value.
-func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking {
- s.AvailBlankingImage = v
+// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetChannelClass(v string) *Channel {
+ s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking {
- s.State = &v
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel {
+ s.Destinations = v
return s
}
-// Avail Configuration
-type AvailConfiguration struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // Ad avail settings.
- AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"`
+// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel {
+ s.EgressEndpoints = v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel {
+ s.EncoderSettings = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AvailConfiguration) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailConfiguration"}
- if s.AvailSettings != nil {
- if err := s.AvailSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AvailSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel {
+ s.InputAttachments = v
+ return s
}
-// SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value.
-func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration {
- s.AvailSettings = v
+// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *Channel {
+ s.InputSpecification = v
return s
}
-// Avail Settings
-type AvailSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // Scte35 Splice Insert
- Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"`
-
- // Scte35 Time Signal Apos
- Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"`
+// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetLogLevel(v string) *Channel {
+ s.LogLevel = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s AvailSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *Channel {
+ s.PipelineDetails = v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailSettings"}
- if s.Scte35SpliceInsert != nil {
- if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsert.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsert", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.Scte35TimeSignalApos != nil {
- if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalApos.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalApos", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value.
-func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings {
- s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel {
+ s.State = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value.
-func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings {
- s.Scte35TimeSignalApos = v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *Channel) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Channel {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created
-// (in a response).
-type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct {
+type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A list of schedule actions to create.
- //
- // ScheduleActions is a required field
- ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // Public IP of where a channel's output comes from
+ SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String() string {
+func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString() string {
+func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest"}
- if s.ScheduleActions == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActions"))
- }
- if s.ScheduleActions != nil {
- for i, v := range s.ScheduleActions {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ScheduleActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
-func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest {
- s.ScheduleActions = v
+// SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value.
+func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint {
+ s.SourceIp = &v
return s
}
-// List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
-type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct {
+type ChannelSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
- //
- // ScheduleActions is a required field
- ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
-}
+ // The unique arn of the channel.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
+ // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
+ ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
+
+ // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination
+ // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per
+ // packager.
+ Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
+ EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`
+
+ // The unique id of the channel.
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // List of input attachments for channel.
+ InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
+
+ InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
+ LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
+
+ // The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // The number of currently healthy pipelines.
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
-// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
-func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult {
- s.ScheduleActions = v
- return s
-}
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
-// A list of schedule actions to delete.
-type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`
- // A list of schedule actions to delete.
- //
- // ActionNames is a required field
- ActionNames []*string `locationName:"actionNames" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // A collection of key-value pairs.
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String() string {
+func (s ChannelSummary) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString() string {
+func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest"}
- if s.ActionNames == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionNames"))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetActionNames sets the ActionNames field's value.
-func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames(v []*string) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest {
- s.ActionNames = v
+// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
-// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
-type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
- //
- // ScheduleActions is a required field
- ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"`
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.Destinations = v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.EgressEndpoints = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
-func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult {
- s.ScheduleActions = v
+// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.InputAttachments = v
return s
}
-// A request to create actions (add actions to the schedule), delete actions
-// (remove actions from the schedule), or both create and delete actions.
-type BatchUpdateScheduleInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // ChannelId is a required field
- ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // Schedule actions to create in the schedule.
- Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"`
-
- // Schedule actions to delete from the schedule.
- Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"`
+// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.InputSpecification = v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.LogLevel = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdateScheduleInput"}
- if s.ChannelId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
- }
- if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
- }
- if s.Creates != nil {
- if err := s.Creates.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Creates", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.Deletes != nil {
- if err := s.Deletes.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Deletes", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
-func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput {
- s.ChannelId = &v
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value.
-func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput {
- s.Creates = v
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.State = &v
return s
}
-// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.
-func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput {
- s.Deletes = v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *ChannelSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ChannelSummary {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput struct {
+// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
+type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // List of actions that have been created in the schedule.
- Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"`
-
- // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule.
- Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String() string {
+func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value.
-func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput {
- s.Creates = v
- return s
-}
+type CreateChannelInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.
-func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput {
- s.Deletes = v
- return s
-}
+ // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
+ // only has one.
+ ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
-// Blackout Slate
-type BlackoutSlate struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
- // Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and
- // png images are supported.
- BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"`
+ // Encoder Settings
+ EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions,
- // and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End
- // Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when
- // the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End
- // and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the
- // value entered in "Network ID".
- NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"`
+ InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
- // Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled
- // to fill the entire output raster.
- NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"`
+ InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
- // Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C").
- NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" min:"34" type:"string"`
+ // The log level the user wants for their channel.
+ LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
- // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when
- // indicated by program metadata.
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
+
+ Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
+
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string {
+func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BlackoutSlate"}
- if s.NetworkId != nil && len(*s.NetworkId) < 34 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkId", 34))
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateChannelInput"}
+ if s.Destinations != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Destinations {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
- if s.BlackoutSlateImage != nil {
- if err := s.BlackoutSlateImage.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlateImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.EncoderSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
- if s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage != nil {
- if err := s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("NetworkEndBlackoutImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.InputAttachments != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.InputAttachments {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
}
@@ -4596,153 +6939,138 @@ func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value.
-func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate {
- s.BlackoutSlateImage = v
+// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
-// SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value.
-func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate {
- s.NetworkEndBlackout = &v
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.Destinations = v
return s
}
-// SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value.
-func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate {
- s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage = v
+// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.EncoderSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.
-func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate {
- s.NetworkId = &v
+// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.InputAttachments = v
return s
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate {
- s.State = &v
+// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.InputSpecification = v
return s
}
-// Burn In Destination Settings
-type BurnInDestinationSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.LogLevel = &v
+ return s
+}
- // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered
- // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting
- // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If
- // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
- // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
- // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify
- // pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"`
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
- // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"`
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
- // Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`
+// SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.Reserved = &v
+ return s
+}
- // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf'
- // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types
- // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
- // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
- // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"`
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
- // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
- // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
- // settings must match.
- FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"`
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateChannelInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
- // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`
+type CreateChannelOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
- // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`
+ Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"`
+}
- // When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
- // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
- // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
- // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
- // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
- // must match.
- OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
- // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
- // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
- // settings must match.
- OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`
+// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value.
+func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput {
+ s.Channel = v
+ return s
+}
- // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
- // font settings must match.
- ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"`
+type CreateInputInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
- // this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in
- // and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`
+ Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
- // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
- // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`
+ InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`
- // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
- // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
- // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`
+ MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`
- // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles
- // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
- TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
- // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
- // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided,
- // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`
+ RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
- // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
- // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
- // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided,
- // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in
- // and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+
+ Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
+
+ // Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input
+ // destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet
+ // addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not
+ // compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.
+ Vpc *InputVpcRequest `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string {
+func (s CreateInputInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BurnInDestinationSettings"}
- if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96))
- }
- if s.Font != nil {
- if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+func (s *CreateInputInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateInputInput"}
+ if s.Vpc != nil {
+ if err := s.Vpc.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Vpc", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -4752,260 +7080,185 @@ func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.Alignment = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.BackgroundColor = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.BackgroundOpacity = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFont sets the Font field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.Font = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.FontColor = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.FontOpacity = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.FontResolution = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.FontSize = &v
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.Destinations = v
return s
}
-// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.OutlineColor = &v
+// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.InputSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
-// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.OutlineSize = &v
+// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.MediaConnectFlows = v
return s
}
-// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowColor = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowOpacity = &v
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
-// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowXOffset = &v
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowYOffset = &v
+// SetSources sets the Sources field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.Sources = v
return s
}
-// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.TeletextGridControl = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.XPosition = &v
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.Type = &v
return s
}
-// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.
-func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings {
- s.YPosition = &v
+// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputInput) SetVpc(v *InputVpcRequest) *CreateInputInput {
+ s.Vpc = v
return s
}
-// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about
-// where streams should be distributed.
-type CaptionDescription struct {
+type CreateInputOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating
- // output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name.
- //
- // CaptionSelectorName is a required field
- CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination
- // type.
- DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/
- LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"`
-
- // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg.
- // English, or Spanish).
- LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
-
- // Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description
- // with an output. Names must be unique within an event.
- //
- // Name is a required field
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionDescription) String() string {
+func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescription"}
- if s.CaptionSelectorName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionSelectorName"))
- }
- if s.Name == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
- }
- if s.DestinationSettings != nil {
- if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetInput sets the Input field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput {
+ s.Input = v
+ return s
}
-// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription {
- s.CaptionSelectorName = &v
- return s
+type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
}
-// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription {
- s.DestinationSettings = v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription {
- s.LanguageCode = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription {
- s.LanguageDescription = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription {
- s.Name = &v
+// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput {
+ s.WhitelistRules = v
return s
}
-// Caption Destination Settings
-type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {
+type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Arib Destination Settings
- AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Burn In Destination Settings
- BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Dvb Sub Destination Settings
- DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // An Input Security Group
+ SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"`
+}
- // Embedded Destination Settings
- EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings
- EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings
- RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings `locationName:"rtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value.
+func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.SecurityGroup = v
+ return s
+}
- // Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings
- Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+type CreateMultiplexInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Scte27 Destination Settings
- Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // AvailabilityZones is a required field
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list" required:"true"`
- // Smpte Tt Destination Settings
- SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+ //
+ // MultiplexSettings is a required field
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // Teletext Destination Settings
- TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Ttml Destination Settings
- TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+ RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
- // Webvtt Destination Settings
- WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string {
+func (s CreateMultiplexInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateMultiplexInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDestinationSettings"}
- if s.BurnInDestinationSettings != nil {
- if err := s.BurnInDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("BurnInDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexInput"}
+ if s.AvailabilityZones == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones"))
}
- if s.DvbSubDestinationSettings != nil {
- if err := s.DvbSubDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.MultiplexSettings == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexSettings"))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
@@ -5015,130 +7268,105 @@ func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.AribDestinationSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.BurnInDestinationSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateMultiplexInput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
-// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *CreateMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings = v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings sets the RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings(v *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings = v
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings = v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultiplexInput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.Scte27DestinationSettings = v
- return s
-}
+type CreateMultiplexOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.SmpteTtDestinationSettings = v
- return s
+ // The multiplex object.
+ Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"`
}
-// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings {
- s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v
+// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *CreateMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Multiplex = v
return s
}
-// Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2),
-// with an optional description.
-type CaptionLanguageMapping struct {
+type CreateMultiplexProgramInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping.
- // Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4)
- //
- // CaptionChannel is a required field
- CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2)
+ // Multiplex Program settings configuration.
//
- // LanguageCode is a required field
- LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // MultiplexProgramSettings is a required field
+ MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // Textual description of language
- //
- // LanguageDescription is a required field
- LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // ProgramName is a required field
+ ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string {
+func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionLanguageMapping"}
- if s.CaptionChannel == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionChannel"))
- }
- if s.CaptionChannel != nil && *s.CaptionChannel < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptionChannel", 1))
+func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexProgramInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
}
- if s.LanguageCode == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode"))
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
}
- if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3))
+ if s.MultiplexProgramSettings == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexProgramSettings"))
}
- if s.LanguageDescription == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageDescription"))
+ if s.ProgramName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName"))
}
- if s.LanguageDescription != nil && len(*s.LanguageDescription) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageDescription", 1))
+ if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -5147,67 +7375,80 @@ func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value.
-func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping {
- s.CaptionChannel = &v
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
return s
}
-// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
-func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping {
- s.LanguageCode = &v
+// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.
-func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping {
- s.LanguageDescription = &v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about
-// where streams should be distributed.
-type CaptionSelector struct {
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateMultiplexProgramOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the
- // caption track to extract from the source.
- LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"`
+ // The multiplex program object.
+ MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"`
+}
- // Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this
- // caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique
- // within an event.
- //
- // Name is a required field
- Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Caption selector settings.
- SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value.
+func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.MultiplexProgram = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateTagsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // ResourceArn is a required field
+ ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionSelector) String() string {
+func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string {
+func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelector"}
- if s.Name == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
- }
- if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"}
+ if s.ResourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
}
- if s.SelectorSettings != nil {
- if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -5216,79 +7457,57 @@ func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector {
- s.LanguageCode = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector {
- s.Name = &v
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *CreateTagsInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector {
- s.SelectorSettings = v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTagsInput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// Caption Selector Settings
-type CaptionSelectorSettings struct {
+type CreateTagsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
- // Arib Source Settings
- AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Dvb Sub Source Settings
- DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Embedded Source Settings
- EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Scte20 Source Settings
- Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Scte27 Source Settings
- Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+type DeleteChannelInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Teletext Source Settings
- TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // ChannelId is a required field
+ ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string {
+func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelectorSettings"}
- if s.DvbSubSourceSettings != nil {
- if err := s.DvbSubSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.EmbeddedSourceSettings != nil {
- if err := s.EmbeddedSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.Scte20SourceSettings != nil {
- if err := s.Scte20SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Scte20SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"}
+ if s.ChannelId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
}
- if s.Scte27SourceSettings != nil {
- if err := s.Scte27SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Scte27SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -5297,429 +7516,425 @@ func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
- s.AribSourceSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
- s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
- s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
- s.Scte20SourceSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
- s.Scte27SourceSettings = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value.
-func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings {
- s.TeletextSourceSettings = v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-type Channel struct {
+type DeleteChannelOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The unique arn of the channel.
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
- // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
- // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
+ // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
+ // only has one.
ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
- // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination
- // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per
- // packager.
Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
- // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`
// Encoder Settings
EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`
- // The unique id of the channel.
Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
- // List of input attachments for channel.
InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
- // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
+ // The log level the user wants for their channel.
LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
- // The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- // Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel.
PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`
- // The number of currently healthy pipelines.
PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`
- // A collection of key-value pairs.
Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Channel) String() string {
+func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Channel) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetChannelClass(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.Destinations = v
return s
}
// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.EgressEndpoints = v
return s
}
// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.EncoderSettings = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.InputAttachments = v
return s
}
// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.InputSpecification = v
return s
}
// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetLogLevel(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.LogLevel = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.PipelineDetails = v
return s
}
// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *Channel) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Channel {
+func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
-type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct {
+type DeleteInputInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Public IP of where a channel's output comes from
- SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"`
+ // InputId is a required field
+ InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string {
+func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value.
-func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint {
- s.SourceIp = &v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputInput"}
+ if s.InputId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId"))
+ }
+ if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput {
+ s.InputId = &v
return s
}
-type ChannelSummary struct {
+type DeleteInputOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
- // The unique arn of the channel.
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or
- // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline.
- ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination
- // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per
- // packager.
- Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from
- EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`
+ // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field
+ InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
- // The unique id of the channel.
- Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // List of input attachments for channel.
- InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput"}
+ if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId"))
+ }
+ if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1))
+ }
- // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs.
- LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput {
+ s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+type DeleteMultiplexInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteMultiplexOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`
+
+ Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
- // The name of the channel. (user-mutable)
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- // The number of currently healthy pipelines.
PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel.
- RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+ ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`
+ // The current state of the multiplex.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`
- // A collection of key-value pairs.
Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ChannelSummary) String() string {
+func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass(v string) *ChannelSummary {
- s.ChannelClass = &v
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.Destinations = v
return s
}
-// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary {
- s.EgressEndpoints = v
- return s
-}
-
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary {
- s.InputAttachments = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *ChannelSummary {
- s.InputSpecification = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel(v string) *ChannelSummary {
- s.LogLevel = &v
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary {
- s.RoleArn = &v
+// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
+ s.ProgramCount = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *ChannelSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ChannelSummary {
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
-type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-
-type CreateChannelInput struct {
+type DeleteMultiplexProgramInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
- // only has one.
- ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
-
- Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
-
- // Encoder Settings
- EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
-
- InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
-
- // The log level the user wants for their channel.
- LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
-
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
-
- RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
-
- Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
-
- RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ // ProgramName is a required field
+ ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateChannelInput"}
- if s.Destinations != nil {
- for i, v := range s.Destinations {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexProgramInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
}
- if s.EncoderSettings != nil {
- if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ProgramName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName"))
}
- if s.InputAttachments != nil {
- for i, v := range s.InputAttachments {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+ if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -5728,310 +7943,352 @@ func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.ChannelClass = &v
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
return s
}
-// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.Destinations = v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.EncoderSettings = v
- return s
-}
+type DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.InputAttachments = v
- return s
-}
+ ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`
-// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.InputSpecification = v
- return s
+ // Multiplex Program settings configuration.
+ MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.
+ PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"`
+
+ ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
}
-// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.LogLevel = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.Name = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.RequestId = &v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-// SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.Reserved = &v
+// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.RoleArn = &v
+// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateChannelInput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-type CreateChannelOutput struct {
+type DeleteReservationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"`
+ // ReservationId is a required field
+ ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteReservationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteReservationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value.
-func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput {
- s.Channel = v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReservationInput"}
+ if s.ReservationId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId"))
+ }
+ if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationInput {
+ s.ReservationId = &v
return s
}
-type CreateInputInput struct {
+type DeleteReservationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
- InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`
+ Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
- MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`
+ CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
+
+ Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
+ DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`
+
+ End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`
+
+ FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`
+ OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`
- RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+ OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
- Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
+ // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
+ OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
- Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
+ ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`
- // Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input
- // destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet
- // addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not
- // compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.
- Vpc *InputVpcRequest `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
+ // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
+ ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`
+
+ Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`
+
+ // Current reservation state
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputInput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteReservationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteReservationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateInputInput"}
- if s.Vpc != nil {
- if err := s.Vpc.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Vpc", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.Count = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput {
- s.Destinations = v
+// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.CurrencyCode = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput {
- s.InputSecurityGroups = v
+// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.Duration = &v
return s
}
-// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *CreateInputInput {
- s.MediaConnectFlows = v
+// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.DurationUnits = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.End = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.FixedPrice = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput {
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput {
- s.RequestId = &v
+// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.OfferingDescription = &v
return s
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateInputInput {
- s.RoleArn = &v
+// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.OfferingId = &v
return s
}
-// SetSources sets the Sources field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput {
- s.Sources = v
+// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputInput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.Region = &v
return s
}
-// SetType sets the Type field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput {
- s.Type = &v
+// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.ReservationId = &v
return s
}
-// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputInput) SetVpc(v *InputVpcRequest) *CreateInputInput {
- s.Vpc = v
+// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.ResourceSpecification = v
return s
}
-type CreateInputOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"`
+// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.Start = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
}
-// SetInput sets the Input field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput {
- s.Input = v
+// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
+func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+ s.UsagePrice = &v
return s
}
-type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
+type DeleteScheduleInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
-
- WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
+ // ChannelId is a required field
+ ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteScheduleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteScheduleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput {
- s.Tags = v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteScheduleInput"}
+ if s.ChannelId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
+ }
+ if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput {
- s.WhitelistRules = v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteScheduleInput {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
+type DeleteScheduleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // An Input Security Group
- SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value.
-func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.SecurityGroup = v
- return s
-}
-
-type CreateTagsInput struct {
+type DeleteTagsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// ResourceArn is a required field
ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ // TagKeys is a required field
+ TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"}
+func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"}
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
}
if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
}
+ if s.TagKeys == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -6040,32 +8297,32 @@ func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
-func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *CreateTagsInput {
+func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteTagsInput {
s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTagsInput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput {
+ s.TagKeys = v
return s
}
-type CreateTagsOutput struct {
+type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string {
+func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-type DeleteChannelInput struct {
+type DescribeChannelInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// ChannelId is a required field
@@ -6073,18 +8330,18 @@ type DeleteChannelInput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"}
+func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"}
if s.ChannelId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
}
@@ -6099,12 +8356,12 @@ func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput {
s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteChannelOutput struct {
+type DescribeChannelOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
@@ -6143,106 +8400,106 @@ type DeleteChannelOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.Destinations = v
return s
}
// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.EgressEndpoints = v
return s
}
// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.EncoderSettings = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.InputAttachments = v
return s
}
// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.InputSpecification = v
return s
}
// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.LogLevel = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.PipelineDetails = v
return s
}
// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
return s
}
// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.RoleArn = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
-type DeleteInputInput struct {
+type DescribeInputInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// InputId is a required field
@@ -6250,18 +8507,18 @@ type DeleteInputInput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputInput"}
+func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputInput"}
if s.InputId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId"))
}
@@ -6276,26 +8533,143 @@ func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput {
+func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput {
s.InputId = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteInputOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+type DescribeInputOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"`
+
+ Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one.
+ InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"`
+
+ // There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source
+ // is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an
+ // input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url
+ // at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static.
+ InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"`
+
+ MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`
+
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+
+ SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"`
+
+ Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
+
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.AttachedChannels = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Destinations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.InputClass = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.InputSourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.MediaConnectFlows = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.SecurityGroups = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSources sets the Sources field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Sources = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
}
-type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
+type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// InputSecurityGroupId is a required field
@@ -6303,18 +8677,18 @@ type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput"}
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput"}
if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId"))
}
@@ -6329,50 +8703,98 @@ func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput {
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput {
s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
+type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`
+
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-type DeleteReservationInput struct {
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs(v []*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.Inputs = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.
+func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
+ s.WhitelistRules = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeMultiplexInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ReservationId is a required field
- ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteReservationInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteReservationInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReservationInput"}
- if s.ReservationId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId"))
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
}
- if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1))
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -6381,199 +8803,235 @@ func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationInput {
- s.ReservationId = &v
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteReservationOutput struct {
+type DescribeMultiplexOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
- Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
-
- CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
-
- Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`
- // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
- DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`
+ Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
- End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
- FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`
+ // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`
-
- OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
-
- // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
- OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`
-
- Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
-
- ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`
-
- // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
- ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
- Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`
+ ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`
- // Current reservation state
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`
+ // The current state of the multiplex.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`
Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
-
- UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteReservationOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteReservationOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.Count = &v
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
-// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.CurrencyCode = &v
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Destinations = v
return s
}
-// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.Duration = &v
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Id = &v
return s
}
-// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.DurationUnits = &v
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.End = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.FixedPrice = &v
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.Name = &v
+// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.ProgramCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.OfferingDescription = &v
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.State = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.OfferingId = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.OfferingType = &v
- return s
+type DescribeMultiplexProgramInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // ProgramName is a required field
+ ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
-// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.Region = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.ReservationId = &v
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexProgramInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ProgramName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName"))
+ }
+ if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
return s
}
-// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.ResourceSpecification = v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.Start = &v
+type DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`
+
+ // Multiplex Program settings configuration.
+ MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.
+ PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"`
+
+ ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.State = &v
+// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v
return s
}
-// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
-func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput {
- s.UsagePrice = &v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteScheduleInput struct {
+type DescribeOfferingInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ChannelId is a required field
- ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // OfferingId is a required field
+ OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteScheduleInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeOfferingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteScheduleInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeOfferingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteScheduleInput"}
- if s.ChannelId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
- }
- if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOfferingInput"}
+ if s.OfferingId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId"))
+ }
+ if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -6582,116 +9040,142 @@ func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteScheduleInput {
- s.ChannelId = &v
+// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingInput {
+ s.OfferingId = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteScheduleOutput struct {
+type DescribeOfferingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
+
+ Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
+ DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`
+
+ FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`
+
+ OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`
+
+ OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
+
+ // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
+ OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`
+
+ Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
+
+ // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
+ ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`
+
+ UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-type DeleteTagsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // ResourceArn is a required field
- ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
- // TagKeys is a required field
- TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"`
+// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.CurrencyCode = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.Duration = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.DurationUnits = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"}
- if s.ResourceArn == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
- }
- if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
- }
- if s.TagKeys == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
- }
+// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.FixedPrice = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.OfferingDescription = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
-func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteTagsInput {
- s.ResourceArn = &v
+// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.OfferingId = &v
return s
}
-// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
-func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput {
- s.TagKeys = v
+// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteTagsOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.Region = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.ResourceSpecification = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
+func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
+ s.UsagePrice = &v
+ return s
}
-type DescribeChannelInput struct {
+type DescribeReservationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ChannelId is a required field
- ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // ReservationId is a required field
+ ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeReservationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeReservationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"}
- if s.ChannelId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
+func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservationInput"}
+ if s.ReservationId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId"))
}
- if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+ if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -6700,175 +9184,206 @@ func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput {
- s.ChannelId = &v
+// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationInput {
+ s.ReservationId = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeChannelOutput struct {
+type DescribeReservationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
- // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel
- // only has one.
- ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"`
+ Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
- Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+ CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
- EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"`
+ Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
- // Encoder Settings
- EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
+ DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`
- Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+ End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`
- InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"`
+ FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`
- InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"`
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- // The log level the user wants for their channel.
- LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"`
+ OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+ OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
- PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"`
+ // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
+ OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`
- PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
+ Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
- RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
+ ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"`
+ // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
+ ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`
+
+ Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`
+
+ // Current reservation state
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`
Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeReservationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeReservationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.ChannelClass = &v
+// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.Count = &v
return s
}
-// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.Destinations = v
+// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.CurrencyCode = &v
return s
}
-// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.EgressEndpoints = v
+// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.Duration = &v
return s
}
-// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.EncoderSettings = v
+// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.DurationUnits = &v
return s
}
-// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.Id = &v
+// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.End = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.InputAttachments = v
+// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.FixedPrice = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.InputSpecification = v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.OfferingDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.OfferingId = &v
return s
}
-// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.LogLevel = &v
+// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.OfferingType = &v
return s
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.Name = &v
+// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.Region = &v
return s
}
-// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.PipelineDetails = v
+// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.ReservationId = &v
return s
}
-// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
+// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.ResourceSpecification = v
return s
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
- s.RoleArn = &v
+// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.Start = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeChannelOutput {
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
-type DescribeInputInput struct {
+// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
+func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
+ s.UsagePrice = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeScheduleInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // InputId is a required field
- InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // ChannelId is a required field
+ ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeScheduleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeScheduleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputInput"}
- if s.InputId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId"))
+func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduleInput"}
+ if s.ChannelId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
}
- if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1))
+ if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -6877,168 +9392,170 @@ func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput {
- s.InputId = &v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeInputOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
-
- AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"`
-
- Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
-
- Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
-
- // A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one.
- InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"`
-
- // There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source
- // is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an
- // input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url
- // at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static.
- InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"`
-
- MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`
-
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
-
- RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
-
- SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"`
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduleInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
- Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"`
+type DescribeScheduleOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
+ ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string {
+func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Arn = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.AttachedChannels = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Destinations = v
+// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *DescribeScheduleOutput {
+ s.ScheduleActions = v
return s
}
-// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Id = &v
- return s
-}
+// DVB Network Information Table (NIT)
+type DvbNitSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.InputClass = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
+ //
+ // NetworkId is a required field
+ NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer" required:"true"`
-// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.InputSourceType = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network
+ // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
+ //
+ // NetworkName is a required field
+ NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
-// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.MediaConnectFlows = v
- return s
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream.
+ RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Name = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.RoleArn = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.SecurityGroups = v
- return s
-}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbNitSettings"}
+ if s.NetworkId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkId"))
+ }
+ if s.NetworkName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkName"))
+ }
+ if s.NetworkName != nil && len(*s.NetworkName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25))
+ }
-// SetSources sets the Sources field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Sources = v
- return s
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.State = &v
+// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.
+func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings {
+ s.NetworkId = &v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value.
+func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings {
+ s.NetworkName = &v
return s
}
-// SetType sets the Type field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput {
- s.Type = &v
+// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.
+func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings {
+ s.RepInterval = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct {
+// DVB Service Description Table (SDT)
+type DvbSdtSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field
- InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow
+ // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent
+ // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT
+ // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined
+ // values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information.
+ // The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information.
+ OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream.
+ RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description
+ // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
+ ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service
+ // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
+ ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput"}
- if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId"))
+func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSdtSettings"}
+ if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25))
}
- if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1))
+ if s.ServiceName != nil && len(*s.ServiceName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ServiceProviderName != nil && len(*s.ServiceProviderName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceProviderName", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -7047,99 +9564,154 @@ func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput {
- s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v
+// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value.
+func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
+ s.OutputSdt = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct {
+// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.
+func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings {
+ s.RepInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
+func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
+ s.ServiceName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value.
+func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
+ s.ServiceProviderName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dvb Sub Destination Settings
+type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+ // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered
+ // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting
+ // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If
+ // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
+ // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
+ // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify
+ // pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that
+ // are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by
+ // the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"`
- Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
+ // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"`
- Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`
+ // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
+ // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"`
+ // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf'
+ // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types
+ // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
+ // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
+ // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
+ // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
+ // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
+ // settings must match.
+ FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"`
- WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
-}
+ // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
+ // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
+ // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
+ // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"`
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.Arn = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
+ // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
+ // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
+ // must match.
+ OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"`
-// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.Id = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
+ // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
+ // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
+ // settings must match.
+ OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`
-// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs(v []*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.Inputs = v
- return s
-}
+ // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
+ // font settings must match.
+ ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"`
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.State = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
+ // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
+ // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.Tags = v
- return s
-}
+ // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
+ // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`
-// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.
-func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput {
- s.WhitelistRules = v
- return s
-}
+ // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
+ // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
+ // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`
-type DescribeOfferingInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles
+ // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
+ TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"`
- // OfferingId is a required field
- OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
+ // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
+ // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided,
+ // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
+ // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
+ // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
+ // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
+ // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
+ // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided,
+ // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
+ // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
+ // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
+ // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
+ YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeOfferingInput) String() string {
+func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeOfferingInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOfferingInput"}
- if s.OfferingId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId"))
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubDestinationSettings"}
+ if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96))
}
- if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1))
+ if s.Font != nil {
+ if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -7148,142 +9720,171 @@ func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingInput {
- s.OfferingId = &v
+// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.Alignment = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeOfferingOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
-
- CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
-
- Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
-
- // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
- DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`
-
- FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`
-
- OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`
-
- OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
-
- // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
- OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`
+// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.BackgroundColor = &v
+ return s
+}
- Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
+// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.BackgroundOpacity = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
- ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`
+// SetFont sets the Font field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.Font = v
+ return s
+}
- UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
+// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontColor = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontOpacity = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontResolution = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.Arn = &v
+// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.FontSize = &v
return s
}
-// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.CurrencyCode = &v
+// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.OutlineColor = &v
return s
}
-// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.Duration = &v
+// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.OutlineSize = &v
return s
}
-// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.DurationUnits = &v
+// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowColor = &v
return s
}
-// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.FixedPrice = &v
+// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowOpacity = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.OfferingDescription = &v
+// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowXOffset = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.OfferingId = &v
+// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.ShadowYOffset = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.OfferingType = &v
+// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.TeletextGridControl = &v
return s
}
-// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.Region = &v
+// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.XPosition = &v
return s
}
-// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.ResourceSpecification = v
+// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
+ s.YPosition = &v
return s
}
-// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
-func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput {
- s.UsagePrice = &v
+// Dvb Sub Source Settings
+type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
+ // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
+ // regardless of selectors.
+ Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubSourceSettings"}
+ if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPid sets the Pid field's value.
+func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings {
+ s.Pid = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeReservationInput struct {
+// DVB Time and Date Table (SDT)
+type DvbTdtSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ReservationId is a required field
- ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream.
+ RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeReservationInput) String() string {
+func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeReservationInput) GoString() string {
+func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservationInput"}
- if s.ReservationId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId"))
- }
- if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1))
+func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbTdtSettings"}
+ if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 1000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 1000))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -7292,378 +9893,302 @@ func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationInput {
- s.ReservationId = &v
+// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.
+func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings {
+ s.RepInterval = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeReservationOutput struct {
+// Eac3 Settings
+type Eac3Settings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+ // When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
+ // Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"`
- Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"`
+ // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
+ Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
- CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC
+ // A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values.
+ BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"`
- Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`
+ // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
+ CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"`
- // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
- DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"`
+ // When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
+ DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"`
- End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"`
+ // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
+ // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
+ Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"`
+ // Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile.
+ DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"`
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+ // Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that
+ // the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
+ DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"`
- OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"`
+ // When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel
+ LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"`
- OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"`
+ // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior
+ // to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode.
+ LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"`
- // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT'
- OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"`
+ // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`
- Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"`
+ // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`
- ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"`
+ // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`
- // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...)
- ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"`
+ // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`
- Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`
+ // When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
+ // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
+ // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
+ MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"`
- // Current reservation state
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"`
+ // When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
+ // present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
+ // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
+ // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
+ PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ // When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround
+ // channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"`
- UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"`
+ // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
+ StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"`
+
+ // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
+ // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
+ SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"`
+
+ // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
+ // the two channels.
+ SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeReservationOutput) String() string {
+func (s Eac3Settings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeReservationOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Arn = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetCount sets the Count field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Count = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.CurrencyCode = &v
- return s
-}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3Settings"}
+ if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1))
+ }
-// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Duration = &v
- return s
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.DurationUnits = &v
+// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.AttenuationControl = &v
return s
}
-// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.End = &v
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
return s
}
-// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.FixedPrice = &v
+// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.BitstreamMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Name = &v
+// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.CodingMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.OfferingDescription = &v
+// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.DcFilter = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.OfferingId = &v
+// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.Dialnorm = &v
return s
}
-// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.OfferingType = &v
+// SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.DrcLine = &v
return s
}
-// SetRegion sets the Region field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Region = &v
+// SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.DrcRf = &v
return s
}
-// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.ReservationId = &v
+// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.LfeControl = &v
return s
}
-// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.ResourceSpecification = v
+// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.LfeFilter = &v
return s
}
-// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Start = &v
+// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v
return s
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.State = &v
+// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v
return s
}
-// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value.
-func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput {
- s.UsagePrice = &v
+// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeScheduleInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // ChannelId is a required field
- ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeScheduleInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.MetadataControl = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeScheduleInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.PassthroughControl = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduleInput"}
- if s.ChannelId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId"))
- }
- if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
- }
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.PhaseControl = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput {
- s.ChannelId = &v
+// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.StereoDownmix = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduleInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.SurroundExMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value.
+func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
+ s.SurroundMode = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeScheduleOutput struct {
+// Embedded Destination Settings
+type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
-
- ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) String() string {
+func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value.
-func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *DescribeScheduleOutput {
- s.ScheduleActions = v
- return s
-}
-
-// DVB Network Information Table (NIT)
-type DvbNitSettings struct {
+// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings
+type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
- //
- // NetworkId is a required field
- NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer" required:"true"`
-
- // The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network
- // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
- //
- // NetworkName is a required field
- NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream.
- RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string {
+func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbNitSettings"}
- if s.NetworkId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkId"))
- }
- if s.NetworkName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkName"))
- }
- if s.NetworkName != nil && len(*s.NetworkName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkName", 1))
- }
- if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.
-func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings {
- s.NetworkId = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value.
-func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings {
- s.NetworkName = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.
-func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings {
- s.RepInterval = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// DVB Service Description Table (SDT)
-type DvbSdtSettings struct {
+// Embedded Source Settings
+type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow
- // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent
- // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT
- // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined
- // values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information.
- // The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information.
- OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"`
+ // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility
+ // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data
+ // present in the source content will be discarded.
+ Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"`
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream.
- RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
+ // Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20
+ // and Embedded captions.
+ Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"`
- // The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description
- // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
- ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
+ // extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
+ Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service
- // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
- ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // This field is unused and deprecated.
+ Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string {
+func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSdtSettings"}
- if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25))
- }
- if s.ServiceName != nil && len(*s.ServiceName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceName", 1))
+func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedSourceSettings"}
+ if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1))
}
- if s.ServiceProviderName != nil && len(*s.ServiceProviderName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceProviderName", 1))
+ if s.Source608TrackNumber != nil && *s.Source608TrackNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608TrackNumber", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -7672,289 +10197,263 @@ func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value.
-func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
- s.OutputSdt = &v
+// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.
+func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
+ s.Convert608To708 = &v
return s
}
-// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.
-func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings {
- s.RepInterval = &v
+// SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value.
+func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
+ s.Scte20Detection = &v
return s
}
-// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
-func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
- s.ServiceName = &v
+// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value.
+func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
+ s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v
return s
}
-// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value.
-func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings {
- s.ServiceProviderName = &v
+// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value.
+func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
+ s.Source608TrackNumber = &v
return s
}
-// Dvb Sub Destination Settings
-type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {
+// Encoder Settings
+type EncoderSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered
- // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting
- // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If
- // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
- // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
- // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify
- // pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that
- // are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by
- // the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"`
-
- // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and
- // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"`
-
- // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
- // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`
-
- // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf'
- // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types
- // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system.
- // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display
- // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"`
-
- // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
- // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
- // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
- // settings must match.
- FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"`
-
- // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`
-
- // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and
- // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`
-
- // When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output.
- // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All
- // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"`
+ // AudioDescriptions is a required field
+ AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"`
- // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
- // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
- // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
- // must match.
- OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"`
+ // Settings for ad avail blanking.
+ AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`
- // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
- // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
- // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
- // settings must match.
- OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`
+ // Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion.
+ AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"`
- // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub
- // font settings must match.
- ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"`
+ // Settings for blackout slate.
+ BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"`
- // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
- // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
- // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`
+ // Settings for caption decriptions
+ CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`
- // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
- // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`
+ // Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole.
+ GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"`
- // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
- // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
- // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`
+ // Nielsen configuration settings.
+ NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"`
- // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles
- // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
- TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"`
+ // OutputGroups is a required field
+ OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list" required:"true"`
- // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
- // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
- // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided,
- // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
- // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
- // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
- // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`
+ // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
+ //
+ // TimecodeConfig is a required field
+ TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
- // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
- // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided,
- // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
- // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
- // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
- // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
- YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
+ // VideoDescriptions is a required field
+ VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string {
+func (s EncoderSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubDestinationSettings"}
- if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96))
+func (s *EncoderSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncoderSettings"}
+ if s.AudioDescriptions == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioDescriptions"))
}
- if s.Font != nil {
- if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.OutputGroups == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroups"))
+ }
+ if s.TimecodeConfig == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TimecodeConfig"))
+ }
+ if s.VideoDescriptions == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VideoDescriptions"))
+ }
+ if s.AudioDescriptions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
}
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
+ if s.AvailBlanking != nil {
+ if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.AvailConfiguration != nil {
+ if err := s.AvailConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AvailConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.BlackoutSlate != nil {
+ if err := s.BlackoutSlate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.GlobalConfiguration != nil {
+ if err := s.GlobalConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("GlobalConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.OutputGroups != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.OutputGroups {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.TimecodeConfig != nil {
+ if err := s.TimecodeConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TimecodeConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.VideoDescriptions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.VideoDescriptions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.Alignment = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.BackgroundColor = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.BackgroundOpacity = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFont sets the Font field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.Font = v
- return s
-}
-// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.FontColor = &v
- return s
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.FontOpacity = &v
+// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.AudioDescriptions = v
return s
}
-// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.FontResolution = &v
+// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.AvailBlanking = v
return s
}
-// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.FontSize = &v
+// SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.AvailConfiguration = v
return s
}
-// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.OutlineColor = &v
+// SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.BlackoutSlate = v
return s
}
-// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.OutlineSize = &v
+// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.CaptionDescriptions = v
return s
}
-// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowColor = &v
+// SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.GlobalConfiguration = v
return s
}
-// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowOpacity = &v
+// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.NielsenConfiguration = v
return s
}
-// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowXOffset = &v
+// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.OutputGroups = v
return s
}
-// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.ShadowYOffset = &v
+// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.TimecodeConfig = v
return s
}
-// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.TeletextGridControl = &v
+// SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value.
+func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings {
+ s.VideoDescriptions = v
return s
}
-// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.XPosition = &v
- return s
-}
+// Fec Output Settings
+type FecOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings {
- s.YPosition = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The
+ // number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must
+ // be between 4 and 20, inclusive.
+ ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" min:"4" type:"integer"`
-// Dvb Sub Source Settings
-type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Enables column only or column and row based FEC
+ IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"`
- // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
- // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
- // regardless of selectors.
- Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must
+ // be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values
+ // increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport
+ // stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between
+ // 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column,
+ // this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive.
+ RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string {
+func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubSourceSettings"}
- if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1))
+func (s *FecOutputSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FecOutputSettings"}
+ if s.ColumnDepth != nil && *s.ColumnDepth < 4 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ColumnDepth", 4))
+ }
+ if s.RowLength != nil && *s.RowLength < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RowLength", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -7963,143 +10462,53 @@ func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetPid sets the Pid field's value.
-func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings {
- s.Pid = &v
+// SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value.
+func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings {
+ s.ColumnDepth = &v
return s
}
-// DVB Time and Date Table (SDT)
-type DvbTdtSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream.
- RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbTdtSettings"}
- if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 1000 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 1000))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value.
+func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings {
+ s.IncludeFec = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value.
-func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings {
- s.RepInterval = &v
+// SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value.
+func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings {
+ s.RowLength = &v
return s
}
-// Eac3 Settings
-type Eac3Settings struct {
+// Start time for the action.
+type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
- // Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"`
-
- // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode.
- Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
-
- // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC
- // A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values.
- BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"`
-
- // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
- CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"`
-
- // When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
- DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"`
-
- // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
- // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
- Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- // Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile.
- DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"`
-
- // Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that
- // the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
- DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"`
-
- // When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel
- LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"`
-
- // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior
- // to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode.
- LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"`
-
- // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`
-
- // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`
-
- // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`
-
- // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`
-
- // When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
- // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
- // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
- MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"`
-
- // When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
- // present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
- // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
- // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
- PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"`
-
- // When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround
- // channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"`
-
- // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
- StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"`
-
- // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
- // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
- SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"`
-
- // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
- // the two channels.
- SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"`
+
+ // Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the
+ // action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule
+ // immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits
+ // (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and
+ // "Z" for "UTC format".
+ //
+ // Time is a required field
+ Time *string `locationName:"time" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Eac3Settings) String() string {
+func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3Settings"}
- if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1))
+func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings"}
+ if s.Time == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -8108,195 +10517,235 @@ func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.AttenuationControl = &v
+// SetTime sets the Time field's value.
+func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime(v string) *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
+ s.Time = &v
return s
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
- return s
-}
+// Settings to specify if an action follows another.
+type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.BitstreamMode = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to
+ // the end of the reference action.
+ //
+ // FollowPoint is a required field
+ FollowPoint *string `locationName:"followPoint" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FollowPoint"`
-// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.CodingMode = &v
- return s
+ // The action name of another action that this one refers to.
+ //
+ // ReferenceActionName is a required field
+ ReferenceActionName *string `locationName:"referenceActionName" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
-// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.DcFilter = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings {
- s.Dialnorm = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.DrcLine = &v
- return s
-}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings"}
+ if s.FollowPoint == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FollowPoint"))
+ }
+ if s.ReferenceActionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReferenceActionName"))
+ }
-// SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.DrcRf = &v
- return s
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.LfeControl = &v
+// SetFollowPoint sets the FollowPoint field's value.
+func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
+ s.FollowPoint = &v
return s
}
-// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.LfeFilter = &v
+// SetReferenceActionName sets the ReferenceActionName field's value.
+func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
+ s.ReferenceActionName = &v
return s
}
-// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
- s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v
- return s
-}
+// Frame Capture Group Settings
+type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
- s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v
- return s
+ // The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon
+ // S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling_)
+ // or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example,
+ // mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling_). The final file names consist
+ // of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling_") + name
+ // modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which
+ // is always .jpg). For example, curlingLow.00001.jpg
+ //
+ // Destination is a required field
+ Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
-// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
- s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings {
- s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.MetadataControl = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureGroupSettings"}
+ if s.Destination == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.PassthroughControl = &v
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings {
+ s.Destination = v
return s
}
-// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.PhaseControl = &v
- return s
+// Frame Capture Output Settings
+type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier
+ // forms part of the output file name.
+ NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
}
-// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.StereoDownmix = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.SurroundExMode = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value.
-func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings {
- s.SurroundMode = &v
+// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
+func (s *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *FrameCaptureOutputSettings {
+ s.NameModifier = &v
return s
}
-// Embedded Destination Settings
-type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {
+// Frame Capture Settings
+type FrameCaptureSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May
+ // be specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by captureIntervalUnits.
+ //
+ // CaptureInterval is a required field
+ CaptureInterval *int64 `locationName:"captureInterval" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string {
+func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings
-type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureSettings"}
+ if s.CaptureInterval == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptureInterval"))
+ }
+ if s.CaptureInterval != nil && *s.CaptureInterval < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptureInterval", 1))
+ }
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetCaptureInterval sets the CaptureInterval field's value.
+func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings {
+ s.CaptureInterval = &v
+ return s
}
-// Embedded Source Settings
-type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {
+// Global Configuration
+type GlobalConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility
- // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data
- // present in the source content will be discarded.
- Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"`
+ // Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event.
+ InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"`
- // Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20
- // and Embedded captions.
- Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"`
+ // Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file).
+ // When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning
+ // of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode
+ // either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input
+ // Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is
+ // controlled through the Channel Schedule API).
+ InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"`
+
+ // Settings for system actions when input is lost.
+ InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.PIPELINELOCKING - MediaLive
+ // will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.EPOCHLOCKING
+ // - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the
+ // Unix epoch.
+ OutputLockingMode *string `locationName:"outputLockingMode" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode"`
- // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
- // extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
- Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be
+ // paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source
+ // via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing
+ // the input stream.
+ OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"`
- // This field is unused and deprecated.
- Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This
+ // is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame
+ // per second.
+ SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string {
+func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedSourceSettings"}
- if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1))
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlobalConfiguration"}
+ if s.InitialAudioGain != nil && *s.InitialAudioGain < -60 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("InitialAudioGain", -60))
}
- if s.Source608TrackNumber != nil && *s.Source608TrackNumber < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608TrackNumber", 1))
+ if s.InputLossBehavior != nil {
+ if err := s.InputLossBehavior.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossBehavior", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -8305,357 +10754,295 @@ func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.
-func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
- s.Convert608To708 = &v
+// SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value.
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration {
+ s.InitialAudioGain = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value.
-func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
- s.Scte20Detection = &v
+// SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value.
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
+ s.InputEndAction = &v
return s
}
-// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value.
-func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
- s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v
+// SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value.
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration {
+ s.InputLossBehavior = v
return s
}
-// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value.
-func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings {
- s.Source608TrackNumber = &v
+// SetOutputLockingMode sets the OutputLockingMode field's value.
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
+ s.OutputLockingMode = &v
return s
}
-// Encoder Settings
-type EncoderSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // AudioDescriptions is a required field
- AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"`
-
- // Settings for ad avail blanking.
- AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`
-
- // Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion.
- AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"`
-
- // Settings for blackout slate.
- BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"`
+// SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value.
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
+ s.OutputTimingSource = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Settings for caption decriptions
- CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`
+// SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value.
+func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
+ s.SupportLowFramerateInputs = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole.
- GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"`
+// H264 Color Space Settings
+type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // OutputGroups is a required field
- OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
+ ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
- //
- // TimecodeConfig is a required field
- TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // Rec601 Settings
+ Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"`
- // VideoDescriptions is a required field
- VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // Rec709 Settings
+ Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s EncoderSettings) String() string {
+func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncoderSettings"}
- if s.AudioDescriptions == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioDescriptions"))
- }
- if s.OutputGroups == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroups"))
- }
- if s.TimecodeConfig == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TimecodeConfig"))
- }
- if s.VideoDescriptions == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VideoDescriptions"))
- }
- if s.AudioDescriptions != nil {
- for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
- if s.AvailBlanking != nil {
- if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.AvailConfiguration != nil {
- if err := s.AvailConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AvailConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.BlackoutSlate != nil {
- if err := s.BlackoutSlate.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil {
- for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
- if s.GlobalConfiguration != nil {
- if err := s.GlobalConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("GlobalConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.OutputGroups != nil {
- for i, v := range s.OutputGroups {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
- if s.TimecodeConfig != nil {
- if err := s.TimecodeConfig.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("TimecodeConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.VideoDescriptions != nil {
- for i, v := range s.VideoDescriptions {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings {
- s.AudioDescriptions = v
+// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value.
+func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings {
+ s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings {
- s.AvailBlanking = v
+// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value.
+func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings {
+ s.Rec601Settings = v
return s
}
-// SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings {
- s.AvailConfiguration = v
+// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value.
+func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings {
+ s.Rec709Settings = v
return s
}
-// SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings {
- s.BlackoutSlate = v
- return s
-}
+// H264 Settings
+type H264Settings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
+ // quality.
+ AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"`
+
+ // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling
+ // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases
+ // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will
+ // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
+ AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`
+
+ // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR
+ // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must
+ // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple
+ // of 1000.
+ Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
+ BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
+ BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
+ ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"`
+
+ // Color Space settings
+ ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc.
+ EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"`
+
+ // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream.
+ // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
+ FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"`
+
+ // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker
+ // or 'pop' on I-frames.
+ FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"`
+
+ // This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified"
+ // is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator
+ // and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then
+ // the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate
+ // of the first input.
+ FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"`
+
+ // Framerate denominator.
+ FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings {
- s.CaptionDescriptions = v
- return s
-}
+ // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
+ // fps.
+ FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings {
- s.GlobalConfiguration = v
- return s
-}
+ // If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames
+ // > 1.
+ GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"`
-// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings {
- s.OutputGroups = v
- return s
-}
+ // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
+ // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
+ // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
+ GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`
-// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings {
- s.TimecodeConfig = v
- return s
-}
+ // Number of B-frames between reference frames.
+ GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"`
-// SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value.
-func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings {
- s.VideoDescriptions = v
- return s
-}
+ // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If
+ // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than
+ // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0,
+ // but need not be an integer.
+ GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`
-// Fec Output Settings
-type FecOutputSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
+ // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
+ GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"`
- // Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The
- // number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must
- // be between 4 and 20, inclusive.
- ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" min:"4" type:"integer"`
+ // H.264 Level.
+ Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"`
- // Enables column only or column and row based FEC
- IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"`
+ // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
+ // while high can produce better quality for certain content.
+ LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"`
- // Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must
- // be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values
- // increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport
- // stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between
- // 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column,
- // this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive.
- RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-}
+ // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality levelFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate
+ // in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video.
+ MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if
+ // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence)
+ // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change
+ // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk
+ // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling
+ // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the
+ // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
+ MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
+ // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
+ NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *FecOutputSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FecOutputSettings"}
- if s.ColumnDepth != nil && *s.ColumnDepth < 4 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ColumnDepth", 4))
- }
- if s.RowLength != nil && *s.RowLength < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RowLength", 1))
- }
+ // This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified"
+ // is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator
+ // and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output
+ // pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio
+ // of the first input.
+ ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"`
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
+ // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
+ ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value.
-func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings {
- s.ColumnDepth = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
+ ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"`
-// SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value.
-func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings {
- s.IncludeFec = &v
- return s
-}
+ // H.264 Profile.
+ Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"`
-// SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value.
-func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings {
- s.RowLength = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
+ // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max
+ // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended
+ // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC
+ // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality
+ // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M
+ QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// Start time for the action.
-type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
+ // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
+ // viewers pay for bandwidth.VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the
+ // video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBRif you want to maintain a specific
+ // average bitrate over the duration of the channel.CBR: Quality varies, depending
+ // on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to
+ // devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.
+ RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"`
- // Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the
- // action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule
- // immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits
- // (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and
- // "Z" for "UTC format".
- //
- // Time is a required field
- Time *string `locationName:"time" type:"string" required:"true"`
-}
+ // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
+ ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // Scene change detection.- On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.-
+ // Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected.
+ SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
+ // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
+ // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional;
+ // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based
+ // on encode resolution.
+ Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings"}
- if s.Time == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time"))
- }
+ // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content
+ // in the encoded image.
+ Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
+ // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial
+ // variation of content complexity.
+ SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"`
-// SetTime sets the Time field's value.
-func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime(v string) *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
- s.Time = &v
- return s
-}
+ // If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic,
+ // optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality.
+ SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"H264SubGopLength"`
-// Settings to specify if an action follows another.
-type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
+ Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"`
- // Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to
- // the end of the reference action.
- //
- // FollowPoint is a required field
- FollowPoint *string `locationName:"followPoint" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FollowPoint"`
+ // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal
+ // variation of content complexity.
+ TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"`
- // The action name of another action that this one refers to.
- //
- // ReferenceActionName is a required field
- ReferenceActionName *string `locationName:"referenceActionName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.-
+ // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture
+ // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
+ TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string {
+func (s H264Settings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s H264Settings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings"}
- if s.FollowPoint == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FollowPoint"))
+func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264Settings"}
+ if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
}
- if s.ReferenceActionName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReferenceActionName"))
+ if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
+ }
+ if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
+ }
+ if s.NumRefFrames != nil && *s.NumRefFrames < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumRefFrames", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
+ }
+ if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -8664,238 +11051,244 @@ func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetFollowPoint sets the FollowPoint field's value.
-func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
- s.FollowPoint = &v
+// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
return s
}
-// SetReferenceActionName sets the ReferenceActionName field's value.
-func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings {
- s.ReferenceActionName = &v
+// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.AfdSignaling = &v
return s
}
-// Frame Capture Group Settings
-type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon
- // S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling_)
- // or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example,
- // mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling_). The final file names consist
- // of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling_") + name
- // modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which
- // is always .jpg). For example, curlingLow.00001.jpg
- //
- // Destination is a required field
- Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+// SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.BufFillPct = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.BufSize = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.ColorMetadata = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureGroupSettings"}
- if s.Destination == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
- }
+// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H264ColorSpaceSettings) *H264Settings {
+ s.ColorSpaceSettings = v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.EntropyEncoding = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings {
- s.Destination = v
+// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.FixedAfd = &v
return s
}
-// Frame Capture Output Settings
-type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.FlickerAq = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier
- // forms part of the output file name.
- NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
+// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.FramerateControl = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.FramerateDenominator = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.FramerateNumerator = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
-func (s *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *FrameCaptureOutputSettings {
- s.NameModifier = &v
+// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.GopBReference = &v
return s
}
-// Frame Capture Settings
-type FrameCaptureSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.GopClosedCadence = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The frequency, in seconds, for capturing frames for inclusion in the output.
- // For example, "10" means capture a frame every 10 seconds.
- //
- // CaptureInterval is a required field
- CaptureInterval *int64 `locationName:"captureInterval" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.GopNumBFrames = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings {
+ s.GopSize = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.GopSizeUnits = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureSettings"}
- if s.CaptureInterval == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptureInterval"))
- }
- if s.CaptureInterval != nil && *s.CaptureInterval < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptureInterval", 1))
- }
+// SetLevel sets the Level field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.Level = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.LookAheadRateControl = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetCaptureInterval sets the CaptureInterval field's value.
-func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings {
- s.CaptureInterval = &v
+// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.MaxBitrate = &v
return s
}
-// Global Configuration
-type GlobalConfiguration struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.MinIInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event.
- InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"`
+// SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.NumRefFrames = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file).
- // When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning
- // of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode
- // either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input
- // Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is
- // controlled through the Channel Schedule API).
- InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"`
+// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.ParControl = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Settings for system actions when input is lost.
- InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"`
+// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.ParDenominator = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.PIPELINELOCKING - MediaLive
- // will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.EPOCHLOCKING
- // - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the
- // Unix epoch.
- OutputLockingMode *string `locationName:"outputLockingMode" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode"`
+// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.ParNumerator = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be
- // paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source
- // via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing
- // the input stream.
- OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"`
+// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.Profile = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This
- // is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame
- // per second.
- SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"`
+// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.RateControlMode = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.ScanType = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlobalConfiguration"}
- if s.InitialAudioGain != nil && *s.InitialAudioGain < -60 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("InitialAudioGain", -60))
- }
- if s.InputLossBehavior != nil {
- if err := s.InputLossBehavior.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossBehavior", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.SceneChangeDetect = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.Slices = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration {
- s.InitialAudioGain = &v
+// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings {
+ s.Softness = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
- s.InputEndAction = &v
+// SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.SpatialAq = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration {
- s.InputLossBehavior = v
+// SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.SubgopLength = &v
return s
}
-// SetOutputLockingMode sets the OutputLockingMode field's value.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
- s.OutputLockingMode = &v
+// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.Syntax = &v
return s
}
-// SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
- s.OutputTimingSource = &v
+// SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.TemporalAq = &v
return s
}
-// SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value.
-func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration {
- s.SupportLowFramerateInputs = &v
+// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.
+func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings {
+ s.TimecodeInsertion = &v
return s
}
-// H264 Color Space Settings
-type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct {
+// H265 Color Space Settings
+type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Hdr10 Settings
+ Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"`
+
// Rec601 Settings
Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"`
@@ -8904,40 +11297,46 @@ type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) String() string {
+func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value.
-func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings {
+func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v
return s
}
+// SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value.
+func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
+ s.Hdr10Settings = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value.
-func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings {
+func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
s.Rec601Settings = v
return s
}
// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value.
-func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings {
+func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
s.Rec709Settings = v
return s
}
-// H264 Settings
-type H264Settings struct {
+// H265 Settings
+type H265Settings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
// quality.
- AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"`
+ AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"`
// Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling
// is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases
@@ -8945,26 +11344,24 @@ type H264Settings struct {
// be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`
+ // Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message
+ // to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays.
+ AlternativeTransferFunction *string `locationName:"alternativeTransferFunction" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternativeTransferFunction"`
+
// Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR
// or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must
// have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple
// of 1000.
- Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
-
- // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
- BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"`
+ Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
- BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"`
+ BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
// Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
- ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"`
+ ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H265ColorMetadata"`
// Color Space settings
- ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc.
- EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"`
+ ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`
// Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream.
// Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
@@ -8972,81 +11369,61 @@ type H264Settings struct {
// If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker
// or 'pop' on I-frames.
- FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"`
-
- // This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified"
- // is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator
- // and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then
- // the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate
- // of the first input.
- FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"`
+ FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAq"`
// Framerate denominator.
- FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ //
+ // FramerateDenominator is a required field
+ FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
// Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
// fps.
- FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- // If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames
- // > 1.
- GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"`
+ //
+ // FramerateNumerator is a required field
+ FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`
- // Number of B-frames between reference frames.
- GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"`
-
- // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.
- // Must be greater than zero.
+ // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If
+ // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than
+ // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0,
+ // but need not be an integer.
GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`
// Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
// system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
- GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"`
+ GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"`
- // H.264 Level.
- Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"`
+ // H.265 Level.
+ Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H265Level"`
// Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
// while high can produce better quality for certain content.
- LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"`
+ LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265LookAheadRateControl"`
- // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality levelFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate
- // in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video.
- MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
+ // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level
+ MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
- // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Enforces separation
- // between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change
- // Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence
- // I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame.
- // GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The
- // normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP
- // size + Min-I-interval - 1
+ // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if
+ // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence)
+ // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change
+ // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk
+ // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling
+ // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the
+ // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`
- // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
- // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
- NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- // This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified"
- // is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator
- // and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output
- // pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio
- // of the first input.
- ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"`
-
// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
- ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"`
+ ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // H.264 Profile.
- Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"`
+ // H.265 Profile.
+ Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H265Profile"`
// Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
// control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max
@@ -9058,19 +11435,16 @@ type H264Settings struct {
// Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
// when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
- // viewers pay for bandwidth.VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the
- // video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBRif you want to maintain a specific
- // average bitrate over the duration of the channel.CBR: Quality varies, depending
- // on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to
- // devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.
- RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"`
+ // viewers pay for bandwidth.CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity.
+ // Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to devices that cannot handle
+ // variable bitrates.
+ RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"`
// Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
- ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"`
+ ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanType"`
- // Scene change detection.- On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.-
- // Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected.
- SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"`
+ // Scene change detection.
+ SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"`
// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
@@ -9079,62 +11453,55 @@ type H264Settings struct {
// on encode resolution.
Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content
- // in the encoded image.
- Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`
-
- // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial
- // variation of content complexity.
- SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"`
-
- // If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic,
- // optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality.
- SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"H264SubGopLength"`
-
- // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
- Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"`
-
- // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal
- // variation of content complexity.
- TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"`
+ // H.265 Tier.
+ Tier *string `locationName:"tier" type:"string" enum:"H265Tier"`
// Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.-
// 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture
// timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
- TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
+ TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s H264Settings) String() string {
+func (s H265Settings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s H264Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s H265Settings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264Settings"}
- if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000))
+func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265Settings"}
+ if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 100000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 100000))
+ }
+ if s.BufSize != nil && *s.BufSize < 100000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BufSize", 100000))
+ }
+ if s.FramerateDenominator == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateDenominator"))
}
if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
}
+ if s.FramerateNumerator == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateNumerator"))
+ }
if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
}
- if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000))
- }
- if s.NumRefFrames != nil && *s.NumRefFrames < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumRefFrames", 1))
+ if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 100000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 100000))
}
if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
}
+ if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
+ }
if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1))
}
@@ -9149,459 +11516,633 @@ func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error {
}
// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings {
s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
return s
}
// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H265Settings {
s.AfdSignaling = &v
return s
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
+// SetAlternativeTransferFunction sets the AlternativeTransferFunction field's value.
+func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction(v string) *H265Settings {
+ s.AlternativeTransferFunction = &v
return s
}
-// SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings {
- s.BufFillPct = &v
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
return s
}
// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.BufSize = &v
return s
}
// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H265Settings {
s.ColorMetadata = &v
return s
}
// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H264ColorSpaceSettings) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H265ColorSpaceSettings) *H265Settings {
s.ColorSpaceSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.EntropyEncoding = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H265Settings {
s.FixedAfd = &v
return s
}
// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.FlickerAq = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.FramerateControl = &v
+func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H265Settings {
+ s.FlickerAq = &v
return s
}
// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.FramerateDenominator = &v
return s
}
// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.FramerateNumerator = &v
return s
}
-// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.GopBReference = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.GopClosedCadence = &v
return s
}
-// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings {
- s.GopNumBFrames = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings {
s.GopSize = &v
return s
}
// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings {
s.GopSizeUnits = &v
return s
}
// SetLevel sets the Level field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H265Settings {
s.Level = &v
return s
}
// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H265Settings {
s.LookAheadRateControl = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.MaxBitrate = &v
return s
}
// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.MinIInterval = &v
return s
}
-// SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings {
- s.NumRefFrames = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.ParControl = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.ParDenominator = &v
return s
}
// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.ParNumerator = &v
return s
}
// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H265Settings {
s.Profile = &v
return s
}
// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v
return s
}
// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings {
s.RateControlMode = &v
return s
}
// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H265Settings {
s.ScanType = &v
return s
}
// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings {
s.SceneChangeDetect = &v
return s
}
// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings {
+func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings {
s.Slices = &v
return s
}
-// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings {
- s.Softness = &v
+// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
+func (s *H265Settings) SetTier(v string) *H265Settings {
+ s.Tier = &v
return s
}
-// SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.SpatialAq = &v
+// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.
+func (s *H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H265Settings {
+ s.TimecodeInsertion = &v
return s
}
-// SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.SubgopLength = &v
+// Hdr10 Settings
+type Hdr10Settings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Maximum Content Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum
+ // light level, in nits,of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream
+ // or file.
+ MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Maximum Frame Average Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum
+ // average light level, in nits,for any single frame within an encoded HDR video
+ // stream or file.
+ MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Hdr10Settings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Hdr10Settings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value.
+func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll(v int64) *Hdr10Settings {
+ s.MaxCll = &v
return s
}
-// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.Syntax = &v
+// SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value.
+func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall(v int64) *Hdr10Settings {
+ s.MaxFall = &v
return s
}
-// SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.TemporalAq = &v
+// Hls Akamai Settings
+type HlsAkamaiSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
+ // is lost.
+ ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
+ FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should
+ // contact Akamai to enable this feature.
+ HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"`
+
+ // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
+ // an error state.
+ NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
+
+ // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
+ // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
+ RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Salt for authenticated Akamai.
+ Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"`
+
+ // Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used.
+ Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
return s
}
-// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.
-func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings {
- s.TimecodeInsertion = &v
+// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.FilecacheDuration = &v
return s
}
-// H265 Color Space Settings
-type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct {
+// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.HttpTransferMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.NumRetries = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.RestartDelay = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSalt sets the Salt field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.Salt = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
+func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
+ s.Token = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Hls Basic Put Settings
+type HlsBasicPutSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output
- ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
+ // is lost.
+ ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`
- // Hdr10 Settings
- Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"`
+ // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
+ FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
+ // an error state.
+ NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
+
+ // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
+ // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
+ RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
+func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+ s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
+func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+ s.FilecacheDuration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
+func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+ s.NumRetries = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
+func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+ s.RestartDelay = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Hls Cdn Settings
+type HlsCdnSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Hls Akamai Settings
+ HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Hls Basic Put Settings
+ HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Rec601 Settings
- Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"`
+ // Hls Media Store Settings
+ HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Rec709 Settings
- Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"`
+ // Hls Webdav Settings
+ HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) String() string {
+func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value.
-func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
- s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v
+// SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
+ s.HlsAkamaiSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value.
-func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
- s.Hdr10Settings = v
+// SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
+ s.HlsBasicPutSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value.
-func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
- s.Rec601Settings = v
+// SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
+ s.HlsMediaStoreSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value.
-func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings {
- s.Rec709Settings = v
+// SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
+ s.HlsWebdavSettings = v
return s
}
-// H265 Settings
-type H265Settings struct {
+// Hls Group Settings
+type HlsGroupSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
- // quality.
- AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"`
-
- // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling
- // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases
- // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will
- // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter.
- AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"`
+ // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this
+ // group of Apple HLS outputs.
+ AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"`
- // Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message
- // to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays.
- AlternativeTransferFunction *string `locationName:"alternativeTransferFunction" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternativeTransferFunction"`
+ // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
+ // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
+ // the main .m3u8 file.
+ BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"`
- // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR
- // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must
- // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple
- // of 1000.
- Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
+ // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
+ // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
+ // the main .m3u8 file.
+ BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"`
- // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits.
- BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
+ // Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful
+ // if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert".
+ CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"`
- // Includes colorspace metadata in the output.
- ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H265ColorMetadata"`
+ // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
+ // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language
+ // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify.
+ // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the
+ // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption
+ // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in
+ // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include
+ // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS
+ // line from the manifest.
+ CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"`
- // Color Space settings
- ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest,
+ // which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay.
+ ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"`
- // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream.
- // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'.
- FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"`
+ // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
+ // generation.
+ CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"`
- // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker
- // or 'pop' on I-frames.
- FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAq"`
+ // For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented
+ // by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this
+ // parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption.
+ ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" min:"32" type:"string"`
- // Framerate denominator.
+ // A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and
+ // encryption keys (if enabled).
//
- // FramerateDenominator is a required field
- FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // Destination is a required field
+ Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
- // fps.
- //
- // FramerateNumerator is a required field
- FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // Place segments in subdirectories.
+ DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"`
- // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
- // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
- // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
- GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`
+ // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter
+ // if no encryption is desired.
+ EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"`
- // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.
- // Must be greater than zero.
- GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`
+ // Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
+ HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the
- // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time.
- GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"`
+ // DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master
+ // and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).STANDARD: Create
+ // an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as
+ // the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame
+ // manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only,
+ // and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position.
+ // For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888"
+ IFrameOnlyPlaylists *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyPlaylists" type:"string" enum:"IFrameOnlyPlaylistType"`
- // H.265 Level.
- Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H265Level"`
+ // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the maximum number of segments
+ // in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed
+ // from the media manifest. This number must be less than or equal to the Keep
+ // Segments field.
+ IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" min:"3" type:"integer"`
- // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage,
- // while high can produce better quality for certain content.
- LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265LookAheadRateControl"`
+ // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
+ InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"`
- // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level
- MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
+ // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit
+ // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to
+ // "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest.
+ IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"`
- // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Enforces separation
- // between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change
- // Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence
- // I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame.
- // GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The
- // normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP
- // size + Min-I-interval - 1
- MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`
+ // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit
+ // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting
+ // is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to
+ // match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a
+ // constantIv value.
+ IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"`
- // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
- ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the number of media segments
+ // (.ts files) to retain in the destination directory.
+ KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
- ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified
+ // by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used.
+ // A reverse DNS string can also be given.
+ KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"`
- // H.265 Profile.
- Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H265Profile"`
+ // Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list
+ // of version values (1/2/3).
+ KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"`
- // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate
- // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max
- // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended
- // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC
- // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality
- // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M
- QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // The key provider settings.
+ KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except
- // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your
- // viewers pay for bandwidth.CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity.
- // Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to devices that cannot handle
- // variable bitrates.
- RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"`
+ // When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist.
+ ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"`
- // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced.
- ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanType"`
+ // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer
+ // values for segment duration.
+ ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"`
+
+ // When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within
+ // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if
+ // needed.
+ MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"`
+
+ // If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination
+ // and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments
+ // and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which
+ // may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.VOD
+ // mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running,
+ // converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream.
+ Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"`
+
+ // MANIFESTSANDSEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable,
+ // and media manifests) for this output group.SEGMENTSONLY: Does not generate
+ // any manifests for this output group.
+ OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"`
+
+ // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files.
+ // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are
+ // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using
+ // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset.
+ ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"`
+
+ // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
+ ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"`
+
+ // ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information
+ // about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of
+ // the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale
+ // manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current
+ // manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master
+ // manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both
+ // pipelines.DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes
+ // information about its own pipeline only.For an HLS output group with MediaPackage
+ // as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage
+ // regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from
+ // MediaLive is irrelevant.
+ RedundantManifest *string `locationName:"redundantManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsRedundantManifest"`
+
+ // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that
+ // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual
+ // segment length may be longer.
+ SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is
+ // always used.
+ SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"`
+
+ // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
+ // directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have
+ // an effect.
+ SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Scene change detection.
- SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"`
+ // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
+ // of variant manifest.
+ StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"`
- // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
- // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
- // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional;
- // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based
- // on encode resolution.
- Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
+ TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"`
- // H.265 Tier.
- Tier *string `locationName:"tier" type:"string" enum:"H265Tier"`
+ // Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
+ TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"`
- // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.-
- // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture
- // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config
- TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior"`
+ // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
+ TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"`
+
+ // SEGMENTEDFILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.SINGLEFILE:
+ // Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media
+ // file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments
+ // for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to
+ // AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback
+ // while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching.
+ TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s H265Settings) String() string {
+func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s H265Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265Settings"}
- if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 100000 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 100000))
- }
- if s.BufSize != nil && *s.BufSize < 100000 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BufSize", 100000))
- }
- if s.FramerateDenominator == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateDenominator"))
- }
- if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1))
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsGroupSettings"}
+ if s.ConstantIv != nil && len(*s.ConstantIv) < 32 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantIv", 32))
}
- if s.FramerateNumerator == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateNumerator"))
+ if s.Destination == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
- if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1))
+ if s.IndexNSegments != nil && *s.IndexNSegments < 3 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("IndexNSegments", 3))
}
- if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 100000 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 100000))
+ if s.KeepSegments != nil && *s.KeepSegments < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("KeepSegments", 1))
}
- if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1))
+ if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1))
}
- if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1))
+ if s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory != nil && *s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentsPerSubdirectory", 1))
}
- if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1))
+ if s.CaptionLanguageMappings != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.CaptionLanguageMappings {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionLanguageMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
- if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1))
+ if s.KeyProviderSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.KeyProviderSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -9610,213 +12151,288 @@ func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v
+// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.AdMarkers = v
return s
}
-// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.AfdSignaling = &v
+// SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.BaseUrlContent = &v
return s
}
-// SetAlternativeTransferFunction sets the AlternativeTransferFunction field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.AlternativeTransferFunction = &v
+// SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.BaseUrlManifest = &v
return s
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
+// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v
return s
}
-// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.BufSize = &v
+// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v
return s
}
-// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.ColorMetadata = &v
+// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.ClientCache = &v
return s
}
-// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H265ColorSpaceSettings) *H265Settings {
- s.ColorSpaceSettings = v
+// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.CodecSpecification = &v
return s
}
-// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.FixedAfd = &v
+// SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.ConstantIv = &v
return s
}
-// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.FlickerAq = &v
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.Destination = v
return s
}
-// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.FramerateDenominator = &v
+// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.DirectoryStructure = &v
return s
}
-// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.FramerateNumerator = &v
+// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.EncryptionType = &v
return s
}
-// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.GopClosedCadence = &v
+// SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.HlsCdnSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings {
- s.GopSize = &v
+// SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists sets the IFrameOnlyPlaylists field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.IFrameOnlyPlaylists = &v
return s
}
-// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.GopSizeUnits = &v
+// SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.IndexNSegments = &v
return s
}
-// SetLevel sets the Level field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.Level = &v
+// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.InputLossAction = &v
return s
}
-// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.LookAheadRateControl = &v
+// SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.IvInManifest = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.MaxBitrate = &v
+// SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.IvSource = &v
return s
}
-// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.MinIInterval = &v
+// SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.KeepSegments = &v
return s
}
-// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.ParDenominator = &v
+// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.KeyFormat = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.KeyFormatVersions = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.KeyProviderSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.ManifestCompression = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.MinSegmentLength = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.Mode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.OutputSelection = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.ProgramDateTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v
return s
}
-// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.ParNumerator = &v
+// SetRedundantManifest sets the RedundantManifest field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.RedundantManifest = &v
return s
}
-// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.Profile = &v
+// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.SegmentLength = &v
return s
}
-// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v
+// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.SegmentationMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.RateControlMode = &v
+// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v
return s
}
-// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.ScanType = &v
+// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.StreamInfResolution = &v
return s
}
-// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.SceneChangeDetect = &v
+// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v
return s
}
-// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings {
- s.Slices = &v
+// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v
return s
}
-// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetTier(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.Tier = &v
+// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v
return s
}
-// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value.
-func (s *H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H265Settings {
- s.TimecodeInsertion = &v
+// SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value.
+func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
+ s.TsFileMode = &v
return s
}
-// Hdr10 Settings
-type Hdr10Settings struct {
+// Hls Input Settings
+type HlsInputSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Maximum Content Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum
- // light level, in nits,of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream
- // or file.
- MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"`
+ // When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches
+ // this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the
+ // m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an
+ // HLS manifest.
+ Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"`
- // Maximum Frame Average Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum
- // average light level, in nits,for any single frame within an encoded HDR video
- // stream or file.
- MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"`
+ // When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments
+ // from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS
+ // input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8.
+ BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment
+ // must fail before the input is considered unavailable.
+ Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest
+ // or segment fails.
+ RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Hdr10Settings) String() string {
+func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Hdr10Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value.
-func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll(v int64) *Hdr10Settings {
- s.MaxCll = &v
+// SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value.
+func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
+ s.Bandwidth = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value.
-func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall(v int64) *Hdr10Settings {
- s.MaxFall = &v
+// SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value.
+func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
+ s.BufferSegments = &v
return s
}
-// Hls Akamai Settings
-type HlsAkamaiSettings struct {
+// SetRetries sets the Retries field's value.
+func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
+ s.Retries = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value.
+func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
+ s.RetryInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Hls Media Store Settings
+type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
@@ -9826,9 +12442,9 @@ type HlsAkamaiSettings struct {
// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
- // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should
- // contact Akamai to enable this feature.
- HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"`
+ // When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for
+ // faster reading and writing.
+ MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"`
// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
// an error state.
@@ -9837,68 +12453,209 @@ type HlsAkamaiSettings struct {
// If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
// initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
+}
- // Salt for authenticated Akamai.
- Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used.
- Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
+func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
+ s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
+func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
+ s.FilecacheDuration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value.
+func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
+ s.MediaStoreStorageClass = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
+func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
+ s.NumRetries = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
+func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
+ s.RestartDelay = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Hls Output Settings
+type HlsOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for
+ // audio-only outputs.
+ //
+ // HlsSettings is a required field
+ HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format
+ // Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters.
+ NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // String concatenated to end of segment filenames.
+ SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string {
+func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *HlsOutputSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsOutputSettings"}
+ if s.HlsSettings == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HlsSettings"))
+ }
+ if s.NameModifier != nil && len(*s.NameModifier) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NameModifier", 1))
+ }
+ if s.HlsSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.HlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("HlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings {
+ s.HlsSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
+func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings {
+ s.NameModifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value.
+func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings {
+ s.SegmentModifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Hls Settings
+type HlsSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Audio Only Hls Settings
+ AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Standard Hls Settings
+ StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HlsSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsSettings"}
+ if s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.StandardHlsSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.StandardHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("StandardHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
+// SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings {
+ s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.FilecacheDuration = &v
+// SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value.
+func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings {
+ s.StandardHlsSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.HttpTransferMode = &v
- return s
+// Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata
+type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure
+ //
+ // Id3 is a required field
+ Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
-// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.NumRetries = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.RestartDelay = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetSalt sets the Salt field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.Salt = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings"}
+ if s.Id3 == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id3"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
-func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings {
- s.Token = &v
+// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value.
+func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3(v string) *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings {
+ s.Id3 = &v
return s
}
-// Hls Basic Put Settings
-type HlsBasicPutSettings struct {
+// Hls Webdav Settings
+type HlsWebdavSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
@@ -9908,6 +12665,9 @@ type HlsBasicPutSettings struct {
// Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
+ // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV.
+ HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"`
+
// Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
// an error state.
NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
@@ -9918,326 +12678,303 @@ type HlsBasicPutSettings struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string {
+func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
-func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
return s
}
// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
-func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
s.FilecacheDuration = &v
return s
}
+// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value.
+func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings {
+ s.HttpTransferMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
-func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
s.NumRetries = &v
return s
}
// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
-func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings {
+func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
s.RestartDelay = &v
return s
}
-// Hls Cdn Settings
-type HlsCdnSettings struct {
+// Settings to configure an action so that it occurs immediately. This is only
+// supported for input switch actions currently.
+type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // Hls Akamai Settings
- HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Hls Basic Put Settings
- HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Hls Media Store Settings
- HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"`
-
- // Hls Webdav Settings
- HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string {
+func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
- s.HlsAkamaiSettings = v
- return s
-}
+type Input struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
- s.HlsBasicPutSettings = v
- return s
-}
+ // The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable).
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
-// SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
- s.HlsMediaStoreSettings = v
- return s
-}
+ // A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input
+ // can only be attached to one channel).
+ AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"`
-// SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings {
- s.HlsWebdavSettings = v
- return s
-}
+ // A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type).
+ Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
-// Hls Group Settings
-type HlsGroupSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable).
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
- // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this
- // group of Apple HLS outputs.
- AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"`
+ // STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If
+ // the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel
+ // is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source
+ // will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.SINGLE_PIPELINE -
+ // You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also
+ // SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this
+ // value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input.
+ InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"`
- // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
- // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
- // the main .m3u8 file.
- BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"`
+ // Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their
+ // URL's dynamically changesduring input switch actions. Presently, this functionality
+ // only works with MP4_FILE inputs.
+ InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"`
- // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
- // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
- // the main .m3u8 file.
- BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"`
+ // A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input.
+ MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`
- // Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful
- // if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert".
- CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"`
+ // The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value).
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
- // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
- // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language
- // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify.
- // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the
- // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption
- // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in
- // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include
- // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS
- // line from the manifest.
- CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"`
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and
+ // after creation.
+ RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
- // When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest,
- // which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay.
- ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"`
+ // A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input.
+ SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"`
- // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
- // generation.
- CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"`
+ // A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type).
+ Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
- // For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented
- // by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this
- // parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption.
- ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" min:"32" type:"string"`
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"`
- // A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and
- // encryption keys (if enabled).
- //
- // Destination is a required field
- Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // A collection of key-value pairs.
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
- // Place segments in subdirectories.
- DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"`
+ Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
+}
- // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter
- // if no encryption is desired.
- EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Input) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Parameters that control interactions with the CDN.
- HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Input) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master
- // and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).STANDARD: Create
- // an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as
- // the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame
- // manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only,
- // and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position.
- // For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888"
- IFrameOnlyPlaylists *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyPlaylists" type:"string" enum:"IFrameOnlyPlaylistType"`
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input {
+ s.AttachedChannels = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input {
+ s.Destinations = v
+ return s
+}
- // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the maximum number of segments
- // in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed
- // from the media manifest. This number must be less than or equal to the Keep
- // Segments field.
- IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" min:"3" type:"integer"`
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
- InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"`
+// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetInputClass(v string) *Input {
+ s.InputClass = &v
+ return s
+}
- // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit
- // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to
- // "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest.
- IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"`
+// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetInputSourceType(v string) *Input {
+ s.InputSourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
- // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit
- // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting
- // is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to
- // match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a
- // constantIv value.
- IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"`
+// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *Input {
+ s.MediaConnectFlows = v
+ return s
+}
- // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE. Specifies the number of media segments
- // (.ts files) to retain in the destination directory.
- KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified
- // by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used.
- // A reverse DNS string can also be given.
- KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"`
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetRoleArn(v string) *Input {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list
- // of version values (1/2/3).
- KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"`
+// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input {
+ s.SecurityGroups = v
+ return s
+}
- // The key provider settings.
- KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"`
+// SetSources sets the Sources field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input {
+ s.Sources = v
+ return s
+}
- // When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist.
- ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"`
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer
- // values for segment duration.
- ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"`
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Input {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
- // When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within
- // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if
- // needed.
- MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"`
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
- // If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination
- // and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments
- // and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which
- // may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.VOD
- // mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running,
- // converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream.
- Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"`
+type InputAttachment struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // MANIFESTSANDSEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable,
- // and media manifests) for this output group.SEGMENTSONLY: Does not generate
- // any manifests for this output group.
- OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"`
+ // User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants
+ // to use this input in an input switch action.
+ InputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentName" type:"string"`
- // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files.
- // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are
- // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using
- // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset.
- ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"`
+ // The ID of the input
+ InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"`
- // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
- ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"`
+ // Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.)
+ InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
- // ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information
- // about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of
- // the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale
- // manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current
- // manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master
- // manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both
- // pipelines.DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes
- // information about its own pipeline only.For an HLS output group with MediaPackage
- // as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage
- // regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from
- // MediaLive is irrelevant.
- RedundantManifest *string `locationName:"redundantManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsRedundantManifest"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputAttachment) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that
- // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual
- // segment length may be longer.
- SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is
- // always used.
- SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputAttachment"}
+ if s.InputSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.InputSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("InputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
- // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
- // directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have
- // an effect.
- SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
- // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
- // of variant manifest.
- StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"`
+// SetInputAttachmentName sets the InputAttachmentName field's value.
+func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName(v string) *InputAttachment {
+ s.InputAttachmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
- TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"`
+// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.
+func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment {
+ s.InputId = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
- TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"`
+// SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value.
+func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment {
+ s.InputSettings = v
+ return s
+}
- // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
- TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"`
+// Input Channel Level
+type InputChannelLevel struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // SEGMENTEDFILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.SINGLEFILE:
- // Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media
- // file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments
- // for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to
- // AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback
- // while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching.
- TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"`
+ // Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range
+ // from -60 (mute) and 6 dB.
+ //
+ // Gain is a required field
+ Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+ // The index of the input channel used as a source.
+ //
+ // InputChannel is a required field
+ InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string {
+func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsGroupSettings"}
- if s.ConstantIv != nil && len(*s.ConstantIv) < 32 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantIv", 32))
- }
- if s.Destination == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
- }
- if s.IndexNSegments != nil && *s.IndexNSegments < 3 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("IndexNSegments", 3))
- }
- if s.KeepSegments != nil && *s.KeepSegments < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("KeepSegments", 1))
- }
- if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1))
- }
- if s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory != nil && *s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentsPerSubdirectory", 1))
+func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputChannelLevel"}
+ if s.Gain == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Gain"))
}
- if s.CaptionLanguageMappings != nil {
- for i, v := range s.CaptionLanguageMappings {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionLanguageMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+ if s.Gain != nil && *s.Gain < -60 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Gain", -60))
}
- if s.KeyProviderSettings != nil {
- if err := s.KeyProviderSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.InputChannel == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannel"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -10246,449 +12983,473 @@ func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.AdMarkers = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.BaseUrlContent = &v
+// SetGain sets the Gain field's value.
+func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel {
+ s.Gain = &v
return s
}
-// SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.BaseUrlManifest = &v
+// SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value.
+func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel {
+ s.InputChannel = &v
return s
}
-// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v
- return s
-}
+// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
+// input to ingest only a portion of the file.
+type InputClippingSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped.
+ //
+ // InputTimecodeSource is a required field
+ InputTimecodeSource *string `locationName:"inputTimecodeSource" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"`
-// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.ClientCache = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Settings to identify the start of the clip.
+ StartTimecode *StartTimecode `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"structure"`
-// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.CodecSpecification = &v
- return s
+ // Settings to identify the end of the clip.
+ StopTimecode *StopTimecode `locationName:"stopTimecode" type:"structure"`
}
-// SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.ConstantIv = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputClippingSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.Destination = v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputClippingSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.DirectoryStructure = &v
- return s
-}
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputClippingSettings"}
+ if s.InputTimecodeSource == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputTimecodeSource"))
+ }
-// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.EncryptionType = &v
- return s
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.HlsCdnSettings = v
+// SetInputTimecodeSource sets the InputTimecodeSource field's value.
+func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource(v string) *InputClippingSettings {
+ s.InputTimecodeSource = &v
return s
}
-// SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists sets the IFrameOnlyPlaylists field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.IFrameOnlyPlaylists = &v
+// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value.
+func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode(v *StartTimecode) *InputClippingSettings {
+ s.StartTimecode = v
return s
}
-// SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.IndexNSegments = &v
+// SetStopTimecode sets the StopTimecode field's value.
+func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode(v *StopTimecode) *InputClippingSettings {
+ s.StopTimecode = v
return s
}
-// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.InputLossAction = &v
- return s
-}
+// The settings for a PUSH type input.
+type InputDestination struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.IvInManifest = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.It remains fixed for the
+ // lifetime of the input.
+ Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"`
-// SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.IvSource = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The port number for the input.
+ Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"`
-// SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.KeepSegments = &v
- return s
-}
+ // This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to.
+ Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
-// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.KeyFormat = &v
- return s
+ // The properties for a VPC type input destination.
+ Vpc *InputDestinationVpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
}
-// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.KeyFormatVersions = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputDestination) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.KeyProviderSettings = v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputDestination) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.ManifestCompression = &v
+// SetIp sets the Ip field's value.
+func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination {
+ s.Ip = &v
return s
}
-// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination {
+ s.Port = &v
return s
}
-// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.MinSegmentLength = &v
+// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
+func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination {
+ s.Url = &v
return s
}
-// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.Mode = &v
+// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
+func (s *InputDestination) SetVpc(v *InputDestinationVpc) *InputDestination {
+ s.Vpc = v
return s
}
-// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.OutputSelection = &v
- return s
-}
+// Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input.
+type InputDestinationRequest struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.ProgramDateTime = &v
- return s
+ // A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto.
+ StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
}
-// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetRedundantManifest sets the RedundantManifest field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.RedundantManifest = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.SegmentLength = &v
+// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.
+func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest {
+ s.StreamName = &v
return s
}
-// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.SegmentationMode = &v
- return s
-}
+// The properties for a VPC type input destination.
+type InputDestinationVpc struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The availability zone of the Input destination.
+ AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
-// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.StreamInfResolution = &v
- return s
+ // The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC.
+ NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
}
-// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputDestinationVpc) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputDestinationVpc) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v
+// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
+func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InputDestinationVpc {
+ s.AvailabilityZone = &v
return s
}
-// SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value.
-func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings {
- s.TsFileMode = &v
+// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
+func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InputDestinationVpc {
+ s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
return s
}
-// Hls Input Settings
-type HlsInputSettings struct {
+// Input Location
+type InputLocation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches
- // this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the
- // m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an
- // HLS manifest.
- Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"`
-
- // When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments
- // from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS
- // input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8.
- BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"`
+ // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
+ PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`
- // The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment
- // must fail before the input is considered unavailable.
- Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"`
+ // Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible
+ // to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For
+ // example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live".
+ //
+ // Uri is a required field
+ Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest
- // or segment fails.
- RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"`
+ // Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point.
+ // This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter
+ // store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store
+ // format: "ssm://"
+ Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string {
+func (s InputLocation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s InputLocation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value.
-func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
- s.Bandwidth = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLocation"}
+ if s.Uri == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Uri"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value.
-func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
- s.BufferSegments = &v
+// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.
+func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation {
+ s.PasswordParam = &v
return s
}
-// SetRetries sets the Retries field's value.
-func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
- s.Retries = &v
+// SetUri sets the Uri field's value.
+func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation {
+ s.Uri = &v
return s
}
-// SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value.
-func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings {
- s.RetryInterval = &v
+// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
+func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation {
+ s.Username = &v
return s
}
-// Hls Media Store Settings
-type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct {
+// Input Loss Behavior
+type InputLossBehavior struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
- // is lost.
- ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`
+ // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output
+ // before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x,
+ // where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as
+ // infinite.
+ BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"`
- // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
- FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
+ // When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use.
+ // Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB.
+ InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" min:"6" type:"string"`
- // When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for
- // faster reading and writing.
- MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"`
+ // When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters
+ // for accessing the slate.
+ InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"`
- // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
- // an error state.
- NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
+ // Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output
+ // after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec.
+ InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"`
- // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
- // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
- RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
+ // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture
+ // before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000
+ // and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite.
+ RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string {
+func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
-func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
- s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLossBehavior"}
+ if s.InputLossImageColor != nil && len(*s.InputLossImageColor) < 6 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputLossImageColor", 6))
+ }
+ if s.InputLossImageSlate != nil {
+ if err := s.InputLossImageSlate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossImageSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value.
+func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior {
+ s.BlackFrameMsec = &v
return s
}
-// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
-func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
- s.FilecacheDuration = &v
+// SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value.
+func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior {
+ s.InputLossImageColor = &v
return s
}
-// SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value.
-func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
- s.MediaStoreStorageClass = &v
+// SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value.
+func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior {
+ s.InputLossImageSlate = v
return s
}
-// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
-func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
- s.NumRetries = &v
+// SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value.
+func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior {
+ s.InputLossImageType = &v
return s
}
-// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
-func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings {
- s.RestartDelay = &v
+// SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value.
+func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior {
+ s.RepeatFrameMsec = &v
return s
}
-// Hls Output Settings
-type HlsOutputSettings struct {
+// An Input Security Group
+type InputSecurityGroup struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for
- // audio-only outputs.
- //
- // HlsSettings is a required field
- HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // Unique ARN of Input Security Group
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
- // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format
- // Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters.
- NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The Id of the Input Security Group
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
- // String concatenated to end of segment filenames.
- SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"`
+ // The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group.
+ Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`
+
+ // The current state of the Input Security Group.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"`
+
+ // A collection of key-value pairs.
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+
+ // Whitelist rules and their sync status
+ WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string {
+func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *HlsOutputSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsOutputSettings"}
- if s.HlsSettings == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HlsSettings"))
- }
- if s.NameModifier != nil && len(*s.NameModifier) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NameModifier", 1))
- }
- if s.HlsSettings != nil {
- if err := s.HlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("HlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings {
- s.HlsSettings = v
+// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
+func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs(v []*string) *InputSecurityGroup {
+ s.Inputs = v
return s
}
-// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
-func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings {
- s.NameModifier = &v
- return s
-}
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetState(v string) *InputSecurityGroup {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *InputSecurityGroup {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.
+func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup {
+ s.WhitelistRules = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live
+// Event.
+type InputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available.
+ AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"`
+
+ // Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available.
+ CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"`
+
+ // Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering.
+ DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"`
+
+ // Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering.
+ DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"`
-// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value.
-func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings {
- s.SegmentModifier = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest).
+ FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-// Hls Settings
-type HlsSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter
+ // enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input
+ // type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced
+ // - filtering will be applied regardless of input type
+ InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"`
- // Audio Only Hls Settings
- AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Input settings.
+ NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"`
- // Standard Hls Settings
- StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely.
+ SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"`
+
+ // Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have
+ // multiple available.
+ VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsSettings) String() string {
+func (s InputSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s InputSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsSettings"}
- if s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings != nil {
- if err := s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSettings"}
+ if s.FilterStrength != nil && *s.FilterStrength < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FilterStrength", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AudioSelectors != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
}
- if s.StandardHlsSettings != nil {
- if err := s.StandardHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("StandardHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ if s.CaptionSelectors != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
}
@@ -10698,315 +13459,287 @@ func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings {
- s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings = v
+// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings {
+ s.AudioSelectors = v
return s
}
-// SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value.
-func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings {
- s.StandardHlsSettings = v
+// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings {
+ s.CaptionSelectors = v
return s
}
-// Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata
-type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings {
+ s.DeblockFilter = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure
- //
- // Id3 is a required field
- Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string" required:"true"`
+// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings {
+ s.DenoiseFilter = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings {
+ s.FilterStrength = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings {
+ s.InputFilter = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings"}
- if s.Id3 == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id3"))
- }
+// SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings {
+ s.NetworkInputSettings = v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings {
+ s.SourceEndBehavior = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value.
-func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3(v string) *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings {
- s.Id3 = &v
+// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value.
+func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings {
+ s.VideoSelector = v
return s
}
-// Hls Webdav Settings
-type HlsWebdavSettings struct {
+// The settings for a PULL type input.
+type InputSource struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection
- // is lost.
- ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`
-
- // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
- FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
-
- // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV.
- HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"`
+ // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
+ PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`
- // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into
- // an error state.
- NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
+ // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from.
+ Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
- // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is
- // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart.
- RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
+ // The username for the input source.
+ Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string {
+func (s InputSource) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s InputSource) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
-func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
- s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
-func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
- s.FilecacheDuration = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value.
-func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings {
- s.HttpTransferMode = &v
+// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.
+func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource {
+ s.PasswordParam = &v
return s
}
-// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
-func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
- s.NumRetries = &v
+// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
+func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource {
+ s.Url = &v
return s
}
-// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
-func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings {
- s.RestartDelay = &v
+// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
+func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource {
+ s.Username = &v
return s
}
-// Settings to configure an action so that it occurs immediately. This is only
-// supported for input switch actions currently.
-type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-
-type Input struct {
+// Settings for for a PULL type input.
+type InputSourceRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable).
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
-
- // A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input
- // can only be attached to one channel).
- AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"`
-
- // A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type).
- Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
-
- // The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable).
- Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
-
- // STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If
- // the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel
- // is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source
- // will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.SINGLE_PIPELINE -
- // You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also
- // SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this
- // value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input.
- InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"`
-
- // Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their
- // URL's dynamically changesduring input switch actions. Presently, this functionality
- // only works with MP4_FILE inputs.
- InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"`
-
- // A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input.
- MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"`
-
- // The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value).
- Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
-
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and
- // after creation.
- RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"`
-
- // A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input.
- SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"`
-
- // A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type).
- Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"`
-
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"`
+ // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
+ PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`
- // A collection of key-value pairs.
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from.
+ Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
- Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"`
+ // The username for the input source.
+ Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Input) String() string {
+func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Input) GoString() string {
+func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input {
- s.Arn = &v
+// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.
+func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest {
+ s.PasswordParam = &v
return s
}
-// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input {
- s.AttachedChannels = v
+// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
+func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest {
+ s.Url = &v
return s
}
-// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input {
- s.Destinations = v
+// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
+func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest {
+ s.Username = &v
return s
}
-// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input {
- s.Id = &v
- return s
+type InputSpecification struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Input codec
+ Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"InputCodec"`
+
+ // Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely
+ MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"InputMaximumBitrate"`
+
+ // Input resolution, categorized coarsely
+ Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"InputResolution"`
}
-// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetInputClass(v string) *Input {
- s.InputClass = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputSpecification) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetInputSourceType(v string) *Input {
- s.InputSourceType = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputSpecification) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *Input {
- s.MediaConnectFlows = v
+// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
+func (s *InputSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *InputSpecification {
+ s.Codec = &v
return s
}
-// SetName sets the Name field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input {
- s.Name = &v
+// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
+func (s *InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *InputSpecification {
+ s.MaximumBitrate = &v
return s
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetRoleArn(v string) *Input {
- s.RoleArn = &v
+// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
+func (s *InputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *InputSpecification {
+ s.Resolution = &v
return s
}
-// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input {
- s.SecurityGroups = v
- return s
+// Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input
+// to ingesting another input.
+type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to.
+ // The name is specified in the channel configuration.
+ //
+ // InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field
+ InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
+ // input to ingest only a portion of the file.
+ InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for
+ // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an
+ // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect
+ // the input to a different content source.
+ UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"`
}
-// SetSources sets the Sources field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input {
- s.Sources = v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input {
- s.State = &v
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings"}
+ if s.InputAttachmentNameReference == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputAttachmentNameReference"))
+ }
+ if s.InputClippingSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value.
+func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
+ s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v
return s
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Input {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value.
+func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
+ s.InputClippingSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetType sets the Type field's value.
-func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input {
- s.Type = &v
+// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value.
+func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
+ s.UrlPath = v
return s
}
-type InputAttachment struct {
+// Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input
+// destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet
+// addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not
+// compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.
+type InputVpcRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants
- // to use this input in an input switch action.
- InputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentName" type:"string"`
-
- // The ID of the input
- InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"`
+ // A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network
+ // interfaces.Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default
+ // security group will be used.
+ SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"`
- // Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.)
- InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.Subnet IDs must be mapped to
+ // two unique availability zones (AZ).
+ //
+ // SubnetIds is a required field
+ SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputAttachment) String() string {
+func (s InputVpcRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string {
+func (s InputVpcRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputAttachment"}
- if s.InputSettings != nil {
- if err := s.InputSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("InputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputVpcRequest"}
+ if s.SubnetIds == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11015,61 +13748,91 @@ func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetInputAttachmentName sets the InputAttachmentName field's value.
-func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName(v string) *InputAttachment {
- s.InputAttachmentName = &v
+// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
+func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest {
+ s.SecurityGroupIds = v
return s
}
-// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value.
-func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment {
- s.InputId = &v
+// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
+func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest {
+ s.SubnetIds = v
return s
}
-// SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value.
-func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment {
- s.InputSettings = v
+// Whitelist rule
+type InputWhitelistRule struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted.
+ Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value.
+func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule {
+ s.Cidr = &v
return s
}
-// Input Channel Level
-type InputChannelLevel struct {
+// An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
+type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range
- // from -60 (mute) and 6 dB.
- //
- // Gain is a required field
- Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+ // The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
+ Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"`
+}
- // The index of the input channel used as a source.
- //
- // InputChannel is a required field
- InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value.
+func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr {
+ s.Cidr = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Key Provider Settings
+type KeyProviderSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Static Key Settings
+ StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string {
+func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string {
+func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputChannelLevel"}
- if s.Gain == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Gain"))
- }
- if s.Gain != nil && *s.Gain < -60 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Gain", -60))
- }
- if s.InputChannel == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannel"))
+func (s *KeyProviderSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "KeyProviderSettings"}
+ if s.StaticKeySettings != nil {
+ if err := s.StaticKeySettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("StaticKeySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11078,50 +13841,35 @@ func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetGain sets the Gain field's value.
-func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel {
- s.Gain = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value.
-func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel {
- s.InputChannel = &v
+// SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value.
+func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings {
+ s.StaticKeySettings = v
return s
}
-// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
-// input to ingest only a portion of the file.
-type InputClippingSettings struct {
+type ListChannelsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped.
- //
- // InputTimecodeSource is a required field
- InputTimecodeSource *string `locationName:"inputTimecodeSource" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"`
-
- // Settings to identify the start of the clip.
- StartTimecode *StartTimecode `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"structure"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Settings to identify the end of the clip.
- StopTimecode *StopTimecode `locationName:"stopTimecode" type:"structure"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputClippingSettings) String() string {
+func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputClippingSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputClippingSettings"}
- if s.InputTimecodeSource == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputTimecodeSource"))
+func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11130,169 +13878,144 @@ func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetInputTimecodeSource sets the InputTimecodeSource field's value.
-func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource(v string) *InputClippingSettings {
- s.InputTimecodeSource = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value.
-func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode(v *StartTimecode) *InputClippingSettings {
- s.StartTimecode = v
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// SetStopTimecode sets the StopTimecode field's value.
-func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode(v *StopTimecode) *InputClippingSettings {
- s.StopTimecode = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// The settings for a PUSH type input.
-type InputDestination struct {
+type ListChannelsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.It remains fixed for the
- // lifetime of the input.
- Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"`
-
- // The port number for the input.
- Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"`
-
- // This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to.
- Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
+ Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"`
- // The properties for a VPC type input destination.
- Vpc *InputDestinationVpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputDestination) String() string {
+func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputDestination) GoString() string {
+func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetIp sets the Ip field's value.
-func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination {
- s.Ip = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
-func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination {
- s.Port = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
-func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination {
- s.Url = &v
+// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
+func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput {
+ s.Channels = v
return s
}
-// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value.
-func (s *InputDestination) SetVpc(v *InputDestinationVpc) *InputDestination {
- s.Vpc = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input.
-type InputDestinationRequest struct {
+type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto.
- StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string {
+func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string {
+func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.
-func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest {
- s.StreamName = &v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputSecurityGroupsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// The properties for a VPC type input destination.
-type InputDestinationVpc struct {
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The availability zone of the Input destination.
- AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"`
+ InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`
- // The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC.
- NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputDestinationVpc) String() string {
+func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputDestinationVpc) GoString() string {
+func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
-func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InputDestinationVpc {
- s.AvailabilityZone = &v
+// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.
+func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput {
+ s.InputSecurityGroups = v
return s
}
-// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value.
-func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InputDestinationVpc {
- s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// Input Location
-type InputLocation struct {
+type ListInputsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store
- PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`
-
- // Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible
- // to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For
- // example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live".
- //
- // Uri is a required field
- Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point.
- // This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter
- // store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store
- // format: "ssm://"
- Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputLocation) String() string {
+func (s ListInputsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputLocation) GoString() string {
+func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLocation"}
- if s.Uri == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Uri"))
+func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11301,72 +14024,80 @@ func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.
-func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation {
- s.PasswordParam = &v
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// SetUri sets the Uri field's value.
-func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation {
- s.Uri = &v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
-func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation {
- s.Username = &v
+type ListInputsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`
+
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
+func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput {
+ s.Inputs = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// Input Loss Behavior
-type InputLossBehavior struct {
+type ListMultiplexProgramsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output
- // before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x,
- // where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as
- // infinite.
- BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"`
-
- // When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use.
- // Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB.
- InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" min:"6" type:"string"`
-
- // When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters
- // for accessing the slate.
- InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output
- // after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec.
- InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"`
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture
- // before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000
- // and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite.
- RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string {
+func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string {
+func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLossBehavior"}
- if s.InputLossImageColor != nil && len(*s.InputLossImageColor) < 6 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputLossImageColor", 6))
+func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexProgramsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
- if s.InputLossImageSlate != nil {
- if err := s.InputLossImageSlate.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossImageSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11375,177 +14106,170 @@ func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value.
-func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior {
- s.BlackFrameMsec = &v
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value.
-func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior {
- s.InputLossImageColor = &v
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value.
-func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior {
- s.InputLossImageSlate = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value.
-func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior {
- s.InputLossImageType = &v
- return s
-}
+type ListMultiplexProgramsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value.
-func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior {
- s.RepeatFrameMsec = &v
- return s
+ MultiplexPrograms []*MultiplexProgramSummary `locationName:"multiplexPrograms" type:"list"`
+
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
-// An Input Security Group
-type InputSecurityGroup struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Unique ARN of Input Security Group
- Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // The Id of the Input Security Group
- Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+// SetMultiplexPrograms sets the MultiplexPrograms field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetMultiplexPrograms(v []*MultiplexProgramSummary) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput {
+ s.MultiplexPrograms = v
+ return s
+}
- // The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group.
- Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The current state of the Input Security Group.
- State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"`
+type ListMultiplexesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A collection of key-value pairs.
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Whitelist rules and their sync status
- WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string {
+func (s ListMultiplexesInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string {
+func (s ListMultiplexesInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup {
- s.Arn = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexesInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetId sets the Id field's value.
-func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup {
- s.Id = &v
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
-func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs(v []*string) *InputSecurityGroup {
- s.Inputs = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetState(v string) *InputSecurityGroup {
- s.State = &v
- return s
+type ListMultiplexesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Multiplexes []*MultiplexSummary `locationName:"multiplexes" type:"list"`
+
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *InputSecurityGroup {
- s.Tags = v
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexes sets the Multiplexes field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetMultiplexes(v []*MultiplexSummary) *ListMultiplexesOutput {
+ s.Multiplexes = v
return s
}
-// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value.
-func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup {
- s.WhitelistRules = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live
-// Event.
-type InputSettings struct {
+type ListOfferingsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available.
- AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"`
+ ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"`
- // Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available.
- CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"`
+ ChannelConfiguration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelConfiguration" type:"string"`
- // Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering.
- DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"`
+ Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"`
- // Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering.
- DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"`
+ Duration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"duration" type:"string"`
- // Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest).
- FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter
- // enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input
- // type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced
- // - filtering will be applied regardless of input type
- InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"`
+ MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"`
- // Input settings.
- NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"`
+ MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"`
- // Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely.
- SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"`
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have
- // multiple available.
- VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
+ Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"`
+
+ ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+
+ SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"`
+
+ VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputSettings) String() string {
+func (s ListOfferingsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s ListOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSettings"}
- if s.FilterStrength != nil && *s.FilterStrength < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FilterStrength", 1))
- }
- if s.AudioSelectors != nil {
- for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- }
- if s.CaptionSelectors != nil {
- for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors {
- if v == nil {
- continue
- }
- if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOfferingsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11554,287 +14278,270 @@ func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings {
- s.AudioSelectors = v
+// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
-// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings {
- s.CaptionSelectors = v
+// SetChannelConfiguration sets the ChannelConfiguration field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.ChannelConfiguration = &v
return s
}
-// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings {
- s.DeblockFilter = &v
+// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.Codec = &v
return s
}
-// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings {
- s.DenoiseFilter = &v
+// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.Duration = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.MaximumBitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.MaximumFramerate = &v
return s
}
-// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings {
- s.FilterStrength = &v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings {
- s.InputFilter = &v
+// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.Resolution = &v
return s
}
-// SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings {
- s.NetworkInputSettings = v
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
return s
}
-// SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings {
- s.SourceEndBehavior = &v
+// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.SpecialFeature = &v
return s
}
-// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value.
-func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings {
- s.VideoSelector = v
+// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
+ s.VideoQuality = &v
return s
}
-// The settings for a PULL type input.
-type InputSource struct {
+type ListOfferingsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
- PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`
-
- // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from.
- Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // The username for the input source.
- Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
+ Offerings []*Offering `locationName:"offerings" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputSource) String() string {
+func (s ListOfferingsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputSource) GoString() string {
+func (s ListOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.
-func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource {
- s.PasswordParam = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
-func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource {
- s.Url = &v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
-func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource {
- s.Username = &v
+// SetOfferings sets the Offerings field's value.
+func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings(v []*Offering) *ListOfferingsOutput {
+ s.Offerings = v
return s
}
-// Settings for for a PULL type input.
-type InputSourceRequest struct {
+type ListReservationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store.
- PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"`
+ ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"`
- // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from.
- Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
+ Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"`
- // The username for the input source.
- Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"`
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"`
+
+ MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"`
+
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"`
+
+ ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+
+ SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"`
+
+ VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string {
+func (s ListReservationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string {
+func (s ListReservationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value.
-func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest {
- s.PasswordParam = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReservationsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetUrl sets the Url field's value.
-func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest {
- s.Url = &v
+// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.ChannelClass = &v
return s
}
-// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
-func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest {
- s.Username = &v
+// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.Codec = &v
return s
}
-type InputSpecification struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- // Input codec
- Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"InputCodec"`
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely
- MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"InputMaximumBitrate"`
+// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.MaximumBitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Input resolution, categorized coarsely
- Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"InputResolution"`
+// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.MaximumFramerate = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputSpecification) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputSpecification) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.Resolution = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
-func (s *InputSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *InputSpecification {
- s.Codec = &v
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
-func (s *InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *InputSpecification {
- s.MaximumBitrate = &v
+// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.SpecialFeature = &v
return s
}
-// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
-func (s *InputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *InputSpecification {
- s.Resolution = &v
+// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
+ s.VideoQuality = &v
return s
}
-// Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input
-// to ingesting another input.
-type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct {
+type ListReservationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to.
- // The name is specified in the channel configuration.
- //
- // InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field
- InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the
- // input to ingest only a portion of the file.
- InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"`
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for
- // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an
- // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect
- // the input to a different content source.
- UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"`
+ Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservations" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String() string {
+func (s ListReservationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s ListReservationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings"}
- if s.InputAttachmentNameReference == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputAttachmentNameReference"))
- }
- if s.InputClippingSettings != nil {
- if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value.
-func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
- s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value.
-func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
- s.InputClippingSettings = v
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value.
-func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings {
- s.UrlPath = v
+// SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value.
+func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *ListReservationsOutput {
+ s.Reservations = v
return s
}
-// Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input
-// destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet
-// addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not
-// compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property.
-type InputVpcRequest struct {
+type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network
- // interfaces.Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default
- // security group will be used.
- SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"`
-
- // A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.Subnet IDs must be mapped to
- // two unique availability zones (AZ).
- //
- // SubnetIds is a required field
- SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"`
+ // ResourceArn is a required field
+ ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputVpcRequest) String() string {
+func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputVpcRequest) GoString() string {
+func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputVpcRequest"}
- if s.SubnetIds == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11843,128 +14550,292 @@ func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value.
-func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest {
- s.SecurityGroupIds = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
-func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest {
- s.SubnetIds = v
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
-// Whitelist rule
-type InputWhitelistRule struct {
+type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted.
- Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"`
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string {
+func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string {
+func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value.
-func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule {
- s.Cidr = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
-type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct {
+// M2ts Settings
+type M2tsSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist.
- Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"`
-}
+ // When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if
+ // the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the
+ // output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration.
+ // If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded
+ // silence when not connected to an active input stream.
+ AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor.
+ Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be
+ // entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
+ // (or 0x1ff6).
+ AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"`
-// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value.
-func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr {
- s.Cidr = &v
- return s
-}
+ // If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from
+ // unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured
+ // pid number.
+ AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"`
-// Key Provider Settings
-type KeyProviderSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set
+ // to atsc, the ATSC model is used.
+ AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"`
- // Static Key Settings
- StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"`
-}
+ // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
+ AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
+ // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
+ // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each
+ // PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87
+ // for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06.
+ AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"`
+
+ // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to
+ // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate.
+ Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"`
+
+ // If set to multiplex, use multiplex buffer model for accurate interleaving.
+ // Setting to bufferModel to none can lead to lower latency, but low-memory
+ // devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.
+ BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"`
+
+ // When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT.
+ CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"`
+
+ // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
+ // interval.
+ DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition
+ // interval.
+ DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output.
+ // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma
+ // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified
+ // must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"`
+
+ // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
+ DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
+ // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"`
+
+ // If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this
+ // output.
+ Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"`
+
+ // When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added
+ // to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will
+ // be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval.
+ // Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions
+ // 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval.
+ EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"`
+
+ // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
+ // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP
+ // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is
+ // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead
+ // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured
+ // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
+ EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP
+ // markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid,
+ // EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID.
+ EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"`
+
+ // This field is unused and deprecated.
+ EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"`
+
+ // Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header.
+ EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
+ // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
+ // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"`
+
+ // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
+ FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"`
+
+ // If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this
+ // output.
+ Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple
+ // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
+ // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must
+ // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"`
+
+ // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
+ // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in
+ // the output.
+ NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3Behavior"`
+
+ // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
+ // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
+ // null packets.
+ NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
+ PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`
+
+ // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
+ // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
+ // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
+ PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"`
+
+ // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted
+ // into the transport stream.
+ PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
+ // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
+ // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values
+ // are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"`
+
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
+ PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
+ // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are
+ // 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"`
+
+ // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
+ ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"`
+
+ // When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified
+ // bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set.
+ RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple
+ // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
+ // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must
+ // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"`
+
+ // Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output.
+ Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"`
+
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can
+ // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
+ // (or 0x1ff6).
+ Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"`
+
+ // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart
+ // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets
+ // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart
+ // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
+ // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
+ // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to
+ // the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
+ SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"`
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *KeyProviderSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "KeyProviderSettings"}
- if s.StaticKeySettings != nil {
- if err := s.StaticKeySettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("StaticKeySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
+ // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
+ // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may
+ // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When
+ // a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated
+ // due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent
+ // segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation
+ // style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to
+ // an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent
+ // segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that
+ // will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead
+ // is a slight exception to this rule.
+ SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"`
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
+ // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to
+ // None_.
+ SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"`
-// SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value.
-func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings {
- s.StaticKeySettings = v
- return s
-}
+ // When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input
+ // to output.
+ TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"`
-type ListChannelsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
+ // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"`
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
+ TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
+ // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string {
+func (s M2tsSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsSettings"}
+ if s.DvbNitSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.DvbNitSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DvbNitSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.DvbSdtSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.DvbSdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.DvbTdtSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.DvbTdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DvbTdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -11973,790 +14844,763 @@ func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AbsentInputAudioBehavior = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetArib sets the Arib field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Arib = &v
return s
}
-type ListChannelsOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"`
-
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+// SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AribCaptionsPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AribCaptionsPidControl = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AudioBufferModel = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.
-func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput {
- s.Channels = v
+// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AudioPids = &v
return s
}
-type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+// SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.AudioStreamType = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.BufferModel = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputSecurityGroupsInput"}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.CcDescriptor = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.DvbNitSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.DvbSdtSettings = v
return s
}
-type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"`
-
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.DvbSubPids = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.DvbTdtSettings = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.DvbTeletextPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value.
-func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput {
- s.InputSecurityGroups = v
+// SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Ebif = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EbpAudioInterval = &v
return s
}
-type ListInputsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+// SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EbpLookaheadMs = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputsInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EbpPlacement = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EcmPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputsInput"}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EsRateInPes = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EtvPlatformPid = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.EtvSignalPid = &v
return s
}
-type ListInputsOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`
-
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.FragmentTime = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetKlv sets the Klv field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Klv = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.KlvDataPids = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value.
-func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput {
- s.Inputs = v
+// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.NullPacketBitrate = &v
return s
}
-type ListOfferingsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"`
-
- ChannelConfiguration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelConfiguration" type:"string"`
-
- Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"`
-
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"`
-
- MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"`
-
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
-
- Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"`
-
- ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.PatInterval = &v
+ return s
+}
- SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"`
+// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.PcrControl = &v
+ return s
+}
- VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"`
+// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.PcrPeriod = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListOfferingsInput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.PcrPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListOfferingsInput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.PmtInterval = &v
+ return s
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOfferingsInput"}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
- }
+// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.PmtPid = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.ProgramNum = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.ChannelClass = &v
+// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.RateMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetChannelConfiguration sets the ChannelConfiguration field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.ChannelConfiguration = &v
+// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Scte27Pids = &v
return s
}
-// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.Codec = &v
+// SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Scte35Control = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.Scte35Pid = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.MaximumBitrate = &v
+// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.SegmentationMarkers = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.MaximumFramerate = &v
+// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.SegmentationStyle = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.SegmentationTime = &v
return s
}
-// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.Resolution = &v
+// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v
return s
}
-// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.ResourceType = &v
+// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
return s
}
-// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.SpecialFeature = &v
+// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.TransportStreamId = &v
return s
}
-// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListOfferingsInput {
- s.VideoQuality = &v
+// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
+func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
+ s.VideoPid = &v
return s
}
-type ListOfferingsOutput struct {
+// Settings information for the .m3u8 container
+type M3u8Settings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
+ AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`
- Offerings []*Offering `locationName:"offerings" type:"list"`
-}
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
+ // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
+ // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.
+ AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"`
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListOfferingsOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
+ // This parameter is unused and deprecated.
+ EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"`
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListOfferingsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
+ // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be
+ // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in
+ // the output.
+ NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3Behavior"`
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
+ PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`
-// SetOfferings sets the Offerings field's value.
-func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings(v []*Offering) *ListOfferingsOutput {
- s.Offerings = v
- return s
-}
+ // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
+ // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
+ // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
+ PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"`
-type ListReservationsInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted
+ // into the transport stream.
+ PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"`
- ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
+ // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
+ // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
+ PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"`
- Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"`
+ // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
+ // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
+ PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
+ // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
+ PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"`
- MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"`
+ // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
+ ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"`
- MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"`
+ // If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to
+ // this output.
+ Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"`
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can
+ // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
+ Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"`
- Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"`
+ // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
+ TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"`
- ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
+ // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
+ TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"`
- SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"`
+ // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
+ TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`
- VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"`
+ // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
+ // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
+ VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListReservationsInput) String() string {
+func (s M3u8Settings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListReservationsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReservationsInput"}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.ChannelClass = &v
+// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.AudioPids = &v
return s
}
-// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.Codec = &v
+// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.EcmPid = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.MaximumBitrate = &v
+// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.PatInterval = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.MaximumFramerate = &v
+// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.PcrControl = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.PcrPeriod = &v
return s
}
-// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.Resolution = &v
+// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.PcrPid = &v
return s
}
-// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.ResourceType = &v
+// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.PmtInterval = &v
return s
}
-// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.SpecialFeature = &v
+// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.PmtPid = &v
return s
}
-// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListReservationsInput {
- s.VideoQuality = &v
+// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.ProgramNum = &v
return s
}
-type ListReservationsOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+// SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.Scte35Behavior = &v
+ return s
+}
- Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservations" type:"list"`
+// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.Scte35Pid = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListReservationsOutput) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListReservationsOutput) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.TransportStreamId = &v
return s
}
-// SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value.
-func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *ListReservationsOutput {
- s.Reservations = v
+// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
+func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
+ s.VideoPid = &v
return s
}
-type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
+// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.
+type MediaConnectFlow struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ResourceArn is a required field
- ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source.
+ FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
+func (s MediaConnectFlow) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
+func (s MediaConnectFlow) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
- if s.ResourceArn == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
- }
- if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
- }
-
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
-}
-
-// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
-func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
- s.ResourceArn = &v
+// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value.
+func (s *MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlow {
+ s.FlowArn = &v
return s
}
-type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
+// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.
+type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+ // The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source.
+ FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
+func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
- s.Tags = v
+// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value.
+func (s *MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlowRequest {
+ s.FlowArn = &v
return s
}
-// M2ts Settings
-type M2tsSettings struct {
+// Media Package Group Settings
+type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if
- // the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the
- // output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration.
- // If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded
- // silence when not connected to an active input stream.
- AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"`
-
- // When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor.
- Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"`
-
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be
- // entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
- // (or 0x1ff6).
- AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"`
-
- // If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from
- // unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured
- // pid number.
- AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"`
+ // MediaPackage channel destination.
+ //
+ // Destination is a required field
+ Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
- // When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set
- // to atsc, the ATSC model is used.
- AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
- AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
- // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
- // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each
- // PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageGroupSettings"}
+ if s.Destination == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+ }
- // When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87
- // for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06.
- AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
- // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to
- // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate.
- Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"`
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MediaPackageGroupSettings {
+ s.Destination = v
+ return s
+}
- // If set to multiplex, use multiplex buffer model for accurate interleaving.
- // Setting to bufferModel to none can lead to lower latency, but low-memory
- // devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.
- BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"`
+// MediaPackage Output Destination Settings
+type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT.
- CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"`
+ // ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output
+ // group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage;
+ // MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the
+ // two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must
+ // be in the same region.
+ ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
- // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
- // interval.
- DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition
- // interval.
- DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output.
- // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma
- // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified
- // must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings"}
+ if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+ }
- // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
- DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
- // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"`
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId(v string) *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
+ return s
+}
- // If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this
- // output.
- Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"`
+// Media Package Output Settings
+type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
- // When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added
- // to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will
- // be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval.
- // Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions
- // 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval.
- EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
- // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP
- // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is
- // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead
- // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured
- // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
- EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP
- // markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid,
- // EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID.
- EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"`
+// Mp2 Settings
+type Mp2Settings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // This field is unused and deprecated.
- EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"`
+ // Average bitrate in bits/second.
+ Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
- // Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header.
- EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"`
+ // The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or
+ // codingMode20 (for stereo).
+ CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
- // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"`
+ // Sample rate in Hz.
+ SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
- // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Mp2Settings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
- FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this
- // output.
- Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"`
+// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
+func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings {
+ s.Bitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple
- // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
- // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must
- // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"`
+// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
+func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings {
+ s.CodingMode = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
- // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
- // null packets.
- NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"`
+// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
+func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings {
+ s.SampleRate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
- PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`
+// Ms Smooth Group Settings
+type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
- // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
- // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
- PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"`
+ // The value of the "Acquisition Point Identity" element used in each message
+ // placed in the sparse track. Only enabled if sparseTrackType is not "none".
+ AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"`
- // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted
- // into the transport stream.
- PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"`
+ // If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute
+ // time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes
+ // to the audio elementary stream.
+ AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
- // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
- // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values
- // are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"`
+ // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted
+ // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed
+ // certificates to fail.
+ CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"`
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000.
- PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`
+ // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if
+ // the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache
+ // will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established.
+ ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
- // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are
- // 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"`
+ // Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a
+ // "Push" encoder to IIS.
+ //
+ // Destination is a required field
+ Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
- ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"`
+ // MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified
+ // if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured.
+ EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"`
- // When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified
- // bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set.
- RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"`
+ // Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event
+ // ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing
+ // point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured"
+ // - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an
+ // event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event
+ // ID to the IIS server.
+ EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple
- // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation.
- // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must
- // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"`
+ // When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event
+ EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"`
- // Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output.
- Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"`
+ // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
+ FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can
- // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182
- // (or 0x1ff6).
- Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"`
+ // Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be
+ // compatible with GOP size and framerate.
+ FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart
- // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets
- // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart
- // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
- // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
- // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to
- // the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
- SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"`
+ // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
+ InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"`
- // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
- // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may
- // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When
- // a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated
- // due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent
- // segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation
- // style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to
- // an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent
- // segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that
- // will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead
- // is a slight exception to this rule.
- SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"`
+ // Number of retry attempts.
+ NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
- // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to
- // None_.
- SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"`
+ // Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due
+ // to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration.
+ RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
- // When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input
- // to output.
- TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"`
+ // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is
+ // always used.
+ SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
- // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"`
+ // Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline.
+ SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"`
- // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
- TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`
+ // If set to scte35, use incoming SCTE-35 messages to generate a sparse track
+ // in this group of MS-Smooth outputs.
+ SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"`
+
+ // When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start
+ // until all streams start.
+ StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
- // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"`
+ // Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to
+ // useConfiguredOffset.
+ TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"`
+
+ // Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the
+ // event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured
+ // date as the offset
+ TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s M2tsSettings) String() string {
+func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsSettings"}
- if s.DvbNitSettings != nil {
- if err := s.DvbNitSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("DvbNitSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
- }
- if s.DvbSdtSettings != nil {
- if err := s.DvbSdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothGroupSettings"}
+ if s.Destination == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
- if s.DvbTdtSettings != nil {
- if err := s.DvbTdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
- invalidParams.AddNested("DvbTdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
- }
+ if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -12765,529 +15609,619 @@ func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AbsentInputAudioBehavior = &v
+// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.AcquisitionPointId = &v
return s
}
-// SetArib sets the Arib field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Arib = &v
+// SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.AudioOnlyTimecodeControl = &v
return s
}
-// SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AribCaptionsPid = &v
+// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.CertificateMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AribCaptionsPidControl = &v
+// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
return s
}
-// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AudioBufferModel = &v
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.Destination = v
return s
}
-// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v
+// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.EventId = &v
return s
}
-// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AudioPids = &v
+// SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.EventIdMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.AudioStreamType = &v
+// SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.EventStopBehavior = &v
return s
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
+// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.FilecacheDuration = &v
return s
}
-// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.BufferModel = &v
+// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.FragmentLength = &v
return s
}
-// SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.CcDescriptor = &v
+// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.InputLossAction = &v
return s
}
-// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings {
- s.DvbNitSettings = v
+// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.NumRetries = &v
return s
}
-// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings {
- s.DvbSdtSettings = v
+// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.RestartDelay = &v
return s
}
-// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.DvbSubPids = &v
+// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.SegmentationMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings {
- s.DvbTdtSettings = v
+// SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.SendDelayMs = &v
return s
}
-// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.DvbTeletextPid = &v
+// SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.SparseTrackType = &v
return s
}
-// SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Ebif = &v
+// SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.StreamManifestBehavior = &v
return s
}
-// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EbpAudioInterval = &v
+// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.TimestampOffset = &v
return s
}
-// SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EbpLookaheadMs = &v
+// SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
+ s.TimestampOffsetMode = &v
return s
}
-// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EbpPlacement = &v
- return s
-}
+// Ms Smooth Output Settings
+type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EcmPid = &v
- return s
-}
+ // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies
+ // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
+ H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothH265PackagingType"`
-// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EsRateInPes = &v
- return s
+ // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
+ // multiple outputs of the same type.
+ NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
}
-// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EtvPlatformPid = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.EtvSignalPid = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.FragmentTime = &v
+// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings {
+ s.H265PackagingType = &v
return s
}
-// SetKlv sets the Klv field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Klv = &v
+// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
+func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings {
+ s.NameModifier = &v
return s
}
-// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.KlvDataPids = &v
- return s
-}
+// The multiplex object.
+type Multiplex struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.NullPacketBitrate = &v
- return s
+ // The unique arn of the multiplex.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`
+
+ // A list of the multiplex output destinations.
+ Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ // The unique id of the multiplex.
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // Configuration for a multiplex event.
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the multiplex.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // The number of currently healthy pipelines.
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The number of programs in the multiplex.
+ ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The current state of the multiplex.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`
+
+ // A collection of key-value pairs.
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
-// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.PatInterval = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Multiplex) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.PcrControl = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Multiplex) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.PcrPeriod = &v
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetArn(v string) *Multiplex {
+ s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.PcrPid = &v
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *Multiplex {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
-// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.PmtInterval = &v
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *Multiplex {
+ s.Destinations = v
return s
}
-// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.PmtPid = &v
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetId(v string) *Multiplex {
+ s.Id = &v
return s
}
-// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.ProgramNum = &v
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *Multiplex {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.RateMode = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetName(v string) *Multiplex {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Scte27Pids = &v
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Multiplex {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Scte35Control = &v
+// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetProgramCount(v int64) *Multiplex {
+ s.ProgramCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.Scte35Pid = &v
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetState(v string) *Multiplex {
+ s.State = &v
return s
}
-// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.SegmentationMarkers = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *Multiplex) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Multiplex {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.SegmentationStyle = &v
- return s
+// Multiplex Group Settings
+type MultiplexGroupSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
-// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.SegmentationTime = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
- return s
+// Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.
+type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source.
+ EntitlementArn *string `locationName:"entitlementArn" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
-// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings {
- s.TransportStreamId = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
-func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings {
- s.VideoPid = &v
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEntitlementArn sets the EntitlementArn field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) SetEntitlementArn(v string) *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings {
+ s.EntitlementArn = &v
return s
}
-// Settings information for the .m3u8 container
-type M3u8Settings struct {
+// Multiplex output destination settings
+type MultiplexOutputDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
- AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`
+ // Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings.
+ MediaConnectSettings *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaConnectSettings" type:"structure"`
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
- // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
- // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values.
- AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // This parameter is unused and deprecated.
- EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
- PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`
+// SetMediaConnectSettings sets the MediaConnectSettings field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexOutputDestination) SetMediaConnectSettings(v *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) *MultiplexOutputDestination {
+ s.MediaConnectSettings = v
+ return s
+}
- // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
- // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
- // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
- PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"`
+// Multiplex Output Settings
+type MultiplexOutputSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted
- // into the transport stream.
- PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"`
+ // Destination is a Multiplex.
+ //
+ // Destination is a required field
+ Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
- // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
- // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
- PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
- // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file.
- PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
- // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
- PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexOutputSettings"}
+ if s.Destination == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+ }
- // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
- ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
- // If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to
- // this output.
- Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"`
+// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MultiplexOutputSettings {
+ s.Destination = v
+ return s
+}
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can
- // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
- Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"`
+// The multiplex program object.
+type MultiplexProgram struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output.
- TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"`
+ // The MediaLive channel associated with the program.
+ ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or
- // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6).
- TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"`
+ // The settings for this multiplex program.
+ MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`
- // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
- TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`
+ // The packet identifier map for this multiplex program.
+ PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"`
- // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
- // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value.
- VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"`
+ // The name of the multiplex program.
+ ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s M3u8Settings) String() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgram) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgram) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
- s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgram {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.AudioPids = &v
+// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *MultiplexProgram {
+ s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.EcmPid = &v
+// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *MultiplexProgram {
+ s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v
return s
}
-// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
- s.PatInterval = &v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgram {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.PcrControl = &v
- return s
+// Multiplex Program Input Destination Settings for outputting a Channel to
+// a Multiplex
+type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not
+ // need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle
+ // the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.The
+ // Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel.
+ MultiplexId *string `locationName:"multiplexId" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output
+ // to.
+ ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" min:"1" type:"string"`
}
-// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
- s.PcrPeriod = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.PcrPid = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
- s.PmtInterval = &v
- return s
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings"}
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
}
-// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.PmtPid = &v
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetMultiplexId(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
return s
}
-// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
- s.ProgramNum = &v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-// SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.Scte35Behavior = &v
- return s
+// Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program.
+type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"`
+
+ DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"`
+
+ DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ EtvPlatformPid *int64 `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ EtvSignalPid *int64 `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ KlvDataPids []*int64 `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"list"`
+
+ PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ Scte27Pids []*int64 `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"list"`
+
+ Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"`
+
+ TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"`
+
+ VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"`
}
-// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.Scte35Pid = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
+// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.AudioPids = v
return s
}
-// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings {
- s.TransportStreamId = &v
+// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.DvbSubPids = v
return s
}
-// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
-func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings {
- s.VideoPid = &v
+// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.DvbTeletextPid = &v
return s
}
-// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.
-type MediaConnectFlow struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvPlatformPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.EtvPlatformPid = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source.
- FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"`
+// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvSignalPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.EtvSignalPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s MediaConnectFlow) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetKlvDataPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.KlvDataPids = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MediaConnectFlow) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPcrPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.PcrPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value.
-func (s *MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlow {
- s.FlowArn = &v
+// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPmtPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.PmtPid = &v
return s
}
-// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow.
-type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v
+ return s
+}
- // The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source.
- FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"`
+// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte27Pids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.Scte27Pids = v
+ return s
}
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.Scte35Pid = &v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.TimedMetadataPid = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value.
-func (s *MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlowRequest {
- s.FlowArn = &v
+// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetVideoPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap {
+ s.VideoPid = &v
return s
}
-// Media Package Group Settings
-type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct {
+// Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.
+type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // MediaPackage channel destination.
+ // Name of the provider.
//
- // Destination is a required field
- Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+ // ProviderName is a required field
+ ProviderName *string `locationName:"providerName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of the service.
+ //
+ // ServiceName is a required field
+ ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) String() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageGroupSettings"}
- if s.Destination == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor"}
+ if s.ProviderName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProviderName"))
+ }
+ if s.ServiceName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -13296,39 +16230,59 @@ func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MediaPackageGroupSettings {
- s.Destination = v
+// SetProviderName sets the ProviderName field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetProviderName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor {
+ s.ProviderName = &v
return s
}
-// MediaPackage Output Destination Settings
-type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct {
+// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetServiceName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor {
+ s.ServiceName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Multiplex Program settings configuration.
+type MultiplexProgramSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output
- // group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage;
- // MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the
- // two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must
- // be in the same region.
- ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // Unique program number.
+ //
+ // ProgramNumber is a required field
+ ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+
+ // Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program.
+ ServiceDescriptor *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor `locationName:"serviceDescriptor" type:"structure"`
+
+ // Program video settings configuration.
+ VideoSettings *MultiplexVideoSettings `locationName:"videoSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings"}
- if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1))
+func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramSettings"}
+ if s.ProgramNumber == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramNumber"))
+ }
+ if s.ServiceDescriptor != nil {
+ if err := s.ServiceDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ServiceDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.VideoSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.VideoSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("VideoSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -13337,174 +16291,186 @@ func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
-func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId(v string) *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings {
- s.ChannelId = &v
+// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *MultiplexProgramSettings {
+ s.ProgramNumber = &v
return s
}
-// Media Package Output Settings
-type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+// SetServiceDescriptor sets the ServiceDescriptor field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetServiceDescriptor(v *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) *MultiplexProgramSettings {
+ s.ServiceDescriptor = v
+ return s
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// SetVideoSettings sets the VideoSettings field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetVideoSettings(v *MultiplexVideoSettings) *MultiplexProgramSettings {
+ s.VideoSettings = v
+ return s
}
-// Mp2 Settings
-type Mp2Settings struct {
+type MultiplexProgramSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Average bitrate in bits/second.
- Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"`
-
- // The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or
- // codingMode20 (for stereo).
- CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"`
+ // The MediaLive Channel associated with the program.
+ ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"`
- // Sample rate in Hz.
- SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"`
+ // The name of the multiplex program.
+ ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Mp2Settings) String() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string {
+func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.
-func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings {
- s.Bitrate = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.
-func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings {
- s.CodingMode = &v
+// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary {
+ s.ChannelId = &v
return s
}
-// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.
-func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings {
- s.SampleRate = &v
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
return s
}
-// Ms Smooth Group Settings
-type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {
+// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+type MultiplexSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The value of the "Acquisition Point Identity" element used in each message
- // placed in the sparse track. Only enabled if sparseTrackType is not "none".
- AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"`
+ // Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds.
+ MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"maximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
- // If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute
- // time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes
- // to the audio elementary stream.
- AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"`
+ // Transport stream bit rate.
+ //
+ // TransportStreamBitrate is a required field
+ TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer" required:"true"`
- // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted
- // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed
- // certificates to fail.
- CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"`
+ // Transport stream ID.
+ //
+ // TransportStreamId is a required field
+ TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"`
- // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if
- // the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache
- // will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established.
- ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"`
+ // Transport stream reserved bit rate.
+ TransportStreamReservedBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamReservedBitrate" type:"integer"`
+}
- // Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a
- // "Push" encoder to IIS.
- //
- // Destination is a required field
- Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified
- // if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured.
- EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event
- // ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing
- // point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured"
- // - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an
- // event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event
- // ID to the IIS server.
- EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"`
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MultiplexSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexSettings"}
+ if s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds != nil && *s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds < 1000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds", 1000))
+ }
+ if s.TransportStreamBitrate == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamBitrate"))
+ }
+ if s.TransportStreamBitrate != nil && *s.TransportStreamBitrate < 1e+06 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TransportStreamBitrate", 1e+06))
+ }
+ if s.TransportStreamId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamId"))
+ }
- // When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event
- EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"`
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
- // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs.
- FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"`
+// SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds sets the MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds(v int64) *MultiplexSettings {
+ s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be
- // compatible with GOP size and framerate.
- FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings {
+ s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss.
- InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"`
+// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *MultiplexSettings {
+ s.TransportStreamId = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Number of retry attempts.
- NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"`
+// SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate sets the TransportStreamReservedBitrate field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings {
+ s.TransportStreamReservedBitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due
- // to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration.
- RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"`
+// Contains summary configuration for a Multiplex event.
+type MultiplexSettingsSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is
- // always used.
- SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"`
+ // Transport stream bit rate.
+ TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer"`
+}
- // Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline.
- SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"`
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
- // If set to scte35, use incoming SCTE-35 messages to generate a sparse track
- // in this group of MS-Smooth outputs.
- SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"`
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
- // When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start
- // until all streams start.
- StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"`
+// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSettingsSummary) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettingsSummary {
+ s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
- // Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to
- // useConfiguredOffset.
- TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"`
+// Statmux rate control settings
+type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the
- // event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured
- // date as the offset
- TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"`
+ // Maximum statmux bitrate.
+ MaximumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maximumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Minimum statmux bitrate.
+ MinimumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"minimumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string {
+func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothGroupSettings"}
- if s.Destination == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
+func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings"}
+ if s.MaximumBitrate != nil && *s.MaximumBitrate < 100000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumBitrate", 100000))
}
- if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1))
+ if s.MinimumBitrate != nil && *s.MinimumBitrate < 100000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MinimumBitrate", 100000))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -13513,152 +16479,195 @@ func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.AcquisitionPointId = &v
+// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMaximumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings {
+ s.MaximumBitrate = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMinimumBitrate sets the MinimumBitrate field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMinimumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings {
+ s.MinimumBitrate = &v
return s
}
-// SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.AudioOnlyTimecodeControl = &v
- return s
-}
+type MultiplexSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The unique arn of the multiplex.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of availability zones for the multiplex.
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`
+
+ // The unique id of the multiplex.
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // Configuration for a multiplex event.
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettingsSummary `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the multiplex.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // The number of currently healthy pipelines.
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The number of programs in the multiplex.
+ ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`
-// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.CertificateMode = &v
- return s
+ // The current state of the multiplex.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`
+
+ // A collection of key-value pairs.
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
}
-// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.Destination = v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.EventId = &v
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetArn(v string) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.EventIdMode = &v
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
return s
}
-// SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.EventStopBehavior = &v
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetId(v string) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.Id = &v
return s
}
-// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.FilecacheDuration = &v
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettingsSummary) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
return s
}
-// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.FragmentLength = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetName(v string) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.InputLossAction = &v
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.NumRetries = &v
+// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetProgramCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.ProgramCount = &v
return s
}
-// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.RestartDelay = &v
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetState(v string) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.State = &v
return s
}
-// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.SegmentationMode = &v
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *MultiplexSummary {
+ s.Tags = v
return s
}
-// SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.SendDelayMs = &v
- return s
+type MultiplexValidationError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Path to the source of the error.
+ ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"`
+
+ // The error message.
+ ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`
}
-// SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.SparseTrackType = &v
- return s
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexValidationError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.StreamManifestBehavior = &v
- return s
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MultiplexValidationError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
}
-// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.TimestampOffset = &v
+// SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *MultiplexValidationError {
+ s.ElementPath = &v
return s
}
-// SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings {
- s.TimestampOffsetMode = &v
+// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *MultiplexValidationError {
+ s.ErrorMessage = &v
return s
}
-// Ms Smooth Output Settings
-type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct {
+// The video configuration for each program in a multiplex.
+type MultiplexVideoSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies
- // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1.
- H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothH265PackagingType"`
+ // The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode.When this field is
+ // defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined.
+ ConstantBitrate *int64 `locationName:"constantBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"`
- // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for
- // multiple outputs of the same type.
- NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"`
+ // Statmux rate control settings.When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate
+ // must be undefined.
+ StatmuxSettings *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings `locationName:"statmuxSettings" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string {
+func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string {
+func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings {
- s.H265PackagingType = &v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexVideoSettings"}
+ if s.ConstantBitrate != nil && *s.ConstantBitrate < 100000 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConstantBitrate", 100000))
+ }
+ if s.StatmuxSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.StatmuxSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("StatmuxSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetConstantBitrate sets the ConstantBitrate field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetConstantBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexVideoSettings {
+ s.ConstantBitrate = &v
return s
}
-// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value.
-func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings {
- s.NameModifier = &v
+// SetStatmuxSettings sets the StatmuxSettings field's value.
+func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetStatmuxSettings(v *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) *MultiplexVideoSettings {
+ s.StatmuxSettings = v
return s
}
@@ -13701,6 +16710,39 @@ func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation(v string) *NetworkInputSettin
return s
}
+// Nielsen Configuration
+type NielsenConfiguration struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen.
+ DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"`
+
+ // Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging
+ NielsenPcmToId3Tagging *string `locationName:"nielsenPcmToId3Tagging" type:"string" enum:"NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value.
+func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration {
+ s.DistributorId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging sets the NielsenPcmToId3Tagging field's value.
+func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging(v string) *NielsenConfiguration {
+ s.NielsenPcmToId3Tagging = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Reserved resources available for purchase
type Offering struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -13909,6 +16951,9 @@ type OutputDestination struct {
// encoders.
MediaPackageSettings []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageSettings" type:"list"`
+ // Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders.
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
+
// Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant
// encoder.
Settings []*OutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"list"`
@@ -13937,6 +16982,11 @@ func (s *OutputDestination) Validate() error {
}
}
}
+ if s.MultiplexSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -13956,6 +17006,12 @@ func (s *OutputDestination) SetMediaPackageSettings(v []*MediaPackageOutputDesti
return s
}
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *OutputDestination) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.
func (s *OutputDestination) SetSettings(v []*OutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination {
s.Settings = v
@@ -14108,6 +17164,9 @@ type OutputGroupSettings struct {
// Ms Smooth Group Settings
MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Multiplex Group Settings
+ MultiplexGroupSettings *MultiplexGroupSettings `locationName:"multiplexGroupSettings" type:"structure"`
+
// Rtmp Group Settings
RtmpGroupSettings *RtmpGroupSettings `locationName:"rtmpGroupSettings" type:"structure"`
@@ -14195,6 +17254,12 @@ func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings)
return s
}
+// SetMultiplexGroupSettings sets the MultiplexGroupSettings field's value.
+func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMultiplexGroupSettings(v *MultiplexGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
+ s.MultiplexGroupSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRtmpGroupSettings sets the RtmpGroupSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetRtmpGroupSettings(v *RtmpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings {
s.RtmpGroupSettings = v
@@ -14249,6 +17314,9 @@ type OutputSettings struct {
// Ms Smooth Output Settings
MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings `locationName:"msSmoothOutputSettings" type:"structure"`
+ // Multiplex Output Settings
+ MultiplexOutputSettings *MultiplexOutputSettings `locationName:"multiplexOutputSettings" type:"structure"`
+
// Rtmp Output Settings
RtmpOutputSettings *RtmpOutputSettings `locationName:"rtmpOutputSettings" type:"structure"`
@@ -14279,6 +17347,11 @@ func (s *OutputSettings) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("HlsOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.MultiplexOutputSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.MultiplexOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if s.RtmpOutputSettings != nil {
if err := s.RtmpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
@@ -14326,6 +17399,12 @@ func (s *OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings(v *MsSmoothOutputSettings) *O
return s
}
+// SetMultiplexOutputSettings sets the MultiplexOutputSettings field's value.
+func (s *OutputSettings) SetMultiplexOutputSettings(v *MultiplexOutputSettings) *OutputSettings {
+ s.MultiplexOutputSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRtmpOutputSettings sets the RtmpOutputSettings field's value.
func (s *OutputSettings) SetRtmpOutputSettings(v *RtmpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings {
s.RtmpOutputSettings = v
@@ -14889,7 +17968,7 @@ type ReservationResourceSpecification struct {
// Resolution, e.g. 'HD'
Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResolution"`
- // Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', or 'CHANNEL'
+ // Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResourceType"`
// Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only)
@@ -16350,20 +19429,155 @@ func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartChannelOutp
return s
}
-// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
-func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput {
- s.RoleArn = &v
+// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value.
+func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput {
+ s.RoleArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartChannelOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type StartMultiplexInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StartMultiplexInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StartMultiplexInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StartMultiplexInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartMultiplexInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StartMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type StartMultiplexOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`
+
+ Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The current state of the multiplex.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StartMultiplexOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StartMultiplexOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Destinations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput {
+ s.ProgramCount = &v
return s
}
// SetState sets the State field's value.
-func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput {
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput {
s.State = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
-func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartChannelOutput {
+func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartMultiplexOutput {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
@@ -16812,6 +20026,141 @@ func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopChannelOutput {
return s
}
+type StopMultiplexInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StopMultiplexInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StopMultiplexInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StopMultiplexInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopMultiplexInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StopMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type StopMultiplexOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"`
+
+ Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"`
+
+ Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`
+
+ // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The current state of the multiplex.
+ State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"`
+
+ Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StopMultiplexOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StopMultiplexOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.AvailabilityZones = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Destinations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetId sets the Id field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Id = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.ProgramCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Settings to identify the end of the clip.
type StopTimecode struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -17572,6 +20921,181 @@ func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup)
return s
}
+type UpdateMultiplexInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event
+ MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *UpdateMultiplexInput {
+ s.MultiplexSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateMultiplexOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The multiplex object.
+ Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *UpdateMultiplexOutput {
+ s.Multiplex = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateMultiplexProgramInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MultiplexId is a required field
+ MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Multiplex Program settings configuration.
+ MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"`
+
+ // ProgramName is a required field
+ ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexProgramInput"}
+ if s.MultiplexId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId"))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ProgramName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName"))
+ }
+ if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.MultiplexId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput {
+ s.ProgramName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The multiplex program object.
+ MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value.
+func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput {
+ s.MultiplexProgram = v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateReservationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -17642,36 +21166,6 @@ func (s *UpdateReservationOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *UpdateReservat
return s
}
-type ValidationError struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-
- ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"`
-
- ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`
-}
-
-// String returns the string representation
-func (s ValidationError) String() string {
- return awsutil.Prettify(s)
-}
-
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ValidationError) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
-}
-
-// SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value.
-func (s *ValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *ValidationError {
- s.ElementPath = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value.
-func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError {
- s.ErrorMessage = &v
- return s
-}
-
// Video Codec Settings
type VideoCodecSettings struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -19169,6 +22663,9 @@ const (
// H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"
+ // H265RateControlModeMultiplex is a H265RateControlMode enum value
+ H265RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"
+
// H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)
@@ -19764,6 +23261,15 @@ const (
M2tsKlvPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)
+// M2ts Nielsen Id3 Behavior
+const (
+ // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value
+ M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
+
+ // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value
+ M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
+)
+
// M2ts Pcr Control
const (
// M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
@@ -19830,6 +23336,15 @@ const (
M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)
+// M3u8 Nielsen Id3 Behavior
+const (
+ // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value
+ M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
+
+ // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value
+ M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
+)
+
// M3u8 Pcr Control
const (
// M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
@@ -19875,6 +23390,36 @@ const (
MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1"
)
+// The current state of the multiplex.
+const (
+ // MultiplexStateCreating is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateCreating = "CREATING"
+
+ // MultiplexStateCreateFailed is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED"
+
+ // MultiplexStateIdle is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateIdle = "IDLE"
+
+ // MultiplexStateStarting is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateStarting = "STARTING"
+
+ // MultiplexStateRunning is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateRunning = "RUNNING"
+
+ // MultiplexStateRecovering is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateRecovering = "RECOVERING"
+
+ // MultiplexStateStopping is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateStopping = "STOPPING"
+
+ // MultiplexStateDeleting is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateDeleting = "DELETING"
+
+ // MultiplexStateDeleted is a MultiplexState enum value
+ MultiplexStateDeleted = "DELETED"
+)
+
// Network Input Server Validation
const (
// NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value
@@ -19884,6 +23429,15 @@ const (
NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY"
)
+// State of Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging
+const (
+ // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value
+ NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED"
+
+ // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value
+ NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED"
+)
+
// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS'
const (
// OfferingDurationUnitsMonths is a OfferingDurationUnits enum value
@@ -19942,7 +23496,7 @@ const (
)
// Resolution based on lines of vertical resolution; SD is less than 720 lines,
-// HD is 720 to 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines
+// HD is 720 to 1080 lines, FHD is 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines
const (
// ReservationResolutionSd is a ReservationResolution enum value
ReservationResolutionSd = "SD"
@@ -19950,11 +23504,14 @@ const (
// ReservationResolutionHd is a ReservationResolution enum value
ReservationResolutionHd = "HD"
+ // ReservationResolutionFhd is a ReservationResolution enum value
+ ReservationResolutionFhd = "FHD"
+
// ReservationResolutionUhd is a ReservationResolution enum value
ReservationResolutionUhd = "UHD"
)
-// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', or 'CHANNEL'
+// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL'
const (
// ReservationResourceTypeInput is a ReservationResourceType enum value
ReservationResourceTypeInput = "INPUT"
@@ -19962,6 +23519,9 @@ const (
// ReservationResourceTypeOutput is a ReservationResourceType enum value
ReservationResourceTypeOutput = "OUTPUT"
+ // ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex is a ReservationResourceType enum value
+ ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"
+
// ReservationResourceTypeChannel is a ReservationResourceType enum value
ReservationResourceTypeChannel = "CHANNEL"
)
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/waiters.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/waiters.go
index 63f7e0e66218..36fb19d08c96 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/waiters.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/waiters.go
@@ -237,3 +237,232 @@ func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilChannelStoppedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *D
return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexCreated uses the MediaLive API operation
+// DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexCreated(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilMultiplexCreatedWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexCreatedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexCreated.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexCreatedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilMultiplexCreated",
+ MaxAttempts: 5,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(3 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "IDLE",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "CREATING",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+ Expected: 500,
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.FailureWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "CREATE_FAILED",
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeMultiplexInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted uses the MediaLive API operation
+// DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilMultiplexDeletedWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexDeletedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexDeletedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilMultiplexDeleted",
+ MaxAttempts: 20,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "DELETED",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "DELETING",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+ Expected: 500,
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeMultiplexInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexRunning uses the MediaLive API operation
+// DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexRunning(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilMultiplexRunningWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexRunningWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexRunning.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexRunningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilMultiplexRunning",
+ MaxAttempts: 120,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "RUNNING",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "STARTING",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+ Expected: 500,
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeMultiplexInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexStopped uses the MediaLive API operation
+// DescribeMultiplex to wait for a condition to be met before returning.
+// If the condition is not met within the max attempt window, an error will
+// be returned.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexStopped(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) error {
+ return c.WaitUntilMultiplexStoppedWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input)
+}
+
+// WaitUntilMultiplexStoppedWithContext is an extended version of WaitUntilMultiplexStopped.
+// With the support for passing in a context and options to configure the
+// Waiter and the underlying request options.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *MediaLive) WaitUntilMultiplexStoppedWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.WaiterOption) error {
+ w := request.Waiter{
+ Name: "WaitUntilMultiplexStopped",
+ MaxAttempts: 28,
+ Delay: request.ConstantWaiterDelay(5 * time.Second),
+ Acceptors: []request.WaiterAcceptor{
+ {
+ State: request.SuccessWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "IDLE",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.PathWaiterMatch, Argument: "State",
+ Expected: "STOPPING",
+ },
+ {
+ State: request.RetryWaiterState,
+ Matcher: request.StatusWaiterMatch,
+ Expected: 500,
+ },
+ },
+ Logger: c.Config.Logger,
+ NewRequest: func(opts []request.Option) (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeMultiplexInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+ w.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+
+ return w.WaitWithContext(ctx)
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go
index d378c5f75614..1434cf99bbf7 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go
@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ func (c *MediaStore) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.R
// might be "customer" and the tag value might be "companyA." You can specify
// one or more tags to add to each container. You can add up to 50 tags to each
// container. For more information about tagging, including naming and usage
-// conventions, see Tagging Resources in MediaStore (https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/mediastore/tagging).
+// conventions, see Tagging Resources in MediaStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediastore/latest/ug/tagging.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ type CreateContainerInput struct {
// and the tag value represents a specific value within that category (such
// as "test," "development," or "production"). You can add up to 50 tags to
// each container. For more information about tagging, including naming and
- // usage conventions, see Tagging Resources in MediaStore (https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/mediastore/tagging).
+ // usage conventions, see Tagging Resources in MediaStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediastore/latest/ug/tagging.html).
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
}
@@ -2975,13 +2975,15 @@ func (s StopAccessLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
// a specific value within that category (such as "test," "development," or
// "production"). You can add up to 50 tags to each container. For more information
// about tagging, including naming and usage conventions, see Tagging Resources
-// in MediaStore (https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/mediastore/tagging).
+// in MediaStore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediastore/latest/ug/tagging.html).
type Tag struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Part of the key:value pair that defines a tag. You can use a tag key to describe
// a category of information, such as "customer." Tag keys are case-sensitive.
- Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ //
+ // Key is a required field
+ Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part of the key:value pair that defines a tag. You can use a tag value to
// describe a specific value within a category, such as "companyA" or "companyB."
@@ -3002,6 +3004,9 @@ func (s Tag) GoString() string {
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
+ if s.Key == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+ }
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/api.go
index 9722c6d884de..3aced3df1607 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/api.go
@@ -3,72 +3,66 @@
package quicksight
import (
+ "fmt"
+ "time"
+
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
)
-const opCreateGroup = "CreateGroup"
+const opCancelIngestion = "CancelIngestion"
-// CreateGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the CreateGroup operation. The "output" return
+// CancelIngestionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CancelIngestion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See CreateGroup for more information on using the CreateGroup
+// See CancelIngestion for more information on using the CancelIngestion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the CreateGroupRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.CreateGroupRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CancelIngestionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CancelIngestionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupRequest(input *CreateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateGroupOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CancelIngestion
+func (c *QuickSight) CancelIngestionRequest(input *CancelIngestionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelIngestionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opCreateGroup,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups",
+ Name: opCancelIngestion,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}/ingestions/{IngestionId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &CreateGroupInput{}
+ input = &CancelIngestionInput{}
}
- output = &CreateGroupOutput{}
+ output = &CancelIngestionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// CreateGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// CancelIngestion API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Creates an Amazon QuickSight group.
-//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
-//
-// The response is a group object.
-//
-// CLI Sample:
-//
-// aws quicksight create-group --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
-// --group-name="Sales-Management" --description="Sales Management - Forecasting"
+// Cancels an on-going ingestion of data into SPICE.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation CreateGroup for usage and error information.
+// API operation CancelIngestion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -80,221 +74,242 @@ func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupRequest(input *CreateGroupInput) (req *request.R
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
-// The resource specified doesn't exist.
-//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
-//
-// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// A limit is exceeded.
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroup(input *CreateGroupInput) (*CreateGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.CreateGroupRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CancelIngestion
+func (c *QuickSight) CancelIngestion(input *CancelIngestionInput) (*CancelIngestionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CancelIngestionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// CreateGroupWithContext is the same as CreateGroup with the addition of
+// CancelIngestionWithContext is the same as CancelIngestion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See CreateGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CancelIngestion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.CreateGroupRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CancelIngestionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelIngestionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelIngestionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CancelIngestionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opCreateGroupMembership = "CreateGroupMembership"
+const opCreateDashboard = "CreateDashboard"
-// CreateGroupMembershipRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the CreateGroupMembership operation. The "output" return
+// CreateDashboardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateDashboard operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See CreateGroupMembership for more information on using the CreateGroupMembership
+// See CreateDashboard for more information on using the CreateDashboard
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the CreateGroupMembershipRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.CreateGroupMembershipRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateDashboardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateDashboardRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroupMembership
-func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupMembershipRequest(input *CreateGroupMembershipInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDashboardRequest(input *CreateDashboardInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDashboardOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opCreateGroupMembership,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}/members/{MemberName}",
+ Name: opCreateDashboard,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &CreateGroupMembershipInput{}
+ input = &CreateDashboardInput{}
}
- output = &CreateGroupMembershipOutput{}
+ output = &CreateDashboardOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// CreateGroupMembership API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Adds an Amazon QuickSight user to an Amazon QuickSight group.
-//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+// CreateDashboard API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The condition resource is the user name.
-//
-// The condition key is quicksight:UserName.
+// Creates a dashboard from a template. To first create a template, see the
+// CreateTemplate API.
//
-// The response is the group member object.
+// A dashboard is an entity in QuickSight which identifies Quicksight reports,
+// created from analyses. QuickSight dashboards are sharable. With the right
+// permissions, you can create scheduled email reports from them. The CreateDashboard,
+// DescribeDashboard and ListDashboardsByUser APIs act on the dashboard entity.
+// If you have the correct permissions, you can create a dashboard from a template
+// that exists in a different AWS account.
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// aws quicksight create-group-membership --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
-// --group-name=Sales --member-name=Pat
+// aws quicksight create-dashboard --cli-input-json file://create-dashboard.json
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation CreateGroupMembership for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateDashboard for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
-// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
-// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
-// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
-// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// One or more resources can't be found.
-//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroupMembership
-func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupMembership(input *CreateGroupMembershipInput) (*CreateGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.CreateGroupMembershipRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDashboard(input *CreateDashboardInput) (*CreateDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDashboardRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// CreateGroupMembershipWithContext is the same as CreateGroupMembership with the addition of
+// CreateDashboardWithContext is the same as CreateDashboard with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See CreateGroupMembership for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateDashboard for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupMembershipWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateGroupMembershipInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.CreateGroupMembershipRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDashboardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDashboardRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteGroup = "DeleteGroup"
+const opCreateDataSet = "CreateDataSet"
-// DeleteGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteGroup operation. The "output" return
+// CreateDataSetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateDataSet operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteGroup for more information on using the DeleteGroup
+// See CreateDataSet for more information on using the CreateDataSet
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteGroupRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteGroupRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateDataSetRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateDataSetRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupRequest(input *DeleteGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteGroupOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDataSetRequest(input *CreateDataSetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDataSetOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteGroup,
- HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}",
+ Name: opCreateDataSet,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteGroupInput{}
+ input = &CreateDataSetInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteGroupOutput{}
+ output = &CreateDataSetOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DeleteGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// CreateDataSet API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Removes a user group from Amazon QuickSight.
+// Creates a dataset.
//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// aws quicksight create-data-set \
//
-// aws quicksight delete-group -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
-// -\-group-name=Sales-Management
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
+//
+// --data-set-id=unique-data-set-id \
+//
+// --name='My dataset' \
+//
+// --import-mode=SPICE \
+//
+// --physical-table-map='{
+//
+// "physical-table-id": {
+//
+// "RelationalTable": {
+//
+// "DataSourceArn": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111111111111:datasource/data-source-id",
+//
+// "Name": "table1",
+//
+// "InputColumns": [
+//
+// {
+//
+// "Name": "column1",
+//
+// "Type": "STRING"
+//
+// }
+//
+// ]
+//
+// }
+//
+// }'
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation DeleteGroup for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateDataSet for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -303,110 +318,135 @@ func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupRequest(input *DeleteGroupInput) (req *request.R
// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroup(input *DeleteGroupInput) (*DeleteGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteGroupRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDataSet(input *CreateDataSetInput) (*CreateDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDataSetRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteGroup with the addition of
+// CreateDataSetWithContext is the same as CreateDataSet with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateDataSet for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteGroupRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDataSetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDataSetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDataSetRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteGroupMembership = "DeleteGroupMembership"
+const opCreateDataSource = "CreateDataSource"
-// DeleteGroupMembershipRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteGroupMembership operation. The "output" return
+// CreateDataSourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateDataSource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteGroupMembership for more information on using the DeleteGroupMembership
+// See CreateDataSource for more information on using the CreateDataSource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteGroupMembershipRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateDataSourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateDataSourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroupMembership
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDataSourceRequest(input *CreateDataSourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDataSourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteGroupMembership,
- HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}/members/{MemberName}",
+ Name: opCreateDataSource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteGroupMembershipInput{}
+ input = &CreateDataSourceInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteGroupMembershipOutput{}
+ output = &CreateDataSourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DeleteGroupMembership API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// CreateDataSource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Removes a user from a group so that the user is no longer a member of the
-// group.
+// Creates a data source.
//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:datasource/data-source-id
//
-// The condition resource is the user name.
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// The condition key is quicksight:UserName.
+// aws quicksight create-data-source \
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
//
-// aws quicksight delete-group-membership --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
-// --group-name=Sales-Management --member-name=Charlie
+// --data-source-id=unique-data-source-id \
+//
+// --name='My Data Source' \
+//
+// --type=POSTGRESQL \
+//
+// --data-source-parameters='{ "PostgreSqlParameters": {
+//
+// "Host": "my-db-host.example.com",
+//
+// "Port": 1234,
+//
+// "Database": "my-db" } }' \
+//
+// --credentials='{ "CredentialPair": {
+//
+// "Username": "username",
+//
+// "Password": "password" } }'
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation DeleteGroupMembership for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateDataSource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -415,107 +455,110 @@ func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input *DeleteGroupMembershipIn
// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
-//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroupMembership
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembership(input *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) (*DeleteGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDataSource(input *CreateDataSourceInput) (*CreateDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDataSourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteGroupMembershipWithContext is the same as DeleteGroupMembership with the addition of
+// CreateDataSourceWithContext is the same as CreateDataSource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteGroupMembership for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateDataSource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembershipWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteGroupMembershipInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateDataSourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDataSourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateDataSourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteUser = "DeleteUser"
+const opCreateGroup = "CreateGroup"
-// DeleteUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteUser operation. The "output" return
+// CreateGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteUser for more information on using the DeleteUser
+// See CreateGroup for more information on using the CreateGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteUserRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUser
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupRequest(input *CreateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteUser,
- HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}",
+ Name: opCreateGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteUserInput{}
+ input = &CreateGroupInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteUserOutput{}
+ output = &CreateGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DeleteUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// CreateGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Deletes the Amazon QuickSight user that is associated with the identity of
-// the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role that's making the
-// call. The IAM user isn't deleted as a result of this call.
+// Creates an Amazon QuickSight group.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/ .
+// The response is a group object.
//
// CLI Sample:
//
-// aws quicksight delete-user --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
-// --user-name=Pat
+// aws quicksight create-group --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --group-name="Sales-Management" --description="Sales Management - Forecasting"
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation DeleteUser for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -527,99 +570,114 @@ func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Req
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
// This resource is currently unavailable.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUser
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUser(input *DeleteUserInput) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroup(input *CreateGroupInput) (*CreateGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteUserWithContext is the same as DeleteUser with the addition of
+// CreateGroupWithContext is the same as CreateGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDeleteUserByPrincipalId = "DeleteUserByPrincipalId"
+const opCreateGroupMembership = "CreateGroupMembership"
-// DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DeleteUserByPrincipalId operation. The "output" return
+// CreateGroupMembershipRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateGroupMembership operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DeleteUserByPrincipalId for more information on using the DeleteUserByPrincipalId
+// See CreateGroupMembership for more information on using the CreateGroupMembership
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateGroupMembershipRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateGroupMembershipRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUserByPrincipalId
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroupMembership
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupMembershipRequest(input *CreateGroupMembershipInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDeleteUserByPrincipalId,
- HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/user-principals/{PrincipalId}",
+ Name: opCreateGroupMembership,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}/members/{MemberName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput{}
+ input = &CreateGroupMembershipInput{}
}
- output = &DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput{}
+ output = &CreateGroupMembershipOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DeleteUserByPrincipalId API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// CreateGroupMembership API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Deletes a user identified by its principal ID.
+// Adds an Amazon QuickSight user to an Amazon QuickSight group.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+//
+// The condition resource is the user name.
+//
+// The condition key is quicksight:UserName.
//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/ .
+// The response is the group member object.
//
// CLI Sample:
//
-// aws quicksight delete-user-by-principal-id --aws-account-id=111122223333
-// --namespace=default --principal-id=ABCDEFJA26JLI7EUUOEHS
+// aws quicksight create-group-membership --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --group-name=Sales --member-name=Pat
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation DeleteUserByPrincipalId for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateGroupMembership for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -637,96 +695,98 @@ func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input *DeleteUserByPrincipal
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
// This resource is currently unavailable.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUserByPrincipalId
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalId(input *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) (*DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateGroupMembership
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupMembership(input *CreateGroupMembershipInput) (*CreateGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateGroupMembershipRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DeleteUserByPrincipalIdWithContext is the same as DeleteUserByPrincipalId with the addition of
+// CreateGroupMembershipWithContext is the same as CreateGroupMembership with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DeleteUserByPrincipalId for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateGroupMembership for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalIdWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateGroupMembershipWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateGroupMembershipInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateGroupMembershipRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDescribeGroup = "DescribeGroup"
+const opCreateIAMPolicyAssignment = "CreateIAMPolicyAssignment"
-// DescribeGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DescribeGroup operation. The "output" return
+// CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateIAMPolicyAssignment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DescribeGroup for more information on using the DescribeGroup
+// See CreateIAMPolicyAssignment for more information on using the CreateIAMPolicyAssignment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DescribeGroupRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DescribeGroupRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroupRequest(input *DescribeGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeGroupOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDescribeGroup,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}",
+ Name: opCreateIAMPolicyAssignment,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/iam-policy-assignments/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DescribeGroupInput{}
+ input = &CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput{}
}
- output = &DescribeGroupOutput{}
+ output = &CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DescribeGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Returns an Amazon QuickSight group's description and Amazon Resource Name
-// (ARN).
-//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+// CreateIAMPolicyAssignment API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The response is the group object.
+// Creates an assignment with one specified IAM policy ARN and will assigned
+// to specified groups or users of QuickSight. Users and groups need to be in
+// the same namespace.
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// aws quicksight describe-group -\-aws-account-id=11112222333 -\-namespace=default
-// -\-group-name=Sales
+// aws quicksight create-iam-policy-assignment --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --assignment-name=helpAssignment --policy-arn=arn:aws:iam::aws:policy/AdministratorAccess
+// --identities="user=user5,engineer123,group=QS-Admin" --namespace=default
+// --region=us-west-2
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation DescribeGroup for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateIAMPolicyAssignment for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -738,105 +798,101 @@ func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroupRequest(input *DescribeGroupInput) (req *reque
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentUpdatingException "ConcurrentUpdatingException"
+// A resource is already in an "actionable" state that must complete before
+// a new update can be applied.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroup(input *DescribeGroupInput) (*DescribeGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeGroupRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateIAMPolicyAssignment(input *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (*CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DescribeGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeGroup with the addition of
+// CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext is the same as CreateIAMPolicyAssignment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DescribeGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateIAMPolicyAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeGroupRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opDescribeUser = "DescribeUser"
+const opCreateIngestion = "CreateIngestion"
-// DescribeUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the DescribeUser operation. The "output" return
+// CreateIngestionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateIngestion operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See DescribeUser for more information on using the DescribeUser
+// See CreateIngestion for more information on using the CreateIngestion
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the DescribeUserRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.DescribeUserRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateIngestionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateIngestionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeUser
-func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUserRequest(input *DescribeUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeUserOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateIngestion
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateIngestionRequest(input *CreateIngestionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateIngestionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opDescribeUser,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}",
+ Name: opCreateIngestion,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}/ingestions/{IngestionId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &DescribeUserInput{}
+ input = &CreateIngestionInput{}
}
- output = &DescribeUserOutput{}
+ output = &CreateIngestionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// DescribeUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Returns information about a user, given the user name.
-//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/ .
+// CreateIngestion API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The response is a user object that contains the user's Amazon Resource Name
-// (ARN), AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role, and email address.
-//
-// CLI Sample:
+// Creates and starts a new SPICE ingestion on a dataset
//
-// aws quicksight describe-user --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
-// --user-name=Pat
+// Any ingestions operating on tagged datasets inherit the same tags automatically
+// for use in access-control. For an example, see How do I create an IAM policy
+// to control access to Amazon EC2 resources using tags? (https://aws.example.com/premiumsupport/knowledge-center/iam-ec2-resource-tags/).
+// Tags will be visible on the tagged dataset, but not on the ingestion resource.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation DescribeUser for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateIngestion for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -854,125 +910,130 @@ func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUserRequest(input *DescribeUserInput) (req *request
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeUser
-func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUser(input *DescribeUserInput) (*DescribeUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeUserRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateIngestion
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateIngestion(input *CreateIngestionInput) (*CreateIngestionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateIngestionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// DescribeUserWithContext is the same as DescribeUser with the addition of
+// CreateIngestionWithContext is the same as CreateIngestion with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See DescribeUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateIngestion for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.DescribeUserRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateIngestionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateIngestionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateIngestionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateIngestionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opGetDashboardEmbedUrl = "GetDashboardEmbedUrl"
+const opCreateTemplate = "CreateTemplate"
-// GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the GetDashboardEmbedUrl operation. The "output" return
+// CreateTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateTemplate operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See GetDashboardEmbedUrl for more information on using the GetDashboardEmbedUrl
+// See CreateTemplate for more information on using the CreateTemplate
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateTemplateRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/GetDashboardEmbedUrl
-func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateTemplateRequest(input *CreateTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTemplateOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opGetDashboardEmbedUrl,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}/embed-url",
+ Name: opCreateTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput{}
+ input = &CreateTemplateInput{}
}
- output = &GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput{}
+ output = &CreateTemplateOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// GetDashboardEmbedUrl API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// CreateTemplate API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Generates a server-side embeddable URL and authorization code. Before this
-// can work properly, first you need to configure the dashboards and user permissions.
-// For more information, see Embedding Amazon QuickSight Dashboards (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/en_us/quicksight/latest/user/embedding.html).
+// Creates a template from an existing QuickSight analysis or template. The
+// resulting template can be used to create a dashboard.
//
-// Currently, you can use GetDashboardEmbedURL only from the server, not from
-// the user’s browser.
+// A template is an entity in QuickSight which encapsulates the metadata required
+// to create an analysis that can be used to create dashboard. It adds a layer
+// of abstraction by use placeholders to replace the dataset associated with
+// the analysis. You can use templates to create dashboards by replacing dataset
+// placeholders with datasets which follow the same schema that was used to
+// create the source analysis and template.
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// To create a template from an existing analysis, use the analysis's ARN, aws-account-id,
+// template-id, source-entity, and data-set-references.
//
-// Assume the role with permissions enabled for actions: quickSight:RegisterUser
-// and quicksight:GetDashboardEmbedURL. You can use assume-role, assume-role-with-web-identity,
-// or assume-role-with-saml.
+// CLI syntax to create a template:
//
-// aws sts assume-role --role-arn "arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/embedding_quicksight_dashboard_role"
-// --role-session-name embeddingsession
+// aws quicksight create-template —cli-input-json file://create-template.json
//
-// If the user does not exist in QuickSight, register the user:
+// CLI syntax to create a template from another template in the same AWS account:
//
-// aws quicksight register-user --aws-account-id 111122223333 --namespace default
-// --identity-type IAM --iam-arn "arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/embedding_quicksight_dashboard_role"
-// --user-role READER --session-name "embeddingsession" --email user123@example.com
-// --region us-east-1
+// aws quicksight create-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// reports_test_template --data-set-references DataSetPlaceholder=reports,DataSetArn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:dataset/0dfc789c-81f6-4f4f-b9ac-7db2453eefc8
+// DataSetPlaceholder=Elblogs,DataSetArn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:dataset/f60da323-af68-45db-9016-08e0d1d7ded5
+// --source-entity SourceAnalysis='{Arn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:analysis/7fb74527-c36d-4be8-8139-ac1be4c97365}'
//
-// Get the URL for the embedded dashboard
+// To create template from another account’s template, you need to grant cross
+// account resource permission for DescribeTemplate the account that contains
+// the template.
//
-// aws quicksight get-dashboard-embed-url --aws-account-id 111122223333 --dashboard-id
-// 1a1ac2b2-3fc3-4b44-5e5d-c6db6778df89 --identity-type IAM
+// You can use a file to pass JSON to the function if you prefer.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation GetDashboardEmbedUrl for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateTemplate for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
-//
// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
-// The resource specified doesn't exist.
+// The resource specified already exists.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
@@ -980,25 +1041,8 @@ func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInpu
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
-//
-// * ErrCodeDomainNotWhitelistedException "DomainNotWhitelistedException"
-// The domain specified is not on the allowlist. All domains for embedded dashboards
-// must be added to the approved list by an Amazon QuickSight admin.
-//
-// * ErrCodeUserNotFoundException "QuickSightUserNotFoundException"
-// The user is not found. This error can happen in any operation that requires
-// finding a user based on a provided user name, such as DeleteUser, DescribeUser,
-// and so on.
-//
-// * ErrCodeIdentityTypeNotSupportedException "IdentityTypeNotSupportedException"
-// The identity type specified is not supported. Supported identity types include
-// IAM and QUICKSIGHT.
-//
-// * ErrCodeSessionLifetimeInMinutesInvalidException "SessionLifetimeInMinutesInvalidException"
-// The number of minutes specified for the lifetime of a session is not valid.
-// The session lifetime must be from 15 to 600 minutes.
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
//
// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
@@ -1009,315 +1053,298 @@ func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInpu
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/GetDashboardEmbedUrl
-func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrl(input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) (*GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateTemplate(input *CreateTemplateInput) (*CreateTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateTemplateRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// GetDashboardEmbedUrlWithContext is the same as GetDashboardEmbedUrl with the addition of
+// CreateTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See GetDashboardEmbedUrl for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrlWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateTemplateRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListGroupMemberships = "ListGroupMemberships"
+const opCreateTemplateAlias = "CreateTemplateAlias"
-// ListGroupMembershipsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListGroupMemberships operation. The "output" return
+// CreateTemplateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateTemplateAlias operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListGroupMemberships for more information on using the ListGroupMemberships
+// See CreateTemplateAlias for more information on using the CreateTemplateAlias
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListGroupMembershipsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListGroupMembershipsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateTemplateAliasRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateTemplateAliasRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroupMemberships
-func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupMembershipsRequest(input *ListGroupMembershipsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateTemplateAliasRequest(input *CreateTemplateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTemplateAliasOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListGroupMemberships,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}/members",
+ Name: opCreateTemplateAlias,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/aliases/{AliasName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListGroupMembershipsInput{}
+ input = &CreateTemplateAliasInput{}
}
- output = &ListGroupMembershipsOutput{}
+ output = &CreateTemplateAliasOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListGroupMemberships API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Lists member users in a group.
-//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+// CreateTemplateAlias API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The response is a list of group member objects.
+// Creates a template alias for a template.
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// aws quicksight list-group-memberships -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
+// aws quicksight create-template-alias --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// 'reports_test_template' --alias-name PROD —version-number 1
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation ListGroupMemberships for usage and error information.
+// API operation CreateTemplateAlias for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
-// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
-// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
-// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
-// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
-// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
-// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
-// Access is throttled.
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
-// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroupMemberships
-func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupMemberships(input *ListGroupMembershipsInput) (*ListGroupMembershipsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListGroupMembershipsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/CreateTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateTemplateAlias(input *CreateTemplateAliasInput) (*CreateTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateTemplateAliasRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListGroupMembershipsWithContext is the same as ListGroupMemberships with the addition of
+// CreateTemplateAliasWithContext is the same as CreateTemplateAlias with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListGroupMemberships for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See CreateTemplateAlias for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupMembershipsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListGroupMembershipsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListGroupMembershipsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListGroupMembershipsRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) CreateTemplateAliasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTemplateAliasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateTemplateAliasRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListGroups = "ListGroups"
+const opDeleteDashboard = "DeleteDashboard"
-// ListGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListGroups operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteDashboardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteDashboard operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListGroups for more information on using the ListGroups
+// See DeleteDashboard for more information on using the DeleteDashboard
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListGroupsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListGroupsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDashboardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteDashboardRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroups
-func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupsRequest(input *ListGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListGroupsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDashboardRequest(input *DeleteDashboardInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDashboardOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListGroups,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups",
+ Name: opDeleteDashboard,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListGroupsInput{}
+ input = &DeleteDashboardInput{}
}
- output = &ListGroupsOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteDashboardOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListGroups API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Lists all user groups in Amazon QuickSight.
+// DeleteDashboard API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/*.
+// Deletes a dashboard.
//
-// The response is a list of group objects.
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// aws quicksight delete-dashboard --aws-account-id 111122223333 —dashboard-id
+// 123123123
//
-// aws quicksight list-groups -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
+// aws quicksight delete-dashboard --aws-account-id 111122223333 —dashboard-id
+// 123123123 —version-number 3
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation ListGroups for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteDashboard for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
-// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
-// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
-// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
-// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
-// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
-// Access is throttled.
-//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
-// The NextToken value isn't valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
-// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroups
-func (c *QuickSight) ListGroups(input *ListGroupsInput) (*ListGroupsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListGroupsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDashboard(input *DeleteDashboardInput) (*DeleteDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDashboardRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListGroupsWithContext is the same as ListGroups with the addition of
+// DeleteDashboardWithContext is the same as DeleteDashboard with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteDashboard for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListGroupsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListGroupsRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDashboardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDashboardRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListUserGroups = "ListUserGroups"
+const opDeleteDataSet = "DeleteDataSet"
-// ListUserGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListUserGroups operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteDataSetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteDataSet operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListUserGroups for more information on using the ListUserGroups
+// See DeleteDataSet for more information on using the DeleteDataSet
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListUserGroupsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListUserGroupsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDataSetRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteDataSetRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUserGroups
-func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroupsRequest(input *ListUserGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListUserGroupsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDataSetRequest(input *DeleteDataSetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDataSetOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListUserGroups,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}/groups",
+ Name: opDeleteDataSet,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListUserGroupsInput{}
+ input = &DeleteDataSetInput{}
}
- output = &ListUserGroupsOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteDataSetOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListUserGroups API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// DeleteDataSet API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Lists the Amazon QuickSight groups that an Amazon QuickSight user is a member
-// of.
+// Deletes a dataset.
//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/ .
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// The response is a one or more group objects.
+// aws quicksight delete-data-set \
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// --aws-account-id=111111111111 \
//
-// aws quicksight list-user-groups -\-user-name=Pat -\-aws-account-id=111122223333
-// -\-namespace=default -\-region=us-east-1
+// --data-set-id=unique-data-set-id
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation ListUserGroups for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteDataSet for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -1329,101 +1356,98 @@ func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroupsRequest(input *ListUserGroupsInput) (req *req
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// One or more resources can't be found.
-//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUserGroups
-func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroups(input *ListUserGroupsInput) (*ListUserGroupsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListUserGroupsRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDataSet(input *DeleteDataSetInput) (*DeleteDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDataSetRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListUserGroupsWithContext is the same as ListUserGroups with the addition of
+// DeleteDataSetWithContext is the same as DeleteDataSet with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListUserGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteDataSet for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListUserGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListUserGroupsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListUserGroupsRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDataSetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDataSetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDataSetRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opListUsers = "ListUsers"
+const opDeleteDataSource = "DeleteDataSource"
-// ListUsersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListUsers operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteDataSourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteDataSource operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListUsers for more information on using the ListUsers
+// See DeleteDataSource for more information on using the DeleteDataSource
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListUsersRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListUsersRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDataSourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteDataSourceRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUsers
-func (c *QuickSight) ListUsersRequest(input *ListUsersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListUsersOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDataSourceRequest(input *DeleteDataSourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDataSourceOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListUsers,
- HTTPMethod: "GET",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users",
+ Name: opDeleteDataSource,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources/{DataSourceId}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListUsersInput{}
+ input = &DeleteDataSourceInput{}
}
- output = &ListUsersOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteDataSourceOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListUsers API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// DeleteDataSource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Returns a list of all of the Amazon QuickSight users belonging to this account.
+// Deletes the data source permanently. This action breaks all the datasets
+// that reference the deleted data source.
//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/* .
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// The response is a list of user objects, containing each user's Amazon Resource
-// Name (ARN), AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role, and email address.
+// aws quicksight delete-data-source \
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
//
-// aws quicksight list-users --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --data-source-id=unique-data-source-id
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation ListUsers for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteDataSource for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -1435,109 +1459,96 @@ func (c *QuickSight) ListUsersRequest(input *ListUsersInput) (req *request.Reque
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
-// One or more resources can't be found.
-//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
-// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
-//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUsers
-func (c *QuickSight) ListUsers(input *ListUsersInput) (*ListUsersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListUsersRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDataSource(input *DeleteDataSourceInput) (*DeleteDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDataSourceRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// ListUsersWithContext is the same as ListUsers with the addition of
+// DeleteDataSourceWithContext is the same as DeleteDataSource with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See ListUsers for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteDataSource for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) ListUsersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListUsersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListUsersOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListUsersRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteDataSourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDataSourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteDataSourceRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opRegisterUser = "RegisterUser"
+const opDeleteGroup = "DeleteGroup"
-// RegisterUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the RegisterUser operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteGroup operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See RegisterUser for more information on using the RegisterUser
+// See DeleteGroup for more information on using the DeleteGroup
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the RegisterUserRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.RegisterUserRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteGroupRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/RegisterUser
-func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUserRequest(input *RegisterUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterUserOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupRequest(input *DeleteGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteGroupOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opRegisterUser,
- HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users",
+ Name: opDeleteGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &RegisterUserInput{}
+ input = &DeleteGroupInput{}
}
- output = &RegisterUserOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteGroupOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// RegisterUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Creates an Amazon QuickSight user, whose identity is associated with the
-// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity or role specified in the
-// request.
-//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/ .
+// DeleteGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The condition resource is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM user
-// or role, and the session name.
+// Removes a user group from Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The condition keys are quicksight:IamArn and quicksight:SessionName.
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
//
// CLI Sample:
//
-// aws quicksight register-user -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
-// -\-email=pat@example.com -\-identity-type=IAM -\-user-role=AUTHOR -\-iam-arn=arn:aws:iam::111122223333:user/Pat
+// aws quicksight delete-group -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
+// -\-group-name=Sales-Management
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation RegisterUser for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteGroup for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -1555,12 +1566,6 @@ func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUserRequest(input *RegisterUserInput) (req *request
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
-// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
-// A limit is exceeded.
-//
-// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
-// The resource specified doesn't exist.
-//
// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
// One or more preconditions aren't met.
//
@@ -1570,89 +1575,92 @@ func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUserRequest(input *RegisterUserInput) (req *request
// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
// This resource is currently unavailable.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/RegisterUser
-func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUser(input *RegisterUserInput) (*RegisterUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.RegisterUserRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroup(input *DeleteGroupInput) (*DeleteGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteGroupRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// RegisterUserWithContext is the same as RegisterUser with the addition of
+// DeleteGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteGroup with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See RegisterUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.RegisterUserRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteGroupRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateGroup = "UpdateGroup"
+const opDeleteGroupMembership = "DeleteGroupMembership"
-// UpdateGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateGroup operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteGroupMembershipRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteGroupMembership operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateGroup for more information on using the UpdateGroup
+// See DeleteGroupMembership for more information on using the DeleteGroupMembership
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateGroupRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateGroupRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteGroupMembershipRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateGroupOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroupMembership
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateGroup,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}",
+ Name: opDeleteGroupMembership,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}/members/{MemberName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateGroupInput{}
+ input = &DeleteGroupMembershipInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateGroupOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteGroupMembershipOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+// DeleteGroupMembership API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// Changes a group description.
+// Removes a user from a group so that the user is no longer a member of the
+// group.
//
// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
//
-// The response is a group object.
+// The condition resource is the user name.
+//
+// The condition key is quicksight:UserName.
//
// CLI Sample:
//
-// aws quicksight update-group --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
-// --group-name=Sales --description="Sales BI Dashboards"
+// aws quicksight delete-group-membership --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --group-name=Sales-Management --member-name=Charlie
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation UpdateGroup for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteGroupMembership for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -1679,91 +1687,85 @@ func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.R
// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
// This resource is currently unavailable.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateGroup
-func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroup(input *UpdateGroupInput) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateGroupRequest(input)
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteGroupMembership
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembership(input *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) (*DeleteGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateGroup with the addition of
+// DeleteGroupMembershipWithContext is the same as DeleteGroupMembership with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteGroupMembership for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateGroupRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteGroupMembershipWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteGroupMembershipInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteGroupMembershipOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteGroupMembershipRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opUpdateUser = "UpdateUser"
+const opDeleteIAMPolicyAssignment = "DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment"
-// UpdateUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the UpdateUser operation. The "output" return
+// DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See UpdateUser for more information on using the UpdateUser
+// See DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment for more information on using the DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the UpdateUserRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.UpdateUserRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateUser
-func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opUpdateUser,
- HTTPMethod: "PUT",
- HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}",
+ Name: opDeleteIAMPolicyAssignment,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespace/{Namespace}/iam-policy-assignments/{AssignmentName}",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &UpdateUserInput{}
+ input = &DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput{}
}
- output = &UpdateUserOutput{}
+ output = &DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// UpdateUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
-//
-// Updates an Amazon QuickSight user.
-//
-// The permission resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::user/default/ .
+// DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
//
-// The response is a user object that contains the user's Amazon QuickSight
-// user name, email address, active or inactive status in Amazon QuickSight,
-// Amazon QuickSight role, and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
+// Deletes an existing assignment.
//
-// CLI Sample:
+// CLI syntax:
//
-// aws quicksight update-user --user-name=Pat --role=ADMIN --email=new_address@amazon.com
-// --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default --region=us-east-1
+// aws quicksight delete-iam-policy-assignment --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --assignment-name=testtest --region=us-east-1 --namespace=default
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
-// API operation UpdateUser for usage and error information.
+// API operation DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
@@ -1775,355 +1777,18148 @@ func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Req
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
// One or more resources can't be found.
//
// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
// Access is throttled.
//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentUpdatingException "ConcurrentUpdatingException"
+// A resource is already in an "actionable" state that must complete before
+// a new update can be applied.
+//
// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
// An internal failure occurred.
//
-// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
-// This resource is currently unavailable.
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment(input *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (*DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext is the same as DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateUser
-func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUser(input *UpdateUserInput) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input)
+// See DeleteIAMPolicyAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// UpdateUserWithContext is the same as UpdateUser with the addition of
+const opDeleteTemplate = "DeleteTemplate"
+
+// DeleteTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteTemplate for more information on using the DeleteTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteTemplateRequest(input *DeleteTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteTemplate API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Deletes a template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// * aws quicksight delete-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 —-template-id
+// reports_test_template --version-number 2
+//
+// * aws quicksight delete-template —aws-account-id 111122223333 —template-id
+// reports_test_template —alias-name STAGING
+//
+// * aws quicksight delete-template —aws-account-id 111122223333 —template-id
+// reports_test_template —alias-name ‘\$LATEST’
+//
+// * aws quicksight delete-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 —-template-id
+// reports_test_template
+//
+// If version number which is an optional field is not passed the template (including
+// all the versions) is deleted by the API, if version number is provided, the
+// specific template version is deleted by the API.
+//
+// Users can explicitly describe the latest version of the template by passing
+// $LATEST to the alias-name parameter. $LATEST is an internally supported alias,
+// which points to the latest version of the template.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DeleteTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteTemplate(input *DeleteTemplateInput) (*DeleteTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteTemplate with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
-// See UpdateUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+// See DeleteTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
-func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input)
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteTemplateRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
-// The request object for this operation.
-type CreateGroupInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+const opDeleteTemplateAlias = "DeleteTemplateAlias"
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
- //
- // AwsAccountId is a required field
- AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+// DeleteTemplateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteTemplateAlias operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteTemplateAlias for more information on using the DeleteTemplateAlias
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTemplateAliasRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteTemplateAliasRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteTemplateAliasRequest(input *DeleteTemplateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteTemplateAlias,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/aliases/{AliasName}",
+ }
- // A description for the group that you want to create.
- Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteTemplateAliasInput{}
+ }
- // A name for the group that you want to create.
- //
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ output = &DeleteTemplateAliasOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteTemplateAlias API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Update template alias of given template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight delete-template-alias --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// 'reports_test_template' --alias-name 'STAGING'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DeleteTemplateAlias for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteTemplateAlias(input *DeleteTemplateAliasInput) (*DeleteTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteTemplateAliasRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteTemplateAliasWithContext is the same as DeleteTemplateAlias with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteTemplateAlias for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteTemplateAliasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTemplateAliasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteTemplateAliasRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteUser = "DeleteUser"
+
+// DeleteUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteUser operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteUser for more information on using the DeleteUser
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteUserRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUser
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteUser,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteUserInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteUserOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Deletes the Amazon QuickSight user that is associated with the identity of
+// the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role that's making the
+// call. The IAM user isn't deleted as a result of this call.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight delete-user --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --user-name=Pat
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DeleteUser for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUser
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUser(input *DeleteUserInput) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteUserWithContext is the same as DeleteUser with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteUserRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDeleteUserByPrincipalId = "DeleteUserByPrincipalId"
+
+// DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteUserByPrincipalId operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteUserByPrincipalId for more information on using the DeleteUserByPrincipalId
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUserByPrincipalId
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteUserByPrincipalId,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/user-principals/{PrincipalId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteUserByPrincipalId API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Deletes a user identified by its principal ID.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight delete-user-by-principal-id --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --namespace=default --principal-id=ABCDEFJA26JLI7EUUOEHS
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DeleteUserByPrincipalId for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DeleteUserByPrincipalId
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalId(input *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) (*DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteUserByPrincipalIdWithContext is the same as DeleteUserByPrincipalId with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteUserByPrincipalId for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DeleteUserByPrincipalIdWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteUserByPrincipalIdRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeDashboard = "DescribeDashboard"
+
+// DescribeDashboardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDashboard operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDashboard for more information on using the DescribeDashboard
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDashboardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDashboardRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDashboardRequest(input *DescribeDashboardInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDashboardOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDashboard,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDashboardInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDashboardOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDashboard API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Provides a summary for a dashboard.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// * aws quicksight describe-dashboard --aws-account-id 111122223333 —dashboard-id
+// reports_test_report -version-number 2
+//
+// * aws quicksight describe-dashboard --aws-account-id 111122223333 —dashboard-id
+// reports_test_report -alias-name ‘$PUBLISHED’
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeDashboard for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDashboard(input *DescribeDashboardInput) (*DescribeDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDashboardRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDashboardWithContext is the same as DescribeDashboard with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDashboard for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDashboardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDashboardRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeDashboardPermissions = "DescribeDashboardPermissions"
+
+// DescribeDashboardPermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDashboardPermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDashboardPermissions for more information on using the DescribeDashboardPermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDashboardPermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDashboardPermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDashboardPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDashboardPermissionsRequest(input *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDashboardPermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDashboardPermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes read and write permissions on a dashboard.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-dashboard-permissions --aws-account-id 735340738645
+// —dashboard-id reports_test_bob_report
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeDashboardPermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDashboardPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDashboardPermissions(input *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) (*DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDashboardPermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDashboardPermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDashboardPermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDashboardPermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDashboardPermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDashboardPermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeDataSet = "DescribeDataSet"
+
+// DescribeDataSetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDataSet operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSet for more information on using the DescribeDataSet
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDataSetRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDataSetRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSetRequest(input *DescribeDataSetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDataSetOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDataSet,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDataSetInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDataSetOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSet API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes a dataset.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-data-set \
+//
+// --aws-account-id=111111111111 \
+//
+// --data-set-id=unique-data-set-id
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeDataSet for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSet(input *DescribeDataSetInput) (*DescribeDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSetRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSetWithContext is the same as DescribeDataSet with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSet for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDataSetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSetRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeDataSetPermissions = "DescribeDataSetPermissions"
+
+// DescribeDataSetPermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDataSetPermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSetPermissions for more information on using the DescribeDataSetPermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDataSetPermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDataSetPermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSetPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSetPermissionsRequest(input *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDataSetPermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSetPermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes the permissions on a dataset.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:dataset/data-set-id
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-data-set-permissions \
+//
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
+//
+// --data-set-id=unique-data-set-id \
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeDataSetPermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSetPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSetPermissions(input *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) (*DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSetPermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSetPermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDataSetPermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSetPermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSetPermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSetPermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeDataSource = "DescribeDataSource"
+
+// DescribeDataSourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDataSource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSource for more information on using the DescribeDataSource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDataSourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDataSourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSourceRequest(input *DescribeDataSourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDataSourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDataSource,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources/{DataSourceId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDataSourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDataSourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes a data source.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:datasource/data-source-id
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeDataSource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSource(input *DescribeDataSourceInput) (*DescribeDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSourceWithContext is the same as DescribeDataSource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDataSourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeDataSourcePermissions = "DescribeDataSourcePermissions"
+
+// DescribeDataSourcePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeDataSourcePermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSourcePermissions for more information on using the DescribeDataSourcePermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDataSourcePermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeDataSourcePermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSourcePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSourcePermissionsRequest(input *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeDataSourcePermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources/{DataSourceId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSourcePermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes the resource permissions for a data source.
+//
+// The permissions resource is aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:datasource/data-source-id
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeDataSourcePermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeDataSourcePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSourcePermissions(input *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) (*DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSourcePermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeDataSourcePermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDataSourcePermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeDataSourcePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeDataSourcePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeDataSourcePermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeGroup = "DescribeGroup"
+
+// DescribeGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeGroup operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeGroup for more information on using the DescribeGroup
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeGroupRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroupRequest(input *DescribeGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeGroupOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeGroupInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeGroupOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Returns an Amazon QuickSight group's description and Amazon Resource Name
+// (ARN).
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+//
+// The response is the group object.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-group -\-aws-account-id=11112222333 -\-namespace=default
+// -\-group-name=Sales
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeGroup for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroup(input *DescribeGroupInput) (*DescribeGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeGroupRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeGroup with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeGroupRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeIAMPolicyAssignment = "DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment"
+
+// DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment for more information on using the DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeIAMPolicyAssignment,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/iam-policy-assignments/{AssignmentName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes an existing IAMPolicy Assignment by specified assignment name.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-iam-policy-assignment --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --assignment-name=testtest --namespace=default --region=us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment(input *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (*DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext is the same as DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeIAMPolicyAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeIngestion = "DescribeIngestion"
+
+// DescribeIngestionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeIngestion operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeIngestion for more information on using the DescribeIngestion
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeIngestionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeIngestionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeIngestion
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeIngestionRequest(input *DescribeIngestionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeIngestionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeIngestion,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}/ingestions/{IngestionId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeIngestionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeIngestionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeIngestion API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes a SPICE ingestion.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeIngestion for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeIngestion
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeIngestion(input *DescribeIngestionInput) (*DescribeIngestionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeIngestionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeIngestionWithContext is the same as DescribeIngestion with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeIngestion for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeIngestionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeIngestionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeIngestionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeIngestionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeTemplate = "DescribeTemplate"
+
+// DescribeTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeTemplate for more information on using the DescribeTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplateRequest(input *DescribeTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeTemplate API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes a template's metadata.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// reports_test_template
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// reports_test_template --version-number-2
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// reports_test_template --alias-name '\$LATEST'
+//
+// Users can explicitly describe the latest version of the dashboard by passing
+// $LATEST to the alias-name parameter. $LATEST is an internally supported alias,
+// which points to the latest version of the dashboard.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplate(input *DescribeTemplateInput) (*DescribeTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeTemplateWithContext is the same as DescribeTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeTemplateAlias = "DescribeTemplateAlias"
+
+// DescribeTemplateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeTemplateAlias operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeTemplateAlias for more information on using the DescribeTemplateAlias
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTemplateAliasRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeTemplateAliasRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplateAliasRequest(input *DescribeTemplateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeTemplateAlias,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/aliases/{AliasName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeTemplateAliasInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeTemplateAliasOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeTemplateAlias API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes the template aliases of a template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-template-alias --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// 'reports_test_template' --alias-name 'STAGING'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeTemplateAlias for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplateAlias(input *DescribeTemplateAliasInput) (*DescribeTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTemplateAliasRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeTemplateAliasWithContext is the same as DescribeTemplateAlias with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeTemplateAlias for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplateAliasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTemplateAliasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTemplateAliasRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeTemplatePermissions = "DescribeTemplatePermissions"
+
+// DescribeTemplatePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeTemplatePermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeTemplatePermissions for more information on using the DescribeTemplatePermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTemplatePermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeTemplatePermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeTemplatePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplatePermissionsRequest(input *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeTemplatePermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeTemplatePermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Describes read and write permissions on a template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-template-permissions —aws-account-id 735340738645
+// —template-id reports_test_template
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeTemplatePermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeTemplatePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplatePermissions(input *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) (*DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTemplatePermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeTemplatePermissionsWithContext is the same as DescribeTemplatePermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeTemplatePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeTemplatePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeTemplatePermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opDescribeUser = "DescribeUser"
+
+// DescribeUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeUser operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeUser for more information on using the DescribeUser
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeUserRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeUserRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeUser
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUserRequest(input *DescribeUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeUserOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeUser,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeUserInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeUserOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Returns information about a user, given the user name.
+//
+// The response is a user object that contains the user's Amazon Resource Name
+// (ARN), AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role, and email address.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-user --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --user-name=Pat
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation DescribeUser for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/DescribeUser
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUser(input *DescribeUserInput) (*DescribeUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeUserRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeUserWithContext is the same as DescribeUser with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) DescribeUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeUserRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opGetDashboardEmbedUrl = "GetDashboardEmbedUrl"
+
+// GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetDashboardEmbedUrl operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetDashboardEmbedUrl for more information on using the GetDashboardEmbedUrl
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/GetDashboardEmbedUrl
+func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetDashboardEmbedUrl,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}/embed-url",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetDashboardEmbedUrl API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Generates a server-side embeddable URL and authorization code. Before this
+// can work properly, first you need to configure the dashboards and user permissions.
+// For more information, see Embedding Amazon QuickSight Dashboards (https://docs.aws.example.com/en_us/quicksight/latest/user/embedding.html).
+//
+// Currently, you can use GetDashboardEmbedURL only from the server, not from
+// the user’s browser.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// Assume the role with permissions enabled for actions: quickSight:RegisterUser
+// and quicksight:GetDashboardEmbedURL. You can use assume-role, assume-role-with-web-identity,
+// or assume-role-with-saml.
+//
+// aws sts assume-role --role-arn "arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/embedding_quicksight_dashboard_role"
+// --role-session-name embeddingsession
+//
+// If the user does not exist in QuickSight, register the user:
+//
+// aws quicksight register-user --aws-account-id 111122223333 --namespace default
+// --identity-type IAM --iam-arn "arn:aws:iam::111122223333:role/embedding_quicksight_dashboard_role"
+// --user-role READER --session-name "embeddingsession" --email user123@example.com
+// --region us-east-1
+//
+// Get the URL for the embedded dashboard (IAM identity authentication):
+//
+// aws quicksight get-dashboard-embed-url --aws-account-id 111122223333 --dashboard-id
+// 1a1ac2b2-3fc3-4b44-5e5d-c6db6778df89 --identity-type IAM
+//
+// Get the URL for the embedded dashboard (QUICKSIGHT identity authentication):
+//
+// aws quicksight get-dashboard-embed-url --aws-account-id 111122223333 --dashboard-id
+// 1a1ac2b2-3fc3-4b44-5e5d-c6db6778df89 --identity-type QUICKSIGHT --user-arn
+// arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/embedding_quicksight_dashboard_role/embeddingsession
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation GetDashboardEmbedUrl for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeDomainNotWhitelistedException "DomainNotWhitelistedException"
+// The domain specified is not on the allowlist. All domains for embedded dashboards
+// must be added to the approved list by an Amazon QuickSight admin.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUserNotFoundException "QuickSightUserNotFoundException"
+// The user is not found. This error can happen in any operation that requires
+// finding a user based on a provided user name, such as DeleteUser, DescribeUser,
+// and so on.
+//
+// * ErrCodeIdentityTypeNotSupportedException "IdentityTypeNotSupportedException"
+// The identity type specified is not supported. Supported identity types include
+// IAM and QUICKSIGHT.
+//
+// * ErrCodeSessionLifetimeInMinutesInvalidException "SessionLifetimeInMinutesInvalidException"
+// The number of minutes specified for the lifetime of a session is not valid.
+// The session lifetime must be from 15 to 600 minutes.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/GetDashboardEmbedUrl
+func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrl(input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) (*GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetDashboardEmbedUrlWithContext is the same as GetDashboardEmbedUrl with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetDashboardEmbedUrl for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) GetDashboardEmbedUrlWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetDashboardEmbedUrlRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListDashboardVersions = "ListDashboardVersions"
+
+// ListDashboardVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListDashboardVersions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListDashboardVersions for more information on using the ListDashboardVersions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListDashboardVersionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListDashboardVersionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDashboardVersions
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardVersionsRequest(input *ListDashboardVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDashboardVersionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListDashboardVersions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}/versions",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListDashboardVersionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListDashboardVersionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListDashboardVersions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all the versions of the dashboards in the Quicksight subscription.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-template-versions —aws-account-id 111122223333 —template-id
+// reports-test-template
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListDashboardVersions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDashboardVersions
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardVersions(input *ListDashboardVersionsInput) (*ListDashboardVersionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDashboardVersionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDashboardVersionsWithContext is the same as ListDashboardVersions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListDashboardVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDashboardVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDashboardVersionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDashboardVersionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDashboardVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListDashboardVersions operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListDashboardVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDashboardVersions operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListDashboardVersionsPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListDashboardVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardVersionsPages(input *ListDashboardVersionsInput, fn func(*ListDashboardVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListDashboardVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListDashboardVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListDashboardVersionsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDashboardVersionsInput, fn func(*ListDashboardVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListDashboardVersionsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListDashboardVersionsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDashboardVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListDashboards = "ListDashboards"
+
+// ListDashboardsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListDashboards operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListDashboards for more information on using the ListDashboards
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListDashboardsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListDashboardsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDashboards
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardsRequest(input *ListDashboardsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDashboardsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListDashboards,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListDashboardsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListDashboardsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListDashboards API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists dashboards in the AWS account.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-dashboards --aws-account-id 111122223333 --max-results
+// 5 —next-token 'next-10'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListDashboards for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDashboards
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboards(input *ListDashboardsInput) (*ListDashboardsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDashboardsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDashboardsWithContext is the same as ListDashboards with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListDashboards for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDashboardsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDashboardsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDashboardsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDashboardsPages iterates over the pages of a ListDashboards operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListDashboards method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDashboards operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListDashboardsPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListDashboardsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardsPages(input *ListDashboardsInput, fn func(*ListDashboardsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListDashboardsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListDashboardsPagesWithContext same as ListDashboardsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDashboardsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDashboardsInput, fn func(*ListDashboardsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListDashboardsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListDashboardsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDashboardsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListDataSets = "ListDataSets"
+
+// ListDataSetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListDataSets operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListDataSets for more information on using the ListDataSets
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListDataSetsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListDataSetsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDataSets
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSetsRequest(input *ListDataSetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDataSetsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListDataSets,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListDataSetsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListDataSetsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListDataSets API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all of the datasets belonging to this account in an AWS region.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:dataset/*
+//
+// CLI syntax: aws quicksight list-data-sets --aws-account-id=111111111111
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListDataSets for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDataSets
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSets(input *ListDataSetsInput) (*ListDataSetsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDataSetsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDataSetsWithContext is the same as ListDataSets with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListDataSets for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDataSetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDataSetsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDataSetsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDataSetsPages iterates over the pages of a ListDataSets operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListDataSets method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDataSets operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListDataSetsPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListDataSetsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSetsPages(input *ListDataSetsInput, fn func(*ListDataSetsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListDataSetsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListDataSetsPagesWithContext same as ListDataSetsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSetsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDataSetsInput, fn func(*ListDataSetsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListDataSetsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListDataSetsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDataSetsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListDataSources = "ListDataSources"
+
+// ListDataSourcesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListDataSources operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListDataSources for more information on using the ListDataSources
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListDataSourcesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListDataSourcesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDataSources
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSourcesRequest(input *ListDataSourcesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListDataSourcesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListDataSources,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListDataSourcesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListDataSourcesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListDataSources API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists data sources in current AWS region that belong to this AWS account.
+//
+// The permissions resource is: arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:datasource/*
+//
+// CLI syntax: aws quicksight list-data-sources --aws-account-id=111122223333
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListDataSources for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListDataSources
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSources(input *ListDataSourcesInput) (*ListDataSourcesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDataSourcesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDataSourcesWithContext is the same as ListDataSources with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListDataSources for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSourcesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDataSourcesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListDataSourcesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListDataSourcesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListDataSourcesPages iterates over the pages of a ListDataSources operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListDataSources method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListDataSources operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListDataSourcesPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListDataSourcesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSourcesPages(input *ListDataSourcesInput, fn func(*ListDataSourcesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListDataSourcesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListDataSourcesPagesWithContext same as ListDataSourcesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListDataSourcesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListDataSourcesInput, fn func(*ListDataSourcesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListDataSourcesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListDataSourcesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListDataSourcesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListGroupMemberships = "ListGroupMemberships"
+
+// ListGroupMembershipsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListGroupMemberships operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListGroupMemberships for more information on using the ListGroupMemberships
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListGroupMembershipsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListGroupMembershipsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroupMemberships
+func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupMembershipsRequest(input *ListGroupMembershipsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListGroupMemberships,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}/members",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListGroupMembershipsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListGroupMembershipsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListGroupMemberships API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists member users in a group.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+//
+// The response is a list of group member objects.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-group-memberships -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListGroupMemberships for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroupMemberships
+func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupMemberships(input *ListGroupMembershipsInput) (*ListGroupMembershipsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListGroupMembershipsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListGroupMembershipsWithContext is the same as ListGroupMemberships with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListGroupMemberships for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupMembershipsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListGroupMembershipsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListGroupMembershipsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListGroupMembershipsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListGroups = "ListGroups"
+
+// ListGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListGroups operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListGroups for more information on using the ListGroups
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListGroupsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListGroupsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroups
+func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupsRequest(input *ListGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListGroupsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListGroups,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListGroupsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListGroupsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListGroups API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all user groups in Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/*.
+//
+// The response is a list of group objects.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-groups -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListGroups for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListGroups
+func (c *QuickSight) ListGroups(input *ListGroupsInput) (*ListGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListGroupsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListGroupsWithContext is the same as ListGroups with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListGroupsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListIAMPolicyAssignments = "ListIAMPolicyAssignments"
+
+// ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListIAMPolicyAssignments operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListIAMPolicyAssignments for more information on using the ListIAMPolicyAssignments
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListIAMPolicyAssignments
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsRequest(input *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListIAMPolicyAssignments,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/iam-policy-assignments",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListIAMPolicyAssignments API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists assignments in current QuickSight account.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-iam-policy-assignments --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --max-result=5 --assignment-status=ENABLED --namespace=default --region=us-east-1
+// --next-token=3
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListIAMPolicyAssignments for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListIAMPolicyAssignments
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIAMPolicyAssignments(input *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) (*ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsWithContext is the same as ListIAMPolicyAssignments with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListIAMPolicyAssignments for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser = "ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser"
+
+// ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser for more information on using the ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserRequest(input *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}/iam-policy-assignments",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all the assignments and the ARNs for the associated IAM policies assigned
+// to the specified user and the group or groups that the user belongs to.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-iam-policy-assignments-for-user --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --user-name=user5 --namespace=default --max-result=6 --region=us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentUpdatingException "ConcurrentUpdatingException"
+// A resource is already in an "actionable" state that must complete before
+// a new update can be applied.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser(input *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) (*ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserWithContext is the same as ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListIngestions = "ListIngestions"
+
+// ListIngestionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListIngestions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListIngestions for more information on using the ListIngestions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListIngestionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListIngestionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListIngestions
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIngestionsRequest(input *ListIngestionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListIngestionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListIngestions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}/ingestions",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListIngestionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListIngestionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListIngestions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists the history of SPICE ingestions for a dataset.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListIngestions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListIngestions
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIngestions(input *ListIngestionsInput) (*ListIngestionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListIngestionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListIngestionsWithContext is the same as ListIngestions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListIngestions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIngestionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIngestionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListIngestionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListIngestionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListIngestionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListIngestions operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListIngestions method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListIngestions operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListIngestionsPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListIngestionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIngestionsPages(input *ListIngestionsInput, fn func(*ListIngestionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListIngestionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListIngestionsPagesWithContext same as ListIngestionsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListIngestionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIngestionsInput, fn func(*ListIngestionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListIngestionsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListIngestionsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListIngestionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
+
+// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListTagsForResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/resources/{ResourceArn}/tags",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists the tags assigned to a resource.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// * aws quicksight list-tags-for-resource --resource-arn arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111111111111:dataset/dataset1
+// --region us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTagsForResource
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListTemplateAliases = "ListTemplateAliases"
+
+// ListTemplateAliasesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTemplateAliases operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListTemplateAliases for more information on using the ListTemplateAliases
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTemplateAliasesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTemplateAliasesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTemplateAliases
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateAliasesRequest(input *ListTemplateAliasesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTemplateAliasesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListTemplateAliases,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/aliases",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListTemplateAliasesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListTemplateAliasesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListTemplateAliases API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all the aliases of a template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-template-aliases --aws-account-id 111122223333 —template-id
+// 'reports_test_template'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListTemplateAliases for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTemplateAliases
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateAliases(input *ListTemplateAliasesInput) (*ListTemplateAliasesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTemplateAliasesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTemplateAliasesWithContext is the same as ListTemplateAliases with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListTemplateAliases for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateAliasesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTemplateAliasesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTemplateAliasesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTemplateAliasesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTemplateAliasesPages iterates over the pages of a ListTemplateAliases operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListTemplateAliases method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTemplateAliases operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListTemplateAliasesPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListTemplateAliasesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateAliasesPages(input *ListTemplateAliasesInput, fn func(*ListTemplateAliasesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListTemplateAliasesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListTemplateAliasesPagesWithContext same as ListTemplateAliasesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateAliasesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTemplateAliasesInput, fn func(*ListTemplateAliasesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListTemplateAliasesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListTemplateAliasesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListTemplateAliasesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListTemplateVersions = "ListTemplateVersions"
+
+// ListTemplateVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTemplateVersions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListTemplateVersions for more information on using the ListTemplateVersions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTemplateVersionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTemplateVersionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTemplateVersions
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateVersionsRequest(input *ListTemplateVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTemplateVersionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListTemplateVersions,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/versions",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListTemplateVersionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListTemplateVersionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListTemplateVersions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all the versions of the templates in the Quicksight account.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-template-versions --aws-account-id 111122223333 --aws-account-id
+// 196359894473 --template-id reports-test-template
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListTemplateVersions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTemplateVersions
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateVersions(input *ListTemplateVersionsInput) (*ListTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTemplateVersionsWithContext is the same as ListTemplateVersions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListTemplateVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTemplateVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTemplateVersionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTemplateVersionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTemplateVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListTemplateVersions operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListTemplateVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTemplateVersions operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListTemplateVersionsPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListTemplateVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateVersionsPages(input *ListTemplateVersionsInput, fn func(*ListTemplateVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListTemplateVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListTemplateVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListTemplateVersionsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplateVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTemplateVersionsInput, fn func(*ListTemplateVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListTemplateVersionsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListTemplateVersionsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListTemplateVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListTemplates = "ListTemplates"
+
+// ListTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListTemplates operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListTemplates for more information on using the ListTemplates
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListTemplatesRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListTemplatesRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTemplates
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplatesRequest(input *ListTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTemplatesOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListTemplates,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListTemplatesInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListTemplatesOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListTemplates API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists all the templates in the QuickSight account.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-templates --aws-account-id 111122223333 --max-results
+// 1 —next-token AYADeJuxwOypAndSoOn
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListTemplates for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListTemplates
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplates(input *ListTemplatesInput) (*ListTemplatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTemplatesRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListTemplates with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListTemplates for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTemplatesOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListTemplatesRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListTemplatesPages iterates over the pages of a ListTemplates operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See ListTemplates method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTemplates operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.ListTemplatesPages(params,
+// func(page *quicksight.ListTemplatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplatesPages(input *ListTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListTemplatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.ListTemplatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// ListTemplatesPagesWithContext same as ListTemplatesPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListTemplatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListTemplatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *ListTemplatesInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.ListTemplatesRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*ListTemplatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
+const opListUserGroups = "ListUserGroups"
+
+// ListUserGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListUserGroups operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListUserGroups for more information on using the ListUserGroups
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListUserGroupsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListUserGroupsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUserGroups
+func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroupsRequest(input *ListUserGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListUserGroupsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListUserGroups,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}/groups",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListUserGroupsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListUserGroupsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListUserGroups API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Lists the Amazon QuickSight groups that an Amazon QuickSight user is a member
+// of.
+//
+// The response is a one or more group objects.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-user-groups -\-user-name=Pat -\-aws-account-id=111122223333
+// -\-namespace=default -\-region=us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListUserGroups for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUserGroups
+func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroups(input *ListUserGroupsInput) (*ListUserGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListUserGroupsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListUserGroupsWithContext is the same as ListUserGroups with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListUserGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListUserGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListUserGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListUserGroupsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListUserGroupsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListUsers = "ListUsers"
+
+// ListUsersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListUsers operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListUsers for more information on using the ListUsers
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListUsersRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListUsersRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUsers
+func (c *QuickSight) ListUsersRequest(input *ListUsersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListUsersOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListUsers,
+ HTTPMethod: "GET",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListUsersInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListUsersOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListUsers API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Returns a list of all of the Amazon QuickSight users belonging to this account.
+//
+// The response is a list of user objects, containing each user's Amazon Resource
+// Name (ARN), AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role, and email address.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight list-users --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation ListUsers for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The NextToken value isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/ListUsers
+func (c *QuickSight) ListUsers(input *ListUsersInput) (*ListUsersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListUsersRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListUsersWithContext is the same as ListUsers with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListUsers for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) ListUsersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListUsersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListUsersOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListUsersRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opRegisterUser = "RegisterUser"
+
+// RegisterUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the RegisterUser operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See RegisterUser for more information on using the RegisterUser
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the RegisterUserRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.RegisterUserRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/RegisterUser
+func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUserRequest(input *RegisterUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *RegisterUserOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opRegisterUser,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &RegisterUserInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &RegisterUserOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// RegisterUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Creates an Amazon QuickSight user, whose identity is associated with the
+// AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity or role specified in the
+// request.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight register-user -\-aws-account-id=111122223333 -\-namespace=default
+// -\-email=pat@example.com -\-identity-type=IAM -\-user-role=AUTHOR -\-iam-arn=arn:aws:iam::111122223333:user/Pat
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation RegisterUser for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/RegisterUser
+func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUser(input *RegisterUserInput) (*RegisterUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.RegisterUserRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// RegisterUserWithContext is the same as RegisterUser with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See RegisterUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) RegisterUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RegisterUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RegisterUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.RegisterUserRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opTagResource = "TagResource"
+
+// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/TagResource
+func (c *QuickSight) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opTagResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/resources/{ResourceArn}/tags",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &TagResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &TagResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// TagResource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Assigns a tag or tags to a resource.
+//
+// Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified QuickSight resource.
+// Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also use
+// them to scope user permissions, by granting a user permission to access or
+// change only resources with certain tag values. You can use the TagResource
+// action with a resource that already has tags. If you specify a new tag key
+// for the resource, this tag is appended to the list of tags associated with
+// the resource. If you specify a tag key that is already associated with the
+// resource, the new tag value that you specify replaces the previous value
+// for that tag.
+//
+// You can associate as many as 50 tags with a resource. QuickSight supports
+// tagging on data-set, data-source, dashboard, template.
+//
+// Tagging for QuickSight works in a similar was to tagging for other AWS services,
+// except for the following:
+//
+// * You can't use tags to track AWS costs for QuickSight, because QuickSight
+// costs are based on users and SPICE capacity, which aren't taggable resources.
+//
+// * QuickSight doesn't currently support the Tag Editor for AWS Resource
+// Groups.
+//
+// CLI syntax to tag a resource:
+//
+// * aws quicksight tag-resource --resource-arn arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111111111111:dataset/dataset1
+// --tags Key=K1,Value=V1 Key=K2,Value=V2 --region us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/TagResource
+func (c *QuickSight) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"
+
+// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UntagResource
+func (c *QuickSight) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUntagResource,
+ HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
+ HTTPPath: "/resources/{ResourceArn}/tags",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UntagResourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UntagResource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Removes a tag or tags from a resource.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// * aws quicksight untag-resource --resource-arn arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111111111111:dataset/dataset1
+// --tag-keys K1 K2 --region us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UntagResource
+func (c *QuickSight) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDashboard = "UpdateDashboard"
+
+// UpdateDashboardRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDashboard operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDashboard for more information on using the UpdateDashboard
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDashboardRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDashboardRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardRequest(input *UpdateDashboardInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDashboardOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDashboard,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDashboardInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDashboardOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDashboard API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates a dashboard in the AWS account.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-dashboard --aws-account-id 111122223333 --dashboard-id
+// 123123123 --dashboard-name "test-update102" --source-entity SourceTemplate={Arn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:template/sales-report-template2}
+// --data-set-references DataSetPlaceholder=SalesDataSet,DataSetArn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:dataset/0e251aef-9ebf-46e1-b852-eb4fa33c1d3a
+//
+// aws quicksight update-dashboard --cli-input-json file://update-dashboard.json
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDashboard for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDashboard
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboard(input *UpdateDashboardInput) (*UpdateDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDashboardRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDashboardWithContext is the same as UpdateDashboard with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDashboard for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDashboardInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDashboardOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDashboardRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDashboardPermissions = "UpdateDashboardPermissions"
+
+// UpdateDashboardPermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDashboardPermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDashboardPermissions for more information on using the UpdateDashboardPermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDashboardPermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDashboardPermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDashboardPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardPermissionsRequest(input *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDashboardPermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDashboardPermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates read and write permissions on a dashboard.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-dashboard-permissions —cli-input-json file://update-permission.json
+//
+// A sample update-permissions.json for granting read only permissions:
+//
+// { "AwsAccountId": "111122223333", "DashboardId": "reports_test_report", "GrantPermissions":
+// [ { "Principal": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2",
+// "Actions": [ "quicksight:DescribeDashboard", "quicksight:ListDashboardVersions",
+// "quicksight:DescribeDashboardVersion", "quicksight:QueryDashboard" ] } ]
+// }
+//
+// A sample update-permissions.json for granting read and write permissions:
+//
+// { "AwsAccountId": "111122223333", "DashboardId": "reports_test_report", "GrantPermissions":
+// [ { "Principal": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2",
+// "Actions": [ "quicksight:DescribeDashboard", "quicksight:ListDashboardVersions",
+// "quicksight:DescribeDashboardVersion", "quicksight:QueryDashboard", "quicksight:DescribeDashboardPermissions",
+// "quicksight:UpdateDashboardPermissions", "quicksight:DeleteDashboardVersion",
+// "quicksight:DeleteDashboard", "quicksight:UpdateDashboard", "quicksight:UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion",
+// ] } ] }
+//
+// A sample update-permissions.json for revoking write permissions:
+//
+// { "AwsAccountId": "111122223333", "DashboardId": "reports_test_report", "RevokePermissions":
+// [ { "Principal": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2",
+// "Actions": [ "quicksight:DescribeDashboardPermissions", "quicksight:UpdateDashboardPermissions",
+// "quicksight:DeleteDashboardVersion", "quicksight:DeleteDashboard", "quicksight:UpdateDashboard",
+// "quicksight:UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion", ] } ] }
+//
+// A sample update-permissions.json for revoking read and write permissions:
+//
+// { "AwsAccountId": "111122223333", "DashboardId": "reports_test_report", "RevokePermissions":
+// [ { "Principal": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2",
+// "Actions": [ "quicksight:DescribeDashboard", "quicksight:ListDashboardVersions",
+// "quicksight:DescribeDashboardVersion", "quicksight:QueryDashboard", "quicksight:DescribeDashboardPermissions",
+// "quicksight:UpdateDashboardPermissions", "quicksight:DeleteDashboardVersion",
+// "quicksight:DeleteDashboard", "quicksight:UpdateDashboard", "quicksight:UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion",
+// ] } ] }
+//
+// To obtain the principal name of a QuickSight user or group, you can use describe-group
+// or describe-user. For example:
+//
+// aws quicksight describe-user --aws-account-id 111122223333 --namespace default
+// --user-name user2 --region us-east-1 { "User": { "Arn": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2",
+// "Active": true, "Email": "user2@example.com", "Role": "ADMIN", "UserName":
+// "user2", "PrincipalId": "federated/iam/abcd2abcdabcdeabc5ab5" }, "RequestId":
+// "8f74bb31-6291-448a-a71c-a765a44bae31", "Status": 200 }
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDashboardPermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDashboardPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardPermissions(input *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) (*UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDashboardPermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDashboardPermissionsWithContext is the same as UpdateDashboardPermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDashboardPermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardPermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDashboardPermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDashboardPublishedVersion = "UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion"
+
+// UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion for more information on using the UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionRequest(input *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDashboardPublishedVersion,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/dashboards/{DashboardId}/versions/{VersionNumber}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates the published version of a dashboard.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-dashboard-published-version --aws-account-id 111122223333
+// --dashboard-id dashboard-w1 ---version-number 2
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion(input *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) (*UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionWithContext is the same as UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDashboardPublishedVersion for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDataSet = "UpdateDataSet"
+
+// UpdateDataSetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDataSet operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSet for more information on using the UpdateDataSet
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDataSetRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDataSetRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSetRequest(input *UpdateDataSetInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDataSetOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDataSet,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDataSetInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDataSetOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSet API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates a dataset.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-data-set \
+//
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
+//
+// --data-set-id=unique-data-set-id \
+//
+// --name='My dataset' \
+//
+// --import-mode=SPICE \
+//
+// --physical-table-map='{
+//
+// "physical-table-id": {
+//
+// "RelationalTable": {
+//
+// "DataSourceArn": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111111111111:datasource/data-source-id",
+//
+// "Name": "table1",
+//
+// "InputColumns": [
+//
+// {
+//
+// "Name": "column1",
+//
+// "Type": "STRING"
+//
+// }
+//
+// ]
+//
+// }
+//
+// }'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDataSet for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSet
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSet(input *UpdateDataSetInput) (*UpdateDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSetRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSetWithContext is the same as UpdateDataSet with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSet for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDataSetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDataSetOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSetRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDataSetPermissions = "UpdateDataSetPermissions"
+
+// UpdateDataSetPermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDataSetPermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSetPermissions for more information on using the UpdateDataSetPermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDataSetPermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDataSetPermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSetPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSetPermissionsRequest(input *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDataSetPermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sets/{DataSetId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSetPermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates the permissions on a dataset.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:dataset/data-set-id
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-data-set-permissions \
+//
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
+//
+// --data-set-id=unique-data-set-id \
+//
+// --grant-permissions='[{"Principal":"arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user1","Actions":["quicksight:DescribeDataSet","quicksight:DescribeDataSetPermissions","quicksight:PassDataSet","quicksight:ListIngestions","quicksight:DescribeIngestion"]}]'
+// \
+//
+// --revoke-permissions='[{"Principal":"arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2","Actions":["quicksight:UpdateDataSet","quicksight:DeleteDataSet","quicksight:UpdateDataSetPermissions","quicksight:CreateIngestion","quicksight:CancelIngestion"]}]'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDataSetPermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSetPermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSetPermissions(input *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) (*UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSetPermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSetPermissionsWithContext is the same as UpdateDataSetPermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSetPermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSetPermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSetPermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDataSource = "UpdateDataSource"
+
+// UpdateDataSourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDataSource operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSource for more information on using the UpdateDataSource
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDataSourceRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDataSourceRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSourceRequest(input *UpdateDataSourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDataSourceOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDataSource,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources/{DataSourceId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDataSourceInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDataSourceOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSource API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates a data source.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:datasource/data-source-id
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-data-source \
+//
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
+//
+// --data-source-id=unique-data-source-id \
+//
+// --name='My Data Source' \
+//
+// --data-source-parameters='{"PostgreSqlParameters":{"Host":"my-db-host.example.com","Port":1234,"Database":"my-db"}}'
+// \
+//
+// --credentials='{"CredentialPair":{"Username":"username","Password":"password"}}
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDataSource for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSource
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSource(input *UpdateDataSourceInput) (*UpdateDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSourceRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSourceWithContext is the same as UpdateDataSource with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSource for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDataSourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDataSourceOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSourceRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateDataSourcePermissions = "UpdateDataSourcePermissions"
+
+// UpdateDataSourcePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateDataSourcePermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSourcePermissions for more information on using the UpdateDataSourcePermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDataSourcePermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateDataSourcePermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSourcePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSourcePermissionsRequest(input *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateDataSourcePermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/data-sources/{DataSourceId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSourcePermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates the permissions to a data source.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:region:aws-account-id:datasource/data-source-id
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-data-source-permissions \
+//
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 \
+//
+// --data-source-id=unique-data-source-id \
+//
+// --name='My Data Source' \
+//
+// --grant-permissions='[{"Principal":"arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user1","Actions":["quicksight:DescribeDataSource","quicksight:DescribeDataSourcePermissions","quicksight:PassDataSource"]}]'
+// \
+//
+// --revoke-permissions='[{"Principal":"arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2","Actions":["quicksight:UpdateDataSource","quicksight:DeleteDataSource","quicksight:UpdateDataSourcePermissions"]}]'
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateDataSourcePermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateDataSourcePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSourcePermissions(input *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) (*UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSourcePermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateDataSourcePermissionsWithContext is the same as UpdateDataSourcePermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateDataSourcePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateDataSourcePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateDataSourcePermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateGroup = "UpdateGroup"
+
+// UpdateGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateGroup operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateGroup for more information on using the UpdateGroup
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateGroupRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateGroupRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroupRequest(input *UpdateGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateGroupOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateGroup,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/groups/{GroupName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateGroupInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateGroupOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateGroup API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Changes a group description.
+//
+// The permissions resource is arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1::group/default/ .
+//
+// The response is a group object.
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-group --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default
+// --group-name=Sales --description="Sales BI Dashboards"
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateGroup for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodePreconditionNotMetException "PreconditionNotMetException"
+// One or more preconditions aren't met.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateGroup
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroup(input *UpdateGroupInput) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateGroupRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateGroup with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateGroupOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateGroupRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateIAMPolicyAssignment = "UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment"
+
+// UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment for more information on using the UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateIAMPolicyAssignment,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/iam-policy-assignments/{AssignmentName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates an existing assignment. This operation updates only the optional
+// parameter or parameters that are specified in the request.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-iam-policy-assignment --aws-account-id=111122223333
+// --assignment-name=FullAccessAssignment --assignment-status=DRAFT --policy-arns=arn:aws:iam::aws:policy/AdministratorAccess
+// --identities="user=user-1,user-2,group=admin" --namespace=default --region=us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConcurrentUpdatingException "ConcurrentUpdatingException"
+// A resource is already in an "actionable" state that must complete before
+// a new update can be applied.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment(input *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) (*UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext is the same as UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateIAMPolicyAssignment for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateTemplate = "UpdateTemplate"
+
+// UpdateTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateTemplate operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateTemplate for more information on using the UpdateTemplate
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTemplateRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateTemplateRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplateRequest(input *UpdateTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTemplateOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateTemplate,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateTemplateInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateTemplateOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateTemplate API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates a template from an existing QuickSight analysis.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-template --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// reports_test_template --data-set-references DataSetPlaceholder=reports,DataSetArn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:dataset/c684a204-d134-4c53-a63c-451f72c60c28
+// DataSetPlaceholder=Elblogs,DataSetArn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:dataset/15840b7d-b542-4491-937b-602416b367b3
+// —source-entity SourceAnalysis=’{Arn=arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:analysis/c5731fe9-4708-4598-8f6d-cf2a70875b6d}
+//
+// You can also pass in a json file: aws quicksight update-template —cli-input-json
+// file://create-template.json
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateTemplate for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceExistsException "ResourceExistsException"
+// The resource specified already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
+// A limit is exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateTemplate
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplate(input *UpdateTemplateInput) (*UpdateTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTemplateRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateTemplateWithContext is the same as UpdateTemplate with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTemplateOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTemplateRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateTemplateAlias = "UpdateTemplateAlias"
+
+// UpdateTemplateAliasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateTemplateAlias operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateTemplateAlias for more information on using the UpdateTemplateAlias
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTemplateAliasRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateTemplateAliasRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplateAliasRequest(input *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateTemplateAlias,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/aliases/{AliasName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateTemplateAliasInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateTemplateAliasOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateTemplateAlias API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates the template alias of a template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-template-alias --aws-account-id 111122223333 --template-id
+// 'reports_test_template' --alias-name STAGING —template-version-number 2
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateTemplateAlias for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateTemplateAlias
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplateAlias(input *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) (*UpdateTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTemplateAliasRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateTemplateAliasWithContext is the same as UpdateTemplateAlias with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateTemplateAlias for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplateAliasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTemplateAliasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTemplateAliasOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTemplateAliasRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateTemplatePermissions = "UpdateTemplatePermissions"
+
+// UpdateTemplatePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateTemplatePermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateTemplatePermissions for more information on using the UpdateTemplatePermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateTemplatePermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateTemplatePermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateTemplatePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplatePermissionsRequest(input *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateTemplatePermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/templates/{TemplateId}/permissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateTemplatePermissions API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates the permissions on a template.
+//
+// CLI syntax:
+//
+// * aws quicksight describe-template-permissions —aws-account-id 111122223333
+// —template-id reports_test_template
+//
+// * aws quicksight update-template-permissions —cli-input-json file://update-permission.json
+//
+// * The structure of update-permissions.json to add permissions: { "AwsAccountId":
+// "111122223333", "DashboardId": "reports_test_template", "GrantPermissions":
+// [ { "Principal": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:196359894473:user/default/user3",
+// "Actions": [ "quicksight:DescribeTemplate", "quicksight:ListTemplateVersions"
+// ] } ] } The structure of update-permissions.json to add permissions: {
+// "AwsAccountId": "111122223333", "DashboardId": "reports_test_template",
+// "RevokePermissions": [ { "Principal": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:196359894473:user/default/user3",
+// "Actions": [ "quicksight:DescribeTemplate", "quicksight:ListTemplateVersions"
+// ] } ] } To obtain the principal name of a QuickSight group or user, use
+// user describe-group or describe-user. For example: aws quicksight describe-user
+// --aws-account-id 111122223333 --namespace default --user-name user2 --region
+// us-east-1 { "User": { "Arn": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:111122223333:user/default/user2",
+// "Active": true, "Email": "user2@example.com", "Role": "ADMIN", "UserName":
+// "user2", "PrincipalId": "federated/iam/abcd2abcdabcdeabc5ab5" }, "RequestId":
+// "8f74bb31-6291-448a-a71c-a765a44bae31", "Status": 200 }
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateTemplatePermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException"
+// Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnsupportedUserEditionException "UnsupportedUserEditionException"
+// This error indicates that you are calling an operation on an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription where the edition doesn't include support for that operation.
+// Amazon QuickSight currently has Standard Edition and Enterprise Edition.
+// Not every operation and capability is available in every edition.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateTemplatePermissions
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplatePermissions(input *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) (*UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTemplatePermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateTemplatePermissionsWithContext is the same as UpdateTemplatePermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateTemplatePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateTemplatePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateTemplatePermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opUpdateUser = "UpdateUser"
+
+// UpdateUserRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateUser operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateUser for more information on using the UpdateUser
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateUserRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateUserRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateUser
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUserRequest(input *UpdateUserInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateUserOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateUser,
+ HTTPMethod: "PUT",
+ HTTPPath: "/accounts/{AwsAccountId}/namespaces/{Namespace}/users/{UserName}",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateUserInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateUserOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateUser API operation for Amazon QuickSight.
+//
+// Updates an Amazon QuickSight user.
+//
+// The response is a user object that contains the user's Amazon QuickSight
+// user name, email address, active or inactive status in Amazon QuickSight,
+// Amazon QuickSight role, and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
+//
+// CLI Sample:
+//
+// aws quicksight update-user --user-name=Pat --role=ADMIN --email=new_address@example.com
+// --aws-account-id=111122223333 --namespace=default --region=us-east-1
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon QuickSight's
+// API operation UpdateUser for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedException "AccessDeniedException"
+// You don't have access to this. The provided credentials couldn't be validated.
+// You might not be authorized to carry out the request. Ensure that your account
+// is authorized to use the Amazon QuickSight service, that your policies have
+// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
+// One or more parameters don't have a valid value.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
+// One or more resources can't be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeThrottlingException "ThrottlingException"
+// Access is throttled.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalFailureException "InternalFailureException"
+// An internal failure occurred.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceUnavailableException "ResourceUnavailableException"
+// This resource is currently unavailable.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/quicksight-2018-04-01/UpdateUser
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUser(input *UpdateUserInput) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateUserWithContext is the same as UpdateUser with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateUser for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *QuickSight) UpdateUserWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateUserInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateUserOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateUserRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// The active IAM policy assignment.
+type ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A name for the IAM policy assignment.
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource.
+ PolicyArn *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment) SetAssignmentName(v string) *ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value.
+func (s *ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment) SetPolicyArn(v string) *ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.PolicyArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Ad hoc filtering option.
+type AdHocFilteringOption struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Availability status.
+ AvailabilityStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"DashboardBehavior"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AdHocFilteringOption) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AdHocFilteringOption) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityStatus sets the AvailabilityStatus field's value.
+func (s *AdHocFilteringOption) SetAvailabilityStatus(v string) *AdHocFilteringOption {
+ s.AvailabilityStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Amazon Elasticsearch parameters.
+type AmazonElasticsearchParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Elasticsearch domain.
+ //
+ // Domain is a required field
+ Domain *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AmazonElasticsearchParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AmazonElasticsearchParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AmazonElasticsearchParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AmazonElasticsearchParameters"}
+ if s.Domain == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Domain"))
+ }
+ if s.Domain != nil && len(*s.Domain) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Domain", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value.
+func (s *AmazonElasticsearchParameters) SetDomain(v string) *AmazonElasticsearchParameters {
+ s.Domain = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Athena parameters.
+type AthenaParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The workgroup that Athena uses.
+ WorkGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AthenaParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AthenaParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AthenaParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AthenaParameters"}
+ if s.WorkGroup != nil && len(*s.WorkGroup) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("WorkGroup", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetWorkGroup sets the WorkGroup field's value.
+func (s *AthenaParameters) SetWorkGroup(v string) *AthenaParameters {
+ s.WorkGroup = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Aurora parameters.
+type AuroraParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AuroraParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AuroraParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AuroraParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuroraParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *AuroraParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *AuroraParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *AuroraParameters) SetHost(v string) *AuroraParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *AuroraParameters) SetPort(v int64) *AuroraParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Aurora PostgreSQL parameters.
+type AuroraPostgreSqlParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuroraPostgreSqlParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) SetHost(v string) *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) SetPort(v int64) *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// AWS IoT Analytics parameters.
+type AwsIotAnalyticsParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Dataset name.
+ //
+ // DataSetName is a required field
+ DataSetName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AwsIotAnalyticsParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AwsIotAnalyticsParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AwsIotAnalyticsParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AwsIotAnalyticsParameters"}
+ if s.DataSetName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetName"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetName != nil && len(*s.DataSetName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDataSetName sets the DataSetName field's value.
+func (s *AwsIotAnalyticsParameters) SetDataSetName(v string) *AwsIotAnalyticsParameters {
+ s.DataSetName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A calculated column for a dataset.
+type CalculatedColumn struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A unique ID to identify a calculated column. During dataset update, if the
+ // column ID of a calculated column matches that of an existing calculated column,
+ // QuickSight preserves the existing calculated column.
+ //
+ // ColumnId is a required field
+ ColumnId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Column name.
+ //
+ // ColumnName is a required field
+ ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An expression that defines the calculated column.
+ //
+ // Expression is a required field
+ Expression *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CalculatedColumn) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CalculatedColumn) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CalculatedColumn) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CalculatedColumn"}
+ if s.ColumnId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnId"))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnId != nil && len(*s.ColumnId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Expression == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
+ }
+ if s.Expression != nil && len(*s.Expression) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Expression", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumnId sets the ColumnId field's value.
+func (s *CalculatedColumn) SetColumnId(v string) *CalculatedColumn {
+ s.ColumnId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
+func (s *CalculatedColumn) SetColumnName(v string) *CalculatedColumn {
+ s.ColumnName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
+func (s *CalculatedColumn) SetExpression(v string) *CalculatedColumn {
+ s.Expression = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CancelIngestionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the ingestion.
+ //
+ // IngestionId is a required field
+ IngestionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"IngestionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CancelIngestionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CancelIngestionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CancelIngestionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelIngestionInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.IngestionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IngestionId"))
+ }
+ if s.IngestionId != nil && len(*s.IngestionId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IngestionId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CancelIngestionInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *CancelIngestionInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionInput) SetIngestionId(v string) *CancelIngestionInput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CancelIngestionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the data ingestion.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // An ID for the ingestion.
+ IngestionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CancelIngestionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CancelIngestionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionOutput) SetArn(v string) *CancelIngestionOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionOutput) SetIngestionId(v string) *CancelIngestionOutput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CancelIngestionOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CancelIngestionOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CancelIngestionOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A transform operation that casts a column to a different type.
+type CastColumnTypeOperation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Column name.
+ //
+ // ColumnName is a required field
+ ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // When casting a column from string to datetime type, you can supply a QuickSight
+ // supported format string to denote the source data format.
+ Format *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // New column data type.
+ //
+ // NewColumnType is a required field
+ NewColumnType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ColumnDataType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CastColumnTypeOperation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CastColumnTypeOperation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CastColumnTypeOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CastColumnTypeOperation"}
+ if s.ColumnName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.NewColumnType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewColumnType"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
+func (s *CastColumnTypeOperation) SetColumnName(v string) *CastColumnTypeOperation {
+ s.ColumnName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
+func (s *CastColumnTypeOperation) SetFormat(v string) *CastColumnTypeOperation {
+ s.Format = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNewColumnType sets the NewColumnType field's value.
+func (s *CastColumnTypeOperation) SetNewColumnType(v string) *CastColumnTypeOperation {
+ s.NewColumnType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Groupings of columns that work together in certain QuickSight features. This
+// is a variant type structure. No more than one of the attributes should be
+// non-null for this structure to be valid.
+type ColumnGroup struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Geospatial column group that denotes a hierarchy.
+ GeoSpatialColumnGroup *GeoSpatialColumnGroup `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnGroup) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnGroup) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ColumnGroup) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ColumnGroup"}
+ if s.GeoSpatialColumnGroup != nil {
+ if err := s.GeoSpatialColumnGroup.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("GeoSpatialColumnGroup", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGeoSpatialColumnGroup sets the GeoSpatialColumnGroup field's value.
+func (s *ColumnGroup) SetGeoSpatialColumnGroup(v *GeoSpatialColumnGroup) *ColumnGroup {
+ s.GeoSpatialColumnGroup = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A structure describing the name, datatype, and geographic role of the columns.
+type ColumnGroupColumnSchema struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the column group's column schema.
+ Name *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnGroupColumnSchema) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnGroupColumnSchema) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ColumnGroupColumnSchema) SetName(v string) *ColumnGroupColumnSchema {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The column group schema.
+type ColumnGroupSchema struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A structure containing the list of column group column schemas.
+ ColumnGroupColumnSchemaList []*ColumnGroupColumnSchema `type:"list"`
+
+ // The name of the column group schema.
+ Name *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnGroupSchema) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnGroupSchema) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetColumnGroupColumnSchemaList sets the ColumnGroupColumnSchemaList field's value.
+func (s *ColumnGroupSchema) SetColumnGroupColumnSchemaList(v []*ColumnGroupColumnSchema) *ColumnGroupSchema {
+ s.ColumnGroupColumnSchemaList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ColumnGroupSchema) SetName(v string) *ColumnGroupSchema {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The column schema.
+type ColumnSchema struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The data type of the column schema.
+ DataType *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The geographic role of the column schema.
+ GeographicRole *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the column schema.
+ Name *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnSchema) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnSchema) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value.
+func (s *ColumnSchema) SetDataType(v string) *ColumnSchema {
+ s.DataType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGeographicRole sets the GeographicRole field's value.
+func (s *ColumnSchema) SetGeographicRole(v string) *ColumnSchema {
+ s.GeographicRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ColumnSchema) SetName(v string) *ColumnSchema {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A tag for a column in a TagColumnOperation. This is a variant type structure.
+// No more than one of the attributes should be non-null for this structure
+// to be valid.
+type ColumnTag struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A geospatial role for a column.
+ ColumnGeographicRole *string `type:"string" enum:"GeoSpatialDataRole"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnTag) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ColumnTag) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetColumnGeographicRole sets the ColumnGeographicRole field's value.
+func (s *ColumnTag) SetColumnGeographicRole(v string) *ColumnTag {
+ s.ColumnGeographicRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A transform operation that creates calculated columns. Columns created in
+// one such operation form a lexical closure.
+type CreateColumnsOperation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Calculated columns to create.
+ //
+ // Columns is a required field
+ Columns []*CalculatedColumn `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateColumnsOperation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateColumnsOperation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateColumnsOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateColumnsOperation"}
+ if s.Columns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Columns"))
+ }
+ if s.Columns != nil && len(s.Columns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Columns", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Columns != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Columns {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Columns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumns sets the Columns field's value.
+func (s *CreateColumnsOperation) SetColumns(v []*CalculatedColumn) *CreateColumnsOperation {
+ s.Columns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDashboardInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID where you want to create the dashboard.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard, also added to IAM policy.
+ //
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Publishing options when creating dashboard.
+ //
+ // * AvailabilityStatus for AdHocFilteringOption - This can be either ENABLED
+ // or DISABLED. When This is set to set to DISABLED, QuickSight disables
+ // the left filter pane on the published dashboard, which can be used for
+ // AdHoc filtering. Enabled by default.
+ //
+ // * AvailabilityStatus for ExportToCSVOption - This can be either ENABLED
+ // or DISABLED. The visual option to export data to CSV is disabled when
+ // this is set to DISABLED. Enabled by default.
+ //
+ // * VisibilityState for SheetControlsOption - This can be either COLLAPSED
+ // or EXPANDED. The sheet controls pane is collapsed by default when set
+ // to true. Collapsed by default.
+ //
+ // Shorthand Syntax:
+ //
+ // AdHocFilteringDisabled=boolean,ExportToCSVDisabled=boolean,SheetControlsCollapsed=boolean
+ DashboardPublishOptions *DashboardPublishOptions `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The display name of the dashboard.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A structure that contains the parameters of the dashboard. These are parameter
+ // overrides for a dashboard. A dashboard can have any type of parameters and
+ // some parameters might accept multiple values. You could use the following
+ // structure to override two string parameters that accept multiple values:
+ Parameters *Parameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A structure that contains the permissions of the dashboard. You can use this
+ // for granting permissions with principal and action information.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Source entity from which the dashboard is created. The souce entity accepts
+ // the ARN of the source template or analysis and also references the replacement
+ // datasets for the placeholders set when creating the template. The replacement
+ // datasets need to follow the same schema as the datasets for which placeholders
+ // were created when creating the template.
+ //
+ // If you are creating a dashboard from a source entity in a different AWS account,
+ // use the ARN of the source template.
+ //
+ // SourceEntity is a required field
+ SourceEntity *DashboardSourceEntity `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned
+ // to the dashboard.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // A description for the first version of the dashboard being created.
+ VersionDescription *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDashboardInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDashboardInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDashboardInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil && len(s.Permissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Permissions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SourceEntity == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEntity"))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionDescription != nil && len(*s.VersionDescription) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionDescription", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Parameters != nil {
+ if err := s.Parameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Parameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Permissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Permissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SourceEntity != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceEntity.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceEntity", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardPublishOptions sets the DashboardPublishOptions field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetDashboardPublishOptions(v *DashboardPublishOptions) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.DashboardPublishOptions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetName(v string) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetParameters(v *Parameters) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.Parameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceEntity sets the SourceEntity field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetSourceEntity(v *DashboardSourceEntity) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.SourceEntity = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardInput) SetVersionDescription(v string) *CreateDashboardInput {
+ s.VersionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDashboardOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dashboard.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The creation status of the dashboard create request.
+ CreationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dashboard, including the version number of the first version
+ // that is created.
+ VersionArn *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDashboardOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDashboardOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateDashboardOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationStatus sets the CreationStatus field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardOutput) SetCreationStatus(v string) *CreateDashboardOutput {
+ s.CreationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardOutput) SetDashboardId(v string) *CreateDashboardOutput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateDashboardOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateDashboardOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionArn sets the VersionArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDashboardOutput) SetVersionArn(v string) *CreateDashboardOutput {
+ s.VersionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDataSetInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Groupings of columns that work together in certain QuickSight features. Currently
+ // only geospatial hierarchy is supported.
+ ColumnGroups []*ColumnGroup `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // An ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per AWS
+ // account.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Indicates whether or not you want to import the data into SPICE.
+ //
+ // ImportMode is a required field
+ ImportMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataSetImportMode"`
+
+ // Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical
+ // tables.
+ LogicalTableMap map[string]*LogicalTable `min:"1" type:"map"`
+
+ // The display name for the dataset.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A list of resource permissions on the dataset.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources.
+ //
+ // PhysicalTableMap is a required field
+ PhysicalTableMap map[string]*PhysicalTable `min:"1" type:"map" required:"true"`
+
+ // Row-level security configuration on the data you want to create.
+ RowLevelPermissionDataSet *RowLevelPermissionDataSet `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned
+ // to the dataset.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSetInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSetInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDataSetInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnGroups != nil && len(s.ColumnGroups) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnGroups", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.ImportMode == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImportMode"))
+ }
+ if s.LogicalTableMap != nil && len(s.LogicalTableMap) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LogicalTableMap", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil && len(s.Permissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Permissions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PhysicalTableMap == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PhysicalTableMap"))
+ }
+ if s.PhysicalTableMap != nil && len(s.PhysicalTableMap) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PhysicalTableMap", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnGroups != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.ColumnGroups {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ColumnGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.LogicalTableMap != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.LogicalTableMap {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LogicalTableMap", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Permissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Permissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.PhysicalTableMap != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.PhysicalTableMap {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PhysicalTableMap", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet != nil {
+ if err := s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RowLevelPermissionDataSet", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetColumnGroups sets the ColumnGroups field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetColumnGroups(v []*ColumnGroup) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.ColumnGroups = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetImportMode sets the ImportMode field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetImportMode(v string) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.ImportMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLogicalTableMap sets the LogicalTableMap field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetLogicalTableMap(v map[string]*LogicalTable) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.LogicalTableMap = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetName(v string) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPhysicalTableMap sets the PhysicalTableMap field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetPhysicalTableMap(v map[string]*PhysicalTable) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.PhysicalTableMap = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet sets the RowLevelPermissionDataSet field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet(v *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDataSetInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDataSetOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dataset.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the ingestion, which is triggered as a
+ // result of dataset creation if the import mode is SPICE
+ IngestionArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the ingestion, which is triggered as a result of dataset creation
+ // if the import mode is SPICE
+ IngestionId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSetOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSetOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateDataSetOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetOutput) SetDataSetId(v string) *CreateDataSetOutput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionArn sets the IngestionArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetOutput) SetIngestionArn(v string) *CreateDataSetOutput {
+ s.IngestionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetOutput) SetIngestionId(v string) *CreateDataSetOutput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateDataSetOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSetOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateDataSetOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDataSourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The credentials QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source. Currently
+ // only username/password based credentials are supported.
+ Credentials *DataSourceCredentials `type:"structure" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSourceId is a required field
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The parameters QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source.
+ DataSourceParameters *DataSourceParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the data source.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A list of resource permissions on the data source.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // SSL properties that apply when QuickSight connects to your underlying source.
+ SslProperties *SslProperties `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned
+ // to the data source.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The type of the data source. Currently the supported types for this operation
+ // are: ATHENA, AURORA, AURORA_POSTGRESQL, MARIADB, MYSQL, POSTGRESQL, PRESTO,
+ // REDSHIFT, S3, SNOWFLAKE, SPARK, SQLSERVER, TERADATA. Use ListDataSources
+ // to return a list of all data sources.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataSourceType"`
+
+ // You need to use this parameter only when you want QuickSight to use a VPC
+ // connection when connecting to your underlying source.
+ VpcConnectionProperties *VpcConnectionProperties `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDataSourceInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil && len(s.Permissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Permissions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Type == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+ }
+ if s.Credentials != nil {
+ if err := s.Credentials.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Credentials", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.DataSourceParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DataSourceParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Permissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Permissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.VpcConnectionProperties != nil {
+ if err := s.VpcConnectionProperties.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("VpcConnectionProperties", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetCredentials(v *DataSourceCredentials) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Credentials = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceParameters sets the DataSourceParameters field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetDataSourceParameters(v *DataSourceParameters) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.DataSourceParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetName(v string) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSslProperties sets the SslProperties field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetSslProperties(v *SslProperties) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.SslProperties = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetType(v string) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConnectionProperties sets the VpcConnectionProperties field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceInput) SetVpcConnectionProperties(v *VpcConnectionProperties) *CreateDataSourceInput {
+ s.VpcConnectionProperties = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateDataSourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the data source.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of creating the data source.
+ CreationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateDataSourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationStatus sets the CreationStatus field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceOutput) SetCreationStatus(v string) *CreateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.CreationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceOutput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *CreateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateDataSourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The request object for this operation.
+type CreateGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A description for the group that you want to create.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A name for the group that you want to create.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGroupInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateGroupMembershipInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the group that you want to add the user to.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the user that you want to add to the group membership.
+ //
+ // MemberName is a required field
+ MemberName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MemberName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupMembershipInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupMembershipInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGroupMembershipInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MemberName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MemberName"))
+ }
+ if s.MemberName != nil && len(*s.MemberName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MemberName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetGroupName(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMemberName sets the MemberName field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetMemberName(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.MemberName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetNamespace(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateGroupMembershipOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The group member.
+ GroupMember *GroupMember `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupMembershipOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupMembershipOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGroupMember sets the GroupMember field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) SetGroupMember(v *GroupMember) *CreateGroupMembershipOutput {
+ s.GroupMember = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateGroupMembershipOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The response object for this operation.
+type CreateGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the group.
+ Group *Group `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupOutput) SetGroup(v *Group) *CreateGroupOutput {
+ s.Group = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateGroupOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateGroupOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the assignment. It must be unique within an AWS account.
+ //
+ // AssignmentName is a required field
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The status of an assignment:
+ //
+ // * ENABLED - Anything specified in this assignment is used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ //
+ // * DISABLED - This assignment isn't used while creating the data source.
+ //
+ // * DRAFT - Assignment is an unfinished draft and isn't used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ //
+ // AssignmentStatus is a required field
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID where you want to assign QuickSight users or groups to
+ // an IAM policy.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // QuickSight users and/or groups that you want to assign the policy to.
+ Identities map[string][]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // The namespace that contains the assignment.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An IAM policy ARN that you want to apply to the QuickSight users and groups
+ // specified in this assignment.
+ PolicyArn *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput"}
+ if s.AssignmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.AssignmentName != nil && len(*s.AssignmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AssignmentStatus == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentStatus"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIdentities sets the Identities field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetIdentities(v map[string][]*string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.Identities = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetNamespace(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.PolicyArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An ID for the assignment.
+ AssignmentId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the assignment. Must be unique within an AWS account.
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of an assignment:
+ //
+ // * ENABLED - Anything specified in this assignment is used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ //
+ // * DISABLED - This assignment isn't used while creating the data source.
+ //
+ // * DRAFT - Assignment is an unfinished draft and isn't used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+
+ // QuickSight users and/or groups that are assigned to the IAM policy.
+ Identities map[string][]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // An IAM policy ARN that is applied to the QuickSight users and groups specified
+ // in this assignment.
+ PolicyArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIdentities sets the Identities field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetIdentities(v map[string][]*string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.Identities = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.PolicyArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateIngestionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the ingestion.
+ //
+ // IngestionId is a required field
+ IngestionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"IngestionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIngestionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIngestionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateIngestionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateIngestionInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.IngestionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IngestionId"))
+ }
+ if s.IngestionId != nil && len(*s.IngestionId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IngestionId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateIngestionInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *CreateIngestionInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionInput) SetIngestionId(v string) *CreateIngestionInput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateIngestionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the data ingestion.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // An ID for the ingestion.
+ IngestionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ingestion status.
+ IngestionStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"IngestionStatus"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIngestionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateIngestionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateIngestionOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionOutput) SetIngestionId(v string) *CreateIngestionOutput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionStatus sets the IngestionStatus field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionOutput) SetIngestionStatus(v string) *CreateIngestionOutput {
+ s.IngestionStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateIngestionOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateIngestionOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateIngestionOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateTemplateAliasInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name you want to give the template's alias. Alias names can't begin with
+ // a $, which is reserved by QuickSight. Alias names that start with ‘$’
+ // sign are QuickSight reserved naming and can't be deleted.
+ //
+ // AliasName is a required field
+ AliasName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AliasName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template you are aliasing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The version number of the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateVersionNumber is a required field
+ TemplateVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateAliasInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateAliasInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTemplateAliasInput"}
+ if s.AliasName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AliasName"))
+ }
+ if s.AliasName != nil && len(*s.AliasName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AliasName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateVersionNumber == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateVersionNumber"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateVersionNumber != nil && *s.TemplateVersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TemplateVersionNumber", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasInput) SetAliasName(v string) *CreateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *CreateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateVersionNumber sets the TemplateVersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasInput) SetTemplateVersionNumber(v int64) *CreateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.TemplateVersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateTemplateAliasOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Information on the template alias.
+ TemplateAlias *TemplateAlias `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateAliasOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateAliasOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateAlias sets the TemplateAlias field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateAliasOutput) SetTemplateAlias(v *TemplateAlias) *CreateTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.TemplateAlias = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A display name for the template.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of resource permissions to be set on the template. The shorthand syntax
+ // should look similar to this: Shorthand Syntax: Principal=string,Actions=string,string
+ // ...
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ARN of the source entity from which this template is being created. Templates
+ // can be currently created from an analysis or another template. If the ARN
+ // is for an analysis, you must include its dataset references.
+ //
+ // SourceEntity is a required field
+ SourceEntity *TemplateSourceEntity `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned
+ // to the resource.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // An ID for the template you want to create. This is unique per AWS region
+ // per AWS account.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A description of the current template version being created. This API created
+ // the first version of the template. Every time UpdateTemplate is called a
+ // new version is created. Each version of the template maintains a description
+ // of the version in the VersionDescription field.
+ VersionDescription *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTemplateInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil && len(s.Permissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Permissions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SourceEntity == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEntity"))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionDescription != nil && len(*s.VersionDescription) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionDescription", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Permissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Permissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Permissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SourceEntity != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceEntity.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceEntity", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceEntity sets the SourceEntity field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetSourceEntity(v *TemplateSourceEntity) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.SourceEntity = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateInput) SetVersionDescription(v string) *CreateTemplateInput {
+ s.VersionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the template.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The template creation status.
+ CreationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The ID of the template.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the template, including the version information
+ // of the first version.
+ VersionArn *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateTemplateOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationStatus sets the CreationStatus field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateOutput) SetCreationStatus(v string) *CreateTemplateOutput {
+ s.CreationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateTemplateOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateTemplateOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateOutput) SetTemplateId(v string) *CreateTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionArn sets the VersionArn field's value.
+func (s *CreateTemplateOutput) SetVersionArn(v string) *CreateTemplateOutput {
+ s.VersionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The combination of username and password that are used as credentials.
+type CredentialPair struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Password.
+ //
+ // Password is a required field
+ Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Username.
+ //
+ // Username is a required field
+ Username *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CredentialPair) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CredentialPair) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CredentialPair) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CredentialPair"}
+ if s.Password == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Password"))
+ }
+ if s.Password != nil && len(*s.Password) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Password", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Username == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Username"))
+ }
+ if s.Username != nil && len(*s.Username) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Username", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPassword sets the Password field's value.
+func (s *CredentialPair) SetPassword(v string) *CredentialPair {
+ s.Password = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
+func (s *CredentialPair) SetUsername(v string) *CredentialPair {
+ s.Username = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A physical table type built from the results of the custom SQL query.
+type CustomSql struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The column schema from the SQL query result set.
+ Columns []*InputColumn `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ARN of the data source.
+ //
+ // DataSourceArn is a required field
+ DataSourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A display name for the SQL query result.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The SQL query.
+ //
+ // SqlQuery is a required field
+ SqlQuery *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CustomSql) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CustomSql) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CustomSql) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CustomSql"}
+ if s.Columns != nil && len(s.Columns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Columns", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SqlQuery == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SqlQuery"))
+ }
+ if s.SqlQuery != nil && len(*s.SqlQuery) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SqlQuery", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Columns != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Columns {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Columns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumns sets the Columns field's value.
+func (s *CustomSql) SetColumns(v []*InputColumn) *CustomSql {
+ s.Columns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceArn sets the DataSourceArn field's value.
+func (s *CustomSql) SetDataSourceArn(v string) *CustomSql {
+ s.DataSourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *CustomSql) SetName(v string) *CustomSql {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSqlQuery sets the SqlQuery field's value.
+func (s *CustomSql) SetSqlQuery(v string) *CustomSql {
+ s.SqlQuery = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard.
+type Dashboard struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Dashboard ID.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The last time this was published.
+ LastPublishedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The last time this was updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Version.
+ Version *DashboardVersion `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Dashboard) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Dashboard) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetArn(v string) *Dashboard {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *Dashboard {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetDashboardId(v string) *Dashboard {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastPublishedTime sets the LastPublishedTime field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetLastPublishedTime(v time.Time) *Dashboard {
+ s.LastPublishedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Dashboard {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetName(v string) *Dashboard {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
+func (s *Dashboard) SetVersion(v *DashboardVersion) *Dashboard {
+ s.Version = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard error.
+type DashboardError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Message.
+ Message *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Type.
+ Type *string `type:"string" enum:"DashboardErrorType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *DashboardError) SetMessage(v string) *DashboardError {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *DashboardError) SetType(v string) *DashboardError {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard publish options.
+type DashboardPublishOptions struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Ad hoc filtering option.
+ AdHocFilteringOption *AdHocFilteringOption `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Export to CSV option.
+ ExportToCSVOption *ExportToCSVOption `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Sheet controls option.
+ SheetControlsOption *SheetControlsOption `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardPublishOptions) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardPublishOptions) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAdHocFilteringOption sets the AdHocFilteringOption field's value.
+func (s *DashboardPublishOptions) SetAdHocFilteringOption(v *AdHocFilteringOption) *DashboardPublishOptions {
+ s.AdHocFilteringOption = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetExportToCSVOption sets the ExportToCSVOption field's value.
+func (s *DashboardPublishOptions) SetExportToCSVOption(v *ExportToCSVOption) *DashboardPublishOptions {
+ s.ExportToCSVOption = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSheetControlsOption sets the SheetControlsOption field's value.
+func (s *DashboardPublishOptions) SetSheetControlsOption(v *SheetControlsOption) *DashboardPublishOptions {
+ s.SheetControlsOption = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard source entity.
+type DashboardSourceEntity struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Source template.
+ SourceTemplate *DashboardSourceTemplate `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardSourceEntity) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardSourceEntity) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DashboardSourceEntity) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashboardSourceEntity"}
+ if s.SourceTemplate != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceTemplate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceTemplate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSourceTemplate sets the SourceTemplate field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSourceEntity) SetSourceTemplate(v *DashboardSourceTemplate) *DashboardSourceEntity {
+ s.SourceTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard source template.
+type DashboardSourceTemplate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Dataset references.
+ //
+ // DataSetReferences is a required field
+ DataSetReferences []*DataSetReference `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardSourceTemplate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardSourceTemplate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DashboardSourceTemplate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashboardSourceTemplate"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetReferences == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetReferences"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetReferences != nil && len(s.DataSetReferences) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetReferences", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetReferences != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.DataSetReferences {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DataSetReferences", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSourceTemplate) SetArn(v string) *DashboardSourceTemplate {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetReferences sets the DataSetReferences field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSourceTemplate) SetDataSetReferences(v []*DataSetReference) *DashboardSourceTemplate {
+ s.DataSetReferences = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard summary.
+type DashboardSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Dashboard ID.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The last time this was published.
+ LastPublishedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The last time this was updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Published version number.
+ PublishedVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetArn(v string) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetDashboardId(v string) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastPublishedTime sets the LastPublishedTime field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetLastPublishedTime(v time.Time) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.LastPublishedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetName(v string) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPublishedVersionNumber sets the PublishedVersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DashboardSummary) SetPublishedVersionNumber(v int64) *DashboardSummary {
+ s.PublishedVersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard version.
+type DashboardVersion struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Description.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Errors.
+ Errors []*DashboardError `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Source entity ARN.
+ SourceEntityArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // Version number.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardVersion) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardVersion) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetArn(v string) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetDescription(v string) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetErrors(v []*DashboardError) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.Errors = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceEntityArn sets the SourceEntityArn field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetSourceEntityArn(v string) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.SourceEntityArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetStatus(v string) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersion) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DashboardVersion {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dashboard version summary.
+type DashboardVersionSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Description.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Source entity ARN.
+ SourceEntityArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // Version number.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardVersionSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DashboardVersionSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersionSummary) SetArn(v string) *DashboardVersionSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersionSummary) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DashboardVersionSummary {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersionSummary) SetDescription(v string) *DashboardVersionSummary {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceEntityArn sets the SourceEntityArn field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersionSummary) SetSourceEntityArn(v string) *DashboardVersionSummary {
+ s.SourceEntityArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersionSummary) SetStatus(v string) *DashboardVersionSummary {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DashboardVersionSummary) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DashboardVersionSummary {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dataset.
+type DataSet struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Groupings of columns that work together in certain QuickSight features. Currently
+ // only geospatial hierarchy is supported.
+ ColumnGroups []*ColumnGroup `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The amount of SPICE capacity used by this dataset. This is 0 if the dataset
+ // isn't imported into SPICE.
+ ConsumedSpiceCapacityInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The ID of the dataset.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Indicates whether or not you want to import the data into SPICE.
+ ImportMode *string `type:"string" enum:"DataSetImportMode"`
+
+ // The last time this was updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical
+ // tables.
+ LogicalTableMap map[string]*LogicalTable `min:"1" type:"map"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The list of columns after all transforms. These columns are available in
+ // templates, analyses, and dashboards.
+ OutputColumns []*OutputColumn `type:"list"`
+
+ // Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources.
+ PhysicalTableMap map[string]*PhysicalTable `min:"1" type:"map"`
+
+ // Row-level security configuration on the dataset.
+ RowLevelPermissionDataSet *RowLevelPermissionDataSet `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSet) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSet) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetArn(v string) *DataSet {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetColumnGroups sets the ColumnGroups field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetColumnGroups(v []*ColumnGroup) *DataSet {
+ s.ColumnGroups = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetConsumedSpiceCapacityInBytes sets the ConsumedSpiceCapacityInBytes field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetConsumedSpiceCapacityInBytes(v int64) *DataSet {
+ s.ConsumedSpiceCapacityInBytes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DataSet {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetDataSetId(v string) *DataSet {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetImportMode sets the ImportMode field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetImportMode(v string) *DataSet {
+ s.ImportMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *DataSet {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLogicalTableMap sets the LogicalTableMap field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetLogicalTableMap(v map[string]*LogicalTable) *DataSet {
+ s.LogicalTableMap = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetName(v string) *DataSet {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOutputColumns sets the OutputColumns field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetOutputColumns(v []*OutputColumn) *DataSet {
+ s.OutputColumns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPhysicalTableMap sets the PhysicalTableMap field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetPhysicalTableMap(v map[string]*PhysicalTable) *DataSet {
+ s.PhysicalTableMap = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet sets the RowLevelPermissionDataSet field's value.
+func (s *DataSet) SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet(v *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) *DataSet {
+ s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dataset configuration.
+type DataSetConfiguration struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A structure containing the list of column group schemas.
+ ColumnGroupSchemaList []*ColumnGroupSchema `type:"list"`
+
+ // Dataset schema.
+ DataSetSchema *DataSetSchema `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Placeholder.
+ Placeholder *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetConfiguration) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetConfiguration) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetColumnGroupSchemaList sets the ColumnGroupSchemaList field's value.
+func (s *DataSetConfiguration) SetColumnGroupSchemaList(v []*ColumnGroupSchema) *DataSetConfiguration {
+ s.ColumnGroupSchemaList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetSchema sets the DataSetSchema field's value.
+func (s *DataSetConfiguration) SetDataSetSchema(v *DataSetSchema) *DataSetConfiguration {
+ s.DataSetSchema = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPlaceholder sets the Placeholder field's value.
+func (s *DataSetConfiguration) SetPlaceholder(v string) *DataSetConfiguration {
+ s.Placeholder = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dataset reference.
+type DataSetReference struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Dataset ARN.
+ //
+ // DataSetArn is a required field
+ DataSetArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Dataset placeholder.
+ //
+ // DataSetPlaceholder is a required field
+ DataSetPlaceholder *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetReference) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetReference) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DataSetReference) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DataSetReference"}
+ if s.DataSetArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetArn"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetPlaceholder == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetPlaceholder"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDataSetArn sets the DataSetArn field's value.
+func (s *DataSetReference) SetDataSetArn(v string) *DataSetReference {
+ s.DataSetArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetPlaceholder sets the DataSetPlaceholder field's value.
+func (s *DataSetReference) SetDataSetPlaceholder(v string) *DataSetReference {
+ s.DataSetPlaceholder = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dataset schema.
+type DataSetSchema struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A structure containing the list of column schemas.
+ ColumnSchemaList []*ColumnSchema `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetSchema) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetSchema) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetColumnSchemaList sets the ColumnSchemaList field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSchema) SetColumnSchemaList(v []*ColumnSchema) *DataSetSchema {
+ s.ColumnSchemaList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Dataset summary.
+type DataSetSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the dataset.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The ID of the dataset.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Indicates whether or not you want to import the data into SPICE.
+ ImportMode *string `type:"string" enum:"DataSetImportMode"`
+
+ // The last time this was updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Row-level security configuration on the dataset.
+ RowLevelPermissionDataSet *RowLevelPermissionDataSet `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSetSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetArn(v string) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetDataSetId(v string) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetImportMode sets the ImportMode field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetImportMode(v string) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.ImportMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetName(v string) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet sets the RowLevelPermissionDataSet field's value.
+func (s *DataSetSummary) SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet(v *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) *DataSetSummary {
+ s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The structure of a data source.
+type DataSource struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the data source.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The parameters QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source. This
+ // is a variant type structure. At most one of the attributes should be non-null
+ // for this structure to be valid.
+ DataSourceParameters *DataSourceParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Error information from the last update or the creation of the data source.
+ ErrorInfo *DataSourceErrorInfo `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The last time this was updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A display name for the data source.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // SSL properties that apply when QuickSight connects to your underlying source.
+ SslProperties *SslProperties `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The type of the data source. This indicates which database engine the data
+ // source connects to.
+ Type *string `type:"string" enum:"DataSourceType"`
+
+ // The VPC connection information. You need to use this parameter only when
+ // you want QuickSight to use a VPC connection when connecting to your underlying
+ // source.
+ VpcConnectionProperties *VpcConnectionProperties `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSource) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSource) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetArn(v string) *DataSource {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *DataSource {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetDataSourceId(v string) *DataSource {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceParameters sets the DataSourceParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetDataSourceParameters(v *DataSourceParameters) *DataSource {
+ s.DataSourceParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetErrorInfo sets the ErrorInfo field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetErrorInfo(v *DataSourceErrorInfo) *DataSource {
+ s.ErrorInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *DataSource {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetName(v string) *DataSource {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSslProperties sets the SslProperties field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetSslProperties(v *SslProperties) *DataSource {
+ s.SslProperties = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetStatus(v string) *DataSource {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetType(v string) *DataSource {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVpcConnectionProperties sets the VpcConnectionProperties field's value.
+func (s *DataSource) SetVpcConnectionProperties(v *VpcConnectionProperties) *DataSource {
+ s.VpcConnectionProperties = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Data source credentials.
+type DataSourceCredentials struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // Credential pair.
+ CredentialPair *CredentialPair `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSourceCredentials) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSourceCredentials) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DataSourceCredentials) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DataSourceCredentials"}
+ if s.CredentialPair != nil {
+ if err := s.CredentialPair.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("CredentialPair", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetCredentialPair sets the CredentialPair field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceCredentials) SetCredentialPair(v *CredentialPair) *DataSourceCredentials {
+ s.CredentialPair = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Error information on data source creation or update.
+type DataSourceErrorInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Error message.
+ Message *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Error type.
+ Type *string `type:"string" enum:"DataSourceErrorInfoType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSourceErrorInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSourceErrorInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceErrorInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DataSourceErrorInfo {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceErrorInfo) SetType(v string) *DataSourceErrorInfo {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The parameters QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source. This
+// is a variant type structure. At most one of the attributes should be non-null
+// for this structure to be valid.
+type DataSourceParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Amazon Elasticsearch parameters.
+ AmazonElasticsearchParameters *AmazonElasticsearchParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Athena parameters.
+ AthenaParameters *AthenaParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Aurora MySQL parameters.
+ AuroraParameters *AuroraParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Aurora PostgreSQL parameters.
+ AuroraPostgreSqlParameters *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS IoT Analytics parameters.
+ AwsIotAnalyticsParameters *AwsIotAnalyticsParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Jira parameters.
+ JiraParameters *JiraParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MariaDB parameters.
+ MariaDbParameters *MariaDbParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // MySQL parameters.
+ MySqlParameters *MySqlParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // PostgreSQL parameters.
+ PostgreSqlParameters *PostgreSqlParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Presto parameters.
+ PrestoParameters *PrestoParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // RDS parameters.
+ RdsParameters *RdsParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Redshift parameters.
+ RedshiftParameters *RedshiftParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // S3 parameters.
+ S3Parameters *S3Parameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // ServiceNow parameters.
+ ServiceNowParameters *ServiceNowParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Snowflake parameters.
+ SnowflakeParameters *SnowflakeParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Spark parameters.
+ SparkParameters *SparkParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // SQL Server parameters.
+ SqlServerParameters *SqlServerParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Teradata parameters.
+ TeradataParameters *TeradataParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Twitter parameters.
+ TwitterParameters *TwitterParameters `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DataSourceParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DataSourceParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DataSourceParameters"}
+ if s.AmazonElasticsearchParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.AmazonElasticsearchParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AmazonElasticsearchParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.AthenaParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.AthenaParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AthenaParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.AuroraParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.AuroraParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AuroraParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.AuroraPostgreSqlParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.AuroraPostgreSqlParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AuroraPostgreSqlParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.AwsIotAnalyticsParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.AwsIotAnalyticsParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("AwsIotAnalyticsParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.JiraParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.JiraParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("JiraParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.MariaDbParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.MariaDbParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MariaDbParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.MySqlParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.MySqlParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("MySqlParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.PostgreSqlParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.PostgreSqlParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("PostgreSqlParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.PrestoParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.PrestoParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("PrestoParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RdsParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.RdsParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RdsParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RedshiftParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.RedshiftParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RedshiftParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.S3Parameters != nil {
+ if err := s.S3Parameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("S3Parameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ServiceNowParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.ServiceNowParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ServiceNowParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SnowflakeParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.SnowflakeParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SnowflakeParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SparkParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.SparkParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SparkParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SqlServerParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.SqlServerParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SqlServerParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.TeradataParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.TeradataParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TeradataParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.TwitterParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.TwitterParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TwitterParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAmazonElasticsearchParameters sets the AmazonElasticsearchParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetAmazonElasticsearchParameters(v *AmazonElasticsearchParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.AmazonElasticsearchParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAthenaParameters sets the AthenaParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetAthenaParameters(v *AthenaParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.AthenaParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAuroraParameters sets the AuroraParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetAuroraParameters(v *AuroraParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.AuroraParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAuroraPostgreSqlParameters sets the AuroraPostgreSqlParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetAuroraPostgreSqlParameters(v *AuroraPostgreSqlParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.AuroraPostgreSqlParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsIotAnalyticsParameters sets the AwsIotAnalyticsParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetAwsIotAnalyticsParameters(v *AwsIotAnalyticsParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.AwsIotAnalyticsParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetJiraParameters sets the JiraParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetJiraParameters(v *JiraParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.JiraParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMariaDbParameters sets the MariaDbParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetMariaDbParameters(v *MariaDbParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.MariaDbParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMySqlParameters sets the MySqlParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetMySqlParameters(v *MySqlParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.MySqlParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPostgreSqlParameters sets the PostgreSqlParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetPostgreSqlParameters(v *PostgreSqlParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.PostgreSqlParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrestoParameters sets the PrestoParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetPrestoParameters(v *PrestoParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.PrestoParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRdsParameters sets the RdsParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetRdsParameters(v *RdsParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.RdsParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRedshiftParameters sets the RedshiftParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetRedshiftParameters(v *RedshiftParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.RedshiftParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetS3Parameters sets the S3Parameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetS3Parameters(v *S3Parameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.S3Parameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetServiceNowParameters sets the ServiceNowParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetServiceNowParameters(v *ServiceNowParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.ServiceNowParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSnowflakeParameters sets the SnowflakeParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetSnowflakeParameters(v *SnowflakeParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.SnowflakeParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSparkParameters sets the SparkParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetSparkParameters(v *SparkParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.SparkParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSqlServerParameters sets the SqlServerParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetSqlServerParameters(v *SqlServerParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.SqlServerParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTeradataParameters sets the TeradataParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetTeradataParameters(v *TeradataParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.TeradataParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTwitterParameters sets the TwitterParameters field's value.
+func (s *DataSourceParameters) SetTwitterParameters(v *TwitterParameters) *DataSourceParameters {
+ s.TwitterParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Date time parameter.
+type DateTimeParameter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Values.
+ //
+ // Values is a required field
+ Values []*time.Time `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DateTimeParameter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DateTimeParameter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DateTimeParameter) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DateTimeParameter"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Values == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DateTimeParameter) SetName(v string) *DateTimeParameter {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
+func (s *DateTimeParameter) SetValues(v []*time.Time) *DateTimeParameter {
+ s.Values = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Decimal parameter.
+type DecimalParameter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Values.
+ //
+ // Values is a required field
+ Values []*float64 `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DecimalParameter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DecimalParameter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DecimalParameter) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DecimalParameter"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Values == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DecimalParameter) SetName(v string) *DecimalParameter {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
+func (s *DecimalParameter) SetValues(v []*float64) *DecimalParameter {
+ s.Values = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDashboardInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are deleting.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ //
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The version number of the dashboard. If version number property is provided,
+ // only the specified version of the dashboard is deleted.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-number" min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDashboardInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDashboardInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDashboardInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionNumber != nil && *s.VersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VersionNumber", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteDashboardInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *DeleteDashboardInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardInput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DeleteDashboardInput {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDashboardOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the dashboard.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDashboardOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDashboardOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteDashboardOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardOutput) SetDashboardId(v string) *DeleteDashboardOutput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteDashboardOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDashboardOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteDashboardOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDataSetInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSetInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSetInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDataSetInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteDataSetInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *DeleteDataSetInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDataSetOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dataset.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSetOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSetOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteDataSetOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetOutput) SetDataSetId(v string) *DeleteDataSetOutput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteDataSetOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSetOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteDataSetOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDataSourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSourceId is a required field
+ DataSourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSourceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDataSourceInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId != nil && len(*s.DataSourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteDataSourceInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceInput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *DeleteDataSourceInput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteDataSourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the data source you deleted.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteDataSourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteDataSourceOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceOutput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *DeleteDataSourceOutput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteDataSourceOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDataSourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteDataSourceOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the group that you want to delete.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteGroupInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteGroupInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DeleteGroupInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteGroupInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteGroupMembershipInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the group that you want to delete the user from.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the user that you want to delete from the group membership.
+ //
+ // MemberName is a required field
+ MemberName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MemberName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupMembershipInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupMembershipInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteGroupMembershipInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MemberName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MemberName"))
+ }
+ if s.MemberName != nil && len(*s.MemberName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MemberName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMemberName sets the MemberName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetMemberName(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.MemberName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteGroupMembershipOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteGroupOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteGroupOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the assignment.
+ //
+ // AssignmentName is a required field
+ AssignmentName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AssignmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID where you want to delete an IAM policy assignment.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace that contains the assignment.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput"}
+ if s.AssignmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.AssignmentName != nil && len(*s.AssignmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the assignment.
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteTemplateAliasInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The alias of the template. If alias-name is provided, the version that the
+ // alias-name points to is deleted. Alias names that start with $ are reserved
+ // by QuickSight and can't be deleted.”
+ //
+ // AliasName is a required field
+ AliasName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AliasName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template alias you are deleting.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateAliasInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateAliasInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTemplateAliasInput"}
+ if s.AliasName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AliasName"))
+ }
+ if s.AliasName != nil && len(*s.AliasName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AliasName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasInput) SetAliasName(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteTemplateAliasOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the alias.
+ AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // An ID for the template.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) SetAliasName(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DeleteTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template you are deleting.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the template you want to delete.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The version number
+ VersionNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-number" min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTemplateInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionNumber != nil && *s.VersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VersionNumber", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteTemplateInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DeleteTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateInput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DeleteTemplateInput {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // An ID for the template.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteTemplateOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteTemplateOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteTemplateOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteTemplateOutput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DeleteTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The principal ID of the user.
+ //
+ // PrincipalId is a required field
+ PrincipalId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"PrincipalId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PrincipalId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalId"))
+ }
+ if s.PrincipalId != nil && len(*s.PrincipalId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrincipalId sets the PrincipalId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) SetPrincipalId(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput {
+ s.PrincipalId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteUserInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the user that you want to delete.
+ //
+ // UserName is a required field
+ UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteUserInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.UserName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
+ }
+ if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
+ s.UserName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteUserOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteUserOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteUserOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DeleteUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteUserOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDashboardInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The alias name.
+ AliasName *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"alias-name" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are describing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ //
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The version number for the dashboard. If version number isn’t passed the
+ // latest published dashboard version is described.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-number" min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDashboardInput"}
+ if s.AliasName != nil && len(*s.AliasName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AliasName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionNumber != nil && *s.VersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VersionNumber", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardInput) SetAliasName(v string) *DescribeDashboardInput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeDashboardInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *DescribeDashboardInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardInput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DescribeDashboardInput {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDashboardOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the dashboard.
+ Dashboard *Dashboard `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of this request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDashboard sets the Dashboard field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardOutput) SetDashboard(v *Dashboard) *DescribeDashboardOutput {
+ s.Dashboard = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeDashboardOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeDashboardOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are describing permissions
+ // of.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard, also added to IAM policy.
+ //
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dashboard.
+ DashboardArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A structure that contains the permissions of the dashboard.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDashboardArn sets the DashboardArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetDashboardArn(v string) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DashboardArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetDashboardId(v string) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSetInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDataSetInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeDataSetInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *DescribeDataSetInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSetOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information on the dataset.
+ DataSet *DataSet `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataSet sets the DataSet field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetOutput) SetDataSet(v *DataSet) *DescribeDataSetOutput {
+ s.DataSet = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeDataSetOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeDataSetOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dataset.
+ DataSetArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of resource permissions on the dataset.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataSetArn sets the DataSetArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetDataSetArn(v string) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSetArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetDataSetId(v string) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSourceId is a required field
+ DataSourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSourceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDataSourceInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId != nil && len(*s.DataSourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourceInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeDataSourceInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourceInput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *DescribeDataSourceInput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The information on the data source.
+ DataSource *DataSource `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataSource sets the DataSource field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourceOutput) SetDataSource(v *DataSource) *DescribeDataSourceOutput {
+ s.DataSource = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeDataSourceOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeDataSourceOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSourceId is a required field
+ DataSourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSourceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId != nil && len(*s.DataSourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsInput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the data source.
+ DataSourceArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of resource permissions on the data source.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceArn sets the DataSourceArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetDataSourceArn(v string) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeGroupInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the group that you want to describe.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeGroupInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeGroupInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeGroupInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeGroupInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DescribeGroupInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeGroupInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeGroupOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the group.
+ Group *Group `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeGroupOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGroupOutput) SetGroup(v *Group) *DescribeGroupOutput {
+ s.Group = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeGroupOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeGroupOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the assignment.
+ //
+ // AssignmentName is a required field
+ AssignmentName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AssignmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID that contains the assignment you want to describe.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace that contains the assignment.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput"}
+ if s.AssignmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.AssignmentName != nil && len(*s.AssignmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information describing the IAM policy assignment.
+ IAMPolicyAssignment *IAMPolicyAssignment `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIAMPolicyAssignment sets the IAMPolicyAssignment field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetIAMPolicyAssignment(v *IAMPolicyAssignment) *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.IAMPolicyAssignment = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeIngestionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the ingestion.
+ //
+ // IngestionId is a required field
+ IngestionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"IngestionId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIngestionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIngestionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeIngestionInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.IngestionId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IngestionId"))
+ }
+ if s.IngestionId != nil && len(*s.IngestionId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("IngestionId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeIngestionInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *DescribeIngestionInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionInput) SetIngestionId(v string) *DescribeIngestionInput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeIngestionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the ingestion.
+ Ingestion *Ingestion `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIngestionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeIngestionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIngestion sets the Ingestion field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionOutput) SetIngestion(v *Ingestion) *DescribeIngestionOutput {
+ s.Ingestion = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeIngestionOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeIngestionOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeIngestionOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTemplateAliasInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The alias name. $PUBLISHED is not supported for template.
+ //
+ // AliasName is a required field
+ AliasName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AliasName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template alias you are describing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateAliasInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateAliasInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTemplateAliasInput"}
+ if s.AliasName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AliasName"))
+ }
+ if s.AliasName != nil && len(*s.AliasName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AliasName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasInput) SetAliasName(v string) *DescribeTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DescribeTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTemplateAliasOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Information about the template alias.
+ TemplateAlias *TemplateAlias `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateAliasOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateAliasOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateAlias sets the TemplateAlias field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput) SetTemplateAlias(v *TemplateAlias) *DescribeTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.TemplateAlias = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTemplateInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // This is an optional field, when an alias name is provided, the version referenced
+ // by the alias is described. Refer to CreateTemplateAlias to create a template
+ // alias. $PUBLISHED is not supported for template.
+ AliasName *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"alias-name" min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template you are describing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // An ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // This is an optional field, when a version number is provided the corresponding
+ // version is describe, if it's not provided the latest version of the template
+ // is described.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-number" min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTemplateInput"}
+ if s.AliasName != nil && len(*s.AliasName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AliasName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.VersionNumber != nil && *s.VersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VersionNumber", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateInput) SetAliasName(v string) *DescribeTemplateInput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeTemplateInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DescribeTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateInput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *DescribeTemplateInput {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The template structure of the object you want to describe.
+ Template *Template `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeTemplateOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplate sets the Template field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplateOutput) SetTemplate(v *Template) *DescribeTemplateOutput {
+ s.Template = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template you are describing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of resource permissions to be set on the template.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The ARN of the template.
+ TemplateArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the template.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateArn sets the TemplateArn field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetTemplateArn(v string) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.TemplateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetTemplateId(v string) *DescribeTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeUserInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the user that you want to describe.
+ //
+ // UserName is a required field
+ UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeUserInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeUserInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeUserInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeUserInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.UserName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
+ }
+ if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeUserInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *DescribeUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeUserInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *DescribeUserInput {
+ s.UserName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeUserOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The user name.
+ User *User `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeUserOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeUserOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *DescribeUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeUserOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeUserOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUser sets the User field's value.
+func (s *DescribeUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *DescribeUserOutput {
+ s.User = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Error information on a data set SPICE ingestion.
+type ErrorInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Error essage.
+ Message *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Error type.
+ Type *string `type:"string" enum:"IngestionErrorType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ErrorInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ErrorInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *ErrorInfo) SetMessage(v string) *ErrorInfo {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *ErrorInfo) SetType(v string) *ErrorInfo {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Export to CSV option.
+type ExportToCSVOption struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Availability status.
+ AvailabilityStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"DashboardBehavior"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ExportToCSVOption) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ExportToCSVOption) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAvailabilityStatus sets the AvailabilityStatus field's value.
+func (s *ExportToCSVOption) SetAvailabilityStatus(v string) *ExportToCSVOption {
+ s.AvailabilityStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A transform operation that filters rows based on some condition.
+type FilterOperation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An expression that must evaluate to a boolean value. Rows for which the expression
+ // is evaluated to true are kept in the dataset.
+ //
+ // ConditionExpression is a required field
+ ConditionExpression *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s FilterOperation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s FilterOperation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *FilterOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FilterOperation"}
+ if s.ConditionExpression == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConditionExpression"))
+ }
+ if s.ConditionExpression != nil && len(*s.ConditionExpression) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConditionExpression", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetConditionExpression sets the ConditionExpression field's value.
+func (s *FilterOperation) SetConditionExpression(v string) *FilterOperation {
+ s.ConditionExpression = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Geospatial column group that denotes a hierarchy.
+type GeoSpatialColumnGroup struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Columns in this hierarchy.
+ //
+ // Columns is a required field
+ Columns []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // Country code.
+ //
+ // CountryCode is a required field
+ CountryCode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"GeoSpatialCountryCode"`
+
+ // A display name for the hierarchy.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GeoSpatialColumnGroup) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GeoSpatialColumnGroup) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GeoSpatialColumnGroup) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GeoSpatialColumnGroup"}
+ if s.Columns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Columns"))
+ }
+ if s.Columns != nil && len(s.Columns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Columns", 1))
+ }
+ if s.CountryCode == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CountryCode"))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumns sets the Columns field's value.
+func (s *GeoSpatialColumnGroup) SetColumns(v []*string) *GeoSpatialColumnGroup {
+ s.Columns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCountryCode sets the CountryCode field's value.
+func (s *GeoSpatialColumnGroup) SetCountryCode(v string) *GeoSpatialColumnGroup {
+ s.CountryCode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *GeoSpatialColumnGroup) SetName(v string) *GeoSpatialColumnGroup {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are embedding.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard, also added to IAM policy
+ //
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The authentication method the user uses to sign in (IAM only).
+ //
+ // IdentityType is a required field
+ IdentityType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"creds-type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IdentityType"`
+
+ // Remove the reset button on embedded dashboard. The default is FALSE, which
+ // allows the reset button.
+ ResetDisabled *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"reset-disabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // How many minutes the session is valid. The session lifetime must be between
+ // 15 and 600 minutes.
+ SessionLifetimeInMinutes *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"session-lifetime" min:"15" type:"long"`
+
+ // Remove the undo/redo button on embedded dashboard. The default is FALSE,
+ // which enables the undo/redo button.
+ UndoRedoDisabled *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"undo-redo-disabled" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The Amazon QuickSight user's ARN, for use with QUICKSIGHT identity type.
+ // You can use this for any Amazon QuickSight users in your account (readers,
+ // authors, or admins) authenticated as one of the following:
+ //
+ // * Active Directory (AD) users or group members
+ //
+ // * Invited non-federated users
+ //
+ // * IAM users and IAM role-based sessions authenticated through Federated
+ // Single Sign-On using SAML, OpenID Connect, or IAM Federation
+ UserArn *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"user-arn" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.IdentityType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityType"))
+ }
+ if s.SessionLifetimeInMinutes != nil && *s.SessionLifetimeInMinutes < 15 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SessionLifetimeInMinutes", 15))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIdentityType sets the IdentityType field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetIdentityType(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.IdentityType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResetDisabled sets the ResetDisabled field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetResetDisabled(v bool) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.ResetDisabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSessionLifetimeInMinutes sets the SessionLifetimeInMinutes field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetSessionLifetimeInMinutes(v int64) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.SessionLifetimeInMinutes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUndoRedoDisabled sets the UndoRedoDisabled field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetUndoRedoDisabled(v bool) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.UndoRedoDisabled = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserArn sets the UserArn field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetUserArn(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+ s.UserArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // URL that you can put into your server-side webpage to embed your dashboard.
+ // This URL is valid for 5 minutes, and the resulting session is valid for 10
+ // hours. The API provides the URL with an auth_code that enables a single-signon
+ // session.
+ EmbedUrl *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEmbedUrl sets the EmbedUrl field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) SetEmbedUrl(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput {
+ s.EmbedUrl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A group in Amazon QuickSight consists of a set of users. You can use groups
+// to make it easier to manage access and security. Currently, an Amazon QuickSight
+// subscription can't contain more than 500 Amazon QuickSight groups.
+type Group struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) for the group.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The group description.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the group.
+ GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The principal ID of the group.
+ PrincipalId *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Group) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Group) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Group) SetArn(v string) *Group {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *Group) SetDescription(v string) *Group {
+ s.Description = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *Group) SetGroupName(v string) *Group {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrincipalId sets the PrincipalId field's value.
+func (s *Group) SetPrincipalId(v string) *Group {
+ s.PrincipalId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A member of an Amazon QuickSight group. Currently, group members must be
+// users. Groups can't be members of another group. .
+type GroupMember struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) for the group member (user).
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the group member (user).
+ MemberName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GroupMember) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GroupMember) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *GroupMember) SetArn(v string) *GroupMember {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMemberName sets the MemberName field's value.
+func (s *GroupMember) SetMemberName(v string) *GroupMember {
+ s.MemberName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// IAM policy assignment.
+type IAMPolicyAssignment struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Assignment ID.
+ AssignmentId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Assignment name.
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Assignment status.
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+
+ // AWS account ID.
+ AwsAccountId *string `min:"12" type:"string"`
+
+ // Identities.
+ Identities map[string][]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // Policy ARN.
+ PolicyArn *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s IAMPolicyAssignment) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s IAMPolicyAssignment) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignment) SetAssignmentId(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.AssignmentId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignment) SetAssignmentName(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignment) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignment) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIdentities sets the Identities field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignment) SetIdentities(v map[string][]*string) *IAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.Identities = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignment) SetPolicyArn(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignment {
+ s.PolicyArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// IAM policy assignment Summary.
+type IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Assignment name.
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Assignment status.
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary) SetAssignmentName(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information on the SPICE ingestion for a dataset.
+type Ingestion struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The time this ingestion started.
+ //
+ // CreatedTime is a required field
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"`
+
+ // Error information for this ingestion.
+ ErrorInfo *ErrorInfo `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Ingestion ID.
+ IngestionId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Size of the data ingested in bytes.
+ IngestionSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // Ingestion status.
+ //
+ // IngestionStatus is a required field
+ IngestionStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IngestionStatus"`
+
+ // The time this ingestion took, measured in seconds.
+ IngestionTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // Information on queued dataset SPICE ingestion.
+ QueueInfo *QueueInfo `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Event source for this ingestion.
+ RequestSource *string `type:"string" enum:"IngestionRequestSource"`
+
+ // Type of this ingestion.
+ RequestType *string `type:"string" enum:"IngestionRequestType"`
+
+ // Information on rows during a data set SPICE ingestion.
+ RowInfo *RowInfo `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Ingestion) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Ingestion) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetArn(v string) *Ingestion {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *Ingestion {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetErrorInfo sets the ErrorInfo field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetErrorInfo(v *ErrorInfo) *Ingestion {
+ s.ErrorInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetIngestionId(v string) *Ingestion {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionSizeInBytes sets the IngestionSizeInBytes field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetIngestionSizeInBytes(v int64) *Ingestion {
+ s.IngestionSizeInBytes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionStatus sets the IngestionStatus field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetIngestionStatus(v string) *Ingestion {
+ s.IngestionStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionTimeInSeconds sets the IngestionTimeInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetIngestionTimeInSeconds(v int64) *Ingestion {
+ s.IngestionTimeInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetQueueInfo sets the QueueInfo field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetQueueInfo(v *QueueInfo) *Ingestion {
+ s.QueueInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestSource sets the RequestSource field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetRequestSource(v string) *Ingestion {
+ s.RequestSource = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestType sets the RequestType field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetRequestType(v string) *Ingestion {
+ s.RequestType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRowInfo sets the RowInfo field's value.
+func (s *Ingestion) SetRowInfo(v *RowInfo) *Ingestion {
+ s.RowInfo = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Metadata on a column that is used as the input of a transform operation.
+type InputColumn struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of this column in the underlying data source.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The data type of the column.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputColumnDataType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s InputColumn) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s InputColumn) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *InputColumn) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputColumn"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Type == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *InputColumn) SetName(v string) *InputColumn {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *InputColumn) SetType(v string) *InputColumn {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Integer parameter.
+type IntegerParameter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Values.
+ //
+ // Values is a required field
+ Values []*int64 `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s IntegerParameter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s IntegerParameter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *IntegerParameter) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IntegerParameter"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Values == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *IntegerParameter) SetName(v string) *IntegerParameter {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
+func (s *IntegerParameter) SetValues(v []*int64) *IntegerParameter {
+ s.Values = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Jira parameters.
+type JiraParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The base URL of the Jira site.
+ //
+ // SiteBaseUrl is a required field
+ SiteBaseUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s JiraParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s JiraParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *JiraParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JiraParameters"}
+ if s.SiteBaseUrl == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SiteBaseUrl"))
+ }
+ if s.SiteBaseUrl != nil && len(*s.SiteBaseUrl) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SiteBaseUrl", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSiteBaseUrl sets the SiteBaseUrl field's value.
+func (s *JiraParameters) SetSiteBaseUrl(v string) *JiraParameters {
+ s.SiteBaseUrl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Join instruction.
+type JoinInstruction struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Left operand.
+ //
+ // LeftOperand is a required field
+ LeftOperand *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // On Clause.
+ //
+ // OnClause is a required field
+ OnClause *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Right operand.
+ //
+ // RightOperand is a required field
+ RightOperand *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Type.
+ //
+ // Type is a required field
+ Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"JoinType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s JoinInstruction) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s JoinInstruction) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *JoinInstruction) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "JoinInstruction"}
+ if s.LeftOperand == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LeftOperand"))
+ }
+ if s.LeftOperand != nil && len(*s.LeftOperand) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LeftOperand", 1))
+ }
+ if s.OnClause == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OnClause"))
+ }
+ if s.OnClause != nil && len(*s.OnClause) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OnClause", 1))
+ }
+ if s.RightOperand == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RightOperand"))
+ }
+ if s.RightOperand != nil && len(*s.RightOperand) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RightOperand", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Type == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetLeftOperand sets the LeftOperand field's value.
+func (s *JoinInstruction) SetLeftOperand(v string) *JoinInstruction {
+ s.LeftOperand = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetOnClause sets the OnClause field's value.
+func (s *JoinInstruction) SetOnClause(v string) *JoinInstruction {
+ s.OnClause = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRightOperand sets the RightOperand field's value.
+func (s *JoinInstruction) SetRightOperand(v string) *JoinInstruction {
+ s.RightOperand = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *JoinInstruction) SetType(v string) *JoinInstruction {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDashboardVersionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are listing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ //
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardVersionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardVersionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListDashboardVersionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ }
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListDashboardVersionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *ListDashboardVersionsInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListDashboardVersionsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDashboardVersionsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDashboardVersionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A structure that contains information about each version of the dashboard.
+ DashboardVersionSummaryList []*DashboardVersionSummary `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardVersionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDashboardVersionSummaryList sets the DashboardVersionSummaryList field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsOutput) SetDashboardVersionSummaryList(v []*DashboardVersionSummary) *ListDashboardVersionsOutput {
+ s.DashboardVersionSummaryList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDashboardVersionsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListDashboardVersionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardVersionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListDashboardVersionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDashboardsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboards you are listing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListDashboardsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListDashboardsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListDashboardsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListDashboardsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDashboardsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDashboardsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A structure that contains all of the dashboards shared with the user. Provides
+ // basic information about the dashboards.
+ DashboardSummaryList []*DashboardSummary `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDashboardsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDashboardSummaryList sets the DashboardSummaryList field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsOutput) SetDashboardSummaryList(v []*DashboardSummary) *ListDashboardsOutput {
+ s.DashboardSummaryList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDashboardsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListDashboardsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListDashboardsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListDashboardsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDataSetsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSetsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSetsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListDataSetsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListDataSetsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListDataSetsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListDataSetsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDataSetsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDataSetsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of dataset summaries.
+ DataSetSummaries []*DataSetSummary `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSetsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSetsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataSetSummaries sets the DataSetSummaries field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsOutput) SetDataSetSummaries(v []*DataSetSummary) *ListDataSetsOutput {
+ s.DataSetSummaries = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDataSetsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListDataSetsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSetsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListDataSetsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDataSourcesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSourcesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSourcesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListDataSourcesInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListDataSourcesInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListDataSourcesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDataSourcesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListDataSourcesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of data sources.
+ DataSources []*DataSource `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSourcesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListDataSourcesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDataSources sets the DataSources field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesOutput) SetDataSources(v []*DataSource) *ListDataSourcesOutput {
+ s.DataSources = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListDataSourcesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListDataSourcesOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListDataSourcesOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListDataSourcesOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListGroupMembershipsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The name of the group that you want to see a membership list of.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return from this request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupMembershipsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupMembershipsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListGroupMembershipsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetGroupName(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListGroupMembershipsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of the members of the group.
+ GroupMemberList []*GroupMember `type:"list"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupMembershipsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupMembershipsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGroupMemberList sets the GroupMemberList field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetGroupMemberList(v []*GroupMember) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
+ s.GroupMemberList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListGroupsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListGroupsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListGroupsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListGroupsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListGroupsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListGroupsInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListGroupsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of the groups.
+ GroupList []*Group `type:"list"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGroupList sets the GroupList field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetGroupList(v []*Group) *ListGroupsOutput {
+ s.GroupList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListGroupsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListGroupsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID that contains the assignment.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The namespace of the assignment.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the user.
+ //
+ // UserName is a required field
+ UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.UserName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
+ }
+ if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserInput {
+ s.UserName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Active assignments for this user.
+ ActiveAssignments []*ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetActiveAssignments sets the ActiveAssignments field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) SetActiveAssignments(v []*ActiveIAMPolicyAssignment) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput {
+ s.ActiveAssignments = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsForUserOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The status of the assignment.
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID that contains this IAM policy assignment.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The namespace for this assignment.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information describing the IAM policy assignments.
+ IAMPolicyAssignments []*IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIAMPolicyAssignments sets the IAMPolicyAssignments field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) SetIAMPolicyAssignments(v []*IAMPolicyAssignmentSummary) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput {
+ s.IAMPolicyAssignments = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListIAMPolicyAssignmentsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListIngestionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.
+ //
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListIngestionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListIngestionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListIngestionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListIngestionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListIngestionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *ListIngestionsInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListIngestionsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIngestionsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListIngestionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A list of the ingestions.
+ Ingestions []*Ingestion `type:"list"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListIngestionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListIngestionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetIngestions sets the Ingestions field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsOutput) SetIngestions(v []*Ingestion) *ListIngestionsOutput {
+ s.Ingestions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListIngestionsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListIngestionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListIngestionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListIngestionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource you want a list of tags for.
+ //
+ // ResourceArn is a required field
+ ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned
+ // to the resource.
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTemplateAliasesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template aliases you are listing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-result" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateAliasesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateAliasesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTemplateAliasesInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListTemplateAliasesInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTemplateAliasesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTemplateAliasesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *ListTemplateAliasesInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTemplateAliasesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // A structure containing the list of template aliases.
+ TemplateAliasList []*TemplateAlias `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateAliasesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateAliasesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTemplateAliasesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListTemplateAliasesOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListTemplateAliasesOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateAliasList sets the TemplateAliasList field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateAliasesOutput) SetTemplateAliasList(v []*TemplateAlias) *ListTemplateAliasesOutput {
+ s.TemplateAliasList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTemplateVersionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the templates you are listing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateVersionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateVersionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTemplateVersionsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *ListTemplateVersionsInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTemplateVersionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // A structure containing a list of all the versions of the specified template.
+ TemplateVersionSummaryList []*TemplateVersionSummary `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateVersionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplateVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTemplateVersionsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListTemplateVersionsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListTemplateVersionsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateVersionSummaryList sets the TemplateVersionSummaryList field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplateVersionsOutput) SetTemplateVersionSummaryList(v []*TemplateVersionSummary) *ListTemplateVersionsOutput {
+ s.TemplateVersionSummaryList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTemplatesInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the templates you are listing.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to be returned per request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-result" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplatesInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplatesInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListTemplatesInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTemplatesInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListTemplatesInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTemplatesInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTemplatesInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListTemplatesOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // A structure containing information about the templates in the list.
+ TemplateSummaryList []*TemplateSummary `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplatesOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListTemplatesOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTemplatesOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListTemplatesOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListTemplatesOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateSummaryList sets the TemplateSummaryList field's value.
+func (s *ListTemplatesOutput) SetTemplateSummaryList(v []*TemplateSummary) *ListTemplatesOutput {
+ s.TemplateSummaryList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListUserGroupsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS Account ID that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the
+ // AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return from this request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+
+ // The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to list group memberships for.
+ //
+ // UserName is a required field
+ UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListUserGroupsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListUserGroupsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListUserGroupsInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.UserName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
+ }
+ if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetUserName(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+ s.UserName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListUserGroupsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The list of groups the user is a member of.
+ GroupList []*Group `type:"list"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The HTTP status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListUserGroupsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListUserGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGroupList sets the GroupList field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetGroupList(v []*Group) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
+ s.GroupList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListUsersInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return from this request.
+ MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListUsersInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListUsersInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListUsersInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListUsersInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListUsersInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListUsersInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListUsersInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUsersInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListUsersOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
+ NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The list of users.
+ UserList []*User `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListUsersOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListUsersOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUsersOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListUsersOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListUsersOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserList sets the UserList field's value.
+func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetUserList(v []*User) *ListUsersOutput {
+ s.UserList = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A unit that joins and data transformations operate on. A logical table has
+// a source, which can be either a physical table or result of a join. When
+// it points to a physical table, a logical table acts as a mutable copy of
+// that table through transform operations.
+type LogicalTable struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the logical table.
+ //
+ // Alias is a required field
+ Alias *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Transform operations that act on this logical table.
+ DataTransforms []*TransformOperation `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // Source of this logical table.
+ //
+ // Source is a required field
+ Source *LogicalTableSource `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LogicalTable) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LogicalTable) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LogicalTable) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LogicalTable"}
+ if s.Alias == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Alias"))
+ }
+ if s.Alias != nil && len(*s.Alias) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Alias", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DataTransforms != nil && len(s.DataTransforms) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataTransforms", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Source == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source"))
+ }
+ if s.DataTransforms != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.DataTransforms {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DataTransforms", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.Source != nil {
+ if err := s.Source.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAlias sets the Alias field's value.
+func (s *LogicalTable) SetAlias(v string) *LogicalTable {
+ s.Alias = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataTransforms sets the DataTransforms field's value.
+func (s *LogicalTable) SetDataTransforms(v []*TransformOperation) *LogicalTable {
+ s.DataTransforms = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSource sets the Source field's value.
+func (s *LogicalTable) SetSource(v *LogicalTableSource) *LogicalTable {
+ s.Source = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information on the source of a logical table. This is a variant type structure.
+// No more than one of the attributes should be non-null for this structure
+// to be valid.
+type LogicalTableSource struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies the result of a join of two logical tables.
+ JoinInstruction *JoinInstruction `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Physical table ID.
+ PhysicalTableId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s LogicalTableSource) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s LogicalTableSource) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *LogicalTableSource) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LogicalTableSource"}
+ if s.PhysicalTableId != nil && len(*s.PhysicalTableId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PhysicalTableId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.JoinInstruction != nil {
+ if err := s.JoinInstruction.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("JoinInstruction", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetJoinInstruction sets the JoinInstruction field's value.
+func (s *LogicalTableSource) SetJoinInstruction(v *JoinInstruction) *LogicalTableSource {
+ s.JoinInstruction = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPhysicalTableId sets the PhysicalTableId field's value.
+func (s *LogicalTableSource) SetPhysicalTableId(v string) *LogicalTableSource {
+ s.PhysicalTableId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Amazon S3 manifest file location.
+type ManifestFileLocation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Amazon S3 bucket.
+ //
+ // Bucket is a required field
+ Bucket *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Amazon S3 key that identifies an object.
+ //
+ // Key is a required field
+ Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ManifestFileLocation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ManifestFileLocation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ManifestFileLocation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ManifestFileLocation"}
+ if s.Bucket == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
+ }
+ if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Key == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+ }
+ if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
+func (s *ManifestFileLocation) SetBucket(v string) *ManifestFileLocation {
+ s.Bucket = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *ManifestFileLocation) SetKey(v string) *ManifestFileLocation {
+ s.Key = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// MariaDB parameters.
+type MariaDbParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MariaDbParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MariaDbParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MariaDbParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MariaDbParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *MariaDbParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *MariaDbParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *MariaDbParameters) SetHost(v string) *MariaDbParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *MariaDbParameters) SetPort(v int64) *MariaDbParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// MySQL parameters.
+type MySqlParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s MySqlParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s MySqlParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *MySqlParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MySqlParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *MySqlParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *MySqlParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *MySqlParameters) SetHost(v string) *MySqlParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *MySqlParameters) SetPort(v int64) *MySqlParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Output column.
+type OutputColumn struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Type.
+ Type *string `type:"string" enum:"ColumnDataType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s OutputColumn) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s OutputColumn) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *OutputColumn) SetName(v string) *OutputColumn {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *OutputColumn) SetType(v string) *OutputColumn {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Parameters.
+type Parameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // DateTime parameters.
+ DateTimeParameters []*DateTimeParameter `type:"list"`
+
+ // Decimal parameters.
+ DecimalParameters []*DecimalParameter `type:"list"`
+
+ // Integer parameters.
+ IntegerParameters []*IntegerParameter `type:"list"`
+
+ // String parameters.
+ StringParameters []*StringParameter `type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Parameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Parameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Parameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Parameters"}
+ if s.DateTimeParameters != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.DateTimeParameters {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DateTimeParameters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.DecimalParameters != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.DecimalParameters {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DecimalParameters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.IntegerParameters != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.IntegerParameters {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "IntegerParameters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.StringParameters != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.StringParameters {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "StringParameters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDateTimeParameters sets the DateTimeParameters field's value.
+func (s *Parameters) SetDateTimeParameters(v []*DateTimeParameter) *Parameters {
+ s.DateTimeParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDecimalParameters sets the DecimalParameters field's value.
+func (s *Parameters) SetDecimalParameters(v []*DecimalParameter) *Parameters {
+ s.DecimalParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIntegerParameters sets the IntegerParameters field's value.
+func (s *Parameters) SetIntegerParameters(v []*IntegerParameter) *Parameters {
+ s.IntegerParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStringParameters sets the StringParameters field's value.
+func (s *Parameters) SetStringParameters(v []*StringParameter) *Parameters {
+ s.StringParameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A view of a data source. Contains information on the shape of the data in
+// the underlying source. This is a variant type structure. No more than one
+// of the attributes can be non-null for this structure to be valid.
+type PhysicalTable struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A physical table type built from the results of the custom SQL query.
+ CustomSql *CustomSql `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A physical table type for relational data sources.
+ RelationalTable *RelationalTable `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A physical table type for as S3 data source.
+ S3Source *S3Source `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PhysicalTable) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PhysicalTable) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PhysicalTable) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PhysicalTable"}
+ if s.CustomSql != nil {
+ if err := s.CustomSql.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("CustomSql", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RelationalTable != nil {
+ if err := s.RelationalTable.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RelationalTable", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.S3Source != nil {
+ if err := s.S3Source.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("S3Source", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetCustomSql sets the CustomSql field's value.
+func (s *PhysicalTable) SetCustomSql(v *CustomSql) *PhysicalTable {
+ s.CustomSql = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRelationalTable sets the RelationalTable field's value.
+func (s *PhysicalTable) SetRelationalTable(v *RelationalTable) *PhysicalTable {
+ s.RelationalTable = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetS3Source sets the S3Source field's value.
+func (s *PhysicalTable) SetS3Source(v *S3Source) *PhysicalTable {
+ s.S3Source = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// PostgreSQL parameters.
+type PostgreSqlParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PostgreSqlParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PostgreSqlParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PostgreSqlParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PostgreSqlParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *PostgreSqlParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *PostgreSqlParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *PostgreSqlParameters) SetHost(v string) *PostgreSqlParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *PostgreSqlParameters) SetPort(v int64) *PostgreSqlParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Presto parameters.
+type PrestoParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Catalog.
+ //
+ // Catalog is a required field
+ Catalog *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PrestoParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PrestoParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PrestoParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PrestoParameters"}
+ if s.Catalog == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Catalog"))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetCatalog sets the Catalog field's value.
+func (s *PrestoParameters) SetCatalog(v string) *PrestoParameters {
+ s.Catalog = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *PrestoParameters) SetHost(v string) *PrestoParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *PrestoParameters) SetPort(v int64) *PrestoParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A transform operation that projects columns. Operations that come after a
+// projection can only refer to projected columns.
+type ProjectOperation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Projected columns.
+ //
+ // ProjectedColumns is a required field
+ ProjectedColumns []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ProjectOperation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ProjectOperation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ProjectOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ProjectOperation"}
+ if s.ProjectedColumns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProjectedColumns"))
+ }
+ if s.ProjectedColumns != nil && len(s.ProjectedColumns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProjectedColumns", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetProjectedColumns sets the ProjectedColumns field's value.
+func (s *ProjectOperation) SetProjectedColumns(v []*string) *ProjectOperation {
+ s.ProjectedColumns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information on queued dataset SPICE ingestion.
+type QueueInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID of the ongoing ingestion. The queued ingestion is waiting for the
+ // ongoing ingestion to complete.
+ //
+ // QueuedIngestion is a required field
+ QueuedIngestion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ID of the queued ingestion.
+ //
+ // WaitingOnIngestion is a required field
+ WaitingOnIngestion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s QueueInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s QueueInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetQueuedIngestion sets the QueuedIngestion field's value.
+func (s *QueueInfo) SetQueuedIngestion(v string) *QueueInfo {
+ s.QueuedIngestion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetWaitingOnIngestion sets the WaitingOnIngestion field's value.
+func (s *QueueInfo) SetWaitingOnIngestion(v string) *QueueInfo {
+ s.WaitingOnIngestion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// RDS parameters.
+type RdsParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Instance ID.
+ //
+ // InstanceId is a required field
+ InstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RdsParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RdsParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RdsParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RdsParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.InstanceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InstanceId"))
+ }
+ if s.InstanceId != nil && len(*s.InstanceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InstanceId", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *RdsParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *RdsParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInstanceId sets the InstanceId field's value.
+func (s *RdsParameters) SetInstanceId(v string) *RdsParameters {
+ s.InstanceId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Redshift parameters. The ClusterId field can be blank if Host and Port are
+// both set, and the other way around.
+type RedshiftParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Cluster ID. This can be blank if the Host and Port are provided.
+ ClusterId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host. This can be blank if the ClusterId is provided.
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Port. This can be blank if the ClusterId is provided.
+ Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RedshiftParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RedshiftParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RedshiftParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedshiftParameters"}
+ if s.ClusterId != nil && len(*s.ClusterId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ClusterId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetClusterId sets the ClusterId field's value.
+func (s *RedshiftParameters) SetClusterId(v string) *RedshiftParameters {
+ s.ClusterId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *RedshiftParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *RedshiftParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *RedshiftParameters) SetHost(v string) *RedshiftParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *RedshiftParameters) SetPort(v int64) *RedshiftParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type RegisterUserInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
+ // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The email address of the user that you want to register.
+ //
+ // Email is a required field
+ Email *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ARN of the IAM user or role that you are registering with Amazon QuickSight.
+ IamArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Amazon QuickSight supports several ways of managing the identity of users.
+ // This parameter accepts two values:
+ //
+ // * IAM: A user whose identity maps to an existing IAM user or role.
+ //
+ // * QUICKSIGHT: A user whose identity is owned and managed internally by
+ // Amazon QuickSight.
+ //
+ // IdentityType is a required field
+ IdentityType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IdentityType"`
+
+ // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ //
+ // Namespace is a required field
+ Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // You need to use this parameter only when you register one or more users using
+ // an assumed IAM role. You don't need to provide the session name for other
+ // scenarios, for example when you are registering an IAM user or an Amazon
+ // QuickSight user. You can register multiple users using the same IAM role
+ // if each user has a different session name. For more information on assuming
+ // IAM roles, see assume-role (https://docs.aws.example.com/cli/latest/reference/sts/assume-role.html)
+ // in the AWS CLI Reference.
+ SessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string"`
+
+ // The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to create for the user you
+ // are registering.
+ UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The Amazon QuickSight role for the user. The user role can be one of the
+ // following:
+ //
+ // * READER: A user who has read-only access to dashboards.
+ //
+ // * AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, datasets, analyses, and
+ // dashboards.
+ //
+ // * ADMIN: A user who is an author, who can also manage Amazon QuickSight
+ // settings.
+ //
+ // * RESTRICTED_READER: This role isn't currently available for use.
+ //
+ // * RESTRICTED_AUTHOR: This role isn't currently available for use.
+ //
+ // UserRole is a required field
+ UserRole *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UserRole"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RegisterUserInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RegisterUserInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterUserInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.Email == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Email"))
+ }
+ if s.IdentityType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityType"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ }
+ if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SessionName != nil && len(*s.SessionName) < 2 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SessionName", 2))
+ }
+ if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.UserRole == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserRole"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEmail sets the Email field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetEmail(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.Email = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamArn sets the IamArn field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetIamArn(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.IamArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIdentityType sets the IdentityType field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetIdentityType(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.IdentityType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSessionName sets the SessionName field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetSessionName(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.SessionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.UserName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserRole sets the UserRole field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetUserRole(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+ s.UserRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type RegisterUserOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The user name.
+ User *User `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The URL the user visits to complete registration and provide a password.
+ // This is returned only for users with an identity type of QUICKSIGHT.
+ UserInvitationUrl *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RegisterUserOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RegisterUserOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *RegisterUserOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *RegisterUserOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUser sets the User field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *RegisterUserOutput {
+ s.User = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUserInvitationUrl sets the UserInvitationUrl field's value.
+func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetUserInvitationUrl(v string) *RegisterUserOutput {
+ s.UserInvitationUrl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A physical table type for relational data sources.
+type RelationalTable struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Data source ARN.
+ //
+ // DataSourceArn is a required field
+ DataSourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The column schema of the table.
+ //
+ // InputColumns is a required field
+ InputColumns []*InputColumn `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // Name of the relational table.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The schema name. Applies to certain relational database engines.
+ Schema *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RelationalTable) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RelationalTable) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RelationalTable) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RelationalTable"}
+ if s.DataSourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.InputColumns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputColumns"))
+ }
+ if s.InputColumns != nil && len(s.InputColumns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputColumns", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.InputColumns != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.InputColumns {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputColumns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceArn sets the DataSourceArn field's value.
+func (s *RelationalTable) SetDataSourceArn(v string) *RelationalTable {
+ s.DataSourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInputColumns sets the InputColumns field's value.
+func (s *RelationalTable) SetInputColumns(v []*InputColumn) *RelationalTable {
+ s.InputColumns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *RelationalTable) SetName(v string) *RelationalTable {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchema sets the Schema field's value.
+func (s *RelationalTable) SetSchema(v string) *RelationalTable {
+ s.Schema = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A transform operation that renames a column.
+type RenameColumnOperation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Name of the column to be renamed.
+ //
+ // ColumnName is a required field
+ ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // New name for the column.
+ //
+ // NewColumnName is a required field
+ NewColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RenameColumnOperation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RenameColumnOperation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RenameColumnOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RenameColumnOperation"}
+ if s.ColumnName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.NewColumnName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NewColumnName"))
+ }
+ if s.NewColumnName != nil && len(*s.NewColumnName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NewColumnName", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
+func (s *RenameColumnOperation) SetColumnName(v string) *RenameColumnOperation {
+ s.ColumnName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNewColumnName sets the NewColumnName field's value.
+func (s *RenameColumnOperation) SetNewColumnName(v string) *RenameColumnOperation {
+ s.NewColumnName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Permission for the resource.
+type ResourcePermission struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The action to grant or revoke permissions on. For example, "quicksight:DescribeDashboard".
+ //
+ // Actions is a required field
+ Actions []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // The ARN of a QuickSight user or group, or an IAM ARN. If you are using cross-account
+ // resource sharing, this is the IAM ARN of an account root. Otherwise, it is
+ // the ARN of a QuickSight user or group. .
+ //
+ // Principal is a required field
+ Principal *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ResourcePermission) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ResourcePermission) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ResourcePermission) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResourcePermission"}
+ if s.Actions == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Actions"))
+ }
+ if s.Actions != nil && len(s.Actions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Actions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Principal == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Principal"))
+ }
+ if s.Principal != nil && len(*s.Principal) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Principal", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetActions sets the Actions field's value.
+func (s *ResourcePermission) SetActions(v []*string) *ResourcePermission {
+ s.Actions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrincipal sets the Principal field's value.
+func (s *ResourcePermission) SetPrincipal(v string) *ResourcePermission {
+ s.Principal = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information on rows during a data set SPICE ingestion.
+type RowInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The number of rows that were not ingested.
+ RowsDropped *int64 `type:"long"`
+
+ // The number of rows that were ingested.
+ RowsIngested *int64 `type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RowInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RowInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRowsDropped sets the RowsDropped field's value.
+func (s *RowInfo) SetRowsDropped(v int64) *RowInfo {
+ s.RowsDropped = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRowsIngested sets the RowsIngested field's value.
+func (s *RowInfo) SetRowsIngested(v int64) *RowInfo {
+ s.RowsIngested = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Row-level security configuration on the dataset.
+type RowLevelPermissionDataSet struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the permission dataset.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Permission policy.
+ //
+ // PermissionPolicy is a required field
+ PermissionPolicy *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RowLevelPermissionPolicy"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s RowLevelPermissionDataSet) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s RowLevelPermissionDataSet) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RowLevelPermissionDataSet"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+ if s.PermissionPolicy == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PermissionPolicy"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) SetArn(v string) *RowLevelPermissionDataSet {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissionPolicy sets the PermissionPolicy field's value.
+func (s *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) SetPermissionPolicy(v string) *RowLevelPermissionDataSet {
+ s.PermissionPolicy = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// S3 parameters.
+type S3Parameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Location of the Amazon S3 manifest file. This is NULL if the manifest file
+ // was uploaded in the console.
+ //
+ // ManifestFileLocation is a required field
+ ManifestFileLocation *ManifestFileLocation `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s S3Parameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s S3Parameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *S3Parameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "S3Parameters"}
+ if s.ManifestFileLocation == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ManifestFileLocation"))
+ }
+ if s.ManifestFileLocation != nil {
+ if err := s.ManifestFileLocation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ManifestFileLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetManifestFileLocation sets the ManifestFileLocation field's value.
+func (s *S3Parameters) SetManifestFileLocation(v *ManifestFileLocation) *S3Parameters {
+ s.ManifestFileLocation = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A physical table type for as S3 data source.
+type S3Source struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Data source ARN.
+ //
+ // DataSourceArn is a required field
+ DataSourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A physical table type for as S3 data source.
+ //
+ // InputColumns is a required field
+ InputColumns []*InputColumn `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+
+ // Information on the S3 source file(s) format.
+ UploadSettings *UploadSettings `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s S3Source) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s S3Source) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *S3Source) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "S3Source"}
+ if s.DataSourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.InputColumns == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputColumns"))
+ }
+ if s.InputColumns != nil && len(s.InputColumns) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputColumns", 1))
+ }
+ if s.InputColumns != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.InputColumns {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputColumns", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.UploadSettings != nil {
+ if err := s.UploadSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("UploadSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceArn sets the DataSourceArn field's value.
+func (s *S3Source) SetDataSourceArn(v string) *S3Source {
+ s.DataSourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetInputColumns sets the InputColumns field's value.
+func (s *S3Source) SetInputColumns(v []*InputColumn) *S3Source {
+ s.InputColumns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUploadSettings sets the UploadSettings field's value.
+func (s *S3Source) SetUploadSettings(v *UploadSettings) *S3Source {
+ s.UploadSettings = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// ServiceNow parameters.
+type ServiceNowParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // URL of the base site.
+ //
+ // SiteBaseUrl is a required field
+ SiteBaseUrl *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ServiceNowParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ServiceNowParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ServiceNowParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServiceNowParameters"}
+ if s.SiteBaseUrl == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SiteBaseUrl"))
+ }
+ if s.SiteBaseUrl != nil && len(*s.SiteBaseUrl) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SiteBaseUrl", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSiteBaseUrl sets the SiteBaseUrl field's value.
+func (s *ServiceNowParameters) SetSiteBaseUrl(v string) *ServiceNowParameters {
+ s.SiteBaseUrl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Sheet controls option.
+type SheetControlsOption struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Visibility state.
+ VisibilityState *string `type:"string" enum:"DashboardUIState"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s SheetControlsOption) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s SheetControlsOption) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetVisibilityState sets the VisibilityState field's value.
+func (s *SheetControlsOption) SetVisibilityState(v string) *SheetControlsOption {
+ s.VisibilityState = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Snowflake parameters.
+type SnowflakeParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Warehouse.
+ //
+ // Warehouse is a required field
+ Warehouse *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s SnowflakeParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s SnowflakeParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *SnowflakeParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SnowflakeParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Warehouse == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Warehouse"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *SnowflakeParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *SnowflakeParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *SnowflakeParameters) SetHost(v string) *SnowflakeParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetWarehouse sets the Warehouse field's value.
+func (s *SnowflakeParameters) SetWarehouse(v string) *SnowflakeParameters {
+ s.Warehouse = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Spark parameters.
+type SparkParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s SparkParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s SparkParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *SparkParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SparkParameters"}
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *SparkParameters) SetHost(v string) *SparkParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *SparkParameters) SetPort(v int64) *SparkParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SQL Server parameters.
+type SqlServerParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s SqlServerParameters) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s SqlServerParameters) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *SqlServerParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SqlServerParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *SqlServerParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *SqlServerParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *SqlServerParameters) SetHost(v string) *SqlServerParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *SqlServerParameters) SetPort(v int64) *SqlServerParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SSL properties that apply when QuickSight connects to your underlying data
+// source.
+type SslProperties struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A boolean flag to control whether SSL should be disabled.
+ DisableSsl *bool `type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s SslProperties) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s SslProperties) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetDisableSsl sets the DisableSsl field's value.
+func (s *SslProperties) SetDisableSsl(v bool) *SslProperties {
+ s.DisableSsl = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// String parameter.
+type StringParameter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the dataset.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Values.
+ //
+ // Values is a required field
+ Values []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StringParameter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StringParameter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StringParameter) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StringParameter"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Values == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *StringParameter) SetName(v string) *StringParameter {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
+func (s *StringParameter) SetValues(v []*string) *StringParameter {
+ s.Values = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The keys of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to
+// the resource.
+type Tag struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Tag key.
+ //
+ // Key is a required field
+ Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Tag value.
+ //
+ // Value is a required field
+ Value *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
+ if s.Key == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+ }
+ if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Value == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
+ }
+ if s.Value != nil && len(*s.Value) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Value", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
+ s.Key = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
+ s.Value = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A transform operation that tags a column with additional information.
+type TagColumnOperation struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The column that this operation acts on.
+ //
+ // ColumnName is a required field
+ ColumnName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The dataset column tag, currently only used for geospatial type tagging. .
+ //
+ // This is not tags for the AWS tagging feature. .
+ //
+ // Tags is a required field
+ Tags []*ColumnTag `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TagColumnOperation) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TagColumnOperation) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TagColumnOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagColumnOperation"}
+ if s.ColumnName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ColumnName"))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnName != nil && len(*s.ColumnName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetColumnName sets the ColumnName field's value.
+func (s *TagColumnOperation) SetColumnName(v string) *TagColumnOperation {
+ s.ColumnName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *TagColumnOperation) SetTags(v []*ColumnTag) *TagColumnOperation {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type TagResourceInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource you want to tag.
+ //
+ // ResourceArn is a required field
+ ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned
+ // to the resource.
+ //
+ // Tags is a required field
+ Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil && len(s.Tags) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Tags", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *TagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *TagResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *TagResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *TagResourceInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type TagResourceOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *TagResourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *TagResourceOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *TagResourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *TagResourceOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A template object. A template is an entity in QuickSight which encapsulates
+// the metadata required to create an analysis that can be used to create dashboard.
+// It adds a layer of abstraction by replacing the dataset associated with the
+// analysis with placeholders. Templates can be used to create dashboards by
+// replacing dataset placeholders with datasets which follow the same schema
+// that was used to create the source analysis and template.
+//
+// You can share templates across AWS accounts by allowing users in other AWS
+// accounts to create a template or a dashboard from an existing template.
+type Template struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the template.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Time when this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // Time when this was last updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The display name of the template.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the template. This is unique per region per AWS account.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // A structure describing the versions of the template.
+ Version *TemplateVersion `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Template) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Template) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *Template) SetArn(v string) *Template {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *Template) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *Template {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *Template) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Template {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *Template) SetName(v string) *Template {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *Template) SetTemplateId(v string) *Template {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
+func (s *Template) SetVersion(v *TemplateVersion) *Template {
+ s.Version = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The template alias.
+type TemplateAlias struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The display name of the template alias.
+ AliasName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the template alias.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The version number of the template alias.
+ TemplateVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateAlias) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateAlias) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *TemplateAlias) SetAliasName(v string) *TemplateAlias {
+ s.AliasName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *TemplateAlias) SetArn(v string) *TemplateAlias {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateVersionNumber sets the TemplateVersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *TemplateAlias) SetTemplateVersionNumber(v int64) *TemplateAlias {
+ s.TemplateVersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// List of errors that occurred when the template version creation failed.
+type TemplateError struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Description of the error type.
+ Message *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // Type of error.
+ Type *string `type:"string" enum:"TemplateErrorType"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateError) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateError) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
+func (s *TemplateError) SetMessage(v string) *TemplateError {
+ s.Message = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetType sets the Type field's value.
+func (s *TemplateError) SetType(v string) *TemplateError {
+ s.Type = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The source analysis of the template.
+type TemplateSourceAnalysis struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A structure containing information about the dataset references used as placeholders
+ // in the template.
+ //
+ // DataSetReferences is a required field
+ DataSetReferences []*DataSetReference `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateSourceAnalysis) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateSourceAnalysis) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TemplateSourceAnalysis) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TemplateSourceAnalysis"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetReferences == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetReferences"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetReferences != nil && len(s.DataSetReferences) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetReferences", 1))
+ }
+ if s.DataSetReferences != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.DataSetReferences {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "DataSetReferences", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSourceAnalysis) SetArn(v string) *TemplateSourceAnalysis {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetReferences sets the DataSetReferences field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSourceAnalysis) SetDataSetReferences(v []*DataSetReference) *TemplateSourceAnalysis {
+ s.DataSetReferences = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The source entity of the template.
+type TemplateSourceEntity struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The source analysis, if it is based on an analysis.
+ SourceAnalysis *TemplateSourceAnalysis `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The source template, if it is based on an template.
+ SourceTemplate *TemplateSourceTemplate `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateSourceEntity) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateSourceEntity) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TemplateSourceEntity) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TemplateSourceEntity"}
+ if s.SourceAnalysis != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SourceTemplate != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceTemplate.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceTemplate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSourceAnalysis sets the SourceAnalysis field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSourceEntity) SetSourceAnalysis(v *TemplateSourceAnalysis) *TemplateSourceEntity {
+ s.SourceAnalysis = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceTemplate sets the SourceTemplate field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSourceEntity) SetSourceTemplate(v *TemplateSourceTemplate) *TemplateSourceEntity {
+ s.SourceTemplate = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The source template of the template.
+type TemplateSourceTemplate struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the resource.
+ //
+ // Arn is a required field
+ Arn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateSourceTemplate) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s TemplateSourceTemplate) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TemplateSourceTemplate) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TemplateSourceTemplate"}
+ if s.Arn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Arn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSourceTemplate) SetArn(v string) *TemplateSourceTemplate {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The template summary.
+type TemplateSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A summary of a template.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The last time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The last time this was updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
- //
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // A structure containing a list of version numbers for the template summary.
+ LatestVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
+
+ // A display name for the template.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the template. This is unique per region per AWS account.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s TemplateSummary) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s TemplateSummary) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CreateGroupInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGroupInput"}
- if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
- }
- if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
- }
- if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1))
- }
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
- }
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
- }
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
- }
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
- }
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSummary) SetArn(v string) *TemplateSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSummary) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *TemplateSummary {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
- s.AwsAccountId = &v
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSummary) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *TemplateSummary {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
return s
}
-// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
- s.Description = &v
+// SetLatestVersionNumber sets the LatestVersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSummary) SetLatestVersionNumber(v int64) *TemplateSummary {
+ s.LatestVersionNumber = &v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSummary) SetName(v string) *TemplateSummary {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *CreateGroupInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *TemplateSummary) SetTemplateId(v string) *TemplateSummary {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
return s
}
-type CreateGroupMembershipInput struct {
+// A version of a template.
+type TemplateVersion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
- //
- // AwsAccountId is a required field
- AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The name of the group that you want to add the user to.
- //
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Schema of the dataset identified by the placeholder. The idea is that any
+ // dashboard created from the template should be bound to new datasets matching
+ // the same schema described through this API. .
+ DataSetConfigurations []*DataSetConfiguration `type:"list"`
- // The name of the user that you want to add to the group membership.
- //
- // MemberName is a required field
- MemberName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MemberName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The description of the template.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
- //
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Errors associated with the template.
+ Errors []*TemplateError `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ARN of the analysis or template which was used to create this template.
+ SourceEntityArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The version number of the template.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupMembershipInput) String() string {
+func (s TemplateVersion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupMembershipInput) GoString() string {
+func (s TemplateVersion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateGroupMembershipInput"}
- if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
- }
- if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
- }
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
- }
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
- }
- if s.MemberName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MemberName"))
- }
- if s.MemberName != nil && len(*s.MemberName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MemberName", 1))
- }
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
- }
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
- }
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
- if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
- return invalidParams
- }
- return nil
+// SetDataSetConfigurations sets the DataSetConfigurations field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetDataSetConfigurations(v []*DataSetConfiguration) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.DataSetConfigurations = v
+ return s
}
-// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
- s.AwsAccountId = &v
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetDescription(v string) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.Description = &v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetGroupName(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
+// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetErrors(v []*TemplateError) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.Errors = v
return s
}
-// SetMemberName sets the MemberName field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetMemberName(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
- s.MemberName = &v
+// SetSourceEntityArn sets the SourceEntityArn field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetSourceEntityArn(v string) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.SourceEntityArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipInput) SetNamespace(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetStatus(v string) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type CreateGroupMembershipOutput struct {
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersion) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *TemplateVersion {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The template version.
+type TemplateVersionSummary struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The group member.
- GroupMember *GroupMember `type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of the template version.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
- // The AWS request ID for this operation.
- RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+ // The time this was created.
+ CreatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
- // The http status of the request.
- Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+ // The desription of the template version.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of the template version.
+ Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The version number of the template version.
+ VersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupMembershipOutput) String() string {
+func (s TemplateVersionSummary) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupMembershipOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s TemplateVersionSummary) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroupMember sets the GroupMember field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) SetGroupMember(v *GroupMember) *CreateGroupMembershipOutput {
- s.GroupMember = v
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersionSummary) SetArn(v string) *TemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateGroupMembershipOutput {
- s.RequestId = &v
+// SetCreatedTime sets the CreatedTime field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersionSummary) SetCreatedTime(v time.Time) *TemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.CreatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersionSummary) SetDescription(v string) *TemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupMembershipOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateGroupMembershipOutput {
+func (s *TemplateVersionSummary) SetStatus(v string) *TemplateVersionSummary {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-// The response object for this operation.
-type CreateGroupOutput struct {
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *TemplateVersionSummary) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *TemplateVersionSummary {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Teradata parameters.
+type TeradataParameters struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the group.
- Group *Group `type:"structure"`
+ // Database.
+ //
+ // Database is a required field
+ Database *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The AWS request ID for this operation.
- RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+ // Host.
+ //
+ // Host is a required field
+ Host *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The http status of the request.
- Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+ // Port.
+ //
+ // Port is a required field
+ Port *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupOutput) String() string {
+func (s TeradataParameters) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s CreateGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s TeradataParameters) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupOutput) SetGroup(v *Group) *CreateGroupOutput {
- s.Group = v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *TeradataParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TeradataParameters"}
+ if s.Database == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Database"))
+ }
+ if s.Database != nil && len(*s.Database) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Database", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Host == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Host"))
+ }
+ if s.Host != nil && len(*s.Host) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Host", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Port == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Port"))
+ }
+ if s.Port != nil && *s.Port < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Port", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetDatabase sets the Database field's value.
+func (s *TeradataParameters) SetDatabase(v string) *TeradataParameters {
+ s.Database = &v
return s
}
-// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateGroupOutput {
- s.RequestId = &v
+// SetHost sets the Host field's value.
+func (s *TeradataParameters) SetHost(v string) *TeradataParameters {
+ s.Host = &v
return s
}
-// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *CreateGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *CreateGroupOutput {
- s.Status = &v
+// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
+func (s *TeradataParameters) SetPort(v int64) *TeradataParameters {
+ s.Port = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteGroupInput struct {
+// A data transformation on a logical table. This is a variant type structure.
+// No more than one of the attributes should be non-null for this structure
+// to be valid.
+type TransformOperation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
- //
- // AwsAccountId is a required field
- AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // A transform operation that casts a column to a different type.
+ CastColumnTypeOperation *CastColumnTypeOperation `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the group that you want to delete.
- //
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // An operation that creates calculated columns. Columns created in one such
+ // operation form a lexical closure.
+ CreateColumnsOperation *CreateColumnsOperation `type:"structure"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
- //
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // An operation that filters rows based on some condition.
+ FilterOperation *FilterOperation `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An operation that projects columns. Operations that come after a projection
+ // can only refer to projected columns.
+ ProjectOperation *ProjectOperation `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An operation that renames a column.
+ RenameColumnOperation *RenameColumnOperation `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An operation that tags a column with additional information.
+ TagColumnOperation *TagColumnOperation `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s TransformOperation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s TransformOperation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteGroupInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteGroupInput"}
- if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+func (s *TransformOperation) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransformOperation"}
+ if s.CastColumnTypeOperation != nil {
+ if err := s.CastColumnTypeOperation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("CastColumnTypeOperation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
- if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ if s.CreateColumnsOperation != nil {
+ if err := s.CreateColumnsOperation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("CreateColumnsOperation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ if s.FilterOperation != nil {
+ if err := s.FilterOperation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("FilterOperation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ if s.ProjectOperation != nil {
+ if err := s.ProjectOperation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ProjectOperation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.RenameColumnOperation != nil {
+ if err := s.RenameColumnOperation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RenameColumnOperation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.TagColumnOperation != nil {
+ if err := s.TagColumnOperation.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TagColumnOperation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2132,85 +19927,81 @@ func (s *DeleteGroupInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteGroupInput {
- s.AwsAccountId = &v
+// SetCastColumnTypeOperation sets the CastColumnTypeOperation field's value.
+func (s *TransformOperation) SetCastColumnTypeOperation(v *CastColumnTypeOperation) *TransformOperation {
+ s.CastColumnTypeOperation = v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DeleteGroupInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
+// SetCreateColumnsOperation sets the CreateColumnsOperation field's value.
+func (s *TransformOperation) SetCreateColumnsOperation(v *CreateColumnsOperation) *TransformOperation {
+ s.CreateColumnsOperation = v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteGroupInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetFilterOperation sets the FilterOperation field's value.
+func (s *TransformOperation) SetFilterOperation(v *FilterOperation) *TransformOperation {
+ s.FilterOperation = v
return s
}
-type DeleteGroupMembershipInput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+// SetProjectOperation sets the ProjectOperation field's value.
+func (s *TransformOperation) SetProjectOperation(v *ProjectOperation) *TransformOperation {
+ s.ProjectOperation = v
+ return s
+}
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
- //
- // AwsAccountId is a required field
- AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
+// SetRenameColumnOperation sets the RenameColumnOperation field's value.
+func (s *TransformOperation) SetRenameColumnOperation(v *RenameColumnOperation) *TransformOperation {
+ s.RenameColumnOperation = v
+ return s
+}
- // The name of the group that you want to delete the user from.
- //
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+// SetTagColumnOperation sets the TagColumnOperation field's value.
+func (s *TransformOperation) SetTagColumnOperation(v *TagColumnOperation) *TransformOperation {
+ s.TagColumnOperation = v
+ return s
+}
- // The name of the user that you want to delete from the group membership.
+// Twitter parameters.
+type TwitterParameters struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Maximum number of rows to query Twitter.
//
- // MemberName is a required field
- MemberName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"MemberName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // MaxRows is a required field
+ MaxRows *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // Twitter query string.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Query is a required field
+ Query *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupMembershipInput) String() string {
+func (s TwitterParameters) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupMembershipInput) GoString() string {
+func (s TwitterParameters) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteGroupMembershipInput"}
- if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
- }
- if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
- }
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
- }
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
- }
- if s.MemberName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MemberName"))
+func (s *TwitterParameters) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TwitterParameters"}
+ if s.MaxRows == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MaxRows"))
}
- if s.MemberName != nil && len(*s.MemberName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MemberName", 1))
+ if s.MaxRows != nil && *s.MaxRows < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxRows", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.Query == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Query"))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.Query != nil && len(*s.Query) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Query", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2219,63 +20010,78 @@ func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
- s.AwsAccountId = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetMemberName sets the MemberName field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetMemberName(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
- s.MemberName = &v
+// SetMaxRows sets the MaxRows field's value.
+func (s *TwitterParameters) SetMaxRows(v int64) *TwitterParameters {
+ s.MaxRows = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetQuery sets the Query field's value.
+func (s *TwitterParameters) SetQuery(v string) *TwitterParameters {
+ s.Query = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteGroupMembershipOutput struct {
+type UntagResourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The AWS request ID for this operation.
- RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+ // The ARN of the resource you to untag.
+ //
+ // ResourceArn is a required field
+ ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ResourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The http status of the request.
- Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+ // The keys of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to
+ // the resource.
+ //
+ // TagKeys is a required field
+ TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"keys" min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) String() string {
+func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput {
- s.RequestId = &v
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
+ if s.ResourceArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
+ }
+ if s.TagKeys == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
+ }
+ if s.TagKeys != nil && len(s.TagKeys) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TagKeys", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteGroupMembershipOutput {
- s.Status = &v
+// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
+func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
+ s.TagKeys = v
return s
}
-type DeleteGroupOutput struct {
+type UntagResourceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
@@ -2286,77 +20092,123 @@ type DeleteGroupOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupOutput) String() string {
+func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteGroupOutput {
+func (s *UntagResourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UntagResourceOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *DeleteGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteGroupOutput {
+func (s *UntagResourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UntagResourceOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput struct {
+type UpdateDashboardInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are updating.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The principal ID of the user.
+ // Publishing options when creating a dashboard.
//
- // PrincipalId is a required field
- PrincipalId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"PrincipalId" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // * AvailabilityStatus for AdHocFilteringOption - This can be either ENABLED
+ // or DISABLED. When This is set to set to DISABLED, QuickSight disables
+ // the left filter pane on the published dashboard, which can be used for
+ // AdHoc filtering. Enabled by default.
+ //
+ // * AvailabilityStatus for ExportToCSVOption - This can be either ENABLED
+ // or DISABLED. The visual option to export data to CSV is disabled when
+ // this is set to DISABLED. Enabled by default.
+ //
+ // * VisibilityState for SheetControlsOption - This can be either COLLAPSED
+ // or EXPANDED. The sheet controls pane is collapsed by default when set
+ // to true. Collapsed by default.
+ DashboardPublishOptions *DashboardPublishOptions `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The display name of the dashboard.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A structure that contains the parameters of the dashboard.
+ Parameters *Parameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The template or analysis from which the dashboard is created. The SouceTemplate
+ // entity accepts the Arn of the template and also references to replacement
+ // datasets for the placeholders set when creating the template. The replacement
+ // datasets need to follow the same schema as the datasets for which placeholders
+ // were created when creating the template.
+ //
+ // SourceEntity is a required field
+ SourceEntity *DashboardSourceEntity `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // A description for the first version of the dashboard being created.
+ VersionDescription *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput"}
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDashboardInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
}
- if s.PrincipalId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PrincipalId"))
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
- if s.PrincipalId != nil && len(*s.PrincipalId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PrincipalId", 1))
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SourceEntity == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEntity"))
+ }
+ if s.VersionDescription != nil && len(*s.VersionDescription) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionDescription", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Parameters != nil {
+ if err := s.Parameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Parameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.SourceEntity != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceEntity.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceEntity", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2366,105 +20218,185 @@ func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDashboardInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *UpdateDashboardInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
return s
}
-// SetPrincipalId sets the PrincipalId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput) SetPrincipalId(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdInput {
- s.PrincipalId = &v
+// SetDashboardPublishOptions sets the DashboardPublishOptions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetDashboardPublishOptions(v *DashboardPublishOptions) *UpdateDashboardInput {
+ s.DashboardPublishOptions = v
return s
}
-type DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput struct {
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDashboardInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetParameters(v *Parameters) *UpdateDashboardInput {
+ s.Parameters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSourceEntity sets the SourceEntity field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetSourceEntity(v *DashboardSourceEntity) *UpdateDashboardInput {
+ s.SourceEntity = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardInput) SetVersionDescription(v string) *UpdateDashboardInput {
+ s.VersionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateDashboardOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of the resource.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The creation status of the request.
+ CreationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
// The http status of the request.
- Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+ Status *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // The ARN of the dashboard, including the version number.
+ VersionArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateDashboardOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationStatus sets the CreationStatus field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardOutput) SetCreationStatus(v string) *UpdateDashboardOutput {
+ s.CreationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardOutput) SetDashboardId(v string) *UpdateDashboardOutput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDashboardOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteUserByPrincipalIdOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDashboardOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type DeleteUserInput struct {
+// SetVersionArn sets the VersionArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardOutput) SetVersionArn(v string) *UpdateDashboardOutput {
+ s.VersionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are updating.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The name of the user that you want to delete.
- //
- // UserName is a required field
- UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The permissions that you want to grant on this resource.
+ GrantPermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The permissions that you want to revoke from this resource.
+ RevokePermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DeleteUserInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteUserInput"}
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
}
- if s.UserName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil && len(s.GrantPermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrantPermissions", 1))
}
- if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil && len(s.RevokePermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RevokePermissions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GrantPermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GrantPermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.RevokePermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RevokePermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2474,26 +20406,41 @@ func (s *DeleteUserInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
return s
}
-// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *DeleteUserInput {
- s.UserName = &v
+// SetGrantPermissions sets the GrantPermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) SetGrantPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput {
+ s.GrantPermissions = v
return s
}
-type DeleteUserOutput struct {
+// SetRevokePermissions sets the RevokePermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput) SetRevokePermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsInput {
+ s.RevokePermissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of the dashboard.
+ DashboardArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // Information about the permissions on the dashboard.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
@@ -2502,77 +20449,94 @@ type DeleteUserOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DeleteUserOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetDashboardArn sets the DashboardArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetDashboardArn(v string) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DashboardArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetDashboardId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DeleteUserOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *DeleteUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DeleteUserOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDashboardPermissionsOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeGroupInput struct {
+type UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are updating.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The name of the group that you want to describe.
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
//
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // DashboardId is a required field
+ DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // The version number of the dashboard.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // VersionNumber is a required field
+ VersionNumber *int64 `location:"uri" locationName:"VersionNumber" min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeGroupInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeGroupInput"}
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
- }
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ if s.DashboardId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.VersionNumber == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersionNumber"))
+ }
+ if s.VersionNumber != nil && *s.VersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VersionNumber", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2582,28 +20546,31 @@ func (s *DescribeGroupInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeGroupInput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *DescribeGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *DescribeGroupInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DescribeGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeGroupInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetVersionNumber sets the VersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput) SetVersionNumber(v int64) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionInput {
+ s.VersionNumber = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeGroupOutput struct {
+type UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the group.
- Group *Group `type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of the dashboard.
+ DashboardArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dashboard.
+ DashboardId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
@@ -2613,83 +20580,160 @@ type DescribeGroupOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeGroupOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
-func (s *DescribeGroupOutput) SetGroup(v *Group) *DescribeGroupOutput {
- s.Group = v
+// SetDashboardArn sets the DashboardArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) SetDashboardArn(v string) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput {
+ s.DashboardArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) SetDashboardId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput {
+ s.DashboardId = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeGroupOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *DescribeGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeGroupOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDashboardPublishedVersionOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeUserInput struct {
+type UpdateDataSetInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // The AWS Account ID.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // Groupings of columns that work together in certain QuickSight features. Currently
+ // only geospatial hierarchy is supported.
+ ColumnGroups []*ColumnGroup `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The name of the user that you want to describe.
+ // Indicates whether or not you want to import the data into SPICE.
//
- // UserName is a required field
- UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // ImportMode is a required field
+ ImportMode *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DataSetImportMode"`
+
+ // Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical
+ // tables.
+ LogicalTableMap map[string]*LogicalTable `min:"1" type:"map"`
+
+ // The display name for the dataset.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources.
+ //
+ // PhysicalTableMap is a required field
+ PhysicalTableMap map[string]*PhysicalTable `min:"1" type:"map" required:"true"`
+
+ // Row-level security configuration on the data you want to create.
+ RowLevelPermissionDataSet *RowLevelPermissionDataSet `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeUserInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeUserInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *DescribeUserInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeUserInput"}
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDataSetInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.ColumnGroups != nil && len(s.ColumnGroups) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ColumnGroups", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
}
- if s.UserName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
}
- if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ if s.ImportMode == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ImportMode"))
+ }
+ if s.LogicalTableMap != nil && len(s.LogicalTableMap) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LogicalTableMap", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.PhysicalTableMap == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PhysicalTableMap"))
+ }
+ if s.PhysicalTableMap != nil && len(s.PhysicalTableMap) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("PhysicalTableMap", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ColumnGroups != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.ColumnGroups {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ColumnGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.LogicalTableMap != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.LogicalTableMap {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LogicalTableMap", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.PhysicalTableMap != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.PhysicalTableMap {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "PhysicalTableMap", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet != nil {
+ if err := s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("RowLevelPermissionDataSet", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2699,139 +20743,195 @@ func (s *DescribeUserInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *DescribeUserInput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDataSetInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *DescribeUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *DescribeUserInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetColumnGroups sets the ColumnGroups field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetColumnGroups(v []*ColumnGroup) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.ColumnGroups = v
return s
}
-// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
-func (s *DescribeUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *DescribeUserInput {
- s.UserName = &v
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
return s
}
-type DescribeUserOutput struct {
+// SetImportMode sets the ImportMode field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetImportMode(v string) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.ImportMode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLogicalTableMap sets the LogicalTableMap field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetLogicalTableMap(v map[string]*LogicalTable) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.LogicalTableMap = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPhysicalTableMap sets the PhysicalTableMap field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetPhysicalTableMap(v map[string]*PhysicalTable) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.PhysicalTableMap = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet sets the RowLevelPermissionDataSet field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetInput) SetRowLevelPermissionDataSet(v *RowLevelPermissionDataSet) *UpdateDataSetInput {
+ s.RowLevelPermissionDataSet = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateDataSetOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The ARN of the dataset.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the ingestion, which is triggered as a
+ // result of dataset creation if the import mode is SPICE
+ IngestionArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID of the ingestion, which is triggered as a result of dataset creation
+ // if the import mode is SPICE
+ IngestionId *string `type:"string"`
+
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
// The http status of the request.
Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
-
- // The user name.
- User *User `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeUserOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s DescribeUserOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateDataSetOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetOutput) SetDataSetId(v string) *UpdateDataSetOutput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionArn sets the IngestionArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetOutput) SetIngestionArn(v string) *UpdateDataSetOutput {
+ s.IngestionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIngestionId sets the IngestionId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetOutput) SetIngestionId(v string) *UpdateDataSetOutput {
+ s.IngestionId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *DescribeUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *DescribeUserOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSetOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDataSetOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *DescribeUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *DescribeUserOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSetOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDataSetOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-// SetUser sets the User field's value.
-func (s *DescribeUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *DescribeUserOutput {
- s.User = v
- return s
-}
-
-type GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput struct {
+type UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // AWS account ID that contains the dashboard you are embedding.
+ // The AWS Account ID.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The ID for the dashboard, also added to IAM policy
- //
- // DashboardId is a required field
- DashboardId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DashboardId" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // The authentication method the user uses to sign in (IAM only).
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
//
- // IdentityType is a required field
- IdentityType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"creds-type" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IdentityType"`
-
- // Remove the reset button on embedded dashboard. The default is FALSE, which
- // allows the reset button.
- ResetDisabled *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"reset-disabled" type:"boolean"`
-
- // How many minutes the session is valid. The session lifetime must be between
- // 15 and 600 minutes.
- SessionLifetimeInMinutes *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"session-lifetime" min:"15" type:"long"`
+ // DataSetId is a required field
+ DataSetId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSetId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // Remove the undo/redo button on embedded dashboard. The default is FALSE,
- // which enables the undo/redo button.
- UndoRedoDisabled *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"undo-redo-disabled" type:"boolean"`
+ // The resource permissions that you want to grant to the dataset.
+ GrantPermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
- // The Amazon QuickSight user's ARN, for use with QUICKSIGHT identity type.
- // You can use this for any of the following:
- //
- // * Amazon QuickSight users in your account (readers, authors, or admins)
- //
- // * AD users
- //
- // * Invited non-federated users
- //
- // * Federated IAM users
- //
- // * Federated IAM role-based sessions
- UserArn *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"user-arn" type:"string"`
+ // The resource permissions that you want to revoke from the dataset.
+ RevokePermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput"}
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.DashboardId == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DashboardId"))
+ if s.DataSetId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSetId"))
}
- if s.DashboardId != nil && len(*s.DashboardId) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DashboardId", 1))
+ if s.DataSetId != nil && len(*s.DataSetId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSetId", 1))
}
- if s.IdentityType == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityType"))
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil && len(s.GrantPermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrantPermissions", 1))
}
- if s.SessionLifetimeInMinutes != nil && *s.SessionLifetimeInMinutes < 15 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SessionLifetimeInMinutes", 15))
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil && len(s.RevokePermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RevokePermissions", 1))
+ }
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GrantPermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GrantPermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.RevokePermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RevokePermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -2841,55 +20941,38 @@ func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetDashboardId sets the DashboardId field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetDashboardId(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
- s.DashboardId = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetIdentityType sets the IdentityType field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetIdentityType(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
- s.IdentityType = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetResetDisabled sets the ResetDisabled field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetResetDisabled(v bool) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
- s.ResetDisabled = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetSessionLifetimeInMinutes sets the SessionLifetimeInMinutes field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetSessionLifetimeInMinutes(v int64) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
- s.SessionLifetimeInMinutes = &v
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) SetDataSetId(v string) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
return s
}
-// SetUndoRedoDisabled sets the UndoRedoDisabled field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetUndoRedoDisabled(v bool) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
- s.UndoRedoDisabled = &v
+// SetGrantPermissions sets the GrantPermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) SetGrantPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput {
+ s.GrantPermissions = v
return s
}
-// SetUserArn sets the UserArn field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput) SetUserArn(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlInput {
- s.UserArn = &v
+// SetRevokePermissions sets the RevokePermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput) SetRevokePermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsInput {
+ s.RevokePermissions = v
return s
}
-type GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput struct {
+type UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // URL that you can put into your server-side webpage to embed your dashboard.
- // This URL is valid for 5 minutes, and the resulting session is valid for 10
- // hours. The API provides the URL with an auth_code that enables a single-signon
- // session.
- EmbedUrl *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
+ // The ARN of the dataset.
+ DataSetArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the dataset you want to create. This is unique per region per
+ // AWS account.
+ DataSetId *string `type:"string"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
@@ -2899,179 +20982,296 @@ type GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetEmbedUrl sets the EmbedUrl field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) SetEmbedUrl(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput {
- s.EmbedUrl = &v
+// SetDataSetArn sets the DataSetArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetDataSetArn(v string) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSetArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSetId sets the DataSetId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetDataSetId(v string) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSetId = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *GetDashboardEmbedUrlOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDataSetPermissionsOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-// A group in Amazon QuickSight consists of a set of users. You can use groups
-// to make it easier to manage access and security. Currently, an Amazon QuickSight
-// subscription can't contain more than 500 Amazon QuickSight groups.
-type Group struct {
+type UpdateDataSourceInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the group.
- Arn *string `type:"string"`
+ // The AWS account ID.
+ //
+ // AwsAccountId is a required field
+ AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The group description.
- Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The credentials QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source. Currently
+ // only username/password based credentials are supported.
+ Credentials *DataSourceCredentials `type:"structure" sensitive:"true"`
- // The name of the group.
- GroupName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ //
+ // DataSourceId is a required field
+ DataSourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSourceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The principal ID of the group.
- PrincipalId *string `type:"string"`
+ // The parameters QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source.
+ DataSourceParameters *DataSourceParameters `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A display name for the data source.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // SSL properties that apply when QuickSight connects to your underlying source.
+ SslProperties *SslProperties `type:"structure"`
+
+ // You need to use this parameter only when you want QuickSight to use a VPC
+ // connection when connecting to your underlying source.
+ VpcConnectionProperties *VpcConnectionProperties `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s Group) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourceInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
-// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s Group) GoString() string {
- return s.String()
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateDataSourceInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDataSourceInput"}
+ if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
+ }
+ if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceId"))
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceId != nil && len(*s.DataSourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceId", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Credentials != nil {
+ if err := s.Credentials.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Credentials", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.DataSourceParameters != nil {
+ if err := s.DataSourceParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("DataSourceParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.VpcConnectionProperties != nil {
+ if err := s.VpcConnectionProperties.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("VpcConnectionProperties", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCredentials sets the Credentials field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetCredentials(v *DataSourceCredentials) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Credentials = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
+ return s
}
-// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *Group) SetArn(v string) *Group {
- s.Arn = &v
+// SetDataSourceParameters sets the DataSourceParameters field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetDataSourceParameters(v *DataSourceParameters) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.DataSourceParameters = v
return s
}
-// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
-func (s *Group) SetDescription(v string) *Group {
- s.Description = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *Group) SetGroupName(v string) *Group {
- s.GroupName = &v
+// SetSslProperties sets the SslProperties field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetSslProperties(v *SslProperties) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.SslProperties = v
return s
}
-// SetPrincipalId sets the PrincipalId field's value.
-func (s *Group) SetPrincipalId(v string) *Group {
- s.PrincipalId = &v
+// SetVpcConnectionProperties sets the VpcConnectionProperties field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceInput) SetVpcConnectionProperties(v *VpcConnectionProperties) *UpdateDataSourceInput {
+ s.VpcConnectionProperties = v
return s
}
-// A member of an Amazon QuickSight group. Currently, group members must be
-// users. Groups can't be members of another group.
-type GroupMember struct {
+type UpdateDataSourceOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the group member (user).
+ // The ARN of the data source.
Arn *string `type:"string"`
- // The name of the group member (user).
- MemberName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The AWS request ID for this operation.
+ RequestId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The http status of the request.
+ Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The update status of the data source's last update.
+ UpdateStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s GroupMember) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourceOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s GroupMember) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourceOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
-func (s *GroupMember) SetArn(v string) *GroupMember {
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateDataSourceOutput {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
-// SetMemberName sets the MemberName field's value.
-func (s *GroupMember) SetMemberName(v string) *GroupMember {
- s.MemberName = &v
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceOutput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *UpdateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
return s
}
-type ListGroupMembershipsInput struct {
+// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.RequestId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetUpdateStatus sets the UpdateStatus field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourceOutput) SetUpdateStatus(v string) *UpdateDataSourceOutput {
+ s.UpdateStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // The AWS account ID.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The name of the group that you want to see a membership list of.
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
//
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // The maximum number of results to return from this request.
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // DataSourceId is a required field
+ DataSourceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"DataSourceId" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
- //
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // A list of resource permissions that you want to grant on the data source.
+ GrantPermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+ // A list of resource permissions that you want to revoke on the data source.
+ RevokePermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupMembershipsInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupMembershipsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListGroupMembershipsInput"}
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ if s.DataSourceId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DataSourceId"))
}
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ if s.DataSourceId != nil && len(*s.DataSourceId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DataSourceId", 1))
}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil && len(s.GrantPermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrantPermissions", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil && len(s.RevokePermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RevokePermissions", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GrantPermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GrantPermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.RevokePermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RevokePermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3081,43 +21281,37 @@ func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetGroupName(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetGrantPermissions sets the GrantPermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) SetGrantPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput {
+ s.GrantPermissions = v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetRevokePermissions sets the RevokePermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput) SetRevokePermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsInput {
+ s.RevokePermissions = v
return s
}
-type ListGroupMembershipsOutput struct {
+type UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The list of the members of the group.
- GroupMemberList []*GroupMember `type:"list"`
+ // The ARN of the data source.
+ DataSourceArn *string `type:"string"`
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+ // The ID of the data source. This is unique per AWS Region per AWS account.
+ DataSourceId *string `type:"string"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
@@ -3127,40 +21321,40 @@ type ListGroupMembershipsOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupMembershipsOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupMembershipsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroupMemberList sets the GroupMemberList field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetGroupMemberList(v []*GroupMember) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
- s.GroupMemberList = v
+// SetDataSourceArn sets the DataSourceArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetDataSourceArn(v string) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSourceArn = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetDataSourceId sets the DataSourceId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetDataSourceId(v string) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
+ s.DataSourceId = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupMembershipsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListGroupMembershipsOutput {
+func (s *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateDataSourcePermissionsOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type ListGroupsInput struct {
+type UpdateGroupInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
@@ -3169,39 +21363,47 @@ type ListGroupsInput struct {
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The maximum number of results to return.
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // The description for the group that you want to update.
+ Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the group that you want to update.
+ //
+ // GroupName is a required field
+ GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
//
// Namespace is a required field
Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupsInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateGroupInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateGroupInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListGroupsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListGroupsInput"}
+func (s *UpdateGroupInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateGroupInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ }
+ if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
}
if s.Namespace == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
@@ -3217,37 +21419,34 @@ func (s *ListGroupsInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListGroupsInput {
+func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListGroupsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
+func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
+ s.Description = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListGroupsInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
+ s.GroupName = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
+func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
+ s.Namespace = &v
return s
}
-type ListGroupsOutput struct {
+type UpdateGroupOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The list of the groups.
- GroupList []*Group `type:"list"`
-
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+ // The name of the group.
+ Group *Group `type:"structure"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
@@ -3257,99 +21456,102 @@ type ListGroupsOutput struct {
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupsOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateGroupOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateGroupOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroupList sets the GroupList field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetGroupList(v []*Group) *ListGroupsOutput {
- s.GroupList = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListGroupsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
+func (s *UpdateGroupOutput) SetGroup(v *Group) *UpdateGroupOutput {
+ s.Group = v
return s
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListGroupsOutput {
+func (s *UpdateGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateGroupOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *ListGroupsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListGroupsOutput {
+func (s *UpdateGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateGroupOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type ListUserGroupsInput struct {
+type UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The AWS Account ID that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the
- // AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // The name of the assignment. It must be unique within an AWS account.
+ //
+ // AssignmentName is a required field
+ AssignmentName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AssignmentName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The status of an assignment:
+ //
+ // * ENABLED - Anything specified in this assignment is used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ //
+ // * DISABLED - This assignment isn't used while creating the data source.
+ //
+ // * DRAFT - Assignment is an unfinished draft and isn't used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID that contains the IAM policy assignment.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The maximum number of results to return from this request.
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+ // QuickSight users and/or groups that you want to assign to the specified IAM
+ // policy.
+ Identities map[string][]*string `type:"map"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // The namespace of the assignment.
//
// Namespace is a required field
Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
-
- // The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to list group memberships for.
- //
- // UserName is a required field
- UserName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"UserName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // An IAM policy ARN that will be applied to specified QuickSight users and
+ // groups in this assignment.
+ PolicyArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListUserGroupsInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListUserGroupsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListUserGroupsInput"}
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput"}
+ if s.AssignmentName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssignmentName"))
+ }
+ if s.AssignmentName != nil && len(*s.AssignmentName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssignmentName", 1))
+ }
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
- }
if s.Namespace == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
}
if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
}
- if s.UserName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserName"))
- }
- if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
- }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -3357,134 +21559,188 @@ func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListUserGroupsInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetIdentities sets the Identities field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetIdentities(v map[string][]*string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.Identities = v
return s
}
// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetNamespace(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
s.Namespace = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsInput) SetUserName(v string) *ListUserGroupsInput {
- s.UserName = &v
+// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentInput {
+ s.PolicyArn = &v
return s
}
-type ListUserGroupsOutput struct {
+type UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The list of groups the user is a member of.
- GroupList []*Group `type:"list"`
+ // The ID of the assignment.
+ AssignmentId *string `type:"string"`
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `type:"string"`
+ // The name of the assignment.
+ AssignmentName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // The status of the assignment:
+ //
+ // * ENABLED - Anything specified in this assignment is used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ //
+ // * DISABLED - This assignment isn't used while creating the data source.
+ //
+ // * DRAFT - Assignment is an unfinished draft and isn't used while creating
+ // the data source.
+ AssignmentStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"AssignmentStatus"`
+
+ // QuickSight users and/or groups that are assigned to this IAM policy.
+ Identities map[string][]*string `type:"map"`
+
+ // The IAM policy ARN assigned to the QuickSight users and groups specified
+ // in this request.
+ PolicyArn *string `type:"string"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
- // The HTTP status of the request.
+ // The http status of the request.
Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListUserGroupsOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListUserGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroupList sets the GroupList field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetGroupList(v []*Group) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
- s.GroupList = v
+// SetAssignmentId sets the AssignmentId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentId(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetAssignmentName sets the AssignmentName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentName(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetAssignmentStatus sets the AssignmentStatus field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetAssignmentStatus(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.AssignmentStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIdentities sets the Identities field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetIdentities(v map[string][]*string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.Identities = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPolicyArn sets the PolicyArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetPolicyArn(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
+ s.PolicyArn = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *ListUserGroupsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListUserGroupsOutput {
+func (s *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateIAMPolicyAssignmentOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-type ListUsersInput struct {
+type UpdateTemplateAliasInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // The alias name.
+ //
+ // AliasName is a required field
+ AliasName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AliasName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template aliases you are updating.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The maximum number of results to return from this request.
- MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-results" min:"1" type:"integer"`
-
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // The ID for the template.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"next-token" type:"string"`
+ // The version number of the template.
+ //
+ // TemplateVersionNumber is a required field
+ TemplateVersionNumber *int64 `min:"1" type:"long" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListUsersInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateAliasInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListUsersInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateAliasInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListUsersInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListUsersInput"}
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTemplateAliasInput"}
+ if s.AliasName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AliasName"))
+ }
+ if s.AliasName != nil && len(*s.AliasName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AliasName", 1))
+ }
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.TemplateVersionNumber == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateVersionNumber"))
+ }
+ if s.TemplateVersionNumber != nil && *s.TemplateVersionNumber < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TemplateVersionNumber", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3493,179 +21749,138 @@ func (s *ListUsersInput) Validate() error {
return nil
}
-// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *ListUsersInput {
- s.AwsAccountId = &v
+// SetAliasName sets the AliasName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) SetAliasName(v string) *UpdateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AliasName = &v
return s
}
-// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListUsersInput {
- s.MaxResults = &v
+// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersInput) SetNamespace(v string) *ListUsersInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *UpdateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
return s
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUsersInput {
- s.NextToken = &v
+// SetTemplateVersionNumber sets the TemplateVersionNumber field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasInput) SetTemplateVersionNumber(v int64) *UpdateTemplateAliasInput {
+ s.TemplateVersionNumber = &v
return s
}
-type ListUsersOutput struct {
+type UpdateTemplateAliasOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.
- NextToken *string `type:"string"`
-
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
// The http status of the request.
Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
- // The list of users.
- UserList []*User `type:"list"`
+ // The template alias.
+ TemplateAlias *TemplateAlias `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListUsersOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateAliasOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListUsersOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateAliasOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListUsersOutput {
- s.NextToken = &v
- return s
-}
-
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *ListUsersOutput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *ListUsersOutput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-// SetUserList sets the UserList field's value.
-func (s *ListUsersOutput) SetUserList(v []*User) *ListUsersOutput {
- s.UserList = v
+// SetTemplateAlias sets the TemplateAlias field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput) SetTemplateAlias(v *TemplateAlias) *UpdateTemplateAliasOutput {
+ s.TemplateAlias = v
return s
}
-type RegisterUserInput struct {
+type UpdateTemplateInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template you are updating.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The email address of the user that you want to register.
- //
- // Email is a required field
- Email *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // The ARN of the IAM user or role that you are registering with Amazon QuickSight.
- IamArn *string `type:"string"`
+ // The name for the template.
+ Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // Amazon QuickSight supports several ways of managing the identity of users.
- // This parameter accepts two values:
- //
- // * IAM: A user whose identity maps to an existing IAM user or role.
- //
- // * QUICKSIGHT: A user whose identity is owned and managed internally by
- // Amazon QuickSight.
+ // The source QuickSight entity from which this template is being created. Templates
+ // can be currently created from an Analysis or another template.
//
- // IdentityType is a required field
- IdentityType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"IdentityType"`
+ // SourceEntity is a required field
+ SourceEntity *TemplateSourceEntity `type:"structure" required:"true"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // The ID for the template.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
-
- // You need to use this parameter only when you register one or more users using
- // an assumed IAM role. You don't need to provide the session name for other
- // scenarios, for example when you are registering an IAM user or an Amazon
- // QuickSight user. You can register multiple users using the same IAM role
- // if each user has a different session name. For more information on assuming
- // IAM roles, see assume-role (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/sts/assume-role.html)
- // in the AWS CLI Reference.
- SessionName *string `min:"2" type:"string"`
-
- // The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to create for the user you
- // are registering.
- UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The Amazon QuickSight role of the user. The user role can be one of the following:
- //
- // * READER: A user who has read-only access to dashboards.
- //
- // * AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, data sets, analyses, and
- // dashboards.
- //
- // * ADMIN: A user who is an author, who can also manage Amazon QuickSight
- // settings.
- //
- // UserRole is a required field
- UserRole *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UserRole"`
+ // A description of the current template version being created. This API created
+ // the first version of the template. Every time UpdateTemplate is called a
+ // new version is created. Each version of the template maintains a description
+ // of the version in the VersionDescription field.
+ VersionDescription *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s RegisterUserInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s RegisterUserInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RegisterUserInput"}
+func (s *UpdateTemplateInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTemplateInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.Email == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Email"))
- }
- if s.IdentityType == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IdentityType"))
+ if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.SourceEntity == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEntity"))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
}
- if s.SessionName != nil && len(*s.SessionName) < 2 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SessionName", 2))
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
}
- if s.UserName != nil && len(*s.UserName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("UserName", 1))
+ if s.VersionDescription != nil && len(*s.VersionDescription) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("VersionDescription", 1))
}
- if s.UserRole == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UserRole"))
+ if s.SourceEntity != nil {
+ if err := s.SourceEntity.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SourceEntity", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3675,55 +21890,43 @@ func (s *RegisterUserInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplateInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateTemplateInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetEmail sets the Email field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetEmail(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.Email = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetIamArn sets the IamArn field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetIamArn(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.IamArn = &v
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateTemplateInput {
+ s.Name = &v
return s
}
-// SetIdentityType sets the IdentityType field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetIdentityType(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.IdentityType = &v
+// SetSourceEntity sets the SourceEntity field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateInput) SetSourceEntity(v *TemplateSourceEntity) *UpdateTemplateInput {
+ s.SourceEntity = v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetNamespace(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *UpdateTemplateInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
return s
}
-// SetSessionName sets the SessionName field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetSessionName(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.SessionName = &v
+// SetVersionDescription sets the VersionDescription field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateInput) SetVersionDescription(v string) *UpdateTemplateInput {
+ s.VersionDescription = &v
return s
}
-// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.UserName = &v
- return s
-}
+type UpdateTemplateOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
-// SetUserRole sets the UserRole field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserInput) SetUserRole(v string) *RegisterUserInput {
- s.UserRole = &v
- return s
-}
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the template.
+ Arn *string `type:"string"`
-type RegisterUserOutput struct {
- _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // The creation status of the template.
+ CreationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ResourceStatus"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
@@ -3731,104 +21934,134 @@ type RegisterUserOutput struct {
// The http status of the request.
Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
- // The user name.
- User *User `type:"structure"`
+ // The ID for the template.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
- // The URL the user visits to complete registration and provide a password.
- // This is returned only for users with an identity type of QUICKSIGHT.
- UserInvitationUrl *string `type:"string"`
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the template, including the version information
+ // of the first version.
+ VersionArn *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s RegisterUserOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s RegisterUserOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateTemplateOutput {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationStatus sets the CreationStatus field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateOutput) SetCreationStatus(v string) *UpdateTemplateOutput {
+ s.CreationStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *RegisterUserOutput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplateOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateTemplateOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *RegisterUserOutput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplateOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateTemplateOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
-// SetUser sets the User field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *RegisterUserOutput {
- s.User = v
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateOutput) SetTemplateId(v string) *UpdateTemplateOutput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
return s
}
-// SetUserInvitationUrl sets the UserInvitationUrl field's value.
-func (s *RegisterUserOutput) SetUserInvitationUrl(v string) *RegisterUserOutput {
- s.UserInvitationUrl = &v
+// SetVersionArn sets the VersionArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplateOutput) SetVersionArn(v string) *UpdateTemplateOutput {
+ s.VersionArn = &v
return s
}
-type UpdateGroupInput struct {
+type UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The ID for the AWS account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID
- // for the AWS account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.
+ // AWS account ID that contains the template.
//
// AwsAccountId is a required field
AwsAccountId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"AwsAccountId" min:"12" type:"string" required:"true"`
- // The description for the group that you want to update.
- Description *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
-
- // The name of the group that you want to update.
+ // A list of resource permissions to be granted on the template. The following
+ // example shows the shorthand syntax:
//
- // GroupName is a required field
- GroupName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"GroupName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Shorthand Syntax: Principal=string,Actions=string,string ...
+ GrantPermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
- // The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.
+ // A list of resource permissions to be revoked from the template. Shorthand
+ // syntax: Shorthand Syntax: Principal=string,Actions=string,string ...
+ RevokePermissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
+ // The ID for the template.
//
- // Namespace is a required field
- Namespace *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Namespace" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // TemplateId is a required field
+ TemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"TemplateId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s UpdateGroupInput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s UpdateGroupInput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *UpdateGroupInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateGroupInput"}
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput"}
if s.AwsAccountId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AwsAccountId"))
}
if s.AwsAccountId != nil && len(*s.AwsAccountId) < 12 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AwsAccountId", 12))
}
- if s.Description != nil && len(*s.Description) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Description", 1))
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil && len(s.GrantPermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GrantPermissions", 1))
}
- if s.GroupName == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GroupName"))
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil && len(s.RevokePermissions) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RevokePermissions", 1))
}
- if s.GroupName != nil && len(*s.GroupName) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GroupName", 1))
+ if s.TemplateId == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TemplateId"))
}
- if s.Namespace == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Namespace"))
+ if s.TemplateId != nil && len(*s.TemplateId) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("TemplateId", 1))
}
- if s.Namespace != nil && len(*s.Namespace) < 1 {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Namespace", 1))
+ if s.GrantPermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.GrantPermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "GrantPermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if s.RevokePermissions != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.RevokePermissions {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RevokePermissions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3838,70 +22071,88 @@ func (s *UpdateGroupInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetAwsAccountId sets the AwsAccountId field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) SetAwsAccountId(v string) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput {
s.AwsAccountId = &v
return s
}
-// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
- s.Description = &v
+// SetGrantPermissions sets the GrantPermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) SetGrantPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput {
+ s.GrantPermissions = v
return s
}
-// SetGroupName sets the GroupName field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetGroupName(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
- s.GroupName = &v
+// SetRevokePermissions sets the RevokePermissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) SetRevokePermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput {
+ s.RevokePermissions = v
return s
}
-// SetNamespace sets the Namespace field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupInput) SetNamespace(v string) *UpdateGroupInput {
- s.Namespace = &v
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput) SetTemplateId(v string) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsInput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
return s
}
-type UpdateGroupOutput struct {
+type UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The name of the group.
- Group *Group `type:"structure"`
+ // A list of resource permissions to be set on the template.
+ Permissions []*ResourcePermission `min:"1" type:"list"`
// The AWS request ID for this operation.
RequestId *string `type:"string"`
// The http status of the request.
Status *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The ARN of the template.
+ TemplateArn *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The ID for the template.
+ TemplateId *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s UpdateGroupOutput) String() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s UpdateGroupOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
-// SetGroup sets the Group field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupOutput) SetGroup(v *Group) *UpdateGroupOutput {
- s.Group = v
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourcePermission) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
return s
}
// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateGroupOutput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetRequestId(v string) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput {
s.RequestId = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
-func (s *UpdateGroupOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateGroupOutput {
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetStatus(v int64) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
+// SetTemplateArn sets the TemplateArn field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetTemplateArn(v string) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.TemplateArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTemplateId sets the TemplateId field's value.
+func (s *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput) SetTemplateId(v string) *UpdateTemplatePermissionsOutput {
+ s.TemplateId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type UpdateUserInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3925,7 +22176,7 @@ type UpdateUserInput struct {
//
// * READER: A user who has read-only access to dashboards.
//
- // * AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, data sets, analyses, and
+ // * AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, datasets, analyses, and
// dashboards.
//
// * ADMIN: A user who is an author, who can also manage Amazon QuickSight
@@ -4055,6 +22306,82 @@ func (s *UpdateUserOutput) SetUser(v *User) *UpdateUserOutput {
return s
}
+// Information on source file(s) format.
+type UploadSettings struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Whether or not the file(s) has a header row.
+ ContainsHeader *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The delimiter between values in the file.
+ Delimiter *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
+
+ // File format.
+ Format *string `type:"string" enum:"FileFormat"`
+
+ // A row number to start reading data from.
+ StartFromRow *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // Text qualifier.
+ TextQualifier *string `type:"string" enum:"TextQualifier"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UploadSettings) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UploadSettings) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UploadSettings) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadSettings"}
+ if s.Delimiter != nil && len(*s.Delimiter) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Delimiter", 1))
+ }
+ if s.StartFromRow != nil && *s.StartFromRow < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("StartFromRow", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetContainsHeader sets the ContainsHeader field's value.
+func (s *UploadSettings) SetContainsHeader(v bool) *UploadSettings {
+ s.ContainsHeader = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
+func (s *UploadSettings) SetDelimiter(v string) *UploadSettings {
+ s.Delimiter = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
+func (s *UploadSettings) SetFormat(v string) *UploadSettings {
+ s.Format = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartFromRow sets the StartFromRow field's value.
+func (s *UploadSettings) SetStartFromRow(v int64) *UploadSettings {
+ s.StartFromRow = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTextQualifier sets the TextQualifier field's value.
+func (s *UploadSettings) SetTextQualifier(v string) *UploadSettings {
+ s.TextQualifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// A registered user of Amazon QuickSight. Currently, an Amazon QuickSight subscription
// can't contain more than 20 million users.
type User struct {
@@ -4062,10 +22389,10 @@ type User struct {
// Active status of user. When you create an Amazon QuickSight user that’s
// not an IAM user or an AD user, that user is inactive until they sign in and
- // provide a password
+ // provide a password.
Active *bool `type:"boolean"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the user.
+ // The Amazon Resource name (ARN) for the user.
Arn *string `type:"string"`
// The user's email address.
@@ -4077,7 +22404,20 @@ type User struct {
// The principal ID of the user.
PrincipalId *string `type:"string"`
- // The Amazon QuickSight role for the user.
+ // The Amazon QuickSight role for the user. The user role can be one of the
+ // following:.
+ //
+ // * READER: A user who has read-only access to dashboards.
+ //
+ // * AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, datasets, analyses, and
+ // dashboards.
+ //
+ // * ADMIN: A user who is an author, who can also manage Amazon QuickSight
+ // settings.
+ //
+ // * RESTRICTED_READER: This role isn't currently available for use.
+ //
+ // * RESTRICTED_AUTHOR: This role isn't currently available for use.
Role *string `type:"string" enum:"UserRole"`
// The user's user name.
@@ -4136,6 +22476,205 @@ func (s *User) SetUserName(v string) *User {
return s
}
+// VPC connection properties.
+type VpcConnectionProperties struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // VPC connection ARN.
+ //
+ // VpcConnectionArn is a required field
+ VpcConnectionArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConnectionProperties) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s VpcConnectionProperties) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *VpcConnectionProperties) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VpcConnectionProperties"}
+ if s.VpcConnectionArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VpcConnectionArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetVpcConnectionArn sets the VpcConnectionArn field's value.
+func (s *VpcConnectionProperties) SetVpcConnectionArn(v string) *VpcConnectionProperties {
+ s.VpcConnectionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+const (
+ // AssignmentStatusEnabled is a AssignmentStatus enum value
+ AssignmentStatusEnabled = "ENABLED"
+
+ // AssignmentStatusDraft is a AssignmentStatus enum value
+ AssignmentStatusDraft = "DRAFT"
+
+ // AssignmentStatusDisabled is a AssignmentStatus enum value
+ AssignmentStatusDisabled = "DISABLED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ColumnDataTypeString is a ColumnDataType enum value
+ ColumnDataTypeString = "STRING"
+
+ // ColumnDataTypeInteger is a ColumnDataType enum value
+ ColumnDataTypeInteger = "INTEGER"
+
+ // ColumnDataTypeDecimal is a ColumnDataType enum value
+ ColumnDataTypeDecimal = "DECIMAL"
+
+ // ColumnDataTypeDatetime is a ColumnDataType enum value
+ ColumnDataTypeDatetime = "DATETIME"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DashboardBehaviorEnabled is a DashboardBehavior enum value
+ DashboardBehaviorEnabled = "ENABLED"
+
+ // DashboardBehaviorDisabled is a DashboardBehavior enum value
+ DashboardBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DashboardErrorTypeDataSetNotFound is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeDataSetNotFound = "DATA_SET_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeInternalFailure is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeInternalFailure = "INTERNAL_FAILURE"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeParameterValueIncompatible is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeParameterValueIncompatible = "PARAMETER_VALUE_INCOMPATIBLE"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeParameterTypeInvalid is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeParameterTypeInvalid = "PARAMETER_TYPE_INVALID"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeParameterNotFound is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeParameterNotFound = "PARAMETER_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeColumnTypeMismatch is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeColumnTypeMismatch = "COLUMN_TYPE_MISMATCH"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeColumnGeographicRoleMismatch is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeColumnGeographicRoleMismatch = "COLUMN_GEOGRAPHIC_ROLE_MISMATCH"
+
+ // DashboardErrorTypeColumnReplacementMissing is a DashboardErrorType enum value
+ DashboardErrorTypeColumnReplacementMissing = "COLUMN_REPLACEMENT_MISSING"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DashboardUIStateExpanded is a DashboardUIState enum value
+ DashboardUIStateExpanded = "EXPANDED"
+
+ // DashboardUIStateCollapsed is a DashboardUIState enum value
+ DashboardUIStateCollapsed = "COLLAPSED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DataSetImportModeSpice is a DataSetImportMode enum value
+ DataSetImportModeSpice = "SPICE"
+
+ // DataSetImportModeDirectQuery is a DataSetImportMode enum value
+ DataSetImportModeDirectQuery = "DIRECT_QUERY"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DataSourceErrorInfoTypeTimeout is a DataSourceErrorInfoType enum value
+ DataSourceErrorInfoTypeTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
+
+ // DataSourceErrorInfoTypeEngineVersionNotSupported is a DataSourceErrorInfoType enum value
+ DataSourceErrorInfoTypeEngineVersionNotSupported = "ENGINE_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED"
+
+ // DataSourceErrorInfoTypeUnknownHost is a DataSourceErrorInfoType enum value
+ DataSourceErrorInfoTypeUnknownHost = "UNKNOWN_HOST"
+
+ // DataSourceErrorInfoTypeGenericSqlFailure is a DataSourceErrorInfoType enum value
+ DataSourceErrorInfoTypeGenericSqlFailure = "GENERIC_SQL_FAILURE"
+
+ // DataSourceErrorInfoTypeConflict is a DataSourceErrorInfoType enum value
+ DataSourceErrorInfoTypeConflict = "CONFLICT"
+
+ // DataSourceErrorInfoTypeUnknown is a DataSourceErrorInfoType enum value
+ DataSourceErrorInfoTypeUnknown = "UNKNOWN"
+)
+
+const (
+ // DataSourceTypeAdobeAnalytics is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeAdobeAnalytics = "ADOBE_ANALYTICS"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeAmazonElasticsearch is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeAmazonElasticsearch = "AMAZON_ELASTICSEARCH"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeAthena is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeAthena = "ATHENA"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeAurora is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeAurora = "AURORA"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeAuroraPostgresql is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeAuroraPostgresql = "AURORA_POSTGRESQL"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeAwsIotAnalytics is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeAwsIotAnalytics = "AWS_IOT_ANALYTICS"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeGithub is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeGithub = "GITHUB"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeJira is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeJira = "JIRA"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeMariadb is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeMariadb = "MARIADB"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeMysql is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeMysql = "MYSQL"
+
+ // DataSourceTypePostgresql is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypePostgresql = "POSTGRESQL"
+
+ // DataSourceTypePresto is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypePresto = "PRESTO"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeRedshift is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeRedshift = "REDSHIFT"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeS3 is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeS3 = "S3"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeSalesforce is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeSalesforce = "SALESFORCE"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeServicenow is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeServicenow = "SERVICENOW"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeSnowflake is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeSnowflake = "SNOWFLAKE"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeSpark is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeSpark = "SPARK"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeSqlserver is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeSqlserver = "SQLSERVER"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeTeradata is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeTeradata = "TERADATA"
+
+ // DataSourceTypeTwitter is a DataSourceType enum value
+ DataSourceTypeTwitter = "TWITTER"
+)
+
const (
// ExceptionResourceTypeUser is a ExceptionResourceType enum value
ExceptionResourceTypeUser = "USER"
@@ -4146,6 +22685,12 @@ const (
// ExceptionResourceTypeNamespace is a ExceptionResourceType enum value
ExceptionResourceTypeNamespace = "NAMESPACE"
+ // ExceptionResourceTypeAccountSettings is a ExceptionResourceType enum value
+ ExceptionResourceTypeAccountSettings = "ACCOUNT_SETTINGS"
+
+ // ExceptionResourceTypeIampolicyAssignment is a ExceptionResourceType enum value
+ ExceptionResourceTypeIampolicyAssignment = "IAMPOLICY_ASSIGNMENT"
+
// ExceptionResourceTypeDataSource is a ExceptionResourceType enum value
ExceptionResourceTypeDataSource = "DATA_SOURCE"
@@ -4159,6 +22704,54 @@ const (
ExceptionResourceTypeIngestion = "INGESTION"
)
+const (
+ // FileFormatCsv is a FileFormat enum value
+ FileFormatCsv = "CSV"
+
+ // FileFormatTsv is a FileFormat enum value
+ FileFormatTsv = "TSV"
+
+ // FileFormatClf is a FileFormat enum value
+ FileFormatClf = "CLF"
+
+ // FileFormatElf is a FileFormat enum value
+ FileFormatElf = "ELF"
+
+ // FileFormatXlsx is a FileFormat enum value
+ FileFormatXlsx = "XLSX"
+
+ // FileFormatJson is a FileFormat enum value
+ FileFormatJson = "JSON"
+)
+
+const (
+ // GeoSpatialCountryCodeUs is a GeoSpatialCountryCode enum value
+ GeoSpatialCountryCodeUs = "US"
+)
+
+const (
+ // GeoSpatialDataRoleCountry is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRoleCountry = "COUNTRY"
+
+ // GeoSpatialDataRoleState is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRoleState = "STATE"
+
+ // GeoSpatialDataRoleCounty is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRoleCounty = "COUNTY"
+
+ // GeoSpatialDataRoleCity is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRoleCity = "CITY"
+
+ // GeoSpatialDataRolePostcode is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRolePostcode = "POSTCODE"
+
+ // GeoSpatialDataRoleLongitude is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRoleLongitude = "LONGITUDE"
+
+ // GeoSpatialDataRoleLatitude is a GeoSpatialDataRole enum value
+ GeoSpatialDataRoleLatitude = "LATITUDE"
+)
+
const (
// IdentityTypeIam is a IdentityType enum value
IdentityTypeIam = "IAM"
@@ -4167,6 +22760,251 @@ const (
IdentityTypeQuicksight = "QUICKSIGHT"
)
+const (
+ // IngestionErrorTypeFailureToAssumeRole is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeFailureToAssumeRole = "FAILURE_TO_ASSUME_ROLE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeIngestionSuperseded is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeIngestionSuperseded = "INGESTION_SUPERSEDED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeIngestionCanceled is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeIngestionCanceled = "INGESTION_CANCELED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataSetDeleted is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataSetDeleted = "DATA_SET_DELETED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataSetNotSpice is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataSetNotSpice = "DATA_SET_NOT_SPICE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeS3UploadedFileDeleted is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeS3UploadedFileDeleted = "S3_UPLOADED_FILE_DELETED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeS3ManifestError is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeS3ManifestError = "S3_MANIFEST_ERROR"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataToleranceException is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataToleranceException = "DATA_TOLERANCE_EXCEPTION"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSpiceTableNotFound is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSpiceTableNotFound = "SPICE_TABLE_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataSetSizeLimitExceeded is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataSetSizeLimitExceeded = "DATA_SET_SIZE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeRowSizeLimitExceeded is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeRowSizeLimitExceeded = "ROW_SIZE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeAccountCapacityLimitExceeded is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeAccountCapacityLimitExceeded = "ACCOUNT_CAPACITY_LIMIT_EXCEEDED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeCustomerError is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeCustomerError = "CUSTOMER_ERROR"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataSourceNotFound is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataSourceNotFound = "DATA_SOURCE_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeIamRoleNotAvailable is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeIamRoleNotAvailable = "IAM_ROLE_NOT_AVAILABLE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeConnectionFailure is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeConnectionFailure = "CONNECTION_FAILURE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSqlTableNotFound is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSqlTableNotFound = "SQL_TABLE_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypePermissionDenied is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypePermissionDenied = "PERMISSION_DENIED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSslCertificateValidationFailure is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSslCertificateValidationFailure = "SSL_CERTIFICATE_VALIDATION_FAILURE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeOauthTokenFailure is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeOauthTokenFailure = "OAUTH_TOKEN_FAILURE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSourceApiLimitExceededFailure is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSourceApiLimitExceededFailure = "SOURCE_API_LIMIT_EXCEEDED_FAILURE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypePasswordAuthenticationFailure is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypePasswordAuthenticationFailure = "PASSWORD_AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSqlSchemaMismatchError is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSqlSchemaMismatchError = "SQL_SCHEMA_MISMATCH_ERROR"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeInvalidDateFormat is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeInvalidDateFormat = "INVALID_DATE_FORMAT"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeInvalidDataprepSyntax is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeInvalidDataprepSyntax = "INVALID_DATAPREP_SYNTAX"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSourceResourceLimitExceeded is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSourceResourceLimitExceeded = "SOURCE_RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSqlInvalidParameterValue is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSqlInvalidParameterValue = "SQL_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeQueryTimeout is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeQueryTimeout = "QUERY_TIMEOUT"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSqlNumericOverflow is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSqlNumericOverflow = "SQL_NUMERIC_OVERFLOW"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeUnresolvableHost is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeUnresolvableHost = "UNRESOLVABLE_HOST"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeUnroutableHost is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeUnroutableHost = "UNROUTABLE_HOST"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeSqlException is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeSqlException = "SQL_EXCEPTION"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeS3FileInaccessible is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeS3FileInaccessible = "S3_FILE_INACCESSIBLE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeIotFileNotFound is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeIotFileNotFound = "IOT_FILE_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeIotDataSetFileEmpty is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeIotDataSetFileEmpty = "IOT_DATA_SET_FILE_EMPTY"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeInvalidDataSourceConfig is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeInvalidDataSourceConfig = "INVALID_DATA_SOURCE_CONFIG"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataSourceAuthFailed is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataSourceAuthFailed = "DATA_SOURCE_AUTH_FAILED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeDataSourceConnectionFailed is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeDataSourceConnectionFailed = "DATA_SOURCE_CONNECTION_FAILED"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeFailureToProcessJsonFile is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeFailureToProcessJsonFile = "FAILURE_TO_PROCESS_JSON_FILE"
+
+ // IngestionErrorTypeInternalServiceError is a IngestionErrorType enum value
+ IngestionErrorTypeInternalServiceError = "INTERNAL_SERVICE_ERROR"
+)
+
+const (
+ // IngestionRequestSourceManual is a IngestionRequestSource enum value
+ IngestionRequestSourceManual = "MANUAL"
+
+ // IngestionRequestSourceScheduled is a IngestionRequestSource enum value
+ IngestionRequestSourceScheduled = "SCHEDULED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // IngestionRequestTypeInitialIngestion is a IngestionRequestType enum value
+ IngestionRequestTypeInitialIngestion = "INITIAL_INGESTION"
+
+ // IngestionRequestTypeEdit is a IngestionRequestType enum value
+ IngestionRequestTypeEdit = "EDIT"
+
+ // IngestionRequestTypeIncrementalRefresh is a IngestionRequestType enum value
+ IngestionRequestTypeIncrementalRefresh = "INCREMENTAL_REFRESH"
+
+ // IngestionRequestTypeFullRefresh is a IngestionRequestType enum value
+ IngestionRequestTypeFullRefresh = "FULL_REFRESH"
+)
+
+const (
+ // IngestionStatusInitialized is a IngestionStatus enum value
+ IngestionStatusInitialized = "INITIALIZED"
+
+ // IngestionStatusQueued is a IngestionStatus enum value
+ IngestionStatusQueued = "QUEUED"
+
+ // IngestionStatusRunning is a IngestionStatus enum value
+ IngestionStatusRunning = "RUNNING"
+
+ // IngestionStatusFailed is a IngestionStatus enum value
+ IngestionStatusFailed = "FAILED"
+
+ // IngestionStatusCompleted is a IngestionStatus enum value
+ IngestionStatusCompleted = "COMPLETED"
+
+ // IngestionStatusCancelled is a IngestionStatus enum value
+ IngestionStatusCancelled = "CANCELLED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // InputColumnDataTypeString is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeString = "STRING"
+
+ // InputColumnDataTypeInteger is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeInteger = "INTEGER"
+
+ // InputColumnDataTypeDecimal is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeDecimal = "DECIMAL"
+
+ // InputColumnDataTypeDatetime is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeDatetime = "DATETIME"
+
+ // InputColumnDataTypeBit is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeBit = "BIT"
+
+ // InputColumnDataTypeBoolean is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeBoolean = "BOOLEAN"
+
+ // InputColumnDataTypeJson is a InputColumnDataType enum value
+ InputColumnDataTypeJson = "JSON"
+)
+
+const (
+ // JoinTypeInner is a JoinType enum value
+ JoinTypeInner = "INNER"
+
+ // JoinTypeOuter is a JoinType enum value
+ JoinTypeOuter = "OUTER"
+
+ // JoinTypeLeft is a JoinType enum value
+ JoinTypeLeft = "LEFT"
+
+ // JoinTypeRight is a JoinType enum value
+ JoinTypeRight = "RIGHT"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ResourceStatusCreationInProgress is a ResourceStatus enum value
+ ResourceStatusCreationInProgress = "CREATION_IN_PROGRESS"
+
+ // ResourceStatusCreationSuccessful is a ResourceStatus enum value
+ ResourceStatusCreationSuccessful = "CREATION_SUCCESSFUL"
+
+ // ResourceStatusCreationFailed is a ResourceStatus enum value
+ ResourceStatusCreationFailed = "CREATION_FAILED"
+
+ // ResourceStatusUpdateInProgress is a ResourceStatus enum value
+ ResourceStatusUpdateInProgress = "UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS"
+
+ // ResourceStatusUpdateSuccessful is a ResourceStatus enum value
+ ResourceStatusUpdateSuccessful = "UPDATE_SUCCESSFUL"
+
+ // ResourceStatusUpdateFailed is a ResourceStatus enum value
+ ResourceStatusUpdateFailed = "UPDATE_FAILED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // RowLevelPermissionPolicyGrantAccess is a RowLevelPermissionPolicy enum value
+ RowLevelPermissionPolicyGrantAccess = "GRANT_ACCESS"
+
+ // RowLevelPermissionPolicyDenyAccess is a RowLevelPermissionPolicy enum value
+ RowLevelPermissionPolicyDenyAccess = "DENY_ACCESS"
+)
+
+const (
+ // TemplateErrorTypeDataSetNotFound is a TemplateErrorType enum value
+ TemplateErrorTypeDataSetNotFound = "DATA_SET_NOT_FOUND"
+
+ // TemplateErrorTypeInternalFailure is a TemplateErrorType enum value
+ TemplateErrorTypeInternalFailure = "INTERNAL_FAILURE"
+)
+
+const (
+ // TextQualifierDoubleQuote is a TextQualifier enum value
+ TextQualifierDoubleQuote = "DOUBLE_QUOTE"
+
+ // TextQualifierSingleQuote is a TextQualifier enum value
+ TextQualifierSingleQuote = "SINGLE_QUOTE"
+)
+
const (
// UserRoleAdmin is a UserRole enum value
UserRoleAdmin = "ADMIN"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/errors.go
index 290b6e1486b7..4332c7ab4df2 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/quicksight/errors.go
@@ -13,6 +13,19 @@ const (
// the correct permissions, and that you are using the correct access keys.
ErrCodeAccessDeniedException = "AccessDeniedException"
+ // ErrCodeConcurrentUpdatingException for service response error code
+ // "ConcurrentUpdatingException".
+ //
+ // A resource is already in an "actionable" state that must complete before
+ // a new update can be applied.
+ ErrCodeConcurrentUpdatingException = "ConcurrentUpdatingException"
+
+ // ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code
+ // "ConflictException".
+ //
+ // Updating or deleting a resource can cause an inconsistent state.
+ ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException"
+
// ErrCodeDomainNotWhitelistedException for service response error code
// "DomainNotWhitelistedException".
//
@@ -60,7 +73,7 @@ const (
// ErrCodeResourceExistsException for service response error code
// "ResourceExistsException".
//
- // The resource specified doesn't exist.
+ // The resource specified already exists.
ErrCodeResourceExistsException = "ResourceExistsException"
// ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ram/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ram/api.go
index 459ec84ca341..b7f93f0f49fb 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ram/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ram/api.go
@@ -235,6 +235,103 @@ func (c *RAM) AssociateResourceShareWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Associat
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opAssociateResourceSharePermission = "AssociateResourceSharePermission"
+
+// AssociateResourceSharePermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the AssociateResourceSharePermission operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See AssociateResourceSharePermission for more information on using the AssociateResourceSharePermission
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the AssociateResourceSharePermissionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.AssociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/AssociateResourceSharePermission
+func (c *RAM) AssociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(input *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opAssociateResourceSharePermission,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/associateresourcesharepermission",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// AssociateResourceSharePermission API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+//
+// Associates a permission with a resource share.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
+// API operation AssociateResourceSharePermission for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
+// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnknownResourceException "UnknownResourceException"
+// A specified resource was not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidClientTokenException "InvalidClientTokenException"
+// A client token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
+// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is not available.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// The requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/AssociateResourceSharePermission
+func (c *RAM) AssociateResourceSharePermission(input *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) (*AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.AssociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// AssociateResourceSharePermissionWithContext is the same as AssociateResourceSharePermission with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See AssociateResourceSharePermission for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *RAM) AssociateResourceSharePermissionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.AssociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateResourceShare = "CreateResourceShare"
// CreateResourceShareRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -560,6 +657,103 @@ func (c *RAM) DisassociateResourceShareWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Disas
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDisassociateResourceSharePermission = "DisassociateResourceSharePermission"
+
+// DisassociateResourceSharePermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DisassociateResourceSharePermission operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DisassociateResourceSharePermission for more information on using the DisassociateResourceSharePermission
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DisassociateResourceSharePermissionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DisassociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/DisassociateResourceSharePermission
+func (c *RAM) DisassociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(input *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDisassociateResourceSharePermission,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/disassociateresourcesharepermission",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DisassociateResourceSharePermission API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+//
+// Disassociates an AWS RAM permission from a resource share.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
+// API operation DisassociateResourceSharePermission for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
+// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnknownResourceException "UnknownResourceException"
+// A specified resource was not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidClientTokenException "InvalidClientTokenException"
+// A client token is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
+// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is not available.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// The requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/DisassociateResourceSharePermission
+func (c *RAM) DisassociateResourceSharePermission(input *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) (*DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisassociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DisassociateResourceSharePermissionWithContext is the same as DisassociateResourceSharePermission with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DisassociateResourceSharePermission for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *RAM) DisassociateResourceSharePermissionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DisassociateResourceSharePermissionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opEnableSharingWithAwsOrganization = "EnableSharingWithAwsOrganization"
// EnableSharingWithAwsOrganizationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -647,6 +841,100 @@ func (c *RAM) EnableSharingWithAwsOrganizationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opGetPermission = "GetPermission"
+
+// GetPermissionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the GetPermission operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See GetPermission for more information on using the GetPermission
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the GetPermissionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.GetPermissionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/GetPermission
+func (c *RAM) GetPermissionRequest(input *GetPermissionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPermissionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opGetPermission,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/getpermission",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &GetPermissionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &GetPermissionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// GetPermission API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+//
+// Gets the contents of an AWS RAM permission in JSON format.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
+// API operation GetPermission for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
+// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnknownResourceException "UnknownResourceException"
+// A specified resource was not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
+// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is not available.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// The requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/GetPermission
+func (c *RAM) GetPermission(input *GetPermissionInput) (*GetPermissionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPermissionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// GetPermissionWithContext is the same as GetPermission with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See GetPermission for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *RAM) GetPermissionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPermissionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPermissionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.GetPermissionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opGetResourcePolicies = "GetResourcePolicies"
// GetResourcePoliciesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1421,89 +1709,180 @@ func (c *RAM) ListPendingInvitationResourcesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, in
return p.Err()
}
-const opListPrincipals = "ListPrincipals"
+const opListPermissions = "ListPermissions"
-// ListPrincipalsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ListPrincipals operation. The "output" return
+// ListPermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListPermissions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ListPrincipals for more information on using the ListPrincipals
+// See ListPermissions for more information on using the ListPermissions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ListPrincipalsRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ListPrincipalsRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ListPermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListPermissionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListPrincipals
-func (c *RAM) ListPrincipalsRequest(input *ListPrincipalsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPrincipalsOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListPermissions
+func (c *RAM) ListPermissionsRequest(input *ListPermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPermissionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opListPrincipals,
+ Name: opListPermissions,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
- HTTPPath: "/listprincipals",
- Paginator: &request.Paginator{
- InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
- LimitToken: "maxResults",
- TruncationToken: "",
- },
+ HTTPPath: "/listpermissions",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ListPrincipalsInput{}
+ input = &ListPermissionsInput{}
}
- output = &ListPrincipalsOutput{}
+ output = &ListPermissionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ListPrincipals API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+// ListPermissions API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
//
-// Lists the principals that you have shared resources with or the principals
-// that have shared resources with you.
+// Lists the AWS RAM permissions.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
-// API operation ListPrincipals for usage and error information.
+// API operation ListPermissions for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
-// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
-// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
-//
-// * ErrCodeUnknownResourceException "UnknownResourceException"
-// A specified resource was not found.
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
// The specified value for NextToken is not valid.
//
-// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
-// A parameter is not valid.
-//
// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
//
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
// The service is not available.
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListPrincipals
-func (c *RAM) ListPrincipals(input *ListPrincipalsInput) (*ListPrincipalsOutput, error) {
- req, out := c.ListPrincipalsRequest(input)
- return out, req.Send()
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// The requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListPermissions
+func (c *RAM) ListPermissions(input *ListPermissionsInput) (*ListPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListPermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListPermissionsWithContext is the same as ListPermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListPermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *RAM) ListPermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListPermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opListPrincipals = "ListPrincipals"
+
+// ListPrincipalsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListPrincipals operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListPrincipals for more information on using the ListPrincipals
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListPrincipalsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListPrincipalsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListPrincipals
+func (c *RAM) ListPrincipalsRequest(input *ListPrincipalsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPrincipalsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListPrincipals,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/listprincipals",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"nextToken"},
+ LimitToken: "maxResults",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListPrincipalsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListPrincipalsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListPrincipals API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+//
+// Lists the principals that you have shared resources with or that have shared
+// resources with you.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
+// API operation ListPrincipals for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
+// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnknownResourceException "UnknownResourceException"
+// A specified resource was not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The specified value for NextToken is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
+// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListPrincipals
+func (c *RAM) ListPrincipals(input *ListPrincipalsInput) (*ListPrincipalsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListPrincipalsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
}
// ListPrincipalsWithContext is the same as ListPrincipals with the addition of
@@ -1574,6 +1953,103 @@ func (c *RAM) ListPrincipalsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPrincip
return p.Err()
}
+const opListResourceSharePermissions = "ListResourceSharePermissions"
+
+// ListResourceSharePermissionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ListResourceSharePermissions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ListResourceSharePermissions for more information on using the ListResourceSharePermissions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ListResourceSharePermissionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ListResourceSharePermissionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListResourceSharePermissions
+func (c *RAM) ListResourceSharePermissionsRequest(input *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opListResourceSharePermissions,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/listresourcesharepermissions",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ListResourceSharePermissionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ListResourceSharePermissions API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+//
+// Lists the AWS RAM permissions that are associated with a resource share.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
+// API operation ListResourceSharePermissions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
+// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnknownResourceException "UnknownResourceException"
+// A specified resource was not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidNextTokenException "InvalidNextTokenException"
+// The specified value for NextToken is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
+// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is not available.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// The requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/ListResourceSharePermissions
+func (c *RAM) ListResourceSharePermissions(input *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) (*ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListResourceSharePermissionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ListResourceSharePermissionsWithContext is the same as ListResourceSharePermissions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ListResourceSharePermissions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *RAM) ListResourceSharePermissionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ListResourceSharePermissionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opListResources = "ListResources"
// ListResourcesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -1730,6 +2206,109 @@ func (c *RAM) ListResourcesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListResource
return p.Err()
}
+const opPromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy = "PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy"
+
+// PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy for more information on using the PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy
+func (c *RAM) PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyRequest(input *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opPromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/promoteresourcesharecreatedfrompolicy",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy API operation for AWS Resource Access Manager.
+//
+// Resource shares that were created by attaching a policy to a resource are
+// visible only to the resource share owner, and the resource share cannot be
+// modified in AWS RAM.
+//
+// Use this API action to promote the resource share. When you promote the resource
+// share, it becomes:
+//
+// * Visible to all principals that it is shared with.
+//
+// * Modifiable in AWS RAM.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Resource Access Manager's
+// API operation PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeMalformedArnException "MalformedArnException"
+// The format of an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeOperationNotPermittedException "OperationNotPermittedException"
+// The requested operation is not permitted.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterException "InvalidParameterException"
+// A parameter is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeMissingRequiredParameterException "MissingRequiredParameterException"
+// A required input parameter is missing.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServerInternalException "ServerInternalException"
+// The service could not respond to the request due to an internal problem.
+//
+// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
+// The service is not available.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ram-2018-01-04/PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy
+func (c *RAM) PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy(input *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput) (*PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyWithContext is the same as PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *RAM) PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opRejectResourceShareInvitation = "RejectResourceShareInvitation"
// RejectResourceShareInvitationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2307,22 +2886,133 @@ func (s *AssociateResourceShareOutput) SetResourceShareAssociations(v []*Resourc
return s
}
-type CreateResourceShareInput struct {
+type AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // Indicates whether principals outside your AWS organization can be associated
- // with a resource share.
- AllowExternalPrincipals *bool `locationName:"allowExternalPrincipals" type:"boolean"`
-
// A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
// of the request.
ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
- // The name of the resource share.
+ // The ARN of the AWS RAM permission to associate with the resource share.
//
- // Name is a required field
+ // PermissionArn is a required field
+ PermissionArn *string `locationName:"permissionArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the permission should replace the permissions that are
+ // currently associated with the resource share. Use true to replace the current
+ // permissions. Use false to add the permission to the current permission.
+ Replace *bool `locationName:"replace" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share.
+ //
+ // ResourceShareArn is a required field
+ ResourceShareArn *string `locationName:"resourceShareArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput"}
+ if s.PermissionArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PermissionArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceShareArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceShareArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetClientToken(v string) *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.ClientToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissionArn sets the PermissionArn field's value.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetPermissionArn(v string) *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.PermissionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplace sets the Replace field's value.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetReplace(v bool) *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.Replace = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceShareArn sets the ResourceShareArn field's value.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetResourceShareArn(v string) *AssociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.ResourceShareArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
+ // of the request.
+ ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the request succeeded.
+ ReturnValue *bool `locationName:"returnValue" type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput {
+ s.ClientToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReturnValue sets the ReturnValue field's value.
+func (s *AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *AssociateResourceSharePermissionOutput {
+ s.ReturnValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type CreateResourceShareInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether principals outside your AWS organization can be associated
+ // with a resource share.
+ AllowExternalPrincipals *bool `locationName:"allowExternalPrincipals" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
+ // of the request.
+ ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the resource share.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The ARNs of the permissions to associate with the resource share. If you
+ // do not specify an ARN for the permission, AWS RAM automatically attaches
+ // the default version of the permission for each resource type.
+ PermissionArns []*string `locationName:"permissionArns" type:"list"`
+
// The principals to associate with the resource share. The possible values
// are IDs of AWS accounts, the ARN of an OU or organization from AWS Organizations.
Principals []*string `locationName:"principals" type:"list"`
@@ -2376,6 +3066,12 @@ func (s *CreateResourceShareInput) SetName(v string) *CreateResourceShareInput {
return s
}
+// SetPermissionArns sets the PermissionArns field's value.
+func (s *CreateResourceShareInput) SetPermissionArns(v []*string) *CreateResourceShareInput {
+ s.PermissionArns = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
func (s *CreateResourceShareInput) SetPrincipals(v []*string) *CreateResourceShareInput {
s.Principals = v
@@ -2518,7 +3214,7 @@ type DisassociateResourceShareInput struct {
// The principals.
Principals []*string `locationName:"principals" type:"list"`
- // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources.
+ // The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resources.
ResourceArns []*string `locationName:"resourceArns" type:"list"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share.
@@ -2607,6 +3303,101 @@ func (s *DisassociateResourceShareOutput) SetResourceShareAssociations(v []*Reso
return s
}
+type DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
+ // of the request.
+ ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The ARN of the permission to disassociate from the resource share.
+ //
+ // PermissionArn is a required field
+ PermissionArn *string `locationName:"permissionArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share.
+ //
+ // ResourceShareArn is a required field
+ ResourceShareArn *string `locationName:"resourceShareArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput"}
+ if s.PermissionArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PermissionArn"))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceShareArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceShareArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetClientToken(v string) *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.ClientToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissionArn sets the PermissionArn field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetPermissionArn(v string) *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.PermissionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceShareArn sets the ResourceShareArn field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput) SetResourceShareArn(v string) *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionInput {
+ s.ResourceShareArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency
+ // of the request.
+ ClientToken *string `locationName:"clientToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the request succeeded.
+ ReturnValue *bool `locationName:"returnValue" type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetClientToken sets the ClientToken field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) SetClientToken(v string) *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput {
+ s.ClientToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReturnValue sets the ReturnValue field's value.
+func (s *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *DisassociateResourceSharePermissionOutput {
+ s.ReturnValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type EnableSharingWithAwsOrganizationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -2644,6 +3435,76 @@ func (s *EnableSharingWithAwsOrganizationOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *EnableS
return s
}
+type GetPermissionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the permission.
+ //
+ // PermissionArn is a required field
+ PermissionArn *string `locationName:"permissionArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The identifier for the version of the permission.
+ PermissionVersion *int64 `locationName:"permissionVersion" type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetPermissionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetPermissionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *GetPermissionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPermissionInput"}
+ if s.PermissionArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PermissionArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetPermissionArn sets the PermissionArn field's value.
+func (s *GetPermissionInput) SetPermissionArn(v string) *GetPermissionInput {
+ s.PermissionArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissionVersion sets the PermissionVersion field's value.
+func (s *GetPermissionInput) SetPermissionVersion(v int64) *GetPermissionInput {
+ s.PermissionVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type GetPermissionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Information about the permission.
+ Permission *ResourceSharePermissionDetail `locationName:"permission" type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s GetPermissionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s GetPermissionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
+func (s *GetPermissionOutput) SetPermission(v *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) *GetPermissionOutput {
+ s.Permission = v
+ return s
+}
+
type GetResourcePoliciesInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -2752,7 +3613,9 @@ type GetResourceShareAssociationsInput struct {
// The association status.
AssociationStatus *string `locationName:"associationStatus" type:"string" enum:"ResourceShareAssociationStatus"`
- // The association type.
+ // The association type. Specify PRINCIPAL to list the principals that are associated
+ // with the specified resource share. Specify RESOURCE to list the resources
+ // that are associated with the specified resource share.
//
// AssociationType is a required field
AssociationType *string `locationName:"associationType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceShareAssociationType"`
@@ -3196,7 +4059,229 @@ func (s *ListPendingInvitationResourcesOutput) SetResources(v []*Resource) *List
return s
}
-type ListPrincipalsInput struct {
+type ListPermissionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
+ // remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // Specifies the resource type for which to list permissions. For example, to
+ // list only permissions that apply to EC2 subnets, specify ec2:Subnet.
+ ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListPermissionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListPermissionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListPermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPermissionsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListPermissionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPermissionsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListPermissionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPermissionsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *ListPermissionsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListPermissionsInput {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListPermissionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
+ // when there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // Information about the permissions.
+ Permissions []*ResourceSharePermissionSummary `locationName:"permissions" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListPermissionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListPermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListPermissionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPermissionsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *ListPermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourceSharePermissionSummary) *ListPermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListPrincipalsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
+ // remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.
+ MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
+
+ // The token for the next page of results.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The principals.
+ Principals []*string `locationName:"principals" type:"list"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
+ ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of owner.
+ //
+ // ResourceOwner is a required field
+ ResourceOwner *string `locationName:"resourceOwner" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceOwner"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resource shares.
+ ResourceShareArns []*string `locationName:"resourceShareArns" type:"list"`
+
+ // The resource type.
+ //
+ // Valid values: ec2:CapacityReservation | ec2:Subnet | ec2:TrafficMirrorTarget
+ // | ec2:TransitGateway | license-manager:LicenseConfiguration | rds:Cluster
+ // | route53resolver:ResolverRule I resource-groups:Group
+ ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListPrincipalsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListPrincipalsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPrincipalsInput"}
+ if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
+ }
+ if s.ResourceOwner == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceOwner"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.MaxResults = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetPrincipals(v []*string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.Principals = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.ResourceArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceOwner sets the ResourceOwner field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceOwner(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.ResourceOwner = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceShareArns sets the ResourceShareArns field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceShareArns(v []*string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.ResourceShareArns = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListPrincipalsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
+ // when there are no more results to return.
+ NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
+
+ // The principals.
+ Principals []*Principal `locationName:"principals" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ListPrincipalsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ListPrincipalsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPrincipalsOutput {
+ s.NextToken = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
+func (s *ListPrincipalsOutput) SetPrincipals(v []*Principal) *ListPrincipalsOutput {
+ s.Principals = v
+ return s
+}
+
+type ListResourceSharePermissionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the
@@ -3206,45 +4291,30 @@ type ListPrincipalsInput struct {
// The token for the next page of results.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // The principals.
- Principals []*string `locationName:"principals" type:"list"`
-
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
- ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string"`
-
- // The type of owner.
- //
- // ResourceOwner is a required field
- ResourceOwner *string `locationName:"resourceOwner" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ResourceOwner"`
-
- // The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resource shares.
- ResourceShareArns []*string `locationName:"resourceShareArns" type:"list"`
-
- // The resource type.
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share.
//
- // Valid values: route53resolver:ResolverRule | ec2:TransitGateway | ec2:Subnet
- // | license-manager:LicenseConfiguration
- ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+ // ResourceShareArn is a required field
+ ResourceShareArn *string `locationName:"resourceShareArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListPrincipalsInput) String() string {
+func (s ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListPrincipalsInput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) Validate() error {
- invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPrincipalsInput"}
+func (s *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListResourceSharePermissionsInput"}
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
}
- if s.ResourceOwner == nil {
- invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceOwner"))
+ if s.ResourceShareArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceShareArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
@@ -3254,77 +4324,53 @@ func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) Validate() error {
}
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+func (s *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput {
s.MaxResults = &v
return s
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
+func (s *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetPrincipals(v []*string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
- s.Principals = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
- s.ResourceArn = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetResourceOwner sets the ResourceOwner field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceOwner(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
- s.ResourceOwner = &v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetResourceShareArns sets the ResourceShareArns field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceShareArns(v []*string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
- s.ResourceShareArns = v
- return s
-}
-
-// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListPrincipalsInput {
- s.ResourceType = &v
+// SetResourceShareArn sets the ResourceShareArn field's value.
+func (s *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput) SetResourceShareArn(v string) *ListResourceSharePermissionsInput {
+ s.ResourceShareArn = &v
return s
}
-type ListPrincipalsOutput struct {
+type ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null
// when there are no more results to return.
NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
- // The principals.
- Principals []*Principal `locationName:"principals" type:"list"`
+ // The permissions associated with the resource share.
+ Permissions []*ResourceSharePermissionSummary `locationName:"permissions" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
-func (s ListPrincipalsOutput) String() string {
+func (s ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
-func (s ListPrincipalsOutput) GoString() string {
+func (s ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPrincipalsOutput {
+func (s *ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput {
s.NextToken = &v
return s
}
-// SetPrincipals sets the Principals field's value.
-func (s *ListPrincipalsOutput) SetPrincipals(v []*Principal) *ListPrincipalsOutput {
- s.Principals = v
+// SetPermissions sets the Permissions field's value.
+func (s *ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput) SetPermissions(v []*ResourceSharePermissionSummary) *ListResourceSharePermissionsOutput {
+ s.Permissions = v
return s
}
@@ -3354,8 +4400,9 @@ type ListResourcesInput struct {
// The resource type.
//
- // Valid values: route53resolver:ResolverRule | ec2:TransitGateway | ec2:Subnet
- // | license-manager:LicenseConfiguration
+ // Valid values: ec2:CapacityReservation | ec2:Subnet | ec2:TrafficMirrorTarget
+ // | ec2:TransitGateway | license-manager:LicenseConfiguration | rds:Cluster
+ // | route53resolver:ResolverRule | resource-groups:Group
ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
}
@@ -3521,6 +4568,67 @@ func (s *Principal) SetResourceShareArn(v string) *Principal {
return s
}
+type PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the resource share to promote.
+ //
+ // ResourceShareArn is a required field
+ ResourceShareArn *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceShareArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput"}
+ if s.ResourceShareArn == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceShareArn"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResourceShareArn sets the ResourceShareArn field's value.
+func (s *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput) SetResourceShareArn(v string) *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyInput {
+ s.ResourceShareArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Indicates whether the request succeeded.
+ ReturnValue *bool `locationName:"returnValue" type:"boolean"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetReturnValue sets the ReturnValue field's value.
+func (s *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput) SetReturnValue(v bool) *PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicyOutput {
+ s.ReturnValue = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type RejectResourceShareInvitationInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -3615,6 +4723,10 @@ type Resource struct {
// The time when the association was last updated.
LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdatedTime" type:"timestamp"`
+ // The ARN of the resource group. This value is returned only if the resource
+ // is a resource group.
+ ResourceGroupArn *string `locationName:"resourceGroupArn" type:"string"`
+
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share.
ResourceShareArn *string `locationName:"resourceShareArn" type:"string"`
@@ -3656,6 +4768,12 @@ func (s *Resource) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *Resource {
return s
}
+// SetResourceGroupArn sets the ResourceGroupArn field's value.
+func (s *Resource) SetResourceGroupArn(v string) *Resource {
+ s.ResourceGroupArn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetResourceShareArn sets the ResourceShareArn field's value.
func (s *Resource) SetResourceShareArn(v string) *Resource {
s.ResourceShareArn = &v
@@ -3691,6 +4809,21 @@ type ResourceShare struct {
// The time when the resource share was created.
CreationTime *time.Time `locationName:"creationTime" type:"timestamp"`
+ // Indicates how the resource share was created. Possible values include:
+ //
+ // * CREATED_FROM_POLICY - Indicates that the resource share was created
+ // from an AWS Identity and Access Management (AWS IAM) policy attached to
+ // a resource. These resource shares are visible only to the AWS account
+ // that created it. They cannot be modified in AWS RAM.
+ //
+ // * PROMOTING_TO_STANDARD - The resource share is in the process of being
+ // promoted. For more information, see PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.
+ //
+ // * STANDARD - Indicates that the resource share was created in AWS RAM
+ // using the console or APIs. These resource shares are visible to all principals.
+ // They can be modified in AWS RAM.
+ FeatureSet *string `locationName:"featureSet" type:"string" enum:"ResourceShareFeatureSet"`
+
// The time when the resource share was last updated.
LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdatedTime" type:"timestamp"`
@@ -3735,6 +4868,12 @@ func (s *ResourceShare) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *ResourceShare {
return s
}
+// SetFeatureSet sets the FeatureSet field's value.
+func (s *ResourceShare) SetFeatureSet(v string) *ResourceShare {
+ s.FeatureSet = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
func (s *ResourceShare) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *ResourceShare {
s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
@@ -3966,6 +5105,184 @@ func (s *ResourceShareInvitation) SetStatus(v string) *ResourceShareInvitation {
return s
}
+// Information about an AWS RAM permission.
+type ResourceSharePermissionDetail struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the permission.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time when the permission was created.
+ CreationTime *time.Time `locationName:"creationTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The identifier for the version of the permission that is set as the default
+ // version.
+ DefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"defaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The date and time when the permission was last updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdatedTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The name of the permission.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // The permission's effect and actions in JSON format. The effect indicates
+ // whether the actions are allowed or denied. The actions list the API actions
+ // to which the principal is granted or denied access.
+ Permission *string `locationName:"permission" type:"string"`
+
+ // The resource type to which the permission applies.
+ ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+
+ // The identifier for the version of the permission.
+ Version *string `locationName:"version" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ResourceSharePermissionDetail) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ResourceSharePermissionDetail) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetArn(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.CreationTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDefaultVersion sets the DefaultVersion field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetDefaultVersion(v bool) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.DefaultVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetName(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetPermission(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.Permission = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetResourceType(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionDetail) SetVersion(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionDetail {
+ s.Version = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Information about a permission that is associated with a resource share.
+type ResourceSharePermissionSummary struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The ARN of the permission.
+ Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`
+
+ // The date and time when the permission was created.
+ CreationTime *time.Time `locationName:"creationTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The identifier for the version of the permission that is set as the default
+ // version.
+ DefaultVersion *bool `locationName:"defaultVersion" type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The date and time when the permission was last updated.
+ LastUpdatedTime *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdatedTime" type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The name of the permission.
+ Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`
+
+ // The type of resource to which the permission applies.
+ ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
+
+ // The current status of the permission.
+ Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string"`
+
+ // The identifier for the version of the permission.
+ Version *string `locationName:"version" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ResourceSharePermissionSummary) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ResourceSharePermissionSummary) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetArn sets the Arn field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetArn(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.Arn = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.CreationTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetDefaultVersion sets the DefaultVersion field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetDefaultVersion(v bool) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.DefaultVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetLastUpdatedTime sets the LastUpdatedTime field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetLastUpdatedTime(v time.Time) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.LastUpdatedTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetName(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetResourceType(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.ResourceType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetStatus(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
+func (s *ResourceSharePermissionSummary) SetVersion(v string) *ResourceSharePermissionSummary {
+ s.Version = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Information about a tag.
type Tag struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -4297,6 +5614,17 @@ const (
ResourceShareAssociationTypeResource = "RESOURCE"
)
+const (
+ // ResourceShareFeatureSetCreatedFromPolicy is a ResourceShareFeatureSet enum value
+ ResourceShareFeatureSetCreatedFromPolicy = "CREATED_FROM_POLICY"
+
+ // ResourceShareFeatureSetPromotingToStandard is a ResourceShareFeatureSet enum value
+ ResourceShareFeatureSetPromotingToStandard = "PROMOTING_TO_STANDARD"
+
+ // ResourceShareFeatureSetStandard is a ResourceShareFeatureSet enum value
+ ResourceShareFeatureSetStandard = "STANDARD"
+)
+
const (
// ResourceShareInvitationStatusPending is a ResourceShareInvitationStatus enum value
ResourceShareInvitationStatusPending = "PENDING"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go
index 56c6fdb8e9ce..5488aa1db051 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds/api.go
@@ -8861,6 +8861,12 @@ func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParamet
// or the DescribeDBClusterParameters action to verify that your DB cluster
// parameter group has been created or modified.
//
+// If the modified DB cluster parameter group is used by an Aurora Serverless
+// cluster, Aurora applies the update immediately. The cluster restart might
+// interrupt your workload. In that case, your application must reopen any connections
+// and retry any transactions that were active when the parameter changes took
+// effect.
+//
// This action only applies to Aurora DB clusters.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -12818,7 +12824,7 @@ type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {
// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
//
- // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance
+ // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, ca-certificate-rotation
//
// ApplyAction is a required field
ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -14382,6 +14388,9 @@ type CreateDBClusterEndpointInput struct {
// List of DB instance identifiers that are part of the custom endpoint group.
StaticMembers []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
+ Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -14443,6 +14452,12 @@ func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetStaticMembers(v []*string) *CreateDBCl
return s
}
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterEndpointInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
// This data type represents the information you need to connect to an Amazon
// Aurora DB cluster. This data type is used as a response element in the following
// actions:
@@ -15739,8 +15754,10 @@ type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {
// values, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS)
// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
//
- // Constraints: Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for
- // the DB instance.
+ // Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL DB instances, must
+ // be a multiple between .5 and 50 of the storage amount for the DB instance.
+ // For SQL Server DB instances, must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage
+ // amount for the DB instance.
Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
@@ -31495,7 +31512,7 @@ type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
- // Valid actions are system-update, db-upgrade, and hardware-maintenance.
+ // Valid actions are system-update, db-upgrade, hardware-maintenance, and ca-certificate-rotation.
Action *string `type:"string"`
// The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go
index ebb79a96e029..f57384394295 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/api.go
@@ -1600,6 +1600,102 @@ func (c *Redshift) CreateHsmConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Cre
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opCreateScheduledAction = "CreateScheduledAction"
+
+// CreateScheduledActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the CreateScheduledAction operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See CreateScheduledAction for more information on using the CreateScheduledAction
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the CreateScheduledActionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.CreateScheduledActionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateScheduledAction
+func (c *Redshift) CreateScheduledActionRequest(input *CreateScheduledActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateScheduledActionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opCreateScheduledAction,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &CreateScheduledActionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &CreateScheduledActionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// CreateScheduledAction API operation for Amazon Redshift.
+//
+// Creates a scheduled action. A scheduled action contains a schedule and an
+// Amazon Redshift API action. For example, you can create a schedule of when
+// to run the ResizeCluster API operation.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
+// API operation CreateScheduledAction for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault "ScheduledActionAlreadyExists"
+// The scheduled action already exists.
+//
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault "ScheduledActionQuotaExceeded"
+// The quota for scheduled actions exceeded.
+//
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault "ScheduledActionTypeUnsupported"
+// The action type specified for a scheduled action is not supported.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidScheduleFault "InvalidSchedule"
+// The schedule you submitted isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidScheduledActionFault "InvalidScheduledAction"
+// The scheduled action is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
+// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/CreateScheduledAction
+func (c *Redshift) CreateScheduledAction(input *CreateScheduledActionInput) (*CreateScheduledActionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateScheduledActionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// CreateScheduledActionWithContext is the same as CreateScheduledAction with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See CreateScheduledAction for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Redshift) CreateScheduledActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateScheduledActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateScheduledActionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.CreateScheduledActionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opCreateSnapshotCopyGrant = "CreateSnapshotCopyGrant"
// CreateSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2605,6 +2701,89 @@ func (c *Redshift) DeleteHsmConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Del
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDeleteScheduledAction = "DeleteScheduledAction"
+
+// DeleteScheduledActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DeleteScheduledAction operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DeleteScheduledAction for more information on using the DeleteScheduledAction
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduledActionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DeleteScheduledActionRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteScheduledAction
+func (c *Redshift) DeleteScheduledActionRequest(input *DeleteScheduledActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduledActionOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDeleteScheduledAction,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DeleteScheduledActionInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DeleteScheduledActionOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(query.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// DeleteScheduledAction API operation for Amazon Redshift.
+//
+// Deletes a scheduled action.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
+// API operation DeleteScheduledAction for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionNotFoundFault "ScheduledActionNotFound"
+// The scheduled action cannot be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
+// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DeleteScheduledAction
+func (c *Redshift) DeleteScheduledAction(input *DeleteScheduledActionInput) (*DeleteScheduledActionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteScheduledActionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DeleteScheduledActionWithContext is the same as DeleteScheduledAction with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DeleteScheduledAction for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Redshift) DeleteScheduledActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduledActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduledActionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DeleteScheduledActionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDeleteSnapshotCopyGrant = "DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant"
// DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -5109,6 +5288,13 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest(input *DescribeNodeCo
// The specified cluster snapshot is not in the available state, or other accounts
// are authorized to access the snapshot.
//
+// * ErrCodeClusterNotFoundFault "ClusterNotFound"
+// The ClusterIdentifier parameter does not refer to an existing cluster.
+//
+// * ErrCodeAccessToSnapshotDeniedFault "AccessToSnapshotDenied"
+// The owner of the specified snapshot has not authorized your account to access
+// the snapshot.
+//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions
func (c *Redshift) DescribeNodeConfigurationOptions(input *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) (*DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsRequest(input)
@@ -5705,6 +5891,146 @@ func (c *Redshift) DescribeResizeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRes
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeScheduledActions = "DescribeScheduledActions"
+
+// DescribeScheduledActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeScheduledActions operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeScheduledActions for more information on using the DescribeScheduledActions
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduledActionsRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeScheduledActions
+func (c *Redshift) DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(input *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduledActionsOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeScheduledActions,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ Paginator: &request.Paginator{
+ InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
+ OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
+ LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
+ TruncationToken: "",
+ },
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeScheduledActionsInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeScheduledActionsOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeScheduledActions API operation for Amazon Redshift.
+//
+// Describes properties of scheduled actions.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
+// API operation DescribeScheduledActions for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionNotFoundFault "ScheduledActionNotFound"
+// The scheduled action cannot be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
+// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/DescribeScheduledActions
+func (c *Redshift) DescribeScheduledActions(input *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeScheduledActionsWithContext is the same as DescribeScheduledActions with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeScheduledActions for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Redshift) DescribeScheduledActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeScheduledActionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeScheduledActions operation,
+// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
+// iterating, return false from the fn function.
+//
+// See DescribeScheduledActions method for more information on how to use this operation.
+//
+// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
+//
+// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeScheduledActions operation.
+// pageNum := 0
+// err := client.DescribeScheduledActionsPages(params,
+// func(page *redshift.DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
+// pageNum++
+// fmt.Println(page)
+// return pageNum <= 3
+// })
+//
+func (c *Redshift) DescribeScheduledActionsPages(input *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
+ return c.DescribeScheduledActionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
+}
+
+// DescribeScheduledActionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeScheduledActionsPages except
+// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Redshift) DescribeScheduledActionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduledActionsInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
+ p := request.Pagination{
+ NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
+ var inCpy *DescribeScheduledActionsInput
+ if input != nil {
+ tmp := *input
+ inCpy = &tmp
+ }
+ req, _ := c.DescribeScheduledActionsRequest(inCpy)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return req, nil
+ },
+ }
+
+ for p.Next() {
+ if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduledActionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
+ break
+ }
+ }
+
+ return p.Err()
+}
+
const opDescribeSnapshotCopyGrants = "DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants"
// DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -7592,57 +7918,148 @@ func (c *Redshift) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Mo
return out, req.Send()
}
-const opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod"
+const opModifyScheduledAction = "ModifyScheduledAction"
-// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
-// client's request for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod operation. The "output" return
+// ModifyScheduledActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ModifyScheduledAction operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
-// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for more information on using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
+// See ModifyScheduledAction for more information on using the ModifyScheduledAction
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
-// // Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest method.
-// req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)
+// // Example sending a request using the ModifyScheduledActionRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ModifyScheduledActionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
-// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
-func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) {
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyScheduledAction
+func (c *Redshift) ModifyScheduledActionRequest(input *ModifyScheduledActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
- Name: opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod,
+ Name: opModifyScheduledAction,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
- input = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput{}
+ input = &ModifyScheduledActionInput{}
}
- output = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput{}
+ output = &ModifyScheduledActionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
-// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Redshift.
+// ModifyScheduledAction API operation for Amazon Redshift.
//
-// Modifies the number of days to retain snapshots in the destination AWS Region
-// after they are copied from the source AWS Region. By default, this operation
-// only changes the retention period of copied automated snapshots. The retention
-// periods for both new and existing copied automated snapshots are updated
-// with the new retention period. You can set the manual option to change only
-// the retention periods of copied manual snapshots. If you set this option,
-// only newly copied manual snapshots have the new retention period.
+// Modify a scheduled action.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Redshift's
+// API operation ModifyScheduledAction for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionNotFoundFault "ScheduledActionNotFound"
+// The scheduled action cannot be found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault "ScheduledActionTypeUnsupported"
+// The action type specified for a scheduled action is not supported.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidScheduleFault "InvalidSchedule"
+// The schedule you submitted isn't valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInvalidScheduledActionFault "InvalidScheduledAction"
+// The scheduled action is not valid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeUnauthorizedOperation "UnauthorizedOperation"
+// Your account is not authorized to perform the requested operation.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifyScheduledAction
+func (c *Redshift) ModifyScheduledAction(input *ModifyScheduledActionInput) (*ModifyScheduledActionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ModifyScheduledActionRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// ModifyScheduledActionWithContext is the same as ModifyScheduledAction with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See ModifyScheduledAction for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *Redshift) ModifyScheduledActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyScheduledActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyScheduledActionOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.ModifyScheduledActionRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+const opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod = "ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod"
+
+// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod for more information on using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/redshift-2012-12-01/ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod
+func (c *Redshift) ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodRequest(input *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriod API operation for Amazon Redshift.
+//
+// Modifies the number of days to retain snapshots in the destination AWS Region
+// after they are copied from the source AWS Region. By default, this operation
+// only changes the retention period of copied automated snapshots. The retention
+// periods for both new and existing copied automated snapshots are updated
+// with the new retention period. You can set the manual option to change only
+// the retention periods of copied manual snapshots. If you set this option,
+// only newly copied manual snapshots have the new retention period.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -12128,6 +12545,250 @@ func (s *CreateHsmConfigurationOutput) SetHsmConfiguration(v *HsmConfiguration)
return s
}
+type CreateScheduledActionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // If true, the schedule is enabled. If false, the scheduled action does not
+ // trigger. For more information about state of the scheduled action, see ScheduledAction.
+ Enable *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The end time in UTC of the scheduled action. After this time, the scheduled
+ // action does not trigger. For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The IAM role to assume to run the target action. For more information about
+ // this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ //
+ // IamRole is a required field
+ IamRole *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The schedule in at( ) or cron( ) format. For more information about this
+ // parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ //
+ // Schedule is a required field
+ Schedule *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The description of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action. The name must be unique within an account.
+ // For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ //
+ // ScheduledActionName is a required field
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The start time in UTC of the scheduled action. Before this time, the scheduled
+ // action does not trigger. For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input parameters.
+ // For more information about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ //
+ // TargetAction is a required field
+ TargetAction *ScheduledActionType `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateScheduledActionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateScheduledActionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateScheduledActionInput"}
+ if s.IamRole == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamRole"))
+ }
+ if s.Schedule == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule"))
+ }
+ if s.ScheduledActionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduledActionName"))
+ }
+ if s.TargetAction == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetAction"))
+ }
+ if s.TargetAction != nil {
+ if err := s.TargetAction.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TargetAction", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetEnable sets the Enable field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetEnable(v bool) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.Enable = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamRole sets the IamRole field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetIamRole(v string) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.IamRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.Schedule = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionDescription sets the ScheduledActionDescription field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetScheduledActionDescription(v string) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.ScheduledActionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetAction sets the TargetAction field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionInput) SetTargetAction(v *ScheduledActionType) *CreateScheduledActionInput {
+ s.TargetAction = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some
+// Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which
+// API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType.
+type CreateScheduledActionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this time,
+ // the scheduled action does not trigger.
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must have
+ // permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the scheduled action.
+ // This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler (Principal scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com)
+ // to assume permissions on your behalf. For more information about the IAM
+ // role to use with the Amazon Redshift scheduler, see Using Identity-Based
+ // Policies for Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html)
+ // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
+ IamRole *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // List of times when the scheduled action will run.
+ NextInvocations []*time.Time `locationNameList:"ScheduledActionTime" type:"list"`
+
+ // The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format) scheduled
+ // action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one hour.
+ //
+ // Format of at expressions is "at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)". For example, "at(2016-03-04T17:27:00)".
+ //
+ // Format of cron expressions is "cron(Minutes Hours Day-of-month Month Day-of-week
+ // Year)". For example, "cron(0, 10, *, *, MON, *)". For more information, see
+ // Cron Expressions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ScheduledEvents.html#CronExpressions)
+ // in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
+ Schedule *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The description of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
+ // scheduled action does not trigger.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED.
+ State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduledActionState"`
+
+ // A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input parameters.
+ //
+ // "{\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}".
+ TargetAction *ScheduledActionType `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s CreateScheduledActionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s CreateScheduledActionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamRole sets the IamRole field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetIamRole(v string) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.IamRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextInvocations sets the NextInvocations field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetNextInvocations(v []*time.Time) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.NextInvocations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetSchedule(v string) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.Schedule = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionDescription sets the ScheduledActionDescription field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetScheduledActionDescription(v string) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.ScheduledActionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetState(v string) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetAction sets the TargetAction field's value.
+func (s *CreateScheduledActionOutput) SetTargetAction(v *ScheduledActionType) *CreateScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.TargetAction = v
+ return s
+}
+
// The result of the CreateSnapshotCopyGrant action.
type CreateSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -13176,6 +13837,58 @@ func (s DeleteHsmConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+type DeleteScheduledActionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action to delete.
+ //
+ // ScheduledActionName is a required field
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteScheduledActionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteScheduledActionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DeleteScheduledActionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteScheduledActionInput"}
+ if s.ScheduledActionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduledActionName"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *DeleteScheduledActionInput) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *DeleteScheduledActionInput {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DeleteScheduledActionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteScheduledActionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DeleteScheduledActionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
// The result of the DeleteSnapshotCopyGrant action.
type DeleteSnapshotCopyGrantInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -15217,12 +15930,17 @@ func (s *DescribeLoggingStatusInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeLog
type DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The action type to evaluate for possible node configurations. Currently,
- // it must be "restore-cluster".
+ // The action type to evaluate for possible node configurations. Specify "restore-cluster"
+ // to get configuration combinations based on an existing snapshot. Specify
+ // "recommend-node-config" to get configuration recommendations based on an
+ // existing cluster or snapshot.
//
// ActionType is a required field
ActionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ActionType"`
+ // The identifier of the cluster to evaluate for possible node configurations.
+ ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
+
// A set of name, operator, and value items to filter the results.
Filters []*NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter `locationName:"Filter" locationNameList:"NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter" type:"list"`
@@ -15281,6 +15999,12 @@ func (s *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) SetActionType(v string) *Describ
return s
}
+// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
+func (s *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput {
+ s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
func (s *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*NodeConfigurationOptionsFilter) *DescribeNodeConfigurationOptionsInput {
s.Filters = v
@@ -15858,8 +16582,166 @@ func (s *DescribeResizeOutput) SetTotalResizeDataInMegaBytes(v int64) *DescribeR
return s
}
-// The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.
-type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {
+type DescribeScheduledActionsInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // If true, retrieve only active scheduled actions. If false, retrieve only
+ // disabled scheduled actions.
+ Active *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The end time in UTC of the scheduled action to retrieve. Only active scheduled
+ // actions that have invocations before this time are retrieved.
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // List of scheduled action filters.
+ Filters []*ScheduledActionFilter `locationNameList:"ScheduledActionFilter" type:"list"`
+
+ // An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
+ // response records. When the results of a DescribeScheduledActions request
+ // exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
+ // field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
+ // by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
+ // the request.
+ Marker *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The maximum number of response records to return in each call. If the number
+ // of remaining response records exceeds the specified MaxRecords value, a value
+ // is returned in a marker field of the response. You can retrieve the next
+ // set of records by retrying the command with the returned marker value.
+ //
+ // Default: 100
+ //
+ // Constraints: minimum 20, maximum 100.
+ MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action to retrieve.
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The start time in UTC of the scheduled actions to retrieve. Only active scheduled
+ // actions that have invocations after this time are retrieved.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The type of the scheduled actions to retrieve.
+ TargetActionType *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduledActionTypeValues"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeScheduledActionsInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeScheduledActionsInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduledActionsInput"}
+ if s.Filters != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Filters {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetActive sets the Active field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetActive(v bool) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.Active = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*ScheduledActionFilter) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.Filters = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.Marker = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.MaxRecords = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetActionType sets the TargetActionType field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsInput) SetTargetActionType(v string) *DescribeScheduledActionsInput {
+ s.TargetActionType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeScheduledActionsOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
+ // response records. When the results of a DescribeScheduledActions request
+ // exceed the value specified in MaxRecords, AWS returns a value in the Marker
+ // field of the response. You can retrieve the next set of response records
+ // by providing the returned marker value in the Marker parameter and retrying
+ // the request.
+ Marker *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // List of retrieved scheduled actions.
+ ScheduledActions []*ScheduledAction `locationNameList:"ScheduledAction" type:"list"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeScheduledActionsOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeScheduledActionsOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeScheduledActionsOutput {
+ s.Marker = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActions sets the ScheduledActions field's value.
+func (s *DescribeScheduledActionsOutput) SetScheduledActions(v []*ScheduledAction) *DescribeScheduledActionsOutput {
+ s.ScheduledActions = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The result of the DescribeSnapshotCopyGrants action.
+type DescribeSnapshotCopyGrantsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An optional parameter that specifies the starting point to return a set of
@@ -18824,6 +19706,234 @@ func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscriptio
return s
}
+type ModifyScheduledActionInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A modified enable flag of the scheduled action. If true, the scheduled action
+ // is active. If false, the scheduled action is disabled.
+ Enable *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // A modified end time of the scheduled action. For more information about this
+ // parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A different IAM role to assume to run the target action. For more information
+ // about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ IamRole *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // A modified schedule in either at( ) or cron( ) format. For more information
+ // about this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ Schedule *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // A modified description of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action to modify.
+ //
+ // ScheduledActionName is a required field
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // A modified start time of the scheduled action. For more information about
+ // this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // A modified JSON format of the scheduled action. For more information about
+ // this parameter, see ScheduledAction.
+ TargetAction *ScheduledActionType `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyScheduledActionInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyScheduledActionInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyScheduledActionInput"}
+ if s.ScheduledActionName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduledActionName"))
+ }
+ if s.TargetAction != nil {
+ if err := s.TargetAction.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("TargetAction", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetEnable sets the Enable field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetEnable(v bool) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.Enable = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamRole sets the IamRole field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetIamRole(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.IamRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetSchedule(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.Schedule = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionDescription sets the ScheduledActionDescription field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetScheduledActionDescription(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.ScheduledActionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetAction sets the TargetAction field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionInput) SetTargetAction(v *ScheduledActionType) *ModifyScheduledActionInput {
+ s.TargetAction = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some
+// Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which
+// API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType.
+type ModifyScheduledActionOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this time,
+ // the scheduled action does not trigger.
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must have
+ // permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the scheduled action.
+ // This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler (Principal scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com)
+ // to assume permissions on your behalf. For more information about the IAM
+ // role to use with the Amazon Redshift scheduler, see Using Identity-Based
+ // Policies for Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html)
+ // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
+ IamRole *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // List of times when the scheduled action will run.
+ NextInvocations []*time.Time `locationNameList:"ScheduledActionTime" type:"list"`
+
+ // The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format) scheduled
+ // action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one hour.
+ //
+ // Format of at expressions is "at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)". For example, "at(2016-03-04T17:27:00)".
+ //
+ // Format of cron expressions is "cron(Minutes Hours Day-of-month Month Day-of-week
+ // Year)". For example, "cron(0, 10, *, *, MON, *)". For more information, see
+ // Cron Expressions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ScheduledEvents.html#CronExpressions)
+ // in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
+ Schedule *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The description of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
+ // scheduled action does not trigger.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED.
+ State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduledActionState"`
+
+ // A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input parameters.
+ //
+ // "{\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}".
+ TargetAction *ScheduledActionType `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyScheduledActionOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ModifyScheduledActionOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamRole sets the IamRole field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetIamRole(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.IamRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextInvocations sets the NextInvocations field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetNextInvocations(v []*time.Time) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.NextInvocations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetSchedule(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.Schedule = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionDescription sets the ScheduledActionDescription field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetScheduledActionDescription(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.ScheduledActionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetState(v string) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetAction sets the TargetAction field's value.
+func (s *ModifyScheduledActionOutput) SetTargetAction(v *ScheduledActionType) *ModifyScheduledActionOutput {
+ s.TargetAction = v
+ return s
+}
+
type ModifySnapshotCopyRetentionPeriodInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -19072,6 +20182,9 @@ type NodeConfigurationOption struct {
// The estimated disk utilizaton percentage.
EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent *float64 `type:"double"`
+ // The category of the node configuration recommendation.
+ Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"Mode"`
+
// The node type, such as, "ds2.8xlarge".
NodeType *string `type:"string"`
@@ -19095,6 +20208,12 @@ func (s *NodeConfigurationOption) SetEstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent(v float64)
return s
}
+// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
+func (s *NodeConfigurationOption) SetMode(v string) *NodeConfigurationOption {
+ s.Mode = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
func (s *NodeConfigurationOption) SetNodeType(v string) *NodeConfigurationOption {
s.NodeType = &v
@@ -19995,6 +21114,88 @@ func (s *ResizeClusterInput) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *ResizeClusterInput {
return s
}
+type ResizeClusterMessage struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A boolean value indicating whether the resize operation is using the classic
+ // resize process. If you don't provide this parameter or set the value to false,
+ // the resize type is elastic.
+ Classic *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
+ // The unique identifier for the cluster to resize.
+ //
+ // ClusterIdentifier is a required field
+ ClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The new cluster type for the specified cluster.
+ ClusterType *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The new node type for the nodes you are adding. If not specified, the cluster's
+ // current node type is used.
+ NodeType *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The new number of nodes for the cluster.
+ //
+ // NumberOfNodes is a required field
+ NumberOfNodes *int64 `type:"integer" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ResizeClusterMessage) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ResizeClusterMessage) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ResizeClusterMessage) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResizeClusterMessage"}
+ if s.ClusterIdentifier == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ClusterIdentifier"))
+ }
+ if s.NumberOfNodes == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NumberOfNodes"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetClassic sets the Classic field's value.
+func (s *ResizeClusterMessage) SetClassic(v bool) *ResizeClusterMessage {
+ s.Classic = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetClusterIdentifier sets the ClusterIdentifier field's value.
+func (s *ResizeClusterMessage) SetClusterIdentifier(v string) *ResizeClusterMessage {
+ s.ClusterIdentifier = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetClusterType sets the ClusterType field's value.
+func (s *ResizeClusterMessage) SetClusterType(v string) *ResizeClusterMessage {
+ s.ClusterType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNodeType sets the NodeType field's value.
+func (s *ResizeClusterMessage) SetNodeType(v string) *ResizeClusterMessage {
+ s.NodeType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNumberOfNodes sets the NumberOfNodes field's value.
+func (s *ResizeClusterMessage) SetNumberOfNodes(v int64) *ResizeClusterMessage {
+ s.NumberOfNodes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ResizeClusterOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -20458,21 +21659,26 @@ type RestoreStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of megabytes per second being transferred from the backup storage.
- // Returns the average rate for a completed backup.
+ // Returns the average rate for a completed backup. This field is only updated
+ // when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
CurrentRestoreRateInMegaBytesPerSecond *float64 `type:"double"`
// The amount of time an in-progress restore has been running, or the amount
- // of time it took a completed restore to finish.
+ // of time it took a completed restore to finish. This field is only updated
+ // when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
ElapsedTimeInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
// The estimate of the time remaining before the restore will complete. Returns
- // 0 for a completed restore.
+ // 0 for a completed restore. This field is only updated when you restore to
+ // DC2 and DS2 node types.
EstimatedTimeToCompletionInSeconds *int64 `type:"long"`
// The number of megabytes that have been transferred from snapshot storage.
+ // This field is only updated when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
ProgressInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
- // The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster.
+ // The size of the set of snapshot data used to restore the cluster. This field
+ // is only updated when you restore to DC2 and DS2 node types.
SnapshotSizeInMegaBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
// The status of the restore action. Returns starting, restoring, completed,
@@ -20965,6 +22171,216 @@ func (s *RotateEncryptionKeyOutput) SetCluster(v *Cluster) *RotateEncryptionKeyO
return s
}
+// Describes a scheduled action. You can use a scheduled action to trigger some
+// Amazon Redshift API operations on a schedule. For information about which
+// API operations can be scheduled, see ScheduledActionType.
+type ScheduledAction struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The end time in UTC when the schedule is no longer active. After this time,
+ // the scheduled action does not trigger.
+ EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The IAM role to assume to run the scheduled action. This IAM role must have
+ // permission to run the Amazon Redshift API operation in the scheduled action.
+ // This IAM role must allow the Amazon Redshift scheduler (Principal scheduler.redshift.amazonaws.com)
+ // to assume permissions on your behalf. For more information about the IAM
+ // role to use with the Amazon Redshift scheduler, see Using Identity-Based
+ // Policies for Amazon Redshift (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/redshift-iam-access-control-identity-based.html)
+ // in the Amazon Redshift Cluster Management Guide.
+ IamRole *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // List of times when the scheduled action will run.
+ NextInvocations []*time.Time `locationNameList:"ScheduledActionTime" type:"list"`
+
+ // The schedule for a one-time (at format) or recurring (cron format) scheduled
+ // action. Schedule invocations must be separated by at least one hour.
+ //
+ // Format of at expressions is "at(yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss)". For example, "at(2016-03-04T17:27:00)".
+ //
+ // Format of cron expressions is "cron(Minutes Hours Day-of-month Month Day-of-week
+ // Year)". For example, "cron(0, 10, *, *, MON, *)". For more information, see
+ // Cron Expressions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/ScheduledEvents.html#CronExpressions)
+ // in the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide.
+ Schedule *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The description of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionDescription *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The name of the scheduled action.
+ ScheduledActionName *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The start time in UTC when the schedule is active. Before this time, the
+ // scheduled action does not trigger.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The state of the scheduled action. For example, DISABLED.
+ State *string `type:"string" enum:"ScheduledActionState"`
+
+ // A JSON format string of the Amazon Redshift API operation with input parameters.
+ //
+ // "{\"ResizeCluster\":{\"NodeType\":\"ds2.8xlarge\",\"ClusterIdentifier\":\"my-test-cluster\",\"NumberOfNodes\":3}}".
+ TargetAction *ScheduledActionType `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduledAction) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduledAction) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.EndTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetIamRole sets the IamRole field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetIamRole(v string) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.IamRole = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetNextInvocations sets the NextInvocations field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetNextInvocations(v []*time.Time) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.NextInvocations = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetSchedule(v string) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.Schedule = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionDescription sets the ScheduledActionDescription field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetScheduledActionDescription(v string) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.ScheduledActionDescription = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetScheduledActionName sets the ScheduledActionName field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetScheduledActionName(v string) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.ScheduledActionName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetState sets the State field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetState(v string) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.State = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTargetAction sets the TargetAction field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledAction) SetTargetAction(v *ScheduledActionType) *ScheduledAction {
+ s.TargetAction = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A set of elements to filter the returned scheduled actions.
+type ScheduledActionFilter struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The type of element to filter.
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ScheduledActionFilterName"`
+
+ // List of values. Compare if the value (of type defined by Name) equals an
+ // item in the list of scheduled actions.
+ //
+ // Values is a required field
+ Values []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduledActionFilter) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduledActionFilter) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ScheduledActionFilter) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduledActionFilter"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+ if s.Values == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledActionFilter) SetName(v string) *ScheduledActionFilter {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledActionFilter) SetValues(v []*string) *ScheduledActionFilter {
+ s.Values = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// The action type that specifies an Amazon Redshift API operation that is supported
+// by the Amazon Redshift scheduler.
+type ScheduledActionType struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // An action that runs a ResizeCluster API operation.
+ ResizeCluster *ResizeClusterMessage `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduledActionType) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ScheduledActionType) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ScheduledActionType) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduledActionType"}
+ if s.ResizeCluster != nil {
+ if err := s.ResizeCluster.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ResizeCluster", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetResizeCluster sets the ResizeCluster field's value.
+func (s *ScheduledActionType) SetResizeCluster(v *ResizeClusterMessage) *ScheduledActionType {
+ s.ResizeCluster = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Describes a snapshot.
type Snapshot struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -21948,6 +23364,17 @@ func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurit
const (
// ActionTypeRestoreCluster is a ActionType enum value
ActionTypeRestoreCluster = "restore-cluster"
+
+ // ActionTypeRecommendNodeConfig is a ActionType enum value
+ ActionTypeRecommendNodeConfig = "recommend-node-config"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ModeStandard is a Mode enum value
+ ModeStandard = "standard"
+
+ // ModeHighPerformance is a Mode enum value
+ ModeHighPerformance = "high-performance"
)
const (
@@ -21959,6 +23386,9 @@ const (
// NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameEstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent is a NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName enum value
NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameEstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent = "EstimatedDiskUtilizationPercent"
+
+ // NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameMode is a NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterName enum value
+ NodeConfigurationOptionsFilterNameMode = "Mode"
)
const (
@@ -22011,6 +23441,27 @@ const (
ScheduleStateFailed = "FAILED"
)
+const (
+ // ScheduledActionFilterNameClusterIdentifier is a ScheduledActionFilterName enum value
+ ScheduledActionFilterNameClusterIdentifier = "cluster-identifier"
+
+ // ScheduledActionFilterNameIamRole is a ScheduledActionFilterName enum value
+ ScheduledActionFilterNameIamRole = "iam-role"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ScheduledActionStateActive is a ScheduledActionState enum value
+ ScheduledActionStateActive = "ACTIVE"
+
+ // ScheduledActionStateDisabled is a ScheduledActionState enum value
+ ScheduledActionStateDisabled = "DISABLED"
+)
+
+const (
+ // ScheduledActionTypeValuesResizeCluster is a ScheduledActionTypeValues enum value
+ ScheduledActionTypeValuesResizeCluster = "ResizeCluster"
+)
+
const (
// SnapshotAttributeToSortBySourceType is a SnapshotAttributeToSortBy enum value
SnapshotAttributeToSortBySourceType = "SOURCE_TYPE"
@@ -22042,6 +23493,9 @@ const (
// SourceTypeClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value
SourceTypeClusterSnapshot = "cluster-snapshot"
+
+ // SourceTypeScheduledAction is a SourceType enum value
+ SourceTypeScheduledAction = "scheduled-action"
)
const (
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/errors.go
index 406be5a3b2b7..f710284ae43f 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift/errors.go
@@ -381,6 +381,12 @@ const (
// The schedule you submitted isn't valid.
ErrCodeInvalidScheduleFault = "InvalidSchedule"
+ // ErrCodeInvalidScheduledActionFault for service response error code
+ // "InvalidScheduledAction".
+ //
+ // The scheduled action is not valid.
+ ErrCodeInvalidScheduledActionFault = "InvalidScheduledAction"
+
// ErrCodeInvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault for service response error code
// "InvalidSnapshotCopyGrantStateFault".
//
@@ -512,6 +518,30 @@ const (
// The definition you submitted is not supported.
ErrCodeScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupportedFault = "ScheduleDefinitionTypeUnsupported"
+ // ErrCodeScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault for service response error code
+ // "ScheduledActionAlreadyExists".
+ //
+ // The scheduled action already exists.
+ ErrCodeScheduledActionAlreadyExistsFault = "ScheduledActionAlreadyExists"
+
+ // ErrCodeScheduledActionNotFoundFault for service response error code
+ // "ScheduledActionNotFound".
+ //
+ // The scheduled action cannot be found.
+ ErrCodeScheduledActionNotFoundFault = "ScheduledActionNotFound"
+
+ // ErrCodeScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault for service response error code
+ // "ScheduledActionQuotaExceeded".
+ //
+ // The quota for scheduled actions exceeded.
+ ErrCodeScheduledActionQuotaExceededFault = "ScheduledActionQuotaExceeded"
+
+ // ErrCodeScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault for service response error code
+ // "ScheduledActionTypeUnsupported".
+ //
+ // The action type specified for a scheduled action is not supported.
+ ErrCodeScheduledActionTypeUnsupportedFault = "ScheduledActionTypeUnsupported"
+
// ErrCodeSnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault for service response error code
// "SnapshotCopyAlreadyDisabledFault".
//
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go
index 630237b99247..5fcd0f1ec44b 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go
@@ -14095,6 +14095,16 @@ type Destination struct {
// is specified, you must specify this element.
EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
+ // A container specifying replication metrics-related information, including
+ // whether emitting metrics and Amazon S3 events for replication are enabled.
+ // In addition, contains configurations related to specific metrics or events.
+ // Must be specified together with a ReplicationTime block.
+ Metrics *Metrics `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A container specifying the time when all objects and operations on objects
+ // are replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
+ ReplicationTime *ReplicationTime `type:"structure"`
+
// The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as standard or reduced
// redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source object
// to create the object replica.
@@ -14126,6 +14136,16 @@ func (s *Destination) Validate() error {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
+ if s.Metrics != nil {
+ if err := s.Metrics.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("Metrics", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ if s.ReplicationTime != nil {
+ if err := s.ReplicationTime.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationTime", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -14164,6 +14184,18 @@ func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *De
return s
}
+// SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value.
+func (s *Destination) SetMetrics(v *Metrics) *Destination {
+ s.Metrics = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetReplicationTime sets the ReplicationTime field's value.
+func (s *Destination) SetReplicationTime(v *ReplicationTime) *Destination {
+ s.ReplicationTime = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination {
s.StorageClass = &v
@@ -21262,6 +21294,63 @@ func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry {
return s
}
+// A container specifying replication metrics-related information, including
+// whether emitting metrics and Amazon S3 events for replication are enabled.
+// In addition, contains configurations related to specific metrics or events.
+// Must be specified together with a ReplicationTime block.
+type Metrics struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold
+ // event.
+ //
+ // EventThreshold is a required field
+ EventThreshold *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled.
+ //
+ // Status is a required field
+ Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MetricsStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Metrics) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Metrics) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Metrics) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Metrics"}
+ if s.EventThreshold == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EventThreshold"))
+ }
+ if s.Status == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetEventThreshold sets the EventThreshold field's value.
+func (s *Metrics) SetEventThreshold(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *Metrics {
+ s.EventThreshold = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *Metrics) SetStatus(v string) *Metrics {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
@@ -25874,6 +25963,85 @@ func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
return s
}
+// A container specifying the time when all objects and operations on objects
+// are replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
+type ReplicationTime struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Specifies whether the replication time is enabled.
+ //
+ // Status is a required field
+ Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationTimeStatus"`
+
+ // A container specifying the time by which replication should complete for
+ // all objects and operations on objects.
+ //
+ // Time is a required field
+ Time *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationTime) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationTime) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *ReplicationTime) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationTime"}
+ if s.Status == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
+ }
+ if s.Time == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationTime) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationTime {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetTime sets the Time field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationTime) SetTime(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *ReplicationTime {
+ s.Time = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// A container specifying the time value.
+type ReplicationTimeValue struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
+ Minutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationTimeValue) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s ReplicationTimeValue) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetMinutes sets the Minutes field's value.
+func (s *ReplicationTimeValue) SetMinutes(v int64) *ReplicationTimeValue {
+ s.Minutes = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Container for Payer.
type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -28590,11 +28758,29 @@ const (
// EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated"
+ // EventS3ObjectRestore is a Event enum value
+ EventS3ObjectRestore = "s3:ObjectRestore:*"
+
// EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post"
// EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed"
+
+ // EventS3Replication is a Event enum value
+ EventS3Replication = "s3:Replication:*"
+
+ // EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication is a Event enum value
+ EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication = "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication"
+
+ // EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked is a Event enum value
+ EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked = "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked"
+
+ // EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold is a Event enum value
+ EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold"
+
+ // EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold is a Event enum value
+ EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
)
const (
@@ -28731,6 +28917,14 @@ const (
MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
+const (
+ // MetricsStatusEnabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
+ MetricsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+ // MetricsStatusDisabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
+ MetricsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
+)
+
const (
// ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private"
@@ -28879,6 +29073,14 @@ const (
ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA"
)
+const (
+ // ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
+ ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
+
+ // ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
+ ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
+)
+
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
const (
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go
index 94783de2c2bc..780b1884323a 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns/api.go
@@ -345,27 +345,18 @@ func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformApplicationRequest(input *CreatePlatformApplicationI
// You must specify PlatformPrincipal and PlatformCredential attributes when
// using the CreatePlatformApplication action. The PlatformPrincipal is received
// from the notification service. For APNS/APNS_SANDBOX, PlatformPrincipal is
-// "SSL certificate". For GCM, PlatformPrincipal is not applicable. For ADM,
+// "SSL certificate". For FCM, PlatformPrincipal is not applicable. For ADM,
// PlatformPrincipal is "client id". The PlatformCredential is also received
// from the notification service. For WNS, PlatformPrincipal is "Package Security
// Identifier". For MPNS, PlatformPrincipal is "TLS certificate". For Baidu,
// PlatformPrincipal is "API key".
//
-// For APNS/APNS_SANDBOX, PlatformCredential is "private key". For GCM, PlatformCredential
+// For APNS/APNS_SANDBOX, PlatformCredential is "private key". For FCM, PlatformCredential
// is "API key". For ADM, PlatformCredential is "client secret". For WNS, PlatformCredential
// is "secret key". For MPNS, PlatformCredential is "private key". For Baidu,
// PlatformCredential is "secret key". The PlatformApplicationArn that is returned
// when using CreatePlatformApplication is then used as an attribute for the
-// CreatePlatformEndpoint action. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS
-// Mobile Push Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html).
-// For more information about obtaining the PlatformPrincipal and PlatformCredential
-// for each of the supported push notification services, see Getting Started
-// with Apple Push Notification Service (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-apns.html),
-// Getting Started with Amazon Device Messaging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-adm.html),
-// Getting Started with Baidu Cloud Push (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-baidu.html),
-// Getting Started with Google Cloud Messaging for Android (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-gcm.html),
-// Getting Started with MPNS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-mpns.html),
-// or Getting Started with WNS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/mobile-push-wns.html).
+// CreatePlatformEndpoint action.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -451,7 +442,7 @@ func (c *SNS) CreatePlatformEndpointRequest(input *CreatePlatformEndpointInput)
// CreatePlatformEndpoint API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Creates an endpoint for a device and mobile app on one of the supported push
-// notification services, such as GCM and APNS. CreatePlatformEndpoint requires
+// notification services, such as FCM and APNS. CreatePlatformEndpoint requires
// the PlatformApplicationArn that is returned from CreatePlatformApplication.
// The EndpointArn that is returned when using CreatePlatformEndpoint can then
// be used by the Publish action to send a message to a mobile app or by the
@@ -755,7 +746,7 @@ func (c *SNS) DeletePlatformApplicationRequest(input *DeletePlatformApplicationI
// DeletePlatformApplication API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Deletes a platform application object for one of the supported push notification
-// services, such as APNS and GCM. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS
+// services, such as APNS and FCM. For more information, see Using Amazon SNS
// Mobile Push Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -946,7 +937,7 @@ func (c *SNS) GetEndpointAttributesRequest(input *GetEndpointAttributesInput) (r
// GetEndpointAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Retrieves the endpoint attributes for a device on one of the supported push
-// notification services, such as GCM and APNS. For more information, see Using
+// notification services, such as FCM and APNS. For more information, see Using
// Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -1036,7 +1027,7 @@ func (c *SNS) GetPlatformApplicationAttributesRequest(input *GetPlatformApplicat
// GetPlatformApplicationAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Retrieves the attributes of the platform application object for the supported
-// push notification services, such as APNS and GCM. For more information, see
+// push notification services, such as APNS and FCM. For more information, see
// Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -1404,7 +1395,7 @@ func (c *SNS) ListEndpointsByPlatformApplicationRequest(input *ListEndpointsByPl
// ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Lists the endpoints and endpoint attributes for devices in a supported push
-// notification service, such as GCM and APNS. The results for ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication
+// notification service, such as FCM and APNS. The results for ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication
// are paginated and return a limited list of endpoints, up to 100. If additional
// records are available after the first page results, then a NextToken string
// will be returned. To receive the next page, you call ListEndpointsByPlatformApplication
@@ -1656,7 +1647,7 @@ func (c *SNS) ListPlatformApplicationsRequest(input *ListPlatformApplicationsInp
// ListPlatformApplications API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Lists the platform application objects for the supported push notification
-// services, such as APNS and GCM. The results for ListPlatformApplications
+// services, such as APNS and FCM. The results for ListPlatformApplications
// are paginated and return a limited list of applications, up to 100. If additional
// records are available after the first page results, then a NextToken string
// will be returned. To receive the next page, you call ListPlatformApplications
@@ -2669,7 +2660,7 @@ func (c *SNS) SetEndpointAttributesRequest(input *SetEndpointAttributesInput) (r
// SetEndpointAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Sets the attributes for an endpoint for a device on one of the supported
-// push notification services, such as GCM and APNS. For more information, see
+// push notification services, such as FCM and APNS. For more information, see
// Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
@@ -2760,7 +2751,7 @@ func (c *SNS) SetPlatformApplicationAttributesRequest(input *SetPlatformApplicat
// SetPlatformApplicationAttributes API operation for Amazon Simple Notification Service.
//
// Sets the attributes of the platform application object for the supported
-// push notification services, such as APNS and GCM. For more information, see
+// push notification services, such as APNS and FCM. For more information, see
// Using Amazon SNS Mobile Push Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/SNSMobilePush.html).
// For information on configuring attributes for message delivery status, see
// Using Amazon SNS Application Attributes for Message Delivery Status (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-msg-status.html).
@@ -3257,11 +3248,9 @@ func (c *SNS) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request,
// * A new tag with a key identical to that of an existing tag overwrites
// the existing tag.
//
-// * Tagging actions are limited to 10 TPS per AWS account. If your application
-// requires a higher throughput, file a technical support request (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=technical).
-//
-// For a full list of tag restrictions, see Limits Related to Topics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-limits.html#limits-topics)
-// in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.
+// * Tagging actions are limited to 10 TPS per AWS account, per AWS region.
+// If your application requires a higher throughput, file a technical support
+// request (https://console.aws.amazon.com/support/home#/case/create?issueType=technical).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -3532,7 +3521,7 @@ type AddPermissionInput struct {
// The action you want to allow for the specified principal(s).
//
- // Valid values: any Amazon SNS action name.
+ // Valid values: Any Amazon SNS action name, for example Publish.
//
// ActionName is a required field
ActionName []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
@@ -3793,7 +3782,8 @@ type CreatePlatformApplicationInput struct {
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The following platforms are supported: ADM (Amazon Device Messaging), APNS
- // (Apple Push Notification Service), APNS_SANDBOX, and GCM (Google Cloud Messaging).
+ // (Apple Push Notification Service), APNS_SANDBOX, and FCM (Firebase Cloud
+ // Messaging).
//
// Platform is a required field
Platform *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -3890,7 +3880,7 @@ type CreatePlatformEndpointInput struct {
// Unique identifier created by the notification service for an app on a device.
// The specific name for Token will vary, depending on which notification service
// is being used. For example, when using APNS as the notification service,
- // you need the device token. Alternatively, when using GCM or ADM, the device
+ // you need the device token. Alternatively, when using FCM or ADM, the device
// token equivalent is called the registration ID.
//
// Token is a required field
@@ -4006,6 +3996,9 @@ type CreateTopicInput struct {
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The list of tags to add to a new topic.
+ //
+ // To be able to tag a topic on creation, you must have the sns:CreateTopic
+ // and sns:TagResource permissions.
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
}
@@ -4332,6 +4325,7 @@ type GetEndpointAttributesOutput struct {
// * Token – device token, also referred to as a registration id, for an
// app and mobile device. This is returned from the notification service
// when an app and mobile device are registered with the notification service.
+ // The device token for the iOS platform is returned in lowercase.
Attributes map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}
@@ -4548,6 +4542,13 @@ type GetSubscriptionAttributesOutput struct {
// subscription. Raw messages are free of JSON formatting and can be sent
// to HTTP/S and Amazon SQS endpoints.
//
+ // * RedrivePolicy – When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the
+ // specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't be delivered
+ // due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed endpoint is unreachable)
+ // or server errors (for example, when the service that powers the subscribed
+ // endpoint becomes unavailable) are held in the dead-letter queue for further
+ // analysis or reprocessing.
+ //
// * SubscriptionArn – The subscription's ARN.
//
// * TopicArn – The topic ARN that the subscription is associated with.
@@ -4615,28 +4616,35 @@ type GetTopicAttributesOutput struct {
// A map of the topic's attributes. Attributes in this map include the following:
//
- // * TopicArn – the topic's ARN
+ // * DeliveryPolicy – The JSON serialization of the topic's delivery policy.
//
- // * Owner – the AWS account ID of the topic's owner
+ // * DisplayName – The human-readable name used in the From field for notifications
+ // to email and email-json endpoints.
//
- // * Policy – the JSON serialization of the topic's access control policy
+ // * Owner – The AWS account ID of the topic's owner.
//
- // * DisplayName – the human-readable name used in the "From" field for
- // notifications to email and email-json endpoints
+ // * Policy – The JSON serialization of the topic's access control policy.
//
- // * SubscriptionsPending – the number of subscriptions pending confirmation
- // on this topic
+ // * SubscriptionsConfirmed – The number of confirmed subscriptions for
+ // the topic.
//
- // * SubscriptionsConfirmed – the number of confirmed subscriptions on
- // this topic
+ // * SubscriptionsDeleted – The number of deleted subscriptions for the
+ // topic.
//
- // * SubscriptionsDeleted – the number of deleted subscriptions on this
- // topic
+ // * SubscriptionsPending – The number of subscriptions pending confirmation
+ // for the topic.
//
- // * DeliveryPolicy – the JSON serialization of the topic's delivery policy
+ // * TopicArn – The topic's ARN.
//
- // * EffectiveDeliveryPolicy – the JSON serialization of the effective
- // delivery policy that takes into account system defaults
+ // * EffectiveDeliveryPolicy – Yhe JSON serialization of the effective
+ // delivery policy, taking system defaults into account.
+ //
+ // The following attribute applies only to server-side-encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-server-side-encryption.html):
+ //
+ // * KmsMasterKeyId - The ID of an AWS-managed customer master key (CMK)
+ // for Amazon SNS or a custom CMK. For more information, see Key Terms (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/dg/sns-server-side-encryption.html#sse-key-terms).
+ // For more examples, see KeyId (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeKey.html#API_DescribeKey_RequestParameters)
+ // in the AWS Key Management Service API Reference.
Attributes map[string]*string `type:"map"`
}
@@ -5285,9 +5293,6 @@ type PublishInput struct {
// The message you want to send.
//
- // The Message parameter is always a string. If you set MessageStructure to
- // json, you must string-encode the Message parameter.
- //
// If you are publishing to a topic and you want to send the same message to
// all transport protocols, include the text of the message as a String value.
// If you want to send different messages for each transport protocol, set the
@@ -5351,11 +5356,6 @@ type PublishInput struct {
// You can define other top-level keys that define the message you want to send
// to a specific transport protocol (e.g., "http").
//
- // For information about sending different messages for each protocol using
- // the AWS Management Console, go to Create Different Messages for Each Protocol
- // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sns/latest/gsg/Publish.html#sns-message-formatting-by-protocol)
- // in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Getting Started Guide.
- //
// Valid value: json
MessageStructure *string `type:"string"`
@@ -5642,11 +5642,11 @@ type SetPlatformApplicationAttributesInput struct {
//
// * PlatformCredential – The credential received from the notification
// service. For APNS/APNS_SANDBOX, PlatformCredential is private key. For
- // GCM, PlatformCredential is "API key". For ADM, PlatformCredential is "client
+ // FCM, PlatformCredential is "API key". For ADM, PlatformCredential is "client
// secret".
//
// * PlatformPrincipal – The principal received from the notification service.
- // For APNS/APNS_SANDBOX, PlatformPrincipal is SSL certificate. For GCM,
+ // For APNS/APNS_SANDBOX, PlatformPrincipal is SSL certificate. For FCM,
// PlatformPrincipal is not applicable. For ADM, PlatformPrincipal is "client
// id".
//
@@ -5881,6 +5881,13 @@ type SetSubscriptionAttributesInput struct {
// to process JSON formatting, which is otherwise created for Amazon SNS
// metadata.
//
+ // * RedrivePolicy – When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the
+ // specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't be delivered
+ // due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed endpoint is unreachable)
+ // or server errors (for example, when the service that powers the subscribed
+ // endpoint becomes unavailable) are held in the dead-letter queue for further
+ // analysis or reprocessing.
+ //
// AttributeName is a required field
AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -6065,13 +6072,20 @@ type SubscribeInput struct {
// to Amazon SQS or HTTP/S endpoints. This eliminates the need for the endpoints
// to process JSON formatting, which is otherwise created for Amazon SNS
// metadata.
+ //
+ // * RedrivePolicy – When specified, sends undeliverable messages to the
+ // specified Amazon SQS dead-letter queue. Messages that can't be delivered
+ // due to client errors (for example, when the subscribed endpoint is unreachable)
+ // or server errors (for example, when the service that powers the subscribed
+ // endpoint becomes unavailable) are held in the dead-letter queue for further
+ // analysis or reprocessing.
Attributes map[string]*string `type:"map"`
// The endpoint that you want to receive notifications. Endpoints vary by protocol:
//
- // * For the http protocol, the endpoint is an URL beginning with "https://"
+ // * For the http protocol, the endpoint is an URL beginning with http://
//
- // * For the https protocol, the endpoint is a URL beginning with "https://"
+ // * For the https protocol, the endpoint is a URL beginning with https://
//
// * For the email protocol, the endpoint is an email address
//
@@ -6085,7 +6099,8 @@ type SubscribeInput struct {
// * For the application protocol, the endpoint is the EndpointArn of a mobile
// app and device.
//
- // * For the lambda protocol, the endpoint is the ARN of an AWS Lambda function.
+ // * For the lambda protocol, the endpoint is the ARN of an Amazon Lambda
+ // function.
Endpoint *string `type:"string"`
// The protocol you want to use. Supported protocols include:
@@ -6105,7 +6120,7 @@ type SubscribeInput struct {
// * application – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an EndpointArn for
// a mobile app and device.
//
- // * lambda – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an AWS Lambda function.
+ // * lambda – delivery of JSON-encoded message to an Amazon Lambda function.
//
// Protocol is a required field
Protocol *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -6113,14 +6128,16 @@ type SubscribeInput struct {
// Sets whether the response from the Subscribe request includes the subscription
// ARN, even if the subscription is not yet confirmed.
//
- // If you set this parameter to false, the response includes the ARN for confirmed
- // subscriptions, but it includes an ARN value of "pending subscription" for
- // subscriptions that are not yet confirmed. A subscription becomes confirmed
- // when the subscriber calls the ConfirmSubscription action with a confirmation
- // token.
+ // * If you have the subscription ARN returned, the response includes the
+ // ARN in all cases, even if the subscription is not yet confirmed.
+ //
+ // * If you don't have the subscription ARN returned, in addition to the
+ // ARN for confirmed subscriptions, the response also includes the pending
+ // subscription ARN value for subscriptions that aren't yet confirmed. A
+ // subscription becomes confirmed when the subscriber calls the ConfirmSubscription
+ // action with a confirmation token.
//
- // If you set this parameter to true, the response includes the ARN in all cases,
- // even if the subscription is not yet confirmed.
+ // If you set this parameter to true, .
//
// The default value is false.
ReturnSubscriptionArn *bool `type:"boolean"`
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go
index 84e0ee27996f..78f44330367d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/api.go
@@ -11734,6 +11734,101 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdatePatchBaselineWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePatch
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opUpdateResourceDataSync = "UpdateResourceDataSync"
+
+// UpdateResourceDataSyncRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the UpdateResourceDataSync operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See UpdateResourceDataSync for more information on using the UpdateResourceDataSync
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the UpdateResourceDataSyncRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.UpdateResourceDataSyncRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/UpdateResourceDataSync
+func (c *SSM) UpdateResourceDataSyncRequest(input *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opUpdateResourceDataSync,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &UpdateResourceDataSyncInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
+ return
+}
+
+// UpdateResourceDataSync API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM).
+//
+// Update a resource data sync. After you create a resource data sync for a
+// Region, you can't change the account options for that sync. For example,
+// if you create a sync in the us-east-2 (Ohio) Region and you choose the Include
+// only the current account option, you can't edit that sync later and choose
+// the Include all accounts from my AWS Organizations configuration option.
+// Instead, you must delete the first resource data sync, and create a new one.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM)'s
+// API operation UpdateResourceDataSync for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeResourceDataSyncNotFoundException "ResourceDataSyncNotFoundException"
+// The specified sync name was not found.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceDataSyncInvalidConfigurationException "ResourceDataSyncInvalidConfigurationException"
+// The specified sync configuration is invalid.
+//
+// * ErrCodeResourceDataSyncConflictException "ResourceDataSyncConflictException"
+// Another UpdateResourceDataSync request is being processed. Wait a few minutes
+// and try again.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError"
+// An error occurred on the server side.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/UpdateResourceDataSync
+func (c *SSM) UpdateResourceDataSync(input *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) (*UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateResourceDataSyncRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// UpdateResourceDataSyncWithContext is the same as UpdateResourceDataSync with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See UpdateResourceDataSync for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *SSM) UpdateResourceDataSyncWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.UpdateResourceDataSyncRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opUpdateServiceSetting = "UpdateServiceSetting"
// UpdateServiceSettingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -11836,6 +11931,40 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateServiceSettingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateServ
return out, req.Send()
}
+// Information includes the AWS account ID where the current document is shared
+// and the version shared with that account.
+type AccountSharingInfo struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The AWS account ID where the current document is shared.
+ AccountId *string `type:"string"`
+
+ // The version of the current document shared with the account.
+ SharedDocumentVersion *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s AccountSharingInfo) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s AccountSharingInfo) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
+func (s *AccountSharingInfo) SetAccountId(v string) *AccountSharingInfo {
+ s.AccountId = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSharedDocumentVersion sets the SharedDocumentVersion field's value.
+func (s *AccountSharingInfo) SetSharedDocumentVersion(v string) *AccountSharingInfo {
+ s.SharedDocumentVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// An activation registers one or more on-premises servers or virtual machines
// (VMs) with AWS so that you can configure those servers or VMs using Run Command.
// A server or VM that has been registered with AWS is called a managed instance.
@@ -15746,6 +15875,10 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct {
// Name is a required field
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // A list of SSM documents required by a document. For example, an ApplicationConfiguration
+ // document requires an ApplicationConfigurationSchema document.
+ Requires []*DocumentRequires `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize
// a resource in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment.
// For example, you might want to tag an SSM document to identify the types
@@ -15796,6 +15929,9 @@ func (s *CreateDocumentInput) Validate() error {
if s.Name == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
}
+ if s.Requires != nil && len(s.Requires) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Requires", 1))
+ }
if s.Attachments != nil {
for i, v := range s.Attachments {
if v == nil {
@@ -15806,6 +15942,16 @@ func (s *CreateDocumentInput) Validate() error {
}
}
}
+ if s.Requires != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Requires {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Requires", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
@@ -15853,6 +15999,12 @@ func (s *CreateDocumentInput) SetName(v string) *CreateDocumentInput {
return s
}
+// SetRequires sets the Requires field's value.
+func (s *CreateDocumentInput) SetRequires(v []*DocumentRequires) *CreateDocumentInput {
+ s.Requires = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *CreateDocumentInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDocumentInput {
s.Tags = v
@@ -16799,6 +16951,12 @@ type DeleteDocumentInput struct {
// versions of the document are deleted.
DocumentVersion *string `type:"string"`
+ // Some SSM document types require that you specify a Force flag before you
+ // can delete the document. For example, you must specify a Force flag to delete
+ // a document of type ApplicationConfigurationSchema. You can restrict access
+ // to the Force flag in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy.
+ Force *bool `type:"boolean"`
+
// The name of the document.
//
// Name is a required field
@@ -16838,6 +16996,12 @@ func (s *DeleteDocumentInput) SetDocumentVersion(v string) *DeleteDocumentInput
return s
}
+// SetForce sets the Force field's value.
+func (s *DeleteDocumentInput) SetForce(v bool) *DeleteDocumentInput {
+ s.Force = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *DeleteDocumentInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteDocumentInput {
s.Name = &v
@@ -18585,6 +18749,10 @@ type DescribeDocumentPermissionOutput struct {
// The account IDs that have permission to use this document. The ID can be
// either an AWS account or All.
AccountIds []*string `type:"list"`
+
+ // A list of of AWS accounts where the current document is shared and the version
+ // shared with each account.
+ AccountSharingInfoList []*AccountSharingInfo `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -18603,6 +18771,12 @@ func (s *DescribeDocumentPermissionOutput) SetAccountIds(v []*string) *DescribeD
return s
}
+// SetAccountSharingInfoList sets the AccountSharingInfoList field's value.
+func (s *DescribeDocumentPermissionOutput) SetAccountSharingInfoList(v []*AccountSharingInfo) *DescribeDocumentPermissionOutput {
+ s.AccountSharingInfoList = v
+ return s
+}
+
type DescribeEffectiveInstanceAssociationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -20839,6 +21013,10 @@ type DescribePatchGroupStateOutput struct {
// The number of instances with installed patches.
InstancesWithInstalledPatches *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // The number of instances with patches installed that have not been rebooted
+ // after the patch installation. The status of these instances is NON_COMPLIANT.
+ InstancesWithInstalledPendingRebootPatches *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
// The number of instances with patches installed that are specified in a RejectedPatches
// list. Patches with a status of INSTALLED_REJECTED were typically installed
// before they were added to a RejectedPatches list.
@@ -20892,6 +21070,12 @@ func (s *DescribePatchGroupStateOutput) SetInstancesWithInstalledPatches(v int64
return s
}
+// SetInstancesWithInstalledPendingRebootPatches sets the InstancesWithInstalledPendingRebootPatches field's value.
+func (s *DescribePatchGroupStateOutput) SetInstancesWithInstalledPendingRebootPatches(v int64) *DescribePatchGroupStateOutput {
+ s.InstancesWithInstalledPendingRebootPatches = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInstancesWithInstalledRejectedPatches sets the InstancesWithInstalledRejectedPatches field's value.
func (s *DescribePatchGroupStateOutput) SetInstancesWithInstalledRejectedPatches(v int64) *DescribePatchGroupStateOutput {
s.InstancesWithInstalledRejectedPatches = &v
@@ -21347,6 +21531,10 @@ type DocumentDescription struct {
// The list of OS platforms compatible with this Systems Manager document.
PlatformTypes []*string `type:"list"`
+ // A list of SSM documents required by a document. For example, an ApplicationConfiguration
+ // document requires an ApplicationConfigurationSchema document.
+ Requires []*DocumentRequires `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The schema version.
SchemaVersion *string `type:"string"`
@@ -21469,6 +21657,12 @@ func (s *DocumentDescription) SetPlatformTypes(v []*string) *DocumentDescription
return s
}
+// SetRequires sets the Requires field's value.
+func (s *DocumentDescription) SetRequires(v []*DocumentRequires) *DocumentDescription {
+ s.Requires = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSchemaVersion sets the SchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *DocumentDescription) SetSchemaVersion(v string) *DocumentDescription {
s.SchemaVersion = &v
@@ -21589,6 +21783,10 @@ type DocumentIdentifier struct {
// The operating system platform.
PlatformTypes []*string `type:"list"`
+ // A list of SSM documents required by a document. For example, an ApplicationConfiguration
+ // document requires an ApplicationConfigurationSchema document.
+ Requires []*DocumentRequires `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The schema version.
SchemaVersion *string `type:"string"`
@@ -21653,6 +21851,12 @@ func (s *DocumentIdentifier) SetPlatformTypes(v []*string) *DocumentIdentifier {
return s
}
+// SetRequires sets the Requires field's value.
+func (s *DocumentIdentifier) SetRequires(v []*DocumentRequires) *DocumentIdentifier {
+ s.Requires = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSchemaVersion sets the SchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *DocumentIdentifier) SetSchemaVersion(v string) *DocumentIdentifier {
s.SchemaVersion = &v
@@ -21801,6 +22005,55 @@ func (s *DocumentParameter) SetType(v string) *DocumentParameter {
return s
}
+// An SSM document required by the current document.
+type DocumentRequires struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the required SSM document. The name can be an Amazon Resource
+ // Name (ARN).
+ //
+ // Name is a required field
+ Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The document version required by the current document.
+ Version *string `type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DocumentRequires) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DocumentRequires) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DocumentRequires) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DocumentRequires"}
+ if s.Name == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetName sets the Name field's value.
+func (s *DocumentRequires) SetName(v string) *DocumentRequires {
+ s.Name = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetVersion sets the Version field's value.
+func (s *DocumentRequires) SetVersion(v string) *DocumentRequires {
+ s.Version = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// Version information about the document.
type DocumentVersionInfo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -22720,6 +22973,10 @@ type GetDocumentOutput struct {
// The name of the Systems Manager document.
Name *string `type:"string"`
+ // A list of SSM documents required by a document. For example, an ApplicationConfiguration
+ // document requires an ApplicationConfigurationSchema document.
+ Requires []*DocumentRequires `min:"1" type:"list"`
+
// The status of the Systems Manager document, such as Creating, Active, Updating,
// Failed, and Deleting.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DocumentStatus"`
@@ -22782,6 +23039,12 @@ func (s *GetDocumentOutput) SetName(v string) *GetDocumentOutput {
return s
}
+// SetRequires sets the Requires field's value.
+func (s *GetDocumentOutput) SetRequires(v []*DocumentRequires) *GetDocumentOutput {
+ s.Requires = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetDocumentOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetDocumentOutput {
s.Status = &v
@@ -25578,6 +25841,9 @@ type InstancePatchState struct {
// on the instance.
InstalledOtherCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
+ // The number of patches installed since the last time the instance was rebooted.
+ InstalledPendingRebootCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
// The number of instances with patches installed that are specified in a RejectedPatches
// list. Patches with a status of InstalledRejected were typically installed
// before they were added to a RejectedPatches list.
@@ -25592,6 +25858,10 @@ type InstancePatchState struct {
// InstanceId is a required field
InstanceId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // The time of the last attempt to patch the instance with NoReboot specified
+ // as the reboot option.
+ LastNoRebootInstallOperationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
// The number of patches from the patch baseline that are applicable for the
// instance but aren't currently installed.
MissingCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
@@ -25627,6 +25897,20 @@ type InstancePatchState struct {
// PatchGroup is a required field
PatchGroup *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+ // Indicates the reboot option specified in the patch baseline.
+ //
+ // Reboot options apply to Install operations only. Reboots are not attempted
+ // for Patch Manager Scan operations.
+ //
+ // * RebootIfNeeded: Patch Manager tries to reboot the instance if it installed
+ // any patches, or if any patches are detected with a status of InstalledPendingReboot.
+ //
+ // * NoReboot: Patch Manager attempts to install missing packages without
+ // trying to reboot the system. Patches installed with this option are assigned
+ // a status of InstalledPendingReboot. These patches might not be in effect
+ // until a reboot is performed.
+ RebootOption *string `type:"string" enum:"RebootOption"`
+
// The ID of the patch baseline snapshot used during the patching operation
// when this compliance data was collected.
SnapshotId *string `min:"36" type:"string"`
@@ -25676,6 +25960,12 @@ func (s *InstancePatchState) SetInstalledOtherCount(v int64) *InstancePatchState
return s
}
+// SetInstalledPendingRebootCount sets the InstalledPendingRebootCount field's value.
+func (s *InstancePatchState) SetInstalledPendingRebootCount(v int64) *InstancePatchState {
+ s.InstalledPendingRebootCount = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetInstalledRejectedCount sets the InstalledRejectedCount field's value.
func (s *InstancePatchState) SetInstalledRejectedCount(v int64) *InstancePatchState {
s.InstalledRejectedCount = &v
@@ -25688,6 +25978,12 @@ func (s *InstancePatchState) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstancePatchState {
return s
}
+// SetLastNoRebootInstallOperationTime sets the LastNoRebootInstallOperationTime field's value.
+func (s *InstancePatchState) SetLastNoRebootInstallOperationTime(v time.Time) *InstancePatchState {
+ s.LastNoRebootInstallOperationTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetMissingCount sets the MissingCount field's value.
func (s *InstancePatchState) SetMissingCount(v int64) *InstancePatchState {
s.MissingCount = &v
@@ -25730,6 +26026,12 @@ func (s *InstancePatchState) SetPatchGroup(v string) *InstancePatchState {
return s
}
+// SetRebootOption sets the RebootOption field's value.
+func (s *InstancePatchState) SetRebootOption(v string) *InstancePatchState {
+ s.RebootOption = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetSnapshotId sets the SnapshotId field's value.
func (s *InstancePatchState) SetSnapshotId(v string) *InstancePatchState {
s.SnapshotId = &v
@@ -27317,7 +27619,7 @@ type ListDocumentVersionsInput struct {
// results.
MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"`
- // The name of the document about which you want version information.
+ // The name of the document. You can specify an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -29227,6 +29529,10 @@ type ModifyDocumentPermissionInput struct {
//
// PermissionType is a required field
PermissionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DocumentPermissionType"`
+
+ // (Optional) The version of the document to share. If it's not specified, the
+ // system choose the Default version to share.
+ SharedDocumentVersion *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -29279,6 +29585,12 @@ func (s *ModifyDocumentPermissionInput) SetPermissionType(v string) *ModifyDocum
return s
}
+// SetSharedDocumentVersion sets the SharedDocumentVersion field's value.
+func (s *ModifyDocumentPermissionInput) SetSharedDocumentVersion(v string) *ModifyDocumentPermissionInput {
+ s.SharedDocumentVersion = &v
+ return s
+}
+
type ModifyDocumentPermissionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
@@ -31769,7 +32081,11 @@ type PutParameterInput struct {
//
// The maximum length constraint listed below includes capacity for additional
// system attributes that are not part of the name. The maximum length for the
- // fully qualified parameter name is 1011 characters.
+ // fully qualified parameter name is 1011 characters, including the full length
+ // of the parameter ARN. For example, the following fully qualified parameter
+ // name is 65 characters, not 20 characters:
+ //
+ // arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:111122223333:parameter/ExampleParameterName
//
// Name is a required field
Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -37520,6 +37836,100 @@ func (s *UpdatePatchBaselineOutput) SetSources(v []*PatchSource) *UpdatePatchBas
return s
}
+type UpdateResourceDataSyncInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The name of the resource data sync you want to update.
+ //
+ // SyncName is a required field
+ SyncName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // Specify information about the data sources to synchronize.
+ //
+ // SyncSource is a required field
+ SyncSource *ResourceDataSyncSource `type:"structure" required:"true"`
+
+ // The type of resource data sync. If SyncType is SyncToDestination, then the
+ // resource data sync synchronizes data to an Amazon S3 bucket. If the SyncType
+ // is SyncFromSource then the resource data sync synchronizes data from AWS
+ // Organizations or from multiple AWS Regions.
+ //
+ // SyncType is a required field
+ SyncType *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateResourceDataSyncInput"}
+ if s.SyncName == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SyncName"))
+ }
+ if s.SyncName != nil && len(*s.SyncName) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SyncName", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SyncSource == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SyncSource"))
+ }
+ if s.SyncType == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SyncType"))
+ }
+ if s.SyncType != nil && len(*s.SyncType) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SyncType", 1))
+ }
+ if s.SyncSource != nil {
+ if err := s.SyncSource.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested("SyncSource", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetSyncName sets the SyncName field's value.
+func (s *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) SetSyncName(v string) *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput {
+ s.SyncName = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSyncSource sets the SyncSource field's value.
+func (s *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) SetSyncSource(v *ResourceDataSyncSource) *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput {
+ s.SyncSource = v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetSyncType sets the SyncType field's value.
+func (s *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput) SetSyncType(v string) *UpdateResourceDataSyncInput {
+ s.SyncType = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s UpdateResourceDataSyncOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
// The request body of the UpdateServiceSetting API action.
type UpdateServiceSettingInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -37977,6 +38387,15 @@ const (
// DocumentTypePackage is a DocumentType enum value
DocumentTypePackage = "Package"
+
+ // DocumentTypeApplicationConfiguration is a DocumentType enum value
+ DocumentTypeApplicationConfiguration = "ApplicationConfiguration"
+
+ // DocumentTypeApplicationConfigurationSchema is a DocumentType enum value
+ DocumentTypeApplicationConfigurationSchema = "ApplicationConfigurationSchema"
+
+ // DocumentTypeDeploymentStrategy is a DocumentType enum value
+ DocumentTypeDeploymentStrategy = "DeploymentStrategy"
)
const (
@@ -38340,6 +38759,9 @@ const (
// PatchComplianceDataStateInstalledOther is a PatchComplianceDataState enum value
PatchComplianceDataStateInstalledOther = "INSTALLED_OTHER"
+ // PatchComplianceDataStateInstalledPendingReboot is a PatchComplianceDataState enum value
+ PatchComplianceDataStateInstalledPendingReboot = "INSTALLED_PENDING_REBOOT"
+
// PatchComplianceDataStateInstalledRejected is a PatchComplianceDataState enum value
PatchComplianceDataStateInstalledRejected = "INSTALLED_REJECTED"
@@ -38471,6 +38893,14 @@ const (
PlatformTypeLinux = "Linux"
)
+const (
+ // RebootOptionRebootIfNeeded is a RebootOption enum value
+ RebootOptionRebootIfNeeded = "RebootIfNeeded"
+
+ // RebootOptionNoReboot is a RebootOption enum value
+ RebootOptionNoReboot = "NoReboot"
+)
+
const (
// ResourceDataSyncS3FormatJsonSerDe is a ResourceDataSyncS3Format enum value
ResourceDataSyncS3FormatJsonSerDe = "JsonSerDe"
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/errors.go
index 90c4a7771318..856eab8b001d 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm/errors.go
@@ -614,6 +614,13 @@ const (
// A sync configuration with the same name already exists.
ErrCodeResourceDataSyncAlreadyExistsException = "ResourceDataSyncAlreadyExistsException"
+ // ErrCodeResourceDataSyncConflictException for service response error code
+ // "ResourceDataSyncConflictException".
+ //
+ // Another UpdateResourceDataSync request is being processed. Wait a few minutes
+ // and try again.
+ ErrCodeResourceDataSyncConflictException = "ResourceDataSyncConflictException"
+
// ErrCodeResourceDataSyncCountExceededException for service response error code
// "ResourceDataSyncCountExceededException".
//
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/storagegateway/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/storagegateway/api.go
index 59410b750da7..3f5918cd1fd5 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/storagegateway/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/storagegateway/api.go
@@ -1655,7 +1655,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) DeleteBandwidthRateLimitRequest(input *DeleteBandwidthR
// upload and download bandwidth rate limit, or you can delete both. If you
// delete only one of the limits, the other limit remains unchanged. To specify
// which gateway to work with, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the gateway
-// in your request.
+// in your request. This operation is supported for the stored volume, cached
+// volume and tape gateway types.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -1740,7 +1741,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) DeleteChapCredentialsRequest(input *DeleteChapCredentia
// DeleteChapCredentials API operation for AWS Storage Gateway.
//
// Deletes Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) credentials for
-// a specified iSCSI target and initiator pair.
+// a specified iSCSI target and initiator pair. This operation is supported
+// in volume and tape gateway types.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -2326,6 +2328,92 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) DeleteVolumeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteV
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opDescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest = "DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest"
+
+// DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest for more information on using the DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/storagegateway-2013-06-30/DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest
+func (c *StorageGateway) DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(input *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opDescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest API operation for AWS Storage Gateway.
+//
+// Returns information about the most recent High Availability monitoring test
+// that was performed on the host in a cluster. If a test isn't performed, the
+// status and start time in the response would be null.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Storage Gateway's
+// API operation DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGatewayRequestException "InvalidGatewayRequestException"
+// An exception occurred because an invalid gateway request was issued to the
+// service. For more information, see the error and message fields.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError"
+// An internal server error has occurred during the request. For more information,
+// see the error and message fields.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/storagegateway-2013-06-30/DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest
+func (c *StorageGateway) DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest(input *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) (*DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestWithContext is the same as DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *StorageGateway) DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opDescribeBandwidthRateLimit = "DescribeBandwidthRateLimit"
// DescribeBandwidthRateLimitRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -2371,7 +2459,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) DescribeBandwidthRateLimitRequest(input *DescribeBandwi
// DescribeBandwidthRateLimit API operation for AWS Storage Gateway.
//
// Returns the bandwidth rate limits of a gateway. By default, these limits
-// are not set, which means no bandwidth rate limiting is in effect.
+// are not set, which means no bandwidth rate limiting is in effect. This operation
+// is supported for the stored volume, cached volume and tape gateway types.'
//
// This operation only returns a value for a bandwidth rate limit only if the
// limit is set. If no limits are set for the gateway, then this operation returns
@@ -2639,6 +2728,7 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) DescribeChapCredentialsRequest(input *DescribeChapCrede
//
// Returns an array of Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) credentials
// information for a specified iSCSI target, one for each target-initiator pair.
+// This operation is supported in the volume and tape gateway types.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -4091,7 +4181,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) DetachVolumeRequest(input *DetachVolumeInput) (req *req
// from the specified gateway. Detaching and attaching a volume enables you
// to recover your data from one gateway to a different gateway without creating
// a snapshot. It also makes it easier to move your volumes from an on-premises
-// gateway to a gateway hosted on an Amazon EC2 instance.
+// gateway to a gateway hosted on an Amazon EC2 instance. This operation is
+// only supported in the volume gateway type.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -4747,7 +4838,7 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceIn
// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Storage Gateway.
//
// Lists the tags that have been added to the specified resource. This operation
-// is only supported in the cached volume, stored volume and tape gateway type.
+// is supported in storage gateways of all types.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -5476,6 +5567,17 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) RefreshCacheRequest(input *RefreshCacheInput) (req *req
// for new files on the gateway file share. You can subscribe to be notified
// through an CloudWatch event when your RefreshCache operation completes.
//
+// Throttle limit: This API is asynchronous so the gateway will accept no more
+// than two refreshes at any time. We recommend using the refresh-complete CloudWatch
+// event notification before issuing additional requests. For more information,
+// see Getting Notified About File Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/storagegateway/latest/userguide/monitoring-file-gateway.html#get-notification).
+//
+// If you invoke the RefreshCache API when two requests are already being processed,
+// any new request will cause an InvalidGatewayRequestException error because
+// too many requests were sent to the server.
+//
+// For more information, see "https://docs.aws.amazon.com/storagegateway/latest/userguide/monitoring-file-gateway.html#get-notification".
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -5558,8 +5660,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromReso
// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for AWS Storage Gateway.
//
-// Removes one or more tags from the specified resource. This operation is only
-// supported in the cached volume, stored volume and tape gateway types.
+// Removes one or more tags from the specified resource. This operation is supported
+// in storage gateways of all types.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -6156,6 +6258,96 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) ShutdownGatewayWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *Shut
return out, req.Send()
}
+const opStartAvailabilityMonitorTest = "StartAvailabilityMonitorTest"
+
+// StartAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
+// client's request for the StartAvailabilityMonitorTest operation. The "output" return
+// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
+// successfully.
+//
+// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
+// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
+//
+// See StartAvailabilityMonitorTest for more information on using the StartAvailabilityMonitorTest
+// API call, and error handling.
+//
+// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
+// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
+//
+//
+// // Example sending a request using the StartAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest method.
+// req, resp := client.StartAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(params)
+//
+// err := req.Send()
+// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
+// fmt.Println(resp)
+// }
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/storagegateway-2013-06-30/StartAvailabilityMonitorTest
+func (c *StorageGateway) StartAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(input *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) {
+ op := &request.Operation{
+ Name: opStartAvailabilityMonitorTest,
+ HTTPMethod: "POST",
+ HTTPPath: "/",
+ }
+
+ if input == nil {
+ input = &StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput{}
+ }
+
+ output = &StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput{}
+ req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
+ return
+}
+
+// StartAvailabilityMonitorTest API operation for AWS Storage Gateway.
+//
+// Start a test that verifies that the specified gateway is configured for High
+// Availability monitoring in your host environment. This request only initiates
+// the test and that a successful response only indicates that the test was
+// started. It doesn't indicate that the test passed. For the status of the
+// test, invoke the DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTest API.
+//
+// Starting this test will cause your gateway to go offline for a brief period.
+//
+// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
+// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
+// the error.
+//
+// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Storage Gateway's
+// API operation StartAvailabilityMonitorTest for usage and error information.
+//
+// Returned Error Codes:
+// * ErrCodeInvalidGatewayRequestException "InvalidGatewayRequestException"
+// An exception occurred because an invalid gateway request was issued to the
+// service. For more information, see the error and message fields.
+//
+// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError"
+// An internal server error has occurred during the request. For more information,
+// see the error and message fields.
+//
+// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/storagegateway-2013-06-30/StartAvailabilityMonitorTest
+func (c *StorageGateway) StartAvailabilityMonitorTest(input *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) (*StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StartAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(input)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
+// StartAvailabilityMonitorTestWithContext is the same as StartAvailabilityMonitorTest with the addition of
+// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
+//
+// See StartAvailabilityMonitorTest for details on how to use this API operation.
+//
+// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
+// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
+// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
+// for more information on using Contexts.
+func (c *StorageGateway) StartAvailabilityMonitorTestWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput, error) {
+ req, out := c.StartAvailabilityMonitorTestRequest(input)
+ req.SetContext(ctx)
+ req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
+ return out, req.Send()
+}
+
const opStartGateway = "StartGateway"
// StartGatewayRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
@@ -6297,7 +6489,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) UpdateBandwidthRateLimitRequest(input *UpdateBandwidthR
//
// Updates the bandwidth rate limits of a gateway. You can update both the upload
// and download bandwidth rate limit or specify only one of the two. If you
-// don't set a bandwidth rate limit, the existing rate limit remains.
+// don't set a bandwidth rate limit, the existing rate limit remains. This operation
+// is supported for the stored volume, cached volume and tape gateway types.'
//
// By default, a gateway's bandwidth rate limits are not set. If you don't set
// any limit, the gateway does not have any limitations on its bandwidth usage
@@ -6390,7 +6583,8 @@ func (c *StorageGateway) UpdateChapCredentialsRequest(input *UpdateChapCredentia
//
// Updates the Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP) credentials
// for a specified iSCSI target. By default, a gateway does not have CHAP enabled;
-// however, for added security, you might use it.
+// however, for added security, you might use it. This operation is supported
+// in the volume and tape gateway types.
//
// When you update CHAP credentials, all existing connections on the target
// are closed and initiators must reconnect with the new credentials.
@@ -10648,6 +10842,92 @@ func (s *DeleteVolumeOutput) SetVolumeARN(v string) *DeleteVolumeOutput {
return s
}
+type DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the gateway. Use the ListGateways operation
+ // to return a list of gateways for your account and AWS Region.
+ //
+ // GatewayARN is a required field
+ GatewayARN *string `min:"50" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput"}
+ if s.GatewayARN == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GatewayARN"))
+ }
+ if s.GatewayARN != nil && len(*s.GatewayARN) < 50 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GatewayARN", 50))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGatewayARN sets the GatewayARN field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestInput {
+ s.GatewayARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the gateway. Use the ListGateways operation
+ // to return a list of gateways for your account and AWS Region.
+ GatewayARN *string `min:"50" type:"string"`
+
+ // The time the High Availability monitoring test was started. If a test hasn't
+ // been performed, the value of this field is null.
+ StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
+
+ // The status of the High Availability monitoring test. If a test hasn't been
+ // performed, the value of this field is null.
+ Status *string `type:"string" enum:"AvailabilityMonitorTestStatus"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGatewayARN sets the GatewayARN field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput {
+ s.GatewayARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput {
+ s.StartTime = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
+func (s *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DescribeAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput {
+ s.Status = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// A JSON object containing the of the gateway.
type DescribeBandwidthRateLimitInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -11058,8 +11338,8 @@ func (s *DescribeGatewayInformationInput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *DescribeGatew
type DescribeGatewayInformationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
- // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch log group that was
- // used to monitor and log events in the gateway.
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Log Group that is
+ // used to monitor events in the gateway.
CloudWatchLogGroupARN *string `type:"string"`
// The ID of the Amazon EC2 instance that was used to launch the gateway.
@@ -11093,6 +11373,9 @@ type DescribeGatewayInformationOutput struct {
// The type of the gateway.
GatewayType *string `min:"2" type:"string"`
+ // The type of hypervisor environment used by the host.
+ HostEnvironment *string `type:"string" enum:"HostEnvironment"`
+
// The date on which the last software update was applied to the gateway. If
// the gateway has never been updated, this field does not return a value in
// the response.
@@ -11183,6 +11466,12 @@ func (s *DescribeGatewayInformationOutput) SetGatewayType(v string) *DescribeGat
return s
}
+// SetHostEnvironment sets the HostEnvironment field's value.
+func (s *DescribeGatewayInformationOutput) SetHostEnvironment(v string) *DescribeGatewayInformationOutput {
+ s.HostEnvironment = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetLastSoftwareUpdate sets the LastSoftwareUpdate field's value.
func (s *DescribeGatewayInformationOutput) SetLastSoftwareUpdate(v string) *DescribeGatewayInformationOutput {
s.LastSoftwareUpdate = &v
@@ -11520,6 +11809,28 @@ func (s *DescribeSMBSettingsInput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *DescribeSMBSettingsI
type DescribeSMBSettingsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Indicates the status of a gateway that is a member of the Active Directory
+ // domain.
+ //
+ // * ACCESS_DENIED: Indicates that the JoinDomain operation failed due to
+ // an authentication error.
+ //
+ // * DETACHED: Indicates that gateway is not joined to a domain.
+ //
+ // * JOINED: Indicates that the gateway has successfully joined a domain.
+ //
+ // * JOINING: Indicates that a JoinDomain operation is in progress.
+ //
+ // * NETWORK_ERROR: Indicates that JoinDomain operation failed due to a network
+ // or connectivity error.
+ //
+ // * TIMEOUT: Indicates that the JoinDomain operation failed because the
+ // operation didn't complete within the allotted time.
+ //
+ // * UNKNOWN_ERROR: Indicates that the JoinDomain operation failed due to
+ // another type of error.
+ ActiveDirectoryStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActiveDirectoryStatus"`
+
// The name of the domain that the gateway is joined to.
DomainName *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
@@ -11558,6 +11869,12 @@ func (s DescribeSMBSettingsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetActiveDirectoryStatus sets the ActiveDirectoryStatus field's value.
+func (s *DescribeSMBSettingsOutput) SetActiveDirectoryStatus(v string) *DescribeSMBSettingsOutput {
+ s.ActiveDirectoryStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetDomainName sets the DomainName field's value.
func (s *DescribeSMBSettingsOutput) SetDomainName(v string) *DescribeSMBSettingsOutput {
s.DomainName = &v
@@ -12972,8 +13289,14 @@ type JoinDomainInput struct {
// Password is a required field
Password *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
+ // Specifies the time in seconds, in which the JoinDomain operation must complete.
+ // The default is 20 seconds.
+ TimeoutInSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
+
// Sets the user name of user who has permission to add the gateway to the Active
- // Directory domain.
+ // Directory domain. The domain user account should be enabled to join computers
+ // to the domain. For example, you can use the domain administrator account
+ // or an account with delegated permissions to join computers to the domain.
//
// UserName is a required field
UserName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -13056,6 +13379,12 @@ func (s *JoinDomainInput) SetPassword(v string) *JoinDomainInput {
return s
}
+// SetTimeoutInSeconds sets the TimeoutInSeconds field's value.
+func (s *JoinDomainInput) SetTimeoutInSeconds(v int64) *JoinDomainInput {
+ s.TimeoutInSeconds = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetUserName sets the UserName field's value.
func (s *JoinDomainInput) SetUserName(v string) *JoinDomainInput {
s.UserName = &v
@@ -13066,6 +13395,27 @@ func (s *JoinDomainInput) SetUserName(v string) *JoinDomainInput {
type JoinDomainOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+ // Indicates the status of the gateway as a member of the Active Directory domain.
+ //
+ // * ACCESS_DENIED: Indicates that the JoinDomain operation failed due to
+ // an authentication error.
+ //
+ // * DETACHED: Indicates that gateway is not joined to a domain.
+ //
+ // * JOINED: Indicates that the gateway has successfully joined a domain.
+ //
+ // * JOINING: Indicates that a JoinDomain operation is in progress.
+ //
+ // * NETWORK_ERROR: Indicates that JoinDomain operation failed due to a network
+ // or connectivity error.
+ //
+ // * TIMEOUT: Indicates that the JoinDomain operation failed because the
+ // operation didn't complete within the allotted time.
+ //
+ // * UNKNOWN_ERROR: Indicates that the JoinDomain operation failed due to
+ // another type of error.
+ ActiveDirectoryStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"ActiveDirectoryStatus"`
+
// The unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the gateway that joined the domain.
GatewayARN *string `min:"50" type:"string"`
}
@@ -13080,6 +13430,12 @@ func (s JoinDomainOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
+// SetActiveDirectoryStatus sets the ActiveDirectoryStatus field's value.
+func (s *JoinDomainOutput) SetActiveDirectoryStatus(v string) *JoinDomainOutput {
+ s.ActiveDirectoryStatus = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetGatewayARN sets the GatewayARN field's value.
func (s *JoinDomainOutput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *JoinDomainOutput {
s.GatewayARN = &v
@@ -15151,6 +15507,72 @@ func (s *ShutdownGatewayOutput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *ShutdownGatewayOutput {
return s
}
+type StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the gateway. Use the ListGateways operation
+ // to return a list of gateways for your account and AWS Region.
+ //
+ // GatewayARN is a required field
+ GatewayARN *string `min:"50" type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput"}
+ if s.GatewayARN == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("GatewayARN"))
+ }
+ if s.GatewayARN != nil && len(*s.GatewayARN) < 50 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("GatewayARN", 50))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetGatewayARN sets the GatewayARN field's value.
+func (s *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestInput {
+ s.GatewayARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+type StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the gateway. Use the ListGateways operation
+ // to return a list of gateways for your account and AWS Region.
+ GatewayARN *string `min:"50" type:"string"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// SetGatewayARN sets the GatewayARN field's value.
+func (s *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput) SetGatewayARN(v string) *StartAvailabilityMonitorTestOutput {
+ s.GatewayARN = &v
+ return s
+}
+
// A JSON object containing the of the gateway to start.
type StartGatewayInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
@@ -17358,6 +17780,40 @@ func (s *VolumeiSCSIAttributes) SetTargetARN(v string) *VolumeiSCSIAttributes {
return s
}
+const (
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusAccessDenied is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusAccessDenied = "ACCESS_DENIED"
+
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusDetached is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusDetached = "DETACHED"
+
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusJoined is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusJoined = "JOINED"
+
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusJoining is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusJoining = "JOINING"
+
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusNetworkError is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusNetworkError = "NETWORK_ERROR"
+
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusTimeout is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusTimeout = "TIMEOUT"
+
+ // ActiveDirectoryStatusUnknownError is a ActiveDirectoryStatus enum value
+ ActiveDirectoryStatusUnknownError = "UNKNOWN_ERROR"
+)
+
+const (
+ // AvailabilityMonitorTestStatusComplete is a AvailabilityMonitorTestStatus enum value
+ AvailabilityMonitorTestStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"
+
+ // AvailabilityMonitorTestStatusFailed is a AvailabilityMonitorTestStatus enum value
+ AvailabilityMonitorTestStatusFailed = "FAILED"
+
+ // AvailabilityMonitorTestStatusPending is a AvailabilityMonitorTestStatus enum value
+ AvailabilityMonitorTestStatusPending = "PENDING"
+)
+
const (
// ErrorCodeActivationKeyExpired is a ErrorCode enum value
ErrorCodeActivationKeyExpired = "ActivationKeyExpired"
@@ -17452,6 +17908,9 @@ const (
// ErrorCodeLunInvalid is a ErrorCode enum value
ErrorCodeLunInvalid = "LunInvalid"
+ // ErrorCodeJoinDomainInProgress is a ErrorCode enum value
+ ErrorCodeJoinDomainInProgress = "JoinDomainInProgress"
+
// ErrorCodeMaximumContentLengthExceeded is a ErrorCode enum value
ErrorCodeMaximumContentLengthExceeded = "MaximumContentLengthExceeded"
@@ -17552,6 +18011,20 @@ const (
FileShareTypeSmb = "SMB"
)
+const (
+ // HostEnvironmentVmware is a HostEnvironment enum value
+ HostEnvironmentVmware = "VMWARE"
+
+ // HostEnvironmentHyperV is a HostEnvironment enum value
+ HostEnvironmentHyperV = "HYPER-V"
+
+ // HostEnvironmentEc2 is a HostEnvironment enum value
+ HostEnvironmentEc2 = "EC2"
+
+ // HostEnvironmentOther is a HostEnvironment enum value
+ HostEnvironmentOther = "OTHER"
+)
+
// A value that sets the access control list permission for objects in the S3
// bucket that a file gateway puts objects into. The default value is "private".
const (
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go
index 9c5ed454536a..7f60d4aa1851 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/api.go
@@ -78,6 +78,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o
// IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles.html)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Session Duration
+//
// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole last
// for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter
// to specify the duration of your session. You can provide a value from 900
@@ -91,6 +93,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o
// URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Permissions
+//
// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRole can be used to make
// API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: You cannot call
// the AWS STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations.
@@ -99,7 +103,7 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o
// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an
// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policies to
// use as managed session policies. The plain text that you use for both inline
-// and managed session policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. Passing policies
+// and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. Passing policies
// to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's
// permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and
// the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent
@@ -131,6 +135,24 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o
// see IAM Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Tags
+//
+// (Optional) You can pass tag key-value pairs to your session. These tags are
+// called session tags. For more information about session tags, see Passing
+// Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session
+// tags. The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you
+// to pass only specific session tags. For more information, see Tutorial: Using
+// Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive tags persist during
+// role chaining. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session Tags
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
// Using MFA with AssumeRole
//
// (Optional) You can include multi-factor authentication (MFA) information
@@ -165,9 +187,18 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleRequest(input *AssumeRoleInput) (req *request.Request, o
// message describes the specific error.
//
// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
-// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
-// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
-// of what the API allows.
+// The request was rejected because the total packed size of the session policies
+// and session tags combined was too large. An AWS conversion compresses the
+// session policy document, session policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed
+// binary format that has a separate limit. The error message indicates by percentage
+// how close the policies and tags are to the upper size limit. For more information,
+// see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You could receive this error even though you meet other defined session policy
+// and session tag limits. For more information, see IAM and STS Entity Character
+// Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
@@ -256,6 +287,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re
// an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications
// can use these temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS services.
//
+// Session Duration
+//
// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML
// last for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter
// to specify the duration of your session. Your role session lasts for the
@@ -271,6 +304,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re
// URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Permissions
+//
// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithSAML can be used
// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception: you cannot
// call the STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations.
@@ -279,7 +314,7 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re
// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an
// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policies to
// use as managed session policies. The plain text that you use for both inline
-// and managed session policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. Passing policies
+// and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. Passing policies
// to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's
// permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and
// the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent
@@ -289,12 +324,6 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re
// information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
-// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML, you must configure your
-// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by AWS. Additionally,
-// you must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider
-// entity in your AWS account that represents your identity provider. You must
-// also create an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy.
-//
// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML does not require the use of AWS security credentials.
// The identity of the caller is validated by using keys in the metadata document
// that is uploaded for the SAML provider entity for your identity provider.
@@ -302,8 +331,50 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re
// Calling AssumeRoleWithSAML can result in an entry in your AWS CloudTrail
// logs. The entry includes the value in the NameID element of the SAML assertion.
// We recommend that you use a NameIDType that is not associated with any personally
-// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the Persistent
-// Identifier (urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent).
+// identifiable information (PII). For example, you could instead use the persistent
+// identifier (urn:oasis:names:tc:SAML:2.0:nameid-format:persistent).
+//
+// Tags
+//
+// (Optional) You can configure your IdP to pass attributes into your SAML assertion
+// as session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated
+// value. For more information about session tags, see Passing Session Tags
+// in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text session tag keys can’t
+// exceed 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these
+// and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+// into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+// for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+// PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+// and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
+//
+// You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is attached to
+// the role. When you do, session tags override the role's tags with the same
+// key.
+//
+// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session
+// tags. The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you
+// to pass only specific session tags. For more information, see Tutorial: Using
+// Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive tags persist during
+// role chaining. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session Tags
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// SAML Configuration
+//
+// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithSAML, you must configure your
+// SAML identity provider (IdP) to issue the claims required by AWS. Additionally,
+// you must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to create a SAML provider
+// entity in your AWS account that represents your identity provider. You must
+// also create an IAM role that specifies this SAML provider in its trust policy.
//
// For more information, see the following resources:
//
@@ -332,9 +403,18 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithSAMLRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput) (req *re
// message describes the specific error.
//
// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
-// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
-// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
-// of what the API allows.
+// The request was rejected because the total packed size of the session policies
+// and session tags combined was too large. An AWS conversion compresses the
+// session policy document, session policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed
+// binary format that has a separate limit. The error message indicates by percentage
+// how close the policies and tags are to the upper size limit. For more information,
+// see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You could receive this error even though you meet other defined session policy
+// and session tag limits. For more information, see IAM and STS Entity Character
+// Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim"
// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might
@@ -456,6 +536,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Applications can use these
// temporary security credentials to sign calls to AWS service API operations.
//
+// Session Duration
+//
// By default, the temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity
// last for one hour. However, you can use the optional DurationSeconds parameter
// to specify the duration of your session. You can provide a value from 900
@@ -469,6 +551,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// URL. For more information, see Using IAM Roles (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use.html)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Permissions
+//
// The temporary security credentials created by AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity can
// be used to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exception:
// you cannot call the STS GetFederationToken or GetSessionToken API operations.
@@ -477,7 +561,7 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an
// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policies to
// use as managed session policies. The plain text that you use for both inline
-// and managed session policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. Passing policies
+// and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. Passing policies
// to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's
// permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and
// the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent
@@ -487,6 +571,42 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Tags
+//
+// (Optional) You can configure your IdP to pass attributes into your web identity
+// token as session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated
+// value. For more information about session tags, see Passing Session Tags
+// in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text session tag keys can’t
+// exceed 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these
+// and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+// into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+// for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+// PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+// and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
+//
+// You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is attached to
+// the role. When you do, the session tag overrides the role tag with the same
+// key.
+//
+// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session
+// tags. The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you
+// to pass only specific session tags. For more information, see Tutorial: Using
+// Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You can set the session tags as transitive. Transitive tags persist during
+// role chaining. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session Tags
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Identities
+//
// Before your application can call AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity, you must have
// an identity token from a supported identity provider and create a role that
// the application can assume. The role that your application assumes must trust
@@ -514,8 +634,8 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// * AWS SDK for iOS Developer Guide (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforios/) and
// AWS SDK for Android Developer Guide (http://aws.amazon.com/sdkforandroid/).
// These toolkits contain sample apps that show how to invoke the identity
-// providers, and then how to use the information from these providers to
-// get and use temporary security credentials.
+// providers. The toolkits then show how to use the information from these
+// providers to get and use temporary security credentials.
//
// * Web Identity Federation with Mobile Applications (http://aws.amazon.com/articles/web-identity-federation-with-mobile-applications).
// This article discusses web identity federation and shows an example of
@@ -535,9 +655,18 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// message describes the specific error.
//
// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
-// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
-// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
-// of what the API allows.
+// The request was rejected because the total packed size of the session policies
+// and session tags combined was too large. An AWS conversion compresses the
+// session policy document, session policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed
+// binary format that has a separate limit. The error message indicates by percentage
+// how close the policies and tags are to the upper size limit. For more information,
+// see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You could receive this error even though you meet other defined session policy
+// and session tag limits. For more information, see IAM and STS Entity Character
+// Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// * ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException "IDPRejectedClaim"
// The identity provider (IdP) reported that authentication failed. This might
@@ -547,11 +676,11 @@ func (c *STS) AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityRequest(input *AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityI
// can also mean that the claim has expired or has been explicitly revoked.
//
// * ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException "IDPCommunicationError"
-// The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider
-// (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached.
-// This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request
+// The request could not be fulfilled because the identity provider (IDP) that
+// was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. This
+// is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request
// a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the
-// error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding.
+// error persists, the identity provider might be down or not responding.
//
// * ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException "InvalidIdentityToken"
// The web identity token that was passed could not be validated by AWS. Get
@@ -676,9 +805,9 @@ func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessageRequest(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessag
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException"
-// This error is returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage
-// was invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such
-// as linebreaks.
+// The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was
+// invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as
+// linebreaks.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/sts-2011-06-15/DecodeAuthorizationMessage
func (c *STS) DecodeAuthorizationMessage(input *DecodeAuthorizationMessageInput) (*DecodeAuthorizationMessageOutput, error) {
@@ -763,7 +892,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetAccessKeyInfoRequest(input *GetAccessKeyInfoInput) (req *reques
// pull a credentials report (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_getting-report.html)
// to learn which IAM user owns the keys. To learn who requested the temporary
// credentials for an ASIA access key, view the STS events in your CloudTrail
-// logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html).
+// logs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/cloudtrail-integration.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// This operation does not indicate the state of the access key. The key might
// be active, inactive, or deleted. Active keys might not have permissions to
@@ -850,7 +980,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetCallerIdentityRequest(input *GetCallerIdentityInput) (req *requ
// sts:GetCallerIdentity action, you can still perform this operation. Permissions
// are not required because the same information is returned when an IAM user
// or role is denied access. To view an example response, see I Am Not Authorized
-// to Perform: iam:DeleteVirtualMFADevice (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_access-denied-delete-mfa).
+// to Perform: iam:DeleteVirtualMFADevice (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/troubleshoot_general.html#troubleshoot_general_access-denied-delete-mfa)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
@@ -942,7 +1073,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *re
// or an OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider. In this case, we recommend
// that you use Amazon Cognito (http://aws.amazon.com/cognito/) or AssumeRoleWithWebIdentity.
// For more information, see Federation Through a Web-based Identity Provider
-// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity).
+// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_assumerolewithwebidentity)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// You can also call GetFederationToken using the security credentials of an
// AWS account root user, but we do not recommend it. Instead, we recommend
@@ -952,41 +1084,67 @@ func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *re
// Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/best-practices.html)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Session duration
+//
// The temporary credentials are valid for the specified duration, from 900
// seconds (15 minutes) up to a maximum of 129,600 seconds (36 hours). The default
-// is 43,200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials that are obtained by
-// using AWS account root user credentials have a maximum duration of 3,600
-// seconds (1 hour).
+// session duration is 43,200 seconds (12 hours). Temporary credentials that
+// are obtained by using AWS account root user credentials have a maximum duration
+// of 3,600 seconds (1 hour).
//
-// The temporary security credentials created by GetFederationToken can be used
-// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions:
+// Permissions
//
-// * You cannot use these credentials to call any IAM API operations.
+// You can use the temporary credentials created by GetFederationToken in any
+// AWS service except the following:
//
-// * You cannot call any STS API operations except GetCallerIdentity.
+// * You cannot call any IAM operations using the AWS CLI or the AWS API.
//
-// Permissions
+// * You cannot call any STS operations except GetCallerIdentity.
//
// You must pass an inline or managed session policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an
// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policies to
// use as managed session policies. The plain text that you use for both inline
-// and managed session policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters.
+// and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters.
//
// Though the session policy parameters are optional, if you do not pass a policy,
-// then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. The only exception
-// is when the credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based
-// policy that specifically references the federated user session in the Principal
-// element of the policy. When you pass session policies, the session permissions
-// are the intersection of the IAM user policies and the session policies that
-// you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for a
-// federated user. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions
-// than those that are defined in the permissions policy of the IAM user. For
-// more information, see Session Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
+// then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. When you pass
+// session policies, the session permissions are the intersection of the IAM
+// user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives you a way
+// to further restrict the permissions for a federated user. You cannot use
+// session policies to grant more permissions than those that are defined in
+// the permissions policy of the IAM user. For more information, see Session
+// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
// in the IAM User Guide. For information about using GetFederationToken to
// create temporary security credentials, see GetFederationToken—Federation
// Through a Custom Identity Broker (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#api_getfederationtoken).
//
+// You can use the credentials to access a resource that has a resource-based
+// policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user session
+// in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions allowed
+// by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the permissions
+// granted by the session policies.
+//
+// Tags
+//
+// (Optional) You can pass tag key-value pairs to your session. These are called
+// session tags. For more information about session tags, see Passing Session
+// Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// An administrator must grant you the permissions necessary to pass session
+// tags. The administrator can also create granular permissions to allow you
+// to pass only specific session tags. For more information, see Tutorial: Using
+// Tags for Attribute-Based Access Control (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/tutorial_attribute-based-access-control.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This
+// means that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume
+// that the user that you are federating has the Department=Marketing tag and
+// you pass the department=engineering session tag. Department and department
+// are not saved as separate tags, and the session tag passed in the request
+// takes precedence over the user tag.
+//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
@@ -1000,9 +1158,18 @@ func (c *STS) GetFederationTokenRequest(input *GetFederationTokenInput) (req *re
// message describes the specific error.
//
// * ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
-// The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
-// message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
-// of what the API allows.
+// The request was rejected because the total packed size of the session policies
+// and session tags combined was too large. An AWS conversion compresses the
+// session policy document, session policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed
+// binary format that has a separate limit. The error message indicates by percentage
+// how close the policies and tags are to the upper size limit. For more information,
+// see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+//
+// You could receive this error even though you meet other defined session policy
+// and session tag limits. For more information, see IAM and STS Entity Character
+// Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// * ErrCodeRegionDisabledException "RegionDisabledException"
// STS is not activated in the requested region for the account that is being
@@ -1091,6 +1258,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request.
// and Comparing the AWS STS API operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_request.html#stsapi_comparison)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+// Session Duration
+//
// The GetSessionToken operation must be called by using the long-term AWS security
// credentials of the AWS account root user or an IAM user. Credentials that
// are created by IAM users are valid for the duration that you specify. This
@@ -1099,6 +1268,8 @@ func (c *STS) GetSessionTokenRequest(input *GetSessionTokenInput) (req *request.
// based on account credentials can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to
// 3,600 seconds (1 hour), with a default of 1 hour.
//
+// Permissions
+//
// The temporary security credentials created by GetSessionToken can be used
// to make API calls to any AWS service with the following exceptions:
//
@@ -1213,16 +1384,16 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct {
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// The plain text that you use for both inline and managed session policies
- // shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
+ // can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
// character from the space character to the end of the valid character list
// (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
// and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want
@@ -1231,15 +1402,15 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct {
//
// This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs.
// However, the plain text that you use for both inline and managed session
- // policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. For more information about ARNs,
+ // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs,
// see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
//
// Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The
// resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based
@@ -1284,6 +1455,41 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct {
// also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-
SerialNumber *string `min:"9" type:"string"`
+ // A list of session tags that you want to pass. Each session tag consists of
+ // a key name and an associated value. For more information about session tags,
+ // see Tagging AWS STS Sessions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain
+ // text session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters, and the values can’t
+ // exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character
+ // Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
+ //
+ // You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is already attached
+ // to the role. When you do, session tags override a role tag with the same
+ // key.
+ //
+ // Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This
+ // means that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume
+ // that the role has the Department=Marketing tag and you pass the department=engineering
+ // session tag. Department and department are not saved as separate tags, and
+ // the session tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role tag.
+ //
+ // Additionally, if you used temporary credentials to perform this operation,
+ // the new session inherits any transitive session tags from the calling session.
+ // If you pass a session tag with the same key as an inherited tag, the operation
+ // fails. To view the inherited tags for a session, see the AWS CloudTrail logs.
+ // For more information, see Viewing Session Tags in CloudTrail (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/session-tags.html#id_session-tags_ctlogs)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
+
// The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being
// assumed requires MFA (that is, if the policy includes a condition that tests
// for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value
@@ -1292,6 +1498,19 @@ type AssumeRoleInput struct {
// The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence
// of six numeric digits.
TokenCode *string `min:"6" type:"string"`
+
+ // A list of keys for session tags that you want to set as transitive. If you
+ // set a tag key as transitive, the corresponding key and value passes to subsequent
+ // sessions in a role chain. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session
+ // Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html#id_session-tags_role-chaining)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // This parameter is optional. When you set session tags as transitive, the
+ // session policy and session tags packed binary limit is not affected.
+ //
+ // If you choose not to specify a transitive tag key, then no tags are passed
+ // from this session to any subsequent sessions.
+ TransitiveTagKeys []*string `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -1344,6 +1563,16 @@ func (s *AssumeRoleInput) Validate() error {
}
}
}
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -1393,12 +1622,24 @@ func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
return s
}
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AssumeRoleInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
// SetTokenCode sets the TokenCode field's value.
func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTokenCode(v string) *AssumeRoleInput {
s.TokenCode = &v
return s
}
+// SetTransitiveTagKeys sets the TransitiveTagKeys field's value.
+func (s *AssumeRoleInput) SetTransitiveTagKeys(v []*string) *AssumeRoleInput {
+ s.TransitiveTagKeys = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Contains the response to a successful AssumeRole request, including temporary
// AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
type AssumeRoleOutput struct {
@@ -1418,9 +1659,10 @@ type AssumeRoleOutput struct {
// We strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size.
Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
- // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form.
- // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent,
- // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space.
+ // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies
+ // and session tags combined passed in the request. The request fails if the
+ // packed size is greater than 100 percent, which means the policies and tags
+ // exceeded the allowed space.
PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
@@ -1491,16 +1733,16 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct {
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// The plain text that you use for both inline and managed session policies
- // shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
+ // can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
// character from the space character to the end of the valid character list
// (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
// and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want
@@ -1509,15 +1751,15 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLInput struct {
//
// This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs.
// However, the plain text that you use for both inline and managed session
- // policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. For more information about ARNs,
+ // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs,
// see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
//
// Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The
// resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based
@@ -1673,9 +1915,10 @@ type AssumeRoleWithSAMLOutput struct {
// ) )
NameQualifier *string `type:"string"`
- // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form.
- // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent,
- // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space.
+ // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies
+ // and session tags combined passed in the request. The request fails if the
+ // packed size is greater than 100 percent, which means the policies and tags
+ // exceeded the allowed space.
PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The value of the NameID element in the Subject element of the SAML assertion.
@@ -1786,16 +2029,16 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct {
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
// The plain text that you use for both inline and managed session policies
- // shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
+ // can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
// character from the space character to the end of the valid character list
// (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
// and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want
@@ -1804,15 +2047,15 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityInput struct {
//
// This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs.
// However, the plain text that you use for both inline and managed session
- // policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. For more information about ARNs,
+ // policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs,
// see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
//
// Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The
// resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based
@@ -1983,9 +2226,10 @@ type AssumeRoleWithWebIdentityOutput struct {
// We strongly recommend that you make no assumptions about the maximum size.
Credentials *Credentials `type:"structure"`
- // A percentage value that indicates the size of the policy in packed form.
- // The service rejects any policy with a packed size greater than 100 percent,
- // which means the policy exceeded the allowed space.
+ // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies
+ // and session tags combined passed in the request. The request fails if the
+ // packed size is greater than 100 percent, which means the policies and tags
+ // exceeded the allowed space.
PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The issuing authority of the web identity token presented. For OpenID Connect
@@ -2057,7 +2301,7 @@ type AssumedRoleUser struct {
// The ARN of the temporary security credentials that are returned from the
// AssumeRole action. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in
// policies, see IAM Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
- // in Using IAM.
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
//
// Arn is a required field
Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -2225,7 +2469,7 @@ type FederatedUser struct {
// The ARN that specifies the federated user that is associated with the credentials.
// For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM
// Identifiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_identifiers.html)
- // in Using IAM.
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
//
// Arn is a required field
Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -2265,7 +2509,7 @@ type GetAccessKeyInfoInput struct {
// The identifier of an access key.
//
// This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters
- // that can consist of any upper- or lowercased letter or digit.
+ // that can consist of any upper- or lowercase letter or digit.
//
// AccessKeyId is a required field
AccessKeyId *string `min:"16" type:"string" required:"true"`
@@ -2418,10 +2662,7 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct {
// use as managed session policies.
//
// This parameter is optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies,
- // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. The only exception
- // is when the credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based
- // policy that specifically references the federated user session in the Principal
- // element of the policy.
+ // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions.
//
// When you pass session policies, the session permissions are the intersection
// of the IAM user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives
@@ -2431,17 +2672,23 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct {
// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
+ // The resulting credentials can be used to access a resource that has a resource-based
+ // policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user session
+ // in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions allowed
+ // by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the permissions
+ // that are granted by the session policies.
+ //
// The plain text that you use for both inline and managed session policies
- // shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
+ // can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII
// character from the space character to the end of the valid character list
// (\u0020 through \u00FF). It can also include the tab (\u0009), linefeed (\u000A),
// and carriage return (\u000D) characters.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want
@@ -2452,16 +2699,13 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct {
// to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an
// inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policies to
// use as managed session policies. The plain text that you use for both inline
- // and managed session policies shouldn't exceed 2048 characters. You can provide
+ // and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. You can provide
// up to 10 managed policy ARNs. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon
// Resource Names (ARNs) and AWS Service Namespaces (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
// This parameter is optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies,
- // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions. The only exception
- // is when the credentials are used to access a resource that has a resource-based
- // policy that specifically references the federated user session in the Principal
- // element of the policy.
+ // then the resulting federated user session has no permissions.
//
// When you pass session policies, the session permissions are the intersection
// of the IAM user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives
@@ -2471,12 +2715,46 @@ type GetFederationTokenInput struct {
// Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies.html#policies_session)
// in the IAM User Guide.
//
- // The characters in this parameter count towards the 2048 character session
- // policy guideline. However, an AWS conversion compresses the session policies
- // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. This is the enforced
- // limit. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how
- // close the policy is to the upper size limit.
+ // The resulting credentials can be used to access a resource that has a resource-based
+ // policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user session
+ // in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions allowed
+ // by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the permissions
+ // that are granted by the session policies.
+ //
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
PolicyArns []*PolicyDescriptorType `type:"list"`
+
+ // A list of session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated
+ // value. For more information about session tags, see Passing Session Tags
+ // in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain
+ // text session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters and the values can’t
+ // exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character
+ // Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // An AWS conversion compresses the passed session policies and session tags
+ // into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail
+ // for this limit even if your plain text meets the other requirements. The
+ // PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies
+ // and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.
+ //
+ // You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is already attached
+ // to the user you are federating. When you do, session tags override a user
+ // tag with the same key.
+ //
+ // Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This
+ // means that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume
+ // that the role has the Department=Marketing tag and you pass the department=engineering
+ // session tag. Department and department are not saved as separate tags, and
+ // the session tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role tag.
+ Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
@@ -2514,6 +2792,16 @@ func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) Validate() error {
}
}
}
+ if s.Tags != nil {
+ for i, v := range s.Tags {
+ if v == nil {
+ continue
+ }
+ if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
+ invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
+ }
+ }
+ }
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
@@ -2545,6 +2833,12 @@ func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetPolicyArns(v []*PolicyDescriptorType) *GetF
return s
}
+// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
+func (s *GetFederationTokenInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *GetFederationTokenInput {
+ s.Tags = v
+ return s
+}
+
// Contains the response to a successful GetFederationToken request, including
// temporary AWS credentials that can be used to make AWS requests.
type GetFederationTokenOutput struct {
@@ -2563,9 +2857,10 @@ type GetFederationTokenOutput struct {
// an Amazon S3 bucket policy.
FederatedUser *FederatedUser `type:"structure"`
- // A percentage value indicating the size of the policy in packed form. The
- // service rejects policies for which the packed size is greater than 100 percent
- // of the allowed value.
+ // A percentage value that indicates the packed size of the session policies
+ // and session tags combined passed in the request. The request fails if the
+ // packed size is greater than 100 percent, which means the policies and tags
+ // exceeded the allowed space.
PackedPolicySize *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
@@ -2748,3 +3043,73 @@ func (s *PolicyDescriptorType) SetArn(v string) *PolicyDescriptorType {
s.Arn = &v
return s
}
+
+// You can pass custom key-value pair attributes when you assume a role or federate
+// a user. These are called session tags. You can then use the session tags
+// to control access to resources. For more information, see Tagging AWS STS
+// Sessions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+// in the IAM User Guide.
+type Tag struct {
+ _ struct{} `type:"structure"`
+
+ // The key for a session tag.
+ //
+ // You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text session tag keys can’t
+ // exceed 128 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character
+ // Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // Key is a required field
+ Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
+
+ // The value for a session tag.
+ //
+ // You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plain text session tag values can’t
+ // exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character
+ // Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/reference_iam-limits.html#reference_iam-limits-entity-length)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // Value is a required field
+ Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
+}
+
+// String returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) String() string {
+ return awsutil.Prettify(s)
+}
+
+// GoString returns the string representation
+func (s Tag) GoString() string {
+ return s.String()
+}
+
+// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
+func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
+ invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
+ if s.Key == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
+ }
+ if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
+ }
+ if s.Value == nil {
+ invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
+ }
+
+ if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
+ return invalidParams
+ }
+ return nil
+}
+
+// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
+ s.Key = &v
+ return s
+}
+
+// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
+func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
+ s.Value = &v
+ return s
+}
diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go
index a3e378edad35..a233f542ef29 100644
--- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go
+++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/errors.go
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@ const (
// ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException for service response error code
// "IDPCommunicationError".
//
- // The request could not be fulfilled because the non-AWS identity provider
- // (IDP) that was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached.
- // This is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request
+ // The request could not be fulfilled because the identity provider (IDP) that
+ // was asked to verify the incoming identity token could not be reached. This
+ // is often a transient error caused by network conditions. Retry the request
// a limited number of times so that you don't exceed the request rate. If the
- // error persists, the non-AWS identity provider might be down or not responding.
+ // error persists, the identity provider might be down or not responding.
ErrCodeIDPCommunicationErrorException = "IDPCommunicationError"
// ErrCodeIDPRejectedClaimException for service response error code
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ const (
// ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException for service response error code
// "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException".
//
- // This error is returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage
- // was invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such
- // as linebreaks.
+ // The error returned if the message passed to DecodeAuthorizationMessage was
+ // invalid. This can happen if the token contains invalid characters, such as
+ // linebreaks.
ErrCodeInvalidAuthorizationMessageException = "InvalidAuthorizationMessageException"
// ErrCodeInvalidIdentityTokenException for service response error code
@@ -56,9 +56,18 @@ const (
// ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException for service response error code
// "PackedPolicyTooLarge".
//
- // The request was rejected because the policy document was too large. The error
- // message describes how big the policy document is, in packed form, as a percentage
- // of what the API allows.
+ // The request was rejected because the total packed size of the session policies
+ // and session tags combined was too large. An AWS conversion compresses the
+ // session policy document, session policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed
+ // binary format that has a separate limit. The error message indicates by percentage
+ // how close the policies and tags are to the upper size limit. For more information,
+ // see Passing Session Tags in STS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_session-tags.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
+ //
+ // You could receive this error even though you meet other defined session policy
+ // and session tag limits. For more information, see IAM and STS Entity Character
+ // Limits (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_temp_enable-regions.html)
+ // in the IAM User Guide.
ErrCodePackedPolicyTooLargeException = "PackedPolicyTooLarge"
// ErrCodeRegionDisabledException for service response error code
diff --git a/vendor/modules.txt b/vendor/modules.txt
index e1f410856105..f43271581b53 100644
--- a/vendor/modules.txt
+++ b/vendor/modules.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ github.com/apparentlymart/go-cidr/cidr
github.com/apparentlymart/go-textseg/textseg
# github.com/armon/go-radix v1.0.0
github.com/armon/go-radix
-# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.38
+# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.42
github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws
github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/arn
github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr